[opensuse-translation-commit] r97403 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-06-19 07:48:24 +0000 (Mon, 19 Jun 2017) New Revision: 97403 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/add-on-creator.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/control-center.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/fcoe-client.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/firewall-services.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/iplb.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/journal.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/journalctl.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/languages_db.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/migration.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ncurses.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nis_server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/online-update-configuration.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/pam.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/product-creator.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/samba-users.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/slp-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/slp.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/smt.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sound.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sshd.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sudo.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/tftp-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/tune.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/wol.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/xpram.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/yast2-apparmor.nl.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/add-on-creator.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/add-on-creator.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/add-on-creator.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,443 +14,427 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 msgid "Creator for add-on products" msgstr "Programma voor het aanmaken van add-onproducten" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product." msgstr "Maak en bouw een nieuw addon-product." -#. command line help text for 'clone' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 +#. command line help text for 'clone' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." msgstr "Maak en bouw een nieuw addon-product aan de hand van een bestaande." -#. command line help text for 'sign' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'sign' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 msgid "Sign unsigned Add-On Product" msgstr "Niet-ondertekend add-onproduct ondertekenen" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 msgid "List available add-on product configurations." msgstr "Toon een lijst met beschikbare addon-productconfiguraties." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." msgstr "Bouw een addon-product uit de gekozen configuratie." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 msgid "Delete the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "Verwijder de gekozen addon-productconfiguratie." -#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 +#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 msgid "Path to directory with packages" msgstr "Pad naar directory met pakketten" -#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 +#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 msgid "Path to content file" msgstr "Pad naar inhoudsbestand" -#. command line help text for 'existing' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 +#. command line help text for 'existing' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product" msgstr "Pad naar directory met bestaand add-onproduct" -#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 +#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 msgid "Generate new package descriptions (do not copy)" msgstr "Nieuwe pakketbeschrijvingen genereren (niet kopiëren)" -#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 +#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 msgid "Path to directory with package descriptions" msgstr "Pad naar directory met pakketbeschrijvingen" -#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 +#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 msgid "Path to directory with patterns definitions" msgstr "Pad naar directory met patroondefinities" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "Pad naar uitvoerdirectory" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 msgid "Create the ISO image" msgstr "De ISO-image maken" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "Naam van uitgevoerde ISO-image" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 msgid "Path to the output directory for ISO image" msgstr "Pad naar uitvoerdirectory voor ISO-image" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 msgid "Do not sign the product" msgstr "Het product niet ondertekenen" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "Id van GPG-sleutel gebruikt om een product te ondertekenen" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 msgid "Passphrase to unlock GPG key" msgstr "Wachtwoord om GPG-sleutel te openen" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 msgid "Path to file with the passphrase for GPG key" msgstr "Pad naar bestand met wachtwoord voor GPG-sleutel" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 msgid "Resign all packages with selected key." msgstr "Alle pakketten opnieuw ondertekenen met geselecteerde sleutel." -#. command line help text for 'workflow' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 +#. command line help text for 'workflow' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 msgid "Path to workflow definition file (installation.xml)" msgstr "Pad naar bestand met werkproceduredefinitie (installation.xml)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 +#. command line help text for 'y2update' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)" msgstr "Pad naar archief met werkproceduredialogen (y2update.tgz)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 +#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" -msgstr "" -"Pad naar directory met YaST-pakketten voor het maken van de werkprocedure" +msgstr "Pad naar directory met YaST-pakketten voor het maken van de werkprocedure" -#. command line help text for 'license' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 +#. command line help text for 'license' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" msgstr "Pad naar bestand met licentieteksten (licence.zip of license.tar.gz)" -#. command line help text for 'info' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 +#. command line help text for 'info' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)" msgstr "Pad naar bestand met informatie (media.1/info.txt)" -#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 +#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 msgid "Path to file with additional dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)" msgstr "Pad naar bestand met aanvullende afhankelijkheden (EXTRA_PROV)" -#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 +#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On Product" msgstr "Pad naar directory met add-onproduct." -#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." msgstr "Het product niet bouwen, alleen de nieuwe configuratie opslaan." -#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 +#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "" -"Aantal geselecteerde addons (zie de opdracht 'lijst' voor de productnummers)." +msgstr "Aantal geselecteerde addons (zie de opdracht 'lijst' voor de productnummers)." -#. command line help text for 'changelog' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 +#. command line help text for 'changelog' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 msgid "Generate a Changelog file." msgstr "Maak een wijzigingslogbestand." -#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 +#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 msgid "Do not generate the release package." msgstr "Het releasepakket niet genereren." -#. command line help text for 'product_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 +#. command line help text for 'product_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 msgid "Path to file with the product description (*.prod)" msgstr "Pad naar het bestand met de productbeschrijving (*.prod)" -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat niet." -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." msgstr "Directory %1 bestaat niet." -#. question on command line -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 +#. question on command line +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 msgid "Passphrase for key %1:" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor sleutel %1:" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "Pad naar uitvoerdirectory ontbreekt." -#. error message, missing tool -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 +#. error message, missing tool +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 msgid "/usr/bin/unzip does not exists" msgstr "/usr/bin/unzip bestaat niet." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 msgid "Path to directory with packages is missing." msgstr "Pad naar directory met pakketten ontbreekt." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 msgid "Path to content file is missing." msgstr "Pad naar inhoudsbestand ontbreekt." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 msgid "Path to existing Add-On is missing." msgstr "Pad naar bestaande add-on ontbreekt." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing." msgstr "Pad naar directory met add-on ontbreekt." -#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 +#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 msgid "(%1) Product Name: %2" msgstr "(%1) Productnaam: %2" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 msgid "\tVersion: %1" msgstr "\tVersie: %1" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 msgid "\tInput directory: %1" msgstr "\tInvoerdirectory: %1" -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 msgid "\tOutput directory: %1" msgstr "\tUitvoerdirectory: %1" -#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 +#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 msgid "\tPatterns: %1" msgstr "\tPatronen: %1" -#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"Er is geen addon-productconfiguratie aanwezig. Maak een nieuwe met de " -"opdracht 'maken' of 'klonen'." +#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "Er is geen addon-productconfiguratie aanwezig. Maak een nieuwe met de opdracht 'maken' of 'klonen'." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 msgid "Specify the add-on product to build." msgstr "Specificeer het te maken add-on-product." -#. command line message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 +#. command line message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present." msgstr "Er is geen addon-productconfiguratie aanwezig." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted." msgstr "Geef de addon-productconfiguratie op die verwijderd moet worden." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht van add-on-maker" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 msgid "Input directory: %1<br>" msgstr "Invoerdirectory: %1<br>" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Output directory: %1<br>" msgstr "Uitvoerdirectory: %1<br>" -#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 +#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 msgid "Patterns: %1" msgstr "Patronen: %1" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Start het maken van een nieuwe addon-productconfiguration met " -"<b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 +msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Start het maken van een nieuwe addon-productconfiguration met <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Bewerken</b> om een gekozen addon-productconfiguratie te " -"wijzigen.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Bewerken</b> om een gekozen addon-productconfiguratie te wijzigen.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "<p>Delete the selected configuration using <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Verwijder de gekozen configuratie met <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"<b>Build</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bouw het nieuwe add-on-product gebaseerd op de geselecteerde configuratie " -"met <b>Bouwen</b>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 +msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bouw het nieuwe add-on-product gebaseerd op de geselecteerde configuratie met <b>Bouwen</b>.</p>" -#. table header item -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 +#. table header item +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 msgid "Product Name" msgstr "Productnaam" -#. table header item -#. input field label -#. desctiption of pattern keys -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 +#. table header item +#. input field label +#. desctiption of pattern keys +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versie" -#. push button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 +#. push button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 msgid "&Build" msgstr "&Bouwen" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 msgid "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?" msgstr "Wilt u de configuratie \"%1\" echt verwijderen?" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 msgid "Add-On Product Creator" msgstr "Add-onproduct aanmaken" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 msgid "Create an Add-On &from the Beginning" msgstr "Addon van voren a&f aan aanmaken" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 msgid "Create an Add-On Based on an &Existing Add-On" msgstr "Addon aanmaken aan de hand van &een bestaande addon" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "&Path to Directory of the Existing Add-On Product" msgstr "&Pad naar de directory van het bestaande add-onproduct." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions" msgstr "Pakketbeschrijving &genereren" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 msgid "&Add-On Product Label" msgstr "Label van &add-on-product" -#. textentry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 +#. textentry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versie" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 msgid "Required Product" msgstr "Vereist product" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" msgstr "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" msgstr "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" msgstr "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 msgid "openSUSE 12.&3" msgstr "openSUSE 12.&3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 msgid "openSUSE 13.1" msgstr "openSUSE 13.1" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Overig" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 msgid "&Path to Directory with Add-On Packages" msgstr "&Pad naar directory met addon-pakketten" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 msgid "Path to Directory with Re&quired Product Packages" msgstr "Pad naar directory met &vereiste addon-pakketten" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." msgstr "Directory %1 is niet toegankelijk." -#. error popup (input validation failed) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 +#. error popup (input validation failed) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 msgid "" "The value of NAME may contain only\n" "letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." @@ -458,126 +442,126 @@ "De waarde van NAME mag alleen\n" "letters, cijfers en de tekens \".~_-\" bevatten." -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 msgid "LABEL" msgstr "Label" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 msgid "La&nguage Code" msgstr "Taal&code" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Waarde" -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" -#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Product Definition" msgstr "Productdefinitie" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 msgid "Content File" msgstr "Inhoudsbestand" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 msgid "Key" msgstr "Toets" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" -#. table header -#. table header -#. label for 'Des' pattern key -#. label for 'Des' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 +#. table header +#. table header +#. label for 'Des' pattern key +#. label for 'Des' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 msgid "Im&port" msgstr "Im&porteren" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 msgid "Show &Only Required Keywords" msgstr "Alleen vereiste sleutelwoorden t&onen" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 msgid "Generate Release Package" msgstr "Releasepakket genereren" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 msgid "Product File" msgstr "Productbestand" -#. push button label -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 +#. push button label +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 msgid "I&mport" msgstr "I&mporteren" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 msgid "Choose the Existing Content File" msgstr "Kies het bestaande content-bestand" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Existing Product File" msgstr "Kies het bestaande productbestand" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 msgid "" "Enter the values for these items:\n" "%1" @@ -585,121 +569,121 @@ "Voer de waardes in voor deze items:\n" "%1" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 msgid "Value of \"%1\"" msgstr "Waarde van \"%1\"" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 msgid "Flag" msgstr "Markering" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 msgid "Equal" msgstr "Gelijk aan" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 msgid "Greater than" msgstr "Groter dan" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 msgid "Lower than" msgstr "Lager dan" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 msgid "Release" msgstr "Uitgave" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 msgid "Flavor" msgstr "Smaak" -#. input field label -#. table item label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 +#. input field label +#. table item label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 msgid "Patch level" msgstr "Patchniveau" -#. MultiSelectionBox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 +#. MultiSelectionBox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "&Pakketten" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "&Alles selecteren of deselecteren" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported." msgstr "Kies het bestand met de te importeren tekst." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 msgid "Package Descriptions" msgstr "Pakketbeschrijvingen" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 msgid "Description File &Language Code" msgstr "Taa&lcode van beschrijvend bestand" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 msgid "Add Lan&guage" msgstr "Taal toevoe&gen" -#. table header -#. label for 'Pkg' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 +#. table header +#. label for 'Pkg' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 msgid "Package" msgstr "Pakket" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Kenmerk" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 msgid "Location of the File with Additional &Dependencies" msgstr "Locatie van het bestand met aanvullen&de afhankelijkheden" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 msgid "Choose the New Package Description File" msgstr "Kies het nieuwe pakketbeschrijvingsbestand" -#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 +#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 msgid "" "The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -707,13 +691,13 @@ "Het pakketbeschrijvingsbestand heeft een onjuiste naam.\n" "Kies een andere." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 msgid "Choose the Path to EXTRA_PROV File" msgstr "Kies het pad naar het bestand EXTRA_PROV" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 msgid "" "The file '%1' does not exist.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -721,75 +705,74 @@ "Het bestand '%1' bestaat niet.\n" "Kies een ander bestand." -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 msgid "Key Type" msgstr "Sleuteltype" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 msgid "&DSA" msgstr "&DSA" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 msgid "&RSA" msgstr "&RSA" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 msgid "Key &Size" msgstr "Sleutelg&rootte" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 msgid "E&xpiration Date" msgstr "Verloo&pdatum" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Naam" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 msgid "Commen&t" msgstr "Commen&taar" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 msgid "E-&Mail Address" msgstr "E-&mailadres" -#. password widget label -#. password entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 +#. password widget label +#. password entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 msgid "&Passphrase" msgstr "&Wachtwoord frase" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 msgid "New GPG Key" msgstr "Nieuwe GPG-sleutel" -#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 +#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 msgid "" "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" msgstr "" "Naam, opmerking en e-mailadres zijn niet ingevuld.\n" -"U moet ten minste één van deze waarden invullen voor " -"gebruikersidentificatie.\n" +"U moet ten minste één van deze waarden invullen voor gebruikersidentificatie.\n" -#. feedback popup headline -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 +#. feedback popup headline +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 msgid "Generating Primary Key Pair" msgstr "Primair sleutelpaar wordt gegenereerd" -#. feedback message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 +#. feedback message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 msgid "" "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" @@ -797,103 +780,103 @@ "Dit kan erg lang duren. Neem de tijd om iets anders te doen\n" "terwijl het systeem meer entropie verzamelt.\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" msgstr "Het add-onproduct ondertekenen" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 msgid "GPG &Key ID" msgstr "ID van GP&G-sleutel" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 msgid "&Create..." msgstr "&Aanmaken..." -#. password entry label (verification) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 +#. password entry label (verification) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 msgid "&Passphrase Verification" msgstr "&Wachtwoordverificatie" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key." msgstr "Alle pakketten opnieuw onder&tekenen met de geselecteerde sleutel." -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "Wachtwoorden komen niet overeen. Probeer het opnieuw." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 msgid "Output Settings" msgstr "Uitvoerinstellingen" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 msgid "P&ath to Output Directory" msgstr "P&ad naar uitvoerdirectory" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 msgid "Create &ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO-image aanmaken" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 msgid "Image File Name" msgstr "Naam van imagebestand" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 msgid "&Generate Changelog" msgstr "&Maken van wijzigingslog" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 msgid "&Configure Workflow..." msgstr "Werkpro&cedure instellen..." -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 msgid "O&ptional Files..." msgstr "O&ptionele bestanden..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 msgid "Enter the path to the directory for the add-on." msgstr "Voer het pad in naar de directory voor de addon." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Patronen" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 msgid "Input Directory" msgstr "Invoerdirectory" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "Uitvoerdirectory" -#. summary line -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 +#. summary line +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 msgid "Creating an ISO image in the output directory" msgstr "Een ISO-image in de uitvoerdirectory aanmaken" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "" "A file with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -901,154 +884,154 @@ "Een bestand met deze naam bestaat al.\n" "Kies een andere a.u.b." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinstellingen" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "&info.txt File" msgstr "&info.txt-bestand" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "&License Files" msgstr "&Licentiebestanden" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "README Files" msgstr "README-bestanden" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&Name of the New README File" msgstr "&Naam van het nieuwe README-bestand" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "Choose the New README File" msgstr "Kies het nieuwe README-bestand" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Language for the New License File" msgstr "Ta&len voor het nieuwe licentiebestand" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Choose the New License File" msgstr "Kies het nieuwe licentiebestand" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 2" msgstr "Expertinstellingen, deel 2" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "©ING Files" msgstr "©ING-bestanden" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "COPY&RIGHT Files" msgstr "COPY&RIGHT-bestanden" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "&Language for the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "Taa&l voor het nieuwe COPYRIGHT-bestand" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Choose the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "Kies het nieuwe COPYRIGHT-bestand" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Language for the New COPYING File" msgstr "Taa&l voor het nieuwe COPYING-bestand" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Choose the New COPYING File" msgstr "Kies het nieuwe COPYING-bestand" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 3" msgstr "Expertinstellingen, deel 3" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "products" msgstr "producten" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "patches" msgstr "patches" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "&Import" msgstr "&Importeren" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "media" msgstr "media" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "Workflow Configuration" msgstr "Werkprocedure configureren" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 msgid "&Location of the File with the Workflow Description" msgstr "&Locatie van het bestand met de werkprocedurebeschrijving" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" msgstr "Gee&n aanvullende YaST-modules" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "&Path to y2update.tgz" msgstr "&Pad naar y2update.tgz" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bladeren" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 msgid "&Import the Packages" msgstr "De pakketten &importeren" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "YaST Module Package" msgstr "YaST-modulepakket" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Choose the installation.xml File" msgstr "Kies het installation.xml-bestand" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Choose the Path to the y2update.tgz File" msgstr "Kies het pad naar het bestand y2update.tgz" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Choose the YaST Module Package" msgstr "Kies het YaST-modulepakket" -#. Build dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 +#. Build dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1056,8 +1039,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De addon wordt aangemaakt</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld aub...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1065,394 +1048,227 @@ "<p>De add-on-configuraties schrijven<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for start menu -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze module biedt een leidraad voor het aanmaken van een add-onproduct." +#. help text for start menu +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 +msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze module biedt een leidraad voor het aanmaken van een add-onproduct.</p>" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer hoe u het nieuwe add-onproduct wilt aanmaken. U kunt het vanaf " -"het begin af aan aanmaken of baseren op een bestaand product.</p>" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 +msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer hoe u het nieuwe add-onproduct wilt aanmaken. U kunt het vanaf het begin af aan aanmaken of baseren op een bestaand product.</p>" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate " -"Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wanneer u het nieuwe product op een bestaande baseert, selecteer " -"<b>Pakketbeschrijvingen genereren</b> om nieuwe beschrijvingen van pakketten " -"uit het bestaande product te genereren.</p>" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 +msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Wanneer u het nieuwe product op een bestaande baseert, selecteer <b>Pakketbeschrijvingen genereren</b> om nieuwe beschrijvingen van pakketten uit het bestaande product te genereren.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 msgid "<p><b>Name and Version</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Naam en versie</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 msgid "<p>Enter the name and version of add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>Voer de naam en versie in van het addon-product.</p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 msgid "<p><b>Required Product</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Vereist product</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer het product waarop het nieuwe add-onproduct kan worden " -"toegepast. Deze selectie vormt de <b>REQUIRES</b>-waarde van het " -"<tt>content</tt>-bestand.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer het product waarop het nieuwe add-onproduct kan worden toegepast. Deze selectie vormt de <b>REQUIRES</b>-waarde van het <tt>content</tt>-bestand.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 msgid "<p><b>Add-On Packages</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Addon-pakketten</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kies het pad naar de directory die de RPM-pakketten voor uw add-onproduct " -"bevat.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kies het pad naar de directory die de RPM-pakketten voor uw add-onproduct bevat.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 msgid "<p><b>Required Product Packages</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Vereiste productpakketten</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kies eventueel het pad naar de directory met de RPM-pakketten van het " -"product waarop het add-onproduct moet worden gebaseerd. Deze pakketten " -"worden niet opgenomen in het add-onproduct, maar kunnen later in de " -"werkstroom worden gebruikt voor het maken van de patronen.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kies eventueel het pad naar de directory met de RPM-pakketten van het product waarop het add-onproduct moet worden gebaseerd. Deze pakketten worden niet opgenomen in het add-onproduct, maar kunnen later in de werkstroom worden gebruikt voor het maken van de patronen.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 +#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 msgid "<p>Here, edit the values of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "<P>Hier kunt u de waarden van het <tt>content</tt>-bestand instellen." -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"<b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Voer de informatie in die nodig is om het add-onproduct te identificeren. " -"Deselecteer <b>Alleen vereiste sleutelwoorden tonen</b> om alle attributen " -"van het <tt>content</tt>-bestand te zien.</p>" +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 +msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Voer de informatie in die nodig is om het add-onproduct te identificeren. Deselecteer <b>Alleen vereiste sleutelwoorden tonen</b> om alle attributen van het <tt>content</tt>-bestand te zien.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Importeren</b> om een bestaand <tt>content</tt>-bestand te " -"importeren.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Importeren</b> om een bestaand <tt>content</tt>-bestand te importeren.</p>" -#. help text for package description files -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang files) here.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Taalspecifieke beschrijvingen van pakketten (<tt>packages.lang</tt>-" -"bestanden) hier bewerken.</p>" +#. help text for package description files +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 +msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Taalspecifieke beschrijvingen van pakketten (<tt>packages.lang</tt>-bestanden) hier bewerken.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Taal toevoegen</b> om een beschrijvingsbestand voor een nieuwe " -"taal toe te voegen. de lijst met beschikbare talen wordt gelezen uit de " -"<b>LINGUAS</b>-waarde van het <tt>content</tt>-bestand. Importeer een " -"bestaand bestand met pakketbeschrijvingen met <b>Importeren</b>. Verwijder " -"het beschrijvingsbestand met <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Taal toevoegen</b> om een beschrijvingsbestand voor een nieuwe taal toe te voegen. de lijst met beschikbare talen wordt gelezen uit de <b>LINGUAS</b>-waarde van het <tt>content</tt>-bestand. Importeer een bestaand bestand met pakketbeschrijvingen met <b>Importeren</b>. Verwijder het beschrijvingsbestand met <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en <b>Bewerken</b> in de tweede tabel om de " -"beschrijvingen van het geselecteerde pakket te wijzigen.</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en <b>Bewerken</b> in de tweede tabel om de beschrijvingen van het geselecteerde pakket te wijzigen.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package " -"Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kies optioneel het pad voor het bestand dat <b>aanvullende " -"pakketafhankelijkheden</b> (EXTRA_PROV) levert.</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kies optioneel het pad voor het bestand dat <b>aanvullende pakketafhankelijkheden</b> (EXTRA_PROV) levert.</p>" -#. help text for patterns -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 +#. help text for patterns +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 msgid "<p>Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here.</p>" msgstr "<p>De patronen voor de invoegtoepassing hier maken en bewerken.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an " -"existing one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Nieuw</b> om een nieuw patroon toe te voegen of <b>Importeren om een bestaande te importeren.</p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 +msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Nieuw</b> om een nieuw patroon toe te voegen of <b>Importeren</b> om een bestaande te importeren.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en <b>Bewerken</b> in het tweede tabel om " -"patroonattributen te wijzigen.</p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en <b>Bewerken</b> in het tweede tabel om patroonattributen te wijzigen.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" +"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Schakel <b>Vereist patroon</b> in om het geselecteerde patroon als " -"vereist in te\n" -"stellen voor het add-on-product. Een dergelijk patroon zal automatisch " -"worden voorgeselecteerd als de installatie van het add-on-product wordt " -"gestart.</p>" +"<p>Schakel <b>Vereist patroon</b> in om het geselecteerde patroon als vereist in te\n" +"stellen voor het add-on-product. Een dergelijk patroon zal automatisch worden voorgeselecteerd als de installatie van het add-on-product wordt gestart.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Geef het pad op naar de directory waarin het add-onproduct zal worden " -"aangemaakt. Selecteer <b>ISO-image aanmaken</b> om een ISO-image van het " -"product in de uitvoerdirectory aan te maken.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 +msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Geef het pad op naar de directory waarin het add-onproduct zal worden aangemaakt. Selecteer <b>ISO-image aanmaken</b> om een ISO-image van het product in de uitvoerdirectory aan te maken.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Wijzigingslogboek genereren</b> om een wijzingslogbestand te " -"maken met alle wijzigingen van pakketten in het add-on-product die in de " -"afgelopen twee jaren zijn doorgevoerd.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Wijzigingslogboek genereren</b> om een wijzingslogbestand te maken met alle wijzigingen van pakketten in het add-on-product die in de afgelopen twee jaren zijn doorgevoerd.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. " -"Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pas met <b>Werkprocedure configureren</b> de werkprocedure van het add-" -"onproduct aan. Gebruik <b>Optionele bestanden</b> om de teksten van de " -"<tt>README</tt>-bestanden, licenties en andere optionele waarden in te " -"stellen." +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 +msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pas met <b>Werkprocedure configureren</b> de werkprocedure van het add-onproduct aan. Gebruik <b>Optionele bestanden</b> om de teksten van de <tt>README</tt>-bestanden, licenties en andere optionele waarden in te stellen." -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hier kunt u de bestanden invoeren die nodig zijn om de werkprocedure van " -"uw add-onproduct aan te passen.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de bestanden invoeren die nodig zijn om de werkprocedure van uw add-onproduct aan te passen.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Voer de locatie van het het bestand dat de werkprocedure omschrijft. Dit " -"bestand is een alternatief voor <tt>control.xml</tt> en wordt opgeslagen als " -"<tt>installation.xml</tt> in de basisdirectory van het add-onproduct.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 +msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Voer de locatie van het het bestand dat de werkprocedure omschrijft. Dit bestand is een alternatief voor <tt>control.xml</tt> en wordt opgeslagen als <tt>installation.xml</tt> in de basisdirectory van het add-onproduct.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u aangepaste YaST-modules wilt gebruiken tijdens de installatie van " -"de invoegtoepassing, moet u het pad naar het <tt>y2update.tgz</tt>-archief " -"invoeren waar deze modules zijn opgeslagen, of de inhoud van <tt>y2update." -"tgz</tt> configureren door de YaST RPM-pakketten op te geven in <b>De " -"pakketten importeren</b>.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 +msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u aangepaste YaST-modules wilt gebruiken tijdens de installatie van de invoegtoepassing, moet u het pad naar het <tt>y2update.tgz</tt>-archief invoeren waar deze modules zijn opgeslagen, of de inhoud van <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> configureren door de YaST RPM-pakketten op te geven in <b>De pakketten importeren</b>.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 1 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het optionele <tt>info.txt</tt>-bestand bevat informatie over het add-" -"onproduct die in een popup-venster met <b>OK</b>-knop moet worden getoond." +#. help text for expert dialog 1 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 +msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het optionele <tt>info.txt</tt>-bestand bevat informatie over het add-onproduct die in een popup-venster met <b>OK</b>-knop moet worden getoond.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and " -"<b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De tekst van de licentie wordt weergegeven in een venster met de knoppen " -"<b>Accoord</b> en <b>Niet accoord</b> voordat de installatie start. De " -"bestanden met de licentieteksten in verschillende talen zijn verpakt in het " -"<tt>license.zip</tt>-bestand en opgeslagen in de directory <tt>media.1</tt>." -"</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 +msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De tekst van de licentie wordt weergegeven in een venster met de knoppen <b>Accoord</b> en <b>Niet accoord</b> voordat de installatie start. De bestanden met de licentieteksten in verschillende talen zijn verpakt in het <tt>license.zip</tt>-bestand en opgeslagen in de directory <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt>- en <tt>COPYING</tt>-bestanden kunnen diverse " -"taalwijzigingen bevatten en zijn opgeslagen in de hoofdmap van het add-" -"onproduct.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 +msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt>- en <tt>COPYING</tt>-bestanden kunnen diverse taalwijzigingen bevatten en zijn opgeslagen in de hoofdmap van het add-onproduct.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hier kunt u het ondertekenen van het add-onproduct instellen. Kies een " -"geheime sleutel uit de lijst met beschikbare sleutels of maak een nieuwe aan " -"met de knop <b>Aanmaken</b>.</p>" +#. help text for signing dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 +msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u het ondertekenen van het add-onproduct instellen. Kies een geheime sleutel uit de lijst met beschikbare sleutels of maak een nieuwe aan met de knop <b>Aanmaken</b>.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "<p>Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Voer het wachtwoord in dat nodig is om de geheime sleutel te " -"ontgrendelen.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Voer het wachtwoord in dat nodig is om de geheime sleutel te ontgrendelen.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Beslis of u <b>Alle pakketten ondertekenen</b> wilt uitvoeren voor het " -"add-on-product met de geselecteerde sleutel. Alle vorige " -"pakketondertekeningen worden verwijderd.</p>" +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 +msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Beslis of u <b>Alle pakketten ondertekenen</b> wilt uitvoeren voor het add-on-product met de geselecteerde sleutel. Alle vorige pakketondertekeningen worden verwijderd.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Voer de waarden in die nodig zijn voor het genereren van een nieuw " -"primair sleutelpaar.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 +msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Voer de waarden in die nodig zijn voor het genereren van een nieuw primair sleutelpaar.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De standaardgrootte> van een DSA-sleutel is 1024 bits. RSA-sleutels " -"kunnen een lengte tussen de 1024 en 4096 bits hebben.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 +msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De standaardgrootte> van een DSA-sleutel is 1024 bits. RSA-sleutels kunnen een lengte tussen de 1024 en 4096 bits hebben.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Voer als <b>verloopdatum</b> het aantal dagen in waarna de sleutel " -"verloopt. Als het getal wordt gevolgd door een <i>w</i>, <i>m</i> of <i>y, dan geeft dit aan dat het resp. weken, maanden of jaren betreft. Laat de " -"invoer leeg als de sleutel nooit verloopt.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 +msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Voer als <b>verloopdatum</b> het aantal dagen in waarna de sleutel verloopt. Als het getal wordt gevolgd door een <i>w</i>, <i>m</i> of <i>y</i>, dan geeft dit aan dat het resp. weken, maanden of jaren betreft. Laat de invoer leeg als de sleutel nooit verloopt.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik de velden <b>Naam</b>, <b>Commentaar</b> en <b>E-mailadres</b> om " -"de gebruikersidentificatie voor de nieuwe sleutel aan te leveren.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruik de velden <b>Naam</b>, <b>Commentaar</b> en <b>E-mailadres</b> om de gebruikersidentificatie voor de nieuwe sleutel aan te leveren.</p>" -#. help text for overview dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hier ziet u een overzicht van de gegevens voor het genereren van het add-" -"onproduct.</p>" +#. help text for overview dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 +msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hier ziet u een overzicht van de gegevens voor het genereren van het add-onproduct.</p>" -#. help text for overview dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Klik op <b>Voltooien</b> om het add-onproduct in de uitvoerdirectory aan " -"te maken.</p>" +#. help text for overview dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 +msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Voltooien</b> om het add-onproduct in de uitvoerdirectory aan te maken.</p>" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 msgid "&Name of the New Pattern" msgstr "&Naam van het nieuwe patroon" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Architectuur" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 msgid "&Release" msgstr "&Release" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" @@ -1460,25 +1276,25 @@ "Dit patroon bestaat al.\n" "Kies een andere naam of architectuur.\n" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Beschrijving" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 msgid "&Summary" msgstr "&Samenvatting" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 msgid "Ca&tegory" msgstr "Ca&tegorie" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 msgid "&Language Code" msgstr "&Taalcode" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 msgid "" "A key with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1486,33 +1302,33 @@ "Een sleutel met deze naam bestaat al.\n" "Kies een andere." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 msgid "Editor for Patterns" msgstr "Editor voor patronen" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 msgid "Name of the Pattern" msgstr "Naam van het patroon" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Volledige naam" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 msgid "R&equired Pattern" msgstr "V&ereist patroon" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 msgid "Existing Pattern" msgstr "Bestaand patroon" -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different architecture.\n" @@ -1520,376 +1336,315 @@ "Dit patroon bestaat al.\n" "Kies een andere architectuur.\n" -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Importing product..." msgstr "Product wordt geïmporteerd..." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 msgid "Content file style" msgstr "Stijl van inhoudsbestand" -#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 +#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file." msgstr "Moet de eerste tag van het inhoudsbestand zijn." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 msgid "Product name" msgstr "Productnaam" -#. help text for content file 'NAME' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 +#. help text for content file 'NAME' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." msgstr "Voor intern gebruik. Dezelfde beperkingen gelden als voor pakketnamen." -#. label of content file BASEARCHS key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 +#. label of content file BASEARCHS key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 msgid "Product architectures" msgstr "Productarchitecturen" -#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Door spaties gescheiden lijst met productachitecturen. Komt overeen met de " -"beschikbare pakketarchitecturen van productreleases. " +#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Door spaties gescheiden lijst met productachitecturen. Komt overeen met de beschikbare pakketarchitecturen van productreleases. " -#. label of content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 +#. label of content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 msgid "Product version and release" msgstr "Productversie en uitgave" -#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 +#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." msgstr "Productversie en uitgave als in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." -#. table item label -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 +#. table item label +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 msgid "Release number" msgstr "Releasenummer" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 msgid "Distribution name" msgstr "Distributienaam" -#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"Een of andere tekenreeks die de distributie aangeeft. Dezelfde tekenreeks " -"wordt hoogst waarschijnlijk in de .rpms gebruikt om de distributie aan te " -"geven. Gebruikelijk is een samenstelling van de naam, versie en architectuur." +#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "Een of andere tekenreeks die de distributie aangeeft. Dezelfde tekenreeks wordt hoogst waarschijnlijk in de .rpms gebruikt om de distributie aan te geven. Gebruikelijk is een samenstelling van de naam, versie en architectuur." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 msgid "Package description directory" msgstr "Pakketbeschrijvingsdirectory" -#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 +#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "Pakketbeschrijvingsdirectory (relatief aan de productdirectory" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 msgid "Package data directory" msgstr "Pakketgegevensdirectory" -#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 +#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "Pakketgegevensdirectory (relatief aan productdirectory)" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" -#. help text for content file '' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8-gecodeerde tabel. Standaardlabel als <b>LINGUAS</b> is weggelaten of " -"als er geen standaardtaal kan worden bepaald." +#. help text for content file '' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "UTF-8-gecodeerde tabel. Standaardlabel als <b>LINGUAS</b> is weggelaten of als er geen standaardtaal kan worden bepaald." -#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 +#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Talen" -#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 +#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 msgid "ISO language code or language code_country code." msgstr "ISO-taalcode of taalcode_landcode." -#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 +#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 msgid "Default language" msgstr "Standaard taal" -#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 +#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 msgid "Default language code." msgstr "Standaard taalcode." -#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 +#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 msgid "Preselected patterns" msgstr "Voorgeselecteerde patronen" -#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 +#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 msgid "List of patterns preselected by the product." msgstr "Lijst met patronen die door het product zijn voorgeselecteerd." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 msgid "Vendor name" msgstr "Fabrikantnaam" -#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 +#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 msgid "Vendor name (free form)." msgstr "Fabrikantnaam (vrije vorm)" -#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 +#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 msgid "Release notes URL" msgstr "URL uitgavenotities" -#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 +#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 msgid "URL from which to fetch release notes." msgstr "URL waar de laatste uitgavenotities te vinden zijn." -#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 +#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 msgid "Update URL" msgstr "Update-URL" -#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 +#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 msgid "URL of the update source." msgstr "URL van de updatebron." -#. label of content file LABEL.lang key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 +#. label of content file LABEL.lang key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 msgid "Language-specific label" msgstr "Taalspecifiek label" -#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"<b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching " -"<b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8 gecodeerd <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> heeft dezelfde syntaxis als de " -"<b>LINGUAS</b>-waarden. Voor elke taal in <b>LINGUAS</b> wordt een " -"overeenkomende <b>LABEL.lang</b> verwacht." +#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 +msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." +msgstr "UTF-8 gecodeerd <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> heeft dezelfde syntaxis als de <b>LINGUAS</b>-waarden. Voor elke taal in <b>LINGUAS</b> wordt een overeenkomende <b>LABEL.lang</b> verwacht." -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architectuur" -#. label for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 +#. label for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting" -#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 +#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 msgid "One line label in the default language" msgstr "Eenregelige label in de standaardtaal" -#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 +#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 msgid "One line language-specific label." msgstr "Eenregelig taalspecifiek label." -#. help text for 'Des' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 +#. help text for 'Des' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 msgid "Multiple line description in the default language" msgstr "Meerregelige beschrijving in de standaardtaal" -#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 +#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 msgid "Multiple line description, language-specific." msgstr "Taalspecifieke beschrijving van meerdere regels." -#. label for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 +#. label for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 msgid "Category" msgstr "Categorie" -#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Eenregelige categorie in de standaardtaal, gebruikt voor het groeperen van " -"patronen. Categorieën zijn bedoeld voor de gebruiker en kunnen vrijelijk " -"worden gespecificeerd." +#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Eenregelige categorie in de standaardtaal, gebruikt voor het groeperen van patronen. Categorieën zijn bedoeld voor de gebruiker en kunnen vrijelijk worden gespecificeerd." -#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 +#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 msgid "Language-specific version of the category." msgstr "Taalspecifieke versie van de categorie." -#. label for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 +#. label for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "Zichtbaarheid" -#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 +#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Bepaalt of het patroon zichtbaar dient te zijn in de gebruikersinterface." +msgstr "Bepaalt of het patroon zichtbaar dient te zijn in de gebruikersinterface." -#. label for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 +#. label for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakketten" -#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 +#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 msgid "List of packages to install." msgstr "Lijst van te installeren pakketten." -#. label for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 +#. label for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 msgid "Recommended packages" msgstr "Aanbevolen pakketten" -#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"Deze pakketten worden standaard geïnstalleerd, maar kunnen zonder problemen " -"worden gedeïnstalleerd." +#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "Deze pakketten worden standaard geïnstalleerd, maar kunnen zonder problemen worden gedeïnstalleerd." -#. label for 'Prs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 +#. label for 'Prs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 msgid "Suggested packages" msgstr "Voorgestelde pakketten" -#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key -#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key -#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Dit zijn slechts hints voor een progamma en worden niet afgehandeld tijdens " -"het oplossen van afhankelijkheden." +#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key +#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key +#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Dit zijn slechts hints voor een progamma en worden niet afgehandeld tijdens het oplossen van afhankelijkheden." -#. label for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 +#. label for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 msgid "Icon filename" msgstr "Naam pictogrambestand" -#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 +#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Indien niet gespecificeerd zal de patroonnaam worden gebruikt\n" -"(met witruimte in de naam vervangen door onderstreepjes). Als de " -"bestandsnaam geen .png- of .jpg-extensie bevat, dan zal .png worden " -"toegevoegd. Als er geen pad is opgegeven, dan zullen pictogrammen worden " -"opgezocht in het pictogramthemapad (eerst /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/32x32/apps/, daarna /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/" -"apps/). Absolute en relatieve paden (tot het themapad /usr/share/YaST2/theme/" -"current/) zijn toegestaan." +"(met witruimte in de naam vervangen door onderstreepjes). Als de bestandsnaam geen .png- of .jpg-extensie bevat, dan zal .png worden toegevoegd. Als er geen pad is opgegeven, dan zullen pictogrammen worden opgezocht in het pictogramthemapad (eerst /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, daarna /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute en relatieve paden (tot het themapad /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) zijn toegestaan." -#. label for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 +#. label for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 msgid "Pattern Order" msgstr "Patroonvolgorde" -#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Dit uit 3 cijfers bestaand heel getal definieert de volgorde van het patroon " -"bij het opsommen van meerdere patronen in de gebruikersinterface." +#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Dit uit 3 cijfers bestaand heel getal definieert de volgorde van het patroon bij het opsommen van meerdere patronen in de gebruikersinterface." -#. label for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 +#. label for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 msgid "Required patterns" msgstr "Vereiste patronen" -#. help text for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 +#. help text for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 msgid "Patterns that need to be installed together with this pattern." msgstr "Patronen die samen met dit patroon geïnstalleerd dienen te zijn." -#. label for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 +#. label for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 msgid "Provided patterns" msgstr "Geleverde patronen" -#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"De mogelijkheden die dit patroon levert. Ze kunnen worden gebruikt om " -"overeen te komen met <b>REQUIRES</b> van andere patronen. Elk oplosbaar " -"object heeft standaard een omschrijving van wat het levert in zijn naam en " -"toevoeging. Bijvoorbeeld pakket <i>bar-1.42-1</i> levert de mogelijkheid " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "De mogelijkheden die dit patroon levert. Ze kunnen worden gebruikt om overeen te komen met <b>REQUIRES</b> van andere patronen. Elk oplosbaar object heeft standaard een omschrijving van wat het levert in zijn naam en toevoeging. Bijvoorbeeld pakket <i>bar-1.42-1</i> levert de mogelijkheid <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -#. label for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 +#. label for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 msgid "Conflicting patterns" msgstr "Patronen met conflicten" -#. help text for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Dit patroon kan niet worden geïnstalleerd als het opgegeven oplossende " -"patroon of een die de mogelijkheid levert is geïnstalleerd." +#. help text for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Dit patroon kan niet worden geïnstalleerd als het opgegeven oplossende patroon of een die de mogelijkheid levert is geïnstalleerd." -#. label for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 +#. label for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 msgid "Patterns made obsolete" msgstr "Achterhaalde patronen" -#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 +#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 msgid "" "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" "other patterns marked as obsolete here." @@ -1897,334 +1652,274 @@ "Als dit patroon wordt geïnstalleerd, dan deïnstalleert\n" "het elk ander pakket dat hier als vervangen is gemarkeerd." -#. label for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 +#. label for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 msgid "Recommended patterns" msgstr "Aanbevolen patronen" -#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"Een afgezwakte versie van REQUIRES. Als aanbevolen pakketten niet " -"geïnstalleerd kunnen worden zal er geen foutmelding worden getoond." +#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "Een afgezwakte versie van REQUIRES. Als aanbevolen pakketten niet geïnstalleerd kunnen worden zal er geen foutmelding worden getoond." -#. label for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 +#. label for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 msgid "Supplemented patterns" msgstr "Aanvullende pakketten" -#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"Een omgekeerde <b>Rec</b>. Dit patroon wordt geïnstalleerd als de opgegeven " -"mogelijkheid wordt geleverd door een geïnstalleerd oplossend patroon. De " -"afhankelijkheidsoplosser installeert het. Deïnstallatie wordt stilzwijgend " -"geaccepteerd." +#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 +msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "Een omgekeerde <b>Rec</b>. Dit patroon wordt geïnstalleerd als de opgegeven mogelijkheid wordt geleverd door een geïnstalleerd oplossend patroon. De afhankelijkheidsoplosser installeert het. Deïnstallatie wordt stilzwijgend geaccepteerd." -#. label for 'Sug' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 +#. label for 'Sug' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 msgid "Suggested patterns" msgstr "Voorgestelde patronen" -#. label for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 +#. label for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 msgid "Freshen" msgstr "Verversen" -#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"Het huidige patroon komt alleen voor installatie in aanmerking als het " -"patroon dat hier is opgegeven, is geïnstalleerd." +#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "Het huidige patroon komt alleen voor installatie in aanmerking als het patroon dat hier is opgegeven, is geïnstalleerd." -#. label for 'Ext' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 +#. label for 'Ext' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 msgid "Extends" msgstr "Uitbreidingen" -#. label for 'Inc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 +#. label for 'Inc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 msgid "Includes" msgstr "Invoegingen" -#. label for 'Exnh pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 +#. label for 'Exnh pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 msgid "Enhanced patterns" msgstr "Verbeterde patronen" -#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 +#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 msgid "Conflicting packages" msgstr "Pakketten met conflicten" -#. label for 'Pob' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 +#. label for 'Pob' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 msgid "Obsolete packages" msgstr "Verouderde pakketten" -#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 +#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 msgid "Freshened packages" msgstr "Vernieuwde pakketten" -#. label for 'Psp' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 +#. label for 'Psp' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 msgid "Supplemented packages" msgstr "Aanvullende pakketten" -#. label for 'Pen' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 +#. label for 'Pen' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 msgid "Enhanced packages" msgstr "Verbeterde pakketten" -#. help text for 'Des' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 +#. help text for 'Des' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 msgid "Multiple line package description." msgstr "Meerregelige pakketbeschrijving." -#. help text for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 +#. help text for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package." -msgstr "" -"De pakketsamenvatting (label), een eenregelige beschrijving van het pakket." +msgstr "De pakketsamenvatting (label), een eenregelige beschrijving van het pakket." -#. label for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 +#. label for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 msgid "Installation Notification" msgstr "Installatiemelding" -#. help text for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Een informeel bericht aan de gebruiker als het pakket is geselecteerd, zoals " -"een commerciële licentie of een waarschuwing voor een testversie." +#. help text for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Een informeel bericht aan de gebruiker als het pakket is geselecteerd, zoals een commerciële licentie of een waarschuwing voor een testversie." -#. label for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 +#. label for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 msgid "Deletion Notification" msgstr "Verwijdermelding" -#. help text for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Een informeel bericht aan de gebruiker als het pakket voor verwijdering " -"wordt geselecteerd, zoals een waarschuwing dat het systeem onbruikbaar wordt " -"zonder het pakket." +#. help text for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Een informeel bericht aan de gebruiker als het pakket voor verwijdering wordt geselecteerd, zoals een waarschuwing dat het systeem onbruikbaar wordt zonder het pakket." -#. label for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 +#. label for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 msgid "EULA" msgstr "EULA" -#. help text for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Tekst van de EULA. Deze tekst wordt weergegeven voor de installatie van het " -"pakket. Als de gebruiker de EULA niet accepteert, wordt het pakket niet " -"geïnstalleerd." +#. help text for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "Tekst van de EULA. Deze tekst wordt weergegeven voor de installatie van het pakket. Als de gebruiker de EULA niet accepteert, wordt het pakket niet geïnstalleerd." -#. label of key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 +#. label of key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 msgid "Products that must be installed" msgstr "Producten die moeten worden geïnstalleerd" -#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Oplosbare items die geïnstalleerd dienen te worden om aan de eisen van " -"het product te voldoen.</p>" +#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 +msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Oplosbare items die geïnstalleerd dienen te worden om aan de eisen van het product te voldoen.</p>" -#. label of PROVIDES key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 +#. label of PROVIDES key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 msgid "Provided products" msgstr "Geleverde producten" -#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires from others." -msgstr "" -"De capaciteit die dit product levert. Deze kan worden gebruikt om te voldoen " -"aan <b>vereisten</b> van anderen." +#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others." +msgstr "De capaciteit die dit product levert. Deze kan worden gebruikt om te voldoen aan <b>vereisten</b> van anderen." -#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 +#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 msgid "Conflicting products" msgstr "Conflicterende producten" -#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Dit oplosbare item kan niet worden geïnstalleerd als het opgegeven oplosbare " -"item of een item dat deze capaciteit biedt, is geïnstalleerd." +#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Dit oplosbare item kan niet worden geïnstalleerd als het opgegeven oplosbare item of een item dat deze capaciteit biedt, is geïnstalleerd." -#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 +#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 msgid "Products made obsolete" msgstr "Overbodige producten" -#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"Als dit oplossende pakket wordt geïnstalleerd, dan deïnstalleert het elk " -"ander oplosbaar object met een naam die met dit sleutelwoord overeenkomt." +#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "Als dit oplossende pakket wordt geïnstalleerd, dan deïnstalleert het elk ander oplosbaar object met een naam die met dit sleutelwoord overeenkomt." -#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 +#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 msgid "Recommended products" msgstr "Aanbevolen producten" -#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"<b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"Een afgezwakte versie van <b>REQUIRES</b>. Er wordt een poging gedaan om " -"<b>RECOMMENDS</b> te vervullen, maar dit zal stilzwijgend worden genegeerd " -"als er geen overeenkomst mogelijk is." +#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 +msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "Een afgezwakte versie van <b>REQUIRES</b>. Er wordt een poging gedaan om <b>RECOMMENDS</b> te vervullen, maar dit zal stilzwijgend worden genegeerd als er geen overeenkomst mogelijk is." -#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 +#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 msgid "Suggested products" msgstr "Voorgestelde producten" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 msgid "The URL for release notes RPM" msgstr "De URL voor de RPM-releasenotes" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 msgid "Product description" msgstr "Productbeschrijving" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 msgid "Product summary" msgstr "Productsamenvatting" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 msgid "Product line" msgstr "Productlijn" -#. help text for 'productline' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." -msgstr "" -"Een korte naam voor het product dat niet wijzigt tussen servicepacks en " -"versies." +#. help text for 'productline' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "Een korte naam voor het product dat niet wijzigt tussen servicepacks en versies." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 msgid "Update repository key" msgstr "Sleutel van opslagruimte bijwerken" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 msgid "Type of media" msgstr "Mediatype" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"Mediatype dat wordt gebruikt voor het doelproduct. Mogelijke waarden zijn: " -"cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "Mediatype dat wordt gebruikt voor het doelproduct. Mogelijke waarden zijn: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 msgid "Product flavor" msgstr "Productsmaak" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" -msgstr "" -"Beschrijving van de smaak of variant van een product, bijv. dvd, ftp, Live" +msgstr "Beschrijving van de smaak of variant van een product, bijv. dvd, ftp, Live" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 msgid "Generating Product Data" msgstr "Productgegevens genereren" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 msgid "Find package directories" msgstr "Zoek pakketdirectory's" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 msgid "Looking for package directories..." msgstr "Opzoeken van pakketdirectory's..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 msgid "Check package architectures" msgstr "Controleer pakketarchitecturen" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 msgid "Generate content file defaults" msgstr "Het standaard inhoudsbestand genereren" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 msgid "Checking package architectures..." msgstr "Controleer de pakketarchitecturen..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 msgid "Generating content file defaults..." msgstr "Standaard inhoudsbestand genereren..." -#. Progress stage -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 +#. Progress stage +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 msgid "Generate package descriptions" msgstr "Maak pakketbeschrijvingen" -#. help text -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 +#. help text +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n" msgstr "<b>Even geduld bij het genereren van gegevens voor addon...</b><br>\n" -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 msgid "" "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" "Release package will not be generated." @@ -2232,8 +1927,8 @@ "Installeren van het obs-productconvertorpakket is mislukt.\n" "Het vrijgavepakket zal niet worden gegenereerd." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 msgid "" "Build of release package failed with\n" "'%1'." @@ -2241,18 +1936,18 @@ "Het opbouwen van het vrijgavepakket is mislukt met\n" "'%1'." -#. error label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 +#. error label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgstr "Ondertekenen van product is mislukt." -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 msgid "Try again with different passphrase" msgstr "Probeer het opnieuw met een ander wachtwoord" -#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 +#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 msgid "" "Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n" "(%2)" @@ -2260,102 +1955,102 @@ "Geef wachtwoord op voor GPG-sleutel %1\n" "(%2)" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 msgid "Creating the Add-On" msgstr "Addon wordt aangemaakt" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 msgid "Write the content file" msgstr "content-bestand schrijven" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 msgid "Create the structure of the add-on" msgstr "Structuur van de addon aanmaken" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 msgid "Write the patterns" msgstr "Patronen schrijven" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 msgid "Copy the packages" msgstr "Pakketten kopiëren" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 msgid "Generate the release package" msgstr "Het releasepakket genereren" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 msgid "Create MD5 sums" msgstr "MD5-controlesommen aanmaken" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 msgid "Sign resulting product" msgstr "Onderteken het eindproduct" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 msgid "Writing the content file..." msgstr "content-bestand wordt geschreven..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 msgid "Creating the structure of the add-on..." msgstr "Addon-structuur wordt aangemaakt..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 msgid "Writing the patterns..." msgstr "De patronen worden geschreven..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 msgid "Copying the packages..." msgstr "De pakketten worden gekopieerd..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 msgid "Generating the release package..." msgstr "Bezig met genereren van het releasepakket..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 msgid "Creating MD5 sums..." msgstr "MD5-controlesommen worden aangemaakt..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 msgid "Signing resulting product..." msgstr "Ondertekenen van het eindproduct..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 msgid "Create ISO image" msgstr "ISO-image aanmaken" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgstr "ISO-image wordt aangemaakt..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. Error message (do not translate 'content' -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 +#. Error message (do not translate 'content' +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 msgid "Cannot write content file." msgstr "Kan content-bestand niet schrijven." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure." msgstr "Kan de structuur voor de uitvoerdirectory niet aanmaken." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,175 +14,166 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 +#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 msgid "Configuration of Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" msgstr "Configuratie van het Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 msgid "Show information about audit settings" msgstr "Informatie over audit-instellingen tonen" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 msgid "Set the specified option" msgstr "Gespecificeerde optie instellen" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 msgid "Show log file settings" msgstr "Logbestandinstellingen tonen" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 msgid "Show disk space settings" msgstr "Schijfruimte-instellingen tonen" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 msgid "Show dispatcher settings" msgstr "Instellingen van dispatcher tonen" -#. translators: command line help text for log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 msgid "Name of the log file (full path name)" msgstr "Naam van het logbestand (volledige pad)" -#. translators: command line help text for log_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for log_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 msgid "Log format" msgstr "Indeling logboek" -#. translators: command line help text for flush option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 +#. translators: command line help text for flush option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 msgid "How to write data to disk" msgstr "Hoe gegevens naar schijf schrijven" -#. translators: command line help text for frequency option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 +#. translators: command line help text for frequency option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" -msgstr "" -"Hoeveel records schrijven alvorens een schrijfactie naar de schijf wordt " -"gedaan" +msgstr "Hoeveel records schrijven alvorens een schrijfactie naar de schijf wordt gedaan" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 msgid "Maximal size (in MByte) of the log file" msgstr "Maximale grootte (in MByte) van het logbestand" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 msgid "Action if max_log_file is reached" msgstr "Actie als max_log_bestand is bereikt" -#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 msgid "Number of log files to keep" msgstr "Aantal te bewaren bestanden" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 msgid "Computer name format" msgstr "Indeling van computernamen" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 msgid "Computer name (used if format is set to USER)" msgstr "Computernaam (gebruikt als de indeling is ingesteld als USER)" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Vrije ruimte op de logpartitie (in MByte) wanneer het systeem als laag wordt " -"gezien" +msgstr "Vrije ruimte op de logpartitie (in MByte) wanneer het systeem als laag wordt gezien" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 msgid "Action if space_left is reached" msgstr "Actie als ruimte_over bereikt" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" msgstr "Uit te voeren script (volledige padnaam) als ruimte_over is bereikt" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"Vrije ruimte op de logpartitie (in MByte) wanneer het systeem als laag wordt " -"gezien" +msgstr "Vrije ruimte op de logpartitie (in MByte) wanneer het systeem als laag wordt gezien" -#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 +#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 msgid "Action if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "Actie als beheerder_ruimte_over is bereikt" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Uit te voeren script (volledige padnaam) als beheerder_ruimte_over is bereikt" +msgstr "Uit te voeren script (volledige padnaam) als beheerder_ruimte_over is bereikt" -#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 +#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"E-mail wordt naar dit adres gestuurd (als overgebleven_ruimte_actie is " -"ingesteld op EMAIL)" +msgstr "E-mail wordt naar dit adres gestuurd (als overgebleven_ruimte_actie is ingesteld op EMAIL)" -#. command line help text for disk_full_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 +#. command line help text for disk_full_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 msgid "Action to perform if disk is full" msgstr "Uit te voeren actie bij volle schijf" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if disk is full" msgstr "Uit te voeren script (volledige padnaam) als volle schijf is bereikt" -#. command line help text for disk_error_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 +#. command line help text for disk_error_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 msgid "Action to perform on disk error" msgstr "Uit te voeren actie bij fout op schijf" -#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 +#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" msgstr "Uit te voeren script (volledige padnaam) bij fout op schijf" -#. command line help text for communication control option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 +#. command line help text for communication control option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 msgid "How to communicate between dispatcher and the audit daemon" msgstr "Hoe te communiceren tussen dispatcher en de audit-daemon" -#. command line help text for dispatcher option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 +#. command line help text for dispatcher option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 msgid "Dispatcher program (full path name)" msgstr "Dispatcherprogramma (volledige pad)" -#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 msgid "AuditLaf" msgstr "AuditLaf" -#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&AuditLaf" msgstr "&AuditLaf" -#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 +#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 msgid "Select the log file" msgstr "Selecteer het logboekbestand" -#. Store all values in SETTINGS -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 +#. Store all values in SETTINGS +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 msgid "" "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" "the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" @@ -192,35 +183,35 @@ " 'Indeling computernaam' is ingesteld op 'GEBRUIKER'.\n" "Stel de indeling in op 'GEEN' (standaardinstelling)." -#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 +#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 msgid "Select the dispatcher program" msgstr "Selecteer het verdeelprogramma" -#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 +#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 msgid "Value of '%1' remains unchanged." msgstr "Waarde van '%1' blijft ongewijzigd." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" msgstr "%1 bestaat niet.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n" msgstr "%1 is geen regulier bestand.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n" msgstr "%1 is geen eigendom van root.\n" -#. check permissions -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 +#. check permissions +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 msgid "File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n" msgstr "Bestandsbeveiliging van %1 staat NIET op -rwxr-x---.\n" -#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 +#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 msgid "" "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\n" "\n" @@ -229,25 +220,21 @@ msgstr "" "De regels zijn al vergrendeld; opnieuw instellen is niet mogelijk.\n" "\n" -"Als u wilt ontgrendelen, stelt u het activeringsattribuut op de juiste wijze " -"in en\n" -"wordt de configuratie beëindigd. Daarna moet het systeem opnieuw worden " -"opgestart." +"Als u wilt ontgrendelen, stelt u het activeringsattribuut op de juiste wijze in en\n" +"wordt de configuratie beëindigd. Daarna moet het systeem opnieuw worden opgestart." -#. Report success -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 +#. Report success +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 msgid "Rules successfully restored" msgstr "De regels zijn hersteld" -#. Report error - error during reset -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 +#. Report error - error during reset +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." -msgstr "" -"Kan de regels niet opnieuw instellen. De regels in /etc/audit/audit.rules " -"controleren." +msgstr "Kan de regels niet opnieuw instellen. De regels in /etc/audit/audit.rules controleren." -#. Handle actions of rules dialog -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 +#. Handle actions of rules dialog +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 msgid "" "The rules are already locked.\n" "\n" @@ -259,7 +246,7 @@ "Een test is niet mogelijk omdat nieuwe regels verzenden\n" "een fout veroorzaakt.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 msgid "" "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n" "\n" @@ -271,25 +258,25 @@ "Het heeft geen zin door te gaan, omdat de regels vergrendeld\n" "zijn tot de volgende herstart van het systeem.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 msgid "Success" msgstr "Succes" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 msgid "Cannot create tmp file for rules." msgstr "Tmp-bestand voor de regels kan niet worden gemaakt." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 msgid "Select an example" msgstr "Selecteer een voorbeeld" -#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. -#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 +#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. +#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 msgid "Lock set" msgstr "Vergrendel de set" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 msgid "" "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\n" "This means the rules are locked until next boot!\n" @@ -304,224 +291,220 @@ "Om de regels te controleren of te wijzigen,\n" "gaat u terug naar de bewerker voor regels.\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen" -#. InputField label -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 +#. InputField label +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 msgid "&Log File" msgstr "&Logboekbestand" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "Bestand se&lecteren" -#. ComboBox label - select format of logging -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 +#. ComboBox label - select format of logging +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatteren" -#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 +#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Fl&ush" msgstr "L&eegmaken" -#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 +#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Fre&quency (Number of Records)" msgstr "Fre&quentie (Aantal records)" -#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 +#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Size and Action" msgstr "Grootte en actie" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Ma&x File Size (MB)" msgstr "Ma&ximumgrootte van bestand (MB)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "M&aximum File Size Action" msgstr "Actie bij m&aximumgrootte van bestand" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Number of Log Files" msgstr "&Aantal logboekbestanden" -#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 +#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Computer Names" msgstr "Computernamen" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "&Computer Name Format" msgstr "Indeling voor &computernamen" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "User Defined Name" msgstr "Door gebruiker gedefinieerde naam" -#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 +#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 msgid "Dispatcher Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor verdeelprogramma" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Dispatcher Program" msgstr "Verdeelprogramma" -#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 +#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "C&ommunication" msgstr "C&ommunicatie" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Starting to Run Low" msgstr "Waarde en actie voor ruimte begint een laag niveau te krijgen" -#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 +#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Space Left on Disk (MB)" msgstr "&Ruimte over op de schijf (MB)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "&Action" msgstr "&Actie" -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Path to Script" msgstr "Pad naar script" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Running Low" msgstr "Waarde en actie voor ruimte krijgt een laag niveau" -#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 +#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "&Admin Space Left (MB) " msgstr "&Vrije beheerruimte (MB)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Ac&tion" msgstr "Ac&tie" -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 msgid "Action Mail Account" msgstr "E-mailaccount voor actie" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Action on Error or Disk Full" msgstr "Actie bij fout of volle schijf" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Disk &Full Action" msgstr "Actie bij &volle schijf" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Disk &Error Action" msgstr "Actie bij &fout met schijf" -#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 +#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "&Set Enabled Flag" msgstr "&Schakel 'Ingeschakeld attribuut' in" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 msgid "Auditing enabled" msgstr "Validatie ingeschakeld" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 msgid "Auditing disabled" msgstr "Validatie uitgeschakeld" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Rules are locked (until next boot)" msgstr "Regels zijn vergrendeld (tot de volgende start van het systeem)" -#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 +#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Edit the rules for the audit subsystem here:" msgstr "Bewerk de regels voor het validatiesubsysteem hier:" -#. label of a push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 +#. label of a push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "&Check Syntax" msgstr "&Controleer syntaxis" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "&Restore 'audit.rules'" msgstr "&Herstel 'audit.rules'" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 msgid "R&estore and Reset" msgstr "H&erstellen en opnieuw instellen" -#. label of a push button -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 +#. label of a push button +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "&Load " msgstr "&Laden" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>De configuratie van het Linux Audit Framework wordt " -"geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>De configuratie van het Linux Audit Framework wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>De auditd-configuratie en -regels worden opgeslagen</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>De auditd-configuratie en -regels worden opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -533,41 +516,28 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/" -"log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" -"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications " -"which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches).</p>" +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" +"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Auditd-logboekbestandconfiguratie</big></b><br>\n" -"De validatiedaemon is het onderdeel van het Linux Auditing System dat " -"verantwoordelijk is voor het opslaan van alle relevante " -"validatiegebeurtenissen in het logboekbestand <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Gebeurtenissen kunnen afkomstig zijn uit de <i>apparmor</i>-kernelmodule, " -"uit toepassingen die gebruikmaken van <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) of " -"incidenten die zijn veroorzaakt door regels (bijv. bestandscontrole).</p>" +"De validatiedaemon is het onderdeel van het Linux Auditing System dat verantwoordelijk is voor het opslaan van alle relevante validatiegebeurtenissen in het logboekbestand <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" +"Gebeurtenissen kunnen afkomstig zijn uit de <i>apparmor</i>-kernelmodule, uit toepassingen die gebruikmaken van <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) of incidenten die zijn veroorzaakt door regels (bijv. bestandscontrole).</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Meer informatie over regels en de mogelijkheid om regels toe te voegen " -"biedt de dialoog <b>Regels voor auditctl</b>.\n" -"Gedetailleerde informatie over de instellingen van de logbestanden kunnen " -"verkregen worden uit 'man auditd.conf'.</p>" +"<p>Meer informatie over regels en de mogelijkheid om regels toe te voegen biedt de dialoog <b>Regels voor auditctl</b>.\n" +"Gedetailleerde informatie over de instellingen van de logbestanden kunnen verkregen worden uit 'man auditd.conf'.</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Log File</b>: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use <b>Select File</b>.)</p>" @@ -575,366 +545,278 @@ "<p><b>Logboekbestand</b>: Geef de volledige padnaam van het logboekbestand\n" "(of gebruik <b>Selecteer bestand</b>.)</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher).</p> " msgstr "" -"<p><b>Indeling</b>: stel in op <i>RAW</i> om alle gegevens naar het " -"logoekbestand te schrijven (in exact dezelfde indeling zoals ze zijn " -"verstuurd door de \n" +"<p><b>Indeling</b>: stel in op <i>RAW</i> om alle gegevens naar het logoekbestand te schrijven (in exact dezelfde indeling zoals ze zijn verstuurd door de \n" "kernel) of <i>NOLOG</i>\n" "om alle validatie-informatie weg te gooien (heeft geen invloed op de \n" "gegevens die naar het verdeelprogramma wordt gezonden).</p> " -#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"<i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" -"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" +"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n" "<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Leegmaken</b>: (van buffer) beschrijft hoe de gegevens naar schijf " -"worden geschreven. Als deze is ingesteld op\n" -"<i>INCREMENTEEL</i> dan geeft de <b>Frequentie</b>-parameter aan hoeveel " -"records in de buffer te schrijven alvorens\n" +"<p><b>Leegmaken</b>: (van buffer) beschrijft hoe de gegevens naar schijf worden geschreven. Als deze is ingesteld op\n" +"<i>INCREMENTEEL</i> dan geeft de <b>Frequentie</b>-parameter aan hoeveel records in de buffer te schrijven alvorens\n" "deze expliciet leeg te maken naar schijf.\n" -"<i>GEEN</i> betekent: geen speciale inspanning bij het leegmaken, " -"<i>GEGEVENS</i>: houd het gegevensgedeelte gesynchroniseerd,\n" -"<i>SYNC</i>: houd de gegevens en de metagegevens volledig gesynchroniseerd." +"<i>GEEN</i> betekent: geen speciale inspanning bij het leegmaken, <i>GEGEVENS</i>: houd het gegevensgedeelte gesynchroniseerd,\n" +"<i>SYNC</i>: houd de gegevens en de metagegevens volledig gesynchroniseerd.</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Configureer de maximum grootte van het logbestand (in megabytes) en de te " -"nemen actie als deze\n" +"<p>Configureer de maximum grootte van het logbestand (in megabytes) en de te nemen actie als deze\n" "waarde is bereikt via <b>Grootte en actie</b>.</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Als de actie is ingesteld op <i>ROTEREN</i> dan specificeert het " -"<b>Aantal logbestanden</b> het aantal\n" -"te bewaren bestanden. Met <i>SYSLOG</i> zal de audit-daemon een waarschuwing " -"schrijven naar\n" -"/var/log/messages, met <i>SUSPEND</i> stopt de daemon met schrijven van " -"records naar schijf,\n" +"<p>Als de actie is ingesteld op <i>ROTEREN</i> dan specificeert het <b>Aantal logbestanden</b> het aantal\n" +"te bewaren bestanden. Met <i>SYSLOG</i> zal de audit-daemon een waarschuwing schrijven naar\n" +"/var/log/messages, met <i>SUSPEND</i> stopt de daemon met schrijven van records naar schijf,\n" "<i>NEGEREN</i>: betekent doe niets, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is hetzelfde\n" "als ROTEREN, maar logbestanden worden niet overschreven.</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n" -"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Indeling voor computernaam</b> beschrijft hoe de computernaam naar het " -"logbestand\n" -"geschreven moet worden. Als <i>GEBRUIKER</i> is ingesteld wordt de " -"<b>Gebruikergedefinieerde\n" -"naam</b> gebruikt. <i>GEEN</i> betekent dat er geen computernaam ingevoegd " -"wordt,\n" +"<p><b>Indeling voor computernaam</b> beschrijft hoe de computernaam naar het logbestand\n" +"geschreven moet worden. Als <i>GEBRUIKER</i> is ingesteld wordt de <b>Gebruikergedefinieerde\n" +"naam</b> gebruikt. <i>GEEN</i> betekent dat er geen computernaam ingevoegd wordt,\n" "<i>HOSTNAAM</i> is de naam teruggeven door de 'gethostname'-systeemoproep,\n" "<i>FQD</i>: volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam</p>\n" -#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 +#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuratie voor Auditd-verdeelprogramma </big></b><br>\n" -"Gedetailleerde informatie over de instellingen voor het verdeelprogramma " -"kunnen verkregen worden op de handleidingspagina\n" +"Gedetailleerde informatie over de instellingen voor het verdeelprogramma kunnen verkregen worden op de handleidingspagina\n" "('man auditd.conf').</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 +#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Verdeelprogramma</b>: Het verdeelprogramma wordt gestart door de " -"validatiedaemon en\n" +"<p><b>Verdeelprogramma</b>: Het verdeelprogramma wordt gestart door de validatiedaemon en\n" "krijgt alle validatiegebeurtenissen op stdin.</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 +#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Communicatie</b>: Bestuurt de communicatie tussen de daemon en het " -"verdeelprogramma.\n" -"Optie <i>lossy</i> (standaard) betekent dat gebeurtenissen die naar de " -"verdeler gaan weggegooid\n" -"worden als deze wachtrij (128k buffer) vol is. Kies <i>lossless</i> als u " -"een geblokkeerde\n" +"<p><b>Communicatie</b>: Bestuurt de communicatie tussen de daemon en het verdeelprogramma.\n" +"Optie <i>lossy</i> (standaard) betekent dat gebeurtenissen die naar de verdeler gaan weggegooid\n" +"worden als deze wachtrij (128k buffer) vol is. Kies <i>lossless</i> als u een geblokkeerde\n" "communicatie wilt zonder verlies.</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 +#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf').</p>" +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p>De verzender 'audispd' is een multiplexor voor meldingsgebeurtenisen.\n" -"Raadpleeg de handleidingspagina's ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf') " -"voor meer informatie.</p>" +"Raadpleeg de handleidingspagina's ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf') voor meer informatie.</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 +#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Opmerking</b>: Het dispatcherprogramma moet als eigenaar root hebben, " -"moet '0750'\n" -" als bestandspermissies hebben en de volledige padnaam moet ingevoerd zijn.\n" +"<p><b>Opmerking</b>: Het dispatcherprogramma moet als eigenaar root hebben, moet '0750'\n" +" als bestandspermissies hebben en de volledige padnaam moet ingevoerd zijn.</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 +#. disk space dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuratie voor de schijfruimte van auditd</big></b><br>\n" -"De instellingen die hier worden gemaakt verwijzen naar de schijfruimte op de " -"logpartitie.\n" -"Voor gedetailleerde informatie wordt verwezen naar de handleidingpagina " -"('man auditd.conf').</p>\n" +"De instellingen die hier worden gemaakt verwijzen naar de schijfruimte op de logpartitie.\n" +"Voor gedetailleerde informatie wordt verwezen naar de handleidingpagina ('man auditd.conf').</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 +#. disk space dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an <b>Action</b> because\n" +"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Overgebleven ruimte</b> (in megabytes) vertelt de daemon wanneer een " -"<b>Actie</b> uit te voeren omdat het systeem een laag niveau aan ruimte " -"begint te krijgen.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Overgebleven ruimte</b> (in megabytes) vertelt de daemon wanneer een <b>Actie</b> uit te voeren omdat het systeem een laag niveau aan ruimte begint te krijgen.</p>" -#. disk space dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 +#. disk space dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The " -"system <b>is running\n" -"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action will be performed.</p>" +"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n" +"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>De waarde voor <b>Administratieve overgebleven ruimte</b> zou lager " -"moeten zijn dan hierboven. Het systeem\n" -"<b>begint te weinig</b> schijfruimte te krijgen als deze waarde is bereikt " -"en de gespecificeerde <b>Actie</b> zal worden uitgevoerd.</p>" +"<p>De waarde voor <b>Administratieve overgebleven ruimte</b> zou lager moeten zijn dan hierboven. Het systeem\n" +"<b>begint te weinig</b> schijfruimte te krijgen als deze waarde is bereikt en de gespecificeerde <b>Actie</b> zal worden uitgevoerd.</p>" -#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 +#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> " -"means\n" +"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n" "do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n" "Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n" "switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n" "system.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Als een actie is ingesteld op <i>E-MAIL</i> dan wordt er een waarschuwing " -"per\n" -"e-mail gestuurd naar het gespecificeerde adres in <b>Actie e-mailadres</b>." -"<br>\n" -"<i>SYSLOG</i> betekent dat de schijfruimtewaarschuwing naar /var/log/" -"messages\n" -"geschreven zal worden, <i>NEGEREN</i> betekent doe niets, <i>EXEC</i>: voert " -"het\n" -"script uit in <b>Pad naar script</b>, <i>SUSPEND</i> stopt met het schrijven " -"van\n" -"records naar schijf, <i>SINGLE</i>: brengt het computersysteem in single-" -"user-modus,\n" +"<p>Als een actie is ingesteld op <i>E-MAIL</i> dan wordt er een waarschuwing per\n" +"e-mail gestuurd naar het gespecificeerde adres in <b>Actie e-mailadres</b>.<br>\n" +"<i>SYSLOG</i> betekent dat de schijfruimtewaarschuwing naar /var/log/messages\n" +"geschreven zal worden, <i>NEGEREN</i> betekent doe niets, <i>EXEC</i>: voert het\n" +"script uit in <b>Pad naar script</b>, <i>SUSPEND</i> stopt met het schrijven van\n" +"records naar schijf, <i>SINGLE</i>: brengt het computersysteem in single-user-modus,\n" "<i>HALT</i>: stop het systeem.</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt ook een <b>Actie volle schijf</b> opgeven (schijf is reeds vol) " -"en\n" -"een <b>Schijffout actie</b> (wordt uitgevoerd als er een fout optreedt bij " -"het schrijven naar een schijf).</p>" +"<p>U kunt ook een <b>Actie volle schijf</b> opgeven (schijf is reeds vol) en\n" +"een <b>Schijffout actie</b> (wordt uitgevoerd als er een fout optreedt bij het schrijven naar een schijf).</p>" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.</p>\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Alle scripts gespecificeerd voor <b>Actie</b> <i>EXEC moeten als\n" -"eigenaar 'root' hebben, '0750' als bestandspermissie en de volledige padnaam " -"moet zijn ingevoerd.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Alle scripts gespecificeerd voor <b>Actie</b> <i>EXEC</i> moeten als\n" +"eigenaar 'root' hebben, '0750' als bestandspermissie en de volledige padnaam moet zijn ingevoerd.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 +#. rules dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules." +"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Regels voor auditctl</big></b><br>\n" -"Deze dialoog biedt de mogelijkheid om de syscall auditing in of uit te " -"schakelen\n" +"Deze dialoog biedt de mogelijkheid om de syscall auditing in of uit te schakelen\n" "alsook om de audit-configuratie te vergrendelen.\n" -"De geselecteerde vlag van <b>Schakel 'Ingeschakelde vlag' in</b> wordt " -"toegevoegd aan de regels.</p>" +"De geselecteerde vlag van <b>Schakel 'Ingeschakelde vlag' in</b> wordt toegevoegd aan de regels.</p>" -#. rules dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Opmerking:</b><br>De regels vergrendelen betekent dat zij niet " -"gewijzigd kunnen worden tot de volgende systeemstart.</p>" +#. rules dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Opmerking:</b><br>De regels vergrendelen betekent dat zij niet gewijzigd kunnen worden tot de volgende systeemstart.</p>" -#. rules dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 +#. rules dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default).</p> " +" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> " msgstr "" "<p>Inschakelen van auditing zonder toegevoegde regels veroorzaakt dat de\n" -"toepassingen die <i>libaudit</i> gebruiken, b.v. PAM, loggen naar /var/log/" -"audit/audit.log (standaard).</p> " +"toepassingen die <i>libaudit</i> gebruiken, b.v. PAM, loggen naar /var/log/audit/audit.log (standaard).</p> " -#. rules dialog help 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 +#. rules dialog help 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users.<br>\n" +"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt ook de regels handmatig bewerken, wat alleen is aanbevolen voor " -"ervaren gebruikers.<br>\n" +"<p>U kunt ook de regels handmatig bewerken, wat alleen is aanbevolen voor ervaren gebruikers.<br>\n" "Voor meer informatie over alle opties zie 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Controleer syntaxis</b> zendt de regels via <i>auditctl</i> naar het " -"audit-subsysteem en controleert de syntaxis.<br><b>Terugzetten</b> herstelt " -"de instellingen uit /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +#. rules dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 +msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Controleer syntaxis</b> zendt de regels via <i>auditctl</i> naar het audit-subsysteem en controleert de syntaxis.<br><b>Terugzetten</b> herstelt de instellingen uit /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 +#. rules dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Restore and Reset</b> to restore the rules and reset\n" "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" "Click <b>Load</b> to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" "an example rules file.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Klik op <b>Herstellen en resetten</b> om de voorgaande regels te " -"herstellen\n" -"en te resetten (uit de voorgaande syntaxis controles) door <i>auditctl</i> " -"hiermee aan te roepen.<br>\n" -"Klik op <b>Laden</b> om een bestandsselectiedialoog te openen en daarna kunt " -"u een voorbeeld\n" +"<p>Klik op <b>Herstellen en resetten</b> om de voorgaande regels te herstellen\n" +"en te resetten (uit de voorgaande syntaxis controles) door <i>auditctl</i> hiermee aan te roepen.<br>\n" +"Klik op <b>Laden</b> om een bestandsselectiedialoog te openen en daarna kunt u een voorbeeld\n" "bestand met regels laden.</p>\n" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 msgid "&Dispatcher" msgstr "Ver&deelprogramma" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 msgid "Disk &Space" msgstr "&Schijfruimte" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 msgid "&Rules for 'auditctl'" msgstr "&Regels voor 'auditctl'" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 +#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 msgid "The rules for auditctl are locked." msgstr "De regels voor auditctl zijn vergrendeld." -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> " -"must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om verder te gaan met Linux Auditing instellen, moet het pakket <b>%1</b> " -"worden geïnstalleerd.</p>" +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 +msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om verder te gaan met Linux Auditing instellen, moet het pakket <b>%1</b> worden geïnstalleerd.</p>" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Wilt u dit nu installeren?</p>" -#. additionally save initial settings -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 +#. additionally save initial settings +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 msgid "" "Cannot start the audit daemon.\n" "Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" @@ -946,63 +828,63 @@ "U kunt de module 'Systeemlog' gebruiken in de groep\n" "'Diversen' in het YaST2-controlecentrum." -#. AuditLaf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 +#. AuditLaf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 msgid "Initializing Audit Configuration" msgstr "De validatieconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 msgid "Check for installed packages" msgstr "Op geïnstalleerde pakketten controleren" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 msgid "Read the configuration of auditd" msgstr "Lezen van de configuratie voor auditd" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 msgid "Read the rules file" msgstr "Lees het bestand met regels" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 msgid "Check status of auditd" msgstr "Controleer de status van auditd" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 msgid "Checking for packages..." msgstr "Op pakketten controleren..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "De configuratie wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 msgid "Reading the rules file..." msgstr "Het bestand met regels wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 msgid "Checking status..." msgstr "De status wordt gecontroleerd..." -#. Report error -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 +#. Report error +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 msgid "Cannot read auditd.conf." msgstr "Kan auditd.conf niet lezen." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Kan audit.rules niet lezen." -#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" @@ -1010,12 +892,12 @@ "Wilt u deze starten en starten bij opnieuw opstarten inschakelen\n" "of eerst de daemon starten?" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "De daemon 'auditd' is niet actief.\n" -#. message about loaded kernel module -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 msgid "" "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -1026,29 +908,29 @@ "vast te leggen in het logboek op /var/log/audit/audit.log (standaard).\n" "\n" -#. Headline of a popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "Start van controledeamon" -#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "Starten en i&nschakelen" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Starten" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "&Niet starten" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Kan de audit-daemon niet starten." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -1060,68 +942,67 @@ "'Ingeschakelde vlag' wijzigen maar om de wijziging\n" "actief te maken is daarna een herstart van het systeem vereist.\n" -#. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 +#. Auditd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Validatieconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "De regels opslaan" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "De regels worden opgeslagen..." -#. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 +#. check first whether rules are already locked +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "Het regels zijn al vergrendeld." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" "Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" msgstr "" "Wilt u de 'Ingeschakelde vlag' wijzigen?\n" -"Zo ja, de nieuwe regels zullen naar /etc/audit/audit.rules weggeschreven " -"worden.\n" +"Zo ja, de nieuwe regels zullen naar /etc/audit/audit.rules weggeschreven worden.\n" "Herstart het systeem, waarna de wijzigingen effectief zijn.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "De herstart van de audit-daemon is mislukt." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet in audit.conf opslaan." -#. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 +#. Error message, rules cannot be set +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "Yast2-audit-laf opnieuw opstarten en controleer de regels." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan in auditd.rules." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "Logboekbestand" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,182 +14,173 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:37 +#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:37 msgid "Configuration of Authentication server" msgstr "Configuratie van verificatieserver" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" msgstr "De service inschakelen/uitschakelen" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" msgstr "Voeg een nieuwe database toe" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" msgstr "Toon een lijst met de momenteel beschikbare databases" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" msgstr "Toon een lijst met momenteel geconfigureerde schema's" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" msgstr "Voeg een schema toe aan de lijst" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "Service inschakelen" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "Service uitschakelen" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" msgstr "Type database (\"hdb\" of \"bdb\")" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" msgstr "Basis-DN voor de database" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" msgstr "DN voor de aanmelding van de beheerder" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" msgstr "Wachtwoord van beheerder" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" msgstr "Directory voor de database" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" msgstr "Bestand" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" msgstr "Positie" -#. map edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); -#. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); -#. -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 +#. map edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); +#. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); +#. +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 msgid "No base DN provided\n" msgstr "Geen basis-DN opgegeven\n" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" -"De database kan niet worden aangemaakt als de service niet is geactiveerd" +msgstr "De database kan niet worden aangemaakt als de service niet is geactiveerd" -#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 +#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het toevoegen van de database" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"De LDAP-database is al aangemaakt. U kunt de instellingen later wijzigen als " -"het systeem is geïnstalleerd." +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "De LDAP-database is al aangemaakt. U kunt de instellingen later wijzigen als het systeem is geïnstalleerd." -#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 +#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" msgstr "[rootwachtwoord]" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" msgstr "[handmatig ingesteld]" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Kan het rootwachtwoord van het systeem niet ophalen. Stel een LDAP-" -"serverwachtwoord in om door te kunnen gaan." +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Kan het rootwachtwoord van het systeem niet ophalen. Stel een LDAP-serverwachtwoord in om door te kunnen gaan." -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" msgstr "De LDAP-masterserver installeren:" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114 msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" msgstr "Een zelfstandige LDAP-server installeren:" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " msgstr "Basis-DN: " -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " msgstr "Root-DN: " -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " msgstr "LDAP-wachtwoord: " -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" msgstr "LDAP-server installeren" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Provider: " msgstr "Provider:" -#. all known interfaces for testing -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 +#. all known interfaces for testing +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Poort in firewall openen" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" msgstr "Nee" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "Firewall is uitgeschakeld" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " msgstr "Registreer bij SLP-daemon: " -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " msgstr "Start LDAP-server:" -#. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 +#. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "OpenLDAP-server" -#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 +#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" msgstr "Open&LDAP-server" -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:280 -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:53 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:280 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:53 msgid "" "The package '%1' is not available.\n" "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" @@ -199,10 +190,10 @@ "YaST2 kan zonder de installatie van dit pakket niet\n" "met de configuratie doorgaan." -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:291 -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:64 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:291 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:64 msgid "" "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." @@ -210,15 +201,11 @@ "YaST2 kan zonder de installatie van de vereiste\n" "pakketten niet met de configuratie doorgaan." -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"Installatie van OpenLDAP-replicatie is mislukt. Voer de configuratie opnieuw " -"uit nadat de installatie is beëindigd." +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "Installatie van OpenLDAP-replicatie is mislukt. Voer de configuratie opnieuw uit nadat de installatie is beëindigd." -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." @@ -226,44 +213,42 @@ "OpenLDAP-server: algemeen certificaat niet beschikbaar.\n" "StartTLS is uitgeschakeld." -#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module -#: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 +#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module +#: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of OpenLDAP MirrorMode replication" msgstr "Configuratie van OpenLDAP MirrorMode-replicatie" -#. Start new config wizward -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 +#. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." msgstr "Een bestaande configuratie gevonden." -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "U hebt een bestaande configuratie, maar de LDAP-server is nu niet actief.\n" "Wilt u de server nu starten en de configuratie herlezen of wilt u\n" "een nieuwe configuratie aanmaken vanaf niets?" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" msgstr "Herstarten" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" msgstr "Nieuwe configuratie" -#. Start new config wizward -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" msgstr "Bestaande configuratie migreren" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" "/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST only supports the dynamic configuration\n" @@ -275,102 +260,93 @@ "dynamische configuratie-database van OpenLDAP (back-config). Wilt u\n" "uw bestaande configuratie migreren naar de configuratie-database?\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" msgstr "Migreer een bestaande configuratie" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" msgstr "Maak een volledig nieuwe configuratie aan" -#. LdapServer summary dialog caption -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 +#. LdapServer summary dialog caption +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 msgid "Authentication Server Configuration Summary" msgstr "Configuratiesamenvatting van verificatieserver" -#. heading for all dialogs -#. FIXME: adapt to your needs -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298 +#. heading for all dialogs +#. FIXME: adapt to your needs +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298 msgid "Authentication Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van verificatieserver" -#. ********************* -#. * dialog functions ** -#. ******************** -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 +#. ********************* +#. * dialog functions ** +#. ******************** +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen" -#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database -#. dialogs -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 +#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database +#. dialogs +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" msgstr "&Start LDAP-server" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" msgstr "Registreer bij een &SLP-daemon" -#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), +#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen" -#. create new item -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#. create new item +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." msgstr "De LDAP-server wordt niet gebruikt." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"Wilt u nu de configuratiegegevens opnieuw lezen om te starten of wilt u een " -"hele nieuwe configuratie maken?" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Wilt u nu de configuratiegegevens opnieuw lezen om te starten of wilt u een hele nieuwe configuratie maken?" -#. get helps page -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 +#. get helps page +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "help page for item <b>" msgstr "Helppagina voor item <b>" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "</b> not available" msgstr "</b> is niet beschikbaar" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Server Type" msgstr "Servertype" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:338 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "Stand-alone server" msgstr "Zelfstandige server" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Master server in a replication setup" msgstr "Masterserver in een situatie met replicatie" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Replica (slave) server.\n" msgstr "Replicatieserver (slaveserver).\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Alle gegevens, inclusief configuratie, zijn gerepliceerd vanaf een server op " -"afstand." +msgstr "Alle gegevens, inclusief configuratie, zijn gerepliceerd vanaf een server op afstand." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 msgid "" "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n" "computer. \n" @@ -378,36 +354,36 @@ "YaST kan de volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam van deze computer niet\n" "bepalen. \n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." msgstr "Het opzetten van een replicatie-master is nu niet mogelijk." -#. Button text -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 +#. Button text +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" msgstr "Ge&avanceerde configuratie" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" msgstr "Kerberos-verificatie" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Kerberos Authentication" msgstr "Kerberos-verificatie i&nschakelen" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" msgstr "Basisinstellingen Kerberos" -#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. -#. Please think twice please before you translate this, -#. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 +#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. +#. Please think twice please before you translate this, +#. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "R&ealm" msgstr "G&ebied" -#. abort? -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 +#. abort? +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 msgid "" "The package '%1' is not available.\n" "YaST2 cannot enable Kerberos\n" @@ -417,185 +393,179 @@ "YaST2 kan Kerberos niet inschakelen\n" "zonder het pakket te installeren." -#. caption -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 +#. caption +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Geavanceerde Kerberos-configuratie" -#. tree widget label -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" msgstr "Geavanceerde &opties" -#. label widget -#. header label -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "Huidige selectie: " -#. tree widget headline -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 +#. tree widget headline +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuratie:" -#. ############## input handler ################ -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 +#. ############## input handler ################ +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n" msgstr "LDAP-verificatie is mislukt. Opnieuw proberen?\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Error message: " msgstr "Foutmelding: " -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "Create new account in the first database" msgstr "Nieuwe account maken in de eerste database" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "User Id" msgstr "Gebruikers-id" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Container Object" msgstr "Containerobject" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Bladeren" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" msgstr "Een willekeurig wachtwoord genereren" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Use the \"cn=config\" Account for Replication" msgstr "Gebruik het \"cn=config\" account voor replicatie" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "Account configuren voor replicatie" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "is geen geldige LDAP-DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord valideren" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424 msgid "Enter a password" msgstr "Voer een wachtwoord in" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435 msgid "The passwords you have entered do not match. Try again." msgstr "De wachtwoorden die zijn ingevoerd zijn niet gelijk. Probeer opnieuw." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1131 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1131 msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "Details van leverancier" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam van provider" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "Poort" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "StartTLS gebruiken" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database" msgstr "Beheerderswachtwoord voor de \"cn=config\" Database" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" msgstr "C&A-certificaatbestand (PEM-indeling)" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "&Bladeren..." -#. file selection headline -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 +#. file selection headline +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" msgstr "Selecteer CA-certificaatbestand" -#. **************************** -#. * tls handlers -#. *************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1237 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:458 +#. **************************** +#. * tls handlers +#. *************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:458 msgid "Select a Valid CA Certificate File" msgstr "Selecteer een geldig CA-certificaatbestand" -#. Doing these checks during installation will -#. most probably fail -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Het openen van de verbinding naar de \"cn=config\" database op de server van " -"de leverancier is mislukt.\n" +#. Doing these checks during installation will +#. most probably fail +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Het openen van de verbinding naar de \"cn=config\" database op de server van de leverancier is mislukt.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" "Ga na dat de server van de leverancier verbindingen opn afstand accepteert \n" -"naar de \"cn=config\" database en dat u het juiste wachtwoord hebt " -"ingevoerd.\n" +"naar de \"cn=config\" database en dat u het juiste wachtwoord hebt ingevoerd.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "The following error messages were returned:" msgstr "De volgende foutmeldingen zijn geretourneerd:" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." msgstr "Er trad een fout op bij het verifiëren van de TLS/SSL-configuratie." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" msgstr "Wilt u een ander CA/Server-certificaat importeren?" -#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 +#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 msgid "The replication configuration on the provider server is missing.\n" -msgstr "" -"De replicatie-configuratie op de server van de leverancier ontbreekt.\n" +msgstr "De replicatie-configuratie op de server van de leverancier ontbreekt.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 msgid "Click Continue to create it now." msgstr "Klik op Doorgaan om deze nu te maken." -#. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380 +#. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "The replication configuration on the master server indicates that\n" "it is already acting as a replication consumer.\n" @@ -603,150 +573,121 @@ "De replicatie-configuratie op de master-server geeft aan dat\n" "het al werkt als een replicatieconsument.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "" -"Instellen van gecascadeerde replicatie van het cn=config wordt nu niet " -"ondersteund." +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "Instellen van gecascadeerde replicatie van het cn=config wordt nu niet ondersteund." -#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Controleren van de verificatie-credentials gedefinieerd in de replicatie-" -"configuratie op de leveranciersserver is mislukt.\n" +#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Controleren van de verificatie-credentials gedefinieerd in de replicatie-configuratie op de leveranciersserver is mislukt.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "De test retourneerde de volgende foutmeldingen:" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424 msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now." msgstr "Klik op \"Doorgaan\" om dat nu te corrigeren." -#. ReplicatonSummary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519 +#. ReplicatonSummary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519 msgid "Replication Master setup" msgstr "Instellingen van replicatiemaster" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522 msgid "" "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Om als een master-server voor replicatie te fungeren moet de configuratie-" -"database\n" -"via het netwerk toegankelijk zijn. Stel een wachtwoord in voor de " -"configuratie-database.\n" +"Om als een master-server voor replicatie te fungeren moet de configuratie-database\n" +"via het netwerk toegankelijk zijn. Stel een wachtwoord in voor de configuratie-database.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" "(Toegang tot de configuratiedatabase zal worden beperkt tot versleutelde\n" "LDAP-verbindingen.)\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 msgid "Enter new &Password" msgstr "Nieuw &wachtwoord invoeren" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord &valideren" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" -msgstr "" -"Voorbereiden voor replicatie van MirrorMode (hiermee wordt het attribuut " -"serverId gegenereerd)" +msgstr "Voorbereiden voor replicatie van MirrorMode (hiermee wordt het attribuut serverId gegenereerd)" -#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 +#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Opstartconfiguratie</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Start LDAP-server</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" +"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer <b>Ja</b> als de LDAP-server automatisch gestart moet worden " -"als \n" -"onderdeel van het opstartproces. Selecteer <b>Nee</b> als de LDAP-server " -"niet moet worden gestart. Noot:\n" -"Na selectie van <b>Nee</b> kunt u geen wijzigingen meer aanbrengen in de " -"OpenLDAP-configuratie.</p>\n" +"<p>Selecteer <b>Ja</b> als de LDAP-server automatisch gestart moet worden als \n" +"onderdeel van het opstartproces. Selecteer <b>Nee</b> als de LDAP-server niet moet worden gestart. Noot:\n" +"Na selectie van <b>Nee</b> kunt u geen wijzigingen meer aanbrengen in de OpenLDAP-configuratie.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Protocollisteners</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "<p>Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Schakel de verschillende luisteraars naar het OpenLDAP-protocol in of uit." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Schakel de verschillende luisteraars naar het OpenLDAP-protocol in of uit.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured.</p>" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> is de standaard LDAP-interface op poort 389. TLS/SSL " -"beveiligde communicatie\n" -"is mogelijk met de StartTLS-bewerking als u een servercertificaat hebt " -"geconfigureerd.</p>" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> is de standaard LDAP-interface op poort 389. TLS/SSL beveiligde communicatie\n" +"is mogelijk met de StartTLS-bewerking als u een servercertificaat hebt geconfigureerd.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAPS</b> schakelt het \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface in voor SSL-" -"beschermde\n" -"verbindingen op poort 636. Dit werkt alleen als u een server-certificaat " -"geconfigureerd hebt (zie \"Globale instellingen\"/\"TLS-instellingen\").\n" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> schakelt het \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface in voor SSL-beschermde\n" +"verbindingen op poort 636. Dit werkt alleen als u een server-certificaat geconfigureerd hebt (zie \"Globale instellingen\"/\"TLS-instellingen\").\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b>LDAPI</b> enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface for accessing the\n" "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAPI</b> schakelt het \"LDAP over IPC\" interface in voor toegang tot " -"de\n" -"LDAP-server via een Unix Domain Socket. Schakel het LDAPI-interface niet " -"uit \n" +"<p><b>LDAPI</b> schakelt het \"LDAP over IPC\" interface in voor toegang tot de\n" +"LDAP-server via een Unix Domain Socket. Schakel het LDAPI-interface niet uit \n" "omdat YaST het gebruikt om te communiceren met de server.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Firewallinstellingen</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" "network ports or not.</p>\n" @@ -754,84 +695,64 @@ "<p>Selecteer of SuSEFirewall toegang moet geven tot de LDAP gerelateerde\n" "netwerkpoorten of niet.</p>\n" -#. First part of the Add Database Widget -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 +#. First part of the Add Database Widget +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Basisdatabase-instellingen</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. " -"<b>Hdb</b> is a\n" -"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n" +"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n" "<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n" "<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.</p>\n" +"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Kies de <b>Database</b> uit <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> en <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb is een\n" -"variant van de <b>bdb</b>-back-end die een hiërarchische database-indeling " -"gebruikt en\n" -"ondersteuning biedt voor het hernoemen van substructuren. Anders is deze " -"gelijk aan <b>bdb</b>. Een\n" +"<p>Kies de <b>Database</b> uit <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> en <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is een\n" +"variant van de <b>bdb</b>-back-end die een hiërarchische database-indeling gebruikt en\n" +"ondersteuning biedt voor het hernoemen van substructuren. Anders is deze gelijk aan <b>bdb</b>. Een\n" "<b>hdb</b>-Database heeft een groter <b>idlcachesize</b> dan een\n" "<b>bdb</b>-Database voor goede zoekprestaties.\n" -"<b>mdb</b>-Database gebruikt de Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB)-" -"bibliotheek van OpenLDAP om gegevens op te slaan.\n" -"Deze is vergelijkbaar met de <b>hdb</b>-back-end, maar is meer ruimte-" -"efficiënt en efficiënter tijdens de uitvoering.</p>\n" +"<b>mdb</b>-Database gebruikt de Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB)-bibliotheek van OpenLDAP om gegevens op te slaan.\n" +"Deze is vergelijkbaar met de <b>hdb</b>-back-end, maar is meer ruimte-efficiënt en efficiënter tijdens de uitvoering.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>De optie <b>Basis-DN</b> bepaalt de naam van het rootitem van de " -"database \n" +"<p>De optie <b>Basis-DN</b> bepaalt de naam van het rootitem van de database \n" "dat wordt gemaakt.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends " -"the \n" -"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n" +"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> " msgstr "" "<p>Met de <b>Beheerder-DN</b> met een <b>LDAP-beheerderwachtwoord</b>\n" -"geeft u een supergebruikersidentiteit op voor de database die verder gaat " -"dan alle ACL's en andere\n" +"geeft u een supergebruikersidentiteit op voor de database die verder gaat dan alle ACL's en andere\n" "beheerdersbeperkingen. Als u <b>Basis-DN toevoegen</b> activeert, wordt de\n" -"<b>Basis-DN</b> toegevoegd die u hierboven hebt ingevuld, bijvoorbeeld, een " -"basis-DN van\n" -"<tt>dc=voorbeeld,dc=nl</tt> en een beheerder-DN van <tt>c=Admin</tt> word " -"een effectieve\n" +"<b>Basis-DN</b> toegevoegd die u hierboven hebt ingevuld, bijvoorbeeld, een basis-DN van\n" +"<tt>dc=voorbeeld,dc=nl</tt> en een beheerder-DN van <tt>c=Admin</tt> word een effectieve\n" "beheerder-DN van <tt>c=Admin,dc=voorbeeld,dc=nl</tt>.</p> " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process.</p> " msgstr "" "<p>Als deze wizard is opgestart tijdens de installatie, dan is het \n" -"<b>LDAP-beheerderswachtwoord</b> initieel ingesteld op het rootwachtwoord " -"van het systeem\n" +"<b>LDAP-beheerderswachtwoord</b> initieel ingesteld op het rootwachtwoord van het systeem\n" "dat eerder in het installatieproces is ingevoerd.</p> " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -840,19 +761,14 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om deze database als standaard te gebruiken voor de hulpmiddelen van " -"OpenLDAP-client\n" -"(b.v. ldapsearch) activeer dan <b>Gebruik deze database als de standaard " -"voor\n" -"OpenLDAP-clients</b>. Dit zal resulteren in het wegschrijven van de hostnaam " -"\"localhost\"\n" +"<p>Om deze database als standaard te gebruiken voor de hulpmiddelen van OpenLDAP-client\n" +"(b.v. ldapsearch) activeer dan <b>Gebruik deze database als de standaard voor\n" +"OpenLDAP-clients</b>. Dit zal resulteren in het wegschrijven van de hostnaam \"localhost\"\n" "en de boven ingegeven <b>Basis DN</b> naar het configuratiebestand\n" -"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> van de OpenLDAP-client. Dit keuzevakje " -"wordt\n" -"standaard geselecteerd bij het aanmaken van de eerste database op een server." -"</p>\n" +"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> van de OpenLDAP-client. Dit keuzevakje wordt\n" +"standaard geselecteerd bij het aanmaken van de eerste database op een server.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" @@ -860,110 +776,83 @@ "YaST ondersteunt deze database niet. U kunt hier geen \n" "configuratie-instellingen wijzigen.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om verificatie met platte tekst in- of uit te schakelen (LDAP eenvoudige " -"binding)\n" -"voor de configuratiedatabase, klik op het bijbehorende keuzevakje. " -"Verificatie met\n" -"gewone tekst naar de configuratiedatabase zal alleen worden toegestaan " -"wanneer voldoende\n" +"<p>Om verificatie met platte tekst in- of uit te schakelen (LDAP eenvoudige binding)\n" +"voor de configuratiedatabase, klik op het bijbehorende keuzevakje. Verificatie met\n" +"gewone tekst naar de configuratiedatabase zal alleen worden toegestaan wanneer voldoende\n" "beschermde verbindingen worden gebruikt (bijv. SSL/TLS versleuteling).</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click <b>Change Password</b>. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder voor de configuratie-database te " -"wijzigen, \n" +"<p>Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder voor de configuratie-database te wijzigen, \n" "klik op <b>Wijzig wachtwoord</b>.\n" -"Er zal een pop-up verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren " -"en de \n" +"Er zal een pop-up verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en de \n" "<b>Wachtwoordversleuteling</b> kunt selecteren.\n" -"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is " -"ingesteld \n" +"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is ingesteld \n" "in de configuratie.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "<h3>BDB-database bewerken</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wijzig instellingen van BDB- en HDB-databases.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Voer de complete DN in of alleen het eerste deel en voeg de basis-DN " -"automatisch toe\n" +"<p>Voer de complete DN in of alleen het eerste deel en voeg de basis-DN automatisch toe\n" "met <b>Basis-DN toevoegen</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change " -"Password</b>.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password " -"Encryption</b>.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder te wijzigen, klik op <b>Wijzig " -"wachtwoord</b>.\n" -"Er zal een pop-up verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren " -"en de <b>Wachtwoordversleuteling</b> kunt selecteren.\n" -"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is " -"ingesteld in de configuratie.</p>\n" +"<p>Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder te wijzigen, klik op <b>Wijzig wachtwoord</b>.\n" +"Er zal een pop-up verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en de <b>Wachtwoordversleuteling</b> kunt selecteren.\n" +"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is ingesteld in de configuratie.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index " -"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Met de <b>Ingangscache</b> en de <b>Indexcache (IDL-cache)</b> kunt u de " -"grootte\n" -"van de interne caches van OpenLDAP aanpassen. De <b>Ingangscache</b> bepaalt " -"het aantal ingangen dat in\n" -"het in-geheugen ingangscache van OpenLDAP wordt opgeslagen. Als het mogelijk " -"is (voldoende RAM) moet dit aantal\n" -"groot genoeg zijn om de volledige database in het geheugen te houden. De " -"<b>Indexcache (IDL-index)</b> \n" -"wordt gebruikt om het zoeken naar geïndexeerde kenmerken te versnellen. " -"Doorgaans vereisen vooral HDB-databases een\n" -"grote IDL-cache voor goede zoekprestaties (doorgaans drie maal de grootte " -"van de\n" +"<p>Met de <b>Ingangscache</b> en de <b>Indexcache (IDL-cache)</b> kunt u de grootte\n" +"van de interne caches van OpenLDAP aanpassen. De <b>Ingangscache</b> bepaalt het aantal ingangen dat in\n" +"het in-geheugen ingangscache van OpenLDAP wordt opgeslagen. Als het mogelijk is (voldoende RAM) moet dit aantal\n" +"groot genoeg zijn om de volledige database in het geheugen te houden. De <b>Indexcache (IDL-index)</b> \n" +"wordt gebruikt om het zoeken naar geïndexeerde kenmerken te versnellen. Doorgaans vereisen vooral HDB-databases een\n" +"grote IDL-cache voor goede zoekprestaties (doorgaans drie maal de grootte van de\n" "ingangscache).</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Wachtwoordbeleidsinstellingen</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>" @@ -971,29 +860,21 @@ "<p>Om voor deze database gebruik te maken van wachtwoordbeleid, activeer \n" "<b>Wachtwoordbeleid inschakelen</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords.</p> " msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer <b>Plattetekstwachtwoorden versleutelen</b> om aan te geven dat " -"de OpenLDAP-server\n" -"de wachtwoorden in platte tekst moet coderen die aanwezig zijn in " -"toevoegings- en\n" -"wijzigingsverzoeken voordat ze in de database worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat " -"dit het\n" -"X.500/LDAP-informatiemodel schendt, maar nodig kan zijn als compensatie voor " -"LDAP-clients\n" +"<p>Selecteer <b>Plattetekstwachtwoorden versleutelen</b> om aan te geven dat de OpenLDAP-server\n" +"de wachtwoorden in platte tekst moet coderen die aanwezig zijn in toevoegings- en\n" +"wijzigingsverzoeken voordat ze in de database worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat dit het\n" +"X.500/LDAP-informatiemodel schendt, maar nodig kan zijn als compensatie voor LDAP-clients\n" "die het wachtwoord niet versleutelen tijdens het verzenden.</p> " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -1001,121 +882,94 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option.</p> \n" msgstr "" -"<p>Als <b>Status \"Account vergrendeld\" prijsgeven</b> is geactiveerd, " -"krijgen gebruikers die zich\n" -"verifieren tot een vergrendeld account een melding dat hun account is " -"vergrendeld. \n" -"Deze informatie kan bruikbare informatie verschaffen aan een aanvaller. Voor " -"sites die gevoelig zijn\n" +"<p>Als <b>Status \"Account vergrendeld\" prijsgeven</b> is geactiveerd, krijgen gebruikers die zich\n" +"verifieren tot een vergrendeld account een melding dat hun account is vergrendeld. \n" +"Deze informatie kan bruikbare informatie verschaffen aan een aanvaller. Voor sites die gevoelig zijn\n" "voor veiligheidskwesties dient u deze optie niet te activeren.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object " -"DN</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Voer de naam in van het standaardbeleidsobject in bij <b>DN van " -"standaardbeleidsobject</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Voer de naam in van het standaardbeleidsobject in bij <b>DN van standaardbeleidsobject</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You " -"may\n" +"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Maak of wijzig het standaard beleid door te klikken op <b>Beleid " -"bewerken</b>. U kunt\n" -"gevraagd worden om het LDAP-beheerderwachtwoord daarna in te geven, om toe " -"te\n" +"<p>Maak of wijzig het standaard beleid door te klikken op <b>Beleid bewerken</b>. U kunt\n" +"gevraagd worden om het LDAP-beheerderwachtwoord daarna in te geven, om toe te\n" "staan dat het Beleid-object wordt gelezen van de server.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Indexconfiguratie</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wijzig de opties voor indexering van een hdb- of bdb-database.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De tabel toont een lijst van attributen waarvoor nu een index is " -"gedefinieerd.</p>" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 +msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De tabel toont een lijst van attributen waarvoor nu een index is gedefinieerd.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Indexen worden door OpenLDAP gebruikt om de prestatie bij het zoeken op\n" -"specifieke typen zoekopdrachten te verbeteren. Indexen zouden " -"geconfigureerd\n" +"specifieke typen zoekopdrachten te verbeteren. Indexen zouden geconfigureerd\n" "moeten worden overeenkomstig de meest algemeen gebruikte zoekopdrachten in\n" -"een database. YaST biedt u het instellen van drie verschillende typen " -"indexen.</p>\n" +"een database. YaST biedt u het instellen van drie verschillende typen indexen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aanwezigheid</b>: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor het zoeken met\n" -"aanwezigheidsfilters (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). " -"Aanwezigheidsindexen\n" +"aanwezigheidsfilters (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Aanwezigheidsindexen\n" "zouden alleen geconfigureerd moeten worden voor attributen die weinig voor\n" "komen in de database</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Gelijkheid</b>: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met " -"gelijkheidsfilters \n" -"(d.w.z. (<tt>(attributeType=<exacte waarde>)</tt>). Een <b>Gelijkheidsindex \n" -"zou altijd geconfigureerd moeten worden voor het attribuut <tt>objectclass.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Gelijkheid</b>: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met gelijkheidsfilters \n" +"(d.w.z. (<tt>(attributeType=<exacte waarde>)</tt>). Een <b>Gelijkheid</b>sindex \n" +"zou altijd geconfigureerd moeten worden voor het attribuut <tt>objectclass</tt>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Deeltekenreeks</b>: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met een\n" -"deeltekenreeksfilter (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=<deeltekenreeks>*))</p>\n" +"deeltekenreeksfilter (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=<deeltekenreeks>*)</tt>)</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een indexeringsoptie voor een nieuw " -"attribuut\n" +"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een indexeringsoptie voor een nieuw attribuut\n" "te definiëren, <b>Verwijderen</b> om een bestaande index te wissen en\n" "<b>Bewerken</b> om de indexeringsoptie van een reeds geïndexeerd attribuut\n" "te wijzigen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Opmerking: Afhankelijk van de grootte van de database kan het even duren\n" @@ -1123,11 +977,11 @@ "configuratie is weggeschreven naar de server, wordt er een achtergrondtaak\n" "gestart om de indexeringsinformatie voor de database te genereren.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Toegangscontroleconfiguratie</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database</p>\n" @@ -1135,166 +989,132 @@ "<p>Deze tabel geeft u een overzicht over alle regels voor toegangscontrole,\n" "die nu zijn geconfigureerd voor de geselecteerde database</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Voor elke regel kunt u zien welke doelobjecten overeenkomen met die " -"regel.\n" -"Om een meer gedetailleerd overzicht van een regel te krijgen of een regel " -"te\n" +"<p>Voor elke regel kunt u zien welke doelobjecten overeenkomen met die regel.\n" +"Om een meer gedetailleerd overzicht van een regel te krijgen of een regel te\n" "wijzigen, selecteer een regel in de tabel en klik op <b>Bewerken</b></p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n" "delete an access control rule.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om nieuwe toegangscontroleregels aan te maken " -"en\n" +"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om nieuwe toegangscontroleregels aan te maken en\n" "<b>Verwijderen</b> om een toegangscontroleregel te verwijderen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>De evaluatie van toegangscontrole van OpenLDAP stopt bij de eerste regel\n" -"waarvan de doeldefinitie (DN, filter en attributen) overeenkomt met het " -"item\n" +"waarvan de doeldefinitie (DN, filter en attributen) overeenkomt met het item\n" "waar toegang toe nodig is. U kunt daarom de volgorde van de regels naar\n" -"behoefte aanpassen. U kunt daarvoor de knoppen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag\n" +"behoefte aanpassen. U kunt daarvoor de knoppen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b>\n" "gebruiken</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Replicatieproviderinstellingen</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Schakel het selectievakje \"<b>LDAPsync-provider inschakelen voor deze " -"database</b>\" in als u \n" -"de huidige geselecteerde database wilt kunnen repliceren naar een andere " -"server.</p>" +"<p>Schakel het selectievakje \"<b>LDAPsync-provider inschakelen voor deze database</b>\" in als u \n" +"de huidige geselecteerde database wilt kunnen repliceren naar een andere server.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Checkpointinstellingen</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Hier kunt u instellen hoe vaak de synchronisatie-statusindicator " -"(opgeslagen\n" -"in het \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-attribuut) wordt weggeschreven naar de " -"database. Het\n" +"<p>Hier kunt u instellen hoe vaak de synchronisatie-statusindicator (opgeslagen\n" +"in het \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-attribuut) wordt weggeschreven naar de database. Het\n" "wordt uitgewisseld met de database als het aantal gespecificeerde\n" -"schrijf-\"<i>Bewerkingen</i>\" of meer dan \"<i>Minuten</i>\" zijn " -"verstreken sinds\n" -"de laatste keer dat de indicator is weggeschreven. Standaard (beide waarden " -"'0')\n" -"wordt de statusindicator alleen weggeschreven na een schone afsluiting. Het " -"vaker\n" -"wegschrijven kan resulteren in snellere opstarttijden na een niet schone " -"afsluiting\n" +"schrijf-\"<i>Bewerkingen</i>\" of meer dan \"<i>Minuten</i>\" zijn verstreken sinds\n" +"de laatste keer dat de indicator is weggeschreven. Standaard (beide waarden '0')\n" +"wordt de statusindicator alleen weggeschreven na een schone afsluiting. Het vaker\n" +"wegschrijven kan resulteren in snellere opstarttijden na een niet schone afsluiting\n" "maar kan resulteren in lagere prestaties in omgevingen met vele\n" "LDAP-schrijfbewerkigen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Sessielogboek</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server.</p>" +"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Configureert een sessielogboek in het geheugen voor het bijhouden van " -"informatie over schrijfbewerkingen\n" -"in de database. U kunt opgeven hoeveel schrijfbewerkingen moeten worden " -"bijgehouden in het sessielogboek. \n" -"Het configureren van een sessielogboek is alleen nuttig als " -"\"<i>refreshOnly</i>\"-replicatie wordt gebruikt. In \n" -"een dergelijk geval kan replicatie worden versneld en wordt de masterserver " -"minder belast.</p>" +"<p>Configureert een sessielogboek in het geheugen voor het bijhouden van informatie over schrijfbewerkingen\n" +"in de database. U kunt opgeven hoeveel schrijfbewerkingen moeten worden bijgehouden in het sessielogboek. \n" +"Het configureren van een sessielogboek is alleen nuttig als \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\"-replicatie wordt gebruikt. In \n" +"een dergelijk geval kan replicatie worden versneld en wordt de masterserver minder belast.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Replicatieconsumentinstellingen</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want " -"the\n" +"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer \"<b>Deze database is een replicatiegebruiker</b>\" als u wilt " -"dat\n" +"<p>Selecteer \"<b>Deze database is een replicatiegebruiker</b>\" als u wilt dat\n" "de database een replica is van een database op een andere server.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Provider</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" "Voer hier de verbindingsdetails in voor de replicatieverbinding naar de\n" "master-server. Selecteer daarvoor het te gebruiken protocol (<b>ldap</b>\n" "of <b>ldaps</b>) en voer hier de volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam van de\n" "masterserver in. Het is belangrijk om de volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam\n" -"te gebruiken om in staat te zijn het TLS/SSL-certificaat van de " -"masterserver\n" +"te gebruiken om in staat te zijn het TLS/SSL-certificaat van de masterserver\n" "te verifiëren. Pas het poortnummer aan als de maste-server niet-standaard\n" "ldap-poorten gebruikt.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Replicatietype</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>" msgstr "<p>OpenLDAP ondersteunt de volgende replicatiemodi:</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -1306,7 +1126,7 @@ "interval, hoe vaak deze synchronisatie gedaan moet worden, kan worden\n" "geconfigureerd door de instelling <b>Replicatie-interval</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" @@ -1314,68 +1134,57 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: De slave-server opent een blijvende verbinding\n" "met de masterserver voor synchronisatie. Bijgewerkte items op de\n" -"masterserver worden onmiddellijk naar de slave gestuurd via die verbinding.\n" +"masterserver worden onmiddellijk naar de slave gestuurd via die verbinding.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Verificatie</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.</p>\n" +"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Specificeer een DN en wachtwoord die de slave-server zou moeten gebruiken " -"om te verifieren bij de master.\n" -"De gespecificeerde DN heeft leestoegang nodig tot alle items in de " -"gerepliceerde database op de master.</p>\n" +"<p>Specificeer een DN en wachtwoord die de slave-server zou moeten gebruiken om te verifieren bij de master.\n" +"De gespecificeerde DN heeft leestoegang nodig tot alle items in de gerepliceerde database op de master.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Updateverwijzing</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Omdat de slave-database alleen-lezen is, zal de slave-server op " -"schrijfbewerkingen\n" +"<p>Omdat de slave-database alleen-lezen is, zal de slave-server op schrijfbewerkingen\n" "antwoorden met een LDAP-verwijzing. \n" -"Deze verwijzing verwijst standaard de client naar de masterserver. U kunt " -"hier een andere bijwerkverwijzing configureren.\n" -"Dit is bijv. bruikbaar in een gecascadeerde replicatie-opzet dwz. wanneer " -"de\n" +"Deze verwijzing verwijst standaard de client naar de masterserver. U kunt hier een andere bijwerkverwijzing configureren.\n" +"Dit is bijv. bruikbaar in een gecascadeerde replicatie-opzet dwz. wanneer de\n" "leverancier van de slave-server zelf een slave-server is.</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>LDAP-serverconfiguratie initialiseren</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n" msgstr "<p><b><big>LDAP-serverconfiguratie opslaan</big></b></p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1383,15 +1192,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opslaan afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" "Het opslaan kunt u afbreken door op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.\n" -"Een extra dialoog zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig is te doen.\n" +"Een extra dialoog zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig is te doen.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Samenvatting van LDAP-serverconfiguratie</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1401,24 +1209,16 @@ "hebt aangemaakt. Klik op <b>Voltooien</b> om die configuratie weg te\n" "schrijven en de LDAP-servermodule te verlaten</p>\n" -#. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server. " -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Start LDAP-server Ja of Nee</b>, start of stopt u de LDAP-server." +#. Configuration Wizard Step 1 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 +msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> " +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Start LDAP-server Ja of Nee</b>, start of stopt u de LDAP-server.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration " -"wizard.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u <b>Ja</b> selecteert, klikt u op <b>Volgende</b> om de configuratie-" -"wizard te starten</p>" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 +msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u <b>Ja</b> selecteert, klikt u op <b>Volgende</b> om de configuratie-wizard te starten</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n" @@ -1426,83 +1226,67 @@ "<p>Als de Firewall is ingeschakeld, opent u de vereiste netwerkpoorten\n" "voor OpenLDAP door het overeenkomstige keuzevakje te activeren.</p>\n" -#. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer het type LDAP-server dat u in wilt stellen. De volgende " -"scenario's zijn beschikbaar:</p>" +#. Configuration Wizard Step 2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 +msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer het type LDAP-server dat u in wilt stellen. De volgende scenario's zijn beschikbaar:</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Alleenstaande server</b>: Stel een enkele alleenstaande OpenLDAP-" -"server\n" +"<p><b>Alleenstaande server</b>: Stel een enkele alleenstaande OpenLDAP-server\n" "in zonder voorbereidingen voor replicatie.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Masterserver met replicatie</b>: Maak een OpenLDAP-server aan die " -"voorbereid\n" +"<p><b>Masterserver met replicatie</b>: Maak een OpenLDAP-server aan die voorbereid\n" "is om als masterserver met replicatie (leverancier) te fungeren.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Replicatie-slaveserver</b>: Stel een OpenLDAP-slaveserver in die alle " -"gegevens kopieert,\n" +"<p><b>Replicatie-slaveserver</b>: Stel een OpenLDAP-slaveserver in die alle gegevens kopieert,\n" "inclusief de configuratie, van een masterserver.</p>" -#. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 +#. Configuration Wizard Step 3 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>TLS-instellingen</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Basisinstellingen</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om versleuteling via TLS/SSL in te schakelen, activeert u het keuzevakje\n" -"<b>TLS inschakelen</b>. Bovendien moet u de certificaten configureren die " -"de\n" +"<b>TLS inschakelen</b>. Bovendien moet u de certificaten configureren die de\n" "server moet gebruiken.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the " -"server\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Activeer <b>LDAP over SSL-interface (ldaps) ingeschakeld</b> om de " -"server\n" -"LDAPS-verbindingen op poort 636 te laten accepteren. OpenLDAP zal, indien " -"niet geactiveerd, alleen versleutelde TLS-verbindingen via StartTLS " -"ondersteunen.</p>\n" +"<p>Activeer <b>LDAP over SSL-interface (ldaps) ingeschakeld</b> om de server\n" +"LDAPS-verbindingen op poort 636 te laten accepteren. OpenLDAP zal, indien niet geactiveerd, alleen versleutelde TLS-verbindingen via StartTLS ondersteunen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Als u reeds een algemeen servercertificaat hebt geïnstalleerd met de\n" @@ -1510,17 +1294,15 @@ "servercertificaat</b> om de OpenLDAP-server dat certificaat te\n" "laten gebruiken</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Importeer certificaat</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File,\n" -"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n" +"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n" "textfields.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Als u geen algemeen servercertificaat hebt of u wilt dat OpenLDAP een\n" @@ -1528,7 +1310,7 @@ "<b>CA-certificaatbestand</b>, <b>Certificaatbestand</b> en \n" "<b>Certifcaatsleutelbestand</b> in de overeenkomstige tekstvelden</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1536,85 +1318,67 @@ "<p>Om een nieuwe CA of certificaat aan te maken start u de CA-beheermodule\n" " door op <b>Start CA-beheermodule</b> te klikken</p>\n" -#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 +#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>" msgstr "<p>Configureer hieronder een aantal algemene parameters.</p>" -#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 +#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Voeg schemabestanden toe in deze dialoog. Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> om " -"een\n" -"bestandsselectievenster te openen om een nieuw schema te selecteren. Let op: " -"OpenLDAP\n" -"(bij gebruik van back-config) ondersteunt nu niet het verwijderen van " -"schemagegevens</p>" +"<p>Voeg schemabestanden toe in deze dialoog. Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een\n" +"bestandsselectievenster te openen om een nieuw schema te selecteren. Let op: OpenLDAP\n" +"(bij gebruik van back-config) ondersteunt nu niet het verwijderen van schemagegevens</p>" -#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 +#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Selecteer het subsysteem waarmee debugging statements en\n" "uitvoerstatistieken in de syslog moeten worden geschreven.</p>" -#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer welke speciale eigenschappen de OpenLDAP-server zou moeten " -"toestaan of verbieden:</p>" +#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 +msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer welke speciale eigenschappen de OpenLDAP-server zou moeten toestaan of verbieden:</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Selecteer toelatingsattributen</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAPv2-verbindingsverzoeken</b>: Om de server LDAPv2-" -"verbindingsverzoeken te laten accepteren.\n" +"<p><b>LDAPv2-verbindingsverzoeken</b>: Om de server LDAPv2-verbindingsverzoeken te laten accepteren.\n" "Merk op dat OpenLDAP niet echt LDAPv2 implementeert</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) </p>" +"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Anonieme binding waar referenties niet leeg zijn</b>: Om anonieme " -"binding als \n" -"de referenties niet leeg zijn toe te staan (d.w.z. wachtwoord is aanwezig " -"maar bindings-DN niet) </p>" +"<p><b>Anonieme binding waar referenties niet leeg zijn</b>: Om anonieme binding als \n" +"de referenties niet leeg zijn toe te staan (d.w.z. wachtwoord is aanwezig maar bindings-DN niet) </p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Niet-geverifieerde binding als DN niet leeg is</b>: Om niet " -"geverifieerde \n" +"<p><b>Niet-geverifieerde binding als DN niet leeg is</b>: Om niet geverifieerde \n" "(anonieme) bindingen toe te staan als de DN niet leeg is</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1623,1480 +1387,1273 @@ "staan. Deze zijn nog steeds onderwerp van toegangscontrole en andere\n" "administratieve grenzen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Selecteer verbodsattributen:</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Schakel acceptatie van anonieme verbindingsverzoeken uit</b>: De " -"server\n" -"zal niet langer anonieme verbindingsverzoeken accepteren. Merk op dat dit in " -"het algemeen geen anonieme toegang tot de directory voorkomt.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Schakel acceptatie van anonieme verbindingsverzoeken uit</b>: De server\n" +"zal niet langer anonieme verbindingsverzoeken accepteren. Merk op dat dit in het algemeen geen anonieme toegang tot de directory voorkomt.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Schakel eenvoudige bindingsverificatie uit</b>: schakelt volledig de " -"eenvoudige\n" +"<p><b>Schakel eenvoudige bindingsverificatie uit</b>: schakelt volledig de eenvoudige\n" "bindingsverificatie uit</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij " -"ontvangst\n" -"van de StartTLS-operatie</b>: de server zal niet langer een geauthenticeerde " -"verbinding\n" -"terugbrengen in de anonieme status bij het ontvangen van de StartTLS-" -"operation.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst\n" +"van de StartTLS-operatie</b>: de server zal niet langer een geauthenticeerde verbinding\n" +"terugbrengen in de anonieme status bij het ontvangen van de StartTLS-operation.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" "connections.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sta geen StartTLS-operatie toe indien reeds geauthenticeerd</b>:\n" -"De server staat niet toe dat de StartTLS-operatie plaatsvindt op reeds " -"geauthenticeerde\n" +"De server staat niet toe dat de StartTLS-operatie plaatsvindt op reeds geauthenticeerde\n" "verbindingen.</p>\n" -#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 +#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Deze lijst toont alle geconfigureerde databases. De databases met het " -"type\n" -"\"frontend\" en \"config\" representeren speciale interne databases. De " -"\"Frontend\"-database\n" +"<p>Deze lijst toont alle geconfigureerde databases. De databases met het type\n" +"\"frontend\" en \"config\" representeren speciale interne databases. De \"Frontend\"-database\n" "wordt gebruikt om globale toegangscontrolebeperkingen en overlays\n" -"die van toepassing zijn op alle databases te configureren. De \"Config\"-" -"database bevat de configuratie\n" +"die van toepassing zijn op alle databases te configureren. De \"Config\"-database bevat de configuratie\n" "van de LDAP-server zelf.</p>\n" -#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 +#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Klik op <b>Database toevoegen...</b> om een database toe te voegen.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Database toevoegen...</b> om een database toe te voegen.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete " -"Database...</b>.\n" +"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om een database te verwijderen, selecteer een database uit de lijst en " -"druk op <b>Database verwijderen...</b>.\n" +"<p>Om een database te verwijderen, selecteer een database uit de lijst en druk op <b>Database verwijderen...</b>.\n" "U kunt geen \"config\" en \"frontend\"-databases verwijderen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Voer hier een wachtwoord in voor de configuratiedatabase (\"<i>cn=config\"). Dit is vereist om ervoor\n" +"<p>Voer hier een wachtwoord in voor de configuratiedatabase (\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Dit is vereist om ervoor\n" "te zorgen dat de configuratiedatabase externe toegankelijk is.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" +"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Als de server verondersteld wordt om te participeren in een MirrorMode-" -"installatie, activeer dan het keuzevak <b>Voorbereiden op MirrorMode-" -"replicatie</b>.\n" -"Dit zorgt ervoor dat het attribuut serverId gegenereerd wordt zoals nodig is " -"voor MirrorMode-replicatie.</p>\n" +"<p>Als de server verondersteld wordt om te participeren in een MirrorMode-installatie, activeer dan het keuzevak <b>Voorbereiden op MirrorMode-replicatie</b>.\n" +"Dit zorgt ervoor dat het attribuut serverId gegenereerd wordt zoals nodig is voor MirrorMode-replicatie.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or " -"\"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een slaveserver wilt instellen, moeten enkele details worden " -"opgevraagd van de masterserver. Voer de hostnaam van de masterserver in\n" -"en pas indien nodig het protocol ( \"<i>ldap</i>\" of \"<i>ldaps</i>\") en " -"het poortnummer aan en voer het wachtwoord\n" +"<p>Als u een slaveserver wilt instellen, moeten enkele details worden opgevraagd van de masterserver. Voer de hostnaam van de masterserver in\n" +"en pas indien nodig het protocol ( \"<i>ldap</i>\" of \"<i>ldaps</i>\") en het poortnummer aan en voer het wachtwoord\n" "voor masterconfiguratiedatabase (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") in.</p>" -#. ########## kerberos -#. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Specificeer de <big>Realm</big> en het <big>hoofdwachtwoord</big> voor uw " -"Kerberos-server.</p>" +#. ########## kerberos +#. Help text: basic settings 1/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 +msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Specificeer de <big>Realm</big> en het <big>hoofdwachtwoord</big> voor uw Kerberos-server.</p>" -#. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" +#. Help text: basic settings 2/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 +msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Hoewel u aan uw Kerberos-realm elke ASCII-tekenreeks mag geven is de " -"conventie\n" +"<p>Hoewel u aan uw Kerberos-realm elke ASCII-tekenreeks mag geven is de conventie\n" "deze gelijk te maken aan uw domeinnaam in hoofdletters.</p>\n" -#. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze tekenreeks bepaalt de locatie van de Kerberos-database voor dit " -"realm.</p>" +#. advanced item help: database_name +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks bepaalt de locatie van de Kerberos-database voor dit realm.</p>" -#. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het bestand met de " -"toegangscontrolelijst (ACL) die kadmin gebruikt voor het bepalen welke " -"autoriteiten toegang hebben tot de database.</p>" +#. advanced item help: acl_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het bestand met de toegangscontrolelijst (ACL) die kadmin gebruikt voor het bepalen welke autoriteiten toegang hebben tot de database.</p>" -#. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het keytabbestand dat kadmin " -"gebruikt voor de verificatie tot de database.</p>" +#. advanced item help: admin_keytab +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het keytabbestand dat kadmin gebruikt voor de verificatie tot de database.</p>" -#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Dit absolute tijdstip specificeert de standaardverloopdatum van de " -"autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit realm.</p>" +#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 +msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Dit absolute tijdstip specificeert de standaardverloopdatum van de autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit realm.</p>" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze attributen specificeren de standaardkenmerken van de autoriteiten " -"aangemaakt in dit realm.</p>" +#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 +msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze attributen specificeren de standaardkenmerken van de autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit realm.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "Latere datum toestaan" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit " -"postdateable tickets verkrijgt." +msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit postdateable tickets verkrijgt." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "Doorsturen toestaan" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit door " -"te sturen tickets verkrijgt." +msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit door te sturen tickets verkrijgt." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "Vernieuwen toestaan" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit te " -"vernieuwen tickets verkrijgt." +msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit te vernieuwen tickets verkrijgt." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "Proxy aanbrengen toestaan" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" -"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit " -"proxytickets verkrijgt." +msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit proxytickets verkrijgt." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "Gebruiker-tot-gebruikerverificatie inschakelen" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit een " -"sessiesleutel verkrijgt voor een andere gebruiker, waarmee gebruiker-tot-" -"gebruikerverificatie wordt toegestaan voor deze autoriteit." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit een sessiesleutel verkrijgt voor een andere gebruiker, waarmee gebruiker-tot-gebruikerverificatie wordt toegestaan voor deze autoriteit." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "Vereist preauth" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" -"Als dit attribuut is ingeschakeld bij een clientautoriteit, moet die " -"autoriteit een voorverificatie doen bij de KDC alvorens tickets te " -"verkrijgen. Dit attribuut aanzetten bij een service-autoriteit betekent dat " -"service-tickets voor deze autoriteit alleen afgegeven worden aan klanten met " -"een TGT waarbij het voorgeverifieerde ticket is ingeschakeld." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Als dit attribuut is ingeschakeld bij een clientautoriteit, moet die autoriteit een voorverificatie doen bij de KDC alvorens tickets te verkrijgen. Dit attribuut aanzetten bij een service-autoriteit betekent dat service-tickets voor deze autoriteit alleen afgegeven worden aan klanten met een TGT waarbij het voorgeverifieerde ticket is ingeschakeld." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "Vereist hwauth" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Als dit attribuut is ingeschakeld, moet de autoriteit voorverifiëren met een " -"hardwareapparaat alvorens tickets te verkrijgen." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Als dit attribuut is ingeschakeld, moet de autoriteit voorverifiëren met een hardwareapparaat alvorens tickets te verkrijgen." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "Service toestaan" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" -"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat KDC servicetickets " -"afgeeft voor deze autoriteit." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat KDC servicetickets afgeeft voor deze autoriteit." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "Tgs-verzoek toestaan" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat een autoriteit " -"tickets verkrijgt op basis van een ticket-toestaan-ticket (TGT), anders dan " -"het herhalen van het verificatieproces dat gebruikt is voor het TGT." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat een autoriteit tickets verkrijgt op basis van een ticket-toestaan-ticket (TGT), anders dan het herhalen van het verificatieproces dat gebruikt is voor het TGT." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "Ticket toestaan" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Dit attribuut inschakelen betekent dat de KDC tickets voor deze autoriteit " -"uitgeeft. Uitschakelen van dit attribuut schakelt de autoriteit uit in dit " -"realm." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Dit attribuut inschakelen betekent dat de KDC tickets voor deze autoriteit uitgeeft. Uitschakelen van dit attribuut schakelt de autoriteit uit in dit realm." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "Wijziging vereist" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Inschakelen van dit attribuut forceert het wijzigen van het wachtwoord voor " -"deze autoriteit." +msgstr "Inschakelen van dit attribuut forceert het wijzigen van het wachtwoord voor deze autoriteit." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "Service voor wachtwoord wijzigen" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Als dit attribuut is ingeschakeld, is deze autoriteit gemarkeerd als een " -"service voor wijziging van een wachtwoord. Dit zou alleen gebruikt moeten " -"worden in bepaalde gevallen, bijvoorbeeld als het wachtwoord van een " -"gebruiker is vervallen, maar de gebruiker moet tickets voor deze autoriteit " -"verkrijgen om het te wijzigen zonder de normale wachtwoordverificatie." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Als dit attribuut is ingeschakeld, is deze autoriteit gemarkeerd als een service voor wijziging van een wachtwoord. Dit zou alleen gebruikt moeten worden in bepaalde gevallen, bijvoorbeeld als het wachtwoord van een gebruiker is vervallen, maar de gebruiker moet tickets voor deze autoriteit verkrijgen om het te wijzigen zonder de normale wachtwoordverificatie." -#. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze tekenreeks bevat de locatie van het woordenboekbestand dat " -"tekenreeksen bevat die niet zijn toegestaan als wachtwoorden. Als deze tag " -"niet is ingesteld of als er geen beleid is toegekend aan de autoriteit dan " -"wordt er niet gecontroleerd.</p>" +#. advanced item help : dict_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 +msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks bevat de locatie van het woordenboekbestand dat tekenreeksen bevat die niet zijn toegestaan als wachtwoorden. Als deze tag niet is ingesteld of als er geen beleid is toegekend aan de autoriteit dan wordt er niet gecontroleerd.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kadmind_port -#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Dit poortnummer specificeert de poort waarop de kadminddeamon moet " -"luisteren voor dit realm.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kadmind_port +#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 +msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Dit poortnummer specificeert de poort waarop de kadminddeamon moet luisteren voor dit realm.</p>" -#. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie waar de hoofdsleutel is " -"opgeslagen bij kdb5_stash.</p>" +#. advanced item help : key_stash_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie waar de hoofdsleutel is opgeslagen bij kdb5_stash.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de lijst van poorten waarnaar KDC moet " -"luisteren voor dit realm.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdc_ports +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de lijst van poorten waarnaar KDC moet luisteren voor dit realm.</p>" -#. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de naam van de autoriteit die verbonden is " -"met hoofdsleutel. De standaard waarde is K/M.</p>" +#. advanced item help : master_key_name +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de naam van de autoriteit die verbonden is met hoofdsleutel. De standaard waarde is K/M.</p>" -#. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 +#. advanced item help : master_key_type +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze tekenreeks met sleuteltype toont het sleuteltype van de hoofdsleutel." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks met sleuteltype toont het sleuteltype van de hoofdsleutel.</p>" -#. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur gedurende welke een " -"ticket geldig is in dit realm.</p>" +#. advanced item help : max_life +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur gedurende welke een ticket geldig is in dit realm.</p>" -#. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur waarbinnen een ticket " -"vernieuwd mag worden in dit realm.</p>" +#. advanced item help : max_renew_life +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur waarbinnen een ticket vernieuwd mag worden in dit realm.</p>" -#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Een lijst van key/salt-tekenreeksen die de standaard key/salt-combinaties " -"specificeert van autoriteiten voor dit realm.</p>" +#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 +msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Een lijst van key/salt-tekenreeksen die de standaard key/salt-combinaties specificeert van autoriteiten voor dit realm.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Specificeert de toegestane key/salt-combinaties van autoriteiten voor dit " -"realm.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 +msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Specificeert de toegestane key/salt-combinaties van autoriteiten voor dit realm.</p>" -#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Specificeert of de lijst met doorlopen realms voor crossrealmtickets wel " -"of niet gecontroleerd moet worden tegen het doorlooppad berekend uit de " -"realmnamen en de [capaths]-sectie van het krb5.conf-bestand</p>" +#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 +msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" +msgstr "<p>Specificeert of de lijst met doorlopen realms voor crossrealmtickets wel of niet gecontroleerd moet worden tegen het doorlooppad berekend uit de realmnamen en de [capaths]-sectie van het krb5.conf-bestand</p>" -#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze LDAP-specifieke tag geeft het aantal verbindingen aan dat via de " -"LDAP-server onderhouden wordt.</p>" +#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 +msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze LDAP-specifieke tag geeft het aantal verbindingen aan dat via de LDAP-server onderhouden wordt.</p>" -#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze LDAP-specifieke tag duidt het bestand aan dat de opgeborgen " -"wachtwoorden bevat voor de objecten die gebruikt worden voor het starten van " -"de Kerberos-servers.</p>" +#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 +msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze LDAP-specifieke tag duidt het bestand aan dat de opgeborgen wachtwoorden bevat voor de objecten die gebruikt worden voor het starten van de Kerberos-servers.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).<p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Specificeert de lijst van DN's dieper in de boomstructuur die de " -"autoriteiten van een realm bevatten. Deze lijst van DN's van objects dieper " -"in de boomstructuur wordt gescheiden door dubbele punten(:).</p><p>Het " -"zoekgebied specificeert het gebied voor het zoeken van de autoriteiten " -"dieper in de boomstructuur.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 +msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Specificeert de lijst van DN's dieper in de boomstructuur die de autoriteiten van een realm bevatten. Deze lijst van DN's van objects dieper in de boomstructuur wordt gescheiden door dubbele punten(:).</p><p>Het zoekgebied specificeert het gebied voor het zoeken van de autoriteiten dieper in de boomstructuur.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Specificeert de DN van het containerobject waarin de autoriteiten van een " -"realm gemaakt zullen worden. Als de containerreferentie niet is " -"geconfigureerd voor een realm dan worden de autoriteiten aangemaakt in de " -"container van het realm.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 +msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Specificeert de DN van het containerobject waarin de autoriteiten van een realm gemaakt zullen worden. Als de containerreferentie niet is geconfigureerd voor een realm dan worden de autoriteiten aangemaakt in de container van het realm.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 +#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Specificeert de maximum levensduur van een ticket voor autoriteiten in " -"dit realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Specificeert de maximum levensduur van een ticket voor autoriteiten in dit realm.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Specificeert de maximum vernieuwbare levensduur van tickets voor " -"autoriteiten in dit realm.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 +msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Specificeert de maximum vernieuwbare levensduur van tickets voor autoriteiten in dit realm.</p>" -#. ################################################################################# -#. ################################################################################# -#. ################################################################################# -#. ################################################################################# -#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); -#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); -#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" msgstr "Pad naar database" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" msgstr "Pad naar &database" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" msgstr "ACL-bestand" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" msgstr "ACL-&bestand" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" msgstr "Beheerderkeytab" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" msgstr "Standaard hoofdverloopdatum" -#. checkbox text -#. checkbox text -#. checkbox text -#. checkbox text -#. checkbox text -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:116 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:396 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:429 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:396 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" msgstr "Beschikb&aar" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" msgstr "&Datum" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:403 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:407 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:436 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:440 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:622 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:626 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:436 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:440 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:622 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:626 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" msgstr "&Tijd" -#. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", -#. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), -#. Treeview list item -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:158 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:672 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 +#. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", +#. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), +#. Treeview list item +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:672 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" msgstr "Standaard hoofdattributen" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 msgid "Allow p&ostdated" msgstr "Latere datum t&oestaan" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 msgid "Allow &forwardable" msgstr "Doo&rsturen toestaan" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 msgid "Allow rene&wable" msgstr "Vernieu&wen toestaan" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 msgid "Allow &proxiable" msgstr "&Proxy aanbrengen toestaan" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" msgstr "Gebr&uiker-tot-gebruikerverificatie inschakelen" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 msgid "Requires pr&eauth" msgstr "Vereist pr&eauth" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 msgid "Requires &hwauth" msgstr "Vereist &hwauth" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 msgid "Allow &service" msgstr "&Service toestaan" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" msgstr "T&gs-verzoek toestaan" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 msgid "Allow &tickets" msgstr "&Ticket toestaan" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 msgid "Need &change" msgstr "&Wijziging vereist" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" msgstr "Service voor w&achtwoord wijzigen" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" msgstr "Woordenboekbestand" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" msgstr "Kadmin-daemonpoort" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" msgstr "Kpasswd-daemonpoort" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" msgstr "Key-stashbestand" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" msgstr "KDC-poort" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" msgstr "Hoofdsleutelnaam" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" msgstr "Hoofdsleuteltype" -#. Treeview list item -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:606 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 +#. Treeview list item +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:606 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" msgstr "Maximum ticketlevensduur" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" msgstr "&Dagen" -#. Treeview list item -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:420 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:639 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 +#. Treeview list item +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:420 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:639 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" msgstr "Maximum ticketvernieuwingsduur" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" msgstr "Standaard versleuteltypen" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" msgstr "Door KDC ondersteunde versleuteltypen" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" msgstr "Weiger foute doorgang" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" msgstr "Aantal LDAP-verbindingen" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" msgstr "Bestand voor LDAP-wachtwoord" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" msgstr "Submappen doorzoeken" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" msgstr "Zoekbereik" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" msgstr "&submappen doorzoeken" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 msgid "&one level" msgstr "één niv&eau" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" msgstr "Hoofdcontainer" -#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); -#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); -#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 +#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); +#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); +#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde LDAP-instellingen" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of ldap-server -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Andreas Bauer -#. Ralf Haferkamp -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of ldap-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Andreas Bauer +#. Ralf Haferkamp +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van OpenLDAP MirrorMode" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "Knooppuntlijst MirrorMode" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 msgid "Server ID" msgstr "Server-id" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 msgid "Server URI" msgstr "Server-URI" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"Deze server is niet ingesteld als MirrorMode-knooppunt. Klik op \"Volgende\" " -"om de standaard OpenLDAP-configuratiewizard te starten." +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "Deze server is niet ingesteld als MirrorMode-knooppunt. Klik op \"Volgende\" om de standaard OpenLDAP-configuratiewizard te starten." -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Overzicht OpenLDAP MirrorMode" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "" -"De host verwijderen waarop u deze YaST-module hebt gestart is niet " -"mogelijk.\n" +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "De host verwijderen waarop u deze YaST-module hebt gestart is niet mogelijk.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." msgstr "Yast2 openldap-mirrormode op een andere MirrorMode-server starten." -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140 msgid "Do you really want to remove \"%1\" from the MirrorMode setup?\n" msgstr "Wilt u \"%1\" uit de MirrorMode-installatie verwijderen?\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:145 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:145 msgid "Changes will take effect immediately after clicking \"Yes\"" msgstr "Wijzigingen worden meteen van kracht nadat u op \"Ja\" hebt geklikt." -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. **************************************** -#. * tree structure definition ** -#. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 +#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. **************************************** +#. * tree structure definition ** +#. *************************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" msgstr "Opstartconfiguratie" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" msgstr "Schemabestanden" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" msgstr "Instellingen logniveau" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" msgstr "Functies toestaan/verbieden" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" msgstr "TLS-instellingen" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" msgstr "Databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" msgstr "Achtervoegsel-DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" msgstr "Type database" -#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 +#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." msgstr "Uw TLS/SSL-configuratie schijnt niet compleet te zijn." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de \"ldaps\"-protocollistener wilt activeren?" -#. add a new file to the list -#. file dialog heading -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 +#. add a new file to the list +#. file dialog heading +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" msgstr "Selecteer nieuw schemabestand" -#. error popup -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 +#. error popup +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." msgstr "Het schemabestand bevindt zich al in de lijst." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" msgstr "Selecteer een geldig certificaatbestand" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:466 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:466 msgid "Select a valid Certificate Key File" msgstr "Selecteer een geldig certificaatsleutelbestand" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:555 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:555 msgid "A common server certificate is not available." msgstr "Een algemeen servercertificaat is niet beschikbaar." -#. file selection headline -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 +#. file selection headline +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" msgstr "Selecteer certificaatbestand" -#. file selection headline -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 +#. file selection headline +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" msgstr "Selecteer certificaatsleutelbestand" -#. **************************************** -#. * handlers for database parent widget -#. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:717 +#. **************************************** +#. * handlers for database parent widget +#. *************************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:717 msgid "Cannot delete Frontend database" msgstr "Kan frontend-database niet verwijderen" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:719 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:719 msgid "Cannot delete Config database" msgstr "Kan de configuratiedatabase niet verwijderen" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de database wilt verwijderen?" -#. Error Popup -#. Error Popup -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 +#. Error Popup +#. Error Popup +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." msgstr "Kan de instellingen voor de huidige database niet schrijven." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." msgstr "Kan de instellingen voor de huidige database niet lezen." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 msgid "New Administrator &Password" msgstr "Nieuw beheerders&wachtwoord" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 msgid "Password &Encryption" msgstr "Wachtwoord&versleuteling" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 msgid "Change Administration Password" msgstr "Beheerderswachtwoord wijzigen" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. skip attribute that already have an index defined -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 +#. skip attribute that already have an index defined +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" msgstr "Meerdere replicatieconsumenten worden momenteel niet ondersteund." -#. **************************************** -#. tree generation functions ** -#. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 +#. **************************************** +#. tree generation functions ** +#. *************************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 msgid "Index Configuration" msgstr "Indexconfiguratie" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van wachtwoordbeleid" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 msgid "Access Control Configuration" msgstr "Toegangscontroleconfiguratie" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 msgid "Replication Provider" msgstr "Replicatieprovider" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328 msgid "Replication Consumer" msgstr "Replicatieconsument" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70 msgid "&Start Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-server &starten" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 msgid "Protocol Listeners" msgstr "Protocollisteners" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 +#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" msgstr "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" msgstr "Ingesloten &schemabestanden" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" msgstr "Selecteer &logniveauattributen:" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" msgstr "Traceer functieaanroepen" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" msgstr "Debug pakketafhandeling" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" msgstr "Ingrijpende tracering voor debugging (functieargumenten)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" msgstr "Verbindingsbeheer" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" msgstr "Druk verzonden en ontvangen pakketten af" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" msgstr "Zoekfilterverwerking" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" msgstr "Configuratiebestandsverwerking" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" msgstr "Verwerking toegangscontrolelijst (ACL)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" msgstr "Registreer verbindingen, bewerkingen en resultaten in het logboek" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" msgstr "Aantal verzonden ingangen in de log" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" msgstr "Druk communicatie met shellback-ends af" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" msgstr "Interpreteer ingang" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" msgstr "LDAPSync-replicatie" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" msgstr "Selecteer &toelatingsattributen:" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" msgstr "LDAPv2-verbindingsverzoeken" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" msgstr "Anoniem binden bij niet-lege referenties" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" msgstr "Niet-geverifieerde bind met gevulde DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" msgstr "Ongeverifieerde updatebewerkingen die moeten worden uitgevoerd" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" msgstr "Selecteer &verbodsattributen:" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Schakel acceptatie van anonieme bindingsverzoeken uit (voorkomt geen " -"anonieme toegang tot de directory)" +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Schakel acceptatie van anonieme bindingsverzoeken uit (voorkomt geen anonieme toegang tot de directory)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Eenvoudige bindverificatie uitzetten" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" -"Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij " -"ontvangst van de StartTLS-bewerking" +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst van de StartTLS-bewerking" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" msgstr "Sta geen StartTLS-bewerking toe indien geverifieerd" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" msgstr "Basisinstellingen" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" msgstr "TLS activeren" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" msgstr "Schakel LDAP over SSL-interface (ldaps) in" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" msgstr "Gebruik algemeen servercertificaat" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" msgstr "Importeer certificaat" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" msgstr "&Certificaatbestand in PEM-indeling" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Bladeren..." -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" msgstr "Certificaa&tsleutelbestand (PEM-indeling - niet versleuteld)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." msgstr "Blade&ren..." -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" msgstr "Start CA-beheermodule" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" msgstr "&Basis-DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" msgstr "Beheerder DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" msgstr "B&asis-DN toevoegen" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord wijzigen" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" msgstr "BDB-database bewerken" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" msgstr "Itemcache" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "Indexcache (IDL-cache)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "Checkpoint-instellingen" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" msgstr "kilobytes" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" msgstr "minuten" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" msgstr "Instellingen configuratiedatabase wijzigen" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"Verificatie van opmaakloze tekst toestaan (Simple Bind) voor deze database. " +msgstr "Verificatie van opmaakloze tekst toestaan (Simple Bind) voor deze database. " -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" msgstr "(Externe verbinding moet versleuteld zijn)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" msgstr "Database bewerken" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." msgstr "Databasetype wordt niet ondersteund." -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" msgstr "Indexeringsconfiguratie" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Kenmerk" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 msgid "Presence" msgstr "Aanwezigheid" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 msgid "Equality" msgstr "Gelijkheid" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 msgid "Substring" msgstr "Deeltekenreeks" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "Change Administrator Password" msgstr "Wijzig beheerderswachtwoord" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" msgstr "Kerberos-opslagbestand bijwerken" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Add Index" msgstr "Index toevoegen" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "Instellingen van wachtwoordbeleid" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" msgstr "Wachtwoordbeleid inschakelen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" msgstr "Wachtwoorden opgesteld in gewone tekst versleutelen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" msgstr "Status \"Account vergrendeld\" prijsgeven" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" msgstr "DN van standaardbeleidsobject" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" msgstr "Beleid bewerken" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" msgstr "Alle items" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" msgstr "Alle items in de substructuur" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" msgstr "Het item met de DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" msgstr "Iedereen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" msgstr "Geverifieerde clients" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" msgstr "Anonieme clients" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" msgstr "Het item dat is binnengegaan (zelf)" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" msgstr "De gebruiker met de DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" msgstr "Alle items in de onderverdeling" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" msgstr "Alle leden van de groep" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" msgstr "<leeg>" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" msgstr "Geen toegang" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" msgstr "Geen toegang (echter ontsluit de informatie bij een fout)" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" msgstr "Verificatie" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" msgstr "Vergelijken" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" msgstr "Lezen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" msgstr "Schrijven" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" msgstr "Beheren (volledig toegang)" -#. don't count frontend and Config DB -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 +#. don't count frontend and Config DB +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" msgstr "Nieuwe database" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" msgstr "Basisinstellingen database" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" msgstr "&Beheerder-DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" msgstr "B&asis DN toevoegen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord LDAP-beheerder" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" msgstr "&Databasedirectory" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" msgstr "Gebruik deze database als de standaard voor OpenLDAP-clients" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" msgstr "Databasedirectory selecteren" -#. check values -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 +#. check values +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." msgstr "Basis-DN moet zijn ingesteld." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." msgstr "Er bestaat al een database met deze basis-DN." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." msgstr "Root-DN moet zijn ingesteld als er een wachtwoord is opgegeven." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." msgstr "Wachtwoordvalidatie mislukt." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" "The Base Object: \"%1\" cannot be auto created by YaST:\n" "%2" @@ -3104,269 +2661,264 @@ "Het basisobject: \"%1\" kan niet automatisch door YaST worden aangemaakt:\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." msgstr "U moet een directory opgeven." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "De directory bestaat niet. Maken?" -#. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 +#. try to read the ppolicy from the server +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "Verificatie is mislukt. Het wachtwoord is waarschijnlijk onjuist.\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "De foutmelding is: '" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Wilt u het opnieuw proberen?" -#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original -#. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 +#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original +#. Entry, try to merge them here +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "Beschikbare attribuuttypen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "Selecteer attribuuttypen" -#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 +#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "Waarop is deze regel van toepassing" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "Item-DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "Selecteren" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "Definieer het niveau van toegang" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "Evaluatie van toegangscontrole hier stoppen (standaard)" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "Doorgaan met de volgende regel voor toegangscontrole (\"break\")" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "Doorgaan met de evaluatie van deze regel (\"doorgaan\")" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "Voer een DN in het tekstveld in" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "DN van lager niveau" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "Groeps-DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "Bewerk toegangscontroleregel" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "Doelobjecten" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "Komt overeen met het filter:" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "LDAP-filter" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "Pas deze regel alleen toe op het getoonde attribuut" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "Attributen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerken" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "Toegangsniveau" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "Wie" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "Stroombeheer" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "Omhoog" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "Omlaag" -#. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 +#. FIXME: Validate attribute types +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield" -msgstr "" -"Een lijst van geldige attributen invoeren in het tekstveld <b>Attributen</b>" +msgstr "Een lijst van geldige attributen invoeren in het tekstveld <b>Attributen</b>" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "Een geldig LDAP-filter in het tekstveld invoeren" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "U moet tenminste een item toevoegen aan de \"Toegangsniveau\"-lijst." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "Doel" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "Filter" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde database bevat toegangscontroleregels die nu niet " -"ondersteund worden\n" +"De geselecteerde database bevat toegangscontroleregels die nu niet ondersteund worden\n" "door YaST. De dialoog voor toegangscontrole zal uitgeschakeld worden.\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "Deze database is een replicatie-consument." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Providernaam" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "Replicatietype" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "Replicatie-interval" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dagen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Uren" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minuten" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Seconden" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "Verificatie-DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "Verwijzing naar aangepaste update" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "Doelhost" -#. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 +#. no updateref +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "Ongeldig replicatie-interval gespecificeerd" -#. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 +#. test connection +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "Controleren van LDAP-verbinding naar de leverancier is mislukt." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "Wilt u nog steeds doorgaan?" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "Controleren van LDAPsync-mogelijkheden van de leverancier is mislukt." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Controleer of de doelserver ingesteld is om te functioneren als LDAPsync-" -"provider" +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Controleer of de doelserver ingesteld is om te functioneren als LDAPsync-provider" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "LDAPsync-provider inschakelen voor deze database" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "Bewerkingen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "Sessielog" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "Sessielog inschakelen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor replicatie" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" msgstr "Opstartconfiguratie lezen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" msgstr "Configuratieback-end lezen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" msgstr "Configuratiegegevens worden gelezen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van verificatieserver initialiseren" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:390 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:390 msgid "" "Error while initializing configuration.\n" "Is the LDAPI listener enabled?\n" @@ -3374,408 +2926,385 @@ "Fout bij het initialiseren van de configuratie.\n" "Is het LDAPI-luisterprogramma geactiveerd?\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "LDAP zoeken is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." msgstr "LDAP-URI-schema niet geldig." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "Initialiseren van LDAP is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "Binden van LDAP is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." msgstr "Initialiseren van het LDAP-schema is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." msgstr "Lezen van het LDAP-schema is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "Het Kerberos-schema is niet bekend bij de LDAP-server." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "Kan kdb5_ldap_util niet uitvoeren." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." msgstr "Wijzigen van kerberos-database is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." msgstr "Wijzigen van LDAP is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." msgstr "Onvolledige gegevens." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." msgstr "Niet ondersteund type database." -#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service -#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 +#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service +#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" msgstr "Activeren van LDAP-server" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" msgstr "Start de LDAP-server" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "OpenLDAP-server wordt geactiveerd" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "OpenLDAP-server wordt opnieuw gestart" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-server inschakelen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1570 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1570 msgid "Starting Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-server starten" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1572 msgid "Activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-server activeren" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" msgstr "Opstartconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" msgstr "Opschonen van de configdirectory" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie maken" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "LDAP-server wordt opgestart" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" msgstr "Aanmaken van basisobjecten" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Kerberos-configuratie opslaan" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1608 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1608 msgid "Writing Auth Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van verificatieserver schrijven" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." msgstr "Overschakelen van slapd.conf naar configback-end is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "" -"Inschakelen van het programma dat luistert naar het LDAPI-protocol is " -"mislukt." +msgstr "Inschakelen van het programma dat luistert naar het LDAPI-protocol is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." msgstr "Opschonen van configdirectory is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." msgstr "Fout bij het invoeren in de configuratiedatabase met \"slapadd\"." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." msgstr "Activeren van de LDAP-service is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." msgstr "Starten van de LDAP-service is mislukt." -#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service -#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 +#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service +#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" msgstr "De LDAP-server wordt gestopt" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" msgstr "LDAP-server uitschakelen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "OpenLDAP-server wordt uitgeschakeld" -#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service -#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1805 +#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service +#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1805 msgid "Stopping Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-server stoppen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1806 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1806 msgid "Disabling Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-server uitschakelen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1808 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1808 msgid "De-activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-server deactiveren" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" msgstr "Sysconfigbestanden worden geschreven" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" msgstr "Wijzigingen toepassen op de configuratiedatabase" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" msgstr "Wijzigingen aanbrengen in /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" msgstr "Basisobjecten aanmaken voor nieuw aangemaakte databases" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" msgstr "Standaardwachtwoordbeleidobjecten bijwerken" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Wachten tot OpenLDAP-achtergrondindexering is voltooid (dit kan enkele " -"minuten duren)" +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Wachten tot OpenLDAP-achtergrondindexering is voltooid (dit kan enkele minuten duren)" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" msgstr "OpenLDAP-server opnieuw opstarten indien nodig" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van AuthServer schrijven" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." msgstr "Aanmaken van de basisobjecten is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." msgstr "Aanmaken van wachtwoordbeleidobjecten is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het wachten op het voltooien van de " -"indexering van de OpenLDAP-database.\n" +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het wachten op het voltooien van de indexering van de OpenLDAP-database.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." msgstr "OpenLDAP handmatig herstarten." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " msgstr "Registreer bij SLP-daemon: " -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " msgstr "Kerberos-server starten: " -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" msgstr "Maak de volgende databases aan:" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " msgstr "Database-achtervoegsel: " -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " msgstr "Type database: " -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "Nog niet geconfigureerd." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." msgstr "CA-certificaatbestand bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" msgstr "Certificaatbestand bestaat niet" -#. error message -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 +#. error message +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." msgstr "Certificaatsleutelbestand bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." msgstr "Kan geen ACL voor een bestandssysteem instellen op de privé-sleutel." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491 msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?" msgstr "Hebt u acl-ondersteuning van het bestandssysteem uitgeschakeld?" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" msgstr "Opschonen van de directory voor de configuratiedatabase" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" msgstr "Converteren van slapd.conf naar de configdatabase" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" -"Omschakelen van de opstartconfiguratie om de configdatabase te gebruiken" +msgstr "Omschakelen van de opstartconfiguratie om de configdatabase te gebruiken" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" msgstr "De LDAP-server wordt opnieuw gestart" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" msgstr "LDAP-serverconfiguratie migreren" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" msgstr "Uitvoer van \"slaptest\":\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." msgstr "Migratie van een bestaande configuratie is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." msgstr "Activeren van de LDAPI-listener is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" -"Algemeen servercertificaat is niet beschikbaar. StartTLS is uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "Algemeen servercertificaat is niet beschikbaar. StartTLS is uitgeschakeld." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "Kan de directory voor de database niet maken." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "Kon de eigenaar van de directory voor de database niet aanpassen." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859 msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "Kan de eigen volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam niet bepalen." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Een masterserver voor replicatie kan niet correct werken zonder de eigen " -"volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam te weten." +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "Een masterserver voor replicatie kan niet correct werken zonder de eigen volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam te weten." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "Kan krb5.conf niet schrijven." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "Aanmaken van kerberos-database is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "Schrijven naar wachtwoordbestand is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "is geen geldige LDAP-DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "heeft RDN's met meerdere waarden." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP DN: \"%s\", kan geen RDN-waarden uitlezen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." -msgstr "" -"De waarde van het \"c\"-attribuut moet een geldige ISO-3166 tweecijferige " -"landcode zijn." +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "De waarde van het \"c\"-attribuut moet een geldige ISO-3166 tweecijferige landcode zijn." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "Het eerste deel van de suffix moet c=,st=,l=,o=,ou= of dc= zijn." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Basis-DN \"%s\" is geen geldige LDAP DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Basis-DN \"%s\" heeft meerwaardige RDN's (niet ondersteund door YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Root-DN \"%s\" is geen geldige LDAP DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Root-DN \"%s\" heeft meerwaardige RDN's (niet ondersteund door YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "De hoogd-DN moet een onderliggend object zijn van de basis-DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "Kan de directory niet maken." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "CA-certificaatbestand: \"%s\" bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Fout bij een poging het servercertificaat van de server van de leverancier " -"te verifiëren.\n" +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Fout bij een poging het servercertificaat van de server van de leverancier te verifiëren.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" @@ -3784,169 +3313,166 @@ "Ga na dat \"%s\" het juiste CA-bestand bevat om\n" "het servercertificaat op afstand te verifiëren." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Certificaatbestand: \"%s\" bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Certificaatsleutelbestand: \"%s\" bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "Schrijven naar krb5.conf is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "Schrijven naar kdc.conf is mislukt." -#. error at paramter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 +#. error at paramter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" -"Databasetype '%s' wordt niet ondersteund. Alleen 'bdb' en 'hdb' zijn " -"toegestaan." +msgstr "Databasetype '%s' wordt niet ondersteund. Alleen 'bdb' en 'hdb' zijn toegestaan." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "Het landnummer moet een ISO-3166 tweeletterige landcode zijn." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." msgstr "Ongeldig rootdn." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." msgstr "rootdn moet zich onder de suffix bevinden." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" -"Om een wachtwoord in te stellen dient u een 'rootdn' te hebben gedefinieerd." +msgstr "Om een wachtwoord in te stellen dient u een 'rootdn' te hebben gedefinieerd." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." msgstr "Definieer 'rootpw'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." msgstr "'%s' is een niet-ondersteunde encryptiemethode." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." msgstr "Definieer 'directory'" -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." msgstr "De directory bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor de afmeting van de cache." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor checkpoint." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." msgstr "Definieer 'passwd'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." msgstr "Database bewerken is mislukt." -#. error message at parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 +#. error message at parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter suffix." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." msgstr "Kan service niet opnieuw starten." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." msgstr "Kan de service niet stoppen." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." msgstr "CA-certificaatbestand bestaat niet." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." msgstr "CA-certificaatpad bestaat niet." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." msgstr "Certificaatbestand bestaat niet." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor 'TLSVerifyClient'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." msgstr "Schrijven mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'ServerCertificateFile'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." msgstr "Kan certificaatbestand niet lezen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter 'ServerCertificateData'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "Beschadigde PEM-gegevens." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter 'ServerKeyFile'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." msgstr "Kan het sleutelbestand niet lezen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter 'ServerKeyData'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." msgstr "Kan CA-certificaatbestand niet lezen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." msgstr "Kan certificaatbestand niet schrijven." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." msgstr "Kan sleutelbestand niet schrijven." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "Kan CA-certificaatbestand niet schrijven." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,91 +14,81 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 +#. command line help text for Bootloader module +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "Bootloader Configuratiemodule" -#. Dialog for whole bootloader configuration -#. focus proposing new one -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:23 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#. Dialog for whole bootloader configuration +#. focus proposing new one +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:23 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 msgid "Broken Configuration" msgstr "Gebroken configuratie" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:25 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 -msgid "" -"YaST cannot process current bootloader configuration (%s). Propose new " -"configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"YaST kan de huidige bootloader-configuratie (%s) niet verwerken. Vanaf nul " -"een nieuwe configuratie voorstellen?" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:25 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +msgid "YaST cannot process current bootloader configuration (%s). Propose new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "YaST kan de huidige bootloader-configuratie (%s) niet verwerken. Vanaf nul een nieuwe configuratie voorstellen?" -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:27 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:27 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 msgid "Propose" msgstr "Voorstellen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:28 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:28 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Quit" msgstr "Afbreken" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:51 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:222 +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:51 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:222 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"De opstartpartitie is van type NFS. Bootloader kan niet worden geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "De opstartpartitie is van type NFS. Bootloader kan niet worden geïnstalleerd." -#. F#300779: end -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:69 +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "Apparaattoewijzig moet minstens één apparaat bevatten" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor de volgorde van schijven" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "Schij&ven" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Apparaat" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" -"Geselecteerde partitie van opstartlaadprogramma %s is niet meer beschikbaar." +msgstr "Geselecteerde partitie van opstartlaadprogramma %s is niet meer beschikbaar." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is translated description of error -#: src/lib/bootloader/exceptions.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Error reading the bootloader configuration files. Please use YaST2 " -"bootloader to fix it. Details: %s" -msgstr "" -"Fout bij het lezen van de bootloader-configuratiebestanden. Gebruikt YaST2 " -"bootloader om het te repareren. Details: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is translated description of error +#: src/lib/bootloader/exceptions.rb:24 +msgid "Error reading the bootloader configuration files. Please use YaST2 bootloader to fix it. Details: %s" +msgstr "Fout bij het lezen van de bootloader-configuratiebestanden. Gebruikt YaST2 bootloader om het te repareren. Details: %s" -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "De bootloaderconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -110,38 +100,38 @@ "Lees het bijbehorende hoofdstuk in de \n" "documentatie voor meer informatie. \n" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "Het systeem zal nu opnieuw worden opgestart..." -#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "&Bootloader" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "GRUB2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "GRUB2 voor EFI" -#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "Niet beheerd" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standaard" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -155,259 +145,207 @@ "\n" "Doorgaan?\n" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" "use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Type opstartlaadprogramma</b><br>\n" -"Om te bepalen of u een opstartlaadprogramma wilt installeren en welke dat " -"moet zijn,\n" +"Om te bepalen of u een opstartlaadprogramma wilt installeren en welke dat moet zijn,\n" "selecteer <b>Opstartlaadprogramma</b>.</p>" -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:99 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76 +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:99 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Type bootloader: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:103 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:84 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:103 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:84 msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "Vertrouwd opstarten inschakelen: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85 msgid "yes" msgstr "ja" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85 msgid "no" msgstr "nee" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Status locatie: %1" -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:174 +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:174 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Volgorde van harde schijven: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:186 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (uitgebreid)" -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:191 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Opstartcode installeren in MBR (niet " -"installeren</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:212 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Opstartcode installeren in MBR (niet installeren</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Opstartcode niet installeren in MBR (installeren</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" +msgstr "Opstartcode niet installeren in MBR (installeren</a>)" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Opstartcode installeren in /opstartpartitie (niet installeren</a>)" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:226 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Opstartcode installeren in /opstartpartitie (niet installeren</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:231 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Opstartcode niet installeren in /opstartpartitie (installeren</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:231 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "Opstartcode niet installeren in /opstartpartitie (installeren</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:237 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Opstartcode installeren in \"/\" partitie (niet installeren</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:237 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Opstartcode installeren in \"/\" partitie (niet installeren</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:242 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Installeer de opstartcode niet in partitie \"/\" (installeren</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:242 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "Installeer de opstartcode niet in partitie \"/\" (installeren</a>)" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:267 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: er is geen locatie geselecteerd voor bootloader stage1. Tenzij " -"u weet wat u moet doen, selecteert u de bovenstaande locatie." +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:267 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Waarschuwing: er is geen locatie geselecteerd voor bootloader stage1. Tenzij u weet wat u moet doen, selecteert u de bovenstaande locatie." -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:275 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Locatie wijzigen: %s" -#. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:56 +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:56 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Wachttijd in seconden" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:60 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.</p>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Time-out in seconden</b><br>\n" -"Geeft de tijd op die de bootloader wacht tot de standaardkernel is geladen.\n" +"Geeft de tijd op die de bootloader wacht tot de standaardkernel is geladen.</p>\n" -#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:92 +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:92 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "&Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:96 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie</b><br>\n" -"Activeert de partitie die het opstartlaadprogramma bevat. De algemene MBR-" -"code start vervolgens\n" -"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, " -"zelfs\n" +"Activeert de partitie die het opstartlaadprogramma bevat. De algemene MBR-code start vervolgens\n" +"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, zelfs\n" "als het opstartlaadprogramma is geïnstalleerd in de MBR.</p>" -#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:123 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:123 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "&Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:127 msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b> Vervang de MBR van uw " -"schijf door algemene code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" +"<p><b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b> Vervang de MBR van uw schijf door algemene code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" "de actieve partitie opstart).</p>" -#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:152 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:152 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Menu &verbergen bij opstarten" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:156 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:156 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer <b>Menu verbergen bij opstarten</b> om het opstartmenu te " -"verbergen</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Menu verbergen bij opstarten</b> om het opstartmenu te verbergen</p>" -#. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:175 +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:175 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "Vreemd OS &detecteren" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:179 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Vreemd OS detecteren</b> door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met " -"andere vreemde distributie </p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:179 +msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Vreemd OS detecteren</b> door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met andere vreemde distributie </p>" -#. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:203 +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:203 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "O&ptionele kernelparameter voor op de commandoregel" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:207 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Optionele parameter voor kernelopdrachtregel</b>: hiermee definieert u " -"aanvullende parameters die aan de kernel moeten worden doorgegeven.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:207 +msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Optionele parameter voor kernelopdrachtregel</b>: hiermee definieert u aanvullende parameters die aan de kernel moeten worden doorgegeven.</p>" -#. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:231 +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:231 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Attribuut voor &beschermde MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:235 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Markering voor beschermde MBR</b> is uitsluitend voor instellingen op " -"expertniveau en uitsluitend nodig op exotische hardware. Zie voor meer " -"informatie Beschermde MBR in GPT-schijven. Niet gebruiken als u het niet " -"zeker weet.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:235 +msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Markering voor beschermde MBR</b> is uitsluitend voor instellingen op expertniveau en uitsluitend nodig op exotische hardware. Zie voor meer informatie Beschermde MBR in GPT-schijven. Niet gebruiken als u het niet zeker weet.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "set" msgstr "ingesteld" -#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 msgid "remove" msgstr "verwijderen" -#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal -#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will -#. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:253 -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:253 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:50 msgid "do not change" msgstr "niet wijzigen" -#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:271 +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:271 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Ondersteuning van &beveiligd opstarten inschakelen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:275 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:275 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "Selecteren om UEFI beveiligd opstarten in te schakelen\n" -#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:296 +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:296 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Ondersteuning van &vertrouwd opstarten inschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301 +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301 msgid "" "<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n" "instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n" @@ -421,19 +359,18 @@ "met behulp van de hardware (een TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" "chip).</p>\n" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:307 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:307 msgid "" "<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" "setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>U moet eerst controleren of Trusted Boot is ingeschakeld in de BIOS\n" -"-instelling (de instelling kan bijvoorbeeld de naam Security Chip hebben).\n" +"-instelling (de instelling kan bijvoorbeeld de naam Security Chip hebben).</p>\n" -#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 -#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot -#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:331 +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:331 msgid "" "Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" "Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" @@ -443,31 +380,31 @@ "Controleer of deze is ingeschakeld in BIOS.\n" "Het systeem zal anders niet opstarten." -#. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Bootload&er beschermen met wachtwoord" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "A&lleen itemwijziging beveiligen" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:363 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:363 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "&Wachtwoord voor GRUB2-hoofdgebruiker" -#. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:366 +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:366 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Wach&twoord herhalen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:377 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:377 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "Het wachtwoord mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:384 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:384 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -475,118 +412,82 @@ "De velden 'Wachtwoord' en 'Wachtwoord herhalen''\n" "komen niet overeen. Voer het wachtwoord opnieuw in." -#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:437 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:437 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " -"If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry " -"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " -"way GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to " -"kernel parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell." -"<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype " -"Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is " -"distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 " -"users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to kernel parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell.<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Bootloader beveiligen met wachtwoord</b><br>\n" -"Tijdens het opstarten hebt u voor wijziging of zelfs opstarten van een item " -"het wachtwoord nodig. Als <b>Alleen itemwijziging beveiligen</b> is " -"ingeschakeld, gelden geen beperkingen voor het opstarten van een item. Voor " -"de wijziging van items is echter het wachtwoord vereist (de methode die voor " -"GRUB 1 wordt gehanteerd). Als zijeffect van deze optie, wordt rd.shell=0 " -"toegevoegd aan de kernelparameters, om een niet geautoriseerde toegang te " -"voorkomen tot de initrd-shell. <br>In YaST wordt het wachtwoord alleen " -"geaccepteerd als u dit herhaalt in <b>Wachtwoord herhalen</b>. Het " -"wachtwoord geldt voor de GRUB2-hoofdgebruiker, die niet hetzelfde is als de " -"Linux-hoofdgebruiker. In YaST worden momenteel geen andere GRUB2-gebruikers " -"ondersteund. Als u deze nodig hebt, gebruikt u een afzonderlijk GRUB2-script." -"</p>" +"Tijdens het opstarten hebt u voor wijziging of zelfs opstarten van een item het wachtwoord nodig. Als <b>Alleen itemwijziging beveiligen</b> is ingeschakeld, gelden geen beperkingen voor het opstarten van een item. Voor de wijziging van items is echter het wachtwoord vereist (de methode die voor GRUB 1 wordt gehanteerd). Als zijeffect van deze optie, wordt rd.shell=0 toegevoegd aan de kernelparameters, om een niet geautoriseerde toegang te voorkomen tot de initrd-shell. <br>In YaST wordt het wachtwoord alleen geaccepteerd als u dit herhaalt in <b>Wachtwoord herhalen</b>. Het wachtwoord geldt voor de GRUB2-hoofdgebruiker, die niet hetzelfde is als de Linux-hoofdgebruiker. In YaST worden momenteel geen andere GRUB2-gebruikers ondersteund. Als u deze nodig hebt, gebruikt u een afzonderlijk GRUB2-script.</p>" -#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:470 +#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:470 msgid "" -"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display " -"resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when " -"booting starts.</p>\n" -"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial " -"device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be " -"specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional " -"and if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a " -"positive number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400 --" -"unit=0</tt>.</p>" +"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when booting starts.</p>\n" +"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional and if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a positive number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Wanneer een grafisch scherm wordt gebruikt, kunnen verschillende " -"schermresoluties worden gebruikt. De optie <tt>auto</tt> probeert de beste " -"te vinden wanneer het opstarten begint.</p>\n" -"<p>Wanneer een seriële console wordt gebruikt zal de opstartuitvoer geprint " -"worden op een serieel apparaat zoals <tt>ttyS0</tt>. De optie <tt>--unit moet worden gespecificeerd en de complete syntaxis is <tt>%s</tt>. " -"Andere delen zijn optioneel en indien niet gezet wordt een standaard waarde " -"gebruikt. <tt>NUM</tt> in commando's staat voor een positief getal zoals 8. " -"Voorbeelden van parameters zijn <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>" +"<p>Wanneer een grafisch scherm wordt gebruikt, kunnen verschillende schermresoluties worden gebruikt. De optie <tt>auto</tt> probeert de beste te vinden wanneer het opstarten begint.</p>\n" +"<p>Wanneer een seriële console wordt gebruikt zal de opstartuitvoer geprint worden op een serieel apparaat zoals <tt>ttyS0</tt>. De optie <tt>--unit</tt> moet worden gespecificeerd en de complete syntaxis is <tt>%s</tt>. Andere delen zijn optioneel en indien niet gezet wordt een standaard waarde gebruikt. <tt>NUM</tt> in commando's staat voor een positief getal zoals 8. Voorbeelden van parameters zijn <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>" -#. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:507 +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:507 msgid "To enable serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments." -msgstr "" -"Om de seriële console in te schakelen moet u de bijbehorende argumenten " -"aanleveren." +msgstr "Om de seriële console in te schakelen moet u de bijbehorende argumenten aanleveren." -#. Translators: do not translate "unit" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:514 +#. Translators: do not translate "unit" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:514 msgid "" "To enable the serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments.\n" "The \"unit\" argument is required, the complete syntax is:\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"Om de seriële console in te schakelen moet u de bijbehorende argumenten " -"aanleveren.\n" +"Om de seriële console in te schakelen moet u de bijbehorende argumenten aanleveren.\n" "Het argument \"unit\" is vereist, de complete syntaxis is:\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:555 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:555 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Nieuw grafische themabestand kiezen" -#. Translators: NUM is an abbreviation for "number", -#. to be substituted in a command like -#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM" -#. so do not use punctuation -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#. Translators: NUM is an abbreviation for "number", +#. to be substituted in a command like +#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM" +#. so do not use punctuation +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 msgid "NUM" msgstr "NUM" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:578 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:578 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "&Grafische console gebruiken" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:583 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:583 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Resolutie van &console" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:588 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:588 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Thema van &console" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:619 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:619 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Automatisch gedetecteerde door grub2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:627 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:627 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Gebruik &seriële console" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:634 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:634 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&Console-argumenten" -#. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651 +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "&Standaard opstartsectie" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:655 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:655 msgid "" "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -595,56 +496,48 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p> Door op <b>Instellen als standaard</b> te klikken, markeert u de " -"geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een " -"opstartmenu\n" -"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een " -"ander \n" -"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de time-out niet op een toets " -"wordt\n" -"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem " -"opgestart.\n" -"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden " -"gewijzigd met de toetsen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b>.</p>\n" +"<p> Door op <b>Instellen als standaard</b> te klikken, markeert u de geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een opstartmenu\n" +"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een ander \n" +"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de time-out niet op een toets wordt\n" +"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem opgestart.\n" +"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd met de toetsen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b>.</p>\n" -#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:690 +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:690 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Locatie bootloader" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:744 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:744 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" -msgstr "" -"Er moet een aangepast opstartapparaat worden opgegeven als dit is " -"ingeschakeld" +msgstr "Er moet een aangepast opstartapparaat worden opgegeven als dit is ingeschakeld" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:772 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:772 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Ops&tarten van opstartpartitie" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:773 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:773 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "Ops&tarten vanaf hoofdpartitie" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:774 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:774 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Opstarten van hoofdopstartrecord (&MBR)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:775 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:775 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Opstart&en van uitgebreide partitie" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:786 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:786 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "&Aangepaste opstartpartitie" -#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:799 +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:799 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "Opstartvolgorde van schijven &bewerken" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:805 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:805 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -653,83 +546,69 @@ "To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Schijfvolgorde</b></big><br>\n" -"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de " -"BIOS,\n" -"gebruik de knoppen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b> om de schijven op volgorde " -"te zetten.\n" -"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een schijf te " -"verwijderen, druk op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>" +"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de BIOS,\n" +"gebruik de knoppen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b> om de schijven op volgorde te zetten.\n" +"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een schijf te verwijderen, druk op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>" -#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:826 +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:826 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "&Kernelparameters" -#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:851 +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:851 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "Opties voor opstartco&de" -#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:921 +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:921 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "Opties voor opstart&laadprogramma" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:80 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:80 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Beveiligd opstarten inschakelen: %1" -#. TODO: not much helpful for customers -#. error report -#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"Vanwege de partitionering kan het opstartlaadprogramma niet goed worden " -"geïnstalleerd." +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan het opstartlaadprogramma niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." -#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself -#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 -#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:18 +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:18 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "Installeer geen enkele bootloader" -#. in installation always propose missing stuff -#. current below use proposed value if not already set -#. If set, then use same bootloader, but propose it again -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:70 +#. in installation always propose missing stuff +#. current below use proposed value if not already set +#. If set, then use same bootloader, but propose it again +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:70 msgid "Cannot detect device mounted as root. Please check partitioning." -msgstr "" -"Kan het apparaat aangekoppeld als root niet detecteren. Controleer aub de " -"partitionering." +msgstr "Kan het apparaat aangekoppeld als root niet detecteren. Controleer aub de partitionering." -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:101 +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:101 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Opstarten" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:103 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:103 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Opstarten" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:188 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien " -"niet opstartbaar." +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:188 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:196 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" -#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read -#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" "Reading current configuration...</P>" @@ -737,14 +616,14 @@ "<P><BIG><B>Configuratieprogramma voor opstartlaadprogramma</B></BIG><BR>\n" "De huidige configuratie wordt gelezen...</P>" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s stands for problematic device. -#: src/lib/bootloader/udev_mapping.rb:90 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s stands for problematic device. +#: src/lib/bootloader/udev_mapping.rb:90 msgid "Unknown udev device '%s'" msgstr "Onbekend udev-apparaat '%s'" -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -752,137 +631,109 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Bootloaderconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>" -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Niet-ondersteunde combinatie van hardwareplatvorm %1 en bootloader %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met het btrfs-bestandssysteem en de GPT-" -"schijflabel zonder de partitie bios_grub. Als u dit probleem wilt oplossen, " -"maakt u de partitie bios_grub of gebruikt u een extern bestandssysteem voor " -"de opstartpartitie, of installeert u stage 1 naar MBR niet." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met het btrfs-bestandssysteem en de GPT-schijflabel zonder de partitie bios_grub. Als u dit probleem wilt oplossen, maakt u de partitie bios_grub of gebruikt u een extern bestandssysteem voor de opstartpartitie, of installeert u stage 1 naar MBR niet." -#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." +msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie " -"voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" -"Externe partitie voor opstarten ontbreekt. Opstartcode kan niet worden " -"geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "Externe partitie voor opstarten ontbreekt. Opstartcode kan niet worden geïnstalleerd." -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "" -"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " -"could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" -"Activeringsattribuut is niet ingesteld door installatieprogramma. Als dit " -"helemaal niet is ingesteld, willen bepaalde BIOS-en mogelijk niet opstarten." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "Activeringsattribuut is niet ingesteld door installatieprogramma. Als dit helemaal niet is ingesteld, willen bepaalde BIOS-en mogelijk niet opstarten." -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -msgid "" -"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " -"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "" -"Met het installatieprogramma wordt het MBR van de schijf niet gewijzigd. " -"Tenzij de schijf al opstartcode bevat, kan het BIOS niet opstarten vanaf " -"deze schijf." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "Met het installatieprogramma wordt het MBR van de schijf niet gewijzigd. Tenzij de schijf al opstartcode bevat, kan het BIOS niet opstarten vanaf deze schijf." -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader controleren" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Partitionering lezen" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:124 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:124 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen laden" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Bootloader wordt gecontroleerd..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "De partitionering wordt gelezen..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:132 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:132 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen worden geladen..." -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:136 +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:136 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie initialiseren" -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Unsupported Bootloader" msgstr "Niet ondersteunde bootloader" -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 -msgid "" -"Unsupported bootloader '%s' detected. Use proposal of supported " -"configuration instead?" -msgstr "" -"Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s' gedetecteerd. In plaats daarvan voorstel " -"voor ondersteunde configuratie gebruiken?" +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s' detected. Use proposal of supported configuration instead?" +msgstr "Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s' gedetecteerd. In plaats daarvan voorstel voor ondersteunde configuratie gebruiken?" -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 msgid "Use" msgstr "Gebruiken" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:246 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:246 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Initrd aanmaken" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:248 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:248 msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van opstartlaadprogramma opslaan" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:252 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:252 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Initrd wordt aangemaakt..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:254 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:254 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "De configuratie van het opstartlaadprogramma wordt opgeslagen..." -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:260 +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:260 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie opslaan" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,742 +14,674 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line definition -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 +#. Command line definition +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 msgid "Managing CA and certificates" msgstr "CA's en certificaten beheren" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 msgid "Create a root CA" msgstr "Een hoofd-CA aanmaken" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 msgid "Create a certificate of a CA" msgstr "Maak een certificaat van een CA aan" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 msgid "Create a CRL of a CA" msgstr "Maak een CRL van een CA aan" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 msgid "Export a CA to a file" msgstr "Exporteer een CA naar een bestand" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 msgid "Export a certificate to a file" msgstr "Exporteer een certificaat naar een bestand" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 msgid "Export a CRL to a file" msgstr "Exporteer een CRL naar een bestand" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 msgid "E-mail address" msgstr "E-mailadres" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 msgid "Organizational unit" msgstr "Organisatie-eenheid" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organisatie" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "Plaats" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Staat" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "Land" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 msgid "Valid days" msgstr "Geldige dagen" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 msgid "Key length" msgstr "Sleutellengte" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een " -"omgevingsvariabele)" +msgstr "Wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"CA-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een " -"omgevingsvariabele)" +msgstr "CA-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"P12-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een " -"omgevingsvariabele)" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "P12-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" msgstr "Pad naar geëxporteerde CA, certificaat of CRL" -#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 +#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 msgid "CA Configuration" msgstr "CA-configuratie" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en een certificaat aan. Deze CA en " -"het\n" +"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en een certificaat aan. Deze CA en het\n" "certificaat worden gebruikt om met Apache-server te kunnen communiceren.\n" -"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor deze CA en certificaat wijzigen of een CA " -"en certificaat uit een bestand importeren.\n" +"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor deze CA en certificaat wijzigen of een CA en certificaat uit een bestand importeren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 msgid "Import Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "Algemene CA en certificaat importeren" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgstr "&Pad van certificaat" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "&Wachtwoord:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord bevestige&n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "Algemene CA en certificaat genereren" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 msgid "&CA Name:" msgstr "&CA-naam:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 msgid "&Common Name:" msgstr "&Algemene naam:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 msgid "E-Mail" msgstr "E-mail" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 msgid "C&ountry:" msgstr "&Land:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 msgid "O&rganization:" msgstr "O&rganisatie:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:" msgstr "Or&ganisatie-eenheid:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 msgid "Loca&lity:" msgstr "&Plaats:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 msgid "&State:" msgstr "&Staat:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 msgid "Take Local Server Name" msgstr "Lokale servernaam overnemen" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 msgid "&Server Name:" msgstr "&Servernaam:" -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. checking password -#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given -#. export to file -#. export to file -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. checking password +#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given +#. export to file +#. export to file +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "De nieuwe wachtwoorden zijn ongelijk." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters." msgstr "Het wachtwoord moet uit minstens vier tekens bestaan." -#. finding entry in list -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 +#. finding entry in list +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 msgid "CA name required." msgstr "CA-naam vereist." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 msgid "Common name required." msgstr "Algemene naam vereist." -#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; -#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the -#. "add" button -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 +#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; +#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the +#. "add" button +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 msgid "Invalid e-mail format." msgstr "Ongeldige e-mailindeling." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 msgid "Server name required." msgstr "Servernaam vereist." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 msgid "Cannot read the certificate." msgstr "Kan het certificaat niet lezen." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 msgid "Import Certificate from File" msgstr "Certificaat uit bestand importeren" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Servernaam" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 msgid "[local server name]" msgstr "[naam lokale server]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 msgid "CA Name" msgstr "CA-naam" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Algemene naam" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 msgid "[not set]" msgstr "[niet ingesteld]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organisatie-eenheid" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 msgid "Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 msgid "[set]" msgstr "[ingesteld]" -#. Write all ca-management settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 +#. Write all ca-management settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 msgid "Generating Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Algemeen servercertificaat genereren" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 msgid "Read server information" msgstr "Serverinformatie lezen" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" msgstr "Standaard-CA en -servercertificaat aanmaken" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." msgstr "Standaard-CA en -servercertificaat worden aangemaakt..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 +#. Progress finished +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. Error message -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 +#. Error message +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 msgid "Cannot create certificates." msgstr "Kan geen certificaten aanmaken." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: -#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp -#. -#. Package: -#. Configuration of CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Proposal function dispatcher. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"Kan de naam van de lokale computer niet evalueren. Wijzig de waarden van de " -"servernaam en e-mail." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: +#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp +#. +#. Package: +#. Configuration of CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Proposal function dispatcher. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "Kan de naam van de lokale computer niet evalueren. Wijzig de waarden van de servernaam en e-mail." -#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) -#. NO FORCE RESET -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 +#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) +#. NO FORCE RESET +#. richtext label +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 msgid "CA Management" msgstr "CA-beheer" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 msgid "Settings have already been written." msgstr "Instellingen zijn reeds opgeslagen." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 msgid "Delete the old settings?" msgstr "De oude instellingen verwijderen?" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"Kan het systeemwachtwoord van root niet ophalen. Stel een CA-wachtwoord in " -"om door te kunnen gaan." +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "Kan het systeemwachtwoord van root niet ophalen. Stel een CA-wachtwoord in om door te kunnen gaan." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "Het wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de certificaten.\n" -"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het maken van " -"certificaten uit.\n" +"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het maken van certificaten uit.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." msgstr "Een standaard-CA en -certificaat worden aangemaakt." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 msgid "Creating default CA and certificate." msgstr "Een standaard-CA en -certificaat worden aangemaakt." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." msgstr "Bij hogere beveiligingseisen zou u uw wachtwoord moeten wijzigen." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" msgstr "[handmatig ingesteld]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 msgid "[root password]" msgstr "[rootwachtwoord]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "CA-naam: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "Algemene naam: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Server Name: " msgstr "Servernaam: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 msgid "Country: " msgstr "Land:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 msgid "Password: " msgstr "Wachtwoord:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 msgid "E-Mail: " msgstr "E-mail:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 msgid "Alternative Names: " msgstr "Alternatieve namen: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Het root-wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken als wachtwoord voor de " -"certificaten.\n" -"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het maken van " -"certificaten uit.\n" +"Het root-wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken als wachtwoord voor de certificaten.\n" +"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het maken van certificaten uit.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." msgstr "Er wordt geen CA en certificaat aangemaakt." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 msgid "Importing a CA and certificate from file" msgstr "CA en certificaat uit een bestand importeren" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Is de standaardhostnaam <b>linux</b> echt uniek? Het certificaat is " -"alleen geldig als de hostnaam correct is.</p>" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 +msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Is de standaardhostnaam <b>linux</b> echt uniek? Het certificaat is alleen geldig als de hostnaam correct is.</p>" -#. menu title -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 +#. menu title +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 msgid "&CA Management" msgstr "&CA-beheer" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. MAIN module -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. MAIN module +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 msgid "Managing CAs and Certificates" msgstr "CA's en certificaten beheren" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 msgid "Selection" msgstr "Selectie" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Create &Default CA and Certificate" msgstr "Stan&daard-CA en -certificaat aanmaken" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Edit Default &Settings" msgstr "&Standaardinstellingen bewerken" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 msgid "Do &Not Create CA and Certificate" msgstr "Gee&n CA en certificaat aanmaken" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 msgid "Import CA and Certificate from D&isk" msgstr "Importeer CA en certificaat van &schijf" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and " -"<b>certificates</b>\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Selecteer in dit venster, tijdens het afronden van de installatie, de " -"gewenste installatiemethode\n" +"Selecteer in dit venster, tijdens het afronden van de installatie, de gewenste installatiemethode\n" "voor de <b>CA's</b> en de <b>certificaten</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"U hebt ook de mogelijkheid om de standaard-CA en -certificaat op het " -"geïnstalleerde systeem aan te maken\n" +"U hebt ook de mogelijkheid om de standaard-CA en -certificaat op het geïnstalleerde systeem aan te maken\n" "als u deze niet nu wilt aanmaken of importeren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Creates Country items -#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table -#. saved default settings -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 +#. Creates Country items +#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table +#. saved default settings +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 msgid "&Name:" msgstr "&Naam:" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 msgid "critical" msgstr "Kritiek" -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 msgid "Kind" msgstr "Type" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 msgid "No item has been selected." msgstr "Geen item geselecteerd." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. we need to fake a certificate name -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. we need to fake a certificate name +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 msgid "Really delete this entry?" msgstr "Wilt u dit item echt verwijderen?" -#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries -#. @return `next,`back,`abort -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 +#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries +#. @return `next,`back,`abort +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n" "Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"YaST maakt automatisch een <b>standaard-CA en -certificaat</b> aan. De CA en " -"het\n" -"certificaat worden gebruikt om met <b>Apache server</b> te kunnen " -"communiceren.\n" +"YaST maakt automatisch een <b>standaard-CA en -certificaat</b> aan. De CA en het\n" +"certificaat worden gebruikt om met <b>Apache server</b> te kunnen communiceren.\n" "De <b>standaardinstellingen</b> kunnen hier worden gewijzigd.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 msgid "&Edit Alternative Names" msgstr "Alternatieve namen &bewerken" -#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 +#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 msgid "Edit Default Settings" msgstr "Standaardinstellingen bewerken" -#. The main () -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 +#. The main () +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Algemeen servercertificaat" -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Een server-certificaat wordt gebruikt door services die SSL/TLS-" -"versleutelde netwerkverbindingen leveren.</p>" +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 +msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Een server-certificaat wordt gebruikt door services die SSL/TLS-versleutelde netwerkverbindingen leveren.</p>" -#. help text 2/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"<p>Het doel van de <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is een certificaat voor " -"verschillende services te leveren die uitgevoerd worden op deze host. " +#. help text 2/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 +msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "<p>Het doel van de <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is een certificaat voor verschillende services te leveren die uitgevoerd worden op deze host. " -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Sommige YaST-modulen leveren de mogelijkheid dit certificaat te gebruiken " -"tijdens de configuratie van zo'n service.</p>" +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>" +msgstr "Sommige YaST-modulen leveren de mogelijkheid dit certificaat te gebruiken tijdens de configuratie van zo'n service.</p>" -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met de knop <b>Importeren/Vervangen</b> kunt u een nieuw " -"servercertificaat toevoegen of de huidige vervangen.</p>" +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 +msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met de knop <b>Importeren/Vervangen</b> kunt u een nieuw servercertificaat toevoegen of de huidige vervangen.</p>" -#. help text 5/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt de certificaten verwijderen door op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b> te " -"klikken. Wees echter absoluut zeker dat het niet meer wordt gebruikt door " -"andere services.</p>" +#. help text 5/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 +msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" +msgstr "<p>U kunt de certificaten verwijderen door op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken. Wees echter absoluut zeker dat het niet meer wordt gebruikt door andere services.</p>" -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in " -"section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Naar bestand exporteren</b> in de sectie <b>Certificaat</b> van de " -"module <b>CA-beheer</b> kunt u certificaten naar een bestand opslaan.</p>" +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 +msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Naar bestand exporteren</b> in de sectie <b>Certificaat</b> van de module <b>CA-beheer</b> kunt u certificaten naar een bestand opslaan.</p>" -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Certificaten die vanaf een schijf geïmporteerd moeten worden, dienen in " -"de <b>PKCS12-indeling met CA-keten</b> te zijn geschreven.</p>" +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 +msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Certificaten die vanaf een schijf geïmporteerd moeten worden, dienen in de <b>PKCS12-indeling met CA-keten</b> te zijn geschreven.</p>" -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "<p>Voor meer informatie, lees de handleiding.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 msgid "" "<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" "You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" @@ -757,34 +689,34 @@ "<pre>Algemeen servercertificaat niet gevonden.\n" "U kunt een certificaat vanaf een schijf importeren</pre>" -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "Ve&rwijderen" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Importeren/vervangen" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Het certificaat is nog niet verlopen.\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -792,33 +724,29 @@ "Wees absoluut zeker dat geen service dit certificaat meer gebruikt.\n" "\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "Wilt u het certificaat verwijderen?" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p>Hier ziet u de belangrijkste CA-waarden.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Speciale informatie over de huidige CA wordt gegeven door " -"<b>Certificaten</b>, <b>CRL</b> en <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Speciale informatie over de huidige CA wordt gegeven door <b>Certificaten</b>, <b>CRL</b> en <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>" -#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CA description -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 +#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CA description +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>" msgstr "<p><b> Beschrijving voor %1 </b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 msgid "" "\n" "CA not found" @@ -826,13 +754,13 @@ "\n" "CA niet gevonden" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Verleend aan:</b></p>" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -840,9 +768,9 @@ "\n" "Algemene naam: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -850,9 +778,9 @@ "\n" "Organisatie: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -860,9 +788,9 @@ "\n" "Locatie: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -870,9 +798,9 @@ "\n" "Provincie: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -880,9 +808,9 @@ "\n" "Land: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -890,11 +818,11 @@ "\n" "E-MAIL: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Uitgegeven door:</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -902,7 +830,7 @@ "\n" "Geldig van: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -910,283 +838,245 @@ "\n" "Geldig tot: " -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "&Geavanceerd..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Weergeven" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "&Wijzig CA-wachtwoord" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "Sub-CA &aanmaken" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Naar &bestand exporteren" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "Naar &LDAP exporteren" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "Standaard be&werken" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tijdens het maken van een nieuwe sub-CA of een nieuw certificaat zal het " -"systeem u een aantal standaardwaarden voorstellen.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 +msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tijdens het maken van een nieuwe sub-CA of een nieuw certificaat zal het systeem u een aantal standaardwaarden voorstellen.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "<p>With this workflow, change these default settings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met deze werkprocedure zijn de standaardinstellingen aan te passen.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met deze werkprocedure zijn de standaardinstellingen aan te passen.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only." -msgstr "" -"<p>De aangepaste instellingen worden echter alleen bij <b>nieuwe</B> items " -"gebruikt.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 +msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De aangepaste instellingen worden echter alleen bij <b>nieuwe</B> items gebruikt.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client " -"certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt de standaardinstellingen van de <b>sub-CA's</b>, de " -"<b>clientcertificaten</b> en de <b>servercertificaten</b> aanpassen.</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 +msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>U kunt de standaardinstellingen van de <b>sub-CA's</b>, de <b>clientcertificaten</b> en de <b>servercertificaten</b> aanpassen.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" msgstr "Standaardinstellingen voor:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 msgid "&Sub CA" msgstr "&Sub-CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "&Clientcertificaat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 msgid "S&erver Certificate" msgstr "S&ervercertificaat" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Dit venster geeft van alle standaardinstellingen een overzicht alvorens " -"ze worden opgeslagen.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft van alle standaardinstellingen een overzicht alvorens ze worden opgeslagen.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 msgid "<p>Click <b>Save</b> to finish the input.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Opslaan</b> om de invoer te voltooien.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Overzicht</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (kritiek)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 msgid "Path Length: " msgstr "Padlengte: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(kritiek) " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "Onderwerp alternatieve naam k&opiëren vanuit CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(kritiek)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "Standaarde-mailadres kopiëren" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 msgid "Save Settings (step 3/3)" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan (stap 3/3)" -#. creating new certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 +#. creating new certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 msgid "Default has been saved." msgstr "Standaard is opgeslagen." -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare certificaten van " -"deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van de certificaten inclusief e-" -"mailadres en de certificaatstatus (zoals: geldig of ingetrokken).</p>" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare certificaten van deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van de certificaten inclusief e-mailadres en de certificaatstatus (zoals: geldig of ingetrokken).</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 msgid "<p>Select one of the certificates and execute some actions.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selecteer één van de certificaten en verricht enkele acties.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Overzicht</b> opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het " -"complete certificaat.</p>" +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Overzicht</b> opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het complete certificaat.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bovendien kunt u een certificaat <b>Intrekken</b>, <b>Verwijderen</b> of " -"<b>Exporteren</b>.</p>" +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bovendien kunt u een certificaat <b>Intrekken</b>, <b>Verwijderen</b> of <b>Exporteren</b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "<p>With <b>Add</b>, generate a new server or client certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Toevoegen</b> kunt u een nieuw server- of clientcertificaat " -"genereren.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Toevoegen</b> kunt u een nieuw server- of clientcertificaat genereren.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de belangrijkste waarden van het " -"geselecteerde certificaat.</p>" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de belangrijkste waarden van het geselecteerde certificaat.</p>" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 msgid "Revoke Certificate" msgstr "Certificaat intrekken" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "" -"U trekt alleen het certificaat in. Er zal geen nieuwe CRL worden gemaakt." +msgstr "U trekt alleen het certificaat in. Er zal geen nieuwe CRL worden gemaakt." -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" msgstr "Redenen" -#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate -#. @param map of description -#. @return a string with the certification description -#. getRequestDescription - description of a request -#. @param map of description, onlySubject -#. @return a string with the request description -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 +#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate +#. @param map of description +#. @return a string with the certification description +#. getRequestDescription - description of a request +#. @param map of description, onlySubject +#. @return a string with the request description +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 msgid "<p><b>Description</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Beschrijving</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 msgid "" "\n" "Certificate not found" @@ -1194,10 +1084,10 @@ "\n" "Certificaat niet gevonden" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -1205,10 +1095,10 @@ "\n" "Algemene naam: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -1216,10 +1106,10 @@ "\n" "Organisatie: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -1227,10 +1117,10 @@ "\n" "Locatie: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -1238,10 +1128,10 @@ "\n" "Provincie: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -1249,10 +1139,10 @@ "\n" "Land: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -1260,10 +1150,10 @@ "\n" "E-MAIL: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 msgid "" "\n" "Is CA: " @@ -1271,10 +1161,10 @@ "\n" "Is CA: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" "Key Size: " @@ -1282,8 +1172,8 @@ "\n" "Sleutelgrootte: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "Serialnumber: " @@ -1291,10 +1181,10 @@ "\n" "Serienummer: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 msgid "" "\n" "Version: " @@ -1302,8 +1192,8 @@ "\n" "Versie: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -1311,8 +1201,8 @@ "\n" "Geldig van: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -1320,10 +1210,10 @@ "\n" "Geldig tot: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of pub. Key : " @@ -1331,10 +1221,10 @@ "\n" "algo. van open. sleutel: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of signature: " @@ -1342,132 +1232,130 @@ "\n" "algo. van handtekening: " -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#. Initialize the tab of the dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "Geldig" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "Ingetrokken" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "Verlopen" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "E-mailadres" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Servercertificaat toevoegen" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "Clientcertificaat toevoegen" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&Wijzig wachtwoord" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "&Intrekken" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Verwijderen" -#. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 +#. Fate (#2613) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "Exporteren" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Naar bestand exporteren" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "Naar LDAP exporteren" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Als algemeen servercertificaat exporteren" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "Huidig certificaat verwijderen?" -#. Create a certificate via command line -#. @param option map -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 +#. Create a certificate via command line +#. @param option map +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 msgid "Wrong kind of certificate." msgstr "Onjuist type certificaat." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CRL.</p>" msgstr "<p>Hier ziet u de belangrijkste CRL-waarden.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 msgid "<p>With <b>Generate CRL</b>, a new CRL will be generated.</p>" msgstr "<p>Met <b>CRL genereren</b> wordt er een nieuwe CTL gemaakt.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 msgid "<p><b>View</b> shows a complete description.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Overzicht</b> zal een complete beschrijving laten zien.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "<p>You can <b>Export</b> the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt de CRL naar een bestand of naar een LDAP-directory <b>Exporteren.</p>" +msgstr "<p>U kunt de CRL naar een bestand of naar een LDAP-directory <b>Exporteren</b>.</p>" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 msgid "Generate New CRL" msgstr "Nieuwe CRL genereren" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 msgid "&Valid to (days):" msgstr "&Geldig tot (dagen):" -#. getDescription - CRL description -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CRL description -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 +#. getDescription - CRL description +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CRL description +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 msgid "<p><b>Certificate Revocation List (CRL):</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Certificaat intrekkingslijst (CRL):</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1477,7 +1365,7 @@ "\n" "Laatste update: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Next Update: " @@ -1485,7 +1373,7 @@ "\n" "Volgende update: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1495,669 +1383,548 @@ "\n" "Ingetrokken certificaten: " -#. Dialog Tab - CRL - -#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 +#. Dialog Tab - CRL - +#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 msgid "&Generate CRL" msgstr "CRL &genereren" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Standaard" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tijdens het maken van een nieuwe CRL zal het systeem u een aantal " -"standaardwaarden voorstellen.</p>" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 +msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tijdens het maken van een nieuwe CRL zal het systeem u een aantal standaardwaarden voorstellen.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 msgid "<p>With this frame, change these default settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>In dit venster kunt u deze standaardinstellingen aanpassen.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "&Geldige periode (dagen):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 msgid "&Critical" msgstr "&Kritiek" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 msgid "C&ritical" msgstr "K&ritiek" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA" msgstr "Onderwerp alternatieve naam k&opiëren vanuit CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 msgid "Default CRL Settings" msgstr "Standaard CRL-instellingen" -#. Translators: window caption -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 +#. Translators: window caption +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "Beveiligingsinformatie" -#. Translators: long help text - security information -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing!<br>Activeren van het automatisch maken en exporteren van een " -"CRL schrijft het CA-wachtwoord naar een configuratiebestand op schijf. Het " -"wachtwoord wordt daar opgeslagen in leesbare tekst omdat dat nodig is voor " -"het maken van een CRL. Het bestand is alleen te lezen door de rootgebruiker." +#. Translators: long help text - security information +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 +msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "Waarschuwing!<br>Activeren van het automatisch maken en exporteren van een CRL schrijft het CA-wachtwoord naar een configuratiebestand op schijf. Het wachtwoord wordt daar opgeslagen in leesbare tekst omdat dat nodig is voor het maken van een CRL. Het bestand is alleen te lezen door de rootgebruiker." -#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA -#. @param selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 +#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA +#. @param selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 msgid "Export CRL" msgstr "Exporteer de CRL" -#. this default can only be set inside this function -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 +#. this default can only be set inside this function +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "<p>Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting <b>Export once</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Exporteer de CRL van deze CA één keer door <b>Exporteer eenmalig</b> te " -"selecteren.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Exporteer de CRL van deze CA één keer door <b>Exporteer eenmalig</b> te selecteren.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation " -"and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"<b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om het opnieuw maken van de CRL te activeren selecteer <b>Opnieuw maken " -"en exporteren</b>. In dat geval moet het interval voor het opnieuw maken in " -"<b>Herhaalperiode</b> worden aangegeven. Als het interval op 24 uur gezet " -"wordt dan kunt u ook het uur selecteren waarop het exporteren moet " -"plaatsvinden. Verzeker u ervan dat u de <b>Beveiligingsinformatie</b> hebt " -"gelezen en begrepen.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 +msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om het opnieuw maken van de CRL te activeren selecteer <b>Opnieuw maken en exporteren</b>. In dat geval moet het interval voor het opnieuw maken in <b>Herhaalperiode</b> worden aangegeven. Als het interval op 24 uur gezet wordt dan kunt u ook het uur selecteren waarop het exporteren moet plaatsvinden. Verzeker u ervan dat u de <b>Beveiligingsinformatie</b> hebt gelezen en begrepen.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt het exporteren van de CRL naar een lokaal bestand of naar een LDAP-" -"server of beide activeren. Configureer de respectieve parameters in " -"<b>Exporteer naar een lokaal bestand</b> en <b>Exporteer naar LDAP</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 +msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>U kunt het exporteren van de CRL naar een lokaal bestand of naar een LDAP-server of beide activeren. Configureer de respectieve parameters in <b>Exporteer naar een lokaal bestand</b> en <b>Exporteer naar LDAP</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" msgstr "Exporteer eenmalig" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 msgid "Repeated recreation and export" msgstr "Herhaald aanmaken en exporteren" -#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 +#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 msgid "&Host Name:" msgstr "&Hostnaam:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "&Poort:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 msgid "&DN:" msgstr "&DN:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 msgid "&Bind DN:" msgstr "&Bind-DN:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 msgid "Save &as" msgstr "Opslaan &als" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 msgid "Export Format" msgstr "Exportindeling" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 msgid "PEM Format" msgstr "PEM-indeling" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 msgid "DER Format" msgstr "DER-indeling" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 msgid "Periodic interval" msgstr "Herhaalperiode" -#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 +#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 msgid "every" msgstr "elk(e)" -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 msgid "&hour(s)" msgstr "&uren" -#. (bnc#446137) -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 +#. (bnc#446137) +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 msgid "at" msgstr "om" -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 msgid "&o'clock" msgstr "&uur" -#. (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 +#. (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 msgid "&Security Information" msgstr "Beveiliging&sinformatie" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 msgid "Export to file" msgstr "Naar bestand exporteren" -#. gray out or ungray UI elements -#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 +#. gray out or ungray UI elements +#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Opslaan als" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 msgid "Export to file failed." msgstr "Exporteren naar bestand is mislukt." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgstr "Wilt u het opnieuw proberen?" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 msgid "Saved to file successfully." msgstr "Opslaan naar bestand is geslaagd." -#. Checking error -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 +#. Checking error +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 msgid "Saved to LDAP successfully." msgstr "In LDAP opgeslagen." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 msgid "Export to LDAP failed." msgstr "Exporteren naar LDAP is mislukt." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 msgid "Software error - Unknown Tab" msgstr "Softwarefout - Onbekende tab" -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 msgid "Certificate Authority (CA)" msgstr "Certificaatautoriteit (CA)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Beschrijving" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 msgid "C&ertificates" msgstr "C&ertificaten" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 msgid "CR&L" msgstr "CR&L" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 msgid "&Requests" msgstr "Ve&rzoeken" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "<p>To generate a new CA, some entries are needed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Er zijn enkele items nodig om een nieuwe CA te kunnen genereren.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Er zijn enkele items nodig om een nieuwe CA te kunnen genereren.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "<p>To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Er zijn enkele items nodig om een nieuw certificaat te kunnen genereren." +msgstr "<p>Er zijn enkele items nodig om een nieuw certificaat te kunnen genereren.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "<p>To generate a new request, some entries are needed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Er zijn enkele items nodig om een nieuw verzoek te kunnen genereren.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Er zijn enkele items nodig om een nieuw verzoek te kunnen genereren.</p>" -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "<p>It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Dit is afhankelijk van het beleid dat in het configuratiebestand " -"gedefinieerd is.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Dit is afhankelijk van het beleid dat in het configuratiebestand gedefinieerd is.</p>" -#. help text 4/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 +#. help text 4/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 msgid "<p>Only US ASCII characters are allowed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Er zijn slechts US ASCII-tekens toegestaan.</p>" -#. help text 5/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>CA-naam</b> is de naam van een CA-certificaat. Gebruik alleen tekens, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" +#. help text 5/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 +msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>CA-naam</b> is de naam van een CA-certificaat. Gebruik alleen tekens, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Common Name</b> is de naam van de CA.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is de naam van de gebruiker waarvoor het certificaat " -"wordt aangemaakt.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Common Name</b> is de naam van de gebruiker waarvoor het certificaat wordt aangemaakt.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam van de " -"server.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Common Name</b> is de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam van de server.</p>" -#. help text 6/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>E-mailadressen</b> zijn geldige e-mailadressen van de gebruiker of de " -"serverbeheerder.</p>" +#. help text 6/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 +msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>E-mailadressen</b> zijn geldige e-mailadressen van de gebruiker of de serverbeheerder.</p>" -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and " -"<b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Organisatie</b>, <b>Organisatie-eenheid</b>, <b>Plaats</b>, en " -"<b>Staat</b> zijn meestal optioneel.</p>" +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 +msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Organisatie</b>, <b>Organisatie-eenheid</b>, <b>Plaats</b>, en <b>Staat</b> zijn meestal optioneel.</p>" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 msgid "D&efault" msgstr "S&tandaard" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 msgid "E-Mail Addresses" msgstr "E-mailadressen" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 msgid "default" msgstr "standaard" -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid "Create New " msgstr "Nieuwe maken " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 msgid " (step 1/3)" msgstr " (stap 1/3)" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "" -"<p>De privésleutel van de CA heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een " -"minimale lengte van vijf tekens. Geef dit ter verificatie in het volgende " -"veld opnieuw op.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 +msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De privésleutel van de CA heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf tekens. Geef dit ter verificatie in het volgende veld opnieuw op.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Elke CA heeft een eigen <b>Sleutellengte</b>. Sommige toepassingen die " -"van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutellengtes nodig.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 +msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Elke CA heeft een eigen <b>Sleutellengte</b>. Sommige toepassingen die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutellengtes nodig.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the " -"time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De CA is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (<b>Geldige " -"periode</b>). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 +msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De CA is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (<b>Geldige periode</b>). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De <b>Geavanceerde opties</b> zijn zeer speciaal. Als u deze opties " -"wijzigt, is het voor SUSE niet meer mogelijk om een correcte werking van het " -"aangemaakte certificaat nog te kunnen garanderen.</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 +msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De <b>Geavanceerde opties</b> zijn zeer speciaal. Als u deze opties wijzigt, is het voor SUSE niet meer mogelijk om een correcte werking van het aangemaakte certificaat nog te kunnen garanderen.</p>" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De privésleutel van het certificaat heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met " -"een minimale lengte van vijf tekens. Geef dit ter verificatie in het " -"volgende veld opnieuw op.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 +msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De privésleutel van het certificaat heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf tekens. Geef dit ter verificatie in het volgende veld opnieuw op.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Elk certificaat heeft een eigen <b>Sleutellengte</b>. Sommige " -"toepassingen die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale " -"sleutellengtes nodig.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 +msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Elk certificaat heeft een eigen <b>Sleutellengte</b>. Sommige toepassingen die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutellengtes nodig.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). " -"Enter the time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het certificaat is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode " -"(<b>Geldige periode</b>). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 +msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het certificaat is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (<b>Geldige periode</b>). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op.</p>" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De privésleutel van het verzoek heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een " -"minimale lengte van vijf tekens. Geef dit ter verificatie in het volgende " -"veld opnieuw op.</p>" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 +msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De privésleutel van het verzoek heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf tekens. Geef dit ter verificatie in het volgende veld opnieuw op.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Elk verzoek heeft een eigen <b>Sleutellengte</b>. Sommige toepassingen " -"die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutellengtes nodig.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 +msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Elk verzoek heeft een eigen <b>Sleutellengte</b>. Sommige toepassingen die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutellengtes nodig.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" msgstr "Gebr&uik het CA-wachtwoord als certificaatwachtwoord" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 msgid "V&erify Password:" msgstr "&Verifieer wachtwoord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 msgid "&Key Length (bit):" msgstr "&Sleutellengte (bit):" -#. tree widget label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 msgid "&Advanced Options" msgstr "&Geavanceerde opties" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 msgid " (step 2/3)" msgstr " (stap 2/3)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 msgid "Passwords are different." msgstr "Wachtwoorden zijn ongelijk." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 msgid "Password required." msgstr "Wachtwoord vereist." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van de te maken CA." -"</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van de te maken CA.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Aanmaken</b> om een CA te genereren.</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te " -"maken certificaat.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te maken certificaat.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Maken</b> om het certificaat te genereren.</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het verzoek dat " -"gemaakt zal worden.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het verzoek dat gemaakt zal worden.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the request.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Maken</b> om het verzoek te genereren.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "CA-naam: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "Algemene naam: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 msgid "Organization: " msgstr "Organisatie: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 msgid "Organizational Unit: " msgstr "Organisatie-eenheid: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 msgid "E-Mail Addresses: " msgstr "E-mailadressen: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 msgid "Locality: " msgstr "Plaats: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 msgid "State: " msgstr "Staat: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 msgid "Country: " msgstr "Land:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 msgid "Key Length: " msgstr "Sleutellengte: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 msgid "Valid Period: " msgstr "Geldige periode: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 msgid " days\n" msgstr " dagen\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "Padlengte " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid " (step 3/3)" msgstr " (stap 3/3)" -#. label widget -#. header label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "Huidige selectie: " -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. File: -#. new_cert_item.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating -#. new certificate ) -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Creating a new CA/Certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." -msgstr "" -"<P>Dit venster laat de overige kenmerken en OpenSSL X509v3 extensies zien " -"die kunnen worden ingesteld. Als u niet vertrouwd bent met deze extensies, " -"bekijkt u dan eens het /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt " -"(package openssl-doc) bestand.</P>" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. File: +#. new_cert_item.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating +#. new certificate ) +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Creating a new CA/Certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 +msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" +msgstr "<P>Dit venster laat de overige kenmerken en OpenSSL X509v3 extensies zien die kunnen worden ingesteld. Als u niet vertrouwd bent met deze extensies, bekijkt u dan eens het /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc) bestand.</P>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>" msgstr "<P>Foutieve items kunnen het certificaat onbruikbaar maken.</P>" -#. items for CA and Certificates -#. items for Requests -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 +#. items for CA and Certificates +#. items for Requests +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 msgid "Advanced Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinstellingen" -#. Creating default CA/Certificate -#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 +#. Creating default CA/Certificate +#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "Certificaat wordt gemaakt..." -#. Creating server certificate -#. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 +#. Creating server certificate +#. Exporting to common server certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -2165,125 +1932,106 @@ "Het standaardcertificaat kan ook worden gemaakt\n" "in de module CA-beheer.\n" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Voltooien" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "Wilt u de configuratie opslaan?" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "Stoppen" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "Wilt u de configuratie afbreken zonder deze op te slaan?" -#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare verzoeken van deze " -"CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van het verzoek inclusief e-mailadres.</p>" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare verzoeken van deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van het verzoek inclusief e-mailadres.</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 msgid "<p>Select one of the requests and execute some actions.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selecteer één van de verzoeken en voer enkele acties uit.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Overzicht</b> opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het " -"complete verzoek.</p>" +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Overzicht</b> opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het complete verzoek.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt bovendien een verzoek <b>ondertekenen</b>, <b>verwijderen</b> of " -"<b>exporteren</b>.</p>" +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 +msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>U kunt bovendien een verzoek <b>ondertekenen</b>, <b>verwijderen</b> of <b>exporteren</b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new " -"request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Importeren</b> kan een nieuw verzoek worden ingelezen. Met " -"<b>Toevoegen</b> kan een nieuw verzoek worden aangemaakt.</p>" +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 +msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Importeren</b> kan een nieuw verzoek worden ingelezen. Met <b>Toevoegen</b> kan een nieuw verzoek worden aangemaakt.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de belangrijkste waarden van het " -"geselecteerde verzoek.</p>" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de belangrijkste waarden van het geselecteerde verzoek.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" msgstr "Tijd genereren" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 msgid "&Import" msgstr "&Importeren" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 msgid "Add Sub-CA Request" msgstr "Sub-CA-verzoek toevoegen" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 msgid "Add Server Request" msgstr "Serververzoek toevoegen" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 msgid "Add Client Request" msgstr "Clientverzoek toevoegen" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 msgid "&Request" msgstr "Ve&rzoeken" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 msgid "Sign" msgstr "Ondertekenen" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 msgid "As Client Certificate" msgstr "Als clientcertificaat" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 msgid "As Server Certificate" msgstr "Als servercertificaat" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 msgid "As CA Certificate" msgstr "Als CA-certificaat" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 msgid "Delete current request?" msgstr "Huidig verzoek verwijderen?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 msgid "" "\n" "Request not found.\n" @@ -2291,8 +2039,8 @@ "\n" "Verzoek niet gevonden.\n" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 msgid "" "\n" "generation Time: " @@ -2300,228 +2048,213 @@ "\n" "generatietijd: " -#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. The user has decide that given request extention -#. will be used. --> setting for signation -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 +#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. The user has decide that given request extention +#. will be used. --> setting for signation +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. Filling up reqeust extentions +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "Extensie \"%1\" niet gevonden." -#. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 +#. IS CA ? +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "Dit een CA-verzoek. Wilt u het ondertekenen als een %1?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "Dit is GEEN CA-verzoek. Wilt u het ondertekenen als een CA-verzoek?" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>" msgstr "<p>Dit venster laat het ondertekende verzoek zien.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het verzoek heeft speciale verzoekextensies die u kunt accepteren.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 +msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het verzoek heeft speciale verzoekextensies die u kunt accepteren.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u deze extensies afkeurt, zullen de standaardwaarden er voor in de " -"plaats worden gebruikt.</p>" +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 +msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u deze extensies afkeurt, zullen de standaardwaarden er voor in de plaats worden gebruikt.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "Verzochte extensies" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "Verzoek ondertekenen als een %1 (stap 1/2)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het te " -"ondertekenen verzoek.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het te ondertekenen verzoek.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Verzoek ondertekenen</b> om door te gaan.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " dagen" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)</p>" msgstr " (kritiek)</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "Verzoek b&ewerken" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "Verzoek ondertekenen als een %1 (stap 2/2)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "Verzoek ondertekenen" -#. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 +#. signing request +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "Het verzoek is ondertekend." -#. Deleting current CA -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 +#. Deleting current CA +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 msgid "Really delete CA %1?" msgstr "CA %1 verwijderen?" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 msgid "Force Delete" msgstr "Forceer verwijderen" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 msgid "This CA is still in use. Delete it?" msgstr "Deze CA is nog in gebruik. Verwijderen?" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 msgid "<p>Select one CA and press <b>Enter CA</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Select één CA en klik op <b>Geef CA op</b>.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Root-CA maken</b> genereert een nieuwe rootcertificaatautoriteit.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 +msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Root-CA maken</b> genereert een nieuwe rootcertificaatautoriteit.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 +msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "<p>Voor meer informatie over CA-beheer leest u de handleiding.</p>" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 msgid "&Enter CA" msgstr "&Geef CA op" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 msgid "&Delete CA" msgstr "&Verwijder CA" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 msgid "&Create Root CA" msgstr "Root CA &aanmaken" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 msgid "&Import CA" msgstr "&Importeer CA" -#. To translators: tree headers -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 +#. To translators: tree headers +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 msgid "CA Tree" msgstr "CA-structuur" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 msgid "CA Selection" msgstr "CA-selectie" -#. Change password Dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 +#. Change password Dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 msgid "Change Certificate Password" msgstr "Wijzig certificaatwachtwoord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 msgid "Change CA Password" msgstr "Wijzig CA-wachtwoord" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 msgid "&Old Password:" msgstr "&Oud wachtwoord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 msgid "&New Password:" msgstr "&Nieuw wachtwoord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 msgid "&Verify Password:" msgstr "&Verifieer wachtwoord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 msgid "" "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" msgstr "" -"Het nieuwe wachtwoord is te kort om voor de certificaten te kunnen " -"gebruiken.\n" +"Het nieuwe wachtwoord is te kort om voor de certificaten te kunnen gebruiken.\n" "Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 msgid "CA Password changed." msgstr "CA-wachtwoord is gewijzigd." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 msgid "Certificate Password changed." msgstr "Certificaatwachtwoord is gewijzigd." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 msgid "Enter CA Password" msgstr "Geef CA-wachtwoord op" -#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP -#. -#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" -#. @return true ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 +#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP +#. +#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" +#. @return true ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "LDAP-&wachtwoord:" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "Certificaat&wachtwoord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord &verifiëren" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 msgid "LDAP Initialization" msgstr "LDAP-initialisering" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 msgid "" "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n" "Enter the required LDAP password.\n" @@ -2529,137 +2262,125 @@ "Voor het CA-beheer moet LDAP geïnitialiseerd zijn.\n" "Geef het vereiste LDAP-wachtwoord op.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 msgid "P&assword:" msgstr "W&achtwoord:" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 msgid "Export CA to File" msgstr "CA naar bestand exporteren" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 msgid "O&nly the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "Allee&n het certificaat in PEM-indeling" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 msgid "Only the Key &Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Alleen de sleutel &zonder codering in PEM-indeling" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 msgid "Only the &Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Alleen de &sleutel met codering in PEM-indeling" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Ce&rtificaat en sleutel zonder versleuteling in PEM-indeling" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "C&ertificaat en sleutel met versleuteling in PEM-indeling" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "&Certificaat in DER-indeling" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "Cer&tificaat en sleutel in PKCS12-indeling" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "&Als PKCS12 en met CA-keten inbegrepen" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&Nieuw wachtwoord" -#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 +#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 msgid "&File Name:" msgstr "&Bestandsnaam:" -#. export to file -#. reading certificate from disk -#. reading certificate from disk -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 +#. export to file +#. reading certificate from disk +#. reading certificate from disk +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 msgid "File name required." msgstr "Bestandsnaam vereist." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 msgid "CA saved to file." msgstr "CA in bestand opgeslagen." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 msgid "Export CRL to File" msgstr "Exporteer CRL naar bestand" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 msgid "&PEM Format" msgstr "&PEM-indeling" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 msgid "&DER Format" msgstr "&DER-indeling" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 msgid "CRL saved to file." msgstr "CRL in bestand opgeslagen." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 msgid "Export Certificate to File" msgstr "Certificaat naar bestand exporteren" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 msgid "&Only the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "&Alleen het certificaat in PEM-indeling" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 msgid "Certificate saved to file." msgstr "Certificaat in bestand opgeslagen." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue." -"</p>\n" +" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Gemeenschappelijk servercertificaat (PKCS12 + CA-ketenindeling)\n" -" importeren van schijf:</big></b> Selecteer een bestandsnaam en klik op " -"<b>Verder</b> om door te gaan.</p>\n" +" importeren van schijf:</big></b> Selecteer een bestandsnaam en klik op <b>Verder</b> om door te gaan.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importeer een server-certificaat en de corresponderende CA en kopieer deze " -"naar een plaats waar andere YaST modules zo'n algemeen certificaat kunnen " -"vinden." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "Importeer een server-certificaat en de corresponderende CA en kopieer deze naar een plaats waar andere YaST modules zo'n algemeen certificaat kunnen vinden." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 msgid "" "<p><b>Password:</b><br>\n" "Certificate password</p>\n" @@ -2667,25 +2388,25 @@ "<p><b>Wachtwoord:</b><br>\n" "Certificaatwachtwoord</p>\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk" msgstr "Het gemeenschappelijke certificaat wordt van schijf geïmporteerd" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 msgid "Importing certificate..." msgstr "Certificaat wordt geïmporteerd..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 msgid "Certificate has been imported." msgstr "Het certificaat is geïmporteerd." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 msgid "This is not a server certificate. Continue?" msgstr "Dit is geen servercertificaat. Doorgaan?" -#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 +#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 msgid "" "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" "the server (%2).\n" @@ -2695,753 +2416,678 @@ "de server (%2).\n" "Dit certificaat is mogelijk niet geschikt als algemeen server-certificaat.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" "De hostnaam van deze server (commando: hostname --long) moet overeenkomen \n" -"met ofwel de algemene naam van het certificaat (CN) of een van de waarden in " -"het subject alternatieve namen." +"met ofwel de algemene naam van het certificaat (CN) of een van de waarden in het subject alternatieve namen." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 msgid "Exporting as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Wordt als gemeenschappelijk servercertificaat geëxporteerd" -#. export to common certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 +#. export to common certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 msgid "Exporting certificate..." msgstr "Het certificaat wordt geëxporteerd..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 msgid "Certificate has been written as common server certificate." msgstr "Certificaat is als gemeenschappelijk servercertificaat opgeslagen." -#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk -#. @param [String] CaName -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 +#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk +#. @param [String] CaName +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 msgid "Import Request from Disk" msgstr "Verzoek van schijf importeren" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." msgstr "Ongeldige bestandsindeling. Gebruik PEM- of DER- bestanden." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 msgid "Importing request..." msgstr "Verzoek wordt geïmporteerd..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 msgid "Request has been imported." msgstr "Verzoek is geïmporteerd." -#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 +#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgstr "Importeer CA van schijf" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 msgid "&Path of CA Certificate" msgstr "&Pad van CA-certificaat" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 msgid "&Path of Key" msgstr "&Pad van sleutel" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 msgid "&Key Password" msgstr "&Sleutelwachtwoord" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgstr "Pad naar certificaatbestand vereist." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 msgid "Path of the private key required." msgstr "Pad van de privésleutel vereist." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "Sleutelwachtwoord is vereist.\n" -"Het moet het wachtwoord zijn voor de gecodeerde sleutel of een nieuw " -"wachtwoord in het geval van een ongecodeerde sleutel." +"Het moet het wachtwoord zijn voor de gecodeerde sleutel of een nieuw wachtwoord in het geval van een ongecodeerde sleutel." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 msgid "CA has been imported." msgstr "CA is geïmporteerd." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 msgid "Cannot read CA list." msgstr "Kan de CA-lijst niet lezen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 msgid "Cannot read CA tree." msgstr "Kan de CA-structuur niet lezen." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'caName'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd' or password is too short." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'keyPasswd' of te kort wachtwoord." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 msgid "Missing value 'commonName'." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'commonName'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA." msgstr "Volgens de 'basicConstraints' is dit geen CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed." msgstr "Wijzigen van RequestGenerationData is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed." msgstr "Wijzigen van CertificateIssueData is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 msgid "Creating Root CA failed." msgstr "Aanmaken van hoofd-CA is mislukt." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter 'certType'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "Standaardwaarden ophalen is mislukt." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 msgid "Missing value 'certType'." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'certType'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "Initialiseren van de CA is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "Standaardwaarden opslaan is mislukt." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'caName'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 msgid "Parsing the CA failed." msgstr "De CA parseren is mislukt." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'keyPasswd'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 msgid "Creating request failed." msgstr "Verzoek aanmaken is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 msgid "Missing value 'request'" msgstr "Waarde 'request' ontbreekt" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'caPasswd'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 msgid "Signing certificate failed." msgstr "Het ondertekenen van het certificaat is mislukt." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter voor 'caName'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 msgid "Missing parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Parameter 'caPasswd' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." msgstr "Ophalen van certificatenlijst is mislukt." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'caPasswd'." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 msgid "Invalid password." msgstr "Ongeldig wachtwoord." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 msgid "UpdateDB failed." msgstr "UpdateDB is mislukt." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'certificate'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 msgid "Parsing the certificate failed." msgstr "Het parseren van het certificaat is mislukt." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 msgid "Missing value 'certificate'." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'certificate'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 msgid "Revoking the certificate failed." msgstr "Het intrekken van het certificaat is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'days'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "Wijzigen van CRLGenerationData is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 msgid "Creating the CRL failed." msgstr "Aanmaken van de CRL is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 msgid "No CRL available." msgstr "Geen CRL beschikbaar." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 msgid "Parsing the CRL failed." msgstr "Parseren van CRL is mislukt." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 #, perl-format msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s." msgstr "Kan doelbestand %s niet parseren." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 msgid "Directory does not exist." msgstr "Directory bestaat niet." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'exportFormat'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 msgid "Export failed." msgstr "Het exporteren is mislukt." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing." msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter voor 'P12Password'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'rquest'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 msgid "Request not found in" msgstr "Verzoek niet gevonden in" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 msgid "Copy Request failed" msgstr "Verzoek kopiëren is mislukt" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'keyPasswd'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'purpose'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'purpose'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 msgid "Verification failed." msgstr "Verificatie is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 msgid "Missing value 'newCaName'." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'newCaName'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 msgid "Creating the SubCA failed." msgstr "Aanmaken van sub-CA is mislukt." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'ldapHostname'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'ldapPort'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'destinationDN'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'BindDN'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'ldapPasswd'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgstr "CA-certificaat bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 msgid "Cannot read the CA." msgstr "CA is onleesbaar." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate." msgstr "Kan CA-certificaat niet parseren." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "Initialiseren van LDAP is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "Binden van LDAP is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 #, perl-format msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "Container %s is niet beschikbaar in de LDAP-directory." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 msgid "Error while searching in LDAP." msgstr "Fout bij zoeken in LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 msgid "Cannot add CA certificate to the LDAP directory." msgstr "Kan CA-certificaat niet aan de LDAP-directory toevoegen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 msgid "Cannot modify CA certificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "Kan CA-certificaat niet in de LDAP-directory wijzigen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 msgid "CRL does not exist." msgstr "CRL bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 msgid "Cannot read the CRL." msgstr "Kan de CRL niet lezen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 msgid "Cannot parse the CRL." msgstr "Kan de CRL niet parseren." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 msgid "Cannot add the CRL to the LDAP directory." msgstr "Kan de CRL niet toevoegen aan de LDAP-directory." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 msgid "Cannot modify the CRL in the LDAP directory." msgstr "Kan de CRL- in de LDAP-directory niet wijzigen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 msgid "Checking for new CRL Distribution Point failed." msgstr "Controleren van nieuw CRL-distributiepunt is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'." msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter 'commonName'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 msgid "No LDAP server configured." msgstr "Geen LDAP-server geconfigureerd." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "LDAP zoeken is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 msgid "No configuration available in LDAP." msgstr "Geen configuratie in LDAP beschikbaar." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 msgid "LDAP password required." msgstr "LDAP-wachtwoord vereist." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry." msgstr "Kan geen basisconfiguratie-item toevoegen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry." msgstr "Kan geen CA-configuratie-item toevoegen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 msgid "Certificate does not exist." msgstr "Certificaat bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 msgid "Cannot parse the certificate." msgstr "Kan certificaat niet parseren." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 #, perl-format msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "%s is niet beschikbaar in de LDAP-directory." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "Kan userCertificate in de LDAP-directory niet wijzigen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 msgid "Exporting the certificate failed." msgstr "Exporteren van het certificaat is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 msgid "Cannot modify userPKCS12 in LDAP directory." msgstr "Kan userPKCS12 in de LDAP-directory niet wijzigen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 msgid "Deleting the certificate failed." msgstr "Verwijderen van het certificaat is mislukt." -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 msgid "Path to certificate file is needed." msgstr "Certificaatbestandspad is vereist." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 msgid "Certificate not found in" msgstr "Certificaat niet gevonden in" -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 msgid "Password is required." msgstr "Wachtwoord is vereist." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "Importeren van het certificaat is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "Parameter 'inFile' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Bestand niet gevonden." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "Parameter 'type' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde '%s' in 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "Parameter 'gegevenstype' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "Onbekende waarde '%s' in 'gegevenstype'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "Parameter 'inForm' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "Onbekende waarde '%s' in 'inForm'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "Parseren is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "Parseren van het verzoek is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "Ophalen van de verzoeklijst is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "Verzoek niet gevonden in %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "Kan het verzoek niet lezen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "Geen verzoekgegevens gevonden." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "Importeren van het verzoek is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "Verwijderen van het verzoek is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'caCertificate'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'caKey'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "CA-sleutel niet beschikbaar in %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "Importeren van CA is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "De CA kan niet verwijderd worden." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "Sleutelbestand bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "Wachtwoordwijziging mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'." msgstr "Ongeldig type voor StringExtension '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 msgid "Missing 'data' map." msgstr "Toewijzing voor 'gegevens' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde '%s' voor parameter '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 #, perl-format msgid "Password (%s) is too simple." msgstr "Wachtwoord (%s) is te eenvoudig." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 #, perl-format msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'." msgstr "Onjuist gebruik van 'critical' in '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "Onbekende waarde '%s' in '%s'." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,191 +14,184 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module -#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module +#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of cluster" msgstr "Configuratie van cluster" -#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Cluster" msgstr "Cluster" -#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Cluster" msgstr "&Cluster" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Cong Meng -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Cong Meng +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 msgid "Communication Channels" msgstr "Communicatiekanalen" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 msgid "Security" msgstr "Beveiliging" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 msgid "Configure Csync2" msgstr "Csync2 configureren" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "Conntrackd configureren" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Overbodig IP-adres" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "Knooppunt-id" -#. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "Voor knooppunt-id moet een positief geheel getal worden ingevuld." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "Knooppunt-id moet uniek zijn." -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Het bindingsnetwerkadres moet worden ingevuld." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "De clusternaam moet worden ingevuld." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Het lidadres moet worden ingevuld." -#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 -msgid "" -"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" -msgstr "" -"De waarde bij Verwachte stemmen moet worden ingevuld wanneer multicast-" -"transport wordt geconfigureerd." +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +msgstr "De waarde bij Verwachte stemmen moet worden ingevuld wanneer multicast-transport wordt geconfigureerd." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1432 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Het multicast-adres moet worden ingevuld." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "De multicast-poort moet een positief geheel getal zijn." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " -"passive." -msgstr "" -"U kunt alleen Passief of Actief kiezen als meerdere interfaces worden " -"gebruikt. Stel de instelling op Passief in." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "U kunt alleen Passief of Actief kiezen als meerdere interfaces worden gebruikt. Stel de instelling op Passief in." -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Transport:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Kanaal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Netwerkadres van binding:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:463 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:463 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Multicast-adres:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:465 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:465 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Port:" msgstr "Poort:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Overbodig kanaal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Clusternaam:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "Verwachte stemmen:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "rrp-modus:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "Node-id automatisch genereren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:503 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Adres van lid:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "Redundant IP" -#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:544 +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." @@ -206,132 +199,124 @@ " OPMERKING: oude Corosync-configuratie gedetecteerd.\n" " Configureer de ledenlijst opnieuw en bevestig alle overige instellingen." -#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:720 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:720 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Beveiligingsverificatie inschakelen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." -msgstr "" -"Druk voor een zojuist gemaakt cluster op de onderstaande knop om /etc/" -"corosync/authkey te genereren." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "Druk voor een zojuist gemaakt cluster op de onderstaande knop om /etc/corosync/authkey te genereren." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:729 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieert u /etc/corosync/" -"authkey handmatig van andere knooppunten." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:729 +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieert u /etc/corosync/authkey handmatig van andere knooppunten." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "Kan /etc/corosync/authkey niet maken." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:757 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkey is gemaakt." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:818 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:818 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Running" msgstr "Actief" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:820 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Niet actief" -#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "Aan -- pacemaker starten tijdens opstarten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:873 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:873 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Uit -- pacemaker handmatig starten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "In- of uitschakelen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:887 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:887 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Huidige status: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:896 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:896 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Pacemaker nu starten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:897 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:897 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Pacemaker nu stoppen" -#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 +#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Host synchroniseren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:999 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:999 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1000 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1012 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1000 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "Del" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1001 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1013 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1001 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1013 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerken" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Bestand synchroniseren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1023 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "Vooraf gedeelde sleutels genereren" -#. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 +#. remove duplicated elements +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Status van Csync2 onbekend" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Csync2 inschakelen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1154 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1154 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Csync2 uitschakelen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1184 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1184 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Een hostnaam invoeren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1198 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1198 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam bewerken" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Een te synchroniseren bestandsnaam invoeren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1227 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1227 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "De bestandsnaam bewerken" -#. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1259 +#. key file exist +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -339,269 +324,128 @@ "Sleutelbestand %1 bestaat al.\n" "Wilt u het overschrijven?" -#. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1269 +#. remove exist key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1269 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Sleutelbestand %1 verwijderen is mislukt." -#. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1283 +#. generate key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Sleutelbestand %1 is gegenereerd.\n" -"Door op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" te klikken, wordt deze " -"toegevoegd aan de synchronisatielijst." +"Door op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" te klikken, wordt deze toegevoegd aan de synchronisatielijst." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Generatie van sleutel is mislukt." -#. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1352 +#. SaveCsync2(); +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1352 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt bij het dupliceren van de firewall-status " -"tussen clusternodes.\n" -"YaST kan helpen bij het configureren van enkele basisaspecten van " -"conntrackd.\n" +"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt bij het dupliceren van de firewall-status tussen clusternodes.\n" +"YaST kan helpen bij het configureren van enkele basisaspecten van conntrackd.\n" "U moet dit starten met de ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "Specifieke interface:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1369 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "Groepsnummer:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1373 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "/etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf genereren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1440 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "Het groepsnummer moet een positief geheel getal zijn." -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu" -"(Unicast). <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -"<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " -"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " -"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " -"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." -"<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Bindingsnetwerkadres</big></b><br>Hiermee wordt het adres " -"opgegeven voor binding door de openais-executive. Dit adres moet altijd " -"eindigen op nul. Als het TOTEM-verkeer moet worden doorgestuurd via " -"192.168.5.92, stelt u bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0.<br>Dit kan ook een IPV6-" -"adres zijn, in welk geval een IPV6-netwerk wordt gebruikt. In dit geval moet " -"het volledige adres worden opgegeven en is er geen automatische selectie van " -"de netwerkinterface binnen een specifiek subnet, zoals met IPv4. Als een " -"IPv6-netwerk wordt gebruikt, moet het veld voor knooppunt-id worden " -"opgegeven.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Multicast-adres</big></b><br>Dit is het multicast-adres dat door " -"openais-executive wordt gebruikt. De standaardinstelling werkt voor de " -"meeste netwerken, maar vraag aan de netwerkbeheerder welk multicast-adres " -"moet worden gebruikt. Gebruik 224.x.x.x niet, omdat dit een \"config\" " -"multicast-adres is.<br>Dit kan ook een IPV6-multicast-adres zijn. In dat " -"geval wordt een IPV6-netwerk gebruikt. Als een IPv6-netwerk wordt gebruikt, " -"moet het veld voor knooppunt-id worden opgegeven.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Poort</big></b><br>Hiermee wordt het UDP-poortnummer opgegeven. U " -"kunt hetzelfde multicast-adres gebruiken op een netwerk waarop de openais-" -"services voor verschillende UDP-poorten zijn geconfigureerd.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Lidadres</big></b><br>Met deze lijst worden alle knooppunten in " -"het cluster per IP-adres opgegeven. Dit kan configureerbaar zijn wanneer udpu" -"(Unicast) wordt gebruikt. <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Knooppunt-id</big></b><br>Deze configuratieoptie is optioneel " -"wanneer IPv4 wordt gebruikt en is vereist wanneer IPv6 wordt gebruikt. Dit " -"is een 32-bits waarde waarmee de knooppunt-id wordt opgegeven die bij de " -"clusterlidmaatschapsservice wordt bezorgd. Als deze niet wordt opgegeven met " -"IPv4, wordt de knooppunt-id bepaald op basis van het 32-bits IP-adres " -"waarmee het systeem is verbonden met ring-id 0. De waarde van de knooppunt-" -"id van nul is gereserveerd en mag niet worden gebruikt.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Hiermee wordt de modus van redundante ring " -"opgegeven. De modus kan Geen, Actief of Passief zijn. Actieve replicatie " -"biedt iets lagere latentie van verzenden tot bezorgen in netwerkomgevingen " -"met fouten, maar met minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de snelheid " -"van het TOTEM-protocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet CPU-gebonden " -"wordt. De laatste optie is Geen. Met deze optie wordt slechts één " -"netwerkinterface gebruikt voor het TOTEM-protocol. Als slechts één interface-" -"instructie wordt opgegeven, wordt automatisch Geen gekozen. Als meerdere " -"interface-instructies worden opgegeven, kan alleen Actief of Passief worden " -"gekozen.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Verwachte stemmen</big></b><br>Het verwachte aantal stemmen voor " -"het stemquorum. Dit aantal wordt automatisch berekend wanneer de sectie " -"nodelist {} aanwezig is in corosync.conf (de lijst wordt gegenereerd wanneer " -"unicast-transport wordt gebruikt) of kan worden opgegeven in de sectie " -"quorum {} (Voor Verwachte stemmen moet het totaal aantal knooppunten van het " -"cluster worden gebruikt). Als voor Verwachte stemmen unicast-transport " -"voorkomt, overschrijft de waarde de automatisch berekende waarde.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Knooppunt-id automatisch genereren</big></b><br>Bij gebruik van " -"IPv6 is de knooppunt-id vereist. Als Knooppunt-id automatisch genereren is " -"ingeschakeld, wordt de knooppunt-id automatisch gegenereerd.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Bindingsnetwerkadres</big></b><br>Hiermee wordt het adres opgegeven voor binding door de openais-executive. Dit adres moet altijd eindigen op nul. Als het TOTEM-verkeer moet worden doorgestuurd via 192.168.5.92, stelt u bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0.<br>Dit kan ook een IPV6-adres zijn, in welk geval een IPV6-netwerk wordt gebruikt. In dit geval moet het volledige adres worden opgegeven en is er geen automatische selectie van de netwerkinterface binnen een specifiek subnet, zoals met IPv4. Als een IPv6-netwerk wordt gebruikt, moet het veld voor knooppunt-id worden opgegeven.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast-adres</big></b><br>Dit is het multicast-adres dat door openais-executive wordt gebruikt. De standaardinstelling werkt voor de meeste netwerken, maar vraag aan de netwerkbeheerder welk multicast-adres moet worden gebruikt. Gebruik 224.x.x.x niet, omdat dit een \"config\" multicast-adres is.<br>Dit kan ook een IPV6-multicast-adres zijn. In dat geval wordt een IPV6-netwerk gebruikt. Als een IPv6-netwerk wordt gebruikt, moet het veld voor knooppunt-id worden opgegeven.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Poort</big></b><br>Hiermee wordt het UDP-poortnummer opgegeven. U kunt hetzelfde multicast-adres gebruiken op een netwerk waarop de openais-services voor verschillende UDP-poorten zijn geconfigureerd.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lidadres</big></b><br>Met deze lijst worden alle knooppunten in het cluster per IP-adres opgegeven. Dit kan configureerbaar zijn wanneer udpu(Unicast) wordt gebruikt. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Knooppunt-id</big></b><br>Deze configuratieoptie is optioneel wanneer IPv4 wordt gebruikt en is vereist wanneer IPv6 wordt gebruikt. Dit is een 32-bits waarde waarmee de knooppunt-id wordt opgegeven die bij de clusterlidmaatschapsservice wordt bezorgd. Als deze niet wordt opgegeven met IPv4, wordt de knooppunt-id bepaald op basis van het 32-bits IP-adres waarmee het systeem is verbonden met ring-id 0. De waarde van de knooppunt-id van nul is gereserveerd en mag niet worden gebruikt.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Hiermee wordt de modus van redundante ring opgegeven. De modus kan Geen, Actief of Passief zijn. Actieve replicatie biedt iets lagere latentie van verzenden tot bezorgen in netwerkomgevingen met fouten, maar met minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de snelheid van het TOTEM-protocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet CPU-gebonden wordt. De laatste optie is Geen. Met deze optie wordt slechts één netwerkinterface gebruikt voor het TOTEM-protocol. Als slechts één interface-instructie wordt opgegeven, wordt automatisch Geen gekozen. Als meerdere interface-instructies worden opgegeven, kan alleen Actief of Passief worden gekozen.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Verwachte stemmen</big></b><br>Het verwachte aantal stemmen voor het stemquorum. Dit aantal wordt automatisch berekend wanneer de sectie nodelist {} aanwezig is in corosync.conf (de lijst wordt gegenereerd wanneer unicast-transport wordt gebruikt) of kan worden opgegeven in de sectie quorum {} (Voor Verwachte stemmen moet het totaal aantal knooppunten van het cluster worden gebruikt). Als voor Verwachte stemmen unicast-transport voorkomt, overschrijft de waarde de automatisch berekende waarde.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Knooppunt-id automatisch genereren</big></b><br>Bij gebruik van IPv6 is de knooppunt-id vereist. Als Knooppunt-id automatisch genereren is ingeschakeld, wordt de knooppunt-id automatisch gegenereerd.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b r></p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Beveiligingsverificatie inschakelen</big></b><br>Hiermee wordt " -"opgegeven dat HMAC/SHA1-verificatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten " -"te verifiëren en dat alle gegevens moeten worden gecodeerd met het sober128-" -"coderingsalgoritme om gegevens te beveiligen tegen afluisteren. Als deze " -"optie wordt ingeschakeld, wordt een koptekst van 36 bytes toegevoegd aan elk " -"bericht dat door TOTEM wordt verzonden. Hiermee wordt de totale doorvoer " -"lager. Codering en verificatie verbruiken 75% van CPU-cycli in Aisexec, " -"zoals gemeten met Gprof indien dit programma is ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbit-" -"netwerken met 1500 MTU-frametransmissies: een doorvoer van 9 Mb/s is " -"mogelijk met een CPU-gebruik van 100% wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld " -"voor CPU's van 3 GHz. Een doorvoer van 10 Mb/s is mogelijk met een CPU-" -"gebruik van 20% wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld voor CPU's van 3 GHz. " -"Voor gig-e netwerken met grote frametransmissies: een doorvoer van 20 Mb/s " -"is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld voor CPU's van 3 GHz. Een " -"doorvoer van 60 Mb/s is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld voor " -"CPU's van 3 GHz. De standaardinstelling is ingeschakeld. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Beveiligingsverificatie inschakelen</big></b><br>Hiermee wordt opgegeven dat HMAC/SHA1-verificatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te verifiëren en dat alle gegevens moeten worden gecodeerd met het sober128-coderingsalgoritme om gegevens te beveiligen tegen afluisteren. Als deze optie wordt ingeschakeld, wordt een koptekst van 36 bytes toegevoegd aan elk bericht dat door TOTEM wordt verzonden. Hiermee wordt de totale doorvoer lager. Codering en verificatie verbruiken 75% van CPU-cycli in Aisexec, zoals gemeten met Gprof indien dit programma is ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbit-netwerken met 1500 MTU-frametransmissies: een doorvoer van 9 Mb/s is mogelijk met een CPU-gebruik van 100% wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld voor CPU's van 3 GHz. Een doorvoer van 10 Mb/s is mogelijk met een CPU-gebruik van 20% wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld voor CPU's van 3 GHz. Voor gig-e netwerken met grote frametransmissies: een doorvoer van 20 Mb/s is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is inge schakeld voor CPU's van 3 GHz. Een doorvoer van 60 Mb/s is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld voor CPU's van 3 GHz. De standaardinstelling is ingeschakeld. <br></p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Opstarten</big></b><br>Corosync-service starten/niet " -"starten tijdens opstarten </p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewallinstellingen</big></b><br>Poort inschakelen als " -"firewall is ingeschakeld</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Opstarten</big></b><br>Corosync-service starten/niet starten tijdens opstarten </p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewallinstellingen</big></b><br>Poort inschakelen als firewall is ingeschakeld</p>\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de " -"lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exact dezelfde " -"tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>De volledige, absolute bestandsnaam om " -"te synchroniseren.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Verificatie wordt gedaan met de " -"IP-adressen en vooraf gedeelde sleutels in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt " -"gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup " -"moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het " -"is aangemaakt.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exact dezelfde tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>De volledige, absolute bestandsnaam om te synchroniseren.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Verificatie wordt gedaan met de IP-adressen en vooraf gedeelde sleutels in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het is aangemaakt.</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Specifieke interface</big></b><br>Een specifieke " -"netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. De interface moet multicast " -"ondersteunen en actief zijn voor gebruik. U moet deze mogelijk vooraf laten " -"configureren. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>Het IPv4-adres dat is toegewezen aan de " -"specifieke netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast-adres</big></b><br>Het multicast-adres dat moet " -"worden gebruikt voor synchronisatie.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Groepsnummer</big></b><br>Een numerieke id waarmee de groep " -"wordt aangegeven die moet worden gesynchroniseerd.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Specifieke interface</big></b><br>Een specifieke netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. De interface moet multicast ondersteunen en actief zijn voor gebruik. U moet deze mogelijk vooraf laten configureren. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>Het IPv4-adres dat is toegewezen aan de specifieke netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast-adres</big></b><br>Het multicast-adres dat moet worden gebruikt voor synchronisatie.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Groepsnummer</big></b><br>Een numerieke id waarmee de groep wordt aangegeven die moet worden gesynchroniseerd.</p>\n" "\t" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -609,18 +453,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Clusterconfiguratie initialiseren</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -628,8 +471,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Clusterconfiguratie initialiseren</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -641,107 +484,107 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 msgid "Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Clusterconfiguratie" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Clusterconfiguratie initialiseren" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "De database lezen" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "De vorige instellingen lezen" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen lezen" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "De database lezen..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "De vorige instellingen lezen..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Kan benodigde pakketten niet installeren" -#. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Kan bestaande configuratie niet laden" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Kan database1 niet lezen." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Kan database2 niet lezen." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Kan apparaten niet detecteren." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Clusterconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "De instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Wijzigingen in SuSEFirewall opslaan" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen opslaan..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Wijzigingen worden in SuSEFirewall opgeslagen..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/control-center.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/control-center.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/control-center.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,25 +14,24 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/main_window.cpp:150 src/main_window.cpp:150 +#: src/main_window.cpp:150 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Zoeken" -#: src/main_window.cpp:191 src/main_window.cpp:191 +#: src/main_window.cpp:191 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Gereed" -#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... -#: src/main_window.cpp:321 src/main_window.cpp:321 +#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... +#: src/main_window.cpp:321 msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..." msgstr "Configuratiemodule \"%1\" wordt gestart..." -#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 src/main_window.cpp:341 -#: src/main_window.cpp:406 +#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST configuratiecentrum" -#: src/main_window.cpp:342 src/main_window.cpp:342 +#: src/main_window.cpp:342 msgid "" "YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." @@ -40,25 +39,25 @@ "YaST Configuratiecentrum draait niet als root.\n" "U krijgt alleen modules te zien die geen root-privileges nodig hebben." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 msgid "Log files written successfully." msgstr "Logboekbestanden zijn met succes opgeslagen" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 msgid "Couldn't save y2logs." msgstr "Kan y2logs niet opslaan." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 msgid "Writing log files ..." msgstr "Logboekbestanden worden geschreven..." -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "%1 bestaat al! Deze overschrijven?" -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 msgid "" "%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" "Really overwrite?" @@ -66,15 +65,15 @@ "%1 bestaat al en heeft een schrijfbeveiliging!\n" "Deze overschrijven?" -#. Window title for confirmation dialog -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 +#. Window title for confirmation dialog +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 msgid "Confirm" msgstr "Bevestigen" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "&Doorgaan" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,61 +14,58 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Toetsenbordconfiguratie." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Overzicht van toetsenbordconfiguratie." -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Hier kunt u nieuwe waarden voor de toetsenbordconfiguratie instellen." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Toont alle beschikbare toetsenbordindelingen." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Nieuwe toetsenbordindeling" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Huidige toetsenbordindeling: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de " -"mogelijke waarden te bekijken." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Toetsenbordindeling" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Toetsenbordindeling" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -77,88 +74,81 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule " -"verfijnen.\n" -"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -"keyboard</tt>.\n" +"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule verfijnen.\n" +"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" "Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Instellingen die hier worden ingesteld, zijn alleen van toepassing op het " -"toetsenbord van de console. Configureer het toetsenbord voor de grafische " -"gebruikersinterface met een ander hulpprogramma.</p>\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Instellingen die hier worden ingesteld, zijn alleen van toepassing op het toetsenbord van de console. Configureer het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface met een ander hulpprogramma.</p>\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde toetsenbordinstellingen" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "Herhalings&snelheid" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Ver&traging voordat herhaling begint" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Opstartstatussen" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&Num lock aan" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS-instellingen" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<Onaangeraakt>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "CapsLock &deactiveren" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Test" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "Geavan&ceerd..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>" @@ -166,27 +156,25 @@ "\n" "<p><b><big>Toetsenbordconfiguratie</big></b></p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Kies de <b>toetsenbordindeling</b> die u wilt gebruiken\n" "voor de installatie en het geïnstalleerde systeem. \n" "Test de indeling in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer " -"<b>Geavanceerd</b>.\n" +"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer <b>Geavanceerd</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -196,34 +184,30 @@ "Indien onzeker, gebruik dan de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.</p>\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Kies de <b>toetsenbordindeling</b> die u in het systeem wilt gebruiken.\n" -"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteert u " -"<b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw " -"bureaubladomgeving.</p>\n" +"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteert u <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw bureaubladomgeving.</p>\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Toetsenbordconfiguratie van het systeem" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -233,186 +217,179 @@ "dan er geïnstalleerd is op het te updaten systeem.\n" "Selecteer de layout welke tijdens de update gebruikt moet worden." -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Kan X11-toetsenbord niet instellen op '%s'." -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Toetsenbordindeling<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Taal<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Lokalisatie-instellingen" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Taal" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Taalconfiguratie." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Overzicht van taalconfiguratie" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Nieuwe waarden voor taal instellen" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Alle beschikbare talen tonen." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Nieuwe waarde voor de taal" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lijst van beschikbare talen (gescheiden door komma's)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "Geen taalspecifieke pakketten installeren" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Taalconfiguratie opslaan" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Taal- en console-instellingen opslaan" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Betrokken pakketten installeren en deïnstalleren" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Vertalingen in bootloadermenu bijwerken" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Taal- en console-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Betrokken pakketten worden geïnstalleerd en gedeïnstalleerd..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Vertalingen in bootloadermenu worden bijgewerkt..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>De configuratie wordt opgeslagen</b><br>Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>De configuratie wordt opgeslagen</b><br>Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>" -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Huidige taal: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Aanvullende talen: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke " -"waarden te bekijken." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Taal" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Talen" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Welkom bij Systeemreparatie" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "&Secundaire talen" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "Primaire &taal" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor primaire taal" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en " -"secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer " -"nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n" +"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n" @@ -424,8 +401,8 @@ "installatie en het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -435,8 +412,8 @@ "Klik op <b>Volgende</b> om door te gaan naar de volgende dialoog.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -448,8 +425,8 @@ "instellingen bevestigt in de laatste installatiedialoog.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n" @@ -461,9 +438,9 @@ "installatieproces af te breken.\n" "</p>\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -473,8 +450,8 @@ "Kies de nieuwe <b>taal</b> voor uw systeem.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -484,28 +461,21 @@ "Kies de nieuwe <b>primaire taal</b> voor uw systeem.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Selecteer de optie <b>Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen</b> om de " -"toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n" -"Selecteer de optie <b>Tijdzone aanpassen</b> om de huidige tijdzone aan te " -"passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al " -"zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk " -"uitgeschakeld.\n" +"Selecteer de optie <b>Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen</b> om de toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n" +"Selecteer de optie <b>Tijdzone aanpassen</b> om de huidige tijdzone aan te passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk uitgeschakeld.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" @@ -514,27 +484,25 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secundaire talen</b><br>\n" -"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt " -"gaan gebruiken.\n" +"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt gaan gebruiken.\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Er zijn onopgeloste pakketafhankelijkheden." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." msgstr "" -"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen " -"installeren.\n" +"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen installeren.\n" "Verwijder enkele talen uit de selectie." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -544,13 +512,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen voor de taal verfijnen.\n" -"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -"language</tt>.\n" +"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" "Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n" @@ -558,109 +525,97 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Regio-instellingen voor gebruiker 'root'</b>\n" -"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn " -"ingesteld.</p>" +"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn ingesteld.</p>" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset.<br>\n" "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Alleen ctype:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een " -"normale gebruiker.\n" +"<p><b>Alleen ctype:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een normale gebruiker.\n" "Andere waarden zijn niet ingesteld.<br>\n" -"<b>Ja:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een " -"normale gebruiker.<br>\n" -"<b>Nee:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen " -"ingesteld.\n" +"<b>Ja:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een normale gebruiker.<br>\n" +"<b>Nee:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen ingesteld.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Gedetailleerde instellingen</b> om een lokaliteit voor de " -"primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De " -"vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit.</p>" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Gedetailleerde instellingen</b> om een lokaliteit voor de primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit.</p>" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Taaldetails" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Regio-instellingen voor gebruiker '&root'" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "Alleen ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "&UTF-8 codering gebruiken" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "Ge&detailleerde lokalisatie-instellingen" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "&Toetsenbordindeling aan '%1' aanpassen" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "&Tijdzone aan '%1' aanpassen" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Downloaden van extensie voor de taal van het installatiesysteem..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" "\n" "Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." msgstr "" -"De taal '%{language}' is niet aangetroffen in de lijst van ondersteunde " -"talen\n" +"De taal '%{language}' is niet aangetroffen in de lijst van ondersteunde talen\n" "in %{directory}.\n" "\n" "De terugvaltaal %{fallback} zal worden gebruikt." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Primaire taal: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -668,93 +623,87 @@ "De vertaling van de primaire taal is nog niet voltooid.\n" "Sommige teksten kunnen in het Engels worden weergegeven.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit " -"medium.\n" -"Voeg de add-on-cd voor taal in als een aanvullende opslagruimte voor de " -"juiste ondersteuning\n" +"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit medium.\n" +"Voeg de add-on-cd voor taal in als een aanvullende opslagruimte voor de juiste ondersteuning\n" "van deze taal.\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal " -"zal worden\n" -"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het " -"nieuwe systeem." +"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal zal worden\n" +"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het nieuwe systeem." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Tijdzoneconfiguratie." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Overicht van tijdzoneconfiguratie" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Hier kunt u nieuwe waarden voor de tijdzone instellen." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Alle beschikbare tijdzones tonen" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Nieuwe tijdzone" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Nieuwe waarde voor hardwareklok. Dit kan 'lokaal', 'utc' of 'UTC' zijn." +msgstr "Nieuwe waarde voor hardwareklok. Dit kan 'lokaal', 'utc' of 'UTC' zijn." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Huidige tijdzone:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Hardware-klok instellen op:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Lokale tijd" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Huidige datum en tijd:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -762,46 +711,40 @@ "De tijd %1 ligt in het verleden.\n" "Stel de juiste tijd in voordat u de installatie start." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tijdzone" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Tijdzone" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware " -"Clock Set To</b>.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij " -"<b>Hardwareklok ingesteld op</b>.\n" -"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben " -"(zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n" +"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij <b>Hardwareklok ingesteld op</b>.\n" +"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben (zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n" "Computers met alleen Linux worden normaliter\n" "ingesteld op Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen " -"van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n" +"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -813,24 +756,19 @@ "<p>\n" "Opmerking: De interne systeemklok zoals gebruikt door de Linux-kernel moet\n" "altijd in UTC zijn, omdat dit de referentie is voor de juiste lokale tijd\n" -"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, " -"kijk\n" -"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over " -"neveneffecten.\n" +"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, kijk\n" +"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over neveneffecten.\n" "</p>" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -838,78 +776,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te " -"zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" -"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op " -"Annuleren te klikken.\n" +"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" +"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op Annuleren te klikken.\n" "\n" -"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per " -"jaar aanpassen\n" -"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet " -"omschakelt, kunnen\n" -"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, " -"etc.\n" +"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per jaar aanpassen\n" +"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet omschakelt, kunnen\n" +"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, etc.\n" "\n" "Als u UTC gebruikt zal Linux de tijd automatisch aanpassen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u doorgaan met uw keuze (lokale tijd)?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan " -"op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgstr "<p>De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Accepteren</b> om uw wijzigingen op te slaan.</p>" -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Huidige datum in de opmaak DD-MM-JJJJ" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Huidige tijd in de opmaak UU:MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Huidige datum" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Huidige tijd" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Tijd nu wijzigen" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Met NTP-server synchroniseren" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Datum en tijd wijzigen" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -917,8 +846,8 @@ "Onjuiste tijd (UU:MM:SS) %1\n" "Geef de juiste tijd op.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -926,49 +855,49 @@ "Onjuiste datum (DD-MM-JJJJ) %1\n" "Geef de juiste datum op.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Andere in&stellingen..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Datum en tijd (NTP is ingesteld)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Datum en tijd" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Hardwareklok instellen op UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Regio" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Tijdzone" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Datum en tijd:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" @@ -976,308 +905,304 @@ "\n" "<p><b><big>Tijdzone- en klokinstellingen</big></b></p>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Selecteer eerst de <b>regio</b> om de tijdzone te kiezen die u op uw systeem " -"wilt gebruiken..\n" -"Selecteer vervolgens bij <b>Tijdzone</b> de juiste tijdzone, land of regio " -"uit de lijst.\n" +"Selecteer eerst de <b>regio</b> om de tijdzone te kiezen die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken..\n" +"Selecteer vervolgens bij <b>Tijdzone</b> de juiste tijdzone, land of regio uit de lijst.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op <b>Wijzigen</b> om dit aan " -"te passen.\n" +"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op <b>Wijzigen</b> om dit aan te passen.\n" "</p>" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Configuratie van klok en tijdzone" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Selecteer een geldige tijdzone." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Lokale tijd" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Hardware-klok instellen op" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP-geconfigureerd" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Huidige tijdzone: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Engels (VS)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Engels (UK)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 msgid "German" msgstr "Duits" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Duits (met dode toetsen)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Duits (Zwitserland)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 msgid "French" msgstr "Frans" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Frans (Zwitsers)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Frans (Canada)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Canada (meertalig)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spaans" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Spaans (Latijns-Amerikaans)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Spaans (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Spaans (Asturisch)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiaans" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugees" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugees (Brazilië)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugees (Brazilië -- VS-accenten)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grieks" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Nederlands" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Deens" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Noors" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Zweeds" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Fins" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tsjechisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tsjechisch (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slowaaks" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slowaaks (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Sloveens" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Hongaars" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Pools" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Servisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Ests" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litouws" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turks" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Kroatisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japans" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "IJslands" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Oekraïens" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreaans" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadzjieks" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Traditioneel Chinees" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Vereenvoudigd Chinees" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Roemeens" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "US internationaal" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,685 +14,681 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for DHCP server module -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 +#. command line help text for DHCP server module +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 msgid "DHCP server configuration module" msgstr "DHCP-serverconfiguratiemodule" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 msgid "Print the status of the DHCP server" msgstr "Druk de DHCP-serverstatus af" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 msgid "Enable the DHCP server" msgstr "De DHCP-server inschakelen" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 msgid "Disable the DHCP server" msgstr "De DHCP-server uitschakelen" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 msgid "Manage individual host settings" msgstr "Individuele hostinstellingen beheren" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 msgid "Select the network interface to listen to" msgstr "Selecteer de te gebruiken netwerkinterface" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 msgid "Manage global DHCP options" msgstr "Algemene DHCP-opties beheren" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 msgid "Manage DHCP subnet options" msgstr "DHCP-subnetopties beheren" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "Laat alle gedefinieerde hosts met een vast adres zien" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 msgid "Add a new host with a fixed address" msgstr "Een nieuwe host met vast adres toevoegen" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 msgid "Edit a host with a fixed address" msgstr "Een host met een vast adres bewerken" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 msgid "Delete a host with a fixed address" msgstr "Een host met vast adres verwijderen" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 msgid "The name of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "De naam van de host met een vast adres" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 msgid "The hardware address of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "Het hardware adres van de host met een vast adres" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 msgid "The hardware type of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "Het hardwaretype van de host met een vast adres" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "Het IP-adres (of de hostnaam) van de host met een vast adres" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "Selecteer de te gebruiken netwerkinterface" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"Druk de huidige gebruikte interface af en laat de andere beschikbare " -"interfaces zien" +msgstr "Druk de huidige gebruikte interface af en laat de andere beschikbare interfaces zien" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "Druk de huidige opties af" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "Stel een algemene optie in" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "Optiesleutel (bijv: ntp-servers)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "Optiewaarde (bijv: IP-adres)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "Laagste IP-adres van het dynamische adrestoewijzingsbereik" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "Hoogste IP-adres van het dynamische adrestoewijzingsbereik" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "Standaardleasetijd in seconden" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "Maximumleasetijd in seconden" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "DHCP-service is ingeschakeld." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "DHCP-service is uitgeschakeld." -#. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 +#. command-line text output, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "Host: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address -#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address +#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "Hardware: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "IP-adres: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "Hostnaam is niet gespecificeerd." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "De gespecificeerde host bestaat niet." -#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" -#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 +#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" +#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Geselecteerde interfaces: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Andere interfaces: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "De gespecificeerde interface bestaat niet." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "De werking met de interface is niet gespecificeerd." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "De optiesleutel moet ingesteld zijn." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "De waarde moet ingesteld zijn." -#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 +#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "Adresbereik: %1 - %2" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Standaardleasetijd: %1" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Maximumleasetijd: %1" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:62 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "Het opslaan van de configuratie is mislukt. Instellingen wijzigen?" -#. Restart only if it's already running -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:81 +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "De configuratie kan niet worden opgeslagen." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:123 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP-serverconfiguratie" -#. dialog caption -#. Initialize the widget -#. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 +#. dialog caption +#. Initialize the widget +#. @param [String] id any widget id +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Algemene opties" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:190 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "Subnetconfiguratie" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:224 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "Host met vast adres" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:261 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "Gedeeld netwerk" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:295 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "Adrespool" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "Groepsspecifieke opties" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:363 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klasse" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:411 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&Subnet" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:413 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "&Host" msgstr "&Host" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:415 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "Gedeeld &netwerk" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:417 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:417 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Groep" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:419 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "&Adrespool" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:421 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&Klasse" -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:436 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "Typen declaraties" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:444 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "Type declaratie" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:530 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "Interfaceconfiguratie" -#. dialog caption -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1100 +#. dialog caption +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1100 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "TSIG-sleutelbeheer" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dagen" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Uren" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minuten" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Seconden" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "DHCP-server: opstarten" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "DHCP-server: kaartselectie" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "Kaartselectie" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "DHCP-server: algemene instellingen" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP-server: dynamische DHCP" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "Dynamische DHCP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "DHCP-server: hostbeheer" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "Hostbeheer" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "DHCP-server: geavanceerde instellingen" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinstellingen" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Tijdens &opstarten" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "Hand&matig" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "Opstartargumenten voor DHCP-server" -#. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 +#. Table - listing available network cards +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "Netwerkkaarten voor DHCP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "Selectie" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "Naam van interface" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Naam apparaat" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. Table header item - IP of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Selecteren" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "&Deselecteren" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adres" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, -#. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, +#. currently no one is selected +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Er moet minstens één netwerkinterface geselecteerd zijn." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have -#. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have +#. at least minimal configuration +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Een of meer geselecteerde netwerkinterfaces zijn niet geconfigureerd (geen " -"IP-adres en \n" +"Een of meer geselecteerde netwerkinterfaces zijn niet geconfigureerd (geen IP-adres en \n" "netmask toegewezen)." -#. configuration will be saved in ldap? -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1052 +#. configuration will be saved in ldap? +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1052 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP-ondersteuning" -#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 +#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Naam van DHCP-server (optioneel)" -#. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 +#. Textentry with name of the domain +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domeinnaam" -#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 +#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "Server-IP van &primaire naam" -#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 +#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "Server-IP van &secundaire naam" -#. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 +#. Textentry with IP address of default router +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "Standaard&gateway (router) " -#. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 +#. Textentry with IP address of time server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP-&tijdserver" -#. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 +#. Textentry with IP address of print server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "&Printserver" -#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 +#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&WINS-server" -#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 +#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Standaard&leasetijd" -#. Units for defaultleasetime -#. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 +#. Units for defaultleasetime +#. Combobox - type of units for lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Eenheden" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "De gespecificeerde waarde is geen geldige hostnaam of geldig IP-adres." -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Subnetinformatie" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Huidig &netwerk" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Huidig netwerk&masker" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Netmaskerbi&ts" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "M&inimaal IP-adres" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "Ma&ximaal IP-adres" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP-adresbereik" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "&Eerste IP-adres:" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "&Laatste IP-adres:" -#. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 +#. checkbox +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Dynamische &BOOTP toestaan" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Leasetijd" -#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 +#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Standaard" -#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 +#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "&Maximum" -#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 +#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "&Eenheden" -#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server -#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 +#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server +#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Nieuwe DNS-zone vanaf begin aanmaken" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Huidige DNS-zone bewerken" -#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 +#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Huidige zone-informatie ophalen" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "DNS-server &synchroniseren..." -#. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#. Show DNS Zone Information +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -700,150 +696,148 @@ "DNS-zone %1 is niet van het type 'master'.\n" "Dit betekent dat u deze hier niet kunt wijzigen.\n" -#. A popup error text -#. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 +#. A popup error text +#. A popup error text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Vul een waarde in voor beide eindes van het ip-adresbereik." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"Het dynamische DHCP-adresbereik moet in hetzelfde netwerk liggen als de DHCP-" -"server.\n" +"Het dynamische DHCP-adresbereik moet in hetzelfde netwerk liggen als de DHCP-server.\n" "IP-adres %1 komt niet overeen met netwerk '%2/%3'." -#. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#. Label of the registered hosts table +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Geregistreerde host" -#. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 +#. Table header item - Name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 +#. MAC address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Hardwareadres" -#. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 +#. Network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 +#. Frame label - configuration of particular host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Lijstinstallatie" -#. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 +#. Textentry label - name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Naam" -#. Textentry label - IP address of the host -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 +#. Textentry label - IP address of the host +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-adres" -#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 +#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "&Hardwareadres" -#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 +#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Tokenring" -#. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 +#. Pushbutton label - change host in list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "In lijst &wijzigen" -#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Uit lijst &verwijderen" -#. now, fill the dialog -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 +#. now, fill the dialog +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Tokenring" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Het hardwareadres is ongeldig.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "Het hardwareadres moet uniek zijn." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "De hostnaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 +#. error popup, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "De host genaamd '%1' bestaat al." -#. error popup -#. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#. error popup +#. FIXME: text? +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Geef een host-IP op." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "De hardwareadres moet gedefinieerd zijn." -#. error popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 +#. error popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "U moet eerst een host selecteren." -#. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 +#. checking new MAC +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "De invoerwaarde moet gedefinieerd zijn." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -858,26 +852,24 @@ "naar deze dialoog terugkeren. Om deze dialoog weer te geven moet u de\n" "wijzigingen eerst opslaan en de module daarna opnieuw starten.\n" "Als een te complexe configuratie is ingesteld zal bij het starten van\n" -"de DHCP-servermodule de dialoog met geavanceerde instellingen worden " -"weergegeven.\n" +"de DHCP-servermodule de dialoog met geavanceerde instellingen worden weergegeven.\n" "\n" "Doorgaan?" -#. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 +#. remove leading '-' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" is geen geldige opdrachtregeloptie voor de DHCP-server" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "De opdrachtregeloptie \"-%1\" van de DHCP-server vereist een argument" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -885,30 +877,27 @@ msgstr "" "U hebt een alternatief configuratiebestand voor de DHCP-server opgegeven.\n" "\n" -"YaST ondersteunt dit niet. De DHCP-servermodule kan alleen /etc/dhcpd.conf " -"lezen\n" -"en schrijven. De nieuwe configuratie van %1 zal niet worden geïmporteerd. " -"Alle\n" +"YaST ondersteunt dit niet. De DHCP-servermodule kan alleen /etc/dhcpd.conf lezen\n" +"en schrijven. De nieuwe configuratie van %1 zal niet worden geïmporteerd. Alle\n" "wijzigingen zullen worden opgeslagen in het standaard-configuratiebestand.\n" " \n" "Wilt u doorgaan?\n" -#. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 +#. dialog caption, %1 is step number +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP-serverwizard (%1/4)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) -#. and -#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) +#. and +#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n" "the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n" -"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -923,14 +912,12 @@ "hostnamen worden aangemaakt (bijv. <tt>dhcp%i</tt> of <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> zal worden vervangen door het nummer van de host in het bereik.\n" "Als er geen <tt>%i</tt> is gedefinieerd, dan wordt het nummer toegevoegd\n" -"aan het einde van de tekenreeks. <tt>%i</tt> kan slechts eenmaal worden " -"gebruikt\n" -"in <b>Hostnaambasis</b>. <b>Start</b> definieert het eerste getal dat " -"gebruikt\n" +"aan het einde van de tekenreeks. <tt>%i</tt> kan slechts eenmaal worden gebruikt\n" +"in <b>Hostnaambasis</b>. <b>Start</b> definieert het eerste getal dat gebruikt\n" "wordt voor de eerste hostnaam. Hostnamen worden incrementeel gemaakt.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\n" "In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n" @@ -947,29 +934,27 @@ "IP-adressen. U kunt ook een omgekeerde zone aanmaken die\n" "IP-adressen terugvertaalt naar hun namen.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.</p>\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>U kunt zowel <b>Naam nieuwe zone</b> als <b>Naam omgekeerde zone</b>\n" "niet wijzigen omdat beide afkomstig zijn uit de huidige instellingen\n" "van uw DHCP-server en netwerk.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \n" "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Selecteer het keuzevakje <b>Ook omgekeerde zone aanmaken</b> als u \n" -"een zone wilt aanmaken die omgekeerde items van de hoofd-DNS-zone bevat.\n" +"een zone wilt aanmaken die omgekeerde items van de hoofd-DNS-zone bevat.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\n" "Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" @@ -979,8 +964,8 @@ "Naamservers zijn nodig voor de juiste werking van de DNS-server.\n" "Ze beheren alle DNS-zonerecords.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\n" "Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n" @@ -1000,26 +985,24 @@ "Daarom specificeert u altijd de hostnaam van de huidige DNS-server\n" "als een van de zone-naamservers.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n" -"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om een <b>nieuwe naamserver</b> toe te voegen, klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>,\n" "vul het formulier in en klik op <b>OK</b>. Als de nieuwe naam\n" " van de naamserver zich in de huidige DNS-zone bevindt, moet u ook\n" -"het bijhorende IP-adres invoeren. Dit is vereist omdat het zal worden " -"gebruikt\n" +"het bijhorende IP-adres invoeren. Dit is vereist omdat het zal worden gebruikt\n" "tijdens het aanmaken van de zone.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1027,14 +1010,13 @@ "<p>Om een item te bewerken of verwijderen, selecteert u deze en klikt u\n" "op <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DNS-records</big></b><br />\n" @@ -1044,8 +1026,8 @@ "Deze regels definiëren bereiken van gebruikte IP-adressen en tekenreeksen\n" "waaruit de hostnamen voor een bereik worden gegenereerd.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" @@ -1057,18 +1039,17 @@ "tot <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> met IP-adressen van <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" "tot <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p> \n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n" "complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om een nieuw bereik van DNS-records toe te voegen, klikt u op " -"<b>Toevoegen</b>,\n" +"<p>Om een nieuw bereik van DNS-records toe te voegen, klikt u op <b>Toevoegen</b>,\n" "vult u het formulier in en klikt u op <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>This is a summary of all data\n" "entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n" @@ -1076,8 +1057,8 @@ "<p>Hier ziet u een samenvatting van alle\n" "gegevens die u hiervoor in de configuratiewizard hebt ingevuld.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\n" "the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" @@ -1090,8 +1071,8 @@ "definitief opgeslagen als u de DHCP-serverconfiguratie\n" "afrondt.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\n" "This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" @@ -1104,8 +1085,8 @@ "Alleen 'A'-records (DNS-records die hostnamen converteren naar IP-adressen)\n" "worden hier onderhouden.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n" "<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" @@ -1117,30 +1098,26 @@ "DHCP-configuratie. <b>Eerste IP-adres</b> en <b>Tweede IP-adres</b> komen\n" "overeen met het huidige dynamische DHCP-bereik.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n" "from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om van voren af aan een DNS-zone aan te maken, kiest u de menuoptie " -"<b>speciale taken</b> -> <b>Wizard starten</b>.</p>\n" +"Om van voren af aan een DNS-zone aan te maken, kiest u de menuoptie <b>speciale taken</b> -> <b>Wizard starten</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n" "Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n" -"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1150,39 +1127,38 @@ "omgekeerde zone te synchroniseren, selecteert u \n" "<b>Synchroniseren met omgekeerde zone</b>.\n" "Gebruik <b>Bereik van overeenkomende DNS-records verwijderen</b>\n" -"uit <b>Speciale taken</b> om alle informatie met betrekking tot dit bereik " -"van IP-adressen uit de DNS-server te verwijderen. Om een nieuw bereik\n" +"uit <b>Speciale taken</b> om alle informatie met betrekking tot dit bereik van IP-adressen uit de DNS-server te verwijderen. Om een nieuw bereik\n" "van DNS-records aan te maken, selecteert u\n" "<b>Nieuw bereik van DNS-records aanmaken</b> uit <b>Speciale taken</b>.</p>\n" -#. old_range: $[ -#. "base" : "dhcp-%", -#. "start" : 0, -#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", -#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" -#. ] -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 +#. old_range: $[ +#. "base" : "dhcp-%", +#. "start" : 0, +#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", +#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" +#. ] +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Add New DNS Record Range" msgstr "Nieuw bereik van DNS-records toevoegen" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Edit DNS Record Range" msgstr "Bereik van DNS-records bewerken" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "&Hostname Base" msgstr "&Hostnaambasis" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Starten" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 msgid "" "Internal error.\n" "Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2." @@ -1190,11 +1166,11 @@ "Interne fout.\n" "Kan geen IP-bereik van %1 en %2 aanmaken." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask -#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask +#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 msgid "" "IP address %1 does not match\n" "the current network %2/%3.\n" @@ -1202,19 +1178,19 @@ "IP-adres %1 komt niet overeen met\n" "het huidige netwerk %2/%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "Het laatste IP-adres dient hoger te zijn dan het eerste." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "" "The IP address %1 is\n" "outside the current\n" @@ -1224,37 +1200,37 @@ "zich buiten het huidige\n" "dynamische DHCP-bereik %2 - %3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string." msgstr "Er mag slechts één '%i' in de hostnaambasis voorkomen." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Ongeldige hostnaam." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "Ongeldig IP-adres." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 msgid "" "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n" "IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1262,45 +1238,45 @@ "IP-adres %1 bevindt zich niet in het bereik van\n" "toegestane IP-adressen (%2 - %3) dat is gedefinieerd in de DHCP-server.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "DNS-zone-items worden gegenereerd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "Nieuwe DNS-record toevoegen" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Hostnaam" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "DHCP-bereik %1 - %2 wordt toegevoegd aan de DNS-server..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "Bereik van DNS-records verwijderen" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "Records in het bereik %1 - %2 worden uit de DNS-server verwijderd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name -#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name +#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1308,8 +1284,8 @@ "Zone %1 is niet van het type 'master'.\n" "De DNS-server kan er geen records naar toe schrijven.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1317,20 +1293,20 @@ "Zone %1 bestaat niet in de huidige DNS-serverconfiguratie.\n" "Wilt u dat deze wordt aangemaakt?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "Kan zone %1 niet aanmaken." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "DNS-omgekeerde records worden gesynchroniseerd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" @@ -1338,73 +1314,73 @@ "Als u annuleert zullen alle wijzigingen in de DNS-server verloren gaan.\n" "Wilt u deze bewerking toch annuleren?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Domein" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Netwerk" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Net&masker" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "DNS-zonerecords" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "Toegewezen IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "Toe&voegen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "&Speciale taken" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "Nieuw bereik van DNS-records toevoegen" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Wizard starten om de DNS-zone vanaf het begin te herschrijven" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "Synchroniseren met omgekeerde zone %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "DHCP-server: DNS-serversynchronisatie" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 msgid "Aborting the Wizard" msgstr "Wizard afsluiten" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 msgid "" "All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n" "Really abort?\n" @@ -1412,27 +1388,26 @@ "Alle wijzigingen die in de wizard zijn aangemaakt, zullen verloren gaan.\n" "Wilt u de wizard toch afbreken?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 msgid "Add a New Name Server" msgstr "Nieuwe naamserver toevoegen" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 msgid "Edit Name Server" msgstr "Naamserver bewerken" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 msgid "Server &IP" msgstr "Server-&IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "Er wordt geen IP-adres geleverd voor een naamserver in de huidige DNS-zone.\n" @@ -1440,15 +1415,15 @@ "ergens dient te zijn gedefinieerd.\n" "Wilt u de huidige instellingen toch gebruiken?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 msgid "Name server %1 already exists in the configuration." msgstr "Naamserver %1 bestaat al in de configuratie." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' -#. %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' +#. %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 msgid "" "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n" "another one (%1-%2).\n" @@ -1459,204 +1434,204 @@ "\n" "Wilt u toch het nieuwe gebruiken?\n" -#. Adding new range definition -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 +#. Adding new range definition +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 msgid "At least one name server must be defined." msgstr "Er moet minstens één naamserver gedefinieerd zijn." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 msgid "DHCP Server: New DNS Zone--Step 1 of 3" msgstr "DHCP-server: nieuwe DNS-zone - stap 1 van 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 msgid "New &Zone Name" msgstr "Naam van nieuwe &zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 msgid "&Current Network" msgstr "Huidig &netwerk" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 msgid "&Also Create Reverse Zone" msgstr "Ook omgekeerde zone &aanmaken" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 msgid "DHCP Server: Zone Name Servers--Step 2 of 3" msgstr "DHCP-server: zonenaamservers - stap 2 van 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 msgid "Current Name Servers" msgstr "Huidige naamservers" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Servernaam" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 msgid "IP (Optional)" msgstr "IP (optioneel)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 msgid "A&dd..." msgstr "Toe&voegen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&Bewerken..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Step 3 of 3" msgstr "DHCP-server: DNS-records - stap 3 van 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 msgid "DNS Records for DHCP Clients" msgstr "DNS-records voor DHCP-clients" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 msgid "Hostname Base" msgstr "Hostnamenbasis" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 msgid "Number to Start With" msgstr "Nummer om mee te beginnen" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 msgid "From IP" msgstr "Van IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 msgid "To IP" msgstr "Tot IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Summary" msgstr "DHCP-server: DNS-records - samenvatting" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 msgid "Re&verse Zone Name" msgstr "Naam omgekeerde &zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 msgid "<b>Zone Name:</b> %1" msgstr "<b>Naam van zone:</b> %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 msgid "(Replacing the current zone with the new one)" msgstr "(Huidige zone zal worden vervangen door de nieuwe zone)" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 msgid "<b>Reverse Zone Name:</b> %1" msgstr "<b>Naam van omgekeerde zone:</b> %1" -#. name servers -#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 +#. name servers +#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 msgid "Zone Name Servers:" msgstr "Zonenaamservers:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 msgid "Hostname: %1, IP: %2" msgstr "Hostnaam: %1, IP: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 +#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 msgid "Not defined" msgstr "Niet gedefinieerd" -#. dhcp ranges -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 +#. dhcp ranges +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 msgid "Ranges of DNS Hosts:" msgstr "Bereiken van DNS-hosts:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') -#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') +#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 msgid "Range: %1-%2<br />Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4" msgstr "Bereik: %1 - %2<br />Hostnaambasis: %3, beginnend met: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 msgid "At least one DNS record must be set." msgstr "Er dient minstens één DNS-record te zijn ingesteld." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 msgid "Cannot remove zone %1." msgstr "Kan zone %1 niet verwijderen." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 msgid "Cannot add name servers to zone %1." msgstr "Kan geen naamservers toevoegen aan zone %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 msgid "Cannot add zone DNS records." msgstr "Kan geen zone-DNS-records toevoegen." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 msgid "Cannot create reverse zone %1." msgstr "Kan omgekeerde zone %1 niet aanmaken." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 msgid "Creating DNS zone..." msgstr "DNS-zone wordt aangemaakt..." -#. restore previous settings -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 +#. restore previous settings +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 msgid "Restoring previous DNS settings..." msgstr "Vorige DNS-instellingen worden hersteld..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 msgid "" "Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n" "\n" @@ -1668,13 +1643,13 @@ "%1\n" "Wilt u terug gaan naar de wizard?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 msgid "The DNS zone was created successfully." msgstr "De DNS-zone is gemaakt." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1682,8 +1657,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De DHCP-serverconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld a.u.b....<br></p>" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1691,8 +1666,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De DHCP-serverconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld a.u.b....<br></p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1702,8 +1677,8 @@ "Selecteer de netwerkinterfaces waarop de DHCP-server naar\n" "<b>Beschikbare interfaces</b> moet gaan luisteren.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n" @@ -1719,8 +1694,8 @@ "toegankelijk wordt.<br>\n" "Deze optie is alleen bij een geactiveerde firewall beschikbaar.</p>" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1728,13 +1703,12 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Als u de DHCP-server in Chroot Jail wilt gebruiken, dient u <b>Start DHCP " -"Server in Chroot Jail</b>\n" +"Als u de DHCP-server in Chroot Jail wilt gebruiken, dient u <b>Start DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>\n" "in te stellen. Het opstarten van een daemon in een Chroot Jail\n" "is veiliger en wordt dan ook sterk aanbevolen.</p>" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1744,8 +1718,8 @@ "Om de DHCP-configuratie op te slaan in\n" "LDAP, schakelt u <b>LDAP-ondersteuning</b> in.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -1754,16 +1728,13 @@ "To delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Geconfigureerde declaraties</b><br>\n" -"Om een bestaande declaratie aan te passen, dient u deze eerst te selecteren " -"en vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>\n" -"te klikken. Om een nieuwe declaratie toe te voegen, selecteert u eerst een " -"declaratie die de nieuwe\n" +"Om een bestaande declaratie aan te passen, dient u deze eerst te selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>\n" +"te klikken. Om een nieuwe declaratie toe te voegen, selecteert u eerst een declaratie die de nieuwe\n" "declaratie moet gaan bevatten en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n" -"Een declaratie kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en dan op " -"<b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>" +"Een declaratie kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en dan op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1777,18 +1748,17 @@ "<b>Geavanceerd</b> gebruiken om de TSIG-sleutels te beheren die voor de\n" "verificatie van de dynamische DNS-updates gebruikt kunnen worden.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Subnetconfiguratie</big></b><br>\n" -"Stel het <b>Netwerkadres</b> en het <b>Netwerkmasker</b> van het subnet in." +"Stel het <b>Netwerkadres</b> en het <b>Netwerkmasker</b> van het subnet in.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1798,8 +1768,8 @@ "Geef hier de naam op van de host waar het vaste adres of andere\n" "speciale opties in <b>Hostnaam</b> van ingesteld moeten worden.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n" @@ -1811,8 +1781,8 @@ "Het is slechts voor uw eigen identificatie.\n" "De naam is niet van invloed op het gedrag van de DHCP-server.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n" @@ -1824,8 +1794,8 @@ "Het is slechts voor uw eigen identificatie.\n" "De naam is niet van invloed op het gedrag van de DHCP-server.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n" @@ -1837,8 +1807,8 @@ "Het is alleen voor uw identificatie.\n" "Deze naam heeft geen effect op het gedrag van de DHCP-server.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>" @@ -1846,8 +1816,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Klasse</big></b><br>\n" "Vul bij <b>Klassenaam</b> de klasse van de host in.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1859,22 +1829,20 @@ "\n" "Om de DHCP-opties te kunnen bewerken, dient u het betreffende item uit\n" "de tabel te selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b> te klikken.\n" -"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. U kunt een optie " -"verwijderen door deze te selecteren\n" +"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. U kunt een optie verwijderen door deze te selecteren\n" "en op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Gebruik <b>Dynamische DNS</b> om de dynamische hosts van dit subnet aan te " -"passen.</p>" +"Gebruik <b>Dynamische DNS</b> om de dynamische hosts van dit subnet aan te passen.</p>" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1884,8 +1852,8 @@ "Activeer <b>Dynamische DNS voor dit subnet activeren</b>\n" "om de dynamische DNS-updates voor dit subnet te activeren.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1894,16 +1862,13 @@ "and reverse zone.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>TSIG-sleutel</big></b><br>\n" -"Om dynamische DNS-updates uit te kunnen voeren dient de verificatiesleutel " -"opgegeven te zijn.\n" -"Gebruik <b>TSIG-sleutel</b> om de voor de verificatie te gebruiken sleutel " -"te selecteren. De sleutel\n" -"moet voor de DHCP- en de DNS-servers dezelfde zijn. Specificeer de sleutel " -"voor zowel de voorwaartse\n" +"Om dynamische DNS-updates uit te kunnen voeren dient de verificatiesleutel opgegeven te zijn.\n" +"Gebruik <b>TSIG-sleutel</b> om de voor de verificatie te gebruiken sleutel te selecteren. De sleutel\n" +"moet voor de DHCP- en de DNS-servers dezelfde zijn. Specificeer de sleutel voor zowel de voorwaartse\n" "als de omgekeerde zone.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1911,58 +1876,47 @@ "<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Algemene DHCP-serverinstellingen</big></b><br>\n" -"De algemene instellingen van een DHCP-server moeten bijgewerkt zijn om de " -"dynamische\n" +"De algemene instellingen van een DHCP-server moeten bijgewerkt zijn om de dynamische\n" "DNS optimaal te kunnen laten werken. U kunt dit automatisch laten doen door\n" "<b>Algemene dynamische DNS-instellingen bijwerken</b> te activeren.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Bij te werken zones</big></b><br>\n" -"Specificeer de bij te werken voorwaartse en omgekeerde zones. U dient voor " -"beide ook hun \n" -"primaire naamserver te specificeren. Wanneer de naamserver op dezelfde host " -"wordt uitgevoerd als de DHCP\n" +"Specificeer de bij te werken voorwaartse en omgekeerde zones. U dient voor beide ook hun \n" +"primaire naamserver te specificeren. Wanneer de naamserver op dezelfde host wordt uitgevoerd als de DHCP\n" "server, dan kunt u de velden leeg laten.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 +#. help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opstartargumenten voor DHCP-server</big></b><br>\n" -"Hier kunt u de parameters opgeven waarmee u de DHCP-server wilt laten " -"opstarten\n" -"(bijv. \"-p 1234\") voor een niet-standaardpoort om naar te luisteren). " -"Raadpleeg de pagina\n" -"over dhcpd in de handleiding. Indien deze waarde leeg wordt gelaten, zullen " -"de standaardwaarden worden gebruikt.</p>" +"Hier kunt u de parameters opgeven waarmee u de DHCP-server wilt laten opstarten\n" +"(bijv. \"-p 1234\") voor een niet-standaardpoort om naar te luisteren). Raadpleeg de pagina\n" +"over dhcpd in de handleiding. Indien deze waarde leeg wordt gelaten, zullen de standaardwaarden worden gebruikt.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Netwerkkaartselectie</big></b><br>\n" -"Selecteer één of meer netwerkkaarten uit de lijst om te gebruiken voor de " -"DHCP-server.</p>\n" +"Selecteer één of meer netwerkkaarten uit de lijst om te gebruiken voor de DHCP-server.</p>\n" -#. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 +#. Optional field - used with LDAP support +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" @@ -1970,8 +1924,8 @@ "Optioneel kunt u de <b>DHCP-servernaam</b> (de naam van het \n" "dhcpServer LDAP-object) specificeren, als deze anders is dan uw hostnaam.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>" @@ -1979,9 +1933,9 @@ "<p><b><big>Algemene instellingen</big></b><br>\n" "Hier zijn verschillende DHCP-instellingen in te stellen.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients.</p>" @@ -1989,8 +1943,8 @@ "<p><b>Domeinnaam</b> bepaalt voor welk domein de DHCP-server\n" "IP's aan clients least.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -2000,8 +1954,8 @@ "bieden deze naamservers aan bij de DHCP-clients.\n" "De waarden dienen IP-adressen te zijn.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>" @@ -2009,8 +1963,8 @@ "<p><b>Standaardgateway</b> stelt de routetabel van de client met\n" "deze waarde als de standaardroute in.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization.</p>" @@ -2018,15 +1972,13 @@ "<p><b>Tijdserver</b> vertelt de clients om deze server\n" "voor de tijdssynchronisaties te gaan gebruiken.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Printserver</b> biedt deze server als de standaardprintserver aan.</p>" +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 +msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Printserver</b> biedt deze server als de standaardprintserver aan.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" @@ -2034,18 +1986,17 @@ "<p><b>WINS-server</b> biedt deze server als WINS-server aan\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Standaardleasetijd</b> stelt de tijd in waarna het geleasde IP-adres\n" "zal verlopen en wanneer de client weer om een IP moet gaan vragen.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -2053,34 +2004,30 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Subnetinformatie</big></b></br>\n" -"Bekijk de informatie over het huidige subnet, zoals het adres, " -"netwerkmasker\n" +"Bekijk de informatie over het huidige subnet, zoals het adres, netwerkmasker\n" "en minimum en maximum IP-adressen die voor de clients beschikbaar zijn.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IP-adresbereik</big></b><br>\n" "Stel het <b>Eerste IP-adres</b> en <b>Laatste IP-adres</b> in\n" -"van de adresreeks waaruit de clients een lease krijgen. Deze adressen " -"moeten\n" +"van de adresreeks waaruit de clients een lease krijgen. Deze adressen moeten\n" "hetzelfde netmasker hebben. Voorbeeld: <tt>192.168.1.1</tt>\n" "en <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>.\n" -"Selecteer <b>Dynamische BOOTP toestaan</b> als het opgegeven bereik " -"dynamisch\n" +"Selecteer <b>Dynamische BOOTP toestaan</b> als het opgegeven bereik dynamisch\n" "mag worden toegewezen aan BOOTP- en DHCP-clients</p>.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -2088,11 +2035,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Leasetijd</big></b><br>\n" "Hier kunt u de <b>standaard</b>leasetijd voor het huidige IP-adressenbereik\n" -"instellen, welke de optimale IP-vernieuwingstijd voor de clients instelt." -"<br></p>" +"instellen, welke de optimale IP-vernieuwingstijd voor de clients instelt.<br></p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" @@ -2100,8 +2046,8 @@ "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optionele waarde) stelt de maximale tijdsduur in\n" "waarbij dit IP geblokkeerd zal zijn voor de client op de DHCP-server .</p>" -#. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2111,8 +2057,8 @@ "Klik op <b>Geavanceerde DHCP-serverconfiguratie</b> om de complete\n" "configuratie van de DHCP-server in te voeren.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>" @@ -2120,8 +2066,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Hostbeheer</big></b><br>\n" "Gebruik deze dialoog om hosts met een statische adresbinding te bewerken.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n" "<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n" @@ -2132,25 +2078,21 @@ "<p>Om een nieuwe host toe te voegen, moet u een <b>Naam</b>,\n" "<b>Hardwareadres</b> en <b>IP-adres</b> instellen en\n" "vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b> klikken.</p>\n" -"<p>Om een geconfigureerde host aan te passen, dient u deze eerst in de tabel " -"te selecteren,\n" -"de gewenste waarden te wijzigen en vervolgens op <b>In lijst wijzigen</b> te " -"klikken.</p>" +"<p>Om een geconfigureerde host aan te passen, dient u deze eerst in de tabel te selecteren,\n" +"de gewenste waarden te wijzigen en vervolgens op <b>In lijst wijzigen</b> te klikken.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om een host te verwijderen, dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op " -"<b>Uit lijst verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om een host te verwijderen, dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op <b>Uit lijst verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selecteer het toe te voegen declaratietype.</p>" -#. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 +#. help text 2/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>To add a network declaration,\n" "select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>" @@ -2158,8 +2100,8 @@ "<p>Selecteer <b>Subnet</b> om een netwerk\n" "declaratie toe te voegen.</p>" -#. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 3/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>" @@ -2167,8 +2109,8 @@ "<p>Selecteer <b>Host</b> om een host die speciale parameters\n" "(meestal met een vast adres) nodig heeft, toe te voegen.</p>" -#. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 +#. help text 4/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>" @@ -2176,8 +2118,8 @@ "<p>Selecteer <b>Gedeeld netwerk</b> om een gedeeld netwerk\n" "(fysiek netwerk met meerdere logische netwerken) toe te voegen.</p>" -#. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 +#. help text 5/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>" @@ -2185,8 +2127,8 @@ "<p>Selecteer <b>Groep</b> om een groep met andere declaraties\n" "(gewoonlijk als deze enkele instellingen moeten delen) toe te voegen.</p>" -#. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 +#. help text 6/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -2196,8 +2138,8 @@ "te voegen die anders behandeld wordt dan andere adrespools,\n" "ondanks dat ze in hetzelfde subnet zitten.</p>" -#. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 +#. help text 7/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -2207,133 +2149,132 @@ "die gebruikt kan worden om clients verschillend, afhankelijk van de\n" "klasse waarbij ze horen, af te handelen.</p>" -#. selection box -#. selection box -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 +#. selection box +#. selection box +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "A&dressen" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "Het opgegeven adres is onjuist." -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "Er dient minstens één adres gespecificeerd te zijn." -#. selection box -#. Handle the event on the popup -#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id -#. @param [String] key string option key -#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 +#. selection box +#. Handle the event on the popup +#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id +#. @param [String] key string option key +#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "&Waarden" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "De opgegeven adressen zijn onjuist." -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "Er moet minstens één adrespaar gespecificeerd te zijn." -#. table item, means switched on -#. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 +#. table item, means switched on +#. table item, means switched on +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "Aan" -#. table item, means switched off -#. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 +#. table item, means switched off +#. table item, means switched off +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "Uit" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "De waarde moet gespecificeerd zijn." -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "&Nieuw adres" -#. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 +#. int field +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "&Nieuwe waarde" -#. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 +#. label (in role of help text) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "Scheid adressen door spaties." -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "Adrespaar &toevoegen" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "Het laagste adres moet lager zijn dan het hoogste." -#. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 +#. label -- help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "Als u dit aanpast, moet u tevens de syslog-configuratie bijwerken." -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "&Hardwaretype" -#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, -#. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 +#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, +#. translation would decrease the understandability +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "&MAC-adres" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "&Laagste IP-adres" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "&Hoogste IP-adres" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" msgstr "" -"Weet u zeker dat u de DHCP-serverconfiguratie wilt verlaten zonder deze " -"eerst op te slaan?\n" +"Weet u zeker dat u de DHCP-serverconfiguratie wilt verlaten zonder deze eerst op te slaan?\n" "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2343,8 +2284,8 @@ "zal uw netwerk niet van dienst kunnen zijn.\n" "Doorgaan?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2354,8 +2295,8 @@ "%1\n" "Start YaST2-firewallconfiguratie om ze toe te wijzen aan een zone." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2363,10 +2304,10 @@ "Netwerkinterface '%1' is aan geen enkele firewallzone toegewezen.\n" "Start de YaST2-firewallconfiguratie en pas deze toewijzing handmatig toe." -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2374,188 +2315,188 @@ "Deze functie is niet beschikbaar tijdens\n" "het voorbereiden van de automatische installatie." -#. tree widget -#. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#. tree widget +#. tree widget +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "&Geconfigureerde declaraties" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "&Dynamische DNS" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "Voorwaartse zone TSIG-&sleutel" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1220 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1220 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "Omgekeerde zone TSIG-&sleutel" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:798 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:798 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "Selecteer bestand met verificatiesleutel" -#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1036 +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1036 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "Wijzigingen toepassen" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1043 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1043 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "&Voer DHCP-server uit in Chroot Jail" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1093 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "&Geavanceerd" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1096 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1096 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "&Logboek weergeven" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1098 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1098 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "&Interfaceconfiguratie" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1110 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1110 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "&Netwerkadres" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1112 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1112 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "Netwerk&masker" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1130 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1130 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "Groeps&naam" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "Pool&naam" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1146 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1146 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "&Naam van gedeeld netwerk" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1154 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1154 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "Klasse&naam" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "Beschikbare interfaces" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1179 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1179 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "&Firewall voor de geselecteerde interfaces openen" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "&Dynamische DNS voor dit subnet activeren" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1227 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1227 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "Algemene d&ynamische DNS-instellingen bijwerken" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1237 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1237 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&Zone" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1264 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1264 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "&Primaire DNS-server" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "&Omgekeerde zone" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1279 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1279 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "Pr&imaire DNS-server" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1309 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "&Expertconfiguratie van DHCP-server..." -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP-serverconfiguratie initialiseren" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Werkomgeving controleren" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCP-serverinstellingen lezen" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen lezen" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "De werkomgeving wordt gecontroleerd..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "DHCP-serverinstellingen worden gelezen..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen worden gelezen..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2571,8 +2512,8 @@ "\n" "YaST zal nu stoppen." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2580,8 +2521,8 @@ "Kan de hostnaam niet bepalen. De op LDAP gebaseerde configuratie \n" "van de DHCP-server zal niet beschikbaar zijn." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2589,113 +2530,111 @@ "De DHCP-server schijnt nog niet geconfigureerd te zijn.\n" "Wilt u een nieuwe configuratie aanmaken?" -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "De DHCP-server configuratie wordt opgeslagen" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCP-serverinstellingen opslaan" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP-server opnieuw starten" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen opslaan" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "De DHCP-serverinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "De DHCP-server wordt opnieuw gestart..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het opnieuw starten van de DHCP-daemon." +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het opnieuw starten van de DHCP-daemon." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "De DHCP-server is tijdens het opstarten van de pc gestart" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "De DHCP-server is tijdens het opstarten van de pc niet gestart" -#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 +#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Luisteren naar:%1" -#. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 +#. summary string, %1 is IP address range +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Dynamisch adresbereik: %1" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP-configuratie. Kan LDAP niet gebruiken." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." -msgstr "" -"De ondersteuning voor meerdere DHCP-service-DN's is niet geïmplementeerd." +msgstr "De ondersteuning voor meerdere DHCP-service-DN's is niet geïmplementeerd." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "De DHCP-service-DN is niet gedefinieerd." -#. %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 +#. %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het bijwerken van %1." -#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 +#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." -#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 +#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan van /etc/dhcpd.conf." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,703 +14,686 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 msgid "DNS server configuration" msgstr "DNS-serverconfiguratie" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Opstartinstellingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 msgid "DNS forwarders" msgstr "DNS-forwarders" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Instellingen logboek" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 msgid "DNS zones" msgstr "DNS-zones" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 msgid "Access control lists" msgstr "Toegangscontrolelijsten (ACL)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 msgid "Zone transport rules" msgstr "Zonetransportregels" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 msgid "Zone name servers" msgstr "Zonenaamservers" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 msgid "Zone mail servers" msgstr "Zonemailservers" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" msgstr "Start of authority (SOA)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "Zoneresourcerecords, zoals: A, CNAME, NS, MX of PTR" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" msgstr "Behandelt A en het corresponderende PTR-record in één keer" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Huidige instellingen tonen" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" msgstr "Start de DNS-server tijdens het opstarten van het systeem" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 msgid "Start DNS server manually" msgstr "Start de DNS-server handmatig" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Nieuwe record toevoegen" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Record verwijderen" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "IPv4-adres" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" msgstr "Logboekbestemming (syslog|file)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 msgid "Set option" msgstr "Optie instellen" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" msgstr "Bestandsnaam voor het schrijven naar logboekbestand (volledig pad)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" msgstr "Maximale logboekgrootte [0-9]+(KMG)*" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" msgstr "Maximum aantal versies voor rotaties, '0' betekent geen rotatie" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 msgid "Zone name" msgstr "Naam zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 msgid "Zone type, master or slave" msgstr "Zonetype, master of slave" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "DNS zone master server" msgstr "Masterserver van DNS-zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Optie inschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Optie uitschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Naamserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerde indeling en eindigend op een " -"punt of een relatieve naam)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Naamserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerde indeling en eindigend op een punt of een relatieve naam)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Mailserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerde indeling en eindigend op een " -"punt of een relatieve naam)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Mailserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerde indeling en eindigend op een punt of een relatieve naam)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" msgstr "Mailserverprioriteit (getal van 0 tot 65535)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 msgid "Serial number of zone update" msgstr "Het seriële nummer van de zone-update" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 msgid "General time to live of records in zone" msgstr "Algemene levensduur van de zonerecords" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" msgstr "Het interval voordat de zonerecords vernieuwd moeten worden" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" msgstr "Interval tussen nieuwe herlaad pogingen na mislukte acties" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" msgstr "Interval waarna zone records niet langer meer gezaghebbend zijn" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" msgstr "Minimum-TTL dat met de records in deze zone geëxporteerd moeten worden" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "Type DNS-resourcerecord, zoals: A, CNAME, NS, MX of PTR" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" msgstr "DNS-query, zoals bijvoorbeeld: example.org voor een A-record" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"Recordwaarde van DNS-resource, zoals 192.0.34.166 voor example.org's A-record" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "Recordwaarde van DNS-resource, zoals 192.0.34.166 voor example.org's A-record" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" msgstr "Hostnaam voor het DNS-record" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 msgid "Log named queries %1" msgstr "Genoemde query's %1 naar logboekbestand schrijven" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 msgid "Log zone updates %1" msgstr "Zone-updates %1 naar logboekbestand schrijven" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 msgid "Log zone transfers %1" msgstr "Zoneoverdrachten %1 naar logboekbestand schrijven" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst met zoneforwarders" -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "Parameter %1 is vereist." -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "Onbekende parameter waarde %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "Opstartinstellingen:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Er is maar één parameter toegestaan." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "DNS-server wordt aan het opstartproces toegevoegd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "DNS-server wordt uit het opstartproces verwijderd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "De DNS-server is tijdens het opstartproces geactiveerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "De DNS-server moet handmatig gestart worden." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "Forwarding:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "Forwarder-IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed." msgstr "Slechts één actieparameter is toegestaan" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "Logboekbestemming" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "Systeemlogboek" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "Bestand" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Bestandsnaam" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "Maximumgrootte" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "Maximumaantal versies" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "Genoemde query's naar logboekbestand schrijven" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "Zone-updates naar logboekbestand schrijven" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "Zoneoverdrachten naar logboekbestand schrijven" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "Logboekinstellingen:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "Instelling" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "Logboekregel" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "DNS-zones:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "Masterserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Forwarders" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "Vooraf gedefinieerd" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Aangepast" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "ACL's:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "Zonetransport:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "ACL ingeschakeld" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "Naamservers:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "Naamserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "Mailservers:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "Mailserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioriteit" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "Start of Authority (SOA):" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "Sleutel" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "Recordquery" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "Recordtype" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "Recordwaarde" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "Hostnaamrecord:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 msgid "DNS Server Installation" msgstr "DNS-serverinstallatie" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 msgid "Forwarder Settings" msgstr "Forwarderinstellingen" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS-zones" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 msgid "Finish Wizard" msgstr "Wizard voltooien" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 msgid "<li>Domains: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>Domeinen: %1</li>" -#. check box -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 +#. check box +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-ondersteuning actief" -#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 +#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 msgid "Start-up Behavior" msgstr "Opstartgedrag" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgstr "Aa&n: start DNS-server nu en tijdens het opstarten" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 msgid "O&ff: Only Start Manually" msgstr "U&it: alleen handmatig starten" -#. Push Button - start expert configuration -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 +#. Push Button - start expert configuration +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 msgid "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "Geavanc&eerde DNS-serverconfiguratie..." -#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS-server" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "Lokaal &beleid voor DNS-resolutie" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "Het samenvoegen van doorstuurservers is uitgeschakeld" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "Automatisch samenvoegen" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "Het samenvoegen van doorstuurservers is ingeschakeld" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Aangepaste configuratie" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Aangepaste beleid" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "Lokale &doorstuurserver voor DNS-resolutie" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Systeemnaamservers gebruiken" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Deze naamserver (bind)" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "Lokale dnsmasq-server" -#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 +#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres toevoegen" -#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 +#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4- of IPv6-&adres" -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "Forwarder&lijst" -#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 +#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "Kan lokale doorstuurserver niet instellen op %{doorstuurserver}" -#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 +#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "Kan het lokale equivalent van IP %1 niet vinden." -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" "been changed to its local equivalent %2." msgstr "" -"Het doorsturen van een DNS-query naar zichzelf zou een oneindige loop " -"veroorzaken.\n" +"Het doorsturen van een DNS-query naar zichzelf zou een oneindige loop veroorzaken.\n" "IP-adres %1 wordt nu door deze server gebruikt, dus moet het\n" "worden gewijzigd naar zijn lokale equivalent %2." -#. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 +#. both IPv4 and IPv6 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Ongeldig IPv4- of IPv6-adres." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -718,47 +701,47 @@ "Een geldig IPv6-adres bestaat uit de letters a-f, cijfers\n" "en dubbelepunten." -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "Gespecificeerde forwarder is al aanwezig." -#. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 +#. Frame label for Basic-Options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Optie toevoegen of wijzigen" -#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 +#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "O&ptie" -#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 +#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Waarde" -#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option -#. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 +#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option +#. Pushbutton - Change Record +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "&Wijzigen" -#. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 +#. Table label for basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Huidige opties" -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "Optie" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -766,8 +749,8 @@ "Weet u zeker dat u dit zonder\n" "enige waarde wilt instellen?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -775,8 +758,8 @@ "Optie %1 kan alleen op de waarde 'ja' of 'nee' worden ingesteld.\n" "Wilt u deze toch de waarde %2 geven?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -784,8 +767,8 @@ "Optie %1 kan alleen een getal zijn.\n" "Wilt u deze toch de waarde %2 geven?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -793,8 +776,8 @@ "In deze optie zijn de aanhalingstekens niet correct gebruikt.\n" "Wilt u deze toch de waarde %1 geven?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -802,8 +785,8 @@ "In deze optie zijn de vierkante haken niet correct gebruikt.\n" "Wilt u deze toch de waarde %1 geven?\n" -#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 +#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -811,78 +794,78 @@ "Optie %1 mag slechts één keer worden ingesteld.\n" "Wilt u er toch nog één aan toevoegen?\n" -#. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#. Table header - logging options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Logboektype" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "&Systeemlogboek" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Bestand" -#. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 +#. IntField - max. log size +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "Maximum&grootte (MB)" -#. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 +#. IntField - max. log age +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Maximum&versies" -#. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 +#. Frame label - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Extra naar logboekbestand schrijven" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Alle DNS-&query's naar logboekbestand schrijven" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Zone-&updates naar logboekbestand schrijven" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Zone&overdrachten naar logboekbestand schrijven" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Selecteer logboekbestand" -#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 +#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Optie-installatie" -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Naam" -#. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#. Table header - ACL-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Huidige ACL-lijst" -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 +#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -890,71 +873,71 @@ "Deze ACL wordt door %1 zones gebruikt.\n" "Wilt u deze echt verwijderen?\n" -#. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 +#. An error popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "Gespecificeerd ACL-item bestaat al." -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Nieuwe zone toevoegen " -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "Master" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Slave" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Vooruit" -#. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 +#. Table header - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Geconfigureerde DNS-zones" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "Een zone met de gespecificeerde naam is reeds geconfigureerd." -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "Het opslaan van de configuratie is mislukt. Instellingen wijzigen?" -#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "De configuratie kan niet worden opgeslagen." -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -962,83 +945,83 @@ "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan.\n" "Wilt u de configuratie van de DNS-server verlaten zonder op te slaan?" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "Wijzigingen toepassen" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "Basisopties" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Naar logboekbestand schrijven" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 msgid "ACLs" msgstr "ACL's" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "TSIG-sleutels" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "Dynamisch bijwerken toe&staan" -#. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG-&sleutel" -#. check box -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 +#. check box +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "&Zonetransport inschakelen" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "A&utomatisch records maken uit" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "Zon&e" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "Gekoppelde omgekeerde zones" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1046,152 +1029,152 @@ "Deze functie is niet beschikbaar tijdens de\n" "voorbereiding van de automatische installatie.\n" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "Geen TSIG-sleutel gedefinieerd." -#. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 +#. Textentry - adding nameserver +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "Toe te voegen &naamserver" -#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers -#. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 +#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers +#. selection box label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "Na&amserverlijst" -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "Gespecificeerde naamserver bestaat al." -#. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 +#. Frame label - adding mail server +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "Toe te voegen mailserver" -#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adres" -#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 +#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. int field +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioriteit" -#. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 +#. Table label - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "Mailrelaylijst" -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "De gespecificeerde waarde is geen geldige hostnaam of IP-adres." -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "De gespecificeerde mailserver bestaat al." -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Seconden" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minuten" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Uren" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dagen" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "Weken" -#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 +#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "Seri&e" -#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 +#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TT&L" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "&Eenheid" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "&Vernieuwen" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "Eenhe&id" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "&Opnieuw proberen" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "&Vervaldatum" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "Ee&nheid" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "Eenhei&d" -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "Het serienummer van de zone moet zijn opgegeven." -#. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 +#. error report, %1 is an integer +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "Het serienummer mag maximaal %1 cijfers lang zijn." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1203,107 +1186,107 @@ "tijd niet via slavenaamservers toegankelijk zijn.\n" "Doorgaan?" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "&Recordsleutel" -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "T&ype" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "&Waarde" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Service" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "Ge&wicht" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Poort" -#. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 +#. reverse zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: IPv4-domeinnaamvertaling" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: IPv6-domeinnaamvertaling" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: domeinnaamalias" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: naamserver" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: mailrelay" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: omgekeerde vertaling" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: servicesrecord" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: tekstrecord" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF: Structuur van verzendersbeleid" -#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 +#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "Recordinstellingen" -#. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 +#. Table label - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "Geconfigureerde resourcerecords" -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "Recordsleutel" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1315,27 +1298,26 @@ "IPv6 omgekeerde records worden ondersteund in volledige vorm (%1)\n" "of in de relatieve vorm tot de huidige zone." -#. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 +#. (hostname or FQ) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "Ongeldig IPv6-adres." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" "Ongeldig %{txt}-record. Het moet bestaan uit te printen US-ASCII tekens met\n" "uitzondering van '=' en moet minstens één teken bevatten." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length -#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length +#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1343,97 +1325,94 @@ "De maximale lengte van een %{type}-record is %{max} tekens.\n" "Deze boodschap is %{current} tekens lang." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME kan niet naar zichzelf verwijzen." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "Er is een interne fout opgetreden." -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "Zone-editor" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "&Basis" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "NS-recor&ds" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "&SOA" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "R&ecords" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "M&X-records" -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "Instellingen voor zone" -#. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 +#. at least one NS server must be set +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "Er moet ten minste één NS-server zijn ingesteld." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name -#. -#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate -#. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name +#. +#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate +#. DNS records manually from selected zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" -"De records voor de huidige zone zijn automatisch gegenereerd uit de %1 " -"zone.\n" -"Als u records handmatig wilt wijzigen, moet u de functie Automatisch records " -"genereren van uitschakelen." +"De records voor de huidige zone zijn automatisch gegenereerd uit de %1 zone.\n" +"Als u records handmatig wilt wijzigen, moet u de functie Automatisch records genereren van uitschakelen." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "IP-adres &master-DNS-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "Ontbrekende masterserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1443,33 +1422,33 @@ "De configuratie van de DNS-server zonder een masterserver zal falen.\n" "Als u doorgaat zal de huidige zone verwijderd worden." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "Master-DNS-server is niet gedefinieerd." -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "De gespecificeerde masternaamserver is geen geldig IP-adres." -#. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 +#. Textentry - adding forwarder +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres nieuwe &forwarder" -#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 +#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "Forwarders huidige &zone" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "Forwardzone-editor" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -1480,8 +1459,8 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze query's afwijzen?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really exit?" @@ -1489,13 +1468,13 @@ "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan.\n" "Toch afsluiten?" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "Een zone van dit type kan niet met dit programma worden ingesteld." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -1503,18 +1482,17 @@ "<p><b><big>De DNS-serverconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld a.u.b....<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialiseren afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afsluiten door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te klikken.</p>" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afsluiten door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -1522,8 +1500,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De DNS-serverconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld a.u.b....<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1533,9 +1511,9 @@ "Het opslaan kunt u afbreken door op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.\n" "Een nieuw venster zal u informeren of u dit veilig kunt uitvoeren.</p>" -#. zone dialog -#. help 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 +#. zone dialog +#. help 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>" @@ -1543,8 +1521,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Zonenaam</big></b><br>\n" "Geef de naam van de zone (domein) op bij <b>Zonenaam</b>.</p>" -#. help 2/5, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:43 +#. help 2/5, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n" "The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" @@ -1557,35 +1535,31 @@ "De zone kan automatisch worden bijgewerkt, meestal omdat de IP-adressen\n" "dynamisch door de DHCP-server worden toegewezen. Om DDNS-updates toe te\n" "staan, stelt u <b>Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan</b> en\n" -"de <b>TSIG-sleutel</b> in die voor de verificatie gebruikt moet worden. Voor " -"zowel\n" +"de <b>TSIG-sleutel</b> in die voor de verificatie gebruikt moet worden. Voor zowel\n" "de DHCP- als de DNS-servers moet u dezelfde sleutel gaan gebruiken.</p>" -#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" "entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Een DNS-zone bewerken:</big></b><br>\n" -"Voor het wijzigen van de zone-instellingen dient u eerst het betreffende " -"item\n" +"Voor het wijzigen van de zone-instellingen dient u eerst het betreffende item\n" "in de tabel te selecteren en daarna op <b>Bewerken</b> te klikken.</p>" -#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:58 +#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om een nieuwe record aan de zone toe te voegen. " -"Voor het verwijderen\n" -"van een record dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op <B>Verwijderen te klikken.</p>" +"<p>Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om een nieuwe record aan de zone toe te voegen. Voor het verwijderen\n" +"van een record dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op <B>Verwijderen</B> te klikken.</p>" -#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:62 +#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" @@ -1595,73 +1569,62 @@ "Klik op <b>SOA bewerken</b> om de SOA-record\n" "(Start of Authority) van de zone te bewerken.</p>" -#. help 2/5 alt. 2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:68 +#. help 2/5 alt. 2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"<b>Delete</b>\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n" "to remove an existing one.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Masterservers</big></b><br>\n" -"Stel de IP-adressen van de masternaamservers voor deze zone in. Gebruik " -"<b>Toevoegen</b>\n" -"om een nieuwe masternaamserver toe te voegen. Selecteer een bestaande server " -"en\n" +"Stel de IP-adressen van de masternaamservers voor deze zone in. Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b>\n" +"om een nieuwe masternaamserver toe te voegen. Selecteer een bestaande server en\n" "Klik op <b>Verwijderen</b> om deze te verwijderen.</p>" -#. help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:75 +#. help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave\n" +"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n" "or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Zonetype</big></b><br>\n" "Selecteer <b>Master</b> om deze naamserver als primaire gegevensbron van\n" "de zone in te stellen. Selecteer\n" -"<b>Slave</b> of <b>Stub</b> om de naamserver als secundaire naamserver in te " -"stellen, zodat de gegevens van de zone worden gespiegeld van de masterserver." -"</p>" +"<b>Slave</b> of <b>Stub</b> om de naamserver als secundaire naamserver in te stellen, zodat de gegevens van de zone worden gespiegeld van de masterserver.</p>" -#. help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 +#. help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Zone richting</big></b><br>\n" "DNS wordt zowel voor de vertaling van domeinnamen in IP-adressen gebruikt\n" -"als andersom. Selecteer of deze zone voor de vertaling van domeinnamen in " -"IP\n" +"als andersom. Selecteer of deze zone voor de vertaling van domeinnamen in IP\n" "adressen gebruikt moet worden (<b>Voorwaarts</b>) of van\n" "IP-adressen in domeinnamen (<b>Omgekeerd</b>).</p>\n" -#. firewall dialog -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:92 +#. firewall dialog +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n" "Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" "interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Interface categorieën</big></b><br>\n" -"Selecteer welke categorieën interfaces toegang moeten hebben tot de DNS-" -"server.\n" -"De categorieën interfaces zijn bij het onderdeel firewallconfiguratie reeds " -"gedefinieerd.</p>\n" +"Selecteer welke categorieën interfaces toegang moeten hebben tot de DNS-server.\n" +"De categorieën interfaces zijn bij het onderdeel firewallconfiguratie reeds gedefinieerd.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:98 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" @@ -1673,10 +1636,10 @@ "dusdanig aan te passen dat de DNS-server toegankelijk\n" "wordt via alle netwerk interfaces waarnaar het luistert.</p>\n" -#. soa dialog -#. help text 1/9 -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:355 +#. soa dialog +#. help text 1/9 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>" @@ -1684,8 +1647,8 @@ "<p><b><big>SOA-recordconfiguratie</big></b><br>\n" "Instelling van de SOA-recordelementen.</p>" -#. help text 2/9 - TTL -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:110 +#. help text 2/9 - TTL +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b>$TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" @@ -1693,8 +1656,8 @@ "<p><b>$TTL</b> specificeert de levensduur voor alle\n" "records in de zone die geen expliciete TTL hebben.</p>" -#. help text 3/9 - Primary source -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 +#. help text 3/9 - Primary source +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server.</p>" @@ -1702,8 +1665,8 @@ "<p><b>Primaire bron</b> moet de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam\n" "van de primaire naamserver bevatten.</p>" -#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:118 +#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n" @@ -1711,22 +1674,20 @@ "<p><b>E-mailadres van de beheerder</b> moet het e-mailadres van de\n" "beheerder bevatten die voor de zone verantwoordelijk is.</p>\n" -#. help text 5/9 - Serial -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:122 +#. help text 5/9 - Serial +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Serie</b>nummer wordt gebruikt om te bepalen of de zone op de master-\n" -"servers is gewijzigd (de slave-servers hoeven dan niet steeds de gehele " -"zone\n" +"servers is gewijzigd (de slave-servers hoeven dan niet steeds de gehele zone\n" "te synchroniseren).</p>\n" -#. help text 6/9 - Refresh -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:128 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:370 +#. help text 6/9 - Refresh +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:128 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:370 msgid "" "<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers.</p>" @@ -1734,34 +1695,30 @@ "<p><b>Vernieuwen</b> bepaalt hoe vaak de zone gesynchroniseerd moet\n" "worden vanaf de masternaamserver naar de slavenaamservers.</p>" -#. help text 7/9 - Retry -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:132 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:374 +#. help text 7/9 - Retry +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:132 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Herhalen</b> bepaalt hoe vaak de slaveservers zullen proberen om, na " -"een\n" -"mislukte synchronisatie, met de zone van de masterserver te synchroniseren." +"<p><b>Herhalen</b> bepaalt hoe vaak de slaveservers zullen proberen om, na een\n" +"mislukte synchronisatie, met de zone van de masterserver te synchroniseren.</p>" -#. help text 8/9 - Expiry -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:136 +#. help text 8/9 - Expiry +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiry</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Vervaltijd</b> betekent de periode waarna de zone op slaveservers " -"vervalt\n" -"en waarna slaveservers stoppen met het beantwoorden: dit totdat deze weer " -"gesynchroniseerd is.\n" +"<p><b>Vervaltijd</b> betekent de periode waarna de zone op slaveservers vervalt\n" +"en waarna slaveservers stoppen met het beantwoorden: dit totdat deze weer gesynchroniseerd is.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 9/9 - Minimum -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:142 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:384 +#. help text 9/9 - Minimum +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:142 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:384 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum</b> sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>" @@ -1769,31 +1726,26 @@ "<p><b>Minimum</b> stelt de tijdsduur in hoe lang de slaveservers\n" "negatieve antwoorden dienen te bewaren (naamresolutie is mislukt).</p>" -#. ddns keys dialog -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:147 +#. ddns keys dialog +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete.\n" +"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>TSIG-sleutelbeheer</big></b><br>\n" -"Definieer de te gebruiken TSIG-sleutels voor de dynamische zone-updates. " -"Gebruik voor het\n" -"toevoegen van een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel het tekstveld <b>Bestandsnaam</b> of " -"de knop <b>Bladeren</b>\n" -"en klik vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een bestaande TSIG-sleutel te " -"verwijderen,\n" +"Definieer de te gebruiken TSIG-sleutels voor de dynamische zone-updates. Gebruik voor het\n" +"toevoegen van een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel het tekstveld <b>Bestandsnaam</b> of de knop <b>Bladeren</b>\n" +"en klik vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een bestaande TSIG-sleutel te verwijderen,\n" "selecteert u deze in de lijst en klikt u op <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:156 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -1803,8 +1755,8 @@ "Om de DNS-server bij elke opstart van uw computer te laten starten,\n" "dient u <b>Aan</b> in te stellen. Stel anders <b>Uit</b> in.</p> " -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -1814,8 +1766,8 @@ "Stel <b>LDAP-ondersteuning inschakelen</b> in om de DNS-zones in\n" "LDAP op te slaan in plaats van in de normale configuratiebestanden.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:170 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" @@ -1827,8 +1779,8 @@ "<b>DNS-server nu stoppen</b> om de DNS-server\n" "onmiddellijk te starten of te stoppen.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:177 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n" "Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" @@ -1838,25 +1790,23 @@ "Forwarders zijn DNS-servers waarnaar uw DNS-server zoekopdrachten kan\n" "verzenden die deze zelf niet kan beantwoorden.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 -#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full -#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set -#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any -#. of these check boxes.</p> -#. ") + -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:190 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 +#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full +#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set +#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any +#. of these check boxes.</p> +#. ") + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Geef om een nieuwe forwarder toe te voegen een <b>IP-adres</b> op en klik " -"daarna op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n" -"Om een geconfigureerde forwarder te verwijderen moet u deze eerst selecteren " -"en vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b> klikken.</p>" +"<p>Geef om een nieuwe forwarder toe te voegen een <b>IP-adres</b> op en klik daarna op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n" +"Om een geconfigureerde forwarder te verwijderen moet u deze eerst selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b> klikken.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" @@ -1864,8 +1814,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DNS-server opties bewerken</big></b><br>\n" "Gebruik deze dialoog om opties van de DNS-server te wijzigen.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:198 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n" "enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1875,54 +1825,42 @@ "<p>Om nieuwe opties toe te voegen moet u de <b>Optie</b> selecteren,\n" "een <b>Waarde</b> opgeven en op <b>Toevoegen</b> klikken.</p>\n" "<p>Om een geconfigureerde optie aan te passen moet u deze in de tabel\n" -"selecteren, de <b>Waarde</b> ervan wijzigen en op <b>Wijzigen</b> klikken.\n" +"selecteren, de <b>Waarde</b> ervan wijzigen en op <b>Wijzigen</b> klikken.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:205 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om een optie te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op " -"<b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om een optie te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:207 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Naar logboekbestand schrijven</big></b><br>\n" -"Gebruik deze dialoog om verschillende opties van de logboekregistratie van " -"de DNS-server te definiëren.</p>" +"Gebruik deze dialoog om verschillende opties van de logboekregistratie van de DNS-server te definiëren.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:211 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n" "the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Selecteer <b>Schrijven naar systeemlogboek</b> om logboekberichten van de " -"DNS-server in het systeemlogboek op te slaan. De logboekberichten van de DNS-" -"server kunnen in een apart bestand worden opgeslagen,\n" -"selecteer hiervoor <b>Naar logboekbestand schrijven</b> en geef de " -"<b>Bestandsnaam</b> op waarin\n" -"het logboek moet worden opgeslagen en de <b>Maximumgrootte</b> van het " -"logboekbestand.\n" -"De DNS-server roteert de logboekbestanden automatisch. Gebruik " -"<b>Maximumaantal versies</b> om\n" +"Selecteer <b>Schrijven naar systeemlogboek</b> om logboekberichten van de DNS-server in het systeemlogboek op te slaan. De logboekberichten van de DNS-server kunnen in een apart bestand worden opgeslagen,\n" +"selecteer hiervoor <b>Naar logboekbestand schrijven</b> en geef de <b>Bestandsnaam</b> op waarin\n" +"het logboek moet worden opgeslagen en de <b>Maximumgrootte</b> van het logboekbestand.\n" +"De DNS-server roteert de logboekbestanden automatisch. Gebruik <b>Maximumaantal versies</b> om\n" "te specificeren hoeveel logboekbestanden er opgeslagen mogen worden.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Additional Logging</b>,\n" "set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" @@ -1933,20 +1871,15 @@ "name server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Selecteer bij <b>Extra naar logboekbestand schrijven</b>\n" -"de acties die u naar een logboekbestand wilt schrijven. Algemene acties " -"worden\n" -"altijd naar logboekbestand geschreven. <b>Alle DNS-query's naar " -"logboekbestand schrijven</b> schrijft alle query's van clients aan de DNS-" -"server naar een logboekbestand.\n" -"<b>Alle zone-updates naar logboekbestand schrijven</b> schrijft naar een " -"logboekbestand wanneer DNS wordt bijgewerkt.\n" -"<b>Zoneoverdrachten naar logboekbestand schrijven</b> schrijft naar een " -"logboekbestand wanneer een zone compleet is overgedragen naar\n" +"de acties die u naar een logboekbestand wilt schrijven. Algemene acties worden\n" +"altijd naar logboekbestand geschreven. <b>Alle DNS-query's naar logboekbestand schrijven</b> schrijft alle query's van clients aan de DNS-server naar een logboekbestand.\n" +"<b>Alle zone-updates naar logboekbestand schrijven</b> schrijft naar een logboekbestand wanneer DNS wordt bijgewerkt.\n" +"<b>Zoneoverdrachten naar logboekbestand schrijven</b> schrijft naar een logboekbestand wanneer een zone compleet is overgedragen naar\n" "de secundaire\n" "naamserver.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:231 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" @@ -1956,8 +1889,8 @@ "In deze dialoog zijn de toegangscontrolelijsten te definiëren\n" "ten behoeve van de toegangscontrole naar de zones.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:237 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:237 msgid "" "<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n" "and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n" @@ -1967,8 +1900,8 @@ "<b>waarde</b> van de optie in en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een \n" "ACL-item te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:243 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n" "TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" @@ -1980,26 +1913,21 @@ "configuratie van de DNS-server extern gewijzigd wordt. Dit is nodig\n" "voor de dynamische updates van de DNS-zones (DDNS).</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:250 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" "<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n" "(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n" -"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" +"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om een reeds aangemaakte sleutel te verwijderen, geef de <b>bestandsnaam op\n" -"(of gebruik de knop <b>Bladeren</b> om het bestand te selecteren) en klik op " -"<b>Toevoegen</b>.\n" -"Om een nieuwe sleutel te genereren, voer de <b>bestandsnaam</b> en " -"<b>Sleutel-ID</b> in en klik\n" -"op <b>Genereren</b>. De nieuwe sleutel zal dan worden gegenereerd en " -"toegevoegd.</p>\n" +"<p>Om een reeds aangemaakte sleutel te verwijderen, geef de <b>bestandsnaam</b> op\n" +"(of gebruik de knop <b>Bladeren</b> om het bestand te selecteren) en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n" +"Om een nieuwe sleutel te genereren, voer de <b>bestandsnaam</b> en <b>Sleutel-ID</b> in en klik\n" +"op <b>Genereren</b>. De nieuwe sleutel zal dan worden gegenereerd en toegevoegd.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:257 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n" "click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -2007,8 +1935,8 @@ "<p>Een bestaande sleutel verwijderen: selecteer\n" "deze en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:263 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n" @@ -2016,58 +1944,48 @@ "<p><b><big>DNS-zones</big></b><br>\n" "Gebruik deze dialoog om de DNS-zones te beheren.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:267 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type,\n" +"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n" "and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om een nieuwe zone toe te voegen, geef de <b>Zonenaam</b>, selecteer het " -"<b>Zonetype</b>\n" +"<p>Om een nieuwe zone toe te voegen, geef de <b>Zonenaam</b>, selecteer het <b>Zonetype</b>\n" "en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:271 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om een nieuwe IPv4 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van " -"het omgekeerde\n" -"IPv4-adres in gevolgd door <tt>.in-addr.arpa<tti> als <b>Zonenaam</b> " -"(bijvoorbeeld zonenaam\n" +"<p>Om een nieuwe IPv4 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van het omgekeerde\n" +"IPv4-adres in gevolgd door <tt>.in-addr.arpa<tti> als <b>Zonenaam</b> (bijvoorbeeld zonenaam\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> voor het <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> netwerk),\n" "selecteer vervolgens het <b>Zonetype</b> en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 -#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:280 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 +#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een nieuwe omgekeerde IPv6-zone wilt toevoegen, voert u een " -"gedeelte van het\n" +"<p>Als u een nieuwe omgekeerde IPv6-zone wilt toevoegen, voert u een gedeelte van het\n" "omgekeerde IPv6-adres in, gevolgd door <tt>%1</tt> als <b>Zonenaam</b>.\n" -"Verschillende indelingen voor het invoeren van de zonenaam worden " -"ondersteund, namelijk de standaardvorm: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" +"Verschillende indelingen voor het invoeren van de zonenaam worden ondersteund, namelijk de standaardvorm: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "de voorwaartse vorm: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "de voorwaartse vorm zonder netmaskbits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(standaard worden <tt>64</tt> netmaskbits gebruikt).</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:295 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" "mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -2075,23 +1993,21 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Om de instellingen te wijzigen voor een zone, zoals zonetransport\n" "en naam- en e-mailservers, selecteer deze en klik op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n" -"Om een geconfigureerde zone te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op " -"<b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" +"Om een geconfigureerde zone te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:303 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DDNS en zonetransport</big></b><br>\n" "Gebruik deze dialoog om de dynamische DNS-instellingen van de zone\n" "te wijzigen en de toegang tot de zone gecontroleerd in te stellen.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n" @@ -2099,14 +2015,12 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om dynamisch bijwerken van de zone toe te staan, selecteer <b>Dynamisch " -"bijwerken toestaan</b>\n" -"en selecteer de <b>TSIG-sleutel</b>. U dient minstens één TSIG-sleutel te " -"definiëren\n" +"Om dynamisch bijwerken van de zone toe te staan, selecteer <b>Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan</b>\n" +"en selecteer de <b>TSIG-sleutel</b>. U dient minstens één TSIG-sleutel te definiëren\n" "voordat de zone dynamisch kan worden bijgewerkt.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:319 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2120,8 +2034,8 @@ "probeert de zone over te dragen. Minstens één ACL moet gedefinieerd zijn om\n" "zonetransporten toe te kunnen staan.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:327 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:327 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" @@ -2129,41 +2043,36 @@ "check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Omgekeerde zonerecords kunnen gegenereerd worden vanuit een andere master-" -"zone.\n" +"Omgekeerde zonerecords kunnen gegenereerd worden vanuit een andere master-zone.\n" "Selecteer het selectievak <b>Automatisch genereren van records uit</b>\n" "en kies de zone waaruit de records gegenereerd moeten worden.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n" "from the current on in the <b>Connected Reverse Zones</b> field.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Als dit geen omgekeerde zone is, dan kunt u zien welke zones zijn " -"gegenereerd\n" +"Als dit geen omgekeerde zone is, dan kunt u zien welke zones zijn gegenereerd\n" "vanuit de huidige zone in het veld <b>Verbonden omgekeerde zones</b>.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:340 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>NS-records</big></b><br>\n" -"Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, voert u het adres van de naamserver " -"in en klikt u op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n" -"Om een van de naamservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteert u deze en " -"klikt u op\n" +"Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, voert u het adres van de naamserver in en klikt u op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n" +"Om een van de naamservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteert u deze en klikt u op\n" "<b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:347 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:347 msgid "" "<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n" "To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n" @@ -2172,31 +2081,26 @@ "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>MX-records</big></b><br>\n" -"Om een nieuwe mailserver toe te voegen, voer het <b>adres</b> en de " -"<b>prioriteit</b> in\n" +"Om een nieuwe mailserver toe te voegen, voer het <b>adres</b> en de <b>prioriteit</b> in\n" "en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n" -"Om een van de mailservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer deze en " -"klik\n" +"Om een van de mailservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik\n" "op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:359 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Serieel</b> is het nummer dat wordt gebruikt bij het bepalen of de " -"zone\n" +"<p><b>Serieel</b> is het nummer dat wordt gebruikt bij het bepalen of de zone\n" "op de masterservers gewijzigd is\n" -"(zodat slave-servers niet altijd de volledige zone hoeven te " -"synchroniseren)\n" +"(zodat slave-servers niet altijd de volledige zone hoeven te synchroniseren)\n" "</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:366 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "<p><b>TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" @@ -2204,21 +2108,19 @@ "<p><b>TTL</b> specificeert de levensduur van alle\n" "records in de zone die geen expliciete TTL hebben.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Vervaltijd</b> betekent de periode waarna de zone op slaveservers " -"vervalt\n" -"en waarna slaveservers stoppen met beantwoorden totdat deze zijn " -"gesynchroniseerd.\n" +"<p><b>Vervaltijd</b> betekent de periode waarna de zone op slaveservers vervalt\n" +"en waarna slaveservers stoppen met beantwoorden totdat deze zijn gesynchroniseerd.\n" "</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:388 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" @@ -2226,25 +2128,20 @@ "click <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n" -"In deze dialoog kunt u de resourcerecords van de zone wijzigen. Om nieuwe " -"resourcerecords\n" -"toe te voegen, selecteer de <b>Recordsleutel</b>, <b>Type</b> en <b>Waarde, en klik\n" +"In deze dialoog kunt u de resourcerecords van de zone wijzigen. Om nieuwe resourcerecords\n" +"toe te voegen, selecteer de <b>Recordsleutel</b>, <b>Type</b> en <b>Waarde</b>, en klik\n" "daarna op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:395 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:395 msgid "" "<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om een bestaande record te wijzigen, selecteer deze, wijzig de gewenste " -"onderdelen en klik op <b>Wijzigen</b>. Om een record te verwijderen, " -"selecteer deze en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om een bestaande record te wijzigen, selecteer deze, wijzig de gewenste onderdelen en klik op <b>Wijzigen</b>. Om een record te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n" @@ -2252,8 +2149,8 @@ "<p>\n" "Elk recordtype heeft zijn eigen syntaxis gedefinieerd in de RFC.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 msgid "" "<p><b>A: Domain Name Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n" @@ -2265,8 +2162,8 @@ "of een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" "<b>Waarde</b> is een IP-adres.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:412 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>CNAME: Alias for Domain Name</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" @@ -2276,35 +2173,30 @@ "an A record.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>CNAME -- Alias voor domeinnaam</b><br>\n" -"<b>Record sleutel</b> is een hostnaam die relatief is ten opzichte van de " -"huidige zone\n" +"<b>Record sleutel</b> is een hostnaam die relatief is ten opzichte van de huidige zone\n" "of een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" "<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige\n" "gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient\n" "door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:421 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:448 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:421 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "" "<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n" -"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>NS: Naamserver</b><br>\n" -"<b>Recordsleutel</b> is een zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een " -"absolute\n" +"<b>Recordsleutel</b> is een zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een absolute\n" "domeinnaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" -"<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige " -"gekwalificeerde\n" -"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd " -"te worden.</p>\n" +"<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige gekwalificeerde\n" +"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:429 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:429 msgid "" "<p><b>MX: Mail Relay</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" @@ -2315,19 +2207,16 @@ "<p><b>MX: Mailrelay</b><br>\n" "<b>Recordsleutel</b> is een host- of zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone\n" "of een absolute host- of zonenaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" -"<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige " -"gekwalificeerde\n" -"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd " -"te worden.</p>\n" +"<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige gekwalificeerde\n" +"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:437 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:437 msgid "" "<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2340,32 +2229,28 @@ " of een deel van de omgekeerde zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone\n" "(bijv: <i>1</i> voor IP-adres <i>192.168.0.1</i> in zone\n" "<i>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</i>).\n" -"<b>Waarde</b> is een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een " -"punt.</p>\n" +"<b>Waarde</b> is een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een punt.</p>\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:456 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuratie voltooien</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Controleer de ingevoerde instellingen alvorens de configuratie te " -"voltooien.</p> \n" +"<p>Controleer de ingevoerde instellingen alvorens de configuratie te voltooien.</p> \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer <b>Poort in firewall openen</b> om de SuSEfirewall2-" -"instellingen\n" -"dusdanig aan te passen zodat alle verbindingen met uw DNS-server worden " -"toegestaan.</p>" +"<p>Selecteer <b>Poort in firewall openen</b> om de SuSEfirewall2-instellingen\n" +"dusdanig aan te passen zodat alle verbindingen met uw DNS-server worden toegestaan.</p>" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:464 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" @@ -2375,8 +2260,8 @@ "Om de DNS-server bij elke opstart van uw computer te laten starten,\n" "selecteer <b>Aan</b>. Anders selecteert u <b>Uit</b>.</p>\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:471 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -2386,8 +2271,8 @@ "Selecteer <b>LDAP-ondersteuning inschakelen</b> om de DNS-zones in\n" "LDAP op te slaan in plaats van in de normale configuratiebestanden.</p>" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:478 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:478 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" @@ -2397,8 +2282,8 @@ "Klik op <b>Geavanceerde DNS-serverconfiguratie</b> om naar de\n" "expertmodus van de DNS-serverconfiguratie te gaan.</p>" -#. slave zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:484 +#. slave zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" @@ -2408,8 +2293,8 @@ "Elke slave zone dient een masternaamserver gedefinieerd te hebben. Gebruik\n" "<b>Master-DNS-server</b> om de masternaamserver te definiëren.</p>" -#. slave zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:490 +#. slave zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:490 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2419,14 +2304,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Zonetransport</b></big><br>\n" "Stel <b>Zonetransport inschakelen</b> in om zonetransporten toe te staan\n" -"en selecteer de <b>ACL's</b> die gecontroleerd zullen worden als een externe " -"host\n" -"een zoneoverdracht probeert te bewerkstelligen. Minstens één ACL dient te " -"zijn\n" +"en selecteer de <b>ACL's</b> die gecontroleerd zullen worden als een externe host\n" +"een zoneoverdracht probeert te bewerkstelligen. Minstens één ACL dient te zijn\n" "gedefinieerd alvorens zonetransporten toegestaan kunnen worden.</p>" -#. forward zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:498 +#. forward zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:498 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" @@ -2436,8 +2319,8 @@ "Dit type DNS-zone stuurt alleen DNS-query's door naar forwarders\n" "die erin zijn gedefinieerd.</p>" -#. forward zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:504 +#. forward zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:504 msgid "" "<p>If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n" "for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n" @@ -2447,152 +2330,152 @@ "voor de respectieve zone worden afgewezen. Dit omdat er geen\n" "DNS-server beschikbaar is waar deze query naar kan worden doorgestuurd.</p>" -#. %1 is usually an IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 +#. %1 is usually an IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1" msgstr "Onbekend recordtype: %1" -#. table entry, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 +#. table entry, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 msgid "Host %1" msgstr "Host %1" -#. combo box item, A is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 +#. combo box item, A is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A -- Domeinnaamvertaling" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 msgid "&IP Addresses" msgstr "&IP-adressen" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 msgid "Alias for %1" msgstr "Alias voor %1" -#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 +#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAAM -- Domeinnaamalias" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "&Alias" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 msgid "&Base Host Name" msgstr "&Basishostnaam" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 msgid "Pointer to %1" msgstr "Wijzer naar %1" -#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 +#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR -- Omgekeerde vertaling" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-adressen" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 msgid "Name Server %1" msgstr "Naamserver %1" -#. combo box item, NS is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 +#. combo box item, NS is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 msgid "NS -- Name Server" msgstr "NS -- Naamserver" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Domein" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 msgid "&Name Server" msgstr "&Naamserver" -#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 +#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 msgid "Mail Relay %1, Priority %2" msgstr "Mailrelay %1, prioriteit %2" -#. combo box item, MX is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 +#. combo box item, MX is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 msgid "MX -- Mail Relay" msgstr "MX -- Mailrelay" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domeinnaam" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 msgid "&Mail Relay" msgstr "&Mailrelay" -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "De DNS-serverconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Werkomgeving controleren" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Caches van de DNS-daemon wissen" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Instellingen lezen" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "De werkomgeving wordt gecontroleerd..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "De DNS-daemoncaches worden gewist..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2600,73 +2483,73 @@ "Fout opgetreden tijdens het oproepen van netconfig.\n" "Fout: " -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "De DNS-serverconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Configuratiebestanden opslaan" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNS-daemon opnieuw starten" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Zonebestanden bijwerken" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "DNS-service aanpassen" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Roep netconfig aan" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "De configuratiebestanden worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "De DNS-daemon wordt opnieuw gestart..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "De zonebestanden worden bijgewerkt..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "De DNS-service wordt aangepast..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "netconfig wordt uitgevoerd..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 +#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2674,44 +2557,44 @@ "Er is een fout opgetreden bij het starten van de service.\n" "\n" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Stub" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "Suggestie" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "De DNS-server start bij het opstarten van het systeem." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "De DNS-server start niet bij het opstarten van het systeem." -#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 +#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Geconfigureerde zones: %s" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP-configuratie. Kan LDAP niet gebruiken." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "LDAP-ondersteuning inschakelen?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2719,29 +2602,27 @@ "De installatie van de vereiste pakketten is mislukt.\n" "De LDAP-ondersteuning zal niet geactiveerd zijn." -#. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 +#. BNC #679960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Onbekende fout bij initialiseren van LDAP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van %1." -#. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 +#. error report, %1 is ldap object +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP wordt niet " -"gebruikt." +msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP wordt niet gebruikt." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het bijwerken van %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van %1. LDAP wordt niet gebruikt." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,271 +14,264 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Changes in Container" msgstr "Wijzigingen in container" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" msgstr "Pad" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#. TODO translation -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&Sluiten" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Commit Container" msgstr "Container doorvoeren" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Opslagruimte" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" msgstr "Tag" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Author" msgstr "Auteur" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" msgstr "Bericht" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" msgstr "&OK" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Inject Shell" msgstr "Shell plaatsen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Target Shell" msgstr "Doel-shell" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de terminal is mislukt. Fout: %{error}" -#. Only root can start process -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." -msgstr "" -"Dockerservice wordt niet uitgevoerd. Moet YaST docker starten? Anders wordt " -"YaST afgesloten." +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "Dockerservice wordt niet uitgevoerd. Moet YaST docker starten? Anders wordt YaST afgesloten." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " -"manually." -msgstr "" -"Dockerservice wordt niet uitgevoerd. Voer deze module als root uit of start " -"de dockerservice handmatig." +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgstr "Dockerservice wordt niet uitgevoerd. Voer deze module als root uit of start de dockerservice handmatig." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." msgstr "Communicatie met docker is mislukt met fout: %s. Probeer het opnieuw." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" msgstr "Wilt u de actieve container werkelijk stoppen?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" msgstr "Wilt u de container verwijderen?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" msgstr "Wilt u de actieve container werkelijk verwijderen?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 msgid "&Images" msgstr "&Images" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "&Containers" msgstr "&Containers" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Docker Images" msgstr "Dockerimages" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "Dockercontainers uitvoeren" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "Image-id" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 msgid "Created" msgstr "Aangemaakt" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 msgid "Virtual Size" msgstr "Virtuele grootte" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 msgid "Container ID" msgstr "Container-id" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 msgid "Image" msgstr "Image" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "Opdracht" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "Poorten" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "&Vernieuwen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "R&un" msgstr "U&itvoeren" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "Verwij&deren" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 msgid "S&how Changes" msgstr "W&ijzigingen tonen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgstr "Terminal &plaatsen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 msgid "&Stop Container" msgstr "&Container stoppen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 msgid "&Kill Container" msgstr "&Container verwijderen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 msgid "&Commit" msgstr "&Vastleggen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "Wilt u image \"%s\" werkelijk verwijderen?" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Run Container" msgstr "Container uitvoeren" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" msgstr "Host" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Container" msgstr "Container" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" msgstr "Volumes" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 msgid "Choose directory to share" msgstr "Te delen directory kiezen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 msgid "Choose target directory" msgstr "Doeldirectory kiezen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 msgid "Choose external port" msgstr "Externe poort kiezen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" msgstr "Interne poort kiezen" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,100 +14,100 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module -#: src/clients/drbd.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module +#: src/clients/drbd.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Configuratie van DRBD" -#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals -#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 msgid "DRBD" msgstr "DRBD" -#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals -#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 msgid "&DRBD" msgstr "&DRBD" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of drbd -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: xwhu -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:44 msgid "Start-up Configuration" msgstr "Opstartconfiguratie" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:45 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:45 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Algemene configuratie" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:46 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:46 msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Bronconfiguratie" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 msgid "LVM Configuration" msgstr "LVM-configuratie" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" msgstr "Standaardconfiguratie van resource" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie van resource" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of drbd -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: xwhu -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" msgstr "Waarschuwing: YaST DRBD-module wijzigt alle namen\n" -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" "\n" @@ -117,49 +117,49 @@ "\n" "Wilt u doorgaan?" -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" msgstr "Lezen van DRBD-configuratiebestand is mislukt:\n" -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" msgstr "Schrijven van configuratie naar schijf is mislukt:\n" -#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption -#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 +#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption +#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-configuratie" -#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Eerste deel van DRBD-configuratie" -#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Tweede deel van DRBD-configuratie" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 msgid "Global Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Algemene configuratie van DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:42 msgid "Minor Count" msgstr "Minimumaantal" -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:51 msgid "Dialog Refresh" msgstr "Vernieuwen van de dialoog" -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "Disable IP Verification" msgstr "IP-verificatie uitschakelen" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -167,18 +167,17 @@ "<p><b><big>DRBD-configuratie initialiseren</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -186,8 +185,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DRBD-configuratie opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -199,15 +198,15 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54 msgid "Start to configure DRBD." msgstr "Start het configureren van DRBD." -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>DRBD-configuratie starten</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n" "\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n" @@ -217,283 +216,152 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>Opstarten:</b></p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p>\"Aan\" aanvinken om DRBD-server nu en tijdens opstarten te " -"starten</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p>\"Uit\" aanvinken om DRBD-server uitsluitend handmatig te starten\n" +"\t\t\t<p>\"Aan\" aanvinken om DRBD-server nu en tijdens opstarten te starten</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p>\"Uit\" aanvinken om DRBD-server uitsluitend handmatig te starten</p>\n" "\t\t<p><b>Aan en Uit gebruiken:</b></p>\n" "\t\t\t<p>DRBD-server onmiddellijk starten of stoppen</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Resourceconfiguratie van DRBD</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource</p>\n" +"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" klikken om een " -"resource toe te voegen, te bewerken of te verwijderen</p>\n" +"<p>Op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" klikken om een resource toe te voegen, te bewerken of te verwijderen</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the " -"ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:" -"abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " -"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" -"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" -"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated " -"by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different " -"resources.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Naam\" is vereist en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam (uname " -"-n) van een van de knooppunten. De hostnaam mag geen \".\" bevatten.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Adres:poort\": een bron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, dat " -"wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen van het " -"partnerapparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-bron heeft een TCP-" -"poort nodig die wordt gebruikt om verbinding te maken met het " -"partnerapparaat van het knooppunt. Voor IPv6 moet het werkelijke adres dat " -"volgt na het ipv6-trefwoord, tussen haken worden geplaatst: ipv6 [2001:1945:" -"fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Apparaat\": de naam van het blokapparaatknooppunt van de bron die " -"wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat gebruiken met uw toepassing " -"(bestandssysteem) en u mag niet het blokapparaat van een lager niveau " -"gebruiken dat bij de schijfparameter is opgegeven, gevolgd door het " -"subnummer. Anders kunt u de naam of het woord sub en het nummer weglaten. " -"Als u de naam weglaat, wordt de standaardinstelling /dev/drbd'subnummer' " -"gebruikt.\n" -"\t\tBijvoorbeeld: '/dev/drbd{service} sub {sub drbd nummer [0...255]}' of '/" -"dev/drbd{sub drbd nummer [0...255]}'</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om de gegevens " -"daadwerkelijk op te slaan en op te halen. Gebruik een dergelijk apparaat " -"nooit terwijl DRBD ernaast wordt uitgevoerd.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Metaschijf\": intern. Intern houdt in dat het laatste gedeelte van " -"het externe apparaat wordt gebruikt om de metagegevens op te slaan.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Knooppunt-id\": knooppunt-id is een interne waarde voor drbd, die " -"automatisch door yast wordt gegenereerd. Een host kan verschillende " -"exemplaren van \"knooppunt-id\" bevatten in verschillende bronnen.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Naam\" is vereist en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam (uname -n) van een van de knooppunten. De hostnaam mag geen \".\" bevatten.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Adres:poort\": een bron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, dat wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen van het partnerapparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-bron heeft een TCP-poort nodig die wordt gebruikt om verbinding te maken met het partnerapparaat van het knooppunt. Voor IPv6 moet het werkelijke adres dat volgt na het ipv6-trefwoord, tussen haken worden geplaatst: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Apparaat\": de naam van het blokapparaatknooppunt van de bron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat gebruiken met uw toepassing (bestandssysteem) en u mag niet het blokapparaat van een lager niveau gebruiken dat bij de schijfparameter is opgegeven, gevolgd door het subnummer. Anders kunt u de naam of het woord sub en het nummer weglaten. Als u de naam weglaat, wordt de standaardinstelling /dev/drbd'subnummer' gebruikt.\n" +"\t\tBijvoorbeeld: '/dev/drbd{service} sub {sub drbd nummer [0...255]}' of '/dev/drbd{sub drbd nummer [0...255]}'</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om de gegevens daadwerkelijk op te slaan en op te halen. Gebruik een dergelijk apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD ernaast wordt uitgevoerd.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Metaschijf\": intern. Intern houdt in dat het laatste gedeelte van het externe apparaat wordt gebruikt om de metagegevens op te slaan.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Knooppunt-id\": knooppunt-id is een interne waarde voor drbd, die automatisch door yast wordt gegenereerd. Een host kan verschillende exemplaren van \"knooppunt-id\" bevatten in verschillende bronnen.</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n" "\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol A: schrijf- IO wordt als voltooid gerapporteerd als deze de " -"verzendingsbuffer van de lokale schijf en de lokale TCP heeft bereikt.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol B: schrijf- IO wordt als voltooid gerapporteerd als deze de " -"cache van de lokale schijf en de externe buffer heeft bereikt.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol C: schrijf- IO wordt als voltooid gerapporteerd als deze " -"zowel de lokale als de externe schijf heeft bereikt.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol A: schrijf- IO wordt als voltooid gerapporteerd als deze de verzendingsbuffer van de lokale schijf en de lokale TCP heeft bereikt.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol B: schrijf- IO wordt als voltooid gerapporteerd als deze de cache van de lokale schijf en de externe buffer heeft bereikt.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol C: schrijf- IO wordt als voltooid gerapporteerd als deze zowel de lokale als de externe schijf heeft bereikt.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection-time-out</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection-time-out als dit " -"knooppunt een gedegradeerde cluster is</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection-time-out als dit knooppunt een gedegradeerde cluster is</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager " -"niveau een IO-fout aan de bovenliggende lagen meldt</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-" -"socket</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: het maximumaantal verzoeken dat door DRBD wordt " -"toegewezen</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager niveau een IO-fout aan de bovenliggende lagen meldt</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-socket</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: het maximumaantal verzoeken dat door DRBD wordt toegewezen</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: als het partnerknooppunt geen verwacht responspakket " -"stuurt binnen tienden van een seconde, wordt het partnerknooppunt als dood " -"beschouwd en de TCP/IP-verbinding afgebroken. Dit moet lager zijn dan " -"connect-int en ping-int. De standaardwaarde is 60 = 6 seconden, de eenheid " -"0,1 seconde.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: de tijd die de peer heeft om te antwoorden en het " -"pakket in stand te houden. Als er binnen deze periode geen antwoord wordt " -"ontvangen, wordt het pakket als dood beschouwd. De standaardwaarde is 500 " -"ms, de standaardeenheid is 100 ms</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: de tijd die de peer heeft om te antwoorden en het " -"pakket in stand te houden</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: als het partnerknooppunt geen verwacht responspakket stuurt binnen tienden van een seconde, wordt het partnerknooppunt als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP-verbinding afgebroken. Dit moet lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaardwaarde is 60 = 6 seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: de tijd die de peer heeft om te antwoorden en het pakket in stand te houden. Als er binnen deze periode geen antwoord wordt ontvangen, wordt het pakket als dood beschouwd. De standaardwaarde is 500 ms, de standaardeenheid is 100 ms</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: de tijd die de peer heeft om te antwoorden en het pakket in stand te houden</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: het hoogste aantal gegevensblokken tussen twee " -"schrijfgrenzen</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: als het secundaire knooppunt een schrijfverzoek niet " -"voltooit na een bepaalde hoeveelheid time-outs, dan wordt dit buitengesloten " -"van de cluster. De standaardwaarde is 0, waarmee deze functie wordt " -"uitgeschakeld.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: om voor een probleemloze werking van de toepassing boven " -"op DRBD te zorgen, is het mogelijk om de bandbreedte te beperken die " -"wellicht wordt gebruikt door synchronisaties op de achtergrond. De " -"standaardbandbreedte is 250 KB/sec, de standaardeenheid is KB/sec.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter waarmee u bepaalt hoe groot de actieve " -"set kan worden. Het standaardaantal extensies is 127. (Minimaal 7, maximaal " -"3843)</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: het hoogste aantal gegevensblokken tussen twee schrijfgrenzen</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: als het secundaire knooppunt een schrijfverzoek niet voltooit na een bepaalde hoeveelheid time-outs, dan wordt dit buitengesloten van de cluster. De standaardwaarde is 0, waarmee deze functie wordt uitgeschakeld.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: om voor een probleemloze werking van de toepassing boven op DRBD te zorgen, is het mogelijk om de bandbreedte te beperken die wellicht wordt gebruikt door synchronisaties op de achtergrond. De standaardbandbreedte is 250 KB/sec, de standaardeenheid is KB/sec.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter waarmee u bepaalt hoe groot de actieve set kan worden. Het standaardaantal extensies is 127. (Minimaal 7, maximaal 3843)</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>LVM-configuratie</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " -"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t" -"\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " -"layout.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the " -"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " -"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " -"from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A " -"filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " -"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " -"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, " -"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " -"Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata " -"and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is " -"done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be " -"synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster " -"environments.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM-configuratiebestand /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Als u LVM wilt gebruiken met DRBD, moet u enkele opties in het LVM-" -"configuratiebestand wijzigen en verouderde cachevermeldingen op de " -"knooppunten verwijderen.</p>\t\t<p>Raadpleeg 'man lvm.conf' voor meer " -"informatie over de bestandsindeling.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Als u LVM wilt gebruiken met DRBD, moet u enkele opties in het LVM-configuratiebestand wijzigen en verouderde cachevermeldingen op de knooppunten verwijderen.</p>\t\t<p>Raadpleeg 'man lvm.conf' voor meer informatie over de bestandsindeling.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>Apparaatfilter</b>: hiermee wordt het onderliggende blokapparaat " -"verborgen voor de lijst met apparaten die LVM scant voor handtekeningen op " -"het fysieke volume. Op deze manier wordt LVM geïnstrueerd om handtekeningen " -"op het fysieke volume te lezen van DRBD-apparaten en niet van onderliggende " -"ondersteunende blokapparaten.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM-filter</b>: Een filter die " -"LVM2 opdraagt alleen een beperkte set apparaten te gebruiken.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Het filter bestaat uit een array van reguliere uitdrukkingen. Deze " -"uitdrukkingen kunnen worden gescheiden door een teken van uw keuze en worden " -"voorafgegaan door een 'a' (voor accept/accepteren) of 'r' (voor reject/" -"afwijzen).</p>\t\t<p>Stel bijvoorbeeld het filter in als [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]" -"</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Apparaatfilter</b>: hiermee wordt het onderliggende blokapparaat verborgen voor de lijst met apparaten die LVM scant voor handtekeningen op het fysieke volume. Op deze manier wordt LVM geïnstrueerd om handtekeningen op het fysieke volume te lezen van DRBD-apparaten en niet van onderliggende ondersteunende blokapparaten.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM-filter</b>: Een filter die LVM2 opdraagt alleen een beperkte set apparaten te gebruiken.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Het filter bestaat uit een array van reguliere uitdrukkingen. Deze uitdrukkingen kunnen worden gescheiden door een teken van uw keuze en worden voorafgegaan door een 'a' (voor accept/accepteren) of 'r' (voor reject/afwijzen).</p>\t\t<p>Stel bijvoorbeeld het filter in als [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVM-cache</b>: standaard wordt schrijven naar de LVM-cache " -"ingeschakeld. Schakel de LVM-cache uit wanneer drbd wordt gecombineerd met " -"LVM.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM-cache</b>: standaard wordt schrijven naar de LVM-cache ingeschakeld. Schakel de LVM-cache uit wanneer drbd wordt gecombineerd met LVM.</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: Wanneer lvmetad is ingeschakeld, worden de " -"volumegroupmetadata en PV-statusmarkeringen opgehaald van de instantie van " -"lvmetad en wordt er geen scan uitgevoerd door de afzonderlijke opdrachten. " -"Omdat de cache van lvmetad niet tussen knooppunten kan worden " -"gesynchroniseerd, moeten gebruikers lvmetad uitschakelen in " -"clusteromgevingen.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: Wanneer lvmetad is ingeschakeld, worden de volumegroupmetadata en PV-statusmarkeringen opgehaald van de instantie van lvmetad en wordt er geen scan uitgevoerd door de afzonderlijke opdrachten. Omdat de cache van lvmetad niet tussen knooppunten kan worden gesynchroniseerd, moeten gebruikers lvmetad uitschakelen in clusteromgevingen.</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Algemene configuratie van DRBD</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Activeer <b>\"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\"</b> om één van de drbdadm's " -"fitheidtests uit te schakelen</p>" +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>" +msgstr "<p>Activeer <b>\"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\"</b> om één van de drbdadm's fitheidtests uit te schakelen</p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Dialoog vernieuwen:</b> De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden " -"die tot\n" -" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de " -"console van uw\n" -" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met " -"beperkte\n" +"<p><b>Dialoog vernieuwen:</b> De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden die tot\n" +" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de console van uw\n" +" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met beperkte\n" " logcapaciteit.\n" -" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-" -"verversing' seconden,\n" -" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. " -"</p>" +" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-verversing' seconden,\n" +" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. </p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -507,8 +375,8 @@ " standaard wordt de module geladen met exact het aantal apparaten\n" " als is geconfigureerd in dit bestand. </p>" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n" @@ -516,8 +384,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DRBD-configuratie</big></b><br>\n" "Configureer DRBD hier.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -526,12 +394,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Een drbd toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n" "Selecteer een drbd uit de lijst met gedetecteerde drbd's.\n" -"Wanneer uw drbd niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan <b>Overige (niet " -"gedetecteerd)</b>.\n" +"Wanneer uw drbd niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan <b>Overige (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n" "Klik daarna op <b>Configureren</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -541,8 +408,8 @@ "Wanneer u op <b>Wijzigen</b> klikt, wordt er een extra dialoogvenster \n" "geopend waarin u de configuratie kunt aanpassen.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -552,8 +419,8 @@ "Een overzicht weergeven van de geïnstalleerde DRBD's. U kunt ook\n" "de configuraties bewerken.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" @@ -561,8 +428,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Een drbd toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n" "Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een drbd toe te voegen.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -570,11 +437,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Bewerken of verwijderen:</big></b><br>\n" "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen drbd.\n" -"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" +"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -584,9 +450,9 @@ "Druk op <b>Volgende</b> om verder te gaan.\n" "<br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -596,8 +462,8 @@ "Kan niet, moet je eerst programmeren :-)\n" "</p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -607,163 +473,162 @@ "Druk op <b>Volgende</b> om verder te gaan.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "LVM-filterconfiguratie van DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Apparaatfilter" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "De LVM-cache schrijven" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "LVM-cache inschakelen" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "Waarschuwing! Schakel LVM-cache uit bij gebruik drbd." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "Lvmetad gebruiken voor LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "LVM metad gebruiken" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "Waarschuwing! Gebruik lvmetad niet voor cluster." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Resourcenaam" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 msgid "Nodes" msgstr "Knooppunten" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerken" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 msgid "Save" msgstr "Opslaan" -#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Knooppuntnaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "Het IPv6-adres moet tussen haken worden geplaatst." -#. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "Voor IP/poort moet de combinatie 'addr:port' worden gebruikt." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "Geef een geldig IP-adres op." -#. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "Geef een geldig poortnummer op." -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "Knooppuntnamen mogen geen \".\" bevatten in de lokale hostnaam." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Vul alle velden in." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "Configureer ten minste twee knooppunten." -#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "Geef de knooppuntnaam op:" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "Namen van knooppunten mogen niet gelijk zijn." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat -#. Authors: Martin Lazar -#. -#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat +#. Authors: Martin Lazar +#. +#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting" msgstr "Aan -- DRBD-server starten tijdens opstarten" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgstr "Uit - Server start alleen handmatig" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "In- of uitschakelen" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Huidige status: " -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 msgid "Start DRBD Server Now" msgstr "DRBD-server nu starten" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now" msgstr "DRBD-server nu stoppen" -#. firewall_layout is just a dialog -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 +#. firewall_layout is just a dialog +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 msgid "Propagate Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie propageren" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 msgid "" "To propagate this configuration ,\n" "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." @@ -771,127 +636,127 @@ "Om deze configuratie op de andere nodes te gebruiken,\n" "kunt u het configuratiebestand '/ect/drbd.conf' daarnaar handmatig kopiëren." -#. } -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 +#. } +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 msgid "DRBD server is running." msgstr "DRBD-server wordt uitgevoerd." -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 msgid "DRBD server is not running." msgstr "DRBD-server wordt niet uitgevoerd." -#. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 +#. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Starten van DRBD-service is mislukt" -#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 +#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Stoppen van DRBD-service is mislukt" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Heartbeat-configuratie" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of drbd -#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions -#. Authors: xwhu -#. -#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. -#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. -#. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Samenvoegen van afzonderlijke DRBD-configuratiebestanden is mislukt\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Schrijven naar drbd.conf.YaST2prepare is mislukt" -#. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 +#. DRBD read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "De DRBD-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Bronnen lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM-configuraties lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Daemon-status lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Algemene instellingen worden gelezen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Bronnen worden gelezen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM-configuraties lezen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-status wordt gelezen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Back-up maken van drbd.conf is mislukt" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Opschonen van drbd.conf voor drbdadm-test is mislukt" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -899,59 +764,59 @@ "Ongeldige configuratie van resource %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Terugzetten van drbd.conf is mislukt" -#. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 +#. DRBD write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" -#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status -#. won't change modified flag -#. return true if !@modified -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status +#. won't change modified flag +#. return true if !@modified +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Bronnen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM-configuraties schrijven" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Stel daemon-status in" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "De SuSEfirewall-instellingen schrijven" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Algemene instellingen opslaan..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Bronnen worden opgeslagen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM-configuraties schrijven..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-status wordt ingesteld..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "De SuSEfirewall-instellingen schrijven" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Directory /etc/drbd.d maken is mislukt" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/fcoe-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/fcoe-client.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/fcoe-client.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,38 +14,38 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module -#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module +#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of fcoe-client" msgstr "Configuratie van de FCoE-client" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..." msgstr "FCoE-configuratie opslaan..." -#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 msgid "FcoeClient" msgstr "FCoE-client" -#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "&FCoE-client" -#. setting of config value is 'yes' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. setting of config value is 'no' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" msgstr "Nee" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." @@ -53,38 +53,38 @@ "Kan interface FCoE niet verwijderen.\n" "Commando %1 is mislukt." -#. FCoE is not available on the interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 msgid "not available" msgstr "niet beschikbaar" -#. the interface is not configured for FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 msgid "not configured" msgstr "niet geconfigureerd" -#. the flag is 'true' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" msgstr "waar" -#. the flag is 'false' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" msgstr "onwaar" -#. the flag is not set at all -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" msgstr "niet ingesteld" -#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 +#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Configuratie van VLAN-interface %1 op %2" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ "omdat FCoE al is geconfigureerd op\n" "het netwerkinterface %2 zelf." -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ "omdat FCoE al is geconfigureerd op\n" "het VLAN-interface(s) %2." -#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "Bezig met aanmaken en starten van FCoE op het ontdekte VLAN-apparaat" -#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 +#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -121,17 +121,17 @@ "aanmaken voor het ontdekte VLAN-interface %1\n" "op %2 en de FCoE-initiator opstarten?" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Kan FCoE op %1 niet maken en opstarten." -#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 +#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "Opdracht \"%1\" op %2 is mislukt." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ "FCoE-interface maken is mislukt.\n" "Ga door omdat in testmodus wordt gewerkt" -#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 +#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Wilt u het FCoE interface %1 verwijderen?" -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ "Ga na of het interface niet essentieel is voor een gebruikt apparaat.\n" "Het verwijderen kan resulteren in een onbruikbaar systeem." -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." @@ -164,17 +164,17 @@ "Verwijder de interface niet als het gekoppeld\n" "id aan een reeds geactiveerd multipad-apparaat." -#. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 +#. replace values in table +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Verwijderen van interface %1 is mislukt" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Het verwijderen van interface %1 is mislukt." -#. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 +#. text of a warning popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." @@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ "DCB-vereist is ingesteld op \"yes\" maar de\n" "interface kan geen DCB aan." -#. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 +#. text of an information (notify) popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -191,148 +191,146 @@ "Service 'fcoe' vereist inschakelen van service 'lldpad'.\n" "Starten bij opstarten van service 'lldpad' inschakelen." -#. radio button: start service on boot -#. radio button: start service on boot -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button: start service on boot +#. radio button: start service on boot +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" -#. radio button: start service manually -#. radio button: start service manually -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 +#. radio button: start service manually +#. radio button: start service manually +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "&FCoE Enable" msgstr "&FCoE inschakelen" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 +#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 msgid "&DCB Required" msgstr "&DCB vereist" -#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 +#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&AUTO_VLAN" msgstr "&AUTO_VLAN" -#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "FCoE Service Start" msgstr "Start van FCoE-service" -#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Lldpad Service Start" msgstr "Start van Lldpad-service" -#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 +#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Device" msgstr "Apparaat" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC-adres" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "Model" msgstr "Model" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface" msgstr "FCoE VLAN-interface" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "FCoE Enable" msgstr "FCoE inschakelen" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "DCB Required" msgstr "DCB vereist" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "AUTO VLAN" msgstr "AUTO VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "DCB capable" msgstr "Geschikt voor DCB" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" msgstr "Stuurprogramma" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" msgstr "FCoE-attribuut" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Flag iSCSI" msgstr "iSCSI-attribuut" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Storage Only" msgstr "Alleen opslag" -#. button labels -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 +#. button labels +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Retry &Detection" msgstr "&Detectie opnieuw proberen" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Change &Settings" msgstr "In&stellingen wijzigen" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Create &FCoE Interface" msgstr "&FCoE-interface maken" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Remove Interface" msgstr "Interface verwijde&ren" -#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Configuration Settings" msgstr "Configuratie-instellingen" -#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "&Fouten oplossen" -#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "&Use syslog" msgstr "Syslog gebr&uiken" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -340,18 +338,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van FCoE-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -359,8 +356,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van FCoE-client wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -372,8 +369,8 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n" @@ -381,8 +378,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van FCoE-client</big></b><br>\n" "FCoE-client hier configureren.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" @@ -391,12 +388,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Een fcoe-client toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n" "Selecteer uit de lijst met gedetecteerde fcoe-clients een fcoe-client.\n" -"Als uw fcoe-client niet automatisch gedetecteerd werd, gebruik dan " -"<b>Overige (niet gedetecteerd)</b>\n" +"Als uw fcoe-client niet automatisch gedetecteerd werd, gebruik dan <b>Overige (niet gedetecteerd)</b>\n" "en druk op <b>Configureren</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -406,240 +402,159 @@ "Wanneer u op <b>Bewerken</b> klikt, wordt er een extra dialoogvenster\n" "geopend waarin u de configuratie kunt aanpassen.</p>\n" -#. Services dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start " -"of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Services starten</big><br></b><br>Schakel het starten van de " -"services <b>fcoe</b> en <b>lldpad</b> tijdens het opstarten in of uit.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 +msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>Services starten</big><br></b><br>Schakel het starten van de services <b>fcoe</b> en <b>lldpad</b> tijdens het opstarten in of uit.</p>" -#. Services dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u de service <b>fcoe</b> start, betekent dit dat u de <i>Fibre " -"Channel over Ethernet</i>-servicedaemon <i>fcoemon</i> start. Hiermee worden " -"de FCoE-interfaces beheerd en wordt verbinding gemaakt met de daemon " -"<i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 +msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u de service <b>fcoe</b> start, betekent dit dat u de <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i>-servicedaemon <i>fcoemon</i> start. Hiermee worden de FCoE-interfaces beheerd en wordt verbinding gemaakt met de daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" -#. Services dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De service <b>lldpad</b> levert de agentdaemon <i>lldpad</i> (<i>Link " -"Layer Discovery Protocol</i>) die <i>fcoemon</i> informeert over DCB-" -"functies (Data Center Bridging) en de configuratie van de interfaces.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 +msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De service <b>lldpad</b> levert de agentdaemon <i>lldpad</i> (<i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i>) die <i>fcoemon</i> informeert over DCB-functies (Data Center Bridging) en de configuratie van de interfaces.</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 +#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p><b><big>Network interface overview</big></b></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Overzicht van netwerkinterfaces</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het dialoogvenster voor interfaces bevat alle gedetecteerde netkaart, " -"inclusief de status van de VLAN- en FCoE-configuratie.<br>FCoE is mogelijk " -"als er in de optie een VLAN-interface is geconfigureerd voor FCoE.<br>Dit " -"wordt voor elke netkaart (netwerkinterface) weergegeven in de kolom <i>FCoE " -"VLAN-interface</i>.</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het dialoogvenster voor interfaces bevat alle gedetecteerde netkaart, inclusief de status van de VLAN- en FCoE-configuratie.<br>FCoE is mogelijk als er in de optie een VLAN-interface is geconfigureerd voor FCoE.<br>Dit wordt voor elke netkaart (netwerkinterface) weergegeven in de kolom <i>FCoE VLAN-interface</i>.</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry " -"Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt de controle op FCoE-services opnieuw proberen met <b>Detectie " -"opnieuw proberen</b>(dit is mogelijk nodig voor interfaces die niet direct " -"actief zijn).</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 +msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>" +msgstr "<p>U kunt de controle op FCoE-services opnieuw proberen met <b>Detectie opnieuw proberen</b>(dit is mogelijk nodig voor interfaces die niet direct actief zijn).</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De waarden voor <i>FCoE VLAN-interface</i> in meer detail:<br><b>niet " -"beschikbaar</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is niet mogelijk (moet eerst " -"zijn ingeschakeld met de optie).<br><b>niet geconfigureerd</b>: FCoE is " -"mogelijk, maar nog niet geactiveerd.<br>Klik op <b>FCoE VLAN-interface " -"maken</b> om dit te activeren.<br>Als de FCoE VLAN-interface al is gemaakt, " -"wordt de naam weergegeven in de kolom, bijvoorbeeld eth3.200.</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 +msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De waarden voor <i>FCoE VLAN-interface</i> in meer detail:<br><b>niet beschikbaar</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is niet mogelijk (moet eerst zijn ingeschakeld met de optie).<br><b>niet geconfigureerd</b>: FCoE is mogelijk, maar nog niet geactiveerd.<br>Klik op <b>FCoE VLAN-interface maken</b> om dit te activeren.<br>Als de FCoE VLAN-interface al is gemaakt, wordt de naam weergegeven in de kolom, bijvoorbeeld eth3.200.</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "" -"<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change " -"Settings</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u de configuratie van een FCoE VLAN-interface wilt wijzigen, klikt u " -"op <b>Instellingen wijzigen</b>.</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 +msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u de configuratie van een FCoE VLAN-interface wilt wijzigen, klikt u op <b>Instellingen wijzigen</b>.</p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<p><b><big>General Configuration of FCoE</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Algemene configuratie van FCoE</big></b></p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hier kunt u de algemene instellingen voor de FCoE systeemservice " -"configureren. De instellingen worden naar '/etc/fcoe/config' geschreven.</p>" +#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 +msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de algemene instellingen voor de FCoE systeemservice configureren. De instellingen worden naar '/etc/fcoe/config' geschreven.</p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 +#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>The values are:<br>\n" -"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>." -"<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" +"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>De waarden zijn:<br>\n" -"<b>Debug</b>: <i>ja</i> of <i>nee</i><br>Hiermee worden debugberichten in- " -"of uitgeschakeld vanuit het script van de fcoe-service en <i>fcoemon</i>." -"<br><b>Syslog gebruiken</b>: <i>ja</i> of <i>nee</i><br>Berichten worden " -"naar het systeemlogboek verzonden als deze waarde is ingesteld op <i>ja</i> " -"(gegevens worden vastgelegd in /var/log/messages).</p>" +"<b>Debug</b>: <i>ja</i> of <i>nee</i><br>Hiermee worden debugberichten in- of uitgeschakeld vanuit het script van de fcoe-service en <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Syslog gebruiken</b>: <i>ja</i> of <i>nee</i><br>Berichten worden naar het systeemlogboek verzonden als deze waarde is ingesteld op <i>ja</i> (gegevens worden vastgelegd in /var/log/messages).</p>" -#. edit dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 +#. edit dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "<p>Edit Settings in /etc/fcoe/ethx</p>" msgstr "<p>Instellingen in /etc/fcoe/ethx bewerken</p>" -#. Edit dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on " -"initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De daemon <i>fcoemon</i> leest deze configuratiebestanden tijdens de " -"initialisatie.<br>Er is een bestand beschikbaar voor elke interface en met " -"de waarden wordt aangegeven of er FCoE-exemplaren moeten worden gemaakt en " -"of DCB is vereist.</p>" +#. Edit dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 +msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De daemon <i>fcoemon</i> leest deze configuratiebestanden tijdens de initialisatie.<br>Er is een bestand beschikbaar voor elke interface en met de waarden wordt aangegeven of er FCoE-exemplaren moeten worden gemaakt en of DCB is vereist.</p>" -#. Edit dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required." -"<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De waarden zijn:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>ja</i> of <i>nee<br>Schakel het maken van FCoE-exemplaren in of uit.<br><b>DCB Required: <i>ja</i> of <i>nee</i><br>De standaardwaarde is <i>ja</i>. DCB is " -"meestal vereist.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>ja</i> of <i>nee</i><br>Als dit is " -"ingesteld op <i>ja</i>, worden de VLAN-interfaces automatisch met fcoemon " -"gemaakt.</p>" +#. Edit dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De waarden zijn:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>ja</i> of <i>nee</i><br>Schakel het maken van FCoE-exemplaren in of uit.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>ja</i> of <i>nee</i><br>De standaardwaarde is <i>ja</i>. DCB is meestal vereist.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>ja</i> of <i>nee</i><br>Als dit is ingesteld op <i>ja</i>, worden de VLAN-interfaces automatisch met fcoemon gemaakt.</p>" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 msgid "&Interfaces" msgstr "&Interfaces" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 msgid "&Configuration" msgstr "&Configuratie" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Services" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Fibre-channel over Ethernet" -#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 +#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 msgid "Change FCoE Settings" msgstr "Instellingen van FCoE wijzigen" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 msgid "FcoeClient Configuration" msgstr "FCoE-clientconfiguratie" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be " -"installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u wilt doorgaan met het instellen van FCoE, moet het pakket <b>%1</b> " -"worden geïnstalleerd.</p>" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 +msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u wilt doorgaan met het instellen van FCoE, moet het pakket <b>%1</b> worden geïnstalleerd.</p>" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Wilt u dit nu installeren?</p>" -#. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 +#. start service lldpad first +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "Kan de service 'lldpad' niet starten" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Kan de service 'fcoe' niet starten" -#. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 +#. first start lldpad +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "Kan de socket voor lldpad-systemd niet starten" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "Kan de lldpad-service niet starten." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "Kan de socket voor fcoemon-systemd niet starten." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "Kan de fcoe-service niet starten." -#. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 +#. warning if no valid configuration found +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -650,113 +565,113 @@ "interface van FCoE opnieuw maken om een geldige\n" "configuratie te krijgen." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "De FCoE-clientconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten controleren" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "Services controleren" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Netwerkkaarten detecteren" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config lezen" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Op geïnstalleerde pakketten controleren..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Services controleren..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "De netwerkkaarten worden gedetecteerd..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config lezen" -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Starten van services is mislukt." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Kan apparaten niet detecteren." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Kan /etc/fcoe/config niet lezen." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "FCoE-clientconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "FCoE-service opnieuw starten" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Opstarten van services aanpassen" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "FCoE-service opnieuw opstarten..." -#. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 +#. Progress sstep 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Bezig met starten van services aanpassen..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet in /etc/fcoe/conf opslaan." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -764,43 +679,43 @@ "Kan de instellingen voor FCoE-interfaces niet wegschrijven.\n" "Zie voor details /var/log/YaST2/y2log" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Opnieuw starten van service fcoe is mislukt." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Kan geen /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-bestanden schrijven." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>" msgstr "<b>Algemene configuratie van FCoE</b>" -#. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 +#. options from config file, not meant for translation +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>" msgstr "<b>Interfaces</b>" -#. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 +#. network card, e.g. eth0 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:" msgstr "<i>Netwerkkaart</i>:" -#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for -#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 +#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for +#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>" msgstr "<b>Starten van services</b>" -#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 +#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ingeschakeld" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uitgeschakeld" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/firewall-services.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/firewall-services.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/firewall-services.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,257 +14,246 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" msgstr "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -msgstr "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast-DNS (mDNS) poorten voor Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast-DNS (mDNS) poorten voor Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 msgid "cyrus-imapd Server" msgstr "cyrus-imapd-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgstr "Open de poorten voor de cyrus-imapd-server." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 msgid "DHCPv4 Server" msgstr "DHCPv4-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server." msgstr "Open de poorten voor de ISC DHCPv4 4.x-server." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 msgid "dnsmasq" msgstr "dnsmasq" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server." msgstr "Open poorten voor de dnsmasq DNS/DHCP-server." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 msgid "mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "mDNS/Bonjour-ondersteuning voor HPLIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "Firewallconfiguratiebestand voor mDNS/Bonjour-ondersteuning voor HPLIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 msgid "icecream daemon" msgstr "Icecream-daemon" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 msgid "opens socket for the icecream compilation daemon" msgstr "opent socket voor de Icecream daemon-compilatie" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 msgid "icecream scheduler" msgstr "Icecream-planner" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 msgid "Opens ports for the icecream scheduler" msgstr "Opent de poorten voor de Icecream-planner" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 msgid "iSNS Daemon" msgstr "iSNS-daemon" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgstr "Poorten openen voor de iSNS-daemon met broadcast toegestaan." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 msgid "Netbios Server" msgstr "Netbios-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." msgstr "Poorten openen voor de Samba Netbios-server met broadcast toegestaan." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 msgid "NFS Client" msgstr "NFS-client" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"Firewall-configuratie voor NFS-cliënt. Open poorten voor een NFS-cliënt om " -"te verbinden met een NFS-server." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "Firewall-configuratie voor NFS-cliënt. Open poorten voor een NFS-cliënt om te verbinden met een NFS-server." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 msgid "NFS Server Service" msgstr "NFS-serverservice" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"Firewallconfiguratie voor nfs-kernelserver. Open poorten voor NFS om andere " -"hosts toe te laten een verbinding te maken." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "Firewallconfiguratie voor nfs-kernelserver. Open poorten voor NFS om andere hosts toe te laten een verbinding te maken." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 msgid "xntp Server" msgstr "xntp-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 msgid "Open ports for xntp." msgstr "Open de poorten voor de xntp." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "OpenLDAP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)." msgstr "Open de poorten voor de OpenLDAP-server (slapd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)" msgstr "OpenSLP-server (SLP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services." msgstr "Schakel OpenSLP-server in om services te adverteren." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 msgid "Rsync server" msgstr "Server opnieuw synchroniseren" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" -msgstr "" -"Open de poort voor rsync-server om synchronisatie toe te staan van afstand" +msgstr "Open de poort voor rsync-server om synchronisatie toe te staan van afstand" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 msgid "Samba Client" msgstr "Samba-client" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 msgid "Enable browsing of SMB shares." msgstr "Browsen van SMB-shares inschakelen." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 msgid "Samba Server" msgstr "Samba-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 msgid "Open ports for Samba server." msgstr "Poorten openen voor de Samba-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 msgid "SMTP with sendmail" msgstr "SMTP met sendmail" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail" msgstr "Firewall-configuratiebestand voor sendmail" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 msgid "Secure Shell Server" msgstr "Secure Shell-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server." msgstr "Poorten openen voor de Secure Shell-server." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 msgid "svnserve" msgstr "svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 msgid "Open ports for svnserve" msgstr "Open poorten voor svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 msgid "VNC mini-HTTP server" msgstr "VNC-mini-HTTP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." msgstr "Opent de VNC-HTTP-poorten zodat browsers verbinding kunnen maken." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 msgid "VNC" msgstr "VNC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." msgstr "Open VNC-serverpoorten zodat viewers verbinding kunnen maken." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 msgid "vsftpd Server" msgstr "vsftpd-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server." msgstr "Open de poorten voor de vsftpd-server." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 msgid "NIS Client" msgstr "NIS-client" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain." msgstr "De ypbind-daemon verbindt NIS-clients met een NIS-domein." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,19 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config -#. is installed -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" -msgstr "" -"Uw beeldscherm biedt geen ondersteuning voor de UI 'firewall-config'.\n" +msgstr "Uw beeldscherm biedt geen ondersteuning voor de UI 'firewall-config'.\n" -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." msgstr "Gebruik de Yast2-opdrachtregel of het hulpprogramma 'firewall-cmd'." -#. TRANSLATORS: message popup -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: message popup +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" "The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." @@ -34,23 +33,23 @@ "Firewallconfiguratie kan niet worden aangepast.\n" "Het SuSEfirewall2-pakket is niet geïnstalleerd." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "Firewall" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 msgid "&Firewall" msgstr "&Firewall" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 msgid "Another Firewall Active" msgstr "Een andere firewall is actief" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 msgid "" "Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\n" "If you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\n" @@ -66,13 +65,13 @@ "\n" "Doorgaan met de configuratie?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 msgid "Aborting Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Firewall configuratie-proces wordt afgebroken" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 msgid "" "All changes would be lost.\n" "Really abort configuration?\n" @@ -80,137 +79,137 @@ "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan.\n" "Doorgaan met afbreken configuratie-proces?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "Automatisch opstarten firewall &inschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "Automatisch opstarten firewall &uitschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "Automatisch opstarten van firewall inschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "Automatisch opstarten van firewall uitschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Firewall is running" msgstr "Firewall draait" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Firewall is not running" msgstr "Firewall draait niet" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "&Start Firewall Now" msgstr "Firewall nu &starten" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "S&top Firewall Now" msgstr "Firewall nu s&toppen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "Instellingen &opslaan en firewall nu herstarten" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgstr "Firewall nu starten" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgstr "Firewall nu stoppen" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en firewall nu herstarten" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie firewall" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Allowed Services" msgstr "Toegestane services" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Network Masquerading" msgstr "Netwerk maskering" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Maskering" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Broadcast" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "Logniveau" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. Example: -#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 -#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] -#. -#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". -#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. Example: +#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 +#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] +#. +#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". +#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 msgid "Custom Rules" msgstr "Aangepaste regels" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting" -#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...</p>" @@ -218,8 +217,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De firewall configuratie wordt gelezen</big></b>\n" "<br>Even geduld aub...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...</p>" @@ -227,8 +226,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De firewall configuratie wordt opgeslagen</big></b>\n" "<br>Even geduld aub...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" @@ -243,30 +242,28 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n" "<br>Hier kunt u uw netwerkapparaten aan firewallzones toewijzen.\n" -"Selecteer hiervoor het apparaat uit de tabel en druk op <b>Wijzigen</b>.\n" +"Selecteer hiervoor het apparaat uit de tabel en druk op <b>Wijzigen</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Met behulp van <b>Gebruikersinstelling</b> kunt u speciale regels, zoals " -"<i>any</i>, \n" +"<p>Met behulp van <b>Gebruikersinstelling</b> kunt u speciale regels, zoals <i>any</i>, \n" "opgeven. Ook kunt u hier nog niet geconfigureerde interfaces opgeven.\n" "Als u maskering nodig heeft is de string <i>any</i> niet toegestaan.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>Ieder netwerk apparaat dient aan een firewall zone te zijn toegewezen.\n" "Netwerk verkeer via niet toegewezen interfaces wordt geblokkeerd.</p>\n" -#. Network Manager -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces -#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool -#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) -#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) -#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your -#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using -#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. -#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" -#. ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 +#. Network Manager +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces +#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool +#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) +#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) +#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your +#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using +#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. +#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" +#. ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n" "<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" @@ -274,252 +271,183 @@ "\n" "<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n" "<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed " -"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Toegestane services</big></b>\n" -"<br>Specificeer de services of poorten die vanaf het netwerk toegankelijk " -"moeten zijn.\n" +"<br>Specificeer de services of poorten die vanaf het netwerk toegankelijk moeten zijn.\n" "Netwerken zijn opgedeeld in firewall zones.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>Om een service toe te staan, moet u de <b>Zone</b> en de\n" -"<b>Service, toe te staan</b> selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b> " -"klikken.</p>\n" +"<b>Service, toe te staan</b> selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b> klikken.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Om een toegestane service te verwijderen, selecteert u de <b>Zone</b> en " -"de <b>Toegestane service</b> en klikt u daarna op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Om een toegestane service te verwijderen, selecteert u de <b>Zone</b> en de <b>Toegestane service</b> en klikt u daarna op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Door de selectie van <b>Bescherm firewall vanaf interne zone</b> te " -"verwijderen, wordt de beveiliging\n" -"van de zone opgeheven. Alle services en poorten vanuit deze zone zijn dan " -"onbeschermd.</p>\n" +"<p>Door de selectie van <b>Bescherm firewall vanaf interne zone</b> te verwijderen, wordt de beveiliging\n" +"van de zone opgeheven. Alle services en poorten vanuit deze zone zijn dan onbeschermd.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.</p>\n" "<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Aanvullende instellingen kunt u configureren door <b>Geavanceerd</b> te " -"gebruiken.\n" -"Items dienen van elkaar te worden gescheiden met een spatie. U kunt TCP, " -"UDP, RPC-poorten en \n" +"<p>Aanvullende instellingen kunt u configureren door <b>Geavanceerd</b> te gebruiken.\n" +"Items dienen van elkaar te worden gescheiden met een spatie. U kunt TCP, UDP, RPC-poorten en \n" "IP-protocollen toestaan.</p>\n" -"<p>TCP- en UDP-poorten kunne worden ingevoerd als poortnamen (<tt>ftp-data),\n" +"<p>TCP- en UDP-poorten kunne worden ingevoerd als poortnamen (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "poortnummers (<tt>3128</tt>) of poortbereiken (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC-poorten dienen te worden ingevoerd als dienstnamen (<tt>portmap</tt> of " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>) en\n" +"RPC-poorten dienen te worden ingevoerd als dienstnamen (<tt>portmap</tt> of <tt>nlockmgr</tt>) en\n" "IP-protocollen als de protocol-naam (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n" -"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Maskering</big></b>\n" -"<br>Maskering is een functie die uw interne netwerk achter uw firewall " -"verbergt en uw\n" -"interne netwerk transparant toegang tot het externe netwerk, zoals het " -"internet, verleent.\n" -"Verzoeken vanaf het externe netwerk naar het interne netwerk worden " -"geblokkeerd.\n" +"<br>Maskering is een functie die uw interne netwerk achter uw firewall verbergt en uw\n" +"interne netwerk transparant toegang tot het externe netwerk, zoals het internet, verleent.\n" +"Verzoeken vanaf het externe netwerk naar het interne netwerk worden geblokkeerd.\n" "Selecteer <b>Netwerk maskering</b> om uw netwerken voor\n" "het externe netwerk te verbergen.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form." -"</p>\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete.</p>\n" +"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Verzoeken aan een gemaskeerd IP-adres doorsturen.</big></b>\n" -"<br>Hoewel verzoeken van het externe netwerk uw interne netwerk niet kunnen " -"bereiken, is het\n" -"transparant doorsturen van iedere gewenste poort op uw firewall naar elk " -"intern IP-adres mogelijk. \n" -"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe omleidingsregel toe te voegen en vul " -"het omleidingsformulier volledig in.</p>\n" +"<br>Hoewel verzoeken van het externe netwerk uw interne netwerk niet kunnen bereiken, is het\n" +"transparant doorsturen van iedere gewenste poort op uw firewall naar elk intern IP-adres mogelijk. \n" +"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe omleidingsregel toe te voegen en vul het omleidingsformulier volledig in.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Om een omleidingsregel te verwijderen, selecteert u deze eerst in de " -"tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Om een omleidingsregel te verwijderen, selecteert u deze eerst in de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.</p>\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets</b>\n" +"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n" "for the desired zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Broadcastconfiguratie</big></b>\n" -"<br>Broadcastpakketten zijn speciale UDP-pakketten die aan het hele netwerk " -"verstuurd worden\n" -"om naburige computers te zoeken of om informatie naar elke computer in het " -"netwerk te versturen.\n" -"CUPS servers bijvoorbeeld leveren informatie over hun print queues aan door " -"middel van broadcastpakketten.</p>\n" +"<br>Broadcastpakketten zijn speciale UDP-pakketten die aan het hele netwerk verstuurd worden\n" +"om naburige computers te zoeken of om informatie naar elke computer in het netwerk te versturen.\n" +"CUPS servers bijvoorbeeld leveren informatie over hun print queues aan door middel van broadcastpakketten.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Services, geselecteerd in SuSEfirewall2, toegestane interfaces, zijn hier " -"automatisch\n" -"toegevoegd. Om andere poorten van bepaalde zones te verwijderen of toe te " -"voegen, dient\n" +"<p>Services, geselecteerd in SuSEfirewall2, toegestane interfaces, zijn hier automatisch\n" +"toegevoegd. Om andere poorten van bepaalde zones te verwijderen of toe te voegen, dient\n" "u lijsten met poorten, door spaties gescheiden, te bewerken</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Andere afgewezen broadcastpakketten worden gelogd. In grotere netwerken " -"kunnen dat veel pakketten\n" +"<p>Andere afgewezen broadcastpakketten worden gelogd. In grotere netwerken kunnen dat veel pakketten\n" "zijn. Deselecteer <b>Log niet-geaccepteerde broadcastpakketten</b>\n" " om het loggen van\n" "deze pakketten voor de gewenste zones uit te schakelen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.</p>\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast antwoord</big></b><br>\n" -"De firewall laat gewoonlijk pakketten vallen die door andere machines als " -"antwoord\n" -"op door uw systeem verzonden broadcast-pakkettten, bijv., Samba-browsing of " -"SLP-browsing.</p>\n" +"De firewall laat gewoonlijk pakketten vallen die door andere machines als antwoord\n" +"op door uw systeem verzonden broadcast-pakkettten, bijv., Samba-browsing of SLP-browsing.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Hier kunt u configureren welke pakkettten door de firewall doorgelaten " -"mogen worden.\n" -"Gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe regel toe te voegen. U zult " -"ook de firewall-zone\n" -"moeten kiezen van reeds gedefinieerde services of uw regel volledig " -"handmatig instellen.</p>\n" +"<p>Hier kunt u configureren welke pakkettten door de firewall doorgelaten mogen worden.\n" +"Gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe regel toe te voegen. U zult ook de firewall-zone\n" +"moeten kiezen van reeds gedefinieerde services of uw regel volledig handmatig instellen.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.</p>\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IPsec-ondersteuning</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec is een versleutelde communicatie-methode tussen vertrouwde hosts " -"of netwerken via onveilige netwerken\n" -"zoals het internet. Kies in deze dialoog <b>IPsec inschakelen</b> om IPsec " -"voor een\n" +"<br>IPsec is een versleutelde communicatie-methode tussen vertrouwde hosts of netwerken via onveilige netwerken\n" +"zoals het internet. Kies in deze dialoog <b>IPsec inschakelen</b> om IPsec voor een\n" "externe zone te activeren</p>\n" -"<p>Onder <b>Details</b> stelt u de behandeling van de succesvol " -"ontsleutelde\n" -"IPsec-pakketten in. Ze kunnen bijvoorbeeld behandeld worden als afkomstig " -"uit de interne zone.</p>\n" +"<p>Onder <b>Details</b> stelt u de behandeling van de succesvol ontsleutelde\n" +"IPsec-pakketten in. Ze kunnen bijvoorbeeld behandeld worden als afkomstig uit de interne zone.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n" -"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.</p>\n" +"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and " -"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do " -"Not Log Any</b>\n" +"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n" +"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Log level</big></b>\n" -"<br>Dit is een basis configuratie-dialoog om het loggen van IP-pakketten in " -"te stellen. Configureer hier\n" -"het loggen van de inkomende verbindingspakketten. Uitgaande pakketten worden " -"helemaal niet gelogd.</p>\n" +"<br>Dit is een basis configuratie-dialoog om het loggen van IP-pakketten in te stellen. Configureer hier\n" +"het loggen van de inkomende verbindingspakketten. Uitgaande pakketten worden helemaal niet gelogd.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Er zijn twee groepen van gelogde IP pakketten: <b>Geaccepteerde " -"pakketten</b> en\n" -"<b>Niet-geaccepteerde pakketten</b>. Bij elke groep kunt u kiezen uit drie " -"log-niveaus: <b>Alles loggen</b>,\n" -"<b>Log alleen kritieke</b> om alleen interessante exemplaren te loggen of " -"<b>Niets loggen</b>\n" -"om niets te registreren. U zou op z'n minst geaccepteerde kritieke pakketten " -"moeten loggen.</p>\n" +"<p>Er zijn twee groepen van gelogde IP pakketten: <b>Geaccepteerde pakketten</b> en\n" +"<b>Niet-geaccepteerde pakketten</b>. Bij elke groep kunt u kiezen uit drie log-niveaus: <b>Alles loggen</b>,\n" +"<b>Log alleen kritieke</b> om alleen interessante exemplaren te loggen of <b>Niets loggen</b>\n" +"om niets te registreren. U zou op z'n minst geaccepteerde kritieke pakketten moeten loggen.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:</p>\n" +"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Samenvatting</big></b>\n" @@ -527,25 +455,19 @@ "Dit overzicht is verdeeld in een algemene configuratie en onderdelen\n" "voor elke firewall zone. Elke bestaande zone wordt hier samengevat.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Firewall opstarten</b> laat zien of de firewall tijdens het " -"<b>opstartproces</b>\n" +"<p><b>Firewall opstarten</b> laat zien of de firewall tijdens het <b>opstartproces</b>\n" "of alleen <b>handmatig</b> wordt gestart.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Aan firewallzones moet een netwerk interface toegewezen zijn, om de " -"volgende items in de samenvatting te kunnen weergeven:</p>\n" +"<p>Aan firewallzones moet een netwerk interface toegewezen zijn, om de volgende items in de samenvatting te kunnen weergeven:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: alle interfaces worden weergegeven met hun " -"configuratie- en apparaatnaam.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: alle interfaces worden weergegeven met hun configuratie- en apparaatnaam.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Open services, poorten en protocollen</b>: dit geeft alle toegestane " -"netwerkservices\n" -"weer en tevens de TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram " -"Protocol) en\n" -"RPC (Remote Procedure Call) poorten en IP (Internet Protocol) protocollen.\n" +"<p><b>Open services, poorten en protocollen</b>: dit geeft alle toegestane netwerkservices\n" +"weer en tevens de TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol) en\n" +"RPC (Remote Procedure Call) poorten en IP (Internet Protocol) protocollen.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>Here, enter additional\n" "ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone.</p>" @@ -553,34 +475,31 @@ "<p>Hier kunt u enkele aanvullende poorten\n" "of protocollen invoeren die u in de firewall-zone wilt activeren.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p><b>TCP Ports</b> and <b>UDP Ports</b> can be entered as\n" "a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>TCP-poorten</b> en <b>UDP-poorten</b> kunnen worden ingevoerd\n" -"als lijst van poortnummers, poortnamen of poortbereiken, van elkaar " -"gescheiden\n" +"als lijst van poortnummers, poortnamen of poortbereiken, van elkaar gescheiden\n" " door komma's. Voorbeelden: <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>RPC-poorten</b> is een lijst met RPC-services, zoals\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> of <tt>portmap</tt>, door komma's " -"gescheiden.</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> of <tt>portmap</tt>, door komma's gescheiden.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>IP Protocols</b> is a list of protocols, such as\n" "<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n" @@ -588,53 +507,46 @@ "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>IP-protocollen</b> is een lijst met protocollen, zoals\n" -"<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt> of <tt>chaos</tt>, van elkaar gescheiden door " -"spaties.\n" +"<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt> of <tt>chaos</tt>, van elkaar gescheiden door spaties.\n" "De huidige lijst met protocollen is te vinden op\n" "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Poortbereik</b> bestaat uit twee nummers met een dubbele punt " -"ertussen,\n" -"die alle poortnummers binnen een bereik representeren, inclusief de nummers " -"zelf.\n" +"<p><b>Poortbereik</b> bestaat uit twee nummers met een dubbele punt ertussen,\n" +"die alle poortnummers binnen een bereik representeren, inclusief de nummers zelf.\n" "Het eerste poortnummer dient lager te zijn dan het tweede,\n" "bijvoorbeeld: <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Port Name</b> is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n" "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Poortnaam</b> is een naam die door de IANA-organisatie\n" -" is toegewezen aan een poortnummer. Er kunnen meerdere poortnamen zijn " -"toegewezen aan één poortnummer. De huidige lijst met toewijzingen kunt u\n" +" is toegewezen aan een poortnummer. Er kunnen meerdere poortnamen zijn toegewezen aan één poortnummer. De huidige lijst met toewijzingen kunt u\n" " vinden in het bestand <tt>/etc/services</tt>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.</p>\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n" -"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme die uw computer beschermt voor " -"aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.</p>\n" +"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme die uw computer beschermt voor aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\n" "Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" @@ -644,9 +556,9 @@ "Definieer de speciale firewall-regels die nieuwe connecties toestaan\n" "die zijn gebaseerd op deze regels.<p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\n" "Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" @@ -656,25 +568,23 @@ "<p><b>Bronnetwerk</b><br>\n" "Netwerk of IP-adres waar de connectie vandaan komt,\n" "bijv, <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> of <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -"of <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> of <tt>0/0</tt> (dit betekent <tt>alles</tt>)." -"<p>\n" +"of <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> of <tt>0/0</tt> (dit betekent <tt>alles</tt>).<p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n" "Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" "RPC services.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n" -"Protocol dat wordt gebruikt door dat pakket. Speciaal protocol <tt>RPC</tt> " -"wordt gebruikt door\n" +"Protocol dat wordt gebruikt door dat pakket. Speciaal protocol <tt>RPC</tt> wordt gebruikt door\n" "RPC-services.<p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n" @@ -685,13 +595,12 @@ "<p><b>Bestemmingspoort</b><br>\n" "Poortnaam, poortnummer of bereik van poorten die\n" "toegankelijk zijn, bijv., <tt>smtp</tt> of <tt>25</tt> of <tt>100:110</tt>.\n" -"Indien dit het <tt>RPC</tt> protocol betreft, gebruikt u de RPC-" -"servicenaam.\n" +"Indien dit het <tt>RPC</tt> protocol betreft, gebruikt u de RPC-servicenaam.\n" "Dit veld is optioneel.<p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" @@ -701,618 +610,613 @@ "Poortnaam, portnummer of bereik van poorten waar het pakket\n" "vandaan komt. Dit veld is optioneel.<p>" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!" msgstr "FIXME: Help voor '%1' ontbreekt." -#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 msgid "Firewall Interfaces" msgstr "Firewall interfaces" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 msgid "Device" msgstr "Apparaat" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 msgid "Interface or String" msgstr "Interface of regel" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 msgid "Configured In" msgstr "Geconfigureerd in" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Wijzigen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 msgid "C&ustom..." msgstr "Aan&gepast..." -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 msgid "Zone for Network Interface" msgstr "Zone van netwerk-interface" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Interface Zone" msgstr "&Interface zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 msgid "Additional Interface Settings for Zones" msgstr "Extra interface instellingen voor zones" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 msgid "&Masquerade Networks" msgstr "&Maskering netwerken" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 msgid "All&owed Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "T&oegestane services voor geselecteerde zone" -#. items handled by replacepoint -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:886 +#. items handled by replacepoint +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:886 msgid "&Service to Allow" msgstr "&Service, toe te staan" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 msgid "Allowed Service" msgstr "Toegestane service" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Protect Firewall from Internal Zone" msgstr "&Bescherm firewall van interne zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 msgid "A&dvanced..." msgstr "&Geavanceerd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 msgid "Expert Rules Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "Expertregels services voor geselecteerde zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "Bron-netwerk" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 msgid "Destination Port" msgstr "Bestemmingspoort" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Source Port" msgstr "Bronpoort" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports" msgstr "Extra toegestane poorten" -#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 +#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 msgid "Settings for Zone: %1" msgstr "Instellingen voor zone: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 msgid "&TCP Ports" msgstr "&TCP-poorten" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 msgid "&UDP Ports" msgstr "&UDP-poorten" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 msgid "&RPC Ports" msgstr "&RPC-poorten" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 msgid "&IP Protocols" msgstr "&IP-protocollen" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "Verzoeken doorsturen naar een gemaskeerd IP-adres" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "Verp. IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "Verp. poort" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "Drst. nr IP-adr." -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "Drst. nr poort" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 msgid "Add Masqueraded Redirect Rule" msgstr "Gemaskeerde omleidingsregel toevoegen" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 msgid "Redirect Matching Rule:" msgstr "Regel, omleiden overeenkomend met:" -#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 +#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 msgid "&Source Network" msgstr "Brom-&netwerk" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)" msgstr "Aangevraagd IP-adres (optioneel)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2001 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2001 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 msgid "R&equested Port" msgstr "V&erzochte poort" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 msgid "Redirection:" msgstr "Omleiding:" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 msgid "Re&direct to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "&Doorsturen naar gemaskerd IP-adres" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)" msgstr "&Omleiden naar poort (optioneel)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 msgid "Log All" msgstr "Alles loggen" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 msgid "Log Only Critical" msgstr "Alleen kritieke loggen" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 msgid "Do Not Log Any" msgstr "Niets loggen" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 msgid "&Logging Accepted Packets" msgstr "&Log geaccepteerde pakketten" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 msgid "L&ogging Not Accepted Packets" msgstr "L&og niet-geaccepteerde pakketten" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), -#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight( 4, -#. `Empty() -#. ), -#. `HWeight( 50, -#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), -#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), -#. GetZonesListedItems() -#. ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `Left ( -#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), +#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight( 4, +#. `Empty() +#. ), +#. `HWeight( 50, +#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), +#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), +#. GetZonesListedItems() +#. ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `Left ( +#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 msgid "Broadcast Configuration" msgstr "Broadcastconfiguratie" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 msgid "Accepting the Broadcast Reply" msgstr "Broadcastantwoorden worden geaccepteerd" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zone" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Accepted from Network" msgstr "Geaccepteerd vanuit het netwerk" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "Toe&voegen..." -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Verwijderen" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight ( 3, -#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ -#. // FIXME: fake items -#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), -#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") -#. ]) -#. ), -#. `HWeight ( 1, -#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) -#. ])), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight ( 3, +#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ +#. // FIXME: fake items +#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), +#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") +#. ]) +#. ), +#. `HWeight ( 1, +#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) +#. ])), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 msgid "IPsec Support" msgstr "IPsec-ondersteuning" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&Ingeschakeld" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Details..." -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 msgid "Same Zone as Original Source Network" msgstr "Dezelfde zone als het originele bron-netwerk" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 msgid "IPsec Zone" msgstr "IPsec zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 msgid "&Trust IPsec As" msgstr "Ver&trouw IPsec als" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term IPv6Support () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("IPv6 Support"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term IPv6Support () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("IPv6 Support"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Custom Allowed Rules" msgstr "Definieerbare toegestane regels" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Firewall&zone" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 msgid "Add New Allowing Rule" msgstr "Nieuwe toestemmingsregel toevoegen" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 msgid "Source &Network" msgstr "Bron&netwerk" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)" msgstr "&Bestemmingspoort (optioneel)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 msgid "&Source Port (Optional)" msgstr "&Bronpoort (optioneel)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)" msgstr "Aanvullende &opties (optioneel)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 msgid "Creating summary..." msgstr "Samenvatting configuratie wordt gemaakt..." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "Details &weergeven" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "TCP-poorten" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 msgid "UDP Ports" msgstr "UDP-poorten" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 msgid "RPC Services" msgstr "RPC-services" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 msgid "IP Protocols" msgstr "IP-protocollen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 msgid "Broadcast Ports" msgstr "Broadcastpoorten" -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") -#. : -#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") +#. : +#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 msgid "Any unassigned interface will be assigned to this zone." msgstr "Elke niet-toegewezen interface zal aan deze zone worden toegewezen." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 msgid "Currently supported only in external zone." msgstr "Momenteel alleen ondersteund voor de externe zone." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 msgid "Unknown network interface." msgstr "Onbekende netwerk interface." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone." msgstr "Aan deze zone zijn geen interfaces toegewezen." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 msgid "Open Services, Ports, and Protocols" msgstr "Open services, poorten en protocollen" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 msgid "Internal zone is unprotected. All ports are open." msgstr "De interne zone is niet beveiligd. Alle poorten staan open." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 msgid "Zone has no open ports." msgstr "De zone heeft geen open poorten." -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 msgid "%1 custom rules are defined" msgstr "%1 aangepaste regels zijn gedefinieerd" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source " -"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" -msgstr "" -"Netwerk: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Bestemmingspoort: <i>%3</i>, " -"Bronpoort: <i>%4</i>, Opties: <i>%5</i>" +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 +msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" +msgstr "Netwerk: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Bestemmingspoort: <i>%3</i>, Bronpoort: <i>%4</i>, Opties: <i>%5</i>" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 msgid "All" msgstr "Alles" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 msgid "Firewall Starting" msgstr "Firewall opstarten" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 msgid "<b>Enable</b> firewall automatic starting" msgstr "Firewall automatisch starten <b>inschakelen</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 msgid "<b>Disable</b> firewall automatic starting" msgstr "Firewall automatisch starten <b>uitschakelen</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Firewall wordt gestart nadat de configuratie is geschreven" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 msgid "Firewall <b>starts</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Firewall <b>wordt gestart</b> nadat de configuratie is geschreven" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 +msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Firewall <b>zal worden gestopt</b> nadat de configuratie is geschreven" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Firewall wordt niet gestart nadat de configuratie is geschreven" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 msgid "Unassigned Interfaces" msgstr "Niet toegewezen interfaces" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces." msgstr "Netwerkverkeer door deze interfaces niet toegestaan." -#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be started after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 +#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be started after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 msgid "Starting firewall..." msgstr "De firewall wordt gestart..." -#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be stopped after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:148 +#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be stopped after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:148 msgid "Stopping firewall..." msgstr "De firewall wordt gestopt..." -#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:161 +#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:161 msgid "The firewall could not be stopped." msgstr "De firewall kan niet worden gestopt." -#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:164 +#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:164 msgid "The firewall could not be started." msgstr "De firewall kan niet worden gestart." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is action that failed -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is action that failed +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:169 msgid "" "%s\n" "Please verify your system and try again." @@ -1320,68 +1224,67 @@ "%s\n" "Controleer uw systeem en probeer het opnieuw." -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "No zone assigned" msgstr "Geen zone toegewezen" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:245 msgid "Custom string" msgstr "Gebruikersstring" -#. interface could be unassigned -#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:309 +#. interface could be unassigned +#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:309 msgid "No Zone Assigned" msgstr "Geen zone toegewezen" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:508 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:508 msgid "Port number %1 is invalid." msgstr "Poortnummer %1 is ongeldig." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, -#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:513 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, +#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:513 msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid." msgstr "Poortnummer %1 in definitie %2 is ongeldig." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:521 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:521 msgid "Invalid Port Definition" msgstr "Ongeldige poortdefinitie" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number -#. that is possible to use in port-range -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:527 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number +#. that is possible to use in port-range +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:527 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." msgstr "Poortnummer dient zich te bevinden in de interval van 1 tot %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:605 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:605 msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition" msgstr "Foutieve definitie poortbereik" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:608 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:608 msgid "" "Port range %1 is invalid.\n" "It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n" "max_port_number must be bigger than min_port_number." msgstr "" "Poortbereik %1 is ongeldig.\n" -"Een poortbereik dient te worden opgegeven als min_poortnummer:" -"max_poortnummer en\n" +"Een poortbereik dient te worden opgegeven als min_poortnummer:max_poortnummer en\n" "max_poortnummer moet groter zijn dan min_poortnummer." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:625 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:625 msgid "Unknown Port Name" msgstr "Onbekende poortnaam" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:628 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:628 msgid "" "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n" "It probably would not work.\n" @@ -1391,13 +1294,13 @@ "Waarschijnlijk zal het helemaal niet werken.\n" "Deze poort gebruiken?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:657 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:657 msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition" msgstr "Ongeldige definitie van aanvullende services" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:660 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:660 msgid "" "It appears that the additional service settings\n" "%1\n" @@ -1407,34 +1310,31 @@ msgstr "" "De instellingen voor de aanvullende diensten,\n" "%1,\n" -"blijken onjuist te zijn. De items dienen te worden gescheiden door spaties " -"in plaats van komma's.\n" +"blijken onjuist te zijn. De items dienen te worden gescheiden door spaties in plaats van komma's.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de huidige instellingen toch gebruiken?" -#. : -#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) -#. ) -#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"Maskering heeft minstens één externe interface en een andere interface nodig." +#. : +#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) +#. ) +#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "Maskering heeft minstens één externe interface en een andere interface nodig." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1077 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1077 msgid "This entry must be completed." msgstr "Deze opgave moet compleet zijn." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1101 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1101 msgid "Wrong port definition." msgstr "Foutieve poort definitie." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1128 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1128 msgid "" "Wrong port definition.\n" "No port number found for this port name.\n" @@ -1444,18 +1344,18 @@ "Er is geen poortnummer voor deze poortnaam gevonden.\n" "Gebruik het poortnummer in plaats van de poortnaam.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1157 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1157 msgid "Invalid IP definition." msgstr "Foutieve IP-adres definitie." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1484 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1484 msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets" msgstr "&Log niet-geaccepteerde broadcastpakketten" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1545 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1545 msgid "" "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" "but firewall is currently running.\n" @@ -1467,655 +1367,655 @@ "\n" "Firewall stoppen nadat de nieuwe configuratie is geschreven?\n" -#. network is mandatory -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1724 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1931 +#. network is mandatory +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1724 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1931 msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'" msgstr "Ongeldige netwerkdefinitie '%1'" -#. destination port is optional -#. source port is optional -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1742 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1773 +#. destination port is optional +#. source port is optional +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1742 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1773 msgid "Invalid port range '%1'" msgstr "Ongeldige poortreeks '%1'" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1754 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1785 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1945 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1754 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1785 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1945 msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'" msgstr "Ongeldige poortnaam of nummer '%1'" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1848 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1848 msgid "All services using UDP" msgstr "Alle services die gebruik maken van UDP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1850 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1850 msgid "All services using TCP" msgstr "Alle services die gebruik maken van TCP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1852 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1852 msgid "Samba browsing" msgstr "Bladeren met Samba" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1854 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1854 msgid "SLP browsing" msgstr "Bladeren met SLP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1866 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1866 msgid "All networks" msgstr "Alle netwerken" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1868 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1868 msgid "Subnet: %1" msgstr "Subnet: %1" -#. hard-coded default -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1973 +#. hard-coded default +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1973 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&Zone" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1977 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1977 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Netwerk" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1984 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1984 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Service" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1990 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1990 msgid "User-defined service" msgstr "Gebruikergedefinieerde service" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2015 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2015 msgid "Po&rt" msgstr "P&oort" -#. redraw table -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2110 +#. redraw table +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2110 msgid "Select an item to delete." msgstr "Selecteer een te verwijderen item." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "Configuratie firewall" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Opstart-instellingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "Bekende firewall-zones" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "Configuratie netwerk-interfaces" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "Toegestane services, poorten en protocollen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "Instellingen broadcastpakketten" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "Instellingen maskering" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "Verzoeken doorsturen naar een gemaskeerd IP-adres" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Instellingen log" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "Samenvatting Firewall-configuratie" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "Schakelt firewall in" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "Schakelt firewall uit" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Huidige instellingen tonen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "Start de firewall tijdens het opstartproces" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "Start de firewall handmatig" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Ingestelde items weergeven" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "Korte naam zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Nieuw record toevoegen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Record verwijderen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "Naam netwerk-interface-configuratie" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Geaccepteerde pakketten loggen (alles|kritische|geen)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Niet-geaccepteerde pakketten loggen (alles|kritische|geen)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "Broadcastpakketten loggen (ja|nee)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "Waarde instellen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Naam of nummer van poort; meerdere poorten scheiden door komma's" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "Bekende firewall-service; meerdere services scheiden door komma's" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Naam- of nummer van TCP-poort; meerdere poorten scheiden door komma's" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Naam- of nummer van UDP-poort; meerdere poorten scheiden door komma's" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Naam van RPC-poort; meerdere poorten scheiden door komma's" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "Naam van IP-protocol; meerdere protocollen scheiden door komma's" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "Zonebeveiliging instellen (ja|nee)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "Gedetailleerde informatie" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Optie inschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Optie uitschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "Bron-netwerk, vb.: 0/0 of 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "Protocol (tcp|udp)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "Verzocht extern IP-adres (optioneel)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "Naam- of nummer verzochte poort" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "Doorsturen naar intern IP-adres" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "Doorsturen naar poort op intern IP-adres (optioneel)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "Recordnummer" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "Gebruik poortnamen in plaats van -nummers" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "Onbekende zone %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "Parameter %1 moet zijn ingesteld." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Lijst van bekende firewall-zones:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "Snelkoppeling" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Naam zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Overzicht:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Er is maar één parameter toegestaan." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "Opstarten:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "Activeren van firewall wordt aan opstartproces toegevoegd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "Activeren van firewall wordt uit opstartproces verwijderd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "De firewall wordt tijdens het opstartproces geactiveerd" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "De firewall moet handmatig gestart worden" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Netwerk-interfaces in firewall-zones:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "Speciale firewall-regel" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interface" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Naam apparaat" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "De speciale regel '%1' wordt aan zone '%2' toegevoegd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Interface '%1' wordt aan zone '%2' toegevoegd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "De speciale regel '%1' wordt uit zone '%2' verwijderd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Interface '%1' wordt uit zone '%2' verwijderd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "Alles loggen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "Alleen kritieke loggen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "Niets loggen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "Globale loginstellingen:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "Regeltype" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Geaccepteerd" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "Niet geaccepteerd" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "Broadcastpakketten loggen:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "Loggen ingeschakeld" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "Loggen uitgeschakeld" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "Kort" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "Logstatus" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "Waarde '%1' is voor optie '%2' niet toegestaan." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "Toegestane broadcast-poorten:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "Poort" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "Hier is maar één actie-opdracht toegestaan." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "Opgegeven firewall-services:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "Naam service" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "TCP-poort" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "UDP-poort" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "RPC-poort" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "IP-protocol" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "Services, toegestaan in zones:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "Alle services" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "Gehele zone is onbeschermd" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "ID van service" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "Extra toegestane poorten:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "Alle poorten" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "Extra IP-protocollen, toegestaan in zones:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "Alle IP-protocollen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "IP-protocol" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "Onbekende service '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "Beveiliging kan alleen voor interne zones worden ingesteld." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "Minstens één van '%1' moet zijn ingesteld." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "Minstens één actiecommando van '%1' moet zijn ingesteld." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "Verzoeken doorsturen naar een gemaskeerd IP-adres:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "Onbekende poortnaam '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "Instellingen maskering:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or -#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 msgid "everywhere" msgstr "overal" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 msgid "in the %1 zone" msgstr "in de zone %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "De maskering is %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ingeschakeld" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uitgeschakeld" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,1298 +14,1256 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xftpd module -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:43 +#. Command line help text for the Xftpd module +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:43 msgid "Configuration of FTP server" msgstr "Configuratie van de FTP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:53 msgid "Display settings" msgstr "Weergaveinstellingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:59 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Opstartinstellingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:70 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:70 msgid "Enable/disable chrooting." msgstr "Chrooting in- of uitschakelen." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:78 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:78 msgid "Saved log messages into the log file." msgstr "Logboekberichten opgeslagen in logboekbestand." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>" -msgstr "" -"Umask-vsftpd: <lokale gebruikers>:<anoniem>, pure-ftpd: <bestanden>:" -"" +msgstr "Umask-vsftpd: <lokale gebruikers>:<anoniem>, pure-ftpd: <bestanden>:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 msgid "Enter the existing directory for anonymous users." msgstr "Voer de bestaande directory voor anonieme gebruikers in." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Voer de bestaande map voor geauthenticeerde gebruikers in (alleen pure-ftpd)" +msgstr "Voer de bestaande map voor geauthenticeerde gebruikers in (alleen pure-ftpd)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 msgid "The port range for passive connection replies" msgstr "Het poortbereik voor antwoord op passieve verbindingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:118 msgid "The maximum idle time in minutes" msgstr "Maximum tijd inactief in minuten" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:126 msgid "The maximum number of clients connected via IP" msgstr "Maximum aantal clientverbindingen via IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:134 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:134 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:317 msgid "The maximum connected clients" msgstr "Maximum aantal verbonden clients" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Maximum gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor lokale geverifieerde " -"gebruikers.[KB/s]" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgstr "Maximum gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor lokale geverifieerde gebruikers.[KB/s]" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Maximum gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor anonieme gebruikers.[KB/s]" +msgstr "Maximum gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor anonieme gebruikers.[KB/s]" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158 msgid "Access permissions" msgstr "Toegangspermissies" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:168 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:168 msgid "Access permissions for anonymous users" msgstr "Toegangspermissie voor anonieme gebruikers" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word getoond als een client een verbinding " -"maakt (alleen vsftpd)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word getoond als een client een verbinding maakt (alleen vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 msgid "vsftpd supports secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"vsftpd ondersteund beveiligde verbindingen middels SSL (alleen vsftpd)." +msgstr "vsftpd ondersteund beveiligde verbindingen middels SSL (alleen vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v2 verbindingen zijn toegestaan " -"(alleen vsftpd)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v2 verbindingen zijn toegestaan (alleen vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v3 verbindingen zijn toegestaan " -"(alleen vsftpd)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v3 verbindingen zijn toegestaan (alleen vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 msgid "vsftpd supports connections via TLS (vsftpd only)." msgstr "vsftpd ondersteunt verbindingen via TLS (alleen vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Sta downloaden van bestanden die zijn geupload maar niet door een lokale " -"beheerder zijn gecontroleerd niet toe (alleen pure-ftpd)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "Sta downloaden van bestanden die zijn geupload maar niet door een lokale beheerder zijn gecontroleerd niet toe (alleen pure-ftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)" -msgstr "" -"Beveiligingsinstellingen voor SSL- en TLS-protocollen (uitsluitend pure-ftpd)" +msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen voor SSL- en TLS-protocollen (uitsluitend pure-ftpd)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 msgid "Start FTP daemon in the boot process." msgstr "Start de FTP-daemon tijdens het opstarten van het systeem." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250 msgid "Start FTP daemon manually." msgstr "Start de FTP-daemon handmatig." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:256 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:698 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:256 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:698 msgid "Start FTP daemon via xinetd" msgstr "Start FTP-daemon via xinetd" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:262 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:262 msgid "Start xinetd if it is not running." msgstr "Start xinetd als xinetd niet is uitgevoerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:268 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:268 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Optie inschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:272 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:277 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:272 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:277 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Optie uitschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:282 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:282 msgid "Directory for anonymous users" msgstr "Directory voor anonieme gebruikers" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:289 msgid "Directory for authenticated users" msgstr "Directory voor geverifieerde gebruikers" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"De minimale waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve " -"verbindingen" +msgstr "De minimale waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve verbindingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"De maximum waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve " -"verbindingen" +msgstr "De maximum waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve verbindingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 msgid "Maximum Idle Time (in minutes)" msgstr "Maximum loze tijd (minuten)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate for ftp users (KB/s)" msgstr "Maximum datadoorvoersnelheid voor FTP-gebruikers (KB/s)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:330 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:330 msgid "Access only for anonymous" msgstr "Toegang uitsluitend voor anonieme gebruikers" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:336 msgid "Access only for authenticated users" msgstr "Toegang uitsluitend voor geverifieerde gebruikers" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:342 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:342 msgid "Access for anonymous and authenticated users" msgstr "Toegang voor anonieme en geverifieerde gebruikers" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:348 msgid "Anonymous users can upload." msgstr "Anonieme gebruikers mogen uploaden." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:354 msgid "Anonymous users can create directories." msgstr "Anonieme gebruikers mogen directories maken." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." -msgstr "" -"Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word afgebeeld als er een verbinding met " -"de server word gemaakt." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word afgebeeld als er een verbinding met de server word gemaakt." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 msgid "SSL version 2" msgstr "SSL versie 2" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:374 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:374 msgid "SSL version 3" msgstr "SSL versie 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379 msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms." msgstr "Weiger verbindingen die geen gebruik maken van SSL/TLS beveiliging." -#. EOF -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454 +#. EOF +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "Weergaveinstellingen:" -#. start-up settings -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:457 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:677 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:686 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:695 +#. start-up settings +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:457 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:677 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:686 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:695 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "Opstarten:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459 msgid "FTP daemon is started via xinetd." msgstr "FTP-daemon start via xinetd." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:463 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:463 msgid "FTP daemon is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "FTP-daemon is ingeschakeld in het opstartsysteem." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:466 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:466 msgid "FTP daemon needs manual starting." msgstr "FTP-daemon dient handmatig te worden gestart." -#. logging settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:470 +#. logging settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:470 msgid "Verbose Logging:" msgstr "Uitgebreide meldingen:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:472 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:481 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:472 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:481 msgid "Enable" msgstr "Inschakelen" -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:475 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:484 +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:475 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:484 msgid "Disable" msgstr "Uitschakelen" -#. chroot settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:479 +#. chroot settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:479 msgid "Chroot Everyone:" msgstr "Iedereen chrooten:" -#. UMASK settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:491 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:753 +#. UMASK settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:491 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:753 msgid "Umask for Anonymous: " msgstr "Umask voor anoniem:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:494 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:494 msgid "Umask for Anonymous:" msgstr "Umask voor anoniem:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:495 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:503 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:513 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:524 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:532 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:541 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:549 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:557 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:573 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:581 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:615 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:495 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:503 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:513 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:524 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:532 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:541 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:549 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:557 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:581 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:615 msgid "Option is not set now." msgstr "Optie is nu niet ingesteld." -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:498 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:502 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:755 +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:498 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:502 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:755 msgid "Umask for Authenticated Users: " msgstr "Umask voor geverifieerde gebruikers:" -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#. part for pure-fptd -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:508 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:512 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:783 +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#. part for pure-fptd +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:508 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:512 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:783 msgid "Umask: " msgstr "Umask:" -#. end of if (FtpServer::vsftpd_edit) -#. authenticated and anonymous dirs -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:520 +#. end of if (FtpServer::vsftpd_edit) +#. authenticated and anonymous dirs +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:520 msgid "Authenticated dir: " msgstr "Geverifieerde directory:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:528 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:528 msgid "Anonymous dir: " msgstr "Anonieme directory:" -#. port range -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:535 +#. port range +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:535 msgid "Port Range: " msgstr "Poortbereik:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:538 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:889 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:538 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:889 msgid " - " msgstr " - " -#. idle time -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:545 +#. idle time +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:545 msgid "Maximum Idle Time [minutes]: " msgstr "Maximale tijd inactief [minuten]:" -#. maximum clients per IP -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:553 +#. maximum clients per IP +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:553 msgid "Maximum Clients per IP: " msgstr "Maximum aantal clients per IP:" -#. maximum clients -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:561 +#. maximum clients +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:561 msgid "Maximum Number of Clients: " msgstr "Maximum aantal clients:" -#. max rate for authenticated users -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569 +#. max rate for authenticated users +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569 msgid "Maximum Rate for Authenticated Users [KB/s]: " msgstr "Maximumsnelheid voor geverifieerde gebruikers[KB/s]:" -#. max rate for anonymous users -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577 +#. max rate for anonymous users +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577 msgid "Maximum Rate for Anonymous Users [KB/s]: " msgstr "Maximumsnelheid voor anonieme gebruikers [KB/s]:" -#. general settings for access -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585 +#. general settings for access +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585 msgid "Access Allowed for: " msgstr "Toegang toegestaan voor: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:587 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:587 msgid "Anonymous Users" msgstr "Anonieme gebruikers" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:589 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:589 msgid "Authenticated Users" msgstr "Geverifieerde gebruikers" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:591 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:591 msgid "Anonymous and Authenticated Users" msgstr "Anonieme en geverifieerde gebruikers" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593 msgid "Option has wrong value." msgstr "Optie heeft verkeerde waarde." -#. access permissions for anonymous users -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:597 +#. access permissions for anonymous users +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:597 msgid "Access Permissions for Anonymous: " msgstr "Toegangsrechten voor anoniem: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:599 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:599 msgid "Upload enabled; " msgstr "Uploaden ingeschakeld; " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:601 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:601 msgid "Upload disabled; " msgstr "Uploaden uitgeschakeld; " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:604 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:604 msgid "Create directories enabled" msgstr "Directory's maken ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:606 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:606 msgid "Create directories disabled" msgstr "Directory's maken uitgeschakeld" -#. welcome message vsftpd only -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:611 +#. welcome message vsftpd only +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:611 msgid "Welcome message: " msgstr "Welkomstboodschap weergeven:" -#. CommandLine::PrintNoCR(_("Security settings: ")); -#. SSL options (SSL version and TLS) -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:622 +#. CommandLine::PrintNoCR(_("Security settings: ")); +#. SSL options (SSL version and TLS) +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:622 msgid "SSL is disabled" msgstr "SSL is uitgeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:624 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:624 msgid "SSL is enabled" msgstr "SSL is ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:628 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:628 msgid "SSL version 2 is disabled" msgstr "SSL versie 2 is uitgeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:630 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:630 msgid "SSL version 2 is enabled" msgstr "SSL versie 2 is ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:634 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:634 msgid "SSL version 3 is disabled" msgstr "SSL versie 3 is uitgeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:636 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:636 msgid "SSL version 3 is enabled" msgstr "SSL versie 3 is ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:640 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:640 msgid "TLS is disabled" msgstr "TLS is uitgeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:642 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:642 msgid "TLS is enabled" msgstr "TLS is ingeschakeld" -#. AntiWarez option -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:646 +#. AntiWarez option +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:646 msgid "Antiwarez: " msgstr "Antiwarez: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:648 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:648 msgid "Antiwarez enabled" msgstr "Antiwarez ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:650 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:650 msgid "Antiwarez disabled" msgstr "Antiwarez uitgeschakeld" -#. SSL/TLS settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:653 +#. SSL/TLS settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:653 msgid "SSL/TLS settings: " msgstr "SSL/TLS instellingen: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:655 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:655 msgid "SSL/TLS disabled" msgstr "SSL/TLS uitgeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:657 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:657 msgid "SSL/TLS enabled" msgstr "SSL/TLS ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:659 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:659 msgid "Refuse connections without SSL/TLS" msgstr "Weiger verbindingen zonder SSL/TLS" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:673 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:673 msgid "Only one parameter (atboot/manual) is allowed." msgstr "Er is slechts één parameter (atboot/manual) toegestaan." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:680 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:680 msgid "Enabling FTP daemon in the boot process..." msgstr "FTP-server wordt aan het opstartproces toegevoegd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:689 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:689 msgid "Removing FTP daemon from the boot process..." msgstr "FTP-server wordt uit het opstartproces verwijderd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:712 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:726 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:712 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:726 msgid "Only one parameter (enable/disable) is allowed." msgstr "Er is slechts één parameter (ingeschakeld/uitgeschakeld) toegestaan." -#. end of else if (options["show"]:nil!=nil -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:741 +#. end of else if (options["show"]:nil!=nil +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:741 msgid "Umask:" msgstr "Umask:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:745 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:745 msgid "Only one parameter (show/set_umask) is allowed." msgstr "Er is slechts één parameter (show/set_umask) toegestaan." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:761 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:770 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:788 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:761 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:770 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:788 msgid "Entered umask is not valid." msgstr "Het opgegeven ontmaskeren is onjuist." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772 msgid "Example of correct umask <local users>:<anonymous> (177:077)" msgstr "Voorbeeld van correcte umask <lokale gebruikers>:<anoniem> (177:077)" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 msgid "Example of correct umask <files>:<dirs> (set_umask=177:077)" -msgstr "" -"Voorbeeld van correcte umask <bestanden>: (set_umask=177:077)" +msgstr "Voorbeeld van correcte umask <bestanden>: (set_umask=177:077)" -#. end of if (vsftpd_edit) -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803 +#. end of if (vsftpd_edit) +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803 msgid "Anonymous users:" msgstr "Anonieme gebruikers:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:809 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:809 msgid "Anonymous directory:" msgstr "Anonieme directory:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:814 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:844 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:814 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:844 msgid "Option is empty." msgstr "Optie is leeg." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:816 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:816 msgid "Example of correct input set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp" msgstr "Voorbeeld van correcte invoer set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:823 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:853 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:935 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1027 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1100 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1151 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1241 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:823 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:853 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:935 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1027 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1100 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1151 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1241 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Er is maar één parameter toegestaan." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:832 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:832 msgid "Authenticated users:" msgstr "Geverifieerde gebruikers:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:839 msgid "Authenticated directory:" msgstr "Geverifieerde directory:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:846 msgid "Example of correct input set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp" msgstr "Voorbeeld van correcte invoer set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:858 msgid "Option is not supported in pure-ftpd server." msgstr "Optie word niet ondersteund door pure-ftpd-server." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:867 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:867 msgid "Port range:" msgstr "Poortbereik:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:885 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:885 msgid "Port range for passive mode: " msgstr "Poortbereik voor passieve modus: " -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894 msgid "Enter minimal port < maximal port." msgstr "Voer in als kleinste poortnummer < grootste poortnummer." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899 msgid "Enter correct numbers." msgstr "Voer juiste getallen in." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:904 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:904 msgid "Only two parameters are allowed." msgstr "Er zijn slechts twee parameters toegestaan." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:929 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:929 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1004 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1004 msgid "Access (Anonymous/Authenticated):" msgstr "Toegang (Anoniem/Geverifieerd):" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1008 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1008 msgid "Access allowed for: " msgstr "Toegang toegestaan voor: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1011 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1011 msgid "Anonymous users" msgstr "Anonieme gebruikers" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1014 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1014 msgid "Authenticated users" msgstr "Geverifieerde gebruikers" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1017 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1017 msgid "Anonymous and authenticated users" msgstr "Anonieme en geverifieerde gebruikers" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1020 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1020 msgid "Unknown option." msgstr "Onbekende optie." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1040 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1040 msgid "Access permission for anonymous users:" msgstr "Toegangspermissie voor anonieme gebruikers:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1047 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1047 msgid "Upload enabled" msgstr "Uploaden ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1050 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1050 msgid "Upload disabled" msgstr "Uploaden uitgeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1052 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1052 msgid "; " msgstr "; " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1055 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1055 msgid "Create dirs enabled" msgstr "Maken directory's ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1058 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1058 msgid "Create dirs disabled" msgstr "Maken directory's uitgeschakeld" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1062 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1062 msgid "Only one or two parameters are allowed." msgstr "Er zijn slechts een of twee parameters toegestaan." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1075 msgid "Welcome Message:" msgstr "Welkomstboodschap weergeven:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1079 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1120 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1079 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1120 msgid "This option is allowed only in vsftpd." msgstr "Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar in vsftpd." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1094 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1094 msgid "Missing value of option" msgstr "De waarde van de optie ontbreekt" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1103 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1103 msgid "Example of correct input: welcome_message=\"Hello everybody\"" msgstr "Voorbeeld van foutieve invoer: welcome_message=\"Hello everybody\"" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1127 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1127 msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftpd." msgstr "Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar in pure-ftpd." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1145 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1235 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1145 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1235 msgid "Wrong option." msgstr "Foute optie." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1211 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1211 msgid "Security Settings:" msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1215 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1215 msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftp-server." msgstr "Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar in pure-ftp-server." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1222 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1222 msgid "SSL and TLS are enabled" msgstr "SSL en TLS ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1227 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1227 msgid "SSL and TLS are disabled" msgstr "SSL en TLS uitgeschakeld" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1231 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1231 msgid "Refuse connection without SSL/TLS" msgstr "Verbinding zonder SSL/TLS weigeren" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1244 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1244 msgid "Example of correct input: SSL_TLS enable/disable/only" msgstr "Voorbeeld van correcte invoer: SLL_TLS enable/disable/only" -#. Checking if ftp daemons are installed -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:70 +#. Checking if ftp daemons are installed +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:70 msgid "Packages for vsftpd and pure-ftpd are not available." msgstr "Pakketten voor vsftpd en pure-ftpd zijn niet beschikbaar." -#. end of `VBox( -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:82 +#. end of `VBox( +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:82 msgid "No server package installed." msgstr "Geen serverpakket geïnstalleerd." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:83 msgid "Choose an FTP daemon." msgstr "Een FTP-daemon kiezen." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:84 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:84 msgid "Press Cancel to cancel FTP configuration." msgstr "Klik op Annuleren om te stoppen met de configuratie van FTP." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:85 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:196 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:85 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:196 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "&vsftpd" msgstr "&vsftpd" -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:86 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:86 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:204 msgid "&pure-ftpd" msgstr "&pure-ftpd" -#. result = Package::Available(daemon); -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:134 +#. result = Package::Available(daemon); +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:134 msgid "Installation failed." msgstr "Installatie is mislukt." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:146 msgid "Package for FTP is not available." msgstr "Pakket voor FTP is niet beschikbaar." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:150 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:150 msgid "Package not found." msgstr "Pakket is niet gevonden." -#. open dialog for choosing ftp daemon -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:191 +#. open dialog for choosing ftp daemon +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:191 msgid "Choose daemon?" msgstr "Daemon kiezen?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "Aborting FTP Configuration" msgstr "FTP-configuratie afbreken" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "All changes will be lost. Really abort configuration?" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan. Configuratie echt afbreken?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "&When booting" msgstr "Tijdens &opstarten van systeem" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "Hand&matig" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Via &xinetd" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "Via xinetd" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Start widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Start widget (pure-ftpd) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget -#. Function start vsftpd -#. write settings to disk... -#. Function start pure-ftpd -#. write settings to disk... -#. Init function for start-up -#. -#. init starting via xinetd and update status -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:212 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:173 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Start widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Start widget (pure-ftpd) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget +#. Function start vsftpd +#. write settings to disk... +#. Function start pure-ftpd +#. write settings to disk... +#. Init function for start-up +#. +#. init starting via xinetd and update status +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:212 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:173 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511 msgid "FTP is running" msgstr "FTP wordt uitgevoerd" -#. UpdateInfoAboutStartingFTP (); -#. Popup::Message(_("This is not supported via xinetd now.")); -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:213 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:262 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:214 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:359 +#. UpdateInfoAboutStartingFTP (); +#. Popup::Message(_("This is not supported via xinetd now.")); +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:213 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:214 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:359 msgid "FTP is not running" msgstr "FTP wordt niet uitgevoerd" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:214 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "&Start FTP Now" msgstr "FTP nu &starten" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:215 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:215 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "S&top FTP Now" msgstr "FTP nu s&toppen" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:224 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:273 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:273 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart FTP Now" msgstr "Instellingen &opslaan en FTP nu opnieuw starten" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Start FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "FTP-daemon nu starten" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Stop FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "FTP-daemon nu stoppen" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:295 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:246 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Save Settings and Restart FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en FTP-daemon nu herstarten" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Start widget radiobuttons for switching daemons -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:310 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Start widget radiobuttons for switching daemons +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Selected Service" msgstr "Geselecteerde dienst" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "p&ure-ftpd" msgstr "p&ure-ftpd" -#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Wellcome Message for vsftpd -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:364 +#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Wellcome Message for vsftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:364 msgid "&Welcome message" msgstr "&Welkomstbericht" -#. Chroot Everyone -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:391 +#. Chroot Everyone +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:391 msgid "&Chroot Everyone" msgstr "Iedereen &chrooten" -#. Verbos Logging -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:422 +#. Verbos Logging +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "&Verbose Logging" msgstr "Uit&gebreid loggen" -#. Umask (umask files:umask dirs) only pure-ftpd -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:454 +#. Umask (umask files:umask dirs) only pure-ftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "&Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" msgstr "&Umask (umask-bestanden: umask-directory's)" -#. Umask for Anonynous for vsftpd -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:488 +#. Umask for Anonynous for vsftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Umask for Anonymous" msgstr "&Umask voor anoniem" -#. Umask for Authenticated Users for vsftpd -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:519 +#. Umask for Authenticated Users for vsftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:519 msgid "Uma&sk for Authenticated Users" msgstr "Uma&sk voor geverifieerde gebruikers" -#. Ftp Directory for Anonymous Users -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:547 +#. Ftp Directory for Anonymous Users +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:547 msgid "FTP Directory for Anon&ymous Users" msgstr "FTP-directory voor anon&ieme gebruikers" -#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Anon -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:582 +#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Anon +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Brows&e" msgstr "Blad&eren" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:589 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:644 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:644 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid " " msgstr " " -#. Ftp Directory for Authenticated Users -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:604 +#. Ftp Directory for Authenticated Users +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:604 msgid "&FTP Directory for Authenticated Users" msgstr "&FTP-directory voor geverifieerde gebruikers" -#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Local/Authenticated -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#. "Browse" button for RSA Certificate -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 +#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Local/Authenticated +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#. "Browse" button for RSA Certificate +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 msgid "Br&owse" msgstr "Bl&aderen" -#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Max Idle Time [minutes] -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:663 +#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Max Idle Time [minutes] +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:663 msgid "&Max Idle Time [minutes]" msgstr "&Max. tijd van inactiviteit (minuten)" -#. Max Clients for One IP -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:699 +#. Max Clients for One IP +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Max Cli&ents for One IP" msgstr "Max. aantal cli&ents voor één IP" -#. Max Clients -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:732 +#. Max Clients +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Ma&x Clients" msgstr "Ma&x aantal clients" -#. Local Max Rate [KB/s] -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:765 +#. Local Max Rate [KB/s] +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "&Local Max Rate [KB/s]" msgstr "&Lokale max. snelheid [KB/s]" -#. Anonymous Max Rate [KB/s] -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:798 +#. Anonymous Max Rate [KB/s] +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:798 msgid "Anonymous Max &Rate [KB/s]" msgstr "Anonieme max. &snelheid [KB/s]" -#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users -#. Authentication Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:836 +#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:836 msgid "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users" msgstr "Anonieme en lokale gebruikers inschakelen/uitschakelen" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:842 msgid "Anonymo&us Only" msgstr "Alleen an&oniem" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:843 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "Aut&henticated Users Only" msgstr "Alleen gever&ificeerde gebruikers" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "&Both" msgstr "&Beide" -#. Enable Upload -#. Authentication Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#. Enable Upload +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "&Enable Upload" msgstr "&Uploaden inschakelen" -#. Anonymous Can Upload -#. Authentication Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:903 +#. Anonymous Can Upload +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:903 msgid "Anon&ymous Can Upload" msgstr "Anon&iem kan uploaden" -#. Anonymous Can Create Directories -#. Authentication Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#. Anonymous Can Create Directories +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "Anonymou&s Can Create Directories" msgstr "Anonie&m kan directory's maken" -#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Enable Pass&ive Mode -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:970 +#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Enable Pass&ive Mode +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:970 msgid "Enable Pass&ive Mode" msgstr "Pass&ieve modus inschakelen" -#. Min Port for Pas. Mode -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1001 +#. Min Port for Pas. Mode +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Min Port for Pas. Mode" msgstr "&Min. poort voor pas. modus" -#. Max Port for Pas. Mode -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1033 +#. Max Port for Pas. Mode +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1033 msgid "Max P&ort for Pas. Mode" msgstr "Max. p&oort voor pas. modus" -#. Enable SSL -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#. end of `Frame ( "Passiv Mode Settings" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1071 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1652 +#. Enable SSL +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#. end of `Frame ( "Passiv Mode Settings" +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1652 msgid "Enab&le SSL" msgstr "SS&L inschakelen" -#. Enable SSL v2 -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1097 +#. Enable SSL v2 +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "&Enable SSL v2" msgstr "SSL v2 insch&akelen" -#. Enable SSL v3 -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1126 +#. Enable SSL v3 +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1126 msgid "Enable SSL &v3" msgstr "SSL &v3 inschakelen" -#. Enable TLS -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#. Enable TLS +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Enable &TLS" msgstr "&TLS inschakelen" -#. RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1183 +#. RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1183 msgid "D&SA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections" msgstr "D&SA-certificaat om te gebruiken voor SSL-gecodeerde verbindingen" -#. Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#. Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Disable Downloading &Unvalidated Data" msgstr "Downloaden van niet-gevalideerde gegevens &uitschakelen" -#. Security Settings -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1264 +#. Security Settings +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1270 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1270 msgid "Disable SSL/&TLS" msgstr "SSL/&TLS uitschakelen" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1271 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "Accept &SSL and TLS" msgstr "&SSL en TLS accepteren" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "&Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS" msgstr "Ve&rbindingen zonder SSL/TLS weigeren" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1320 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1320 msgid "FTP Start-up" msgstr "FTP Opstarten" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1322 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. General Settings widget (vsftpd) -#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. General Settings widget (pure-ftpd) -#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Performance Settings widget -#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance Settings widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1346 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1420 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1473 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. General Settings widget (vsftpd) +#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. General Settings widget (pure-ftpd) +#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Performance Settings widget +#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance Settings widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1420 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1473 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1359 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1428 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1485 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1359 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1428 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1485 msgid "FTP Directories" msgstr "FTP-directory's" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1384 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1446 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1384 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1446 msgid "FTP General Settings" msgstr "Algemene FTP-instellingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1386 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1448 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1448 msgid "General" msgstr "Algemeen" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1498 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "FTP Performance Settings" msgstr "Prestatie-instellingen FTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1500 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1500 msgid "Performance" msgstr "Prestaties" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Anonymous Settings widget -#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Anonymous Settings widget -#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1562 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1597 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Anonymous Settings widget +#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Anonymous Settings widget +#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1562 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1597 msgid "Uploading" msgstr "Uploaden" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1569 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1613 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1569 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1613 msgid "FTP Anonymous Settings" msgstr "Anonieme FTP-instellingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1571 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1615 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1615 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Verificatie" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Expert Settings widget (vsftpd) -#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Expert Settings widget (pure-ftpd) -#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1638 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Expert Settings widget (vsftpd) +#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Expert Settings widget (pure-ftpd) +#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1638 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "Passive Mode" msgstr "Passieve modus" -#. end of `CheckBoxFrame(`id("SSLEnable"), "Sec&urity Settings", true -#. end of `Frame ( _("Additional Settings") -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1671 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1726 +#. end of `CheckBoxFrame(`id("SSLEnable"), "Sec&urity Settings", true +#. end of `Frame ( _("Additional Settings") +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1726 msgid "SUSEfirewall Settings" msgstr "SUSEFirewall-instellingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1676 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1731 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1676 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1731 msgid "FTP Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde FTP-instellingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1678 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1733 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1678 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1733 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinstellingen" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "Additional Settings" msgstr "Aanvullende instellingen" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1313,18 +1271,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Initialiseren van configuratie van de FTP-server</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1332,8 +1289,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van FTP-server opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1345,28 +1302,25 @@ "Via een dialoog wordt u geïnformeerd of u dit veilig kunt doen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Start widget switching daemons help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 +#. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Start widget switching daemons help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Geselecteerde service</b><br>\n" -" Het frame laat u zien welke daemon momenteel is ingesteld: <b>vsftpd, " -"pure-ftpd, \n" -" </b>. Als u beide daemons heeft geïnstalleerd kunt u tussen beide " -"wisselen.\n" +" Het frame laat u zien welke daemon momenteel is ingesteld: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +" </b>. Als u beide daemons heeft geïnstalleerd kunt u tussen beide wisselen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. general welcome message help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50 +#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. general welcome message help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b>Welcome Message</b><br>\n" "Specify the name of a file containing the\n" @@ -1378,8 +1332,8 @@ "die moet worden getoond als iemand een verbinding met de server maakt.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general chroot help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57 +#. general chroot help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n" "When enabled, local users will be (by default) placed in a \n" @@ -1390,16 +1344,15 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Chroot:</b><br>\n" -"Wanneer chroot is ingeschakeld worden lokale gebruikers na aanmelden " -"opgesloten \n" +"Wanneer chroot is ingeschakeld worden lokale gebruikers na aanmelden opgesloten \n" "in een chroot()-gevangenis in hun eigen persoonlijke directory.\n" "<b>Waarschuwing:</b> Deze optie heeft gevolgen voor beveiliging, \n" "in het bijzonder als de gebruikers toestemming hebben om te uploaden \n" "of shell-toegang hebben. Schakel chroot alleen in als u weet wat u doet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general logging help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67 +#. general logging help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p><b>Verbose Logging</b><br>\n" "When enabled, all FTP requests and responses are logged.\n" @@ -1409,8 +1362,8 @@ "Wanneer ingeschakeld worden alle FTP-verzoeken en -antwoorden gelogd.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:73 +#. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n" "File creation mask. (umask for files):(umask for dirs). \n" @@ -1418,13 +1371,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Umask:</b><br>\n" -"Masker voor bestandsaanmaak. (umask voor bestanden):(umask voor " -"directory's). \n" +"Masker voor bestandsaanmaak. (umask voor bestanden):(umask voor directory's). \n" "Bijv. 177:077 als u paranoïde bent.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80 +#. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Anonymous:</b><br>\n" "The value to which the umask for file creation is set for anonymous users. \n" @@ -1434,30 +1386,27 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Ontmaskeren voor anoniem:</b><br>\n" "De waarde van het masker voor bestandsaanmaak door anonieme gebruikers. \n" -"Als u octale waarden specificeert, onthoud dat u een \"0\" dient voor te " -"voegen, anders \n" +"Als u octale waarden specificeert, onthoud dat u een \"0\" dient voor te voegen, anders \n" "wordt de waarde beschouwd als een basis-10 getal.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 +#. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ontmaskeren voor geverifieerde gebruikers:</b><br>\n" -"De waarde van het masker voor bestandsaanmaak, ontmaskeren, door " -"geverifieerde gebruikers. \n" +"De waarde van het masker voor bestandsaanmaak, ontmaskeren, door geverifieerde gebruikers. \n" "Als u octale waarden specificeert moet u een \"0\" voorvoegen, anders \n" "wordt de waarde beschouwd als een basis-10 geheel getal.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96 +#. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>\n" "Specify a directory which is used for FTP anonymous users. \n" @@ -1466,12 +1415,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>FTP-directory voor anonieme gebruikers:</b><br>\n" "U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor anonieme FTP-gebruikers.\n" -"Klik op <b>Bladeren</b> om de map op het lokale bestandssysteem te " -"selecteren.\n" +"Klik op <b>Bladeren</b> om de map op het lokale bestandssysteem te selecteren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103 +#. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Directory for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" "Specify a directory which is used for FTP authenticated users. \n" @@ -1479,15 +1427,14 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FTP-directory voor geverifieerde gebruikers:</b><br>\n" -"U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor geverifieerde FTP-" -"gebruikers. \n" +"U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor geverifieerde FTP-gebruikers. \n" "Klik op <b>Bladeren</b> om de map op het lokale systeem te selecteren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. performance Max Idle Time help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113 +#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. performance Max Idle Time help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Idle Time:</b><br>\n" "The maximum time (timeout) a remote client \n" @@ -1499,8 +1446,8 @@ "van een externe client mag zitten.\n" "</p>\n" -#. performance max clients per IP help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120 +#. performance max clients per IP help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Clients for One IP:</b><br>\n" "The maximum number of clients allowed to connect\n" @@ -1512,8 +1459,8 @@ "vanaf hetzelfde internetadres.\n" "</p>\n" -#. performance max clients help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127 +#. performance max clients help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Clients:</b><br>\n" "The maximum number of clients allowed to connect. \n" @@ -1525,52 +1472,45 @@ "Elke volgende client die verbinding wil maken ontvangt een foutmelding.\n" "</p>\n" -#. performance local max rate help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:134 +#. performance local max rate help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>Local Max Rate:</b><br>\n" "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Lokale max. snelheid:</b><br>\n" -"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid voor lokale geverifieerde " -"gebruikers.\n" +"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid voor lokale geverifieerde gebruikers.\n" "</p>" -#. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:140 +#. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>\n" "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Anonieme max. snelheid:</b><br>\n" -"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor anonieme clients.\n" +"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor anonieme clients.</p>\n" -#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. authentication Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147 +#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. authentication Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n" "<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Anonieme en lokale gebruikers activeren/deactiveren</b><br>\n" -"<b>Alleen anoniem</b> indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen anonieme aanmeldingen " -"toegestaan.\n" -"<b>Alleen geverifieerde gebruikers</b> indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen " -"geverifieerde gebruikers toegestaan.\n" -"<b>Beide</b> indien ingeschakeld, zijn zowel geverifieerd als anonieme " -"gebruikers toegestaan.\n" +"<b>Alleen anoniem</b> indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen anonieme aanmeldingen toegestaan.\n" +"<b>Alleen geverifieerde gebruikers</b> indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen geverifieerde gebruikers toegestaan.\n" +"<b>Beide</b> indien ingeschakeld, zijn zowel geverifieerd als anonieme gebruikers toegestaan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155 +#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Upload</b><br>\n" "If enabled, FTP users can upload. To allow anonymous users \n" @@ -1583,55 +1523,49 @@ "ook hebt ingeschakeld.\n" "</p>\n" -#. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162 +#. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Anonieme gebruikers kunnen uploaden</b><br>\n" "Indien ingeschakeld mogen anonieme gebruikers uploaden.\n" -"<i>uitsluitend vsftpd:</i> als u wilt dat anonieme gebruikers kunnen " -"uploaden\n" +"<i>uitsluitend vsftpd:</i> als u wilt dat anonieme gebruikers kunnen uploaden\n" "hebt u een bestaande map nodig waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170 +#. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.</p>\n" +"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Anoniem kan directories maken</b><br>\n" "Indien ingeschakeld kunnen anonieme gebruikers directories maken.\n" "<i>alleen vsftpd:</i> als u wilt dat anonieme gebruikers directories kunnen\n" -"maken, heeft u een bestaande directory nodig waarin schrijven is toegestaan." -"</p>\n" +"maken, heeft u een bestaande directory nodig waarin schrijven is toegestaan.</p>\n" -#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. expert settings Enable Passive Mode help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181 +#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. expert settings Enable Passive Mode help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Passive Mode</b><br>\n" "If enabled, the FTP server will allow passive mode for connections. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Passieve modus activeren</b><br>\n" -"Indien ingeschakeld zal de FTP-server passieve modus voor een verbinding " -"toestaan.\n" +"Indien ingeschakeld zal de FTP-server passieve modus voor een verbinding toestaan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:187 +#. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b>Min Port for Passive Mode</b><br>\n" "Minimum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" @@ -1643,8 +1577,8 @@ "Dit wordt gebruikt voor bescherming met een firewall.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:194 +#. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Port for Pas. Mode</b><br>\n" "Maximum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" @@ -1656,8 +1590,8 @@ "Dit wordt gebruikt voor bescherming met een firewall.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201 +#. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable SSL</b><br>\n" "If enabled, SSL connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1667,8 +1601,8 @@ "Indien ingeschakeld zijn SSL-verbindingen toegestaan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Enable SSL v2 help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207 +#. expert settings Enable SSL v2 help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable SSL v2</b><br>\n" "If enabled, SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1678,8 +1612,8 @@ "Indien ingeschakeld zijn SSL versie 2-verbindingen toegestaan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213 +#. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable SSL v3</b><br>\n" "If enabled, SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1689,8 +1623,8 @@ "Indien ingeschakeld zal deze optie SSL versie 3-verbindingen toestaan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219 +#. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable TLS</b><br>\n" "If enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1700,23 +1634,21 @@ "Indien ingeschakeld zal deze optie TLS-verbindingen toestaan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225 +#. expert settings RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b>RSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\n" "This option specifies the location of the RSA certificate to \n" "use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RSA-certificaat om te gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen<br>\n" +"<p><b>RSA-certificaat om te gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen</b><br>\n" "Deze optie specificeert de locatie van het RSA-certificaat om te \n" -"gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen. Selecteer een bestand door op " -"<b>Bladeren</b> te klikken.\n" +"gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen. Selecteer een bestand door op <b>Bladeren</b> te klikken.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232 +#. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data</b><br>\n" "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded \n" @@ -1728,28 +1660,25 @@ "niet gevalideerd door een lokale beheerder.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Security Settings help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239 +#. expert settings Security Settings help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "" "<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n" "<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Beveiligingsinstellingen</b><br>\n" "<i>SSL/TLS deactiveren</i> schakel de SSL/TLS-codering uit.\n" -"<i>SSL en TLS accepteren</i> Accepteer zowel traditionele als gecodeerde " -"sessies.\n" -"<i>Verbindingen zonder SSL/TLS weigeren</i> Weiger verbindingen die geen " -"gebruik maken van SSL/TLS, inclusief anonieme sessies.\n" +"<i>SSL en TLS accepteren</i> Accepteer zowel traditionele als gecodeerde sessies.\n" +"<i>Verbindingen zonder SSL/TLS weigeren</i> Weiger verbindingen die geen gebruik maken van SSL/TLS, inclusief anonieme sessies.\n" "</p>" -#. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- -#. -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251 +#. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- +#. +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure the FTP server.<br></p>\n" @@ -1757,8 +1686,8 @@ "<p><b><big>FTP-serverconfiguratie</big></b><br>\n" "Configureer de FTP-server.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an FTP Server:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an FTP server from the list of detected FTP servers.\n" @@ -1771,8 +1700,8 @@ "<b>Overige (niet gedetecteerd)</b> en klik dan op <b>Configureren</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1782,8 +1711,8 @@ "Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullende dialoog geopend\n" " waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\n" @@ -1793,8 +1722,8 @@ "Krijg een overzicht van de geïnstalleerde FTP-servers.\n" "Daarnaast kunt u de configuratie wijzigen.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a FTP server.</p>\n" @@ -1802,8 +1731,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Een FTP-server toevoegen</big></b><br>\n" "Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een FTP-server te configureren.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a FTP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -1813,42 +1742,42 @@ "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen FTP-server.\n" "Klik vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value -#. that says if the service is started. -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:84 +#. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value +#. that says if the service is started. +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:84 msgid "Xinetd is not running." msgstr "Xinetd wordt niet uitgevoerd." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:85 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:85 msgid "Start it now?" msgstr "Nu starten?" -#. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" -#. check value of textentry -#. only pure-ftpd -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623 +#. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" +#. check value of textentry +#. only pure-ftpd +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623 msgid "Not a valid umask." msgstr "Ongeldige umask." -#. Handle function of "Browse" -#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users" -#. Handle function of "Browse" -#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823 +#. Handle function of "Browse" +#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users" +#. Handle function of "Browse" +#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users" +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823 msgid "Select directory" msgstr "Directory selecteren" -#. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") { -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059 +#. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") { +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059 msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n" msgstr "Wilt u de directory \"upload\" maken in %1\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064 msgid "and enable write access?\n" msgstr "en schrijfrechten activeren?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\n" " you need to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1858,15 +1787,15 @@ "dient u een directory te maken met schrijfrechten.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143 msgid " is a home directory after the login of anonymous users." msgstr " is een homedirectory na het aanmelden van anonieme gebruikers." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131 msgid "" "Do you want to change permissions\n" "for\n" @@ -1874,29 +1803,28 @@ "Wilt u de toegangsrechten wijzigen\n" "voor\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134 msgid "Upload (allow writing)?" msgstr "Uploaden (schrijven toestaan)?" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089 msgid "" "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Om anonieme gebruikers toe te staan te uploaden dient u een directory te " -"hebben waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" +"Om anonieme gebruikers toe te staan te uploaden dient u een directory te hebben waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n" msgstr "Wilt u een directory maken?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111 msgid "Upload with write access?" msgstr "Uploaden met schrijfrechten?" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113 msgid "" "If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" " you have to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1906,7 +1834,7 @@ " dient u een directory te maken waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" " you need a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1916,23 +1844,23 @@ " dient u een directory te hebben waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" "\n" -#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Upload" -#. check permissions for upload dir -#. -#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) -#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Create Directories" -#. check permissions for upload dir -#. -#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 +#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Upload" +#. check permissions for upload dir +#. +#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) +#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Create Directories" +#. check permissions for upload dir +#. +#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 msgid "Change permissions of %1 ?\n" msgstr "Toegangsrechten van %1 wijzigen?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294 msgid "" "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n" "you need a directory with write access for them." @@ -1940,151 +1868,135 @@ "Als u uploads door anonieme gebruikers wilt toestaan,\n" "dan hebt u een directory met schrijfrechten nodig." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access.\n" -msgstr "" -"Voor anonieme verbindingen mag de homedirectory van een anonieme gebruiker " -"geen schrijfrechten hebben.\n" +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" +msgstr "Voor anonieme verbindingen mag de homedirectory van een anonieme gebruiker geen schrijfrechten hebben.\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access." -msgstr "" -"Voor anonieme verbindingen mag de homedirectory van een anonieme gebruiker " -"geen schrijftoegang hebben." +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." +msgstr "Voor anonieme verbindingen mag de homedirectory van een anonieme gebruiker geen schrijftoegang hebben." -#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" -#. check values Max Port >= Min Port -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457 +#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" +#. check values Max Port >= Min Port +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457 msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port." msgstr "De voorwaarde voor poorten is max. poort > min. poort." -#. Valid function of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" -#. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 +#. Valid function of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" +#. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 msgid "RSA certificate is missing." msgstr "RSA-certificaat ontbreekt." -#. Handle function of "Browse" -#. handling value in textentry of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 +#. Handle function of "Browse" +#. handling value in textentry of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Bestand selecteren" -#. Valid function of "Security Settings" -#. check of existing certificate -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." -msgstr "" -"Certificaat <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> voor de SSL-verbinding " -"ontbreekt." +#. Valid function of "Security Settings" +#. check of existing certificate +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." +msgstr "Certificaat <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> voor de SSL-verbinding ontbreekt." -#. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 +#. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 msgid "Welcome message" msgstr "Welkomstbericht" -#. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816 +#. FtpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816 msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" msgstr "FTP-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 +#. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 msgid "You have installed both daemons:" msgstr "U hebt beide daemons geïnstalleerd." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829 msgid "Choose one of them for configuration." msgstr "Kies er één om te configureren." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831 msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd." msgstr "Wilt u vsftpd instellen? Als alternatief kunt u pure-ftpd kiezen." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." -msgstr "" -"U hebt beide daemons geïnstalleerd. U moet de configuratie daarom in " -"interactieve modus uitvoeren." +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." +msgstr "U hebt beide daemons geïnstalleerd. U moet de configuratie daarom in interactieve modus uitvoeren." -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 msgid "Read settings from the config file" msgstr "Instellingen uit het configuratiebestand lezen" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Vorige instellingen inlezen" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. calling read function for reading settings form config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874 +#. calling read function for reading settings form config file +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874 msgid "Cannot Read Current Settings." msgstr "Kan de huidige instellingen niet lezen." -#. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891 +#. FtpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891 msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" msgstr "FTP-configuratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901 msgid "Write the settings to the config file" msgstr "De instellingen naar het configuratiebestand schrijven" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 msgid "Write the settings for starting daemon" msgstr "Instellingen schrijven voor het starten van de daemon" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden geschreven..." -#. write options to the config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917 +#. write options to the config file +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet schrijven!" -#. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923 +#. write settings for starting daemon +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923 msgid "Cannot write settings for xinetd!" msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet schrijven voor xinetd!" -#. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931 +#. write settings for starting daemon +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931 msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." msgstr "Kan geen uploaddirectory maken voor anonieme verbindingen." -#. anonymous dir -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 +#. anonymous dir +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>FTP-daemon is niet geconfigureerd.</i></ul></p>" -#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 msgid "FTP daemon" msgstr "FTP-daemon" -#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 msgid "FTP daemon %1" msgstr "FTP-daemon %1" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "Deze opties worden geconfigureerd" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,483 +14,471 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module -#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" msgstr "Configuratie van geo-cluster" -#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "GeoCluster" msgstr "GeoCluster" -#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&GeoCluster" msgstr "&GeoCluster" -#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption -#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. Initialization dialog caption +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie geocluster" -#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "Overzicht geocluster" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "configuration file" msgstr "configuratiebestand" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "transport" msgstr "transport" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" msgstr "Poort" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "arbitrator" msgstr "arbitrator" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerken" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "site" msgstr "site" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "ticket" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Verificatie" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "A&nnuleren" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Beveiligingsverificatie inschakelen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "Verificatiebestand" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "Het bestand wordt geschreven naar /etc/booth." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." -msgstr "" -"Voer een absoluut pad in als u het naar een andere directory wilt schrijven." +msgstr "Voer een absoluut pad in als u het naar een andere directory wilt schrijven." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "" -"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -"booth/<key>." -msgstr "" -"Druk voor een nieuw geocluster op de onderstaande knop om /etc/booth/<key> " -"te genereren." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgstr "Druk voor een nieuw geocluster op de onderstaande knop om /etc/booth/<key> te genereren." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 -msgid "" -"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Als u wilt deelnemen aan een bestaand geocluster, kopieert u /etc/booth/" -"<key> handmatig van een ander knooppunt." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Als u wilt deelnemen aan een bestaand geocluster, kopieert u /etc/booth/<key> handmatig van een ander knooppunt." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "Verificatiesleutelbestand genereren" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "Basis" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Voer een geldig IP-adres in." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "Ticket en time-out invoeren" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "time-out" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "nieuwe pogingen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "gewichten" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "verlopen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "ophalen-na" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "voor-ophalen-handler" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "timeout is ongeldig." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "expire is ongeldig." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "acquireafter is ongeldig." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "retries is ongeldig." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "waarde lager dan 3 voor nieuwe pogingen is niet toegestaan" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "weights is ongeldig." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "ticket kan niet leeg zijn." -#. fill confs with global_files +#. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Firewallconfiguratie" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Een IP-adres van uw arbitrator invoeren" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "IP-adres van uw arbitrator bewerken" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Een IP-adres van uw site invoeren" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "IP-adres van uw site bewerken" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "Ticketnaam bestaat al." -#. Validation check before switch to authentication -#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "Configuratienaam kan niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "Configuratienaam mag niet worden gedupliceerd." -#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "poort is ongeldig." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "transport moet zijn ingevuld." -#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "arbitrator moet worden ingevuld." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "site moet zijn ingevuld." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "ticket moet zijn ingevuld." -#. Validation check before switch to basic -#. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "Verificatiebestand maken mislukt " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "Verificatiebestand" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid " created successfully." msgstr " is gemaakt." -#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "GeoCluster-configuratie selecteren" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Configuratiebestand selecteren:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "Verificatieconfiguratie" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") -#. Convert relative path to absolute path -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "Kan globale conf-instellingen niet schrijven" -#. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "Kan algemene instellingen niet schrijven." -#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth -#. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "Kan geen globale ticketinstelling schrijven" -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van geocluster initialiseren" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Vorige instellingen inlezen" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen lezen" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Vorige instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van geocluster opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "De SuSEfirewall-instellingen schrijven" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "De SuSEfirewall-instellingen schrijven" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht..." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van geo-cluster initialiseren" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Database inlezen" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Apparaten detecteren" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "De apparaten worden gedetecteerd..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgstr "Kan de database1 niet lezen." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgstr "Kan database2 niet lezen." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Kan apparaten niet detecteren." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van geo-cluster opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig starten" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig wordt uitgevoerd..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Configuratie overzicht..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,125 +14,121 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 +#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of HTTP server (Apache2)" msgstr "HTTP-serverconfiguratie (Apache2)" -#. translators: help text for configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 +#. translators: help text for configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 msgid "Configure host settings" msgstr "Hostinstellingen configureren" -#. translators: help text for modules command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 +#. translators: help text for modules command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 msgid "Configure the Apache2 server modules" msgstr "De Apache2-servermodules configureren" -#. translators: help text for listen command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 +#. translators: help text for listen command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." -msgstr "" -"Stel de poorten en de netwerkadressen waar de server de inkomende verzoeken " -"van moet gaan beluisteren." +msgstr "Stel de poorten en de netwerkadressen waar de server de inkomende verzoeken van moet gaan beluisteren." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" msgstr "Virtuele hosts configureren" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 msgid "Enable or disable wizard mode." msgstr "Schakel de wizard-modus in of uit." -#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 +#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 msgid "Server name, for example, www.example.com" msgstr "Servernaam, bijvoorbeeld: www.voorbeeld.com" -#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 +#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgstr "Email-adres van de serverbeheerder" -#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 +#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 msgid "Directory where the documents of the server are stored" msgstr "Directory waar de serverdocumenten opgeslagen zijn" -#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 +#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 msgid "Name of the host to configure." msgstr "Naam van de host die moet worden geconfigureerd." -#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 +#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 msgid "Add a new listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "Nieuw luisteritem toevoegen ([adres:]poort)" -#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 +#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 msgid "Delete an existing listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "Een bestaand luisteritem verwijderen ([adres:]poort)" -#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 +#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Geconfigureerde items weergeven" -#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 +#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgstr "Een door komma's gescheiden lijst met in te schakelen modules" -#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 +#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to disable" msgstr "Een door komma's gescheiden lijst met uit te schakelen modules" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 msgid "Create new virtual host" msgstr "Nieuwe virtuele host maken" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 msgid "Delete existing virtual host" msgstr "Bestaande virtuele host verwijderen" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 msgid "Set selected virtual host as default host" msgstr "Geselecteerde virtuele host als standaardhost aanwijzen" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"." msgstr "Schakel de wizard-modus \"in\" of \"uit\"." -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 msgid "Configured host not specified" msgstr "Geconfigureerde host is niet opgegeven" -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" -msgstr "" -"Alleen bestaande hosts kunnen worden opgegeven als de host die moet worden " -"geconfigureerd" +msgstr "Alleen bestaande hosts kunnen worden opgegeven als de host die moet worden geconfigureerd" -#. translators: popup error message when validate servername -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 +#. translators: popup error message when validate servername +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 msgid "Invalid server name." msgstr "Ongeldige servernaam." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 msgid "Invalid server admin." msgstr "Ongeldige serverbeheerder." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 msgid "Validate error " msgstr "Validatiefout" -#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 +#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 msgid "" "Status \tModule\n" "==================" @@ -140,190 +136,183 @@ "Status \tModule\n" "==================" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); -#. translators: server module status -#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); -#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3067 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3090 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3137 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3149 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3153 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3182 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); +#. translators: server module status +#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); +#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3067 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3090 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3137 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3149 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3153 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3182 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "ingeschakeld" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. translators: server module status -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3069 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3169 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. translators: server module status +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3069 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3169 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); -#. create list of all standard modules -#. create temporary list of maps from modules -#. translators: list of known and unknown modules -#. translators: server module status unknown -#. list of all installed modules -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3040 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3060 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3209 +#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); +#. create list of all standard modules +#. create temporary list of maps from modules +#. translators: list of known and unknown modules +#. translators: server module status unknown +#. list of all installed modules +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3040 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3060 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3209 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 +#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 msgid "Listen Statements:" msgstr "Luisterinstructie:" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 msgid "All interfaces" msgstr "Alle interfaces" -#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 +#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 msgid "Can use only existing interfaces" msgstr "Kan alleen bestaande interfaces gebruiken" -#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 +#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 msgid "The listen statement '%1' is already configured." msgstr "Luisterinstructie '%1' is al geconfigureerd." -#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 +#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 msgid "Can remove only existing listeners" msgstr "Kan alleen bestaande luisteraars verwijderen" -#. check the command to be present exactly once -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 +#. check the command to be present exactly once +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 msgid "Hosts list:" msgstr "Host-lijst:" -#. create -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 +#. create +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 msgid "Some parameter missing" msgstr "Sommige parameters ontbreken" -#. remove and setdefault -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 +#. remove and setdefault +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 msgid "Argument can be only existing host" msgstr "Argument kan alleen bestaande host zijn" -#. popup - it is already the default host -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 +#. popup - it is already the default host +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 msgid "The host is already default." msgstr "De host is reeds de standaard." -#. remove the old non-default host -#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 +#. remove the old non-default host +#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 msgid "Cannot delete the default host." msgstr "Kan de standaardhost niet verwijderen." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of http-server -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of http-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 msgid "Listen Ports and Addresses" msgstr "Luisterpoorten en adressen" -#. `HSpacing (1), -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. `HSpacing (1), +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Server Modules" msgstr "Servermodules" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Main Host" msgstr "Hoofdhost" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "Hosts" -#. Run server overview dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 +#. Run server overview dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 msgid "HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "HTTP-serverconfiguratie" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Host '%1' Configuration" msgstr "Host '%1' configuratie" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "Configured Hosts" msgstr "Geconfigureerde hosts" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "New Host Information" msgstr "Gegevens nieuwe host" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 msgid "Virtual Host Details" msgstr "Details van de virtuele host" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "SSL Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "SSL-configuratie voor '%1'" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 msgid "Default Host" msgstr "Standaardhost" -#. translators: pop up menu -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. translators: pop up menu +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "Certificaten" -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." msgstr "&Importeer server certificaat..." -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" msgstr "&Gebruik algemene server certificaat" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Dir Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "Directory configuratie voor '%1'" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>\n" @@ -333,18 +322,17 @@ "<br>\n" "Even geduld a.u.b....<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te klikken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -352,8 +340,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De HTTP-serverconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld a.u.b....<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -363,64 +351,43 @@ "Het opslaan kunt u afbreken door op <B>Afbreken</B> te klikken.\n" "Een extra venster informeert u of dit veilig is om te doen.</p>\n" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De <b>poort</b> waarde definieert de poort waarnaar Apache2 luistert. " -"Standaard is dat 80.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 +msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De <b>poort</b> waarde definieert de poort waarnaar Apache2 luistert. Standaard is dat 80.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Te beluisteren interfaces</b> bevat de lijst met alle IP-adressen die " -"voor deze host geconfigureerd zijn. De geselecteerde IP-adressen zijn degene " -"waarnaar Apache2 luistert. Mocht u er niet zeker van zijn, selecteer dan " -"gewoon alles.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Te beluisteren interfaces</b> bevat de lijst met alle IP-adressen die voor deze host geconfigureerd zijn. De geselecteerde IP-adressen zijn degene waarnaar Apache2 luistert. Mocht u er niet zeker van zijn, selecteer dan gewoon alles.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hier kunt u de script talen activeren die de Apache 2-server zou moeten " -"ondersteunen.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de script talen activeren die de Apache 2-server zou moeten ondersteunen.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het overzicht geeft de instellingen weer die in de Apache2 configuratie " -"zullen worden opgeslagen zodra u op <b>Voltooien</b> klikt.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het overzicht geeft de instellingen weer die in de Apache2 configuratie zullen worden opgeslagen zodra u op <b>Voltooien</b> klikt.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"</p>" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Met behulp van de <b>Geavanceerde HTTP-serverconfiguratie</b> \n" -"\t\tknop is, alvorens de configuratie wordt opgeslagen, een meer " -"gedetailleerde configuratie mogelijk.</p>" +"\t\tknop is, alvorens de configuratie wordt opgeslagen, een meer gedetailleerde configuratie mogelijk.</p>" -#. module dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 +#. module dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\n" "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>HTTP-server modules wijzigen</big></b><br>\n" @@ -430,19 +397,17 @@ "Geactiveerde modules zullen geladen worden. De laatste kolom geeft\n" "een korte module beschrijving.</p>" -#. module dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 +#. module dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om de status van een module te veranderen \n" -"dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op <b>Status " -"omschakelen</b> te klikken.</p>\n" +"dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op <b>Status omschakelen</b> te klikken.</p>\n" -#. module dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 +#. module dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" "use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\n" @@ -450,36 +415,32 @@ "<p>Gebruik de knop <b>Module toevoegen</b> als u een \n" "niet in de tabel voorkomende module wilt toevoegen.</p>\n" -#. apache service enabling help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 +#. apache service enabling help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n" "<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>HTTP-server instellingen</big></b><br>\n" "Schakel de HTTP-server in door <b>Aan</b> te selecteren.\n" "Selecteer <b>Uit</b> om deze uit te schakelen.</p>\n" -#. firewall adapting help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 +#. firewall adapting help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \n" "adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" "The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Door <b>Open firewall voor de geselecteerde poorten</b> te activeren, " -"geeft u YaST2 \n" -"de opdracht om de firewall dusdanig aan te passen zodat de Apache2 poorten " -"daardoor \n" -"toegankelijk blijven. De interfaces van de firewall zullen niet toegevoegd " -"of verwijderd \n" +"<p>Door <b>Open firewall voor de geselecteerde poorten</b> te activeren, geeft u YaST2 \n" +"de opdracht om de firewall dusdanig aan te passen zodat de Apache2 poorten daardoor \n" +"toegankelijk blijven. De interfaces van de firewall zullen niet toegevoegd of verwijderd \n" "worden. Deze optie is alleen bij een geactiveerde firewall beschikbaar.</p>\n" -#. server configuration overview help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 +#. server configuration overview help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>The list of options presents\n" "several parts of the server configuration. <b>Listen On</b>\n" @@ -505,114 +466,86 @@ "van de standaardhost weergegeven.\n" "<b>Hosts</b> bevat een lijst met voor de server geconfigureerde hosts.</p>\n" -#. server configuration overview help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " -"change settings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om de instellingen te veranderen dient u het betreffende item in de lijst " -"te selecteren en op <b>Bewerken</b> te klikken.</p>" +#. server configuration overview help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 +msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om de instellingen te veranderen dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op <b>Bewerken</b> te klikken.</p>" -#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "<p><b>Log Files</b> displays server log files.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Logboekbestanden</b> kunt u de logboekbestanden van de server " -"bekijken.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Logboekbestanden</b> kunt u de logboekbestanden van de server bekijken.</p>" -#. hosts list help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 +#. hosts list help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Geconfigureerde hosts</big></b><br>\n" -"Dit is een lijst met reeds geconfigureerde hosts. Één van de hosts is als " -"standaardhost\n" +"Dit is een lijst met reeds geconfigureerde hosts. Één van de hosts is als standaardhost\n" "gemarkeerd (het *-teken naast de naamserver). Als voor een inkomend verzoek\n" "geen passende host is gevonden, wordt de standaardhost gebruikt. Klik op\n" -"<b>Als standaard instellen</b> om een host als de standaard in te stellen.\n" +"<b>Als standaard instellen</b> om een host als de standaard in te stellen.</p>\n" -#. hosts list help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 +#. hosts list help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click " -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een host wilt wijzigen, kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de " -"tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n" -"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een host toe te voegen. Of druk op " -"<b>Verwijderen</b> om een host te verwijderen.</p>" +"<p>Als u een host wilt wijzigen, kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n" +"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een host toe te voegen. Of druk op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een host te verwijderen.</p>" -#. host editing help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 +#. host editing help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Hostconfiguratie</big></b><br>\n" -"Als u de standaard hostinstellingen wilt wijzigen, dient u het betreffende " -"item uit de tabel te selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b> te " -"klikken.\n" -"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Of druk op " -"<b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>" +"Als u de standaard hostinstellingen wilt wijzigen, dient u het betreffende item uit de tabel te selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b> te klikken.\n" +"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Of druk op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>" -#. host editing help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 +#. host editing help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"<b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p>De <b>Serverresolutie</b>-opties stellen de resolutie in wanneer \n" -"\tvirtual hosts wordt gebruikt. Als u <b>Resolutie via HTTP-headers</b> " -"kiest,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts wordt gebruikt. Als u <b>Resolutie via HTTP-headers</b> kiest,\n" "\tzal de standaardserver geen verzoeken naar het IP adres van een\n" -"\tnaamgebaseerde virtual host sturen. Als u een SSL-gebaseerde vhost wilt " -"configureren, gebruik dan <b>Resolutie via IP-adres</b></p>" +"\tnaamgebaseerde virtual host sturen. Als u een SSL-gebaseerde vhost wilt configureren, gebruik dan <b>Resolutie via IP-adres</b></p>" -#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 +#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n" -"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big><i>Luisteren</i> Hostinstellingen</big></b><br>\n" -"Met de instructie <i>Luisteren</i> kunt u de poorten en de netwerkinterfaces " -"selecteren\n" +"Met de instructie <i>Luisteren</i> kunt u de poorten en de netwerkinterfaces selecteren\n" "waar de HTTP-server de inkomende verzoeken van moet beluisteren.</p>\n" -#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 +#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een item wilt wijzigen, kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de " -"tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n" -"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw item toe te voegen. Klik op " -"<b>Verwijderen</b> om een item te verwijderen.</p>" +"<p>Als u een item wilt wijzigen, kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n" +"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw item toe te voegen. Klik op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een item te verwijderen.</p>" -#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 +#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" @@ -620,42 +553,34 @@ "encrypting communication.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>SSL-configuratie</big></b><br>\n" -"Dit is een lijst met opties die gerelateerd zijn aan de SSL-instellingen " -"(Secure Socket Layer)\n" +"Dit is een lijst met opties die gerelateerd zijn aan de SSL-instellingen (Secure Socket Layer)\n" "van de host. Via SSL kunt u veilig met een host\n" "communiceren door de communicatie te versleutelen.</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 +#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Het algemene gedrag wordt door de SSL-optie bepaald. De host heeft\n" -"óf helemaal geen SSL-ondersteuning (<tt>Geen SSL</tt>), óf staat zowel geen-" -"SSL als SSL-toegang\n" -"toe (<tt>Toegestaan</tt>), óf accepteert alleen versleutelde SSL-" -"verbindingen (<tt>Vereist</tt>).\n" +"óf helemaal geen SSL-ondersteuning (<tt>Geen SSL</tt>), óf staat zowel geen-SSL als SSL-toegang\n" +"toe (<tt>Toegestaan</tt>), óf accepteert alleen versleutelde SSL-verbindingen (<tt>Vereist</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een optie wilt wijzigen, kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de " -"tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n" -"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een optie toe te voegen. Als u een optie wilt " -"verwijderen, selecteert u deze en drukt u op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>" +"<p>Als u een optie wilt wijzigen, kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n" +"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een optie toe te voegen. Als u een optie wilt verwijderen, selecteert u deze en drukt u op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Certificates</b> menu allows \n" "importing server certificates. <b>Import Server Certificate</b> \n" @@ -669,8 +594,8 @@ "<b>Algemeen certificaat gebruiken</b> configureert u het gebruik van het\n" "algemene certificaat dat voor deze host gebruikt wordt.</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 +#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n" @@ -678,120 +603,94 @@ "<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Wanneer u het SSL-gebruik voor een host activeert, \n" "moet de <tt>mod_ssl</tt>-module door de server worden geladen.</p>\n" -#. new host dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 +#. new host dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"</p>" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Nieuwe host</big></b><br>\n" -"In deze dialoog kunt u de basisinformatie van een nieuwe virtuele host " -"opgeven.</p>" +"In deze dialoog kunt u de basisinformatie van een nieuwe virtuele host opgeven.</p>" -#. new host dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 +#. new host dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><i>Serveridentificatie</i> specificeert de inhoud en de presentatie van " -"de\n" +"<p><i>Serveridentificatie</i> specificeert de inhoud en de presentatie van de\n" "nieuwe virtuele host. <b>Servernaam</b> is de DNS-naam die geretourneerd\n" -"is als deel van de HTTP-kopteksten van de serverrespons. <b>Hoofdmap " -"serverinhoud</b>\n" -"is het absolute pad naar een directory die alle door de virtuele host " -"geleverde\n" +"is als deel van de HTTP-kopteksten van de serverrespons. <b>Hoofdmap serverinhoud</b>\n" +"is het absolute pad naar een directory die alle door de virtuele host geleverde\n" "documenten bevat. Met <b>E-mailadres van beheerder</b> kan een e-mailadres\n" "geïnstalleerd worden ten behoeve van feedback over deze host.</p>\n" -#. new host dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 +#. new host dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\n" "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Serverresolutie</b></big><br>\n" "Apache 2 moet kunnen bepalen welke virtuele hostinstellingen het zou\n" "moeten gebruiken om een respons voor een HTTP-verzoek te kunnen maken. Er\n" -"zijn twee basis benaderingen. Als voor het inkomende verzoek <i>HTTP-" -"headers</i>\n" -"worden gebruikt, zal de server de hostnaam opzoeken die door de HTTP-" -"verzoekheaders \n" -"gespecificeerd wordt. De andere mogelijkheid om de virtuele host te bepalen " -"is door middel\n" -"van het <i>IP-adres</i> dat door de client gebruikt wordt als deze een " -"verbinding met de\n" -"server maakt. Als u een SSL gebaseerde vhost wilt, gebruik dan <b>Resolutie " -"via IP-adres</b>\n" +"zijn twee basis benaderingen. Als voor het inkomende verzoek <i>HTTP-headers</i>\n" +"worden gebruikt, zal de server de hostnaam opzoeken die door de HTTP-verzoekheaders \n" +"gespecificeerd wordt. De andere mogelijkheid om de virtuele host te bepalen is door middel\n" +"van het <i>IP-adres</i> dat door de client gebruikt wordt als deze een verbinding met de\n" +"server maakt. Als u een SSL gebaseerde vhost wilt, gebruik dan <b>Resolutie via IP-adres</b>\n" "Raadpleeg de Apache 2-handleiding voor verdere details.</p>\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 +#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host.</p>" +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Details voor nieuwe host</big></b><br>\n" -"In dit venster kunt u aanvullende informatie opgeven betreffende een nieuwe " -"virtuele host.</p>" +"In dit venster kunt u aanvullende informatie opgeven betreffende een nieuwe virtuele host.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 +#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Selecteer <b>CGI-ondersteuning inschakelen</b>\n" -"om CGI-scripts in het pad in <b>Pad naar CGI-directory</b> uit te kunnen " -"voeren met de alias <tt>cgi-bin</tt>.</p>" +"om CGI-scripts in het pad in <b>Pad naar CGI-directory</b> uit te kunnen voeren met de alias <tt>cgi-bin</tt>.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 +#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\n" "\n" "Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n" "Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer <b>SSL ondersteuning inschakelen</b> om HTTPS toegang tot deze " -"virtuele host\n" +"<p>Selecteer <b>SSL ondersteuning inschakelen</b> om HTTPS toegang tot deze virtuele host\n" "te kunnen krijgen.\n" "\n" -"Voer daarna het pad voor het certificaatbestand in bij <b>Pad van " -"certificaatbestand<b>.\n" +"Voer daarna het pad voor het certificaatbestand in bij <b>Pad van certificaatbestand<b>.\n" "Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor op IP-adres gebaseerde vhosts.</p>\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Voer in <b>Directoryindex</b> een lijst met door spaties gescheiden " -"bestanden in waar Apache naar moet zoeken als wordt verzocht om een URL van " -"een directory (een URL die eindigt met een <tt>/</tt>). Het eerste bestand " -"dat gevonden wordt, zal worden gebruikt.</p>" +#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 +msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Voer in <b>Directoryindex</b> een lijst met door spaties gescheiden bestanden in waar Apache naar moet zoeken als wordt verzocht om een URL van een directory (een URL die eindigt met een <tt>/</tt>). Het eerste bestand dat gevonden wordt, zal worden gebruikt.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 +#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b>Public HTML</b>\n" "\n" @@ -799,140 +698,132 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Publieke HTML</b>\n" "\n" -"schakelt de toegang in tot <tt>.public_html</tt> directory's van alle " -"gebruikers.</p>" +"schakelt de toegang in tot <tt>.public_html</tt> directory's van alle gebruikers.</p>" -#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. -#. -#. @param [String] arg the Listen string -#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item -#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2396 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2398 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2412 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2416 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3296 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3301 +#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. +#. +#. @param [String] arg the Listen string +#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item +#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2396 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2398 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2412 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2416 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3296 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3301 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "Alle adressen" -#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled -#. whether to open firewall on this port. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 +#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled +#. whether to open firewall on this port. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (1/5)--Network Device Selection" msgstr "Wizard HTTP-server (1/5)-- Netwerkapparaatselectie" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 msgid "Network Device Selection" msgstr "Netwerkapparaatselectie" -#. Sequence to choose some script language modules -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 +#. Sequence to choose some script language modules +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (2/5)--Modules" msgstr "Wizard HTTP-server (2/5)-- Modules" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Modules" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#. Sequence to configure default host parameters -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 +#. Sequence to configure default host parameters +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (3/5)--Default Host" msgstr "Wizard HTTP-server (3/5)-- Standaardhost" -#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 +#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (4/5)--Virtual Hosts" msgstr "Wizard HTTP-server (4/5)-- Virtuele hosts" -#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible -#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 +#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible +#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (5/5)--Summary" msgstr "Wizard HTTP-server (5/5)-- Overzicht" -#. translators: initialization dialog message -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 +#. translators: initialization dialog message +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:133 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:133 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "De HTTP-serverconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Werkomgeving controleren" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "Apache2-configuratie lezen" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:148 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:148 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie lezen" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "De omgeving wordt gecontroleerd..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "De Apache2-configuratie wordt gelezen..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie wordt gelezen..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. on(); -#. translators: progress step -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:158 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:391 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:432 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:514 +#. translators: progress finished +#. on(); +#. translators: progress step +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:158 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:391 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:432 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:514 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" -#. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u de HTTP-server wilt configureren, moeten de <b>%1</b>-pakketten " -"geïnstalleerd te zijn.</p>" +#. notification about package needed 1/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:187 +msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u de HTTP-server wilt configureren, moeten de <b>%1</b>-pakketten geïnstalleerd te zijn.</p>" -#. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:191 +#. notification about package needed 2/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:191 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Wilt u het nu installeren?</p>" -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:197 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:197 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -946,54 +837,54 @@ "\n" "zonder dit pakket te installeren." -#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:225 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:249 +#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:225 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:249 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "Het configuratiebestand '%1' bestaat niet." -#. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:281 +#. off(); +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:281 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "Er wordt geen DNS-server uitgevoerd op deze computer." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:405 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:405 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "De HTTP-serverconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" -#. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 +#. translators: progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "Apache2-instellingen schrijven" -#. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:419 +#. translators: progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:419 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "Apache2-service inschakelen" -#. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:421 +#. translators: progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:421 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "Apache2-service uitschakelen" -#. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 +#. translators: progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden geschreven..." -#. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:428 +#. translators: progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:428 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Apache2-service wordt ingeschakeld..." -#. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:430 +#. translators: progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:430 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Apache2-service wordt uitgeschakeld..." -#. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:444 +#. install required RPMs for modules +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:444 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -1005,18 +896,18 @@ "%1\n" "Wilt u ze nu installeren?\n" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:554 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:554 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." msgstr "Er is geen naam opgegeven voor de modulebeschrijving, wordt genegeerd." -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:566 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:566 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "Onbekende modulewijziging voor automatische installatie: %1" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:585 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:585 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -1024,251 +915,251 @@ "De standaardwaarde voor module %1 komt niet overeen.\n" "Dit kan een inconsistente moduleconfiguratie veroorzaken." -#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:600 +#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:600 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "Luisterinstructie zonder poort gevonden." -#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:734 +#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:734 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Luisteren naar</h3>" -#. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:754 +#. "Default host" information +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:754 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Standaardhost</h3>" -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:773 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:773 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid " in " msgstr " in " -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ingeschakeld" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uitgeschakeld" -#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:782 +#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:782 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Virtuele hosts</h3>" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 msgid "&Log Files" msgstr "&Logboekbestanden" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 msgid "Show &Access Log" msgstr "&Toegangslogboek weergeven" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 msgid "Show &Error Log" msgstr "&Foutenlogboek weergeven" -#. table cell description -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 +#. table cell description +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Servernaam" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 msgid "Document Root" msgstr "Documentroot" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 msgid "Server Administrator E-Mail" msgstr "E-mailadres van serverbeheerder" -#. table cell description -#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 +#. table cell description +#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 msgid "Server Resolution" msgstr "Serverresolutie" -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 msgid "Determine Request Server by HTTP &Headers" msgstr "Verzoek server bepalen op HTTP-&kopteksten" -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address" msgstr "Verzoek server bepalen op IP-&adres server" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" -#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 +#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 msgid "HTTP &Service" msgstr "HTTP-&service" -#. translators: radio button group label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 +#. translators: radio button group label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 msgid "Listen on Ports:" msgstr "Luisteren naar poorten:" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 msgid "Network Address" msgstr "Netwerkadres" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 msgid "Port" msgstr "Poort" -#. table header: module name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 +#. table header: module name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#. table header: module status -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 +#. table header: module status +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#. table header: module description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 +#. table header: module description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#. translators: toggle button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 +#. translators: toggle button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Status inui&tschakelen" -#. translators: add user-defined module button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 +#. translators: add user-defined module button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 msgid "&Add Module" msgstr "Module &toevoegen" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 msgid "Directory" msgstr "Directory" -#. translators: text entry -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 +#. translators: text entry +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "&Poort:" -#. translators: multi selection box -#. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3475 +#. translators: multi selection box +#. translators: multi selection box +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3475 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "&Luisteren naar interfaces" -#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 +#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 msgid "Start Apache2 Server When Booting" msgstr "Apache2-server starten tijdens het opstarten" -#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 +#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 msgid "Start Apache2 Server Manually" msgstr "Apache 2-server handmatig starten" -#. translators: button to enter expert configuration -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 +#. translators: button to enter expert configuration +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 msgid "&HTTP Server Expert Configuration..." msgstr "Geavanceerde &HTTP-serverconfiguratie..." -#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 +#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 msgid "Server Identification" msgstr "Server identificatie" -#. translators: textentry, new host server name -#. translators: textentry to set the host name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 +#. translators: textentry, new host server name +#. translators: textentry to set the host name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 msgid "Server &Name:" msgstr "Server&naam:" -#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 +#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 msgid "Server &Contents Root:" msgstr "Hoofdmap &serverinhoud:" -#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 +#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 msgid "&Administrator E-Mail:" msgstr "E-mailadres van &beheerder:" -#. translators: IP address for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 +#. translators: IP address for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 msgid "VirtualHost" msgstr "Virtuele host" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 msgid "Change VirtualHost ID" msgstr "ID van virtuele host wijzigen" -#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 +#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 msgid "CGI Options" msgstr "CGI-opties" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 msgid "Enable &CGI for This Virtual Host" msgstr "&CGI inschakelen voor deze virtuele host" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 msgid "CGI &Directory Path" msgstr "Pad naar CGI-&directory" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 msgid "SSL Support" msgstr "SSL ondersteuning" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 msgid "Enable &SSL Support for This Virtual Host" msgstr "&SSL ondersteuning voor deze virtuele host inschakelen" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 msgid "&Certificate File Path" msgstr "Pad van het &certificaatbestand" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 msgid "&Certificate Key File Path" msgstr "Pad naar bestand met &certificaatsleutel" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 msgid "Directory Options" msgstr "Directoryopties" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 msgid "&Directory Index" msgstr "&Directoryindex" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 msgid "Public HTML" msgstr "Publieke HTML" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 msgid "Enable &Public HTML" msgstr "&Publieke HTML inschakelen" -#. these are for future use: -#. error message - the entered ip address is not found -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 +#. these are for future use: +#. error message - the entered ip address is not found +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 msgid "" "The IP address is not configured\n" "on this machine." @@ -1276,63 +1167,59 @@ "Op deze machine is het IP-adres\n" "niet geconfigureerd." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "Ongeldig IP-adres." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." msgstr "De standaardhost kan niet met SSL-ondersteuning worden geconfigureerd." -#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 +#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." -msgstr "" -"Als er geen servernaam is gedefinieerd, dan wordt de hostnaam gebruikt." +msgstr "Als er geen servernaam is gedefinieerd, dan wordt de hostnaam gebruikt." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgstr "Servernaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#. error message - the entered server name is already configured -#. in another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 +#. error message - the entered server name is already configured +#. in another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." -msgstr "" -"De opgegeven servernaam is reeds op een andere virtuele host geconfigureerd." +msgstr "De opgegeven servernaam is reeds op een andere virtuele host geconfigureerd." -#. error message - the entered ip address is already -#. configured for another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 +#. error message - the entered ip address is already +#. configured for another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 msgid "The IP address is already configured on another virtual host" msgstr "Het IP-adres is reeds op een andere virtuele host geconfigureerd" -#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 +#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 msgid "Administrator E-Mail is invalid." msgstr "E-mailadres van beheerder is ongeldig." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 msgid "&Reload HTTP Server" msgstr "HTTP-server &opnieuw laden" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 msgid "Save Settings and Re&start HTTP Server" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en HTTP-server opnieuw &starten" -#. translators: popup description on changing the default host -#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may -#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 +#. translators: popup description on changing the default host +#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may +#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 msgid "" "The current default host will be replaced by \n" "the new host and will become a virtual host.\n" @@ -1356,49 +1243,49 @@ "host of klik op Annuleren\n" "om de standaardhost niet te veranderen.\n" -#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 +#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 msgid "Server &IP Address:" msgstr "&IP-adres server:" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 msgid "Delete selected host?" msgstr "Geselecteerde host verwijderen?" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 msgid "Set as De&fault" msgstr "Instellen als stan&daard" -#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 +#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 msgid "Choose Document Root" msgstr "Documentroot kiezen" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "E-mailadres beheerder mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "Alle adressen (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP-adressen" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "Servernaam" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "Naam voor virtuele-host-ID mag niet leeg zijn." -#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 +#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1410,63 +1297,61 @@ "dat verzoeken accepteert voor de hosts.\n" "Ook * voor alle adressen en *:poort is toegestaan." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "Master zone %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "Record %1 bestaat al in zone %2." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "DNS-instellingen" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "Aan zone toevoegen" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Naam zone" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "Nieuwe zone aanmaken" -#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 +#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "CGI-directory" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "Certificaatbestand kiezen" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "Certifcaatbestand invoeren." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "Bestand met certificaatsleutel kiezen" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "Voer het sleutelbestand in." -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2193 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2231 +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2193 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2231 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "Selecteer certificaat" -#. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2223 +#. translators: error message un failed certificate import +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2223 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1474,63 +1359,62 @@ "Kan het certificaat niet importeren\n" "%1" -#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2430 +#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2430 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "Netwerk &adressen:" -#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement -#. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2475 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3443 +#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement +#. translators: popup error +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2475 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3443 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "Ongeldig poortnummer." -#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2941 +#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2941 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "Resolutie via HTTP-kopteksten" -#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2944 +#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2944 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "Resolutie via IP-adres gebruikt" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3108 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3108 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "Afhankelijkheidsprobleem modules" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3110 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3110 msgid "requires" msgstr "vereist" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3112 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3112 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "Activeer de vereiste module of deactiveer de eerste." -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3222 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3222 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "Nieuwe module &naam:" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3240 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3240 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "Voor de toe te voegen module is een naam vereist." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3243 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3243 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "De module staat reeds in de lijst." -#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting -#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3306 +#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting +#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3306 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "Het %1 item bestaat al." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3327 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3327 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1538,376 +1422,321 @@ "De lijst met poorten waar de server naar\n" "moet gaan luisteren mag niet leeg zijn." -#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3494 +#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3494 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "Er moet minstens één interface geselecteerd zijn." -#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3521 +#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3521 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "&PHP5-scripting activeren" -#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3529 +#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3529 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "P&erl-scripting activeren" -#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3537 +#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3537 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "P&ython-scripting activeren" -#. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 +#. illegal keys in vhost +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "Illegale sleutel in virtuele host '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "Interne fout: gegevens moeten een array ref zijn en geen %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "Ongeldige host-ID." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "Host-ID bestaat al" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "kan de standaardhost niet verwijderen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "Host-ID niet gevonden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "ongeldige poort" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "het schrijven van de firewallregels is mislukt" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "de te verwijderen luisterwaarde is niet gevonden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "Kan een host met de gespecificeerde ID niet ophalen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "Beschadigde PEM-gegevens." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Voor deze host-ID is geen certificaat-sleutelbestand geconfigureerd." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "De ontleding van het sleutelbestand is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Er is voor deze host-ID geen CA-certificaatbestand geconfigureerd." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "" -"Zorgt voor de toegangscontrole dat gebaseerd is op de client-hostnaam, IP-" -"adres, etc." +msgstr "Zorgt voor de toegangscontrole dat gebaseerd is op de client-hostnaam, IP-adres, etc." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" -msgstr "" -"De CGI-scripts, gebaseerd op mediatype of verzoekmethode, worden uitgevoerd" +msgstr "De CGI-scripts, gebaseerd op mediatype of verzoekmethode, worden uitgevoerd" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Verschillende delen van het host bestandssysteem in de documentenstructuur " -"en de URL-omleiding worden toegewezen" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Verschillende delen van het host bestandssysteem in de documentenstructuur en de URL-omleiding worden toegewezen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "Basisverificatie" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "Gebruikersverificatie met gebruik van tekstbestanden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "Gebruikersautorisatie" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "Groepsautorisatie met gebruik van tekstbestanden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "Gebruikersverificatie met gebruik van DBM-bestanden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" -msgstr "" -"Genereert automatisch een directoryindex, gelijk aan de Unix-opdracht: ls" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgstr "Genereert automatisch een directoryindex, gelijk aan de Unix-opdracht: ls" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "CGI-scripts uitvoeren" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:126 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:126 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"Zorgt voor \"trailing slash\" omleidingen en de verzorging van de " -"directoryindex-bestanden" +msgstr "Zorgt voor \"trailing slash\" omleidingen en de verzorging van de directoryindex-bestanden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:135 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" -msgstr "" -"Wijzigt de werkomgeving die aan de CGI-scripts en SSI-pagina's wordt " -"doorgegeven" +msgstr "Wijzigt de werkomgeving die aan de CGI-scripts en SSI-pagina's wordt doorgegeven" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:145 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:145 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Creëren van verlopen HTTP-kopteksten overeenkomstig aan gebruiker " -"gespecificeerde criteria" +msgstr "Creëren van verlopen HTTP-kopteksten overeenkomstig aan gebruiker gespecificeerde criteria" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:160 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:160 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "Door server geparseerde HTML-documenten (Server Side Includes)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:174 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:174 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "Registratie van de gemaakte server verzoeken" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:186 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" -msgstr "" -"Associeert de gevraagde bestandsnaam-extensies met het bestandsgedrag en de " -"inhoud" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:186 +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "Associeert de gevraagde bestandsnaam-extensies met het bestandsgedrag en de inhoud" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:211 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:211 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Zorgt voor inhoud-onderhandeling" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:221 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Staat de instelling van de omgevingsvariabelen, gebaseerd op de verzoek " -"kenmerken, toe" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:221 +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Staat de instelling van de omgevingsvariabelen, gebaseerd op de verzoek kenmerken, toe" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:232 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:232 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "Biedt informatie over de server activiteit en de prestaties" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:240 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:240 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" -msgstr "" -"Staat CGI-scripts toe om als een gespecificeerde gebruiker en groep te " -"starten" +msgstr "Staat CGI-scripts toe om als een gespecificeerde gebruiker en groep te starten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:251 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "Gebruiker-gespecificeerde directory's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:259 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:259 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "Verzendt bestanden die hun eigen HTTP-kopteksten bevatten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:265 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:265 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "Staat de \"anonieme\" gebruikerstoegang tot geverifieerde gebieden toe" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:286 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:286 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "Gebruikerverificatie met gebruik van MD5 Digest-verificatie" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:301 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"Staat toe dat een LDAP-directory voor het opslaan van de database voor de " -"HTTP Basic-verificatie wordt gebruikt" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:301 +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "Staat toe dat een LDAP-directory voor het opslaan van de database voor de HTTP Basic-verificatie wordt gebruikt" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:319 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:494 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:319 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:494 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "Inhoud cache keyed voor URI's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:336 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:336 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "Geef de vertaling of nieuwe code van de tekenset op" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:346 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:346 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "Distributed Authoring en Versioning (WebDAV) functionaliteit" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:361 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:361 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "Bestandssysteem provider voor mod_dav" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:372 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:372 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "Inhoud comprimeren voordat het aan de client wordt geleverd" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:391 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:391 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "Inhoud cache opslagbeheerder keyed voor URI's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:404 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:404 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" -msgstr "" -"Een eenvoudige echo server ten behoeve van de illustratie van de protocol " -"modules" +msgstr "Een eenvoudige echo server ten behoeve van de illustratie van de protocol modules" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:412 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"De respons-body via een extern programma doorgeven voordat het aan de client " -"wordt geleverd" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:412 +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "De respons-body via een extern programma doorgeven voordat het aan de client wordt geleverd" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:425 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:425 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "Legt een vaste lijst met bestanden in het geheugen aan" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:435 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:435 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "Aanpassing van de HTTP-verzoek- en -responskopteksten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:448 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:448 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "Server-side image map verwerking" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:459 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:459 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "Biedt een uitgebreid serverconfiguratie overzicht" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:468 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"LDAP-verbindingspooling en resultaat-caching-services die door andere LDAP-" -"modules gebruikt kunnen worden" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:468 +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "LDAP-verbindingspooling en resultaat-caching-services die door andere LDAP-modules gebruikt kunnen worden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:488 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:488 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Registreren van de, per verzoek, ingaande en uitgaande bytes" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:508 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "" -"Bepaalt het MIME type van een bestand door naar een paar bytes van een " -"inhoud te kijken" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:508 +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "Bepaalt het MIME type van een bestand door naar een paar bytes van een inhoud te kijken" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:517 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:517 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:565 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:565 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "AJP-ondersteuningsmodule voor mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:572 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:572 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "mod_proxy extensie voor CONNECT verzoek bewerkingen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:579 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:579 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "FTP ondersteuningsmodule voor mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:585 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:585 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "HTTP-ondersteuningsmodule voor mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:591 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"Biedt een op regels gebaseerde herschrijvingsonderdeel aan om gevraagde " -"URL's on-the-fly mee te herschrijven" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:591 +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "Biedt een op regels gebaseerde herschrijvingsonderdeel aan om gevraagde URL's on-the-fly mee te herschrijven" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:618 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:618 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" -msgstr "" -"Probeert de door de gebruikers opgegeven, eventueel foutieve, URL's te " -"corrigeren" +msgstr "Probeert de door de gebruikers opgegeven, eventueel foutieve, URL's te corrigeren" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:627 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"Krachtige cryptografie met gebruik van de Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) en de " -"Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocollen" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:627 +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "Krachtige cryptografie met gebruik van de Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) en de Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocollen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:667 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "" -"Biedt een omgevingsvariabele met voor ieder verzoek een uniek identificatie " -"label" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:667 +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "Biedt een omgevingsvariabele met voor ieder verzoek een uniek identificatie label" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:673 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:673 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "Clickstream-registratie van de gebruikersactiviteit op een site" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:693 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:693 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" -msgstr "" -"Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch geconfigureerde virtuele massahosting" +msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch geconfigureerde virtuele massahosting" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:710 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:710 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch gegenereerde PHP5-pagina's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:716 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:716 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch gegenereerde Perl-pagina's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:722 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:722 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch gegenereerde Python-pagina's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:728 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:728 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "Levert ondersteuning voor AppArmor-subproces-begrenzing binnen Apache" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:734 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:741 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:734 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:741 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "Ondersteuning voor subversie" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 msgid "Host not found" msgstr "Host niet gevonden" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal '%s' parameter" msgstr "Ongeldige parameter '%s'" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" msgstr "ssl samen met \"virtueel gebaseerd op naam\" is niet mogelijk" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,278 +14,273 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. is this proposal or not? -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 +#. is this proposal or not? +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 msgid "Configuration of Network Services (xinetd)" msgstr "Configuratie van netwerk services (xinetd)" -#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 +#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 msgid "Show the status of current system services" msgstr "Toon de status van de huidige systeemservices" -#. translators: command line help text for "id" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for "id" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 msgid "Unique identifier" msgstr "Unieke identificator" -#. translators: command line help text for "service" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 +#. translators: command line help text for "service" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 msgid "Service name" msgstr "Service naam" -#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 msgid "Disable service" msgstr "Service uitschakelen" -#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 +#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 msgid "RPC version of RPC service" msgstr "RPC service versie" -#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 +#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 msgid "Socket type" msgstr "Socket type" -#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 +#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 msgid "Internet (IP) protocols" msgstr "Internet (IP) protocollen" -#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 msgid "Wait attribute" msgstr "Wait kenmerk" -#. translators: command line help text for "user" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for "user" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 msgid "Determines the uid for the server process" msgstr "Bepaalt de uid voor het server proces" -#. translators: command line help text for "group" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for "group" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 msgid "Determines the gid for the server process" msgstr "Bepaalt de gid voor het server proces" -#. translators: command line help text for "server" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for "server" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 msgid "Path name of program to execute" msgstr "Pathnaam van het uit te voeren programma" -#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 msgid "Parameters for server" msgstr "Server parameters" -#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 msgid "User comment" msgstr "Gebruiker's commentaar" -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 msgid "You must specify a service ID." msgstr "U moet een service ID specificeren." -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 msgid "Specify the service using a 'service' option." msgstr "Specificeer de service door middel van de 'service' optie." -#. translators: error message for command line -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 +#. translators: error message for command line +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "De 'id' optie kan niet met andere opties gecombineerd worden." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 msgid "Prot." msgstr "Prot." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "Wait" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "Gebruiker" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" -#. id, -#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 +#. id, +#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 msgid "On" msgstr "Aan" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 msgid "Off" msgstr "Uit" -#. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 +#. determine wait mode (convert to string) +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#. create titles -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 +#. create titles +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Xinetd" msgstr "Xinetd" -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 msgid "&Xinetd" msgstr "&Xinetd" -#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: -#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 +#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: +#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "Pakket %1 zal tijdens het schrijfproces geïnstalleerd worden." -#. if (true) { // for debugging -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. if (true) { // for debugging +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "Pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd. De service kan niet gewijzigd worden." -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "Pakket %1 is met succes geïnstalleerd." -#. This is main inetd module dialog. -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 +#. This is main inetd module dialog. +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "&Activeer alle services" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "&Deactiveer alle services" -#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 +#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "De&activeren" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "Active&ren" -#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf -#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 +#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf +#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "Huidige beschikbare services" -#. `opt(`notify), -#. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#. `opt(`notify), +#. `opt(`keepSorting), +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "Ch" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "Type" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "Server / Argumenten" -#. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#. Translators: Add service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Toevoegen" -#. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#. Translators: Edit service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Wijzigen" -#. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 +#. Translators: Delete service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Verwijderen" -#. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 +#. Translators: Change service status +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "S&tatus aan/uit." -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "Status voor alle &services" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 +#. Inetd configure dialog caption +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "Netwerkserviceconfiguratie (xinetd)" -#. execute dialog -#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 +#. execute dialog +#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "Een nieuw service item toevoegen" -#. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 +#. Translators: Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "U kunt de service niet verwijderen. Het is niet geïnstalleerd." -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "" -"Om een service te verwijderen dient u er één te selecteren in het " -"hoofddialoog" +msgstr "Om een service te verwijderen dient u er één te selecteren in het hoofddialoog" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"Om een service te activeren of te deactiveren moet u er eerst één in het " -"hoofddialoog selecteren." +msgstr "Om een service te activeren of te deactiveren moet u er eerst één in het hoofddialoog selecteren." -#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); -#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 +#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); +#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "Wijzig een service item" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "" -"Om een service te wijzigen dient u er één te selecteren in het hoofddialoog" +msgstr "Om een service te wijzigen dient u er één te selecteren in het hoofddialoog" -#. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 +#. Translators: Popup::Warning +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -293,76 +288,76 @@ "Alle services zijn gemarkeerd als gedeactiveerd (locked).\n" "De Internet super-server zal worden gedeactiveerd." -#. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 +#. service name +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Service" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "RPC Versi&e" -#. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 +#. service status (running or stopped) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "Service is &actief." -#. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 +#. service socket type +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "Socket t&ype" -#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 +#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" -#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 +#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "&Wait" -#. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 +#. user and group ComboBoxes +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Gebruiker" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Groep" -#. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Server arguments +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "S&erver" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "Server argumen&ten" -#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 +#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "Co&mmentaar" -#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. -#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" -#. Read user names from passwd. -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] users -#. Read group names from group -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 +#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. +#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" +#. Read user names from passwd. +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] users +#. Read group names from group +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] groups +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--standaard--" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -370,29 +365,28 @@ "De service is leeg.\n" "Geef aub geldige waardes op.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#. Error message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "Servicenaam bevat een niet toegestaan teken \"/\"." -#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 +#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." -msgstr "" -"De gebruiker %1 is alleen voor de interne server processen gereserveerd." +msgstr "De gebruiker %1 is alleen voor de interne server processen gereserveerd." -#. Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 +#. Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 msgid "No packages selected. Configuration aborted." msgstr "Er zijn geen pakketten geselecteerd. De configuratie is afgebroken." -#. Not used! -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 +#. Not used! +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 msgid "Selected packages will be installed." msgstr "De geselecteerde pakketten zullen geïnstalleerd worden." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -400,18 +394,17 @@ "<p><b><big>De xinetd configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld aub...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie proces afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <B>Afbreken</B> " -"te drukken.</P>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <B>Afbreken</B> te drukken.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -419,8 +412,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De xinetd configuratie wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld aub...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -432,72 +425,64 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" "configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Netwerk service configuratie</big></b><br>\n" -"Druk op <b>Activeren</b> om de netwerkservices, beheerd door een " -"superserverconfiguratie,\n" +"Druk op <b>Activeren</b> om de netwerkservices, beheerd door een superserverconfiguratie,\n" "te activeren. Druk op <b>Deactiveren</b> om de super-server te stoppen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\n" "and will be changed in the system configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuratie service status:</big></b><br>\n" -"Alle met een <b>X</b> gemarkeerde services in kolom <b>Ch</b> zijn " -"gewijzigd\n" +"Alle met een <b>X</b> gemarkeerde services in kolom <b>Ch</b> zijn gewijzigd\n" "en zullen in de systeem configuratie aangepast worden.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be " -"configured.</p>" +"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Services status:</big></b><br>\n" "Alle services gemarkeerd met <b>---</b> zijn niet actief (locked).\n" "Alle services gemarkeerd met <b>Aan</b> zijn actief (unlocked).\n" -"Alle services gemarkeerd met <b>NI</b> zijn niet geïnstalleerd en kunnen dus " -"niet geconfigureerd worden.</p>" +"Alle services gemarkeerd met <b>NI</b> zijn niet geïnstalleerd en kunnen dus niet geconfigureerd worden.</p>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or " -"Off)</b>.</p>\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>De service status wordt gewijzigd:</big></b><br>\n" -"Selecteer de service die u wilt activeren of deactiveren en druk op " -"<b>Status aan/uit</b>.</p>\n" +"Selecteer de service die u wilt activeren of deactiveren en druk op <b>Status aan/uit</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Services wijzigen:</big></b><br>\n" -"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan wijzigen en druk op <b>Wijzigen</b>.\n" +"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan wijzigen en druk op <b>Wijzigen</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Services verwijderen:</big></b><br>\n" -"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan verwijderen en druk op <b>Verwijderen.</p>\n" +"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan verwijderen en druk op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\n" "Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\n" @@ -505,21 +490,19 @@ "<p><b><big>Een nieuw item toevoegen:</big></b>\n" "Druk op <b>Aanmaken</b> en voltooi het formulier.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.</p>\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuratie afbreken:</big></b>\n" "U kunt de configuratie afbreken door op de knop <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.\n" -"Wanneer u dit doet zullen alle wijzigingen verloren gaan en de originele " -"configuratie zal ongewijzigd blijven.</p>\n" +"Wanneer u dit doet zullen alle wijzigingen verloren gaan en de originele configuratie zal ongewijzigd blijven.</p>\n" -#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. -#. @return The help text. -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 +#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. +#. @return The help text. +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "\n" "<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" @@ -529,7 +512,7 @@ "<p>Geef, om een geldig item (service) voor de super server te maken,\n" "het volgende op</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<ul>\n" "<li>service name\n" @@ -555,15 +538,11 @@ "<li>server programma argumenten\n" "</ul>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Dit is een korte beschrijving. Zie <b>info xinetd.conf</b> voor de " -"details.</p>\n" +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 +msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Dit is een korte beschrijving. Zie <b>info xinetd.conf</b> voor de details.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -571,7 +550,7 @@ "<p>Geef een geldige servicenaam in het <b>service</b> veld op.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n" "depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" @@ -583,20 +562,17 @@ "of directe toegang tot een IP of een betrouwbare sequentiële datagram\n" "transmissie nodig heeft.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Het <b>protocol</b> moet een geldig protocol zijn zoals dat " -"gespecificeerd is in /etc/protocols.\n" -"Voorbeelden inclusief <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i> en <i>rpc/udp.\n" +"<p>Het <b>protocol</b> moet een geldig protocol zijn zoals dat gespecificeerd is in /etc/protocols.\n" +"Voorbeelden inclusief <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i> en <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\n" "single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n" @@ -614,34 +590,29 @@ "<p>De <b>wait/nowait</b> optie bepaalt of de service als\n" "enkelvoudig of meervoudig behandeld zal worden en of xinetd of het\n" "serverprogramma de verbinding zal accepteren. Als de waarde\n" -"<b>ja</b> is, dan wordt de service als enkelvoudig behandelt. Dit betekent " -"dat xinetd \n" +"<b>ja</b> is, dan wordt de service als enkelvoudig behandelt. Dit betekent dat xinetd \n" "de server opstart en stopt met het behandelen van verzoeken aan de service\n" "totdat de server dood is en de serversoftware de verbinding accepteert.\n" "Als de waarde <b>nee</b> is zal de service als\n" -"meervoudig behandeld worden en zal xinetd doorgaan met het afhandelen van " -"nieuwe\n" +"meervoudig behandeld worden en zal xinetd doorgaan met het afhandelen van nieuwe\n" "service verzoeken en zal het tevens de verbindingen accepteren. \n" -"<i>udp/dgram</i> services gaat er normaliter van uit dat de waarde <b>ja</b> " -"zal zijn,\n" -"dit omdat udp niet op een verbinding georiënteerd is. <i>tcp/stream</i> " -"servers\n" +"<i>udp/dgram</i> services gaat er normaliter van uit dat de waarde <b>ja</b> zal zijn,\n" +"dit omdat udp niet op een verbinding georiënteerd is. <i>tcp/stream</i> servers\n" "verwachten normaal gesproken de waarde <b>nee</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n" "<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" "less than root.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>De server zal draaien met de permissies van de gebruiker die " -"geselecteerd\n" +"<p>De server zal draaien met de permissies van de gebruiker die geselecteerd\n" "is bij <b>Gebruiker</b>. Het is handig om services te laten werken\n" "met permissies die lager zijn dan die van root.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\n" "be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" @@ -650,89 +621,86 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Geef bij <b>Server</b> de pathnaam op van het programma dat,\n" -"na een binnenkomend verzoek op z'n socket, opgestart moet worden door de " -"super server.\n" -"De parameters voor dit programma kunnen gespecificeerd worden bij <b>Server " -"argumenten</b>.\n" +"na een binnenkomend verzoek op z'n socket, opgestart moet worden door de super server.\n" +"De parameters voor dit programma kunnen gespecificeerd worden bij <b>Server argumenten</b>.\n" "\n" "</p>\n" -#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 +#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 msgid "---" msgstr "---" -#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". -#. Please, make the -#. translation as short as possible. -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 +#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". +#. Please, make the +#. translation as short as possible. +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 msgid "NI" msgstr "NI" -#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 +#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Xinetd Configuration" msgstr "Xinetd configuratie" -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initialisering..." -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "De inetd configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie lezen" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "De configuratie wordt gelezen..." -#. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "De inetd configuratie wordt opgeslagen" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 +#. in future: catch errors +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan!" -#. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 +#. "enabled" defaults to true +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><ul><i>Alle services zijn gemarkeerd als zijnde gestopt.</i></ul></p>" +msgstr "<p><ul><i>Alle services zijn gemarkeerd als zijnde gestopt.</i></ul></p>" -#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "Netwerkservices" -#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "Netwerkservices worden beheerd via %1" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Deze services zullen geactiveerd worden" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,71 +14,71 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0") -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:78 +#. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0") +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:78 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Label: %1" -#. yes/no string displayed in the overview -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:87 +#. yes/no string displayed in the overview +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:87 msgid "Announce Using SLP: %1" msgstr "Aankondigen via SLP: %1" -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#. Instserver overview dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:119 +#. Instserver overview dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:119 msgid "Installation Server" msgstr "Installatieserver" -#. menu item -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:122 +#. menu item +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:122 msgid "&Server Configuration..." msgstr "&Serverconfiguratie..." -#. table header -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 +#. table header +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 msgid "Product" msgstr "Product" -#. CD Popup -#. @param string popup message -#. @param boolean true if ISO -#. @return [Object] -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:49 +#. CD Popup +#. @param string popup message +#. @param boolean true if ISO +#. @return [Object] +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Change Media" msgstr "Media wijzigen" -#. %1 is the current cd number -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 +#. %1 is the current cd number +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." msgstr "Plaats cd %1 en klik op doorgaan." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." msgstr "Selecteer ISO-image %1 en klik op doorgaan." -#. %2 is the product name and version -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +#. %2 is the product name and version +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." msgstr "Plaats cd %1 van %2." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." msgstr "Selecteer ISO-image %1 van %2." -#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 +#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "Insert\n" "%1" @@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ "Plaats\n" "%1" -#. popup request, %1 is ISO name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 +#. popup request, %1 is ISO name +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Select %1" msgstr "Selecteer %1" -#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 +#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -104,64 +104,64 @@ "\n" "Selecteer eerst het medium van het basisproduct." -#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 +#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "Cd-inhoud naar lokale directory kopiëren" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "Dit kan enige tijd duren..." -#. TODO: report more details (stderr) -#. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 +#. TODO: report more details (stderr) +#. rename the directory +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "Fout bij het verplaatsen van de inhoud van de opslagruimte." -#. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#. Instserver configuration dialog caption +#. Instserver configuration dialog caption +#. Instserver configuration dialog caption #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "Opslagruimteconfiguratie" -#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 +#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "&Cd- of dvd-medium lezen" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "Gegeven&sbron" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "&ISO-images gebruiken" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "&Directory met cd-images:" #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "&Directory selecteren" -#. abort? -#. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 +#. abort? +#. abort? +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Directory selecteren" -#. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 +#. abort? +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "Naam van installatieserver ontbreekt." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ "De inhoud staat al in deze directory.\n" "De cd's worden niet gekopieerd." -#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 +#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" @@ -178,21 +178,21 @@ "Wilt u een extra product (Service pack, additionele\n" "pakket-cd, enz) aan de opslagruimte toevoegen?" -#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "Naam van opslagruimte:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "Als installatieservice aa&nkondigen met SLP" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "Ongeldige opslagruimtenaam." -#. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 +#. an error message - entered repository name already exists +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." @@ -200,8 +200,8 @@ "De opslagruimte '%1' bestaat al.\n" "Kies een andere naam." -#. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#. create directory only for a new repository +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" @@ -213,8 +213,8 @@ " %1 \n" "beschrijfbaar is en probeer het opnieuw.\n" -#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 +#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -228,93 +228,93 @@ "\n" "Wilt u echt de oude inhoud verwijderen en een nieuwe maken vanaf nul?" -#. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 +#. Instserver server dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "Initiële instellingen -- Initiële instellingen" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "Geen enkele net&werkservice configureren" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "Directory voo&r het opslaan van opslagruimten:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "&Configureren als HTTP-opslagruimte" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "&Configureren als FTP-opslagruimte" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "&Configureren als NFS-opslagruimte" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "Pad naar de directory voor de installatieserver ontbreekt." -#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 +#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "Installatieserver -- NFS" -#. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 +#. Instserver nfs dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Jokerteken voor &host" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opties" -#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 +#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het configureren van NFS." -#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 +#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "Installatieserver -- FTP" -#. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 +#. Instserver nfs dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "Hoofddirectory van &FTP-server:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "&Directoryalias:" -#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 +#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het configureren van FTP." -#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 +#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "Installatieserver -- HTTP" -#. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 +#. Instserver nfs dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "&Directoryalias" -#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 +#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het maken van de HTTPD-configuratie." -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" @@ -322,18 +322,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van netwerkserver </big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:19 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:19 msgid "" "<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories\n" "should be hosted on the local system.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer één van de serveropties en specificeer waar op het lokale " -"systeem u alle\n" +"<p>Selecteer één van de serveropties en specificeer waar op het lokale systeem u alle\n" "opslagruimten wilt hosten.\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:24 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p>If you have one of the services already running and want to do the\n" "server configuration manually, select not to configure \n" @@ -345,7 +344,7 @@ "handmatig wilt gaan configureren.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" @@ -353,7 +352,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van NFS-server</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:33 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<p>To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\n" "<em>/etc/exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \n" @@ -365,36 +364,29 @@ "de NFS-server worden geïnstalleerd en opgestart.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" "to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Wanneer u voor bepaalde hosts de toegang tot de geëxporteerde directory's " -"wilt beperken,\n" -"dan dient u een meer beperkend jokertekenmasker op te geven. Gebruik " -"bijvoorbeeld\n" -"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em> om de toegang tot het subnet <em>192.168.1.0</em> te " -"beperken.\n" +"<p>Wanneer u voor bepaalde hosts de toegang tot de geëxporteerde directory's wilt beperken,\n" +"dan dient u een meer beperkend jokertekenmasker op te geven. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld\n" +"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em> om de toegang tot het subnet <em>192.168.1.0</em> te beperken.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Stel aanvullend de exportopties in. Voor meer details over de " -"beschikbare\n" -"opties kunt u de handleidingspagina raadplegen over <em>exports</em> (man " -"exports(5))\n" +"<p>Stel aanvullend de exportopties in. Voor meer details over de beschikbare\n" +"opties kunt u de handleidingspagina raadplegen over <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p>The repository will be available at the following URL:\n" "<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>" @@ -402,7 +394,7 @@ "<p>De opslagruimten zijn beschikbaar via de volgende URL:\n" "<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Opslagruimte_Naam</tt></p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" @@ -410,7 +402,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van FTP-server</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \n" "installed and started.</p>\n" @@ -418,7 +410,7 @@ "<p>Voor het voltooien van deze configuratie moet een FTP-server \n" "geïnstalleerd en gestart worden.</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>If the chosen software repository directory is outside\n" "the FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" @@ -426,25 +418,21 @@ "FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Als de gekozen directory voor de opslagruimte buiten de hiërarchie van de " -"FTP-server\n" +"<p>Als de gekozen directory voor de opslagruimte buiten de hiërarchie van de FTP-server\n" "ligt, dan zal er een regel aan <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> toegevoegd worden.\n" -"Die zorgt dat de directory van de opslagruimte toch via de FTP-server " -"beschikbaar is\n" +"Die zorgt dat de directory van de opslagruimte toch via de FTP-server beschikbaar is\n" "(met behulp van de optie <tt>--bind</tt> van <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>De installatieserver zal voor de clients beschikbaar zijn via de volgende " -"URL:\n" +"<p>De installatieserver zal voor de clients beschikbaar zijn via de volgende URL:\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p><tt>ftp://<Host IP>/<Repository Name></tt>\n" "</p>" @@ -452,7 +440,7 @@ "<p><tt>ftp://<Host-IP>/<Opslagruimtenaam></tt>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" @@ -460,28 +448,25 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van HTTP-server</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \n" "installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\n" "server root directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u deze configuratie wilt voltooien, moet een HTTP-server " -"geïnstalleerd\n" +"<p>Als u deze configuratie wilt voltooien, moet een HTTP-server geïnstalleerd\n" "en gestart worden. De alias zal gebruikt worden als referentie naar de\n" "hoofddirectory van de installatieserver.</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:</p>\n" +"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Kies een korte en gemakkelijk te onthouden alias. Als u bijvoorbeeld\n" -"<em>SUSE</em> als alias kiest, dan zullen de opslagruimten als volgt " -"beschikbaar zijn:</p>\n" +"<em>SUSE</em> als alias kiest, dan zullen de opslagruimten als volgt beschikbaar zijn:</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\n" "</p>" @@ -489,7 +474,7 @@ "<p><tt>http://<Host-IP>/SUSE/<Opslagruimtenaam>;</tt>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Configuration of the Repository</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -497,72 +482,58 @@ "<p><b>Configuratie van de opslagruimte</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n" msgstr "" -"<p>De naam van de opslagruimte wordt gebruikt om een directory aan te maken " -"waarin alle\n" +"<p>De naam van de opslagruimte wordt gebruikt om een directory aan te maken waarin alle\n" "product-cd's worden gekopieerd en beheerd. De opslagruimte wordt benaderd\n" "met het geconfigureerde protocol (NFS, FTP of HTTP)</p> \n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90 msgid "<p><b><big>SLP Support</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>SLP-ondersteuning</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>SLP (Service Locatie Protocol) maakt het opzoeken van een " -"installatieserver eenvoudiger. \n" -"Indien ingeschakeld, wordt de installatieserver op het netwerk met SLP " -"aangekondigd.</p>\n" +"<p>SLP (Service Locatie Protocol) maakt het opzoeken van een installatieserver eenvoudiger. \n" +"Indien ingeschakeld, wordt de installatieserver op het netwerk met SLP aangekondigd.</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Kies een bronstation uit de lijst, leg het eerste medium van het " -"basisproduct in het apparaat\n" -"en klik op <b>Verder</b> om de inhoud naar de lokale opslagruimte te " -"kopiëren.</p>\n" +"<p>Kies een bronstation uit de lijst, leg het eerste medium van het basisproduct in het apparaat\n" +"en klik op <b>Verder</b> om de inhoud naar de lokale opslagruimte te kopiëren.</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" +"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Als de basismedia gekopieerd zijn naar de lokale opslagruimte kunt u " -"extra\n" -"cd's aan de opslagruimte toevoegen (Service pack-cd's of cd's met " -"aanvullende toepassingen).</p>\n" +"<p>Als de basismedia gekopieerd zijn naar de lokale opslagruimte kunt u extra\n" +"cd's aan de opslagruimte toevoegen (Service pack-cd's of cd's met aanvullende toepassingen).</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 msgid "<p><b><big>ISO Images</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>ISO-images</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next, you can\n" +"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n" "select ISO image files.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt in plaats van cd's of dvd's ook ISO-images gebruiken. Als u op " -"<b>Verder</b> klikt\n" +"<p>U kunt in plaats van cd's of dvd's ook ISO-images gebruiken. Als u op <b>Verder</b> klikt\n" "kunt u ISO-imagebestanden kiezen.</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:106 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -570,18 +541,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie initialiseren</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:110 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Repository Configuration</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -589,8 +559,8 @@ "<p><b>De opslagruimteconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:118 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -602,8 +572,8 @@ "Een extra venster informeert u of dit veilig is om te doen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:125 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\n" "Configure the installation server here.<br></p>\n" @@ -611,25 +581,21 @@ "<p><b>Configuratie van opslagruimte</b><br>\n" "Configureer hier de installatieserver.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Een opslagruimte toevoegen:</b><br>\n" -"Niet-geconfigureerde directory's worden opgezocht in de directory voor " -"opslagruimten\n" +"Niet-geconfigureerde directory's worden opgezocht in de directory voor opslagruimten\n" "en beschikbaar gesteld voor configuratie.\n" -"Als u een opslagruimte wilt toevoegen, kiest u deze uit de lijst met niet-" -"geconfigureerde opslagruimten en klikt u op <b>Instellen</b>.</p>\n" +"Als u een opslagruimte wilt toevoegen, kiest u deze uit de lijst met niet-geconfigureerde opslagruimten en klikt u op <b>Instellen</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -639,8 +605,8 @@ "Wanneer u op <b>Bewerken</b> klikt, wordt er een extra dialoog\n" "geopend waarin u de configuratie kunt aanpassen.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\n" "Get an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \n" @@ -650,8 +616,8 @@ "Krijg een overzicht van de geconfigureerde opslagruimtes en\n" "bewerk hun configuratie indien nodig.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>\n" @@ -659,8 +625,8 @@ "<p><b>Een opslagruimte toevoegen:</b><br>\n" "Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een opslagruimte te configureren.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose the repository you want to change or remove and\n" @@ -668,40 +634,37 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Bewerken of verwijderen:</b><br>\n" "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen opslagruimte en\n" -"klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" +"klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. Read service data using _auto -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 +#. Read service data using _auto +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" "De FTP-installatieserver vereist een FTP-serverpakket. Het vsftpd-pakket\n" "wordt nu geïnstalleerd.\n" -#. Write Apache config -#. @param string state : Yes/No -#. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:450 +#. Write Apache config +#. @param string state : Yes/No +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:450 msgid "Unable to write /etc/sysconfig/apache2" msgstr "Kan /etc/sysconfig/apache2 niet opslaan" -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" "De HTTP-installatieserver vereist een HTTP-serverpakket. Het apache2-pakket\n" "wordt nu geïnstalleerd." -#. Setup NFS Server -#. @param string directory -#. @param [String] options -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 +#. Setup NFS Server +#. @param string directory +#. @param [String] options +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 msgid "" "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" @@ -709,73 +672,73 @@ "Directory is al geëxporteerd via NFS,\n" "NFS-exports onveranderd laten?\n" -#. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 +#. Instserver read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgstr "De configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 msgid "Read configuration file" msgstr "Configuratiebestand lezen" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 msgid "Search for a new repository" msgstr "Zoeken naar een nieuwe opslagruimte" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgstr "Configuratiebestand wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 msgid "Searching for a new repository..." msgstr "Nieuwe opslagruimte wordt gezocht..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "Kan de huidige instellingen niet lezen." -#. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 +#. Instserver read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van installatieserver wordt opgeslagen" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen schrijven" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig uitvoeren" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden geschreven..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig wordt uitgevoerd..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet schrijven." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Geconfigureerde opslagruimten" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/iplb.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/iplb.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/iplb.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,159 +14,159 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module -#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of IPLB" msgstr "Configuratie van IPLB" -#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Iplb" msgstr "Iplb" -#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 msgid "&Iplb" msgstr "&Iplb" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/iplb.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of iplb -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Cong Meng -#. -#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. -#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Algemene configuratie" -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van virtuele servers" -#. Iplb summary dialog caption -#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption -#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 msgid "IPLB Configuration" msgstr "IPLB-configuratie" -#. Iplb overview dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 msgid "IPLB Overview" msgstr "IPLB-samenvatting" -#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "Eerste gedeelte van de IPLB-configuratie" -#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "Tweede gedeelte van de IPLB-configuratie" -#. ids of widget of global dialog -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" msgstr "Nee" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" msgstr "&Algemene configuratie" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" msgstr "&Configuratie van virtuele server" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "Controle-interval" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 msgid "Check Timeout" msgstr "Controle-time-out" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 msgid "Failure Count" msgstr "Aantal fouten" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 msgid "Negotiate Timeout" msgstr "Onderhandelingstime-out" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 msgid "Fallback" msgstr "Terugval" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 msgid "Callback" msgstr "Callback" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" msgstr "Uitvoeren" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" msgstr "E-mailwaarschuwing" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 msgid "Email Alert Freq" msgstr "Frequentie van e-mailwaarschuwing" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 msgid "Email Alert Status" msgstr "Status van e-mailwaarschuwing" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 msgid "Auto Reload" msgstr "Automatisch opnieuw laden" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 msgid "Quiescent" msgstr "Slaapstand" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 msgid "Fork" msgstr "Sectie" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 msgid "Supervised" msgstr "Met supervisie" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 msgid "Log File" msgstr "Logboekbestand" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" @@ -174,406 +174,221 @@ "</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" "</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " -"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls " -"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"<b>autoreload</b> is\n" +"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"<i>configuration</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "</p><p>Default: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/ or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b><big>controle-interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Hiermee wordt het aantal seconden tussen servercontroles " -"gedefinieerd.\n" +"</p><p>Hiermee wordt het aantal seconden tussen servercontroles gedefinieerd.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: 10 seconden\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>controletime-out</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Time-out in seconden voor verbindingscontroles, externe controles en " -"pingcontroles. Als de time-out wordt overschreden, wordt de werkelijke " -"server beschouwd als inactief.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze niet is gedefinieerd, wordt de waarde van negotiatetimeout " -"gebruikt. Negotiatetimeout is ook een algemene waarde die kan worden " -"overschreven door een instelling per virtuele server.\n" -"</p><p>Als checktimeout en negotiatetimeout niet zijn ingesteld, wordt de " -"standaardwaarde gebruikt.\n" +"</p><p>Time-out in seconden voor verbindingscontroles, externe controles en pingcontroles. Als de time-out wordt overschreden, wordt de werkelijke server beschouwd als inactief.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze niet is gedefinieerd, wordt de waarde van negotiatetimeout gebruikt. Negotiatetimeout is ook een algemene waarde die kan worden overschreven door een instelling per virtuele server.\n" +"</p><p>Als checktimeout en negotiatetimeout niet zijn ingesteld, wordt de standaardwaarde gebruikt.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: 5 seconden\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>aantal fouten</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Het aantal opeenvolgende keren dat een fout moet worden gerapporteerd " -"door een controle voordat de werkelijke server als inactief wordt beschouwd. " -"Als de waarde 1 is, wordt de werkelijke server als inactief beschouwd bij de " -"eerste fout. Bij een geslaagde controle wordt de foutenteller opnieuw " -"ingesteld op 0.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Het aantal opeenvolgende keren dat een fout moet worden gerapporteerd door een controle voordat de werkelijke server als inactief wordt beschouwd. Als de waarde 1 is, wordt de werkelijke server als inactief beschouwd bij de eerste fout. Bij een geslaagde controle wordt de foutenteller opnieuw ingesteld op 0.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>onderhandelingstime-out</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Time-out in seconden voor onderhandelingscontroles.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze niet is gedefinieerd, wordt de waarde van connecttimeout " -"gebruikt. Connecttimeout is ook een algemene waarde die kan worden " -"overschreven door een instelling per virtuele server.\n" -"</p><p>Als negotiatetimeout en connecttimeout niet zijn ingesteld, wordt de " -"standaardwaarde gebruikt.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze niet is gedefinieerd, wordt de waarde van connecttimeout gebruikt. Connecttimeout is ook een algemene waarde die kan worden overschreven door een instelling per virtuele server.\n" +"</p><p>Als negotiatetimeout en connecttimeout niet zijn ingesteld, wordt de standaardwaarde gebruikt.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: 30 seconden\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>terugval</big> =</b> <i>ip-adres|hostnaam[:poortnummer|" -"servicenaam]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>De server waarnaar een webservice wordt omgeleid als alle werkelijke " -"servers zijn uitgevallen. Meestal is dit 127.0.0.1 voor een noodpagina.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>terugval</big> =</b> <i>ip-adres|hostnaam[:poortnummer|servicenaam]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>De server waarnaar een webservice wordt omgeleid als alle werkelijke servers zijn uitgevallen. Meestal is dit 127.0.0.1 voor een noodpagina.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>logboekbestand</big> = \"</b><i>/pad/naar/logboekbestand<b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>Met deze instructie kunt u een alternatief logboekbestand opgeven. " -"Als het logboekbestand geen voorlopende '/' heeft, wordt ervan uitgegaan dat " -"het een faciliteitnaam is van het type <b>syslog</b>(3).\n" -"</p><p>Standaard: rechtstreeks vastleggen in het bestand <i>/var/log/" -"ldirectord.log</i>.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>logboekbestand</big> = \"</b><i>/pad/naar/logboekbestand</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>Met deze instructie kunt u een alternatief logboekbestand opgeven. Als het logboekbestand geen voorlopende '/' heeft, wordt ervan uitgegaan dat het een faciliteitnaam is van het type <b>syslog</a></b>(3).\n" +"</p><p>Standaard: rechtstreeks vastleggen in het bestand <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>e-mailwaarschuwingen</big> = \"</b><i>e-mailadres</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>Een geldig e-mailadres voor het verzenden van waarschuwingen over de " -"gewijzigde verbindingsstatus naar een werkelijke server die is gedefinieerd " -"in de virtuele service. Voor deze optie moet de perl-\n" -"module MailTools zijn geïnstalleerd. Hiermee wordt e-mail automatisch " -"verzonden via een van de ingebouwde methoden. Zie perldoc Mail::Mailer voor " -"meer informatie over methoden.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>e-mailwaarschuwingen</big> = \"</b><i>e-mailadres</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Een geldig e-mailadres voor het verzenden van waarschuwingen over de gewijzigde verbindingsstatus naar een werkelijke server die is gedefinieerd in de virtuele service. Voor deze optie moet de perl-\n" +"module MailTools zijn geïnstalleerd. Hiermee wordt e-mail automatisch verzonden via een van de ingebouwde methoden. Zie perldoc Mail::Mailer voor meer informatie over methoden.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>frequentie van e-mailwaarschuwingen</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Vertraging in seconden tussen herhalende e-mailwaarschuwingen wanneer " -"een opgegeven werkelijke server in de virtuele service ontoegankelijk " -"blijft. Als nul seconden is ingesteld, worden\n" -"de herhalende waarschuwingen uitgeschakeld. De nauwkeurigheid van de e-" -"mailtiming van deze instelling is afhankelijk van het aantal seconden dat is " -"gedefinieerd in de configuratieoptie voor het\n" +"</p><p>Vertraging in seconden tussen herhalende e-mailwaarschuwingen wanneer een opgegeven werkelijke server in de virtuele service ontoegankelijk blijft. Als nul seconden is ingesteld, worden\n" +"de herhalende waarschuwingen uitgeschakeld. De nauwkeurigheid van de e-mailtiming van deze instelling is afhankelijk van het aantal seconden dat is gedefinieerd in de configuratieoptie voor het\n" "checkinterval.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>status van e-mailwaarschuwingen</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|" -"<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Kommagescheiden lijst met serverstatussen waarvoor e-" -"mailwaarschuwingen moeten worden verzonden. <b>all</b> is een verzameling " -"van\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". Als " -"<b>none</b> is opgegeven, kan er geen andere optie worden opgegeven. Voor de " -"andere opties gelden\n" +"</p><p><b><big>status van e-mailwaarschuwingen</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Kommagescheiden lijst met serverstatussen waarvoor e-mailwaarschuwingen moeten worden verzonden. <b>all</b> is een verzameling van\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". Als <b>none</b> is opgegeven, kan er geen andere optie worden opgegeven. Voor de andere opties gelden\n" "of-voorwaarden.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/pad/naar/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Als deze instructie is gedefinieerd, wordt met <b>ldirectord</b> " -"automatisch het uitvoerbare bestand <i>/pad/naar/callback</i> aangeroepen " -"nadat het configuratiebestand is gewijzigd op\n" -"de schijf. Hiermee kunt u het configuratiebestand bijwerken via <b>scp</b> " -"op de andere host waarop de heartbeat-functie wordt uitgevoerd. Het eerste " -"argument voor de callback is de naam van de\n" +"</p><p>Als deze instructie is gedefinieerd, wordt met <b>ldirectord</b> automatisch het uitvoerbare bestand <i>/pad/naar/callback</i> aangeroepen nadat het configuratiebestand is gewijzigd op\n" +"de schijf. Hiermee kunt u het configuratiebestand bijwerken via <b>scp</b> op de andere host waarop de heartbeat-functie wordt uitgevoerd. Het eerste argument voor de callback is de naam van de\n" "configuratie.\n" -"</p><p>Deze instructie kan ook worden gebruikt om <b>ldirectord</b> " -"automatisch opnieuw te starten nadat het configuratiebestand is gewijzigd op " -"de schijf. Als <b>autoreload</b> echter is\n" +"</p><p>Deze instructie kan ook worden gebruikt om <b>ldirectord</b> automatisch opnieuw te starten nadat het configuratiebestand is gewijzigd op de schijf. Als <b>autoreload</b> echter is\n" "ingesteld op ja, wordt de configuratie sowieso opnieuw geladen.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>uitvoeren</big> = \"</b><i>configuratie</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Met deze instructie kunt u een exemplaar van ldirectord starten voor " -"de benoemde <i>configuratie</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Met deze instructie kunt u een exemplaar van ldirectord starten voor de benoemde <i>configuratie</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>automatisch opnieuw laden</big> = ja</b>|<b>nee</b>\n" -"</p><p>Hiermee definieert u of met <ldirectord> continu moet worden " -"gecontroleerd of het configuratiebestand is gewijzigd. Als deze is ingesteld " -"op ja en het configuratiebestand is gewijzigd\n" -"op de schijf en de tijd van de laatste wijziging (mtime) nieuwer is dan de " -"vorige versie, wordt de configuratie automatisch opnieuw geladen.\n" +"</p><p>Hiermee definieert u of met <ldirectord> continu moet worden gecontroleerd of het configuratiebestand is gewijzigd. Als deze is ingesteld op ja en het configuratiebestand is gewijzigd\n" +"op de schijf en de tijd van de laatste wijziging (mtime) nieuwer is dan de vorige versie, wordt de configuratie automatisch opnieuw geladen.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: nee\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>slaapstand</big> = ja</b>|<b>nee</b>\n" -"</p><p>Als deze optie is ingesteld op <i>ja</i> en er is vastgesteld dat de " -"werkelijke servers of failbackservers zijn uitgevallen, worden deze niet " -"werkelijk verwijderd uit de <small>LVS</small>-tabel van de kernel.\n" -"In plaats hiervan wordt het gewicht ingesteld op nul. Dit betekent dat er " -"geen nieuwe verbindingen worden geaccepteerd.\n" -"</p><p>Dit heeft als neveneffect dat als de werkelijke server permanente " -"verbindingen heeft, nieuwe verbindingen van de bestaande clients worden " -"gerouteerd naar de\n" -"werkelijke server totdat de permanente time-out kan verlopen. Zie ipvsadm " -"voor meer informatie over permanente verbindingen.\n" -"</p><p>Dit neveneffect kan worden voorkomen door de volgende instructie uit " -"te voeren:\n" +"</p><p>Als deze optie is ingesteld op <i>ja</i> en er is vastgesteld dat de werkelijke servers of failbackservers zijn uitgevallen, worden deze niet werkelijk verwijderd uit de <small>LVS</small>-tabel van de kernel.\n" +"In plaats hiervan wordt het gewicht ingesteld op nul. Dit betekent dat er geen nieuwe verbindingen worden geaccepteerd.\n" +"</p><p>Dit heeft als neveneffect dat als de werkelijke server permanente verbindingen heeft, nieuwe verbindingen van de bestaande clients worden gerouteerd naar de\n" +"werkelijke server totdat de permanente time-out kan verlopen. Zie ipvsadm voor meer informatie over permanente verbindingen.\n" +"</p><p>Dit neveneffect kan worden voorkomen door de volgende instructie uit te voeren:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>Als het proc-bestand niet beschikbaar is, betekent dit waarschijnlijk " -"dat de kernel geen lvs-ondersteuning heeft, <small>LVS</small>-ondersteuning " -"niet is geladen of de kernel te\n" -"oud is om het proc-bestand te bevatten. Als u ipvsadm uitvoert op het " -"hoofdniveau, wordt <small>LVS</small> geladen in de kernel, indien " -"mogelijk.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze optie is ingesteld op <i>nee</i>, worden de werkelijke " -"servers of failbackservers verwijderd uit de <small>LVS</small>-tabel van de " -"kernel. De standaardwaarde is <i>ja</i>.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Als het proc-bestand niet beschikbaar is, betekent dit waarschijnlijk dat de kernel geen lvs-ondersteuning heeft, <small>LVS</small>-ondersteuning niet is geladen of de kernel te\n" +"oud is om het proc-bestand te bevatten. Als u ipvsadm uitvoert op het hoofdniveau, wordt <small>LVS</small> geladen in de kernel, indien mogelijk.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze optie is ingesteld op <i>nee</i>, worden de werkelijke servers of failbackservers verwijderd uit de <small>LVS</small>-tabel van de kernel. De standaardwaarde is <i>ja</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: <i>ja</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>vork</big> = ja</b>|<b>nee</b>\n" -"</p><p>Als deze optie is ingesteld op <i>ja</i>, wordt met ldirectord een " -"onderliggend proces aangeroepen voor alle virtuele servers en worden er " -"controles uitgevoerd op basis van de bijbehorende werkelijke servers. Dit " -"leidt tot snellere\n" -"reactietijden voor wijzigingen met de status Werkelijke server in " -"configuraties met een groot aantal virtuele servers. Mogelijk wordt hierbij " -"ook minder geheugen gebruikt dan bij het uitvoeren van een groot aantal " -"afzonderlijke exemplaren\n" -"van ldirectord. Onderliggende processen worden automatisch opnieuw gestart " -"als deze worden beëindigd.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze optie is ingesteld op <i>ja</i>, wordt met ldirectord een onderliggend proces aangeroepen voor alle virtuele servers en worden er controles uitgevoerd op basis van de bijbehorende werkelijke servers. Dit leidt tot snellere\n" +"reactietijden voor wijzigingen met de status Werkelijke server in configuraties met een groot aantal virtuele servers. Mogelijk wordt hierbij ook minder geheugen gebruikt dan bij het uitvoeren van een groot aantal afzonderlijke exemplaren\n" +"van ldirectord. Onderliggende processen worden automatisch opnieuw gestart als deze worden beëindigd.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: <i>nee</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>met supervisie</big> = ja</b>|<b>nee</b>\n" -"</p><p>Als deze optie is ingesteld op <i>ja</i>, wordt ldirectord niet " -"uitgevoerd in de achtergrondmodus. Alle logboekberichten worden omgeleid " -"naar stdout in plaats van een logboekbestand. Dit is handig als u\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> wilt uitvoeren met supervisie vanuit daemon tools. Zie http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/" -"daemontools/</a> of http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr." -"yp.to/daemontools.html</a> voor meer informatie.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze optie is ingesteld op <i>ja</i>, wordt ldirectord niet uitgevoerd in de achtergrondmodus. Alle logboekberichten worden omgeleid naar stdout in plaats van een logboekbestand. Dit is handig als u\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> wilt uitvoeren met supervisie vanuit daemon tools. Zie http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> of http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> voor meer informatie.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: <i>nee</i>\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request<b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n" -"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" -"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|" -"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" -"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it " -"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p>

\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -596,9 +411,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -609,105 +422,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" -"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" +"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" "</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</b>\n" -"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the " -"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or " -"<small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> " -"request. In the\n" -"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" +"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" +"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , " -"<small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" +"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" "<small>SIP</small> servers.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" "<b>passwd</b> above).\n" "</p><p>Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -721,214 +497,115 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" +"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" "</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " -"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtuele server</big> =</b> <i>(ip-adres|hostnaam:poortnummer|" -"servicenaam)|firewall-markering</i>\n" -"</p><p>Hiermee definieert u een virtuele service op basis van IP-adres (of " -"hostnaam) en poort (of servicenaam) of firewall-markering. Een " -"firewallmarkering is een geheel getal dat groter is dan nul. U\n" -"configureert de markering van pakketten met de optie <tt>\"-m\"</tt> voor " -"<b>ipchains</b>(8). Alle werkelijke services en markeringen voor een " -"virtuele service\n" +"<p><b><big>virtuele server</big> =</b> <i>(ip-adres|hostnaam:poortnummer|servicenaam)|firewall-markering</i>\n" +"</p><p>Hiermee definieert u een virtuele service op basis van IP-adres (of hostnaam) en poort (of servicenaam) of firewall-markering. Een firewallmarkering is een geheel getal dat groter is dan nul. U\n" +"configureert de markering van pakketten met de optie <tt>\"-m\"</tt> voor <b>ipchains</b>(8). Alle werkelijke services en markeringen voor een virtuele service\n" "moeten direct na deze regel worden opgegeven en worden ingesprongen.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>werkelijke servers</big> =</b> <i>ip-adres|hostnaam[->ip-" -"adres|hostnaam][:poortnummer|servicenaam</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>gewicht</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>aanvragen<b>\", \"</b><i>ontvangen</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Hiermee definieert u een werkelijke service op basis van IP-adres (of " -"hostnaam) en poort (of servicenaam). Als de poort wordt weggelaten, wordt 0 " -"gebruikt. Dit is hoofdzakelijk bedoeld voor\n" -"fwmark-services waarbij de poort voor werkelijke servers wordt genegeerd. " -"Desgewenst kunt u een bereik van <small>IP</small>-adressen (of twee " -"hostnamen) opgeven. In dit geval\n" -"wordt elk <small>IP</small>-adres in het bereik beschouwd als een werkelijke " -"server waarvoor de opgegeven poort wordt gebruikt. Met het tweede argument " -"wordt de doorstuurmethode gedefinieerd. Dit moet\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> of <b>masq</b> zijn. Het derde argument is " -"optioneel. Hiermee definieert u het gewicht voor deze werkelijke server. Als " -"dit wordt weggelaten, wordt 1 als gewicht\n" -"gebruikt. De laatste twee argumenten zijn ook optioneel. Hiermee definieert " -"u een aanvraag-/ontvangstpaar dat moet worden gebruikt om te controleren of " -"een server actief is. Deze overschrijven het aanvraag-/ontvangstpaar\n" -"in de virtuele-serversectie. Deze twee strings moeten tussen " -"aanhalingstekens worden geplaatst. Als de aanvraagstring begint met " -"http://..., worden het IP-adres en de poort van de werkelijke\n" -"server overschreven. Anders worden het IP-adres en de poort van de " -"werkelijke server gebruikt.\n" -"</p><p>Voor virtuele <small>TCP</small>- en <small>UDP</small>-services " -"(niet fwmark), wordt de poort van de werkelijke server ingesteld op de poort " -"van de virtuele\n" -"service, tenzij de doorstuurmethode masq is en het <small>IP</small>-adres " -"van een\n" -"werkelijke server niet lokaal is (niet beschikbaar in een interface op de " -"host waarop ldirectord wordt uitgevoerd). Dat wil zeggen dat de toewijzing " -"van een poort alleen beschikbaar is als de werkelijke server een andere " -"computer is en de doorstuurmethode masq is. Dit komt door de manier waarop " -"de\n" +"</p><p><b><big>werkelijke servers</big> =</b> <i>ip-adres|hostnaam[->ip-adres|hostnaam][:poortnummer|servicenaam</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>gewicht</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>aanvragen</i><b>\", \"</b><i>ontvangen</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Hiermee definieert u een werkelijke service op basis van IP-adres (of hostnaam) en poort (of servicenaam). Als de poort wordt weggelaten, wordt 0 gebruikt. Dit is hoofdzakelijk bedoeld voor\n" +"fwmark-services waarbij de poort voor werkelijke servers wordt genegeerd. Desgewenst kunt u een bereik van <small>IP</small>-adressen (of twee hostnamen) opgeven. In dit geval\n" +"wordt elk <small>IP</small>-adres in het bereik beschouwd als een werkelijke server waarvoor de opgegeven poort wordt gebruikt. Met het tweede argument wordt de doorstuurmethode gedefinieerd. Dit moet\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> of <b>masq</b> zijn. Het derde argument is optioneel. Hiermee definieert u het gewicht voor deze werkelijke server. Als dit wordt weggelaten, wordt 1 als gewicht\n" +"gebruikt. De laatste twee argumenten zijn ook optioneel. Hiermee definieert u een aanvraag-/ontvangstpaar dat moet worden gebruikt om te controleren of een server actief is. Deze overschrijven het aanvraag-/ontvangstpaar\n" +"in de virtuele-serversectie. Deze twee strings moeten tussen aanhalingstekens worden geplaatst. Als de aanvraagstring begint met http://..., worden het IP-adres en de poort van de werkelijke\n" +"server overschreven. Anders worden het IP-adres en de poort van de werkelijke server gebruikt.\n" +"</p><p>Voor virtuele <small>TCP</small>- en <small>UDP</small>-services (niet fwmark), wordt de poort van de werkelijke server ingesteld op de poort van de virtuele\n" +"service, tenzij de doorstuurmethode masq is en het <small>IP</small>-adres van een\n" +"werkelijke server niet lokaal is (niet beschikbaar in een interface op de host waarop ldirectord wordt uitgevoerd). Dat wil zeggen dat de toewijzing van een poort alleen beschikbaar is als de werkelijke server een andere computer is en de doorstuurmethode masq is. Dit komt door de manier waarop de\n" "onderliggende <small>LVS</small>-code in de kernel werkt.\n" -"</p><p>Een virtuele sectie kan meerdere van deze items bevatten. De " -"hierboven genoemde opties checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, " -"fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq en\n" -"quiescent kunnen ook in een virtuele sectie zijn opgenomen. In dit geval " -"wordt de algemene instelling overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Een virtuele sectie kan meerdere van deze items bevatten. De hierboven genoemde opties checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq en\n" +"quiescent kunnen ook in een virtuele sectie zijn opgenomen. In dit geval wordt de algemene instelling overschreven.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>controletype</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|" -"<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N\n" -"</p><p>Het type controle dat moet worden uitgevoerd. Met negotiate wordt een " -"aanvraag verzonden en wordt deze gekoppeld aan een ontvangststring. Met " -"connect wordt alleen geprobeerd een <small>TCP/IP</small>-verbinding te " -"maken, zodat de\n" -"aanvraag- en ontvangststrings kunnen worden weggelaten. Als checktype een " -"getal is, worden negotiate en connect gecombineerd, zodat na elke N " -"verbindingspogingen één\n" -"onderhandelingspoging wordt uitgevoerd. Het is handig om dit vaak te " -"controleren als een service een antwoord stuurt en een " -"onderhandelingscontrole wordt uitgevoerd met veel langere intervallen. Ping " -"betekent dat\n" -"<small>ICMP</small>-ping wordt gebruikt om de beschikbaarheid van werkelijke " -"servers te controleren. Ping wordt ook gebruikt als de verbindingscontrole " -"voor <small>UDP</small>-services. Off\n" -"betekent dat er geen controle wordt uitgevoerd en er geen werkelijke servers " -"of terugvalservers worden geactiveerd. On betekent dat er geen controle " -"wordt uitgevoerd en dat werkelijke servers altijd zijn\n" +"</p><p><b><big>controletype</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Het type controle dat moet worden uitgevoerd. Met negotiate wordt een aanvraag verzonden en wordt deze gekoppeld aan een ontvangststring. Met connect wordt alleen geprobeerd een <small>TCP/IP</small>-verbinding te maken, zodat de\n" +"aanvraag- en ontvangststrings kunnen worden weggelaten. Als checktype een getal is, worden negotiate en connect gecombineerd, zodat na elke N verbindingspogingen één\n" +"onderhandelingspoging wordt uitgevoerd. Het is handig om dit vaak te controleren als een service een antwoord stuurt en een onderhandelingscontrole wordt uitgevoerd met veel langere intervallen. Ping betekent dat\n" +"<small>ICMP</small>-ping wordt gebruikt om de beschikbaarheid van werkelijke servers te controleren. Ping wordt ook gebruikt als de verbindingscontrole voor <small>UDP</small>-services. Off\n" +"betekent dat er geen controle wordt uitgevoerd en er geen werkelijke servers of terugvalservers worden geactiveerd. On betekent dat er geen controle wordt uitgevoerd en dat werkelijke servers altijd zijn\n" "geactiveerd. De standaardinstelling is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" -"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|" -"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" -"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>Het type service dat moet worden gecontroleerd wanneer " -"checktype=negotiate wordt gebruikt. Met none wordt een service aangegeven " -"die niet wordt gecontroleerd.\n" -"Met </p><p>simpletcp wordt de string <b>request</b> naar de server verzonden " -"en wordt deze getest op basis van de regexp <b>receive</b>. De andere typen " -"controles maken verbinding met de server\n" -"via het opgegeven protocol. Zie de secties <b>verzoek</b> en <b>receive</b> " -"voor protocolspecifieke informatie.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>Het type service dat moet worden gecontroleerd wanneer checktype=negotiate wordt gebruikt. Met none wordt een service aangegeven die niet wordt gecontroleerd.\n" +"Met </p><p>simpletcp wordt de string <b>request</b> naar de server verzonden en wordt deze getest op basis van de regexp <b>receive</b>. De andere typen controles maken verbinding met de server\n" +"via het opgegeven protocol. Zie de secties <b>verzoek</b> en <b>receive</b> voor protocolspecifieke informatie.\n" "</p><p>Standaard:\n" "</p>

\n" "<dt>* De poort van de virtuele server is 21: ftp\n" @@ -950,11 +627,8 @@ "</dt><dt>* Anders: none\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><b><big>controleopdracht</big> = \"</b><i>pad naar script</i><b>\"\n" -"<p>Deze instelling wordt gebruikt als checktype is ingesteld op external en " -"deze opdracht moet worden uitgevoerd om de status van een werkelijke server " -"te controleren. Deze moet worden afgesloten met de status 0 als alles\n" +"</dt><dt><b><big>controleopdracht</big> = \"</b><i>pad naar script</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"<p>Deze instelling wordt gebruikt als checktype is ingesteld op external en deze opdracht moet worden uitgevoerd om de status van een werkelijke server te controleren. Deze moet worden afgesloten met de status 0 als alles\n" "correct is en anders met een andere waarde dan nul.\n" "</p><p>Er worden vier parameters doorgegeven aan het script:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* IP-adres virtuele server ip/firewall-markering\n" @@ -965,114 +639,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>controlepoort</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Het nummer van de poort die moet worden gecontroleerd. Soms verschilt " -"controlepoort van servicepoort.\n" +"</p><p>Het nummer van de poort die moet worden gecontroleerd. Soms verschilt controlepoort van servicepoort.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: de poort die is opgegeven voor elke werkelijke server\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>aanvragen</big> = \"</b><i>URI naar aangevraagd object</i><b>" -"\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Dit object wordt elke checkinterval seconden aangevraagd op een " -"werkelijke server. De string moet tussen aanhalingstekens worden geplaatst. " -"Deze string kan worden overschreven door\n" +"</p><p><b><big>aanvragen</big> = \"</b><i>URI naar aangevraagd object</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Dit object wordt elke checkinterval seconden aangevraagd op een werkelijke server. De string moet tussen aanhalingstekens worden geplaatst. Deze string kan worden overschreven door\n" "een optionele aanvraagstring per werkelijke server.\n" -"</p><p>Voor een <small>DNS</small>-controle moet dit de naam van een A-" -"record zijn of het adres van een <small>PTR</small>-record die moet worden " -"opgezocht.\n" -"</p><p>Voor een MySQL-, Oracle- of PostgeSQL-controle moet dit een " -"<small>SQL</small>-query zijn. De geretourneerde gegevens worden niet " -"gecontroleerd, er wordt alleen gecontroleerd of het antwoord bestaat uit een " -"of meer\n" +"</p><p>Voor een <small>DNS</small>-controle moet dit de naam van een A-record zijn of het adres van een <small>PTR</small>-record die moet worden opgezocht.\n" +"</p><p>Voor een MySQL-, Oracle- of PostgeSQL-controle moet dit een <small>SQL</small>-query zijn. De geretourneerde gegevens worden niet gecontroleerd, er wordt alleen gecontroleerd of het antwoord bestaat uit een of meer\n" "rijen. Dit is een verplichte instelling.\n" -"</p><p>Voor een simpletcp-controle wordt deze string verbatim verzonden, " -"behalve dat \n" +"</p><p>Voor een simpletcp-controle wordt deze string verbatim verzonden, behalve dat \n" " wordt vervangen door een teken voor een nieuwe regel.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>ontvangen</big> = \"</b><i>te vergelijken regexp</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>Als het aangevraagde resultaat deze <i>te vergelijken regexp</i> is, " -"wordt de werkelijke server als actief beschouwd. De regexp moet tussen " -"aanhalingstekens worden geplaatst. Houd er rekening mee dat\n" -"regexp's geen gewone strings zijn en dat u een escapeteken moet gebruiken " -"voor de speciale tekens als deze moeten worden weergegeven als letterlijke " -"waarden. Deze regexp kan worden overschreven door een\n" +"</p><p><b><big>ontvangen</big> = \"</b><i>te vergelijken regexp</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Als het aangevraagde resultaat deze <i>te vergelijken regexp</i> is, wordt de werkelijke server als actief beschouwd. De regexp moet tussen aanhalingstekens worden geplaatst. Houd er rekening mee dat\n" +"regexp's geen gewone strings zijn en dat u een escapeteken moet gebruiken voor de speciale tekens als deze moeten worden weergegeven als letterlijke waarden. Deze regexp kan worden overschreven door een\n" "optionele regexp voor ontvangen per werkelijke server.\n" -"</p><p>Voor een <small>DNS</small>-controle moet dit een van de adressen van " -"de A-record zijn of een van de namen van de <small>PTR</small>-record.\n" -"</p><p>Voor een MySQL-controle wordt de instelling voor ontvangen niet " -"gebruikt.\n" +"</p><p>Voor een <small>DNS</small>-controle moet dit een van de adressen van de A-record zijn of een van de namen van de <small>PTR</small>-record.\n" +"</p><p>Voor een MySQL-controle wordt de instelling voor ontvangen niet gebruikt.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>HTTP-methode</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</b>\n" -"</p><p>Hiermee wordt de <small>HTTP</small>-methode ingesteld waarmee de " -"<small>URI</small> moet worden opgehaald die is aangevraagd in de " -"ontvangststring. <small>GET</small> is de\n" -"methode die standaard wordt gebruikt als de parameter niet is ingesteld. Als " -"<small>HEAD</small> wordt gebruikt, moet de ontvangststring niet worden " -"ingesteld.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>HTTP-methode</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Hiermee wordt de <small>HTTP</small>-methode ingesteld waarmee de <small>URI</small> moet worden opgehaald die is aangevraagd in de ontvangststring. <small>GET</small> is de\n" +"methode die standaard wordt gebruikt als de parameter niet is ingesteld. Als <small>HEAD</small> wordt gebruikt, moet de ontvangststring niet worden ingesteld.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtuele host</big> = \"</b><i>hostnaam</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Dit wordt gebruikt wanneer een onderhandelingscontrole wordt " -"uitgevoerd met <small>HTTP</small> of <small>HTTPS</small>. Hiermee wordt de " -"host-header ingesteld die wordt gebruikt in de <small>HTTP</small>-aanvraag. " -"In het\n" -"geval van <small>HTTPS</small> moet dit doorgaans overeenkomen met de " -"algemene naam van het <small>SSL</small>-certificaat. Als dit niet wordt " -"ingesteld, wordt de hostkoptekst\n" -"afgeleid van de aanvraag-URL voor de werkelijke server, indien aanwezig. Als " -"laatste mogelijkheid wordt het <small>IP</small>-adres van de werkelijke " -"server gebruikt.\n" +"</p><p>Dit wordt gebruikt wanneer een onderhandelingscontrole wordt uitgevoerd met <small>HTTP</small> of <small>HTTPS</small>. Hiermee wordt de host-header ingesteld die wordt gebruikt in de <small>HTTP</small>-aanvraag. In het\n" +"geval van <small>HTTPS</small> moet dit doorgaans overeenkomen met de algemene naam van het <small>SSL</small>-certificaat. Als dit niet wordt ingesteld, wordt de hostkoptekst\n" +"afgeleid van de aanvraag-URL voor de werkelijke server, indien aanwezig. Als laatste mogelijkheid wordt het <small>IP</small>-adres van de werkelijke server gebruikt.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>aanmelding</big> = \"</b><i>gebruikersnaam</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Voor <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> en PostgreSQL is dit de gebruikersnaam " -"waarmee de gebruiker zich aanmeldt.\n" -"</p><p>Voor Radius wordt het wachtwoord gebruikt voor het attribuut User-" -"Name.\n" -"</p><p>Voor <small>SIP</small> wordt de gebruikersnaam gebruikt als het Aan- " -"en Van-adres voor een <small>OPTIONS</small>-query.\n" +"</p><p>Voor <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> en PostgreSQL is dit de gebruikersnaam waarmee de gebruiker zich aanmeldt.\n" +"</p><p>Voor Radius wordt het wachtwoord gebruikt voor het attribuut User-Name.\n" +"</p><p>Voor <small>SIP</small> wordt de gebruikersnaam gebruikt als het Aan- en Van-adres voor een <small>OPTIONS</small>-query.\n" "</p><p>Standaard:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> anoniem\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle en PostgreSQL: moet worden opgegeven in de " -"configuratie\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostnaam>. Hostnaam wordt " -"afgeleid op basis van onderstaande passwd-optie.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Anders: lege string, waarmee wordt aangegeven dat er geen " -"hoofdlettergevoelige verificatie wordt uitgevoerd.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle en PostgreSQL: moet worden opgegeven in de configuratie\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostnaam>. Hostnaam wordt afgeleid op basis van onderstaande passwd-optie.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Anders: lege string, waarmee wordt aangegeven dat er geen hoofdlettergevoelige verificatie wordt uitgevoerd.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>wachtwoord</big> = \"</b><i>wachtwoord</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Het wachtwoord waarmee de gebruiker zich aanmeldt bij <small>FTP-, <small>IMAP</small>-, <small>LDAP</small>-, MySQL-, Oracle-, " -"<small>POP</small>-, PostgreSQL- en\n" +"<p>Het wachtwoord waarmee de gebruiker zich aanmeldt bij <small>FTP</small>-, <small>IMAP</small>-, <small>LDAP</small>-, MySQL-, Oracle-, <small>POP</small>-, PostgreSQL- en\n" "<small>SIP</small>-servers.\n" "</p><p>Voor Radius wordt passwd gebruikt voor het attribuut User-Password.\n" "</p><p>Standaard:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostnaam>, waarbij " -"hostnaam de omgevingsvariabele <small>HOSTNAME</small> is die wordt " -"geëvalueerd tijdens runtime of wordt opgehaald\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostnaam>, waarbij hostnaam de omgevingsvariabele <small>HOSTNAME</small> is die wordt geëvalueerd tijdens runtime of wordt opgehaald\n" "uit uname als dit niet is ingesteld.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Anders: lege string. In het geval van <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, " -"Oracle en PostgreSQL betekent dit dat er geen verificatie wordt uitgevoerd.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Anders: lege string. In het geval van <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle en PostgreSQL betekent dit dat er geen verificatie wordt uitgevoerd.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>databasenaam</big> = \"</b><i>databasenaam</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>De database die moet worden gebruikt voor MySQL-, Oracle- en PostgreSQL-" -"servers. Dit is de database op basis waarvan de query (die is ingesteld met " -"<b>receive</b> hierboven) wordt uitgevoerd. Dit\n" +"<p>De database die moet worden gebruikt voor MySQL-, Oracle- en PostgreSQL-servers. Dit is de database op basis waarvan de query (die is ingesteld met <b>receive</b> hierboven) wordt uitgevoerd. Dit\n" "is een verplichte instelling.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>radius-geheim</big> = \"</b><i>radius-geheim</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Het geheim dat moet worden gebruikt voor Radius-servers. Dit is het " -"geheim dat wordt gebruikt om een Access-Request uit te voeren met de " -"gebruikersnaam (die is ingesteld met <b>login</b> hierboven) en wachtwoord " -"(ingesteld met \n" +"</p><p>Het geheim dat moet worden gebruikt voor Radius-servers. Dit is het geheim dat wordt gebruikt om een Access-Request uit te voeren met de gebruikersnaam (die is ingesteld met <b>login</b> hierboven) en wachtwoord (ingesteld met \n" "<b>passwd</b> hierboven).\n" "</p><p>Standaard: lege string\n" "\n" @@ -1082,251 +710,195 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>netmasker</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n" -"</p><p>Het netmasker dat moet worden gebruikt voor de granulatie van " -"permanente clientverbindingen.\n" +"</p><p>Het netmasker dat moet worden gebruikt voor de granulatie van permanente clientverbindingen.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>naam_scheduler</i>\n" -"</p><p>De scheduler die door <small>LVS</small> moet worden gebruikt voor de " -"taakverdeling. Zie de pagina <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) in de " -"handleiding voor meer informatie over de beschikbare schedulers.\n" +"</p><p>De scheduler die door <small>LVS</small> moet worden gebruikt voor de taakverdeling. Zie de pagina <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) in de handleiding voor meer informatie over de beschikbare schedulers.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Het protocol dat moet worden gebruikt. Als de virtuele server is " -"opgegeven met een <small>IP</small>-adres en poort, moet dit tcp of udp " -"zijn. Als er een firewall-markering is, moet het\n" +"</p><p>Het protocol dat moet worden gebruikt. Als de virtuele server is opgegeven met een <small>IP</small>-adres en poort, moet dit tcp of udp zijn. Als er een firewall-markering is, moet het\n" "protocol fwm zijn.\n" "</p><p>Standaard:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* De virtuele server is een <small>IP</small>-adres en poort en " -"de poort is niet 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* De virtuele server is een <small>IP</small>-adres en poort en de " -"poort is 53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* De virtuele server is een <small>IP</small>-adres en poort en de poort is niet 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* De virtuele server is een <small>IP</small>-adres en poort en de poort is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* De virtuele server is een firewall-markering: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>controletime-out</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Time-out in seconden voor verbindingscontroles, externe controles en " -"pingcontroles. Als de time-out wordt overschreden, wordt de werkelijke " -"server beschouwd als inactief.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze niet is gedefinieerd, wordt de waarde van negotiatetimeout " -"gebruikt. Negotiatetimeout is ook een algemene waarde die kan worden " -"overschreven door een instelling per virtuele server.\n" -"</p><p>Als checktimeout en negotiatetimeout niet zijn ingesteld, wordt de " -"standaardwaarde gebruikt.\n" +"</p><p>Time-out in seconden voor verbindingscontroles, externe controles en pingcontroles. Als de time-out wordt overschreden, wordt de werkelijke server beschouwd als inactief.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze niet is gedefinieerd, wordt de waarde van negotiatetimeout gebruikt. Negotiatetimeout is ook een algemene waarde die kan worden overschreven door een instelling per virtuele server.\n" +"</p><p>Als checktimeout en negotiatetimeout niet zijn ingesteld, wordt de standaardwaarde gebruikt.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: 5 seconden\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>onderhandelingstime-out</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Time-out in seconden voor onderhandelingscontroles.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze niet is gedefinieerd, wordt de waarde van connecttimeout " -"gebruikt. Connecttimeout is ook een algemene waarde die kan worden " -"overschreven door een instelling per virtuele server.\n" -"</p><p>Als negotiatetimeout en connecttimeout niet zijn ingesteld, wordt de " -"standaardwaarde gebruikt.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze niet is gedefinieerd, wordt de waarde van connecttimeout gebruikt. Connecttimeout is ook een algemene waarde die kan worden overschreven door een instelling per virtuele server.\n" +"</p><p>Als negotiatetimeout en connecttimeout niet zijn ingesteld, wordt de standaardwaarde gebruikt.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: 30 seconden\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>aantal fouten</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Het aantal opeenvolgende keren dat een fout moet worden gerapporteerd " -"door een controle voordat de werkelijke server als inactief wordt beschouwd. " -"Als de waarde 1 is, wordt de werkelijke server als inactief beschouwd bij de " -"eerste fout. Bij een geslaagde controle wordt de foutenteller opnieuw " -"ingesteld op 0.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Het aantal opeenvolgende keren dat een fout moet worden gerapporteerd door een controle voordat de werkelijke server als inactief wordt beschouwd. Als de waarde 1 is, wordt de werkelijke server als inactief beschouwd bij de eerste fout. Bij een geslaagde controle wordt de foutenteller opnieuw ingesteld op 0.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: 1\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>e-mailwaarschuwingen</big> = \"</b><i>e-mailadres</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>Een geldig e-mailadres voor het verzenden van waarschuwingen over de " -"gewijzigde verbindingsstatus naar een werkelijke server die is gedefinieerd " -"in de virtuele service. Voor deze optie moet de perl-\n" -"module MailTools zijn geïnstalleerd. Hiermee wordt e-mail automatisch " -"verzonden via een van de ingebouwde methoden. Zie perldoc Mail::Mailer voor " -"meer informatie over methoden.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>e-mailwaarschuwingen</big> = \"</b><i>e-mailadres</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Een geldig e-mailadres voor het verzenden van waarschuwingen over de gewijzigde verbindingsstatus naar een werkelijke server die is gedefinieerd in de virtuele service. Voor deze optie moet de perl-\n" +"module MailTools zijn geïnstalleerd. Hiermee wordt e-mail automatisch verzonden via een van de ingebouwde methoden. Zie perldoc Mail::Mailer voor meer informatie over methoden.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>frequentie van e-mailwaarschuwingen</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Vertraging in seconden tussen herhalende e-mailwaarschuwingen wanneer " -"een opgegeven werkelijke server in de virtuele service ontoegankelijk " -"blijft. Als nul seconden is ingesteld, worden\n" -"de herhalende waarschuwingen uitgeschakeld. De nauwkeurigheid van de e-" -"mailtiming van deze instelling is afhankelijk van het aantal seconden dat is " -"gedefinieerd in de configuratieoptie voor het\n" +"</p><p>Vertraging in seconden tussen herhalende e-mailwaarschuwingen wanneer een opgegeven werkelijke server in de virtuele service ontoegankelijk blijft. Als nul seconden is ingesteld, worden\n" +"de herhalende waarschuwingen uitgeschakeld. De nauwkeurigheid van de e-mailtiming van deze instelling is afhankelijk van het aantal seconden dat is gedefinieerd in de configuratieoptie voor het\n" "checkinterval.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>status van e-mailwaarschuwingen</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|" -"<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Kommagescheiden lijst met serverstatussen waarvoor e-" -"mailwaarschuwingen moeten worden verzonden. <b>all</b> is een verzameling " -"van\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". Als " -"<b>none</b> is opgegeven, kan er geen andere optie worden opgegeven. Voor de " -"andere opties gelden\n" +"</p><p><b><big>status van e-mailwaarschuwingen</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Kommagescheiden lijst met serverstatussen waarvoor e-mailwaarschuwingen moeten worden verzonden. <b>all</b> is een verzameling van\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". Als <b>none</b> is opgegeven, kan er geen andere optie worden opgegeven. Voor de andere opties gelden\n" "of-voorwaarden.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>terugval</big> =</b> <i>ip-adres|hostnaam[:poortnummer|" -"servicenaam]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>De server waarnaar een webservice wordt omgeleid als alle werkelijke " -"servers zijn uitgevallen. Meestal is dit 127.0.0.1 voor een noodpagina.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>terugval</big> =</b> <i>ip-adres|hostnaam[:poortnummer|servicenaam]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>De server waarnaar een webservice wordt omgeleid als alle werkelijke servers zijn uitgevallen. Meestal is dit 127.0.0.1 voor een noodpagina.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>slaapstand</big> = ja</b>|<b>nee</b>\n" -"</p><p>Als deze optie is ingesteld op <i>Ja</i> en er is vastgesteld dat de " -"werkelijke servers of failbackservers zijn uitgevallen, worden deze niet " -"werkelijk verwijderd uit de <small>LVS</small>-tabel van de kernel.\n" -"In plaats hiervan wordt het gewicht ingesteld op nul. Dit betekent dat er " -"geen nieuwe verbindingen worden geaccepteerd.\n" -"</p><p>Dit heeft als neveneffect dat als de werkelijke server permanente " -"verbindingen heeft, nieuwe verbindingen van de bestaande clients worden " -"gerouteerd naar de\n" -"werkelijke server totdat de permanente time-out kan verlopen. Zie ipvsadm " -"voor meer informatie over permanente verbindingen.\n" -"</p><p>Dit neveneffect kan worden voorkomen door de volgende instructie uit " -"te voeren:\n" +"</p><p>Als deze optie is ingesteld op <i>Ja</i> en er is vastgesteld dat de werkelijke servers of failbackservers zijn uitgevallen, worden deze niet werkelijk verwijderd uit de <small>LVS</small>-tabel van de kernel.\n" +"In plaats hiervan wordt het gewicht ingesteld op nul. Dit betekent dat er geen nieuwe verbindingen worden geaccepteerd.\n" +"</p><p>Dit heeft als neveneffect dat als de werkelijke server permanente verbindingen heeft, nieuwe verbindingen van de bestaande clients worden gerouteerd naar de\n" +"werkelijke server totdat de permanente time-out kan verlopen. Zie ipvsadm voor meer informatie over permanente verbindingen.\n" +"</p><p>Dit neveneffect kan worden voorkomen door de volgende instructie uit te voeren:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>Als het proc-bestand niet beschikbaar is, betekent dit waarschijnlijk " -"dat de kernel geen lvs-ondersteuning heeft, <small>LVS</small>-ondersteuning " -"niet is geladen of de kernel te\n" -"oud is om het proc-bestand te bevatten. Als u ipvsadm uitvoert op het " -"hoofdniveau, wordt <small>LVS</small> geladen in de kernel, indien " -"mogelijk.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze optie is ingesteld op <i>nee</i>, worden de werkelijke " -"servers of failbackservers verwijderd uit de <small>LVS</small>-tabel van de " -"kernel. De standaardwaarde is <i>ja</i>.\n" -"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de " -"algemene waarde overschreven.\n" +"</p><p>Als het proc-bestand niet beschikbaar is, betekent dit waarschijnlijk dat de kernel geen lvs-ondersteuning heeft, <small>LVS</small>-ondersteuning niet is geladen of de kernel te\n" +"oud is om het proc-bestand te bevatten. Als u ipvsadm uitvoert op het hoofdniveau, wordt <small>LVS</small> geladen in de kernel, indien mogelijk.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze optie is ingesteld op <i>nee</i>, worden de werkelijke servers of failbackservers verwijderd uit de <small>LVS</small>-tabel van de kernel. De standaardwaarde is <i>ja</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Als deze is gedefinieerd in een virtuele-serversectie, wordt de algemene waarde overschreven.\n" "</p><p>Standaard: <i>ja</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" -#. overwrite global value part -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 msgid "Check Type" msgstr "Controletype" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 msgid "Check Port" msgstr "Controlepoort" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" msgstr "Controleopdracht" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 msgid "Http Method" msgstr "Http-methode" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" msgstr "Aanvraag" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" msgstr "Ontvangen" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "Virtuele host" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" msgstr "Inloggen" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" msgstr "Databasenaam" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 msgid "Radius Secret" msgstr "Radius-geheim" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 msgid "Persistent" msgstr "Blijvend deelnemen" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Netmasker" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" msgstr "Scheduler" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" msgstr "Virtuele servers" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerken" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 msgid "Virtual Server" msgstr "Virtuele server" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 msgid "Real Servers" msgstr "Werkelijke servers" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 msgid "Check type" msgstr "Controletype" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 msgid "Auth type" msgstr "Verificatietype" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 msgid "Others" msgstr "Overig" -#. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" -#. split the real server ip value; -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 msgid "" "If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" @@ -1334,98 +906,98 @@ "Als u IPv6 gebruikt, moet de indeling als volgt zijn:\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres van werkelijke server" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 msgid "Forward Method" msgstr "Doorstuurmethode" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 msgid "weight" msgstr "gewicht" -#. find next ] -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 msgid "IP address is not Valid" msgstr "IP-adres is niet geldig" -#. tab switch events end -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 msgid "Add a new real server:" msgstr "Voeg een nieuwe echte server toe:" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 msgid "Edit the real server:" msgstr "Bewerk de echte server:" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. Read all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" msgstr "IPLB-configuratie initialiseren" -#. Names of real stages -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the global settings" msgstr "De algemene instellingen lezen" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the virtual host settings" msgstr "De virtuele-hostinstellingen lezen" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 msgid "Reading the global settings..." msgstr "De algemene instellingen lezen..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "De virtuele-hostinstellingen lezen..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. Write all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" msgstr "IPLB-configuratie opslaan" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig starten" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig wordt uitgevoerd..." -#. write global conf -#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" -#. string key's format -#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 -#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string -#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,267 +14,260 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module -#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module +#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator" msgstr "Configuratie van een iSCSI-initiator" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "iSCSI-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSI-initiator" -#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "&iSCSI-initiator" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Tijdens Opstarten" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "Hand&matig" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "iSNS Address" msgstr "iSNS-adres" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "iSNS-poort" -#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "&Naam initiator" -#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well -#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware -#. shifting load from processor to card) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "Offloadka&art" -#. table of connected targets -#. table of discovered targets -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 +#. table of connected targets +#. table of discovered targets +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interface" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Portaladres" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Doelnaam" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerken" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "Verbinding verbreken" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Verbonden" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "Detectie" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Verbinden" -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "No Discovery Authentication" msgstr "Geen verificatie voor ontdekken" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Authentication by Initiator" msgstr "Verificatie door initiator" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Authentication by Targets" msgstr "Verificatie door doelen" -#. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 +#. authentication dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Login Authentication" msgstr "Geen verificatie bij aanmelden" -#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "Opstarten" -#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "manual" msgstr "handmatig" -#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "onboot" msgstr "bij opstarten" -#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "automatic" msgstr "automatisch" -#. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 +#. widget for portal address +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "Poort" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "Sleutel" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" -#. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 +#. service status dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" -#. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 +#. list og connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Verbonden doelen" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Gevonden doelen" -#. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 +#. main tabbed dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van iSCSI-initiator" -#. discovery new target -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130 +#. discovery new target +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-initiator</h1>" -#. authentication dialog for add new target -#. list of connected targets -#. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 +#. authentication dialog for add new target +#. list of connected targets +#. authentication for connect to portal +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "Zoeken naar iSCSI-initiators" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. |*************************************************************************** -#. | -#. | Copyright (c) [2012] Novell, Inc. -#. | All Rights Reserved. -#. | -#. | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. | modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. | published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. | -#. | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. | GNU General Public License for more details. -#. | -#. | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. | along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. | -#. | To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. | you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. | -#. |*************************************************************************** -#. File: include/iscsi-client/helps.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of iscsi-client -#. Summary: Help texts of all the dialogs -#. Authors: Michal Zugec -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"If authentication is needed for secure access, please use <b>Authentication " -"by Initiator</b> and <b>Authentication by Targets</b> together. Please do " -"not only use one of them for security reasons.\n" -msgstr "" -"Als verificatie nodig is voor veilige toegang, gebruik dan <b>Verificatie " -"door initiator</b> en <b>Verificatie door doelen</b> samen. Niet slechts één " -"van hen om reden van beveiliging gebruiken.\n" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. |*************************************************************************** +#. | +#. | Copyright (c) [2012] Novell, Inc. +#. | All Rights Reserved. +#. | +#. | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. | modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. | published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. | +#. | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. | GNU General Public License for more details. +#. | +#. | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. | along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. | +#. | To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. | you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. | +#. |*************************************************************************** +#. File: include/iscsi-client/helps.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iscsi-client +#. Summary: Help texts of all the dialogs +#. Authors: Michal Zugec +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:35 +msgid "If authentication is needed for secure access, please use <b>Authentication by Initiator</b> and <b>Authentication by Targets</b> together. Please do not only use one of them for security reasons.\n" +msgstr "Als verificatie nodig is voor veilige toegang, gebruik dan <b>Verificatie door initiator</b> en <b>Verificatie door doelen</b> samen. Niet slechts één van hen om reden van beveiliging gebruiken.\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -282,18 +275,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI-initiator initialiseren</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:44 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te klikken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -301,8 +293,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI-initiator opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:52 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -311,12 +303,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opslaan afbreken</big></b><br>\n" "Breek de opslagprocedure af door op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.\n" -" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit " -"te doen.\n" +" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit te doen.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:59 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n" @@ -324,8 +315,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Configureer hier een iSCSI-initiator.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:63 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" @@ -334,24 +325,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Een iSCSI-initiator toevoegen</big></b><br>\n" "Selecteer een iSCSI-initiator in de lijst met gedetecteerde initiators.\n" -" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u <b>Overig (niet " -"gedetecteerd)</b>.\n" +" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u <b>Overig (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n" " Klik vervolgens op <b>Configureren</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:70 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big></b><br>\n" -"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster " -"geopend\n" +"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n" " waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:76 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" @@ -362,8 +351,8 @@ " Verder kunt u\n" " ook de configuraties bewerken.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:82 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n" @@ -371,8 +360,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Een iSCSI-initiator toevoegen</big></b><br>\n" "Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een iSCSI-initiator te configureren.<b>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:86 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:86 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" @@ -382,66 +371,38 @@ "Kies een iSCSI-initiator die u wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n" " Klik vervolgens naar wens op <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. table of connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get " -"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " -"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use " -"<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " -"from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Lijst met huidige sessies.</p><p>Gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> om " -"aanvullende doelen op te halen. Er wordt een detectie gestart om nieuwe " -"doelen te detecteren en de opstartmodus van reeds verbonden doelen blijft " -"ongewijzigd.<br>Gebruik <b>Verbinding verbreken</b> om de verbinding te " -"annuleren en het doel uit de lijst te verwijderen.<br>Als u de opstartstatus " -"wilt wijzigen, drukt u op <b>Bewerken</b>.</p>" +#. table of connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Lijst met huidige sessies.</p><p>Gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> om aanvullende doelen op te halen. Er wordt een detectie gestart om nieuwe doelen te detecteren en de opstartmodus van reeds verbonden doelen blijft ongewijzigd.<br>Gebruik <b>Verbinding verbreken</b> om de verbinding te annuleren en het doel uit de lijst te verwijderen.<br>Als u de opstartstatus wilt wijzigen, drukt u op <b>Bewerken</b>.</p>" -#. Warning -#. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:101 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 +#. Warning +#. Warning +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:101 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Waarschuwing</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:102 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Zorg er voor dat bij <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>-toegang tot een iSCSI-" -"apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er " -"datacorruptie optreedt.</p>\n" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:102 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 +msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Zorg er voor dat bij <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>-toegang tot een iSCSI-apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er datacorruptie optreedt.</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Initiatornaam</b> is een waarde van <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -"iscsi</tt>. \n" -"Voor het geval u iBFT hebt, wordt deze waarde vanuit iBFT toegevoegd. U kunt " -"deze waarde alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instelling.</p>" +"<p><b>Initiatornaam</b> is een waarde van <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"Voor het geval u iBFT hebt, wordt deze waarde vanuit iBFT toegevoegd. U kunt deze waarde alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instelling.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" -"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Als u gebruik wilt maken van <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) " -"voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-" -"methode,\n" -"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is " -"3205.\n" +"Als u gebruik wilt maken van <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-methode,\n" +"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is 3205.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n" "Only change <b>Port</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" @@ -451,27 +412,21 @@ "Wijzig alleen <b>Poort</b>. Als u geen verificatie nodig hebt,\n" "selecteer <b>Geen verificatie voor ontdekken</b>. " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"<b>Connect</b>. " -msgstr "" -"Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er " -"een en klik op <b>Verbinden</b>. " +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " +msgstr "Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er een en klik op <b>Verbinden</b>. " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Opstarten</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n" -"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n" -"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>handboek</b> is voor iSCSI-doelen waarmee niet standaard wordt\n" @@ -482,105 +437,73 @@ "<p><b>automatisch</b> is voor iSCSI-doelen die bij het opstarten van de\n" "iSCSI-service verbonden moeten worden.</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Verificatie</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the " -"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons." -msgstr "" -"<p>De standaard instelling is hier <i>Geen verificatie</i>. Deactiveer het " -"keuzevakje als verificatie nodig is voor redenen van beveiliging." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons." +msgstr "<p>De standaard instelling is hier <i>Geen verificatie</i>. Deactiveer het keuzevakje als verificatie nodig is voor redenen van beveiliging." -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the " -"<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " -"specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the " -"connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status " -"'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen." -"<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> " -"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, " -"<b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note: Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets " -"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets " -"(to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the " -"<b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-" -"up mode.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>In dit scherm wordt de lijst met gedetecteerde doelen getoond.<p>Gebruik de knop <b>Detectie</b> om beschikbare iSCSI-doelen van een op " -"basis van IP-adres opgegeven server op te halen.<br>Gebruik <b>Verbinden</b> " -"om verbinding te maken met een doel. Als de aanmelding is gelukt, wordt in " -"de kolom <i>Verbonden</i> de status 'Waar' getoond en wordt het doel " -"weergegeven in het scherm <i>Verbonden doelen</i>.<br>U verwijdert een doel " -"met de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>.<br> <b>Hint:</b> u kunt alleen niet-" -"verbonden doelen verwijderen. Indien nodig kiest u eerst <b>Verbinding " -"verbreken</b> voor <i>Verbonden doelen</i>.</p><p><b>Opmerking:</b> als u " -"nogmaals <b>Detectie</b> kiest, worden doelen opnieuw gedetecteerd waarmee " -"mogelijk de opstartmodus van reeds verbonden doelen wordt gewijzigd (in de " -"standaardwaarde 'handmatig'). Schakel over naar het scherm <i>Verbonden " -"doelen</i> en gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> als u nieuwe doelen wilt " -"toevoegen zonder de opstartmodus te wijzigen.</p>" +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:148 +msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" +msgstr "<p>In dit scherm wordt de lijst met gedetecteerde doelen getoond.</p><p>Gebruik de knop <b>Detectie</b> om beschikbare iSCSI-doelen van een op basis van IP-adres opgegeven server op te halen.<br>Gebruik <b>Verbinden</b> om verbinding te maken met een doel. Als de aanmelding is gelukt, wordt in de kolom <i>Verbonden</i> de status 'Waar' getoond en wordt het doel weergegeven in het scherm <i>Verbonden doelen</i>.<br>U verwijdert een doel met de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>.<br> <b>Hint:</b> u kunt alleen niet-verbonden doelen verwijderen. Indien nodig kiest u eerst <b>Verbinding verbreken</b> voor <i>Verbonden doelen</i>.</p><p><b>Opmerking:</b> als u nogmaals <b>Detectie</b> kiest, worden doelen opnieuw gedetecteerd waarmee mogelijk de opstartmodus van reeds verbonden doelen wordt gewijzigd (in de standaardwaarde 'handmatig'). Schakel over naar het scherm <i>Verbonden doelen</i> en gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> als u nieuwe doelen wilt toevoegen zonder de opstartmodus te wijzig en.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" -#. string initiatorname=""; -#. function for run command in background -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 +#. string initiatorname=""; +#. function for run command in background +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 msgid "Command timed out" msgstr "Time-out van opdracht" -#. validation for authentication dialog entry -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 +#. validation for authentication dialog entry +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Insert the username." msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam op." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Insert the password." msgstr "Geef het wachtwoord op." -#. init table of connected sessions -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 +#. init table of connected sessions +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Error While Connecting iscsid" msgstr "Fout tijdens een poging verbinding te maken met iscsid" -#. delete (logout from) connected target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 +#. delete (logout from) connected target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 msgid "Really log out from the selected target?" msgstr "Wilt u zich echt afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel?" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel." +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 msgid "No record found." msgstr "Geen record gevonden." -#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 +#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "Ongeldig IP-adres" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "Het poortveld mag niet leeg zijn" -#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 +#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "Onjuiste initiatornaam" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -602,152 +525,144 @@ "\n" "Wilt u de naam gebruiken?\n" -#. validate ip -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Geef het IP-adres op." -#. check for valid host name -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" msgstr "Controleer het IP-adres/de hostnaam.\n" -#. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 +#. validate port number +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Geef de poort op." -#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); -#. ******************* target table ************************* -#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 +#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); +#. ******************* target table ************************* +#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "Waar" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "Onwaar" -#. check if not already connected -#. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor " -"meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen." +#. check if not already connected +#. check if not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Doorgaan" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" -#. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 +#. check if is not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Het doel is al verbonden." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van iSCSI-initiator" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt configureren, moet het <b>%1</b>-pakket " -"worden geïnstalleerd.</p>" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) +#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 +msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt configureren, moet het <b>%1</b>-pakket worden geïnstalleerd.</p>" -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Wilt u dit nu installeren?</p>" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 msgid "Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van iSCSI-initiator initialiseren" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Database inlezen" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Vorige instellingen inlezen" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Apparaten detecteren" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Vorige instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "De apparaten worden gedetecteerd..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van iSCSI-initiator opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 msgid "Write AutoYaST settings" msgstr "Auto-YaST-instellingen schrijven" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 msgid "Set up service status" msgstr "Instellen van serverstatus" -#. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#. interface type for hardware offloading +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "standaard (Software)" -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" msgstr "alle" -#. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 +#. } +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -756,17 +671,16 @@ msgstr "" "Initiatornaam uit iBFT en die uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "zijn verschillend. De oude initiatornaam wordt vervangen door de waarde uit\n" -"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS " -"als\n" +"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS als\n" "u een andere naam wilt gebruiken.\n" -#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons -#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "Verbinding met doel is mislukt.\n" -#. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 +#. do discovery first +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuratie overzicht..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,276 +14,262 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO" msgstr "Configuratie van een iSCSI-doel via LIO" -#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "iSCSI LIO-doel" -#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "&iSCSI LIO-doel" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" -#. second tab - global authentication +#. second tab - global authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "Algemeen" -#. third tab - targets / luns -#. targets dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 +#. third tab - targets / luns +#. targets dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "Doelen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "Doel" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Identifier" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "Portalgroep" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Ip address" msgstr "IP-adres" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "Port number" msgstr "Poortnummer" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Bind all IP addresses" msgstr "Alle IP-adressen verbinden" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Login Authentication" msgstr "Authenticatie voor aanmelden gebruiken" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:327 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336 msgid "Path" msgstr "Pad" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:468 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:468 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerken" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:469 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:469 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Initiator" msgstr "Initiator" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "LUN-toewijzing" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "Auth" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "LUN bewerken" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "Auth bewerken" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Kopiëren" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Geen verificatie" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Inkomende verificatie" -#. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:747 +#. dialog to add/modify user and password +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:747 msgid "Username" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:263 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:748 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:748 msgid "Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Uitgaande verificatie" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Tijdens &opstarten" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "Hand&matig" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "TPG Status" msgstr "TPG-status" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "Toets" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van iSCSI LIO-doel" -#. expert dialog -#. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:190 +#. expert dialog +#. LUN details +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-doel</h1>" -#. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 +#. dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "iSCSI-doel toevoegen" -#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target -#. (includes authentication) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Modify initiators ACLs" msgstr "ACL's van initiators wijzigen" -#. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 +#. edit target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "Lun-installatie van iSCSI-doel wijzigen" -#. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 +#. expert target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen van iSCSI-doel" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:36 -msgid "" -"If you enable <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, you need to fill in " -"<b>UserID</b> and <b>Password</b> for both <b>Authentication " -"for Targets</b> and <b>Authentication for Initiators</b> in " -"next pages. Even you disabled <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, it's still " -"needed to add the initiators name of which you want to grant " -"access to the targets in next page" -msgstr "" -"Als u <b>Aanmeldverificatie gebruiken</b> inschakelt moet u <b>Gebruikers-" -"ID</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b> invullen voor zowel <b>Verificatie " -"voor doelen</b> als <b>Verificatie voor initiators</b> in de " -"volgende pagina's. Zelfs als u <b>Aanmeldverificatie gebruiken</b> " -"uitschakelt is het nog steeds nodig om de naam van de initiator " -"aan wie u toegang tot de doelen wilt geven in de volgende pagina" +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "If you enable <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, you need to fill in <b>UserID</b> and <b>Password</b> for both <b>Authentication for Targets</b> and <b>Authentication for Initiators</b> in next pages. Even you disabled <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, it's still needed to add the initiators name of which you want to grant access to the targets in next page" +msgstr "Als u <b>Aanmeldverificatie gebruiken</b> inschakelt moet u <b>Gebruikers-ID</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b> invullen voor zowel <b>Verificatie voor doelen</b> als <b>Verificatie voor initiators</b> in de volgende pagina's. Zelfs als u <b>Aanmeldverificatie gebruiken</b> uitschakelt is het nog steeds nodig om de naam van de initiator aan wie u toegang tot de doelen wilt geven in de volgende pagina" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie wordt afgebroken</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -291,8 +277,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI-doel wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:55 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -304,7 +290,7 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file.</p>" @@ -312,8 +298,8 @@ "<p>Als u op de knop <b>Opslaan</b> klikt, worden sommige gegevens over\n" "doelen geëxporteerd naar het geselecteerde bestand.</p>" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n" @@ -321,8 +307,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI-doel</big></b><br>\n" "Configureer hier een iSCSI-doel.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:69 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" @@ -335,8 +321,8 @@ "selecteert u <b>Overige (niet gedetecteerd)</b>\n" "en klikt u op <b>Configureren</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:76 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -346,8 +332,8 @@ "Als u op <b>Bewerken</b> klikt, wordt er een extra dialoogvenster geopend\n" "waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:82 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" @@ -357,8 +343,8 @@ "Hier krijgt u een overzicht van de geïnstalleerde iSCSI-doelen.\n" "Bovendien kunt u de configuraties hiervan wijzigen.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:88 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" @@ -366,8 +352,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Een iSCSI-doel toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n" "Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een iSCSI-doel te configureren.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:93 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" @@ -377,8 +363,8 @@ "Selecteer het te wijzigen of te verwijderen iSCSI-doel.\n" "Klik vervolgens op <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:99 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -388,10 +374,10 @@ "Druk op <b>Volgende</b> om verder te gaan.\n" "<br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:117 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -401,8 +387,8 @@ "Dit is niet mogelijk, u moet het eerst coderen. :-)\n" "</p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:111 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -412,348 +398,290 @@ "Druk op <b>Volgende</b> om verder te gaan.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. discovery authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:123 -msgid "" -"This tab intends to configure authentication for discovery session. Use " -"<b>No Discovery Authentication</b> to disable discovery authentication. Or " -"you need to fill both <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication " -"by Initiators</b>. <b>Note: UserID / Password can not be the same for " -"initiators and targets!</b>" -msgstr "" -"Dit tabblad is bedoeld om verificatie te configureren voor de zoeksessie " -"(discovery). Gebruik <b>Geen verificatie voor zoeken</b> om verificatie voor " -"zoeken uit te schakelen. Of u moet zowel <b>Verificatie door doelen</b> en " -"<b>Verificatie door initiators</b> invullen. <b>Opmerking: Gebruikers-ID / " -"wachtwoord kan niet hetzelfde zijn voor initiators en doelen!</b>" +#. discovery authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:123 +msgid "This tab intends to configure authentication for discovery session. Use <b>No Discovery Authentication</b> to disable discovery authentication. Or you need to fill both <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by Initiators</b>. <b>Note: UserID / Password can not be the same for initiators and targets!</b>" +msgstr "Dit tabblad is bedoeld om verificatie te configureren voor de zoeksessie (discovery). Gebruik <b>Geen verificatie voor zoeken</b> om verificatie voor zoeken uit te schakelen. Of u moet zowel <b>Verificatie door doelen</b> en <b>Verificatie door initiators</b> invullen. <b>Opmerking: Gebruikers-ID / wachtwoord kan niet hetzelfde zijn voor initiators en doelen!</b>" -#. target client setup. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 +#. target client setup. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN " -"imported from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use " -"<i>InitiatorName</i>\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> " -"will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een initiator (iSCSI-client) toegang te geven " -"tot een LUN dat vanuit\n" -" een doelportalgroep is geïmporteerd. Geef aan welke initiator verbinding " -"mag maken (gebruik <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" -" in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' op iSCSI-initiator). Met " -"<b>Verwijderen</b> wordt de initiatortoegang tot het LUN verwijderd.</p>" +"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een initiator (iSCSI-client) toegang te geven tot een LUN dat vanuit\n" +" een doelportalgroep is geïmporteerd. Geef aan welke initiator verbinding mag maken (gebruik <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" +" in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' op iSCSI-initiator). Met <b>Verwijderen</b> wordt de initiatortoegang tot het LUN verwijderd.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, it's " -"needed to Use <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by " -"Initiators</b> together. Then insert <b>UserID </b> and <b>Password</b>. " -"Please make sure they are different usernames and passwords for the two " -"kinds of authentication.\n" -" If <b>Use Login Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit " -"Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" +"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, it's needed to Use <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by Initiators</b> together. Then insert <b>UserID </b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure they are different usernames and passwords for the two kinds of authentication.\n" +" If <b>Use Login Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>LUN bewerken</b> kan de mapping van LUN worden gewijzigd. Merk op " -"dat LUN-doelnummering uniek moet zijn.<br>Na indrukken van <b>Auth bewerken, is het nodig om <b>Verificatie door doelen</b> en <b>Verificatie door " -"initiators</b> samen te gebruiken. Voer dan <b>Gebruikers-ID</b> en " -"<b>Wachtwoord</b> in. Ga na dat er verschillende gebruikers-ID's en " -"wachtwoorden voor de twee soorten verificatie zijn.\n" -" Als <b>Aanmeldverificatie gebruiken</b> is uitgeschakeld in de voorgaande " -"dialoog, dan is <b>Auth bewerken</b> hier uitgeschakeld.</p>" +"<p>Met <b>LUN bewerken</b> kan de mapping van LUN worden gewijzigd. Merk op dat LUN-doelnummering uniek moet zijn.<br>Na indrukken van <b>Auth bewerken</b>, is het nodig om <b>Verificatie door doelen</b> en <b>Verificatie door initiators</b> samen te gebruiken. Voer dan <b>Gebruikers-ID</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b> in. Ga na dat er verschillende gebruikers-ID's en wachtwoorden voor de twee soorten verificatie zijn.\n" +" Als <b>Aanmeldverificatie gebruiken</b> is uitgeschakeld in de voorgaande dialoog, dan is <b>Auth bewerken</b> hier uitgeschakeld.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access " -"to the LUN.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Kopiëren</b> kunt u een extra initiator toegang verlenen tot het " -"LUN.</p>" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Kopiëren</b> kunt u een extra initiator toegang verlenen tot het LUN.</p>" -#. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:145 +#. target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." msgstr "" -"Lijst met beschikbare doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel door " -"op <b>Toevoegen</b> te klikken.\n" -"Als u een item wilt verwijderen of wijzigen, selecteert u het en klikt u op " -"<b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>." +"Lijst met beschikbare doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel door op <b>Toevoegen</b> te klikken.\n" +"Als u een item wilt verwijderen of wijzigen, selecteert u het en klikt u op <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>." -#. edit target -#. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 +#. edit target +#. add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-doel-IP/-poort en LUN-instellingen</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"<b>LUN</b>.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"U kunt arbitraire blokapparaten of bestanden maken die beschikbaar zijn " -"onder een <b>LUN</b>.\n" +"U kunt arbitraire blokapparaten of bestanden maken die beschikbaar zijn onder een <b>LUN</b>.\n" "U moet het <b>pad</b> opgeven voor blokapparaten of een bestand. \n" -"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een arbitraire naam waarmee het <b>LUN</b> uniek wordt " -"geïdentificeerd. \n" +"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een arbitraire naam waarmee het <b>LUN</b> uniek wordt geïdentificeerd. \n" "De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de doelportalgroep. Als de gebruiker\n" "geen naam voor LUN opgeeft, wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" -"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which " -"address\n" +"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"<p>Onder <b>IP-adres</b> en <b>Poortnummer</b> specificeert u onder welk " -"adres\n" -"en welke poort de service beschikbaar is. Het standaard poortnummer is " -"3260.\n" -"Alleen IP-adressen die aan een van de netwerkkaarten zijn toegewezen, zijn " -"mogelijk." +"<p>Onder <b>IP-adres</b> en <b>Poortnummer</b> specificeert u onder welk adres\n" +"en welke poort de service beschikbaar is. Het standaard poortnummer is 3260.\n" +"Alleen IP-adressen die aan een van de netwerkkaarten zijn toegewezen, zijn mogelijk." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "" -"Maak een nieuw doel. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden." +msgstr "Maak een nieuw doel. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"U kunt arbitraire blokkeringsapparaten of -bestanden beschikbaar te maken " -"onder een LUN.\n" +"U kunt arbitraire blokkeringsapparaten of -bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een LUN.\n" "U moet een <b>pad</b> opgeven om apparaten of een bestand te blokkeren. \n" -"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om de <b>LUN</b> te " -"identificeren. \n" +"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om de <b>LUN</b> te identificeren. \n" "De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de doelportalgroep. Als de gebruiker\n" "geen naam opgeeft voor LUN, wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"U kunt alle aanvullende configuratieopties <b>toevoegen</b>, <b>bewerken</b> " -"of <b>verwijderen</b>." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:186 +msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." +msgstr "U kunt alle aanvullende configuratieopties <b>toevoegen</b>, <b>bewerken</b> of <b>verwijderen</b>." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " -"<b>Sectors</b> are optional." +"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgstr "" -"Bewerk zo nodig het <b>LUN</b>-nummer en stel het <b>Type</b> in (nullio is " -"voor testdoeleinden).\n" -"Als Type=fileio, stelt u <b>Pad</b> in op schijfapparaat of bestand.<b>SCSI-" -"id</b> en <b>Sectoren</b> zijn optioneel." +"Bewerk zo nodig het <b>LUN</b>-nummer en stel het <b>Type</b> in (nullio is voor testdoeleinden).\n" +"Als Type=fileio, stelt u <b>Pad</b> in op schijfapparaat of bestand.<b>SCSI-id</b> en <b>Sectoren</b> zijn optioneel." -#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 +#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "Probleem bij het wijzigen van verificatie" -#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "Ongeldige gebruikersnaam" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "Ongeldig wachtwoord." -#. we must also call handleDiscAuthStatus() here because once users enable / disable discovery authentication, -#. we need to set the configFS attributes accordingly. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:233 +#. we must also call handleDiscAuthStatus() here because once users enable / disable discovery authentication, +#. we need to set the configFS attributes accordingly. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:233 msgid "No Discovery Authentication" msgstr "Geen verificatie voor ontdekken" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:244 msgid "Authentication by Targets" msgstr "Verificatie door doelen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 msgid "UserID" msgstr "Gebruikers-ID" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:257 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:257 msgid "Authentication by Initiators" msgstr "Verificatie door initiators" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:277 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "Geselecteerd LUN is al in gebruik." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "Geselecteerde naam is al in gebruik." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:295 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "" -"Geselecteerde pad moet een blokkeringsapparaat of normaal bestand zijn." +msgstr "Geselecteerde pad moet een blokkeringsapparaat of normaal bestand zijn." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "Geselecteerde pad is al in gebruik." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Bladeren" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Name (autogenerated when empty)" msgstr "Naam (automatisch gegenereerd indien leeg)" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "Selecteer een bestand of apparaat" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "Initiator-LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "Doel-LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470 msgid "Change" msgstr "Wijzigen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "Doel-LUN %1 wordt meer dan één keer gebruikt." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "Er moet ten minste één verficiatie worden ingeschakeld." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 msgid "Initiator name" msgstr "Initiatornaam" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "LUN's importeren vanaf TPG" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:664 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:664 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "Initiatornaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. -#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:670 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:727 +#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. +#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:670 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:727 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "Initiatornaam bestaat al." -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN -#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704 +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN +#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704 msgid "New initiator name" msgstr "Nieuwe naam initiator" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:751 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:751 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" -#. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1289 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1392 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1429 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1289 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1392 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1429 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#. remove a item -#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** -#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:848 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:962 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1316 +#. remove a item +#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** +#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:848 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:962 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1316 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Wilt u het geselecteerde item echt verwijderen?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1030 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1030 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Probleem bij het maken van doel %1 met tpg %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1052 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1052 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Probleem bij het instellen van netwerkportal naar %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1073 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1073 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Probleem bij het verwijderen van LUN %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1098 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1098 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Probleem bij het instellen van LUN %1 (naam:%2) naar pad %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1112 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Probleem bij het instellen van auth op %1:%2 naar %3" -#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "Het doel mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1230 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1230 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "De doelportalgroep mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "Het doel bestaat al." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Inkomend" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Uitgaand" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1266 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1266 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1478 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -767,98 +695,98 @@ "in (zie /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi voor initiator).\n" "Wilt u werkelijk doorgaan zonder initiatortoegang?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem bij het verwijderen van LUN %4 voor initiator %3 in %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1507 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1507 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem bij het toevoegen van LUN %4:%5 voor initiator %3 in %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1528 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1528 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem bij het verwijderen van initiator %3 van %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1552 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1552 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem bij het maken van initiator %3 voor %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1587 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1587 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem bij het wijzigen van auth voor initiator %3 in %1:%2" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1438 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1438 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "Kan LIO-installatie niet opslaan" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1442 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "Kan TCM-installatie niet opslaan" -#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 +#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package" msgstr "Kan niet doorgaan zonder het pakket lio-utils te installeren" -#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 +#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 msgid "Could not start service \"%1\"" msgstr "Kan de service \"%1\" niet starten." -#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 +#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel initialiseren" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Database lezen" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Vorige instellingen lezen" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Apparaten detecteren" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Vorige instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Apparaten worden gedetecteerd..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 +#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 msgid "" "You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \n" "to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n" @@ -868,37 +796,37 @@ "erop dat /etc/ietd.conf een geldige configuratie bevat. Moet de module \n" "proberen de instelling van /etc/ietd.conf naar LIO te importeren?" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!" msgstr "Fouten tijdens importeren. Controleer LIO-status." -#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 +#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 msgid "Write lio configuration" msgstr "LIO-configuratie schrijven" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 msgid "Writing lio configuration..." msgstr "LIO-configuratie schrijven..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,109 +14,109 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xisns module -#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xisns module +#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an isns service" msgstr "Configuratie van een isns-service" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "iSCSI-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 +#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSI-initiator" -#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 +#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "&iSCSI-initiator" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" -#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 +#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "ISCSI-nodes" -#. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 +#. third tab - Discovery Domains +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "Detectiedomeinen" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Tijdens Opstarten" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "Hand&matig" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "iSCSI-nodenaam" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "Nodetype" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "Detectiedomeinnaam" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "Detectiedomein maken" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "Detectiedomeinleden" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "Een bestaande iSCSI-node toevoegen" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "Een iSCS-node maken" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "isns-service" -#. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 +#. curr_target = ""; +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "<h1>isns-service</h1>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -124,18 +124,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSNS-daemon initialiseren</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te klikken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -143,8 +142,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De iSNS-configuratie opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -156,8 +155,8 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSNS server.<br></p>\n" @@ -165,153 +164,96 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSNS</big></b><br>\n" "Configureer een iSNS-server.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De lijst van alle beschikbare iSCSI-nodes die geregistreerd staan met de " -"iSNS-service worden weergegeven.</p> <p>Nodes zijn geregistreerd door iSCSI-" -"initiators en iSCSI-doelen.</p> <p> Het is alleen mogelijk om hen te " -"<b>verwijderen</b>. Verwijderen van een node verwijderd deze uit de iSNS-" -"database.</p>" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 +msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De lijst van alle beschikbare iSCSI-nodes die geregistreerd staan met de iSNS-service worden weergegeven.</p> <p>Nodes zijn geregistreerd door iSCSI-initiators en iSCSI-doelen.</p> <p> Het is alleen mogelijk om hen te <b>verwijderen</b>. Verwijderen van een node verwijderd deze uit de iSNS-database.</p>" -#. discovery domains -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Een lijst van alle detectiedomeinen wordt getoond. Het is mogelijk een " -"detectiedomeinen te maken met <b>Maken</b> en met <b>Verwijderen</b> te " -"verwijderen.<p>Verwijderen van een domein verwijdert de leden van het domein " -"maar verwijdert niet de leden van het iSCSI-knooppunt</p>" +#. discovery domains +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" +msgstr "Een lijst van alle detectiedomeinen wordt getoond. Het is mogelijk een detectiedomeinen te maken met <b>Maken</b> en met <b>Verwijderen</b> te verwijderen.<p>Verwijderen van een domein verwijdert de leden van het domein maar verwijdert niet de leden van het iSCSI-knooppunt</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"<b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains.</p> " -msgstr "" -"Een lijst van alle iSCSI-knooppunten is weergegeven door detectiedomein. " -"Door een ander detectiedomein te selecteren ververst zich de lijst met leden " -"van dat detectiedomein. Het is mogelijk om een iSCSI-knooppunt toe te " -"voegen <b>Toevoegen</b> aan een detectiedomein of het knooppunt te " -"<b>Verwijderen</b>. <p>Een knooppunt verwijderen verwijdert het van het " -"domein maar verwijdert niet het iSCSI-knooppunt</p> <p>Maken van een iSCSI-" -"knooppunt staat toe een nog niet geregistreerde node toe te voegen als een " -"lid van het detectiedomein. Wannner de initiator of doel dit knooppunt " -"registreert dan wordt het onderdeel van dit domein</p> <p>Wanneer een iSCSI-" -"initiator een opzoekverzoek doet dan zal de iSNS-service alle iSCSI-" -"knooppunt-doelen geven die leden zijn van dezelfde detectiedomeinen.</p> " +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " +msgstr "Een lijst van alle iSCSI-knooppunten is weergegeven door detectiedomein. Door een ander detectiedomein te selecteren ververst zich de lijst met leden van dat detectiedomein. Het is mogelijk om een iSCSI-knooppunt toe te voegen <b>Toevoegen</b> aan een detectiedomein of het knooppunt te <b>Verwijderen</b>. <p>Een knooppunt verwijderen verwijdert het van het domein maar verwijdert niet het iSCSI-knooppunt</p> <p>Maken van een iSCSI-knooppunt staat toe een nog niet geregistreerde node toe te voegen als een lid van het detectiedomein. Wannner de initiator of doel dit knooppunt registreert dan wordt het onderdeel van dit domein</p> <p>Wanneer een iSCSI-initiator een opzoekverzoek doet dan zal de iSNS-service alle iSCSI-knooppunt-doelen geven die leden zijn van dezelfde detectiedomeinen.</p> " -#. dds table dialog -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Aan de top wordt een lijst van alle detectiedomeinsets weergegeven. " -"Detectiedomeinen behoren bij detectiedomeinsets. <p>Een detectiedomein moet " -"lid zijn van een detectiedomeinsets om actief te zijn. </p><p>In een iSNS-" -"database bevat een detectiedomeinset detectiedomeinen en een detectiedomein " -"bevat leden van iSCSI-knooppunten.</p>" +#. dds table dialog +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" +msgstr "Aan de top wordt een lijst van alle detectiedomeinsets weergegeven. Detectiedomeinen behoren bij detectiedomeinsets. <p>Een detectiedomein moet lid zijn van een detectiedomeinsets om actief te zijn. </p><p>In een iSNS-database bevat een detectiedomeinset detectiedomeinen en een detectiedomein bevat leden van iSCSI-knooppunten.</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De lijst met leden van een detectiedomeinset wordt ververst wanneer een " -"verschillende detectiedomeinset wordt geselecteerd.</p>" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De lijst met leden van een detectiedomeinset wordt ververst wanneer een verschillende detectiedomeinset wordt geselecteerd.</p>" -#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 +#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "Nieuw detectiedomein maken" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "Voeg iSCSI-knooppunt toe aan detectiedomein" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "Beschikbare toe te voegen nodes" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "Node toevoegen" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "Klaar" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "Doel of initiator" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Wilt u het geselecteerde item verwijderen?" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "Wilt u dit domein verwijderen?" -#. boolean display = true; -#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +#. boolean display = true; +#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." -msgstr "" -"Kan geen verbinding maken met iSNS-server. Controleer of de iSNS-server " -"actief is." +msgstr "Kan geen verbinding maken met iSNS-server. Controleer of de iSNS-server actief is." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 msgid "isns Daemon Configuration" msgstr "isns-daemon configuratie" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u de isns-service wilt configureren, moet het <b>%1</b>-pakket worden " -"geïnstalleerd.</p>" +#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 +msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u de isns-service wilt configureren, moet het <b>%1</b>-pakket worden geïnstalleerd.</p>" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Wilt u dit nu installeren?</p>" -#. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 +#. IsnsServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van isns-daemon initialiseren" -#. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van isns opslaan" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/journal.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/journal.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/journal.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,118 +14,118 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "Logboekitems" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" msgstr "Items weergeven met de volgende tekst" -#. Return the result as an array of Items -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +#. Return the result as an array of Items +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "Filter wijzigen..." -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Herladen" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Entries to display" msgstr "Weer te geven items" -#. Interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 +#. Interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Time interval" msgstr "Tijdsdinterval" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filters" -#. User readable description of the current filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 msgid "With no additional conditions" msgstr "Zonder aanvullende voorwaarden" -#. User readable description of the time interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 +#. User readable description of the time interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 msgid "Since system's boot" msgstr "Sinds opstarten van systeem" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 msgid "From previous boot" msgstr "Vanaf vorige keer dat is opgestart" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}" msgstr "Tussen %{since} en %{until}" -#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys -#. :value and :label -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 +#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 msgid "Between these dates" msgstr "Tussen deze datums" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 msgid "Since system's boot (%s)" msgstr "Sinds opstarten van systeem (%s)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 msgid "From previous boot (%s)" msgstr "Vanaf vorige keer dat is opgestart (%s)" -#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys -#. -#. * :name name of the filter -#. * :label short label for the filter -#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter -#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value -#. * :values optional list of valid values -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 +#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys +#. +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label short label for the filter +#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Units" msgstr "Eenheden" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "For these systemd units" msgstr "Voor deze systeemeenheden" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 msgid "Files" msgstr "Bestanden" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 msgid "For these files (executable or device)" msgstr "Voor deze bestanden (uitvoerbaar bestand of apparaat)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioriteit" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 msgid "With at least this priority" msgstr "Met ten minste deze prioriteit" -#. Fields to display for listing the entries -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 msgid "Time" msgstr "Tijd" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 msgid "Source" msgstr "Bron" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 msgid "Message" msgstr "Bericht" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/journalctl.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/journalctl.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/journalctl.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,110 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Header -#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "Logboekitems" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" msgstr "Items weergeven met de volgende tekst" -#. Footer buttons -#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "Filter wijzigen..." -#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Herladen" -#. Header -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Entries to display" msgstr "Weer te geven items" -#. Boot selector -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Log entries for" msgstr "Logboekitems voor" -#. Filter checkboxes -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filters" -#. User readable description of the current filters -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 msgid "from previous boot" msgstr "vanaf vorige keer dat is opgestart" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 msgid "since system's boot" msgstr "sinds opstarten van systeem" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 msgid "unit (%s)" msgstr "eenheid (%s)" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 msgid "file (%s)" msgstr "bestand (%s)" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 msgid "priority (%s)" msgstr "prioriteit (%s)" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 msgid "with no additional conditions" msgstr "zonder aanvullende voorwaarden" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 msgid "filtering by %s" msgstr "filteren op %s" -#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys -#. :value and :label -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 msgid "Since system's boot" msgstr "Sinds opstarten van systeem" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 msgid "From previous boot" msgstr "Vanaf vorige keer dat is opgestart" -#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys -#. * :name name of the filter -#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter -#. * :values optional list of valid values -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 msgid "For this systemd unit" msgstr "Voor deze systeemeenheid" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 msgid "For this file (executable or device)" msgstr "Voor dit bestand (uitvoerbaar of apparaat)" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 msgid "With at least this priority" msgstr "Met ten minste deze prioriteit" -#. Fields to display for listing the entries -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Time" msgstr "Tijd" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "Source" msgstr "Bron" -#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" msgstr "Bericht" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,377 +14,344 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the kdump module -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 +#. Command line help text for the kdump module +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 msgid "Configuration of kdump" msgstr "Configuratie van kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 msgid "Display settings" msgstr "Weergave-instellingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Opstartinstellingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 msgid "Dump Level number 0-31" msgstr "Dumpniveaunummer 0-31" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo" msgstr "Dumpindeling voor dumpimage geen/ELF/gecomprimeerd/lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "" -"Het doel van de dump bevat de bestemming voor het opslaan van dump-images" +msgstr "Het doel van de dump bevat de bestemming voor het opslaan van dump-images" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Het naamschema is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Voer alleen " -"\"kernel_string\" in." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Het naamschema is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Voer alleen \"kernel_string\" in." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"De kdump-opdrachtregel is de opdrachtregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de " -"kdump-kernel." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "De kdump-opdrachtregel is de opdrachtregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de kdump-kernel." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt _append_ (toevoegen) aan de " -"standaardopdrachtregeltekst." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt _append_ (toevoegen) aan de standaardopdrachtregeltekst." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "Onmiddellijk herstarten na het opslaan van de kern in de kdump-kernel." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "Kopieer kernel naar de dumpdirectory." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Geef aan hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren." +msgstr "Geef aan hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "SMTP-server voor het verzenden van meldingsberichten." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "SMTP-gebruikersnaam voor het verzenden van meldingsberichten." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingsberichten. Pad van bestand " -"dat wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingsberichten. Pad van bestand dat wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "E-mailadres voor het verzenden van meldingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "E-mailadres voor het verzenden van een kopiemelding" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Optie inschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Optie uitschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "Hiermee wordt de status van de huidige optie weergegeven" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "Hoeveelheid toegewezen geheugen (MB)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "Getal voor dumpniveau, inclusief het aantal pagina's om op te slaan." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "Dumpindeling kan geen, ELF, gecomprimeerd of lzo zijn" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"Dumpdoel bevat de volgende doeltypen: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem), ftp, " -"ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "Dumpdoel bevat de volgende doeltypen: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "Naam van de server" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "Verbindingspoort" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Directory voor het opslaan van dump-images" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "Geëxporteerde share" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "Pad van bestand met wachtwoord (tekstbestand zonder opmaak)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "udev_id van raw-partitie" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel betekent " -"alleen \"kernel_string\"." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel betekent alleen \"kernel_string\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "Opdrachtregelopties insluiten." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"Optie betekent de runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen waarden " -"zoals 1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "Optie betekent de runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen waarden zoals 1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Aantal dumps. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "E-mailadres" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" -msgstr "" -"Hiermee wordt het gebruik van de dump met firmwareondersteuning verwerkt" +msgstr "Hiermee wordt het gebruik van de dump met firmwareondersteuning verwerkt" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "Weergave-instellingen:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "Kdump is geactiveerd (opstartoptie \"crashkernel\" is toegevoegd)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "Toegewezen geheugen (MB) voor kdump is: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "Kdump is uitgeschakeld" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "Dumpniveau: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "Dump-indeling: %1" -#. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 +#. parsing target info +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor dumpdoel" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "doel: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "bestandsdirectory: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "servernaam: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "poort: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "gebruikersnaam: anonieme verbinding is toegestaan" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "gebruikersnaam: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "share: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "LEEG" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "Aangepaste Kdump-kernel: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Kdump-opdrachtregel: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "Kdump-opdrachtregel toevoegen: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump onmiddellijke herstarts: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden " -"verwijderd" +msgstr "Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden verwijderd" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "Aantal oude dumps: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP-server: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP-gebruiker: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "Kdump SMTP-wachtwoord: ********" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump verzendt een melding aan: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump verzendt een kopiemelding aan: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." @@ -392,388 +359,383 @@ "Kerneloptie \"crashkernel\" bevat reeksen en/of overbodige waarden.\n" "De optie wordt herschreven." -#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "U moet opnieuw opstarten om de wijzigingen in werking te laten treden." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "De verkeerde opties zijn gebruikt." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Dumpniveau is ingesteld." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Dump-indeling is ingesteld." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"Optie kan alleen de waarde \"geen\", \"ELF\", \"gecomprimeerd\" of \"lzo\" " -"bevatten." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "Optie kan alleen de waarde \"geen\", \"ELF\", \"gecomprimeerd\" of \"lzo\" bevatten." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat niet." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"dir\" ontbreekt." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"server\" ontbreekt." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"share\" ontbreekt." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor doel." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie \"no\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"server\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"gebruiker\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"e-mail\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Dump met firmwareondersteuning: %{status}" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Er is geen optie gedefinieerd." -#. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:83 +#. proposal part - kdump label +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:85 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:85 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Kdump inschakelen/uitschakelen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Kd&ump inschakelen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "K&dump uitschakelen" -#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 +#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Insluiten in dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "&Pagina's gevuld met nul" -#. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 +#. `VStretch () +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Pagina's in cach&e" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "Pri&vé-pagina's in cache" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Pagina's met &gebruikersgegevens" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "&Lege pagina's" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "&Dump-indeling" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "&Geen Dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "&ELF-indeling" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "Gec&omprimeerde indeling" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "&LZO gecomprimeerde indeling" -#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "&Doel selecteren" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokale directory" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "&SMTP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. text entry -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. text entry +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. password entry -#. password entry -#. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. password entry +#. password entry +#. password entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Melding &aan" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Meld&ing CC aan" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "Aangepaste Kdump-&kernel" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump-op&drachtregel" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdump-opdrachtrege<oevoeging" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activ&eren" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Ke&rnel kopiëren naar de dumpdirectory inschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Verwij&deren van oude dump-images activeren" -#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 +#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Aantal o&ude dumps" -#. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 +#. "handle" : +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump-geheugen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump opstarten" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - dumpfiltering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Dumpfiltering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Doel voor Kdump-image opslaan" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Dumpdoel" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP-server" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "E-mailadres voor melding" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Melding per e-mail" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Aangepaste kernel voor Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Opdrachtregel" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Dump-instellingen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen voor Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" msgstr "&Weinig Kdump-geheugen [MiB]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump-&geheugen [MiB]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "Totale systeemgeheugen [MiB]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "Bruikbaar geheugen [MiB]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" msgstr "&Veel Kdump-geheugen [MiB]" -#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 +#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kdump inschakelen/uitschakelen</b><br>\n" -" Kdump inschakelen of uitschakelen. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter " -"is toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n" +" Kdump inschakelen of uitschakelen. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter is toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n" " Om de wijzigingen toe te passen, dient u te herstarten.<br></p>\n" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\n" " Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n" @@ -781,29 +743,18 @@ "<p><b>Kdump-geheugen</b><br>\n" " Toewijzing van geheugen voor kdump-kernel. <br></p>\n" -#. T: help text for a combo box -#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 +#. T: help text for a combo box +#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Dump met firmwareondersteuning</b><br>\n" -" Dumps worden pas gegenereerd wanneer de partitie opnieuw is " -"geïnitialiseerd, dus wanneer de partitie opnieuw wordt gestart. Wanneer een " -"dump met firmwareondersteuning wordt uitgevoerd, wordt het systeemgeheugen " -"geblokkeerd en de partitie opnieuw opgestart. Hierdoor kunnen gegevens " -"worden gedumpt vanuit de vorige kernelcrash via een nieuw exemplaar van het " -"besturingssysteem. Deze functie kan alleen worden gebruikt als het systeem " -"meer dan 1,5 GB geheugen heeft.</p>" +" Dumps worden pas gegenereerd wanneer de partitie opnieuw is geïnitialiseerd, dus wanneer de partitie opnieuw wordt gestart. Wanneer een dump met firmwareondersteuning wordt uitgevoerd, wordt het systeemgeheugen geblokkeerd en de partitie opnieuw opgestart. Hierdoor kunnen gegevens worden gedumpt vanuit de vorige kernelcrash via een nieuw exemplaar van het besturingssysteem. Deze functie kan alleen worden gebruikt als het systeem meer dan 1,5 GB geheugen heeft.</p>" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\n" " Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" @@ -815,78 +766,64 @@ " Pagina's van het opgegeven type zijn gekopieerd naar het dumpbestand.\n" " Het paginatype gemarkeerd in de volgende tabel is ingesloten. <br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" " <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n" " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n" -" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -"<br>\n" -" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -"<br>\n" +" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n" +" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Dumpindeling</b><br>\n" " <i>Geen Dump</i> - Sla alleen het kernellogboek op.<br>\n" " <i>ELF-indeling</i> - Maak dumpbestand in de ELF-indeling.<br>\n" -" <i>Gecomprimeerde indeling</i> - Comprimeer dumpgegevens per pagina met " -"gzip.<br>\n" -" <i>LZO gecomprimeerde indeling</i> - Enigszins grotere bestanden, maar " -"veel sneller.<br>\n" +" <i>Gecomprimeerde indeling</i> - Comprimeer dumpgegevens per pagina met gzip.<br>\n" +" <i>LZO gecomprimeerde indeling</i> - Enigszins grotere bestanden, maar veel sneller.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps.<br></p>" +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Doel opslaan voor Kdump-Image</b><br>\n" -" Het doel voor het opslaan van kdump-images. Selecteer het doeltype voor " -"het opslaan van dumps.<br></p>" +" Het doel voor het opslaan van kdump-images. Selecteer het doeltype voor het opslaan van dumps.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Local Filesystem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"<i>Browse</i>\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n" " <br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Lokaal bestandssysteem</b> - Sla de Kdump-image op in het lokale " -"bestandssysteem.\n" -" <i>Map voor opslaan van dumps</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" -"images.\n" -" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te " -"klikken op <i>Bladeren</i>\n" +"<p><b>Lokaal bestandssysteem</b> - Sla de Kdump-image op in het lokale bestandssysteem.\n" +" <i>Map voor opslaan van dumps</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" +" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te klikken op <i>Bladeren</i>\n" " <br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of ftp server.\n" " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection." -"<br></p>" +" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - Kdump-image via FTP opslaan.\n" " <i>Servernaam</i> - de naam van de FTP-server.\n" " <i>Poort</i> - het poortnummer voor de verbinding.\n" -" <i>Directory op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" -"images.\n" -" <i>Anonieme FTP activeren</i> - activeert anonieme verbinding met de " -"server.\n" -" <i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor FTP-verbinding. <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor FTP-" -"verbinding.<br></p>" +" <i>Directory op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" +" <i>Anonieme FTP activeren</i> - activeert anonieme verbinding met de server.\n" +" <i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor FTP-verbinding. <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor FTP-verbinding.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -902,8 +839,8 @@ " <i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor SSH-verbinding. \n" " <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor SSH-verbinding.<br></p>\n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -919,7 +856,7 @@ " <i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor SSH-verbinding. \n" " <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor SSH-verbinding.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" "on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" @@ -929,8 +866,8 @@ "details van de serverconfiguratie. SLE-servers ondersteunen standaard\n" "beide.</p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n" @@ -938,11 +875,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>NFS</b> - Kdump-image opslaan via NFS.\n" " <i>Servernaam</i> - de naam van de NFS-server.\n" -" <i>Directory op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" -"images.<br></p>" +" <i>Directory op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -954,27 +890,23 @@ "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Kdump-images opslaan via CIFS.\n" " <i>Servernaam</i> - de naam van de server.\n" " <i>Geëxporteerde share</i> - de naam van de Windows-share.\n" -" <i>Directory op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" -"images.\n" -" <i>Verificatie gebruiken</i> - activeert geverifieerde verbinding met de " -"server.\n" -" <i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor verbinding. <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor verbinding." -"<br></p>" +" <i>Directory op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" +" <i>Verificatie gebruiken</i> - activeert geverifieerde verbinding met de server.\n" +" <i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor verbinding. <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor verbinding.<br></p>" -#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 +#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n" " Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aangepaste Kdump-kernel</b> de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel " -"invoeren.\n" +"<p><b>Aangepaste Kdump-kernel</b> de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel invoeren.\n" " Het naamschema is: <i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n" " De gebruiker voert alleen <i>kernel_string</i> in.<br></p>" -#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 +#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>" @@ -982,8 +914,8 @@ "<p><b>Kdump-opdrachtregel</b>\n" " Aanvullende argumenten die doorgegeven worden aan kexec. <br></p>" -#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 +#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -996,31 +928,29 @@ " De tekst wordt toegevoegd als de <i>Kdump-commandoregel</i>\n" " is geactiveerd.<br></p>\n" -#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 +#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activeren</b> - \n" -" onmiddellijk herstarten activeren nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de " -"kdump.<br></p>" +" onmiddellijk herstarten activeren nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de kdump.<br></p>" -#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -"<br></p>" +" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Verwijderen van oude dump-images activeren</b> - \n" " het verwijderen van oude dump-images inschakelen. Als het \n" " aantal dumpbestanden het getal bij <i>Aantal oude dumps</i> \n" " overschrijdt, worden oudere dumps verwijderd.<br></p>" -#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 +#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -1030,78 +960,59 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Het kopiëren van de kernel in de dumpmap inschakelen</b> - \n" " Als dit is ingeschakeld zal de kernel zelf en de\n" -" foutoplossingsinformatie (indien geïnstalleerd) worden gekopieerd in " -"de\n" +" foutoplossingsinformatie (indien geïnstalleerd) worden gekopieerd in de\n" " dumpmap. De standaard is \"niet\". Het is beter alles\n" " in orde te hebben voor foutopsporen.<br></p>\n" -#. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>SMTP-server</b> voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een " -"dump.</p>" +#. SMTP Server +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 +msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SMTP-server</b> voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een dump.</p>" -#. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 +#. SMTP User Name +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Gebruikersnaam</b> voor de SMTP-authenticatie wanneer een\n" -" <i>SMTP-server</i> is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt " -"normaal SMTP gebruikt.</p>\n" +" <i>SMTP-server</i> is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.</p>\n" -#. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 +#. SMTP Password +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Wachtwoord</b> voor de SMTP-authenticatie wanneer een\n" " <i>SMTP-server</i> is ingesteld.\n" -" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP " -"gebruikt.</p>\n" +" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.</p>\n" -#. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Melding naar</b> Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per " -"e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.</p>\n" +#. Notification To (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Melding naar</b> Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.</p>\n" -#. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 +#. Notification CC (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Melding-CC</b> Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-" -"mailadressen\n" -" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump " -"is opgeslagen.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Melding-CC</b> Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-mailadressen\n" +" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump is opgeslagen.</p>\n" -#. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 +#. Number of Old Dumps (number) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aantal oude dumps</b> geeft weer hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. " -"Als het aantal dumpbestanden \n" +"<p><b>Aantal oude dumps</b> geeft weer hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. Als het aantal dumpbestanden \n" "dit aantal overschrijdt, worden oudere dumps verwijderd.</p>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1109,18 +1020,17 @@ "<p><b><big>De Kdump-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te klikken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1128,8 +1038,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De Kdump-configuratie wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld a.u.b....<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1138,12 +1048,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opslaan afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" "Het opslaan kunt u afbreken door op <B>Afbreken</B> te klikken.\n" -"Er wordt een extra venster geopend waarin wordt aangegeven of dit veilig " -"is.\n" +"Er wordt een extra venster geopend waarin wordt aangegeven of dit veilig is.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n" @@ -1151,8 +1060,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdump-configuratie</big></b><br>\n" "hier wordt de kdump geconfigureerd.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1161,12 +1070,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Een kdump toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n" "Een kdump kiezen uit de lijst met gedetecteerde kdumps.\n" -"Als uw kdump niet is gedetecteerd, selecteert u <b>Overige (niet " -"gedetecteerd)</b>.\n" +"Als uw kdump niet is gedetecteerd, selecteert u <b>Overige (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n" "Klik vervolgens op <b>Configureren</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1176,8 +1084,8 @@ "Wanneer u op <b>Wijzigen</b> klikt, wordt er een extra dialoogvenster \n" "geopend waarin u de configuratie kunt aanpassen.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1187,8 +1095,8 @@ "Hier krijgt u een overzicht van de geïnstalleerde kdumps.\n" "Bovendien kunt u de configuraties daarvan wijzigen.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>" @@ -1196,8 +1104,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Een Kdump toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n" "Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een kdump te configureren.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1207,103 +1115,102 @@ "Selecteer een kdump die u wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n" "Klik vervolgens op <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>\n" -#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target -#. -#. terms -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 +#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target +#. +#. terms +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 msgid "Local Filesystem" msgstr "Lokaal bestandssysteem" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 msgid "&Directory for Saving Dumps" msgstr "&Directory voor opslaan van dumps" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "Blade&ren..." -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 msgid "Server Nam&e" msgstr "Serv&ernaam" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 msgid "P&ort" msgstr "P&oort" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Directory op de server" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "Anon&ieme FTP activeren" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 msgid "SSH / SFTP" msgstr "SSH / SFTP" -#. text entries -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 +#. text entries +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" msgstr "Geëxporteerde sha&re" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "Use Aut&hentication" msgstr "Verifi&catie gebruiken" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" msgstr "U moet \"Directory voor het opslaan van dumps\" opgeven" -#. install cifs-mount package -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 +#. install cifs-mount package +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" msgstr "U moet \"Servernaam\" opgeven" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" msgstr "U moet \"Directory op de server\" opgeven" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" msgstr "U moet \"Gebruikersnaam\" opgeven" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" msgstr "U moet \"Geëxporteerde share\" opgeven" -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 msgid "Select directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Selecteer de directory voor het opslaan van dump-images" -#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes -#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting -#. -#. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 +#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes +#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting +#. +#. "KdumpMemory" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "" -"Kerneloptie bevat meerdere reeksen of overbodige waarden. Optie herschrijven?" +msgstr "Kerneloptie bevat meerdere reeksen of overbodige waarden. Optie herschrijven?" -#. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 +#. T: Checkbox label +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "&Dump met firmwareondersteuning gebruiken" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Dump Format" -#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 msgid "" "Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -1315,18 +1222,18 @@ "Zo kunnen bepaalde instellingen niet op de juiste manier worden gelezen\n" "en is de resulterende configuratie waarschijnlijk nutteloos.\n" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 msgid "Kdump not supported" msgstr "Kdump niet ondersteund" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/kdump/clients/finish.rb:31 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/kdump/clients/finish.rb:31 msgid "Saving kdump configuration..." msgstr "Kdump-configuratie opslaan..." -#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash -#. @return [Boolean] whether successful -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:427 +#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash +#. @return [Boolean] whether successful +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:427 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1334,134 +1241,130 @@ "Fout bij het bijwerken van initrd tijdens het aanroepen van %{cmd}.\n" "Zie %{log} voor meer informatie." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie initialiseren" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:554 src/modules/Kdump.rb:562 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:554 src/modules/Kdump.rb:562 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Configuratiebestand lezen..." -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Kernelopstartopties lezen..." -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Geheugenlimieten berekenen..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Partitionering lezen..." -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:566 +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:566 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Beschikbare geheugen lezen en gebruik kalibreren..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Kan configuratiebestand /etc/sysconfig/kdump niet lezen" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kan opstartopties van kernel niet lezen" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Kan beschikbaar geheugen niet lezen" -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:649 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:649 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:651 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:651 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Opstartopties bijwerken" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:655 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:655 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:657 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:657 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Opstartopties worden bijgewerkt..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:659 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:659 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:669 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:669 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:678 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:678 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Fout bij toevoegen van crash-kernel-parameter aan bootloader." -#. Create a textual summary -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796 +#. Create a textual summary +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797 msgid "enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797 msgid "disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:804 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Waarde(n) van crashkerneloptie: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:811 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump-indeling: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:818 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:818 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Doel van dumps: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:825 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:825 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Aantal dumps: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, -#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:917 -msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " -"only %{available} are available." -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: mogelijk is er niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar. %{required} " -"vereist, maar slechts %{available} beschikbaar." +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:917 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "Waarschuwing: mogelijk is er niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar. %{required} vereist, maar slechts %{available} beschikbaar." -#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1025 +#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1025 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/languages_db.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/languages_db.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/languages_db.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,292 +14,292 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "Afrikaans" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisch" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Asturian" msgstr "Asturisch" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "Bulgaars" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 msgid "Bengali" msgstr "Bengaals" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 msgid "Bosnian" msgstr "Bosnisch" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "Catalaans" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tsjechisch" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 msgid "Welsh" msgstr "Welsh" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Deens" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 msgid "German" msgstr "Duits" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grieks" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Engels (UK)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Engels (US)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spaans" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Ests" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Fins" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 msgid "French" msgstr "Frans" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Galician" msgstr "Galicisch" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Gujarati" msgstr "Gujarati" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "Hebreeuws" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Hindi" msgstr "Hindi" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Kroatisch" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Hongaars" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "Indonesisch" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiaans" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japans" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 msgid "Georgian" msgstr "Georgisch" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreaans" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litouws" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 msgid "Macedonian" msgstr "Macedonisch" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Marathi" msgstr "Marathi" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Noors" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Nederlands" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Nynorsk" msgstr "Nieuw-Noors" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Punjabi" msgstr "Punjabi" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Pools" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese (Brazilian)" msgstr "Portugees (Braziliaans)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugees" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Roemeens" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russisch" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 msgid "Sinhala" msgstr "Sinhala" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slowaaks" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "Sloveens" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Servisch" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Zweeds" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Tamil" msgstr "Tamil" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadzjieks" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 msgid "Thai" msgstr "Thai" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turks" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Oekraïns" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "Vietnamees" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 msgid "Walloon" msgstr "Waals" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Xhosa" msgstr "Xhosa" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Vereenvoudigd Chinees" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Traditioneel Chinees" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "Zulu" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/ui.rb:88 +#. popup text +#: src/ui.rb:88 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u het schrijfproces wilt afbreken?" -#. help text -#: src/ui.rb:96 +#. help text +#: src/ui.rb:96 msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings" msgstr "De LDAP cliënt instellingen worden opgeslagen" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/ui.rb:144 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/ui.rb:144 msgid "" "If you reread settings from the server,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ "Als u deze instellingen opnieuw leest van de server,\n" "gaan alle gegevens verloren. Wilt u deze echt opnieuw lezen?\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/ui.rb:168 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/ui.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Configure the template used for creating \n" "new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n" @@ -42,18 +42,17 @@ "<p>U kunt het sjabloon instellen dat voor het maken\n" "van nieuwe objecten wordt gebruikt (zoals gebruikers of groepen).</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/ui.rb:172 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/ui.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n" "Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Wijzig de template kenmerk waardes met <b>Wijzigen</b>.\n" -"Het veranderen van de <b>cn</b> waarde zal de template een andere naam geven." -"</p>\n" +"Het veranderen van de <b>cn</b> waarde zal de template een andere naam geven.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/ui.rb:176 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/ui.rb:176 msgid "" "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n" "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" @@ -63,56 +62,56 @@ "nieuwe objecten worden gebruikt. Wijzig de lijst door nieuwe waarden toe\n" "te voegen, door de huidige waarden te wijzigen of te verwijderen.</p>\n" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Kenmerk" -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" -#. label (table folows) -#: src/ui.rb:253 +#. label (table folows) +#: src/ui.rb:253 msgid "Default Values for New Objects" msgstr "Standaard waardes voor nieuwe objecten" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ui.rb:259 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ui.rb:259 msgid "Attribute of Object" msgstr "Object kenmerk" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ui.rb:261 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ui.rb:261 msgid "Default Value" msgstr "Standaard waarde" -#. button label (with non-default shortcut) -#: src/ui.rb:267 +#. button label (with non-default shortcut) +#: src/ui.rb:267 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Toevoegen" -#. button label -#: src/ui.rb:269 +#. button label +#: src/ui.rb:269 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "Wijzig&en" -#. dialog label -#: src/ui.rb:281 +#. dialog label +#: src/ui.rb:281 msgid "Object Template Configuration" msgstr "Object template configuratie" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/ui.rb:384 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is name +#: src/ui.rb:384 msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?" msgstr "Wilt u het standaard kenmerk \"%1\" echt verwijderen?" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -120,41 +119,37 @@ "Het \"%1\" kenmerk is verplicht.\n" "Geef een waarde op." -#. helptext 1/4 -#: src/ui.rb:438 +#. helptext 1/4 +#: src/ui.rb:438 msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>" msgstr "<p>Beheer de configuratie die in de LDAP-directory is opgeslagen.</p>" -#. helptext 2/4 -#: src/ui.rb:442 +#. helptext 2/4 +#: src/ui.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" "is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" "create one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\n" "using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Elke configuratieset wordt een \"configuratiemodule\" genoemd. Als er " -"zich\n" -"geen configuratiemodule bevindt op de opgegeven locatie " -"(basisconfiguratie),\n" +"<p>Elke configuratieset wordt een \"configuratiemodule\" genoemd. Als er zich\n" +"geen configuratiemodule bevindt op de opgegeven locatie (basisconfiguratie),\n" " maakt u er een met de optie <b>Nieuw</b>. Verwijder de huidige module\n" " met <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. helptext 3/4 -#: src/ui.rb:449 +#. helptext 3/4 +#: src/ui.rb:449 msgid "" "<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n" "current module.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Wijzig de kenmerk waardes in de tabel met behulp van <b>Wijzigen</b>.\n" -"Sommige waardes hebben een speciale betekenis, het veranderen van de <b>cn waarde\n" +"Sommige waardes hebben een speciale betekenis, het veranderen van de <b>cn</b> waarde\n" "bijvoorbeeld geeft de huidige module een nieuwe naam.</p>\n" -#. helptext 4/4 -#: src/ui.rb:455 +#. helptext 4/4 +#: src/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n" "click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n" @@ -164,17 +159,17 @@ "van de huidige module te configureren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/ui.rb:535 +#. combobox label +#: src/ui.rb:535 msgid "Configuration &Module" msgstr "Configuratie &module" -#. button label -#: src/ui.rb:559 +#. button label +#: src/ui.rb:559 msgid "C&onfigure Template" msgstr "C&onfigureer template" -#. dialog label -#: src/ui.rb:598 +#. dialog label +#: src/ui.rb:598 msgid "Module Configuration" msgstr "Moduleconfiguratie" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,24 +14,22 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:252 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:252 msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." msgstr "Controleer of de LDAP-server actief is en kan worden bereikt." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:256 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "TLS-codering is niet gemaakt.\n" -"Controleer of het juiste CA-certificaat is geïnstalleerd en of het " -"servercertificaat geldig is." +"Controleer of het juiste CA-certificaat is geïnstalleerd en of het servercertificaat geldig is." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:260 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:260 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." @@ -39,8 +37,8 @@ "TLS-codering is niet gemaakt.\n" "Controleer of voor de server StartTLS-ondersteuning is ingeschakeld." -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:530 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" @@ -48,8 +46,8 @@ "\n" "De server is mogelijk inactief of onbereikbaar.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:534 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:534 msgid "" "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" @@ -57,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "De DN-waarde ontbreekt of is ongeldig.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:538 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:538 msgid "" "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" @@ -66,8 +64,8 @@ "\n" "Het kenmerk type is niet gevonden.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:540 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:540 msgid "" "\n" "Object class not found.\n" @@ -75,76 +73,69 @@ "\n" "De object categorie is niet gevonden.\n" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgstr "Er kan geen verbinding met de LDAP-server tot stand worden gebracht." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:549 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Er is een probleem opgetreden bij een poging verbinding te maken met de LDAP-" -"server." +msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij een poging verbinding te maken met de LDAP-server." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:553 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van gegevens van de LDAP-server." +msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van gegevens van de LDAP-server." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:557 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:557 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij schrijven van LDAP-gebruikers." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:561 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:561 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij schrijven van LDAP-groepen." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:565 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:565 msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-" -"server." +msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-server." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:569 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van een schema van de LDAP-" -"server." +msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van een schema van de LDAP-server." -#. default error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:594 +#. default error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." msgstr "Er is een onbekende LDAP-fout opgetreden." -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "Details &weergeven" -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." msgstr "Onbekende fout. Misschien is 'yast2-ldap' niet beschikbaar." -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:800 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:800 msgid "Really keep this configuration?" msgstr "Wilt u deze configuratie behouden?" -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:865 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:865 msgid "" "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n" "configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n" @@ -152,36 +143,35 @@ "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" "Het mislukken van het maken van de verbinding kan komen doordat uw\n" -"client geconfigureerd is voor TLS/SSL terwijl de server dit niet " -"ondersteunt.\n" +"client geconfigureerd is voor TLS/SSL terwijl de server dit niet ondersteunt.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het verbinden zonder TLS/SSL proberen?\n" -#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server -#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed -#. @return password -#: src/Ldap.rb:973 +#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server +#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed +#. @return password +#: src/Ldap.rb:973 msgid "BindDN" msgstr "BindDN" -#. password entering label -#. password entering label -#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 +#. password entering label +#. password entering label +#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord van &LDAP-server" -#. label -#: src/Ldap.rb:979 +#. label +#: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" msgstr "Server: %1:%2" -#. button label -#: src/Ldap.rb:988 +#. button label +#: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" msgstr "&Anonieme toegang" -#. error message, %1 is DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 +#. error message, %1 is DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 msgid "" "A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" @@ -191,18 +181,17 @@ "voor DN '%1' geen directe parent.\n" "Het object met de geselecteerde DN kan niet worden aangemaakt.\n" -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 msgid "" "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" -"Er bestaat een object met de geselecteerde DN, maar het is geen " -"sjabloonobject.\n" +"Er bestaat een object met de geselecteerde DN, maar het is geen sjabloonobject.\n" "Selecteer een ander object.\n" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" @@ -210,19 +199,19 @@ "Er bestaat geen opgave met DN '%1'\n" "op de LDAP server. Deze nu aanmaken?\n" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Openen" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>" msgstr "<p>Stel voor het huidige kenmerk een nieuwe waarde in.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" "with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" @@ -234,49 +223,48 @@ "<p>Als het attribuut meerdere waarden kan hebben, voegt u nieuwe items toe\n" "met <b>Waarde toevoegen</b>. Soms bevat de knop de lijst met\n" " mogelijke waarden die kunnen worden gebruikt voor het huidige attribuut.\n" -" Als de waarde van het bewerkte attribuut een DN (Distinguished Name) moet " -"zijn,\n" +" Als de waarde van het bewerkte attribuut een DN (Distinguished Name) moet zijn,\n" " kunt u deze met <b>Bladeren</b> kiezen uit de LDAP-structuur.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. -#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note -#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? -#. Example: -#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" -#. or: -#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. +#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note +#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? +#. Example: +#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" +#. or: +#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" msgstr "<p>De beschrijving van het kenmerk \"%1\"<br>(alleen engelstalig):</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "&Waarde van \"%1\" kenmerk" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "&Waardes van \"%1\" kenmerk" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" msgstr "Waarde &toevoegen" -#. menubutton item (default value) -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 +#. menubutton item (default value) +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" msgstr "&Lege opgave" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "&Bladeren" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -284,28 +272,28 @@ "De waarde '%1' bestaat al.\n" "Selecteer een andere aub." -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "Configuratie van gebruikersbeheer tools" -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "Configuratie van groepsbeheer tools" -#. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 +#. label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "Object categorie van de nieuwe module" -#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 +#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "&Naam van nieuwe module (Waarde \"cn\")" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -313,74 +301,62 @@ "De opgegeven waarde bestaat al.\n" "Selecteer een andere aub.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "Geef de modulenaam op." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Hier kunt u de kenmerkwaarden van een object,\n" "met gebruik van de huidige template, opgeven. Als een nieuw object wordt\n" "aangemaakt zullen deze waardes als de standaarden gebruikt worden.</p>\n" -#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" -#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the -#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" -#. entry of the current template.</p> -#. ") + -#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 +#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" +#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the +#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" +#. entry of the current template.</p> +#. ") + +#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>U kunt van een speciale syntax gebruik maken om kenmerk waardes\n" -"van reeds bestaande kenmerken aan te maken. De expressie <i>%attr_name</i> " -"zal worden vervangen\n" -"met de waarde van het kenmerk \"attr_name\" (voorbeeld: gebruik \"/home/%uid" -"\"\n" +"van reeds bestaande kenmerken aan te maken. De expressie <i>%attr_name</i> zal worden vervangen\n" +"met de waarde van het kenmerk \"attr_name\" (voorbeeld: gebruik \"/home/%uid\"\n" "als de waarde voor \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 +#. combobox label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "&Kenmerk naam" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "Kenmerk &waarde" -#. general help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 +#. general help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Blader door de LDAP-structuur in het linker gedeelte van de dialoog.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Blader door de LDAP-structuur in het linker gedeelte van de dialoog.</p>" -#. help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"<b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als het LDAP-object eenmaal is geselecteerd in de structuur dan toont de " -"tabel de objectdata. Gebruik <b>Bewerken</b> mo de waarde te wijzigen van " -"het geselecteerde attribuut. Gebruik <b>Opslaan</b> om uw wijzigingen in " -"LDAP op te slaan.</p>" +#. help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als het LDAP-object eenmaal is geselecteerd in de structuur dan toont de tabel de objectdata. Gebruik <b>Bewerken</b> mo de waarde te wijzigen van het geselecteerde attribuut. Gebruik <b>Opslaan</b> om uw wijzigingen in LDAP op te slaan.</p>" -#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 +#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" @@ -388,49 +364,49 @@ "Er zijn nog niet-opgeslagen wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u deze wijzigingen negeren?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 +#. dialog caption +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" msgstr "LDAP-browser" -#. combobox item -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 +#. combobox item +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" msgstr "De huidige LDAP-clientinstellingen" -#. combo box label -#. combo box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 +#. combo box label +#. combo box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" msgstr "LDAP-verbindingen" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" msgstr "LDAP-server" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" msgstr "Beheerder DN" -#. check box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 +#. check box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" msgstr "L&DAP TLS" -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" msgstr "A&nonieme toegang" -#. InputField label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 +#. InputField label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" msgstr "Geef de naam van de nieuwe LDAP-verbinding op" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -438,17 +414,17 @@ "Het \"%1\" kenmerk is verplicht.\n" "Geef een waarde op." -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" msgstr "He&rladen" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Kenmerk" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the mail module -#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 +#. Command line help text for the mail module +#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 msgid "Configuration of mail" msgstr "Mail configuratie" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 msgid "Mail configuration summary" msgstr "Mail configuratie overzicht" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Initializing mail</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ "Even geduld aub....\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" @@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ "<B>Afbreken</B> te drukken.\n" "</P>\n" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ "Even geduld aub....\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 +#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install.</p>" @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ "<p>Selecteer het mail systeem (Agent voor e-mailoverdracht, MTA)\n" "dat geïnstalleerd moet worden.</p>" -#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 +#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" @@ -97,69 +97,58 @@ "wordt uw mail niet onmiddellijk verzonden, maar pas na het starten van\n" "<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.</p>\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Het kiezen van <b>Geen verbinding</b> zal de e-mailserver starten \n" -"maar alleen lokaal e-mailtransport is mogelijk. De MTA luistert op localhost." -"</p>\n" +"maar alleen lokaal e-mailtransport is mogelijk. De MTA luistert op localhost.</p>\n" -#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 +#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Hier dient u voor elke gebruiker het te herschrijven adres van de " -"afzender te specificeren.</p>\n" +"<p>Hier dient u voor elke gebruiker het te herschrijven adres van de afzender te specificeren.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Sommige servers hebben voor het kunnen versturen van berichten " -"verificatie\n" -"nodig. Hier kunt u de informatie t.b.v. deze optie opgeven. Laat deze " -"velden\n" +"<p>Sommige servers hebben voor het kunnen versturen van berichten verificatie\n" +"nodig. Hier kunt u de informatie t.b.v. deze optie opgeven. Laat deze velden\n" "gewoon leeg indien u geen verificatie wilt gaan gebruiken.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider." -"com</b>.</p>\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up " -"verbindingen. Geef de\n" -"SMTP server van de internet service provider op, zoals bijvoorbeeld <b>smtp." -"provider.com</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up verbindingen. Geef de\n" +"SMTP server van de internet service provider op, zoals bijvoorbeeld <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.</p>\n" +"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Geef in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de gebruikersnaam op die u van uw " -"provider heeft gekregen.</p>\n" +"<p>Geef in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de gebruikersnaam op die u van uw provider heeft gekregen.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>\n" @@ -167,8 +156,8 @@ "\n" "<p>Geef in het <b>Wachtwoord</b> veld uw wachtwoord op.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" @@ -180,8 +169,8 @@ "dialoog zichtbaar gemaakt, er kunnen echter meerdere servers in uw\n" "configuratiebestand staan. Ze zijn dus niet verdwenen.</p>\n" -#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 +#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" @@ -191,24 +180,21 @@ "<p>Dit zijn parameters voor het downloaden van mail vanaf\n" "een POP of een IMAP server die gebruik maken van <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "\n" "<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"</p>\n" +"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Deze tabel zorgt voor het doorsturen van lokaal afgeleverde mail.\n" -"Het doorsturen naar een andere lokale gebruiker (zinvol voor " -"systeemaccounts,\n" -"vooral voor <b>root</b>), naar een remote adres, of naar een lijst met " -"adressen.</p>\n" +"Het doorsturen naar een andere lokale gebruiker (zinvol voor systeemaccounts,\n" +"vooral voor <b>root</b>), naar een remote adres, of naar een lijst met adressen.</p>\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\n" @@ -218,8 +204,8 @@ "<p>Zie de aliases(5) handleiding pagina\n" "voor een omschrijving van de geavanceerde mogelijkheden.</p>\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" @@ -231,8 +217,8 @@ "Anders dan de alias tabel, houdt deze ook rekening met het\n" "domein gedeelte van het adres.</p>\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" @@ -242,9 +228,9 @@ "<p>Het staat toe om op één enkele machine meerdere\n" "\"virtuele domeinen\" te hosten.</p>\n" -#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog -#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 +#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog +#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 msgid "" "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -256,14 +242,14 @@ "Wanneer u verder gaat zal het ingeschakeld worden\n" "en zal Config Postfix de handmatige wijzigingen overschrijven.\n" -#. After text freeze, but -#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know -#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to -#. ba) never see this message anyway -#. bb) read English -#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 +#. After text freeze, but +#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know +#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to +#. ba) never see this message anyway +#. bb) read English +#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." @@ -271,130 +257,129 @@ "YaST kan alleen Postfix en Sendmail configureren,\n" "maar geen van beide is geïnstalleerd." -#. not to be displayed, #37554. -#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 +#. not to be displayed, #37554. +#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n" msgstr "De configuratie wordt nu opgeslagen.\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#. Translators: frame label -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#. Translators: frame label +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 msgid "Mail transfer agent" msgstr "Agent voor e-mailoverdracht" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen" -#. Translators: frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 +#. Translators: frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 msgid "Connection type" msgstr "Verbindingstype" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 msgid "&Permanent" msgstr "&Permanent" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 msgid "&Dial-up" msgstr "&Dial-up" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 msgid "No &connection" msgstr "Geen &verbinding" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" msgstr "Postfix niet als daemon starten" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "Uitgaande mail" -#. OUTGOING NOMX -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." msgstr "Maak geen MX-opzoekbewerking voor de uitgaande e-mailserver." -#. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 +#. TLS +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS-codering" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 - src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "Gebruiken" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "Afdwingen" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "&Maskering" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "&Verificatie" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "Inkomende mail" -#. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 +#. pushbutton +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Details..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "&Fetchmail starten" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "handmatig" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "daemon" -#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 +#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "&Downloaden" -#. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 +#. menu button: details of incoming mail +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "&Aliassen..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "&Virtuele domeinen..." -#. popup text -#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) -#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) -#. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 +#. popup text +#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) +#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) +#. %3: value (about 50 characters) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -404,11 +389,11 @@ "zal de waarde van %1 in %2 op\n" "\"%3\" worden ingesteld." -#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is -#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only -#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 +#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is +#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only +#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -420,213 +405,213 @@ "en moet beginnen met een letter of \"_\".\n" "Probeer het nog eens.\n" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "Afzender adres herschrijven" -#. Translators: text entry label -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 +#. Translators: text entry label +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "&Lokale gebruiker" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "&Zichtbaar als" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "Het adres voor deze gebruiker is reeds gedefinieerd." -#. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 +#. error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "Het mail-adres formaat is onjuist." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Maskering" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "&Lokale domeinen maskeren" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HSpacing (2), -#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) -#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) -#. ), -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HSpacing (2), +#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) +#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) +#. ), +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "Andere domeinen ma&skeren" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "Te maskeren do&meinen" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "Lokale gebruiker" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "Zichtbaar als" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), -#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), -#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) -#. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), +#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), +#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) +#. ), +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Toevoegen" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Wijzigen" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Verwijde&ren" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "De domeinnaam is onjuist" -#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); -#. list<string> lmod = []; -#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 +#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); +#. list<string> lmod = []; +#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "Uitgaande server verificatie" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "Uitgaande &server" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" -#. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 +#. password entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "Mail downloaden" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "Gebruiker" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Verwij&deren" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "Doorsturing van inkomende mail" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "&Alias" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "&Bestemmingen" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "Het alias formaat is onjuist." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "De bestemmingen voor deze alias zijn reeds gedefinieerd." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. summary item +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "Aliassen" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "Bestemmingen" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "Virtuele domeinen" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "Mail configuratie" -#. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 +#. label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisering..." -#. just a template, do not translate -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 +#. just a template, do not translate +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 msgid "." msgstr "." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 msgid "&Outgoing mail server" msgstr "&Uitgaande mail server" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" @@ -634,18 +619,17 @@ "<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up " -"verbindingen.\n" +"<p>De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up verbindingen.\n" "Geef de internet service providers SMTP server op, zoals bijvoorbeeld\n" "<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Do&main for the 'From' header" msgstr "Do&mein voor de 'From' header" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 msgid "" "\n" "<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" @@ -653,19 +637,17 @@ "Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Het is mogelijk dat u de door u verzonden mail er uit wilt laten ziet " -"alsof het oorspronkelijk verzonden is\n" +"<p>Het is mogelijk dat u de door u verzonden mail er uit wilt laten ziet alsof het oorspronkelijk verzonden is\n" "door <b>company.com</b> in plaats van <b>pc-042.company.com</b>.\n" -"Gebruik hiervoor het geboden tekstvenster of een meer gedetailleerd dialoog." -"</p>\n" +"Gebruik hiervoor het geboden tekstvenster of een meer gedetailleerd dialoog.</p>\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Domains for locally delivered mail" msgstr "&Domeinen voor lokale afgeleverde mail" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" @@ -677,13 +659,13 @@ "verzenden van de lokale mail. Wanneer u niets opgeeft,\n" "dan wordt de lokale hostnaam gebruikt.</p>\n" -#. check box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 +#. check box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 msgid "Accept remote &SMTP connections" msgstr "Accepteer remote &SMTP verbindingen" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n" @@ -695,41 +677,37 @@ "SMTP protocol of het kan gedownload worden vanaf\n" "een POP of een IMAP server met behulp van <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 msgid "&Enable virus scanning (AMaViS)" msgstr "Virus scannen &activeren (AMaViS)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Met <b>Scannen op virussen inschakelen (AMaViS)</b> wordt inkomende en " -"uitgaande mail gecontroleerd\n" +"<p>Met <b>Scannen op virussen inschakelen (AMaViS)</b> wordt inkomende en uitgaande mail gecontroleerd\n" "met AMaViS.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>\n" "<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\n" "<p><b>DKIM</b> checks Domain Key signed incomming mails</p>\n" "<p><b>Clamav</b> open source virus scanner engine</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u AMaViS inschakelt, worden ook de volgende modules ingeschakeld: \n" +"<p>Als u AMaViS inschakelt, worden ook de volgende modules ingeschakeld: </p>\n" "<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM-scanner</p>\n" -"<p><b>DKIM</b> voor de controle van inkomende e-mailberichten die met een " -"domeinsleutel zijn ondertekend</p>\n" +"<p><b>DKIM</b> voor de controle van inkomende e-mailberichten die met een domeinsleutel zijn ondertekend</p>\n" "<p><b>Clamav</b> Open Source-virusscannerengine</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" @@ -739,13 +717,13 @@ "<p>Wanneer AMaViS niet geïnstalleerd is en u het wel wilt gaan gebruiken,\n" "dan zal deze automatisch geïnstalleerd worden.</p>\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails." msgstr "Ondertekenen met DKIM &inschakelen voor uitgaande e-mail." -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>\n" @@ -753,183 +731,159 @@ "\n" "<p><b>Ondertekenen met DKIM inschakelen voor uitgaande e-mail.</b></p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>DKIM inschakelen voor uitgaande e-mail vereist extra acties. Er zal een\n" -"SSL-sleutel worden gegenereerd voor de waarde 'mydomain' gedefinieerd in " -"Postfix.\n" -"Een nieuwe service 'submission' zal worden geconfigureerd in Postfix. Nadat " -"dit is\n" -"ingesteld kunt u e-mail met deze service 'submission' verzenden vanuit " -"'mynetworks' met SASL-authenticatie ingeschakeld. Alleen de door deze nieuwe " -"service verzonden\n" +"SSL-sleutel worden gegenereerd voor de waarde 'mydomain' gedefinieerd in Postfix.\n" +"Een nieuwe service 'submission' zal worden geconfigureerd in Postfix. Nadat dit is\n" +"ingesteld kunt u e-mail met deze service 'submission' verzenden vanuit 'mynetworks' met SASL-authenticatie ingeschakeld. Alleen de door deze nieuwe service verzonden\n" "e-mails zullen worden ondertekend met de domeinsleutel.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n" "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>De publieke sleutel van de domeinsleutel moet worden aangeboden door een\n" -"Domain Name Service (DNS). De publieke sleutel zal worden opgeslagen als " -"een\n" +"Domain Name Service (DNS). De publieke sleutel zal worden opgeslagen als een\n" "DNS TXT-record in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> en moet worden\n" -"toegepast volgens de Domain Name Service. Als er een nameservice op deze " -"server\n" -"draait, die de 'authoritatieve server' voor dat domein is, dan zal de " -"publieke\n" -"sleutel automatisch worden toegevoegd als een TXT-record in die domeinzone.\n" +"toegepast volgens de Domain Name Service. Als er een nameservice op deze server\n" +"draait, die de 'authoritatieve server' voor dat domein is, dan zal de publieke\n" +"sleutel automatisch worden toegevoegd als een TXT-record in die domeinzone.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"Als u ondersteuning voor DKIM inschakelt, zal de virusscanning (AMaViS) ook " -"worden ingeschakeld." +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "Als u ondersteuning voor DKIM inschakelt, zal de virusscanning (AMaViS) ook worden ingeschakeld." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Server" -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 msgid "&Remote user name" msgstr "&Remote gebruikersnaam" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 msgid "P&assword" msgstr "W&achtwoord" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 msgid "&Forward root's mail to" msgstr "&Forward root's mail naar" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Het wordt aanbevolen om voor de systeembeheerder een algemeen " -"gebruikersaccount\n" -"te hanteren en de mail van de root gebruiker naar dit account door te sturen." -"</p>" +"<p>Het wordt aanbevolen om voor de systeembeheerder een algemeen gebruikersaccount\n" +"te hanteren en de mail van de root gebruiker naar dit account door te sturen.</p>" -#. Translators: combo box label -#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 +#. Translators: combo box label +#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 msgid "&Delivery Mode" msgstr "&Afleveringsmodus" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De <b>afleveringsmodus</b> is meestal <b>rechtstreeks</b>, tenzij u de " -"mail van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot de " -"mail wilt hebben.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 +msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De <b>afleveringsmodus</b> is meestal <b>rechtstreeks</b>, tenzij u de mail van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot de mail wilt hebben.</p>" -#. LogView label. take a string from users? -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 +#. LogView label. take a string from users? +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 msgid "Reading the &User List" msgstr "Gebr&uikerslijst wordt gelezen" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 msgid "Local users" msgstr "Lokale gebruikers" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 msgid "LDAP users" msgstr "LDAP-gebruikers" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 msgid "NIS users" msgstr "NIS-gebruikers" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 msgid "The host name is incorrect" msgstr "De hostnaam is onjuist" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 msgid "The user name format is incorrect." msgstr "Het gebruikersnaam formaat is onjuist." -#. Translators: error popup -#. Validation -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Validation +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "" -"Kan procmail niet gebruiken wanneer de mail van de gebruiker root niet wordt " -"doorgestuurd." +msgstr "Kan procmail niet gebruiken wanneer de mail van de gebruiker root niet wordt doorgestuurd." -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail normally -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail normally +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 msgid "Directly" msgstr "Direct" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail through procmail -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail through procmail +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 msgid "Through procmail" msgstr "Door procmail" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 msgid "To IMAP Server" msgstr "Naar IMAP-server" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "AMaViS, een virusscanner, wordt geïnstalleerd.\n" -#. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 +#. error popup. +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -939,57 +893,57 @@ "nodig om te scannen, maar er is geen virusscanner gevonden.\n" "Stel de virusscanner handmatig in." -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Fetchmail, een mail download utility, wordt geïnstalleerd.\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Dovecot IMAP-server wordt geïnstalleerd.\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "De mailconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. Translators: progress label -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#. Translators: progress label +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "Determinatie Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "De algemene instellingen worden ingelezen" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "De maskering instellingen worden ingelezen" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "De download instellingen worden ingelezen" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "De alias tabellen worden ingelezen" -#. Translators: progress label -#. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 +#. Translators: progress label +#. smtp-auth +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "De verificatie instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. Translators: error message, -#. %1 is a file name, -#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 +#. Translators: error message, +#. %1 is a file name, +#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -999,161 +953,161 @@ "een vaste indeling hebben en voor YaST leesbaar zijn. Voor details, zie\n" "%2" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "Fout opgetreden bij het opslaan van de fetchmail configuratie." -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan van bestand %1" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het uitvoeren van config.postfix" -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "Fout opgetreden bij het starten van de %1 service." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "De algemene instellingen worden opgeslagen" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "De maskering instellingen worden opgeslagen" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "De alias tabellen worden opgeslagen" -#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to -#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 +#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to +#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "De download instellingen worden opgeslagen" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "De verificatie instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "De configuratie bestanden zijn aangemaakt" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Config Postfix uitvoeren" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "De services worden opnieuw gestart" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "Mail configuratie wordt opgeslagen" -#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 +#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "Overig" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "Permanent" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "Inbellen" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" -#. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 +#. summary header; mail transfer agent +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "Verbindingstype" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "Uitgaande mail server" -#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 +#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "From header" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "Lokale domeinen" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "Andere domeinen maskeren" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "Maskeer gebruikers" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "Accepteer remote SMTP verbindingen" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "Gebruik AMaViS" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "DKIM gebruiken" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "Virtuele gebruikers" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Verificatie" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/migration.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/migration.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/migration.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,34 +14,30 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Migration Finished" msgstr "Migratie voltooid" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." msgstr "Het systeem wordt nu opnieuw gestart om de wijzigingen te activeren." -#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart -#. the system immediately -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 msgid "&Restart Now" msgstr "&Nu opnieuw starten" -#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the migration and you should restart the system " -"as soon as possible.</b>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Voltooien</b> wordt de migratie gesloten en moet het systeem zo " -"snel mogelijk opnieuw worden gestart.</b>" +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible.</b>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Voltooien</b> wordt de migratie gesloten en moet het systeem zo snel mogelijk opnieuw worden gestart.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, -#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 msgid "" "<h2>Congratulations!</h2><br>\n" "<p>You have just successfully finished the on-line migration.<br>\n" @@ -55,8 +51,7 @@ msgstr "" "<h2></h2><br>\n" "<p>U hebt de online migratie voltooid.<br>\n" -"Er is een upgrade op het systeem uitgevoerd. Om de wijzigingen te activeren " -"moet u het systeem\n" +"Er is een upgrade op het systeem uitgevoerd. Om de wijzigingen te activeren moet u het systeem\n" "zo snel mogelijk opnieuw starten.</p>\n" "<p>Bezoek ons op %s.</p>\n" "<br>\n" @@ -64,8 +59,8 @@ "<p>      \n" "Uw SUSE Development Team</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 msgid "" "There are some online updates available to installation,\n" "it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" @@ -77,10 +72,10 @@ "\n" "Wilt u de updates nu installeren?" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed -#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored -#. from a snapshot or backup -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 msgid "" "The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" "likely in an inconsistent state.\n" @@ -92,56 +87,49 @@ "De migratie naar het nieuwe servicepack is mislukt. Het systeem is zeer\n" "waarschijnlijk inconsistent.\n" "\n" -"Het wordt ten zeerste aanbevolen terug te keren naar een snapshot die is " -"gemaakt voordat de\n" +"Het wordt ten zeerste aanbevolen terug te keren naar een snapshot die is gemaakt voordat de\n" "migratie is gestart (door de snapshot te selecteren in het opstartmenu\n" "als u snapper gebruikt). U kunt ook het systeem herstellen na een back-up." -#. create a filesystem snapshot -#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) -#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users -#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed -#. only for "post" type snapshots) -#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278 +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278 msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." msgstr "Kan geen momentopname van het bestandssysteem maken." -#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Migratieoverzicht" -#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 msgid "&Migration Summary" msgstr "&Migratieoverzicht" -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal -#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Warning: Repository <b>%{name}</b> is obsolete and should be excluded from " -"migration.<br>It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (Disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: opslagruimte <b>%{name}</b> is verouderd en moet van migratie " -"worden uitgesloten.<br>Het wordt ten zeerste aanbevolen deze opslagruimte " -"uit te schakelen. (Uitschakelen</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository <b>%{name}</b> is obsolete and should be excluded from migration.<br>It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (Disable</a>)" +msgstr "Waarschuwing: opslagruimte <b>%{name}</b> is verouderd en moet van migratie worden uitgesloten.<br>Het wordt ten zeerste aanbevolen deze opslagruimte uit te schakelen. (Uitschakelen</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 msgid "<p>This is an overview of the product migration.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Dit is een overzicht van de productmigratie.</p>\n" -#. @return [String] translated headline -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 msgid "Migration proposal" msgstr "Migratievoorstel" -#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with -#. list of modules -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start online migration, press <b>Next</b>.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,190 +14,180 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module -#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 +#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module +#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 msgid "Configuration of multipath" msgstr "Configuratie van multipad" -#. Multipath summary dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:54 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 +#. Multipath summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:54 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 msgid "Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Multipadconfiguratie" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:67 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:67 msgid "Do ¬ use Multipath" msgstr "Multipad &niet gebruiken" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:75 msgid "&Use Multipath" msgstr "Multipad gebr&uiken" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:90 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:90 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Zwarte lijst" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 msgid "Item" msgstr "Item" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:115 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:115 msgid "Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "Uitzonderingen op de zwarte lijst" -#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:141 +#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:141 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "Standaarden" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:164 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:164 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Apparaten" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 msgid "vendor" msgstr "leverancier" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 msgid "product" msgstr "product" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:188 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:188 msgid "Multipaths" msgstr "Multipaden" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 msgid "alias" msgstr "alias" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2282 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2953 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2282 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2953 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:213 msgid "Configure Defaults" msgstr "Standaarden configureren" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:214 msgid "Configure Devices" msgstr "Geconfigureerde apparaten" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 msgid "Configure Blacklist" msgstr "Configureer zwarte lijst" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:221 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:221 msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "Configureer uitzonderingen op de zwarte lijst" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:241 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:241 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#. Disable configure tab during installation -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 +#. Disable configure tab during installation +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Configureren" -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1061 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3256 +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1061 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3256 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "Ongeldige parameters:\n" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1133 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1999 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2667 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3327 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1133 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1999 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2667 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3327 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "Gedupliceerde configuratie." -#. used for store undecided input -#. used for store undecided input -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1178 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1224 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1242 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3390 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3435 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3453 +#. used for store undecided input +#. used for store undecided input +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1178 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1224 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3390 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3435 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3453 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "Gegevens weergeven" -#. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1441 +#. do not do with number id +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1441 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "Ongeldige parameter:" -#. devices section -#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1891 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2559 +#. devices section +#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1891 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2559 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "Ongeldige parameters:" -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2025 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2031 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2270 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2693 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2699 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2941 +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2025 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2031 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2270 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2693 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2699 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2941 msgid "item" msgstr "Item" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3341 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3341 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "Gedupliceerde configuratie" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3605 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3605 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "Kan /sbin/multipath niet vinden" -#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3630 +#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3630 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "Gebruik van multipad is mislukt:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3636 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3636 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* Kan multipathd niet activeren." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3646 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3646 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* Kan multipathd niet starten." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3665 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3665 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "Multipad niet gebruiken is mislukt:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3671 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3671 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* Kan multipath niet stoppen." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3681 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3681 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* Kan multipathd niet uitschakelen." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -205,8 +195,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De multipath-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -214,350 +204,271 @@ "<p><b><big>De multipath-configuratie wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. dialog help for Status help -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 +#. dialog help for Status help +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not " -"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Multipadstatus</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tStart of stop multipathd en controleer de multipadgegevens.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/start multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlik op <b>\"Multipad gebruiken\"</b> om multipathd te starten. Klik " -"op <b>\"Multipad niet gebruiken\"</b> om multipathd te stoppen.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tMultipadstatusinformatie kan nog steeds getoond worden als multipathd " -"is gestopt.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tKlik op <b>\"Multipad gebruiken\"</b> om multipathd te starten. Klik op <b>\"Multipad niet gebruiken\"</b> om multipathd te stoppen.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tMultipadstatusinformatie kan nog steeds getoond worden als multipathd is gestopt.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Configureer multipad</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de tab <b>Configureren</b> om de multipadconfiguraties te " -"maken.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de tab <b>Configureren</b> om de multipadconfiguraties te maken.<br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for Configure tab -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 +#. dialog help for Configure tab +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " -"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults " -"settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist " -"settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices " -"settings.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations." -"<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuratie</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tDe gehele inhoud van /etc/multipath.conf kan hier geconfigureerd " -"worden. Er zijn vier secties in het configuratiebestand:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>standaarden</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " -"<b>blacklist_uitzonderingen</b>, <b>apparaten.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tDe gehele inhoud van /etc/multipath.conf kan hier geconfigureerd worden. Er zijn vier secties in het configuratiebestand:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>standaarden</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_uitzonderingen</b>, <b>apparaten.</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaden:</b> lijst met fijnafstellingen van multipaths.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Standaarden:</b> standaard instellingen van multipath-hulpmiddelen." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Standaarden configureren\"</b> om de standaard " -"instellingen te configureren.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> lijst met aparaatnamen die geen multipath-kandidaten " -"zijn.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Blacklist configureren\"</b> om de instellingen " -"voor de blacklist te configureren.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist uitzonderingen:</b> lijst met apparaatnamen uit te " -"sluiten van de blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Blacklist-uitzonderingen configureren\"</b> om de " -"instellingen van de blacklist-uitzonderingen te configureren.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Apparaten:</b> lijst van instellingen per opslagcontroller. Gaat " -"boven de standaard instellingen, aangegeven door de instellingen per " -"multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Apparaten configureren\"</b> om " -"apparaatunstellingen te configureren.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Voltooien\"</b> om de configuraties op te slaan " -"en bij te werken.<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Standaarden:</b> standaard instellingen van multipath-hulpmiddelen.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Standaarden configureren\"</b> om de standaard instellingen te configureren.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> lijst met aparaatnamen die geen multipath-kandidaten zijn.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Blacklist configureren\"</b> om de instellingen voor de blacklist te configureren.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist uitzonderingen:</b> lijst met apparaatnamen uit te sluiten van de blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Blacklist-uitzonderingen configureren\"</b> om de instellingen van de blacklist-uitzonderingen te configureren.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Apparaten:</b> lijst van instellingen per opslagcontroller. Gaat boven de standaard instellingen, aangegeven door de instellingen per multipath.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Apparaten configureren\"</b> om apparaatunstellingen te configureren.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Voltooien\"</b> om de configuraties op te slaan en bij te werken.<br><br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 +#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuratie van standaarden</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAlgemene standaardinstellingen kunnen hier geconfigureerd en gewist " -"worden.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tElke standaardinstelling hier is van invloed op alle " -"multipadconfiguraties, tenzij een overeenkomstige lokale instelling er " -"overheen gaat.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tAls hier een standaardinstelling gewist wordt, dan zal multipad zijn " -"eigen standaardwaarde als instelling gebruiken.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tAlgemene standaardinstellingen kunnen hier geconfigureerd en gewist worden.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tElke standaardinstelling hier is van invloed op alle multipadconfiguraties, tenzij een overeenkomstige lokale instelling er overheen gaat.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tAls hier een standaardinstelling gewist wordt, dan zal multipad zijn eigen standaardwaarde als instelling gebruiken.<br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 +#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuratie van de zwarte lijst</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden niet beschouwd als " -"kandidaten voor multipad.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: De wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de zwarte lijst aan " -"te geven.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om " -"apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in directory /dev). " -"Algemene apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, " -"loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Wordt gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller in de " -"zwarte lijst aan te geven. Een apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd aan de " -"hand van de leverancier en productnaam.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden niet beschouwd als kandidaten voor multipad.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: De wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de zwarte lijst aan te geven.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in directory /dev). Algemene apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Wordt gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller in de zwarte lijst aan te geven. Een apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd aan de hand van de leverancier en productnaam.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 +#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuratie van uitzonderingen op de zwarte lijst</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden uitgesloten van de " -"zwarte lijst.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: De wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de zwarte lijst aan " -"te geven.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om " -"apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in directory /dev). " -"Algemene apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, " -"loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Wordt gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller uit " -"te sluiten van de zwarte lijst. Een apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd aan " -"de hand van de leverancier en productnaam.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden uitgesloten van de zwarte lijst.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: De wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de zwarte lijst aan te geven.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in directory /dev). Algemene apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Wordt gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller uit te sluiten van de zwarte lijst. Een apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd aan de hand van de leverancier en productnaam.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 +#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name." -"<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuratie van apparaten</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tEen lijst met instellingen per opslagcontroler worden hier gegeven, " -"zij gaan boven de standaard instellingen en worden boven de instellingen per " -"multipath aangebracht<br>\n" -"\t\t\tElk apparaat wordt geïdentificeerd door <b>leverancier</b> en " -"<b>product</b>naam.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tEen lijst met instellingen per opslagcontroler worden hier gegeven, zij gaan boven de standaard instellingen en worden boven de instellingen per multipath aangebracht<br>\n" +"\t\t\tElk apparaat wordt geïdentificeerd door <b>leverancier</b> en <b>product</b>naam.<br></p>\n" -#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. -#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. -#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. -#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 +#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. +#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. +#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. +#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "moet een decimaal geheel getal zijn" -#. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 +#. replacewidget_notify = true; +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "ongeldige waarde" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "moet groter zijn dan 0" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "ongeldig decimaal geheel getal" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "mag niet leeg zijn" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. prepare for loading built-in configurations -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 +#. prepare for loading built-in configurations +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." msgstr "Kan de multipath-sectie in de multipath-configuratie niet lezen." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." msgstr "Kan de standaardsectie in een multipath-configuratie niet lezen." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." msgstr "Kan de blacklist-sectie in een multipath-configuratie niet lezen." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Kan de sectie voor blacklist-uitzonderingen in een multipath-configuratie " -"niet lezen." +msgstr "Kan de sectie voor blacklist-uitzonderingen in een multipath-configuratie niet lezen." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." msgstr "Kan de apparaatsectie in een multipath-configuratie niet lezen." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 msgid "Initializing Multipath Configuration" msgstr "De multipath-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 msgid "Read configurations" msgstr "De configuraties worden gelezen" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 msgid "Read service status" msgstr "Servicestatus lezen" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Apparaten detecteren" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgstr "De configuraties worden gelezen..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 msgid "Reading the service status..." msgstr "De servicestatus lezen..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "De apparaten worden gedetecteerd..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. BNC #418703 -#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 +#. BNC #418703 +#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Kan de benodigde pakketten niet installeren." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Kan apparaten niet detecteren." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 msgid "Saving Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Multipath-configuratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 msgid "Restart multipathd" msgstr "Multipad opnieuw starten" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 msgid "Restarting multipathd..." msgstr "Multipathd opnieuw starten..." -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 msgid "Can not write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." -#. restart multipathd -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 +#. restart multipathd +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 msgid "Restarting multipathd failed." msgstr "Opnieuw starten van multipathd is mislukt." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "Uw aanpassingen annuleren?" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -15,1502 +15,1112 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 +#. headline of package versions popup +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "Pakketversies" -#. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 +#. text above of list of all package versions +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "Lijst met alle beschikbare pakketversies:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "&Pakketten met status" -#. headline - packages with automatic status change -#. headline of a popup with packages -#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#. headline - packages with automatic status change +#. headline of a popup with packages +#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "Automatische wijzigingen" -#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "Als aanvulling op uw handmatige selecties, zijn de volgende" -#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes -#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een " -"corrupt systeem te krijgen." +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een corrupt systeem te krijgen." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "&Toch doorgaan" -#. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 +#. headline of a popup showing the package license +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "Eindgebruikerlicentieovereenkomst" -#. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 +#. label text - keep it short +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 msgid "Filter: " msgstr "Filter:" -#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 +#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "Totale downloadgrootte: " -#. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 +#. Help button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Help" -#. add the Cancel button -#. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#. add the Cancel button +#. begin: the label of the Cancel button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" -#. add the OK button -#. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#. add the OK button +#. the label of an Accept button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Accepteren" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "C&onfiguratie" -#. fill seclection box -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 +#. fill seclection box +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "Aanbevolen" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 msgid "Suggested" msgstr "Voorgesteld" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 msgid "Orphaned" msgstr "Zwevend" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 msgid "Unneeded" msgstr "Niet noodzakelijk" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "" -"Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Indien deze pakketten worden " -"aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket, worden ze extra " -"geïnstalleerd." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Indien deze pakketten worden aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket, worden ze extra geïnstalleerd." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Het wordt gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij " -"reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de " -"gebruiker." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Het wordt gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de gebruiker." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen opslagruimte hebben, " -"d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen opslagruimte hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere " -"afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 msgid "Install" msgstr "Installeren" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 msgid "Update" msgstr "Update" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 msgid "Taboo" msgstr "Taboe" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 msgid "Protected" msgstr "Beschermd" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 msgid "Keep" msgstr "Behouden" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "Niet installeren" -#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB -#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 +#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB +#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " -"taalregio <b>%s</b>" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale" +msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor taalregio <b>%s</b>" -#. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 +#. the label of the selections +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Patronen" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Talen" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 msgid "RPM Groups" msgstr "RPM-groepen" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 msgid "Repositories" msgstr "Opslagruimten" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 msgid "Search" msgstr "Zoeken" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 msgid "Package Classification" msgstr "Pakketclassificatie" -#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 +#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 #, c-format msgid "%d of %d package installed" msgid_plural "%d of %d packages installed" msgstr[0] "%d van %d pakket geïnstalleerd" msgstr[1] "%d van %d pakketten geïnstalleerd" -#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 msgid "<b>@System</b>: local RPM database" msgstr "<b>@Systeem</b>: lokale RPM-database" -#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b>" msgstr "<b>URL opslagruimte:</b>" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 msgid "&Ignore Case" msgstr "&Niet hoofdlettergevoelig" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 msgid "Search &Mode" msgstr "Zoek&modus" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Bevat" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Begint met" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Exacte overeenkomst" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 msgid "Use Wildcards" msgstr "Jokertekens gebruiken" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 msgid "Use RegExp" msgstr "Reguliere expressie gebruiken" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Bezig met zoeken..." -#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string -#. entered for package search isn't correct -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 +#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string +#. entered for package search isn't correct +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 msgid "Query Error:" msgstr "Queryfout:" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 #, c-format msgid "%d packages found" msgstr "%d pakketten gevonden" -#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well -#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: -#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" msgstr "&Omschakelen [SPATIE]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 msgid "&Install [+]" msgstr "&Installeren [+]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 msgid "&Delete [-]" msgstr "&Verwijderen [-]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 msgid "&Update [>]" msgstr "&Update [>]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 msgid "Ta&boo [!]" msgstr "Ta&boe [!]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 msgid "&Lock [*]" msgstr "B&lokkeer [*]" -#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 +#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 msgid "&All Listed Packages" msgstr "&Alle pakketten in de lijst" -#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 +#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 msgid "&Install All" msgstr "Alles &installeren" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 msgid "&Delete All" msgstr "Alles verwij&deren" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 msgid "&Keep All" msgstr "Alles &behouden" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 msgid "U&pdate All Unconditionally" msgstr "Alles &onvoorwaardelijk bijwerken" -#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 +#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 msgid "&Update If Newer Version Available" msgstr "&Bijwerken als nieuwere versie beschikbaar is" -#. YOU mode -#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well -#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: -#. begin: Online Update Actions menu -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 +#. YOU mode +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Online Update Actions menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" msgstr "&Omschakelen [SPATIE]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 msgid "&Install [+]" msgstr "&Installeren [+]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 msgid "&Do Not Install [-]" msgstr "&Niet installeren [-]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]" msgstr "B&lokkeer of Taboe [!]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 msgid "Launch &Repository Manager" msgstr "Start de opslag&ruimtebeheerder" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 msgid "Launch &Online Update Configuration" msgstr "Start de configuratie van &online-opwaarderen" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 msgid "&Action after Package Installation" msgstr "&Acties na pakketinstallatie" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 msgid "&Restart Package Manager" msgstr "&Herstarten van pakketbeheerder" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 msgid "&Close Package Manager" msgstr "Pakketbeheer &sluiten" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 msgid "&Show Summary" msgstr "Toon &samenvatting" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check" msgstr "&Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 msgid "&Check Dependencies Now" msgstr "Afhankelijkheden nu &controleren" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Systeemverificatiemodus" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 msgid "&Verify System Now" msgstr "Systeem nu &verifiëren" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "&Aanbevolen pakketten installeren" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" -msgstr "" -"&Nu aanbevolen pakketten installeren voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten" +msgstr "&Nu aanbevolen pakketten installeren voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "Cleanup when &Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "&Opschonen wanneer pakketten worden verwijderd (tijdelijke wijziging)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 msgid "Allow &Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "Le&verancierswisseling toestaan (tijdelijke wijziging)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "Test&geval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Alle pakketafhankelijkheden zijn OK." -#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" msgstr "Aanbevolen door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten" -#. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 +#. part 2 of the text +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" msgstr "pakketten zijn automatisch geselecteerd voor installatie:" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " -msgstr "" -"Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" +msgstr "Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" -#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" -msgstr "" -"Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" +msgstr "Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" -#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "Systeemafhankelijkheden controleren OK." -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 msgid "&Export Package List to File" msgstr "Pakketlijst &exporteren naar bestand" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 msgid "&Import Package List from File" msgstr "Pakketlijst &importeren uit bestand" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 msgid "&Show Available Disk Space" msgstr "&Toon beschikbare schijfruimte" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 msgid "Export List of All Packages and Patterns to File" msgstr "Lijst met alle pakketten en patronen exporteren naar bestand" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 msgid "Error exporting list of packages and patterns to " msgstr "Fout bij exporteren van lijst met pakketten en patronen naar" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 msgid "Import List of All Packages and Patterns from File" msgstr "Lijst met alle pakketten en patronen importeren uit bestand" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " msgstr "Fout bij importeren van lijst met pakketten en patronen uit" -#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short -#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: -#. begin: -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 +#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short +#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 msgid "&Needed Patches" msgstr "&Noodzakelijke patches" -#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 +#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 msgid "&Installed Patches" msgstr "&Geïnstalleerde patches" -#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 +#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 msgid "&Recommended" msgstr "&Aanbevolen" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 msgid "&Security" msgstr "&Beveiliging" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 msgid "&Optional" msgstr "&Optioneel" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 msgid "&All Patches" msgstr "&Alle patches" -#. end: -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 +#. end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "Zo&eken" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 msgid "&General Help" msgstr "&Algemene help" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 msgid "&Package Status and Symbols" msgstr "Informatie over &pakketstatus en symbolen" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 msgid "&How to Use the Filters" msgstr "&Hoe de filters te gebruiken" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 msgid "&Useful Functions in Menu" msgstr "Br&uikbare functies in het menu" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 msgid "&Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "&Patchstatus en -installatie" -#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu -#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 +#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu +#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Technische gegevens" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 msgid "&Package Description" msgstr "&Pakketbeschrijving" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 msgid "Package &Versions" msgstr "Pakket&versies" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 msgid "&File List" msgstr "&Bestandslijst" -#. end: menu items of the view menu -#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Afhankelijkheden" -#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and -#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: -#. begin: -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 +#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and +#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 msgid "&Long Description" msgstr "&Lange beschrijving" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 msgid "&Package List" msgstr "&Pakketlijst" -#. end: menu items of the view menu -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versies" -#. name of the source package -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 +#. name of the source package +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 msgid "Source Package: " msgstr "Bronpakket: " -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "<i>This information is available for installed packages only.</i>" -msgstr "" -"<i>Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten.</i>" +msgstr "<i>Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten.</i>" -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References:<br>" msgstr "Referenties:<br>" -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 msgid "Search for Patches" msgstr "Zoeken naar patches" -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 msgid "Name of the Patch" msgstr "Naam van de patch" -#. column header package description (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 +#. column header package description (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting" -#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 +#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 msgid "&Problems" msgstr "&Problemen" -#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 +#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgstr "Mogelijke oplo&ssingen" -#. hint for the user: more information below -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 +#. hint for the user: more information below +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 msgid " see below" msgstr " zie hieronder" -#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information -#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 +#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information +#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 msgid "No further solution details available" msgstr "Geen verdere oplossingsdetails beschikbaar" -#. a help line for the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 +#. a help line for the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 msgid " [+] Select [-] Delete [>] Update " msgstr " [+] Selecteren [-] Verwijderen [>] Bijwerken " -#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" msgstr "Fout: onvoldoende schijfruimte!" -#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 msgid "Warning: Disk space is running out!" msgstr "Waarschuwing: er is bijna geen schijfruimte meer!" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 msgid "Name of the Package" msgstr "Naam van het pakket" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Trefwoorden" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 msgid "Description (time-consuming)" msgstr "Beschrijving (tijdrovend)" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 msgid "Provides" msgstr "Levert" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 msgid "Required by" msgstr "Vereist door" -#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 +#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Weergeven" -#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 +#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 msgid "&Extras" msgstr "&Extra's" -#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 +#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" -#. All installed Packages -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 +#. All installed Packages +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten" -#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 +#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Pakket:" -#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 +#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 msgid "A&ctions" msgstr "A&cties" -#. the headline of the help window -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 msgid "General Help" msgstr "Algemene help" -#. part1 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> " -"and <b>menu</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Welkom bij de pakketselectie</b></p><p>Dit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij " -"het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten " -"installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten " -"voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen " -"zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of " -"verwijderen van iets, dat doet de oplosser voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten " -"bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : <b>filters</b>, <b>pakkettabel</b> en <b>menu.</p>" +#. part1 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 +msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Welkom bij de pakketselectie</b></p><p>Dit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of verwijderen van iets, dat doet de oplosser voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : <b>filters</b>, <b>pakkettabel</b> en <b>menu</b>.</p>" -#. part of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Filters</b> op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in " -"een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen " -"pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een " -"geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook " -"zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden " -"in <i>Hoe filters te gebruiken</i>.</p>" +#. part of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 +msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Filters</b> op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden in <i>Hoe filters te gebruiken</i>.</p>" -#. additional help text for post installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Pakkettabel</b> is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een " -"lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen " -"(bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van " -"de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:</p>" +#. additional help text for post installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 +msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Pakkettabel</b> is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen (bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:</p>" -#. part2 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and " -"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" -"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op <i>Pakketstatus en " -"symbolen</i>)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting<li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde opslagruimtes)" -"</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet geïnstalleerd pakket)" -"</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" +#. part2 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op <i>Pakketstatus en symbolen</i>)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde opslagruimtes)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" -#. part3 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package " -"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het menu <b>Acties</b> direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de " -"status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te " -"veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra " -"te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door " -"direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor " -"gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie <i>Pakketstatus en " -"symbolen</i>).</p>" +#. part3 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 +msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het menu <b>Acties</b> direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie <i>Pakketstatus en symbolen</i>).</p>" -#. part4 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful " -"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Menu</b> biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van " -"pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert " -"verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van " -"opslagruimtes. Voor meer informatie, kijk op <i>Bruikbare functies in het " -"menu</i>.</p>" +#. part4 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 +msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Menu</b> biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van opslagruimtes. Voor meer informatie, kijk op <i>Bruikbare functies in het menu</i>.</p>" -#. the headline of the help window -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 msgid "Package Status and Symbols" msgstr "Pakketstatus en symbolen" -#. part 1 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu <i>Acties</i> of " -"met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om " -"een extra pakket te installeren.</p><p> De status \"Taboe\" heeft de " -"betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen " -"betekent de status \"Vergrendeld\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet " -"worden behouden.</p>" +#. part 1 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 +msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu <i>Acties</i> of met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om een extra pakket te installeren.</p><p> De status \"Taboe\" heeft de betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen betekent de status \"Vergrendeld\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet worden behouden.</p>" -#. part 2 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. " -"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt <b>RET</b> of <b>SPATIE</b> gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te " -"schakelen. Het menu <i>Acties</i> stelt u tevens in staat om de status van " -"alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in " -"de lijst').</p>" +#. part 2 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 +msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" +msgstr "<p>U kunt <b>RET</b> of <b>SPATIE</b> gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te schakelen. Het menu <i>Acties</i> stelt u tevens in staat om de status van alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in de lijst').</p>" -#. part 3 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 +#. part 3 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 msgid "<p>The meaning of the status flags:</p>" msgstr "<p>De betekenis van de statusvlaggen:</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be " -"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated<p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: " -"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---" -"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b> + </b>: dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleerd</p><p><b>a+ </b>: pakket " -"wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd</p><p><b> > </b>: pakket wordt bijgewerkt<p><b>a> </b>: pakket wordt automatisch bijgewerkt</p><p><b> i </b>: " -"pakket is geïnstalleerd</p><p><b> - </b>: pakket wordt verwijderd<p><b>---</b>: pakket nooit installeren (taboe)</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 +msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" +msgstr "<p><b> + </b>: dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleerd</p><p><b>a+ </b>: pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd</p><p><b> > </b>: pakket wordt bijgewerkt</p><p><b>a> </b>: pakket wordt automatisch bijgewerkt</p><p><b> i </b>: pakket is geïnstalleerd</p><p><b> - </b>: pakket wordt verwijderd</p><p><b>---</b>: pakket nooit installeren (taboe)</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:<p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>-i-</b>: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder " -"het nooit ( pakket vergrendeld )</p><p>Statusinformatie voor patronen en " -"talen:</p><p><b> i </b>: Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 +msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder het nooit ( pakket vergrendeld )</p><p>Statusinformatie voor patronen en talen:</p><p><b> i </b>: Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan</p>" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 msgid "How to Use Filters" msgstr "Hoe filters te gebruiken" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Filter</b> stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent " -"geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op " -"pakketeigenschappen (opslagruimte, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers" -"\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het " -"gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder " -"beschreven.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 +msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Filter</b> stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op pakketeigenschappen (opslagruimte, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder beschreven.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Patronen</b> beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen " -"zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk " -"patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou " -"moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor " -"installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de " -"status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 +msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Patronen</b> beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Talen</b> zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij " -"bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke " -"bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. <b>RPM-Groepen</b> zijn echter geen " -"pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een " -"bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een " -"hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter <b>Opslagruimtes</b> laat " -"pakketten zien uit een specifieke opslagruimte.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 +msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Talen</b> zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. <b>RPM-Groepen</b> zijn echter geen pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter <b>Opslagruimtes</b> laat pakketten zien uit een specifieke opslagruimte.</p>" -#. help text package search -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om het filter <b>Zoeken</b> te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van " -"een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-" -"pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te " -"zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het " -"bijhorende selectievakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te " -"drukken.</p>" +#. help text package search +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 +msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om het filter <b>Zoeken</b> te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het bijhorende selectievakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, " -"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De <b>Installatiesamenvatting</b> laat de samenvatting zien van de " -"pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn " -"bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de " -"gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter " -"<b>Pakketclassificatie</b> biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn " -"<i>Aanbevolen</i>, <i>Gesuggereerd</i>, <i>Zwevend</i> of <i>Niet nodig</i>." -"</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 +msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De <b>Installatiesamenvatting</b> laat de samenvatting zien van de pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter <b>Pakketclassificatie</b> biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn <i>Aanbevolen</i>, <i>Gesuggereerd</i>, <i>Zwevend</i> of <i>Niet nodig</i>.</p>" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 msgid "Useful Functions in Menu" msgstr "Bruikbare functies in het menu" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Afhankelijkheden:</b> Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband " -"met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke " -"statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij " -"pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor " -"het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen " -"selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- Probeer " -"opnieuw'.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 +msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Afhankelijkheden:</b> Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- Probeer opnieuw'.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te " -"schakelen zet u <i>Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole</i> uit. U kunt " -"handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op <i>Afhankelijkheden nu " -"controleren</i> te drukken. Het element <i>Systeem controleren</i> zal de " -"pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen " -"en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische " -"installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u <i>Testgeval voor " -"afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren</i> gebruiken. Dit dumpt " -"pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit " -"is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" " -"in Bugzilla.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 +msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te schakelen zet u <i>Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole</i> uit. U kunt handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op <i>Afhankelijkheden nu controleren</i> te drukken. Het element <i>Systeem controleren</i> zal de pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u <i>Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren</i> gebruiken. Dit dumpt pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "" -"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency " -"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak " -"dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair " -"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " -"checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System " -"Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " -"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn:<br><i>Automatische " -"afhankelijkheidscontrole</i> (zie boven), <i>Aanbevolen pakketten " -"installeren</i>: indien deze optie is ingeschakeld, worden zwakke " -"afhankelijkheden gehonoreerd, <i>Systeemverificatiemodus</i>: " -"afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten onmiddellijk herstellen en " -"oplossen. Opmerking: als het systeem is gecontroleerd met <i>Systeem nu " -"verifiëren</i>, wordt de optie <i>Systeemverificatiemodus</i> ingeschakeld " -"(schakel de optie desgewenst uit). Deze opties worden opgeslagen in het YaST-" -"configuratiebestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn:<br><i>Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole</i> (zie boven), <i>Aanbevolen pakketten installeren</i>: indien deze optie is ingeschakeld, worden zwakke afhankelijkheden gehonoreerd, <i>Systeemverificatiemodus</i>: afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten onmiddellijk herstellen en oplossen. Opmerking: als het systeem is gecontroleerd met <i>Systeem nu verifiëren</i>, wordt de optie <i>Systeemverificatiemodus</i> ingeschakeld (schakel de optie desgewenst uit). Deze opties worden opgeslagen in het YaST-configuratiebestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "" -"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove " -"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Geavanceerde opties:<br> <i>Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten</i>: " -"verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. <i>Wijziging van leverancier " -"toestaan</i>: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het " -"geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen " -"alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek " -"<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 +msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Geavanceerde opties:<br> <i>Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten</i>: verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. <i>Wijziging van leverancier toestaan</i>: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Beeld:</b> Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond " -"wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: " -"pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, " -"licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle " -"bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.).</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 +msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Beeld:</b> Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.).</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository " -"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch " -"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package " -"Installation</b> menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Configuratie:</b><br>Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest " -"van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u <b>Installatie " -"opslagruimtebeheer</b> starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen " -"bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van opslagruimte " -"(<b>Online Update Configuratie starten</b>). U kunt ook een van de drie " -"mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het " -"menu <b>Actie na pakketinstallatie</b>.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 +msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Configuratie:</b><br>Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u <b>Installatie opslagruimtebeheer</b> starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van opslagruimte (<b>Online Update Configuratie starten</b>). U kunt ook een van de drie mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het menu <b>Actie na pakketinstallatie</b>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package " -"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import " -"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Extra's:</b><br>Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. <i>Exporteer " -"de pakketlijst naar een bestand</i> schrijft de gegevens over de " -"geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-" -"bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie <i>Importeer " -"pakketlijst uit bestand</i> b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set " -"pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het " -"geleverde XML-bestand. <i>Toon beschikbare schijfruimte</i> laat in een " -"extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte " -"op de huidige gekoppelde partities.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 +msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Extra's:</b><br>Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. <i>Exporteer de pakketlijst naar een bestand</i> schrijft de gegevens over de geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie <i>Importeer pakketlijst uit bestand</i> b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het geleverde XML-bestand. <i>Toon beschikbare schijfruimte</i> laat in een extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte op de huidige gekoppelde partities.</p>" -#. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 +#. label of a frame with search settings +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 msgid "&Search in " msgstr "&Zoeken in " -#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) -#. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 +#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) +#. text for the package search popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "&Zoekterm" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 msgid "Code" msgstr "Code" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 msgid "Language" msgstr "Taal" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#. column header package name (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versie" -#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Opslagruimte" -#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "Besch. vers." -#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "Inst. vers." -#. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#. column header package size (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 msgid "Size" msgstr "Grootte" -#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architectuur" -#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 msgid "Kind" msgstr "Type" -#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 msgid "Solving..." msgstr "Oplossen..." -#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 msgid "Saving..." msgstr "Opslaan..." -#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Laden..." -#. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#. the headline of the disk space popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van schijfgebruik" -#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partitie" -#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" msgstr "Gebruikt" -#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 msgid "Free" msgstr "Vrij" -#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totaal" -#. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>" msgstr "<i>Geen schijfruimte!</i>" -#. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>" msgstr "<b>Schijfruimte raakt op!</b>" -#. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 msgid "needs" msgstr "vereist" -#. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 msgid "more disk space." msgstr "meer schijfruimte." -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 msgid "<b>Version: </b>" msgstr "<b>Versie: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 msgid "<b>Size: </b>" msgstr "<b>Grootte: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 msgid "<b>Installed: </b>" msgstr "<b>Geïnstalleerd: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 msgid "<b>Authors: </b>" msgstr "<b>Auteurs: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 msgid "<b>License: </b>" msgstr "<b>Licentie: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>" msgstr "<b>Media-nr.: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>" msgstr "<b>Pakketgroep: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 msgid "<b>Provides: </b>" msgstr "<b>Levert: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 msgid "<b>Requires: </b>" msgstr "<b>Vereist: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>" msgstr "<b>Vereisten: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>" msgstr "<b>In conflict met: </b>" -#. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 +#. headline for a list of installed files +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>" msgstr "<i>Lijst van geïnstalleerde bestanden:</i><br>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "" -"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " +msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " -#. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 +#. the headline of the help popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "Patchstatus en -installatie" -#. help text online udpate -#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in " -"the feature.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Algemene informatie over patches:</p><p>De soorten patches, " -"<b>beveiliging</b> lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten " -"zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook <b>aanbevolen</b> patches moeten " -"installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. " -"Installeer patches voor <b>functies</b> als u geïnteresseerd bent in de " -"functie.</p>" +#. help text online udpate +#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 +msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Algemene informatie over patches:</p><p>De soorten patches, <b>beveiliging</b> lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook <b>aanbevolen</b> patches moeten installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. Installeer patches voor <b>functies</b> als u geïnteresseerd bent in de functie.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen " -"altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een " -"tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 +msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> " -"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You " -"have selected this patch for installation.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Betekenis van de statusattributen:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: patches voor uw " -"installatie worden vooraf geselecteerd. Deze worden gedownload en " -"geïnstalleerd op uw systeem. Als u een bepaalde patch niet wilt, maakt u de " -"selectie ongedaan met '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: Aan alle vereisten voor deze " -"patch is voldaan.</p><p><b> + </b>: u hebt deze patch geselecteerd voor " -"installatie.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 +msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Betekenis van de statusattributen:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: patches voor uw installatie worden vooraf geselecteerd. Deze worden gedownload en geïnstalleerd op uw systeem. Als u een bepaalde patch niet wilt, maakt u de selectie ongedaan met '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: Aan alle vereisten voor deze patch is voldaan.</p><p><b> + </b>: u hebt deze patch geselecteerd voor installatie.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Meer gegevens over de status:<br>als er meerdere patches voor een pakket " -"(of een set pakketten) zijn die nog niet op het systeem zijn toegepast, " -"worden ze allemaal vooraf geselecteerd en hebben ze de status <b>a+</b>. Als " -"de selectie van een van deze patches ongedaan wordt gemaakt met '-', kan " -"daarna de status <b>i</b> voor deze patch worden weergegeven. Dit komt " -"doordat alle patches voor dezelfde pakketten nog steeds zijn geselecteerd. " -"De nieuwere versies van de pakketten worden geïnstalleerd en hiermee is " -"voldaan aan deze patch. U moet de selectie voor alle patches ongedaan maken " -"als de patches ongewenst zijn.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 +msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Meer gegevens over de status:<br>als er meerdere patches voor een pakket (of een set pakketten) zijn die nog niet op het systeem zijn toegepast, worden ze allemaal vooraf geselecteerd en hebben ze de status <b>a+</b>. Als de selectie van een van deze patches ongedaan wordt gemaakt met '-', kan daarna de status <b>i</b> voor deze patch worden weergegeven. Dit komt doordat alle patches voor dezelfde pakketten nog steeds zijn geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van de pakketten worden geïnstalleerd en hiermee is voldaan aan deze patch. U moet de selectie voor alle patches ongedaan maken als de patches ongewenst zijn.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "" -"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a " -"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De menu's:</p><p>met het menu <b>Filteren</b> kunt u de patches filteren. " -"Geef bijvoorbeeld de 'Geïnstalleerde' patches weer of vermeld de patches " -"'Beveiliging'. U kunt in dit menu ook naar patches zoeken.<br>Gebruik het " -"menu <b>Acties</b> om de status van een patch te wijzigen.<br>Met het menu " -"<b>Weergave</b> kunt u zien welke pakketten van toepassing zijn op de patch. " -"Let op: als de filter 'Alle patches' is geselecteerd, kan de pakketlijst " -"voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten van " -"toepassing zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten op het systeem is " -"geïnstalleerd.<br>Het menu <b>Afhankelijkheden</b> bevat " -"afhankelijkheidscontroles en de invoer 'Testcase voor oplosser genereren'." +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 +msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De menu's:</p><p>met het menu <b>Filteren</b> kunt u de patches filteren. Geef bijvoorbeeld de 'Geïnstalleerde' patches weer of vermeld de patches 'Beveiliging'. U kunt in dit menu ook naar patches zoeken.<br>Gebruik het menu <b>Acties</b> om de status van een patch te wijzigen.<br>Met het menu <b>Weergave</b> kunt u zien welke pakketten van toepassing zijn op de patch. Let op: als de filter 'Alle patches' is geselecteerd, kan de pakketlijst voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten van toepassing zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten op het systeem is geïnstalleerd.<br>Het menu <b>Afhankelijkheden</b> bevat afhankelijkheidscontroles en de invoer 'Testcase voor oplosser genereren'.</p>" -#. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#. label for a warning popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fout" -#. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 +#. label for a notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 msgid "Notify" msgstr "Kennisgeving" -#. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#. the label of an OK button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" -#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "D&oorgaan" -#. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#. the label of the Yes button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ja" -#. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 +#. the label of the No button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nee" -#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user -#. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 +#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user +#. has to make some action (#213602) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK -- Probeer het opnieuw" -#. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "" -"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -"<br>Really exit?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie " -"zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert.<br>Wilt u stoppen?</p>" +#. text for a Notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 +msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgstr "<p>Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert.<br>Wilt u stoppen?</p>" -#. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Beschikbare talen" -#. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Beschikbare opslagruimten" -#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! -#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) -#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); -#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) +#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); +#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Noodzakelijke patches" -#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde patches" -#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Online updatepatches" -#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Updateprobleem -- zie help" -#. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#. the label for Filter: Search results +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Zoekresultaten" -#. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#. the headline of the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Pakketafhankelijkheden" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "" -"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "" -"<b>Update probleemlijst</b><br><p>De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet " -"automatisch worden bijgewerkt.</p><p>Mogelijke redenen:</p><p>Ze zijn " -"vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.</p><p>Op geen enkel " -"installatiemedium zijn voor de update nieuwe versies beschikbaar.</p><p>Het " -"zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partij</p><p>Bepaal handmatig wat u " -"met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>" +msgstr "<b>Update probleemlijst</b><br><p>De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet automatisch worden bijgewerkt.</p><p>Mogelijke redenen:</p><p>Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.</p><p>Op geen enkel installatiemedium zijn voor de update nieuwe versies beschikbaar.</p><p>Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partij</p><p>Bepaal handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen.</p>" -#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 +#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Bron" -#. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#. menu entry Update List +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Updatelijst" -#. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#. part of the patch description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "<b>Patch: </b>" msgstr "<b>Patch: </b>" -#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 +#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Geen patches beschikbaar" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Script" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Incompatibele pakketversies" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "" -"<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" -"capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>U probeert tegelijkertijd een meervoudig compatibele versie en een " -"enkelvoudig compatibele versie van dit pakket te installeren.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" +msgstr "<p>U probeert tegelijkertijd een meervoudig compatibele versie en een enkelvoudig compatibele versie van dit pakket te installeren.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "" -"<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install " -"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " -"to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze versie is meervoudig compatibel.</p><p>Druk op \"Doorgaan\" om deze " -"versie te installeren en de selectie van de enkelvoudig compatibele versie " -"ongedaan te maken, of op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie " -"ongedaan te maken en de andere versie te behouden.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze versie is meervoudig compatibel.</p><p>Druk op \"Doorgaan\" om deze versie te installeren en de selectie van de enkelvoudig compatibele versie ongedaan te maken, of op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie ongedaan te maken en de andere versie te behouden.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "" -"<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to " -"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " -"unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze versie is niet meervoudig compatibel.</p><p>Druk op \"Doorgaan\" om " -"alleen deze versie te installeren en de selectie van alle andere versies " -"ongedaan te maken, of op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie " -"ongedaan te maken en de andere versies te behouden.<p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" +msgstr "<p>Deze versie is niet meervoudig compatibel.</p><p>Druk op \"Doorgaan\" om alleen deze versie te installeren en de selectie van alle andere versies ongedaan te maken, of op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie ongedaan te maken en de andere versies te behouden.<p>" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ncurses.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ncurses.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ncurses.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,69 +14,69 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. label for text field showing the selected dir -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 +#. label for text field showing the selected dir +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 msgid "Selected Directory:" msgstr "Geselecteerde directory:" -#. label for checkbox -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 +#. label for checkbox +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 msgid "&Detailed View" msgstr "Ge&detailleerd overzicht" -#. column header name of diretcory -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 +#. column header name of diretcory +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 msgid "Directory Name" msgstr "Directorynaam" -#. stretchable = true -#. add the OK button -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 +#. stretchable = true +#. add the OK button +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" -#. add the Cancel button -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 +#. add the Cancel button +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 msgid "Directory name" msgstr "Directorynaam" -#. column header name of the file -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:443 src/NCFileSelection.cc:459 +#. column header name of the file +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:443 src/NCFileSelection.cc:459 msgid "File name" msgstr "Bestandsnaam" -#. label for text field showing the filename -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:175 +#. label for text field showing the filename +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:175 msgid "&File name:" msgstr "&Bestandsnaam:" -#. label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:182 +#. label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:182 msgid "Filter:" msgstr "Filter:" -#. column header size of the file -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:445 +#. column header size of the file +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:445 msgid "Size" msgstr "Grootte" -#. column header file permissions -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:447 src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 +#. column header file permissions +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:447 src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Toestemmingen" -#. column header user -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:449 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 +#. column header user +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:449 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 msgid "User" msgstr "Gebruiker" -#. column header group -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 +#. column header group +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 msgid "Group" msgstr "Groep" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,148 +14,139 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/dns.rb:63 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/dns.rb:63 msgid "DNS Configuration" msgstr "DNS configuratie" -#. Commandline command help -#. Commandline command help -#. Commandline command help -#. Commandline command help -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/dns.rb:71 src/clients/host.rb:67 src/clients/lan.rb:65 -#: src/clients/lan.rb:76 src/clients/remote.rb:64 +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/dns.rb:71 src/clients/host.rb:67 src/clients/lan.rb:65 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:76 src/clients/remote.rb:64 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "Configuratie overzicht weergeven" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:80 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:80 msgid "Edit current settings" msgstr "Huidige instellingen bewerken" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:89 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:89 msgid "Used machine hostname" msgstr "Gebruikte hostnaam van machine" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:94 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:94 msgid "IP address of first nameserver." msgstr "IP-adres van eerste nameserver." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:99 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:99 msgid "IP address of second nameserver." msgstr "IP-adres van tweede nameserver." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:104 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:104 msgid "IP address of third nameserver." msgstr "IP-adres van derde nameserver." -#. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Overzicht DNS-configuratie:" -#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected -#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected -#. fail message: a string is expected -#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 +#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected +#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected +#. fail message: a string is expected +#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 msgid "InvalidHostname. " msgstr "Ongeldige hostnaam. " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 msgid "Invalid IP. " msgstr "Ongeldig IP-adres." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 msgid "Cannot set " msgstr "Kan niet instellen " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager." msgstr ". Netwerk wordt beheerd door NetwerkManager." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 msgid "Invalid option value." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde van een optie." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 msgid "Internal error" msgstr "Interne fout" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Firewall-configuratie opslaan..." -#. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 +#. Proposal title +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Firewall en SSH" -#. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 +#. Menu entry label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Firewall en SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Basis firewall- en SSH-configuratie" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Firewall- en SSH-service" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Firewall inschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "SSH-service inschakelen" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Firewall en SSH</big></b><br />\n" -"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor " -"aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n" -"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt " -"met een daarvoor specifieke\n" +"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n" +"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt met een daarvoor specifieke\n" "SSH-client</p>" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Hier kunt u kiezen of de firewall zal worden in- of uitgeschakeld na\n" "de installatie. De aanbeveling is deze ingeschakeld te laten.</p>" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Als de firewall is ingeschakeld, kunt u beslissen of u de firewallpoort " -"voor de SSH-service\n" -" wilt openen en SSH-aanmeldingen op afstand wilt toestaan. U kunt ook " -"onafhankelijk een SSH-service inschakelen (deze wordt\n" +"<p>Als de firewall is ingeschakeld, kunt u beslissen of u de firewallpoort voor de SSH-service\n" +" wilt openen en SSH-aanmeldingen op afstand wilt toestaan. U kunt ook onafhankelijk een SSH-service inschakelen (deze wordt\n" "bijvoorbeeld gestart tijdens het opstarten van de computer).</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" @@ -165,89 +156,89 @@ "op afstand op een actief systeem niet inschakelen maar het wordt,\n" "indien nodig, automatisch gestart door het installatieprogramma.</p>" -#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog -#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Firewall will be enabled (disable</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is ingeschakeld (uitschakelen</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 msgid "Firewall will be disabled (enable</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is uitgeschakeld (inschakelen</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 msgid "SSH service will be enabled (disable</a>)" msgstr "SSH-service is ingeschakeld (uitschakelen</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 msgid "SSH service will be disabled (enable</a>)" msgstr "SSH-service is uitgeschakeld (inschakelen</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "SSH-poort openen" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "&VNC-poorten openen" -#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 +#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 msgid "VNC ports will be open (close</a>)" msgstr "VNC-poorten zijn open (sluiten</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (open</a>)" msgstr "VNC-poorten zijn geblokkeerd (openen</a>)" -#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description -#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped -#. @return [String] proposal html text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 +#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description +#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped +#. @return [String] proposal html text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 msgid "SSH port will be open (block</a>)" msgstr "SSH-poort is open (blokkeren</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 msgid "SSH port will be blocked (open</a>)" msgstr "SSH-poort is geblokkeerd (openen</a>)" -#. Commandline help title -#. configuration of hosts -#. Hosts dialog caption -#: src/clients/host.rb:57 src/include/network/services/host.rb:75 +#. Commandline help title +#. configuration of hosts +#. Hosts dialog caption +#: src/clients/host.rb:57 src/include/network/services/host.rb:75 msgid "Host Configuration" msgstr "Hostconfiguratie" -#. Command line output Headline -#. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:112 +#. Command line output Headline +#. configuration of hosts +#: src/clients/host.rb:112 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Hostconfiguratie overzicht:" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 msgid "Connecting to Internet..." msgstr "Er wordt een internetverbinding gemaakt..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..." msgstr "De laatste versie notities worden gedownload..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 msgid "Closing connection..." msgstr "De verbinding wordt verbroken..." -#. Test dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 +#. Test dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" msgstr "De internet verbindingstest wordt uitgevoerd" -#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 +#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 msgid "" "<p>Here, view the progress of the\n" "Internet connection test.</p>\n" @@ -255,8 +246,8 @@ "<p>Hier kunt u de voortgang van de\n" "internet verbindingstest zien.</p>\n" -#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 +#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 msgid "" "<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n" "<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n" @@ -264,8 +255,8 @@ "<p>U kunt de test afbreken door op de knop <b>Test afbreken</b>\n" "te drukken.</p>\n" -#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 +#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 msgid "" "<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" "and correct the settings.</p>\n" @@ -273,63 +264,63 @@ "<p>Ga bij het mislukken van de test terug naar de\n" "netwerkconfiguratie en corrigeer de instellingen.</p>\n" -#. Label for result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 +#. Label for result of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 msgid "Test Result:" msgstr "Testresultaat:" -#. Push Button to abort internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 +#. Push Button to abort internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 msgid "&Abort Test" msgstr "Test &afbreken" -#. Frame label: status of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 +#. Frame label: status of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 msgid "Test Status" msgstr "Test status" -#. Push Button to see logs of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 +#. Push Button to see logs of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 msgid "&View Logs..." msgstr "&Bekijk logbestanden..." -#. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 +#. result of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 msgid "Success" msgstr "Succes" -#. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 +#. result of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 msgid "Failure" msgstr "Fout" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces" msgstr "Kernel netwerk interfaces" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 msgid "Kernel Routing Table" msgstr "Kernel routing tabel" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 msgid "Hostname Lookup" msgstr "Hostnaam opzoeken" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 msgid "Kernel Messages" msgstr "Kernel berichten" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 msgid "Download of Release Notes" msgstr "Download uitgave notities" -#. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 msgid "" "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n" "RPM signature check failed." @@ -337,19 +328,19 @@ "Kan de gedownloade uitgavenotities niet installeren.\n" "Controle van RPM-ondertekening is mislukt." -#. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed." msgstr "Installatie van gedownloade releaseopmerkingen is mislukt." -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Verbinding wordt gemaakt" -#. popup to inform user about the failure -#. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -357,39 +348,31 @@ "De verbinding met het Internet is mislukt. Bekijk\n" "de logbestanden voor de details.\n" -#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest " -"kan niet worden uitgevoerd." +#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest kan niet worden uitgevoerd." -#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes -#. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 +#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes +#. most likely due to server-side error +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van " -"de server.\n" +"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van de server.\n" "Dit hoeft niet te betekenen dat het netwerk onjuist is ingesteld.\n" "\n" -"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om " -"de andere\n" -"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te " -"gaan\n" +"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om de andere\n" +"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te gaan\n" "naar uw netwerconfiguratie.\n" -#. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -397,13 +380,13 @@ "Het downloaden van de laatste uitgavenotities is mislukt.\n" "Bekijk de logbestanden voor de details." -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Controleer op patches" -#. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -411,103 +394,103 @@ "De controle op de laatste updates is mislukt.\n" "Bekijk de logbestanden voor de details.\n" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Verbinding wordt verbroken" -#. Commandline help title -#. Whole configuration of network but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation and proposal -#. @param [String] mode if "proposal", NM dialog may be skipped -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:99 +#. Commandline help title +#. Whole configuration of network but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation and proposal +#. @param [String] mode if "proposal", NM dialog may be skipped +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:99 msgid "Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Netwerkkaart configuratie" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:87 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:87 msgid "Add a network card" msgstr "Een netwerkkaart toevoegen" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:99 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:99 msgid "Change existing configuration" msgstr "Bestaande configuratie wijzigen" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:107 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:107 msgid "Delete a network card" msgstr "Een netwerkkaart verwijderen" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:117 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:117 msgid "List only configured cards" msgstr "Vermeldt alleen geconfigureerde kaarten" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:121 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:121 msgid "List only unconfigured cards" msgstr "Vermeldt alleen ongeconfigureerde kaarten" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:127 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:127 msgid "Device identifier" msgstr "Apparaat identificatie" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:132 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:132 msgid "Config identifier" msgstr "Configuratie-ID" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration" msgstr "Statische of dynamische configuratie gebruiken" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 msgid "Configuration Name" msgstr "Configuratie naam" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 msgid "Device IP address" msgstr "Apparaat IP-adres" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 msgid "Network mask" msgstr "Netwerkmasker" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 msgid "Prefix length" msgstr "Voorlooplengte" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 msgid "Bond Slaves" msgstr "Binding-slaves" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN" msgstr "Ethernetapparaat voor VLAN" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Interfaces voor bridging" -#. see bnc#498993 -#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) -#. we'll keep values from installation -#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 +#. see bnc#498993 +#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) +#. we'll keep values from installation +#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Configuratiefout: niet-geïnitialiseerde interface." -#. translators: command line help for network module -#: src/clients/network.rb:60 +#. translators: command line help for network module +#: src/clients/network.rb:60 msgid "" "Configuration of network.\n" "This is only a delegator to network sub-modules.\n" @@ -521,18 +504,18 @@ "\n" "lan\t" -#. Selection box item -#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 +#. Selection box item +#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Netwerkkaart" -#. Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/network.rb:88 +#. Network dialog caption +#: src/clients/network.rb:88 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Netwerk configuratie" -#. Network dialog help -#: src/clients/network.rb:91 +#. Network dialog help +#: src/clients/network.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" " the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>" @@ -540,38 +523,37 @@ "<p>Selecteer één van de beschikbare netwerkmodules om de\n" "corresponderende apparaten te configuren en klik op <b>Starten</b>.</p>" -#. Selection box label -#: src/clients/network.rb:105 +#. Selection box label +#: src/clients/network.rb:105 msgid "&Available Network Modules:" msgstr "&Beschikbare netwerk modules:" -#: src/clients/network.rb:123 +#: src/clients/network.rb:123 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Start" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/remote.rb:54 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/remote.rb:54 msgid "Remote Access Configuration" msgstr "Remote toegang configuratie" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/remote.rb:74 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/remote.rb:74 msgid "Allow remote access" msgstr "Beheer op afstand toestaan" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/remote.rb:85 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden." +msgstr "Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden." -#. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Remote toegang configuratie overzicht:" -#. Command line error message -#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 +#. Command line error message +#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." @@ -579,387 +561,382 @@ "Stel 'yes' in om om beheer op afstand toe te staan,\n" "of 'no' om dit te verbieden." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:78 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:78 msgid "VNC Remote Administration" msgstr "VNC Beheer op afstand" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:80 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:80 msgid "VNC &Remote Administration" msgstr "VNC Behee&r op afstand" -#. Commandline help title -#. Main routing dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:510 +#. Commandline help title +#. Main routing dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:510 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Routing configuratie" -#. FIXME -#: src/clients/routing.rb:64 +#. FIXME +#: src/clients/routing.rb:64 msgid "Show complete routing table" msgstr "Toon de complete routingtabel" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:71 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:71 msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination" msgstr "Toon de het item in de routingtabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:79 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:79 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor doorsturen via IPv4 en IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:87 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:87 msgid "IPv4 only forwarding settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor alleen doorsturen via IPv4" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:95 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:95 msgid "IPv6 only forwarding settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor alleen doorsturen via IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:103 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:103 msgid "Add new route" msgstr "Een nieuwe route toevoegen" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:111 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:111 msgid "Edit an existing route" msgstr "Een bestaande route wijzigen" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:119 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:119 msgid "Delete an existing route" msgstr "Een bestaande route verwijderen" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:130 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:130 msgid "Destination IP address" msgstr "IP-adres van bestemming." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:132 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:132 msgid "Gateway IP address" msgstr "Gateway IP-adres" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:133 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:133 msgid "Subnet mask" msgstr "Subnetmasker" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:134 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:134 msgid "Network device" msgstr "Netwerk apparaat" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:135 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:135 msgid "Additional options" msgstr "Extra opties" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:136 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:136 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Huidige instellingen weergeven" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:137 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:137 msgid "Enable IP forwarding" msgstr "IP-forwarding activeren" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:138 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:138 msgid "Disable IP forwarding" msgstr "IP-forwarding uitschakelen" -#. main ui function -#. Frame label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 +#. main ui function +#. Frame label +#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 msgid "Routing Table" msgstr "Routing tabel" -#. Table header 1/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 +#. Table header 1/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 msgid "Destination" msgstr "Bestemming" -#. Table header 2/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 +#. Table header 2/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 msgid "Gateway" msgstr "Gateway" -#. Table header label -#. Table header 3/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89 +#. Table header label +#. Table header 3/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Netmasker" -#. Table header 4/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 +#. Table header 4/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 msgid "Device" msgstr "Apparaat" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" -#. Handler for action "list" -#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 +#. Handler for action "list" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "Geen item voor bestemming '%1' in routeringtabel" -#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "Doorsturen via %s is ingeschakeld." -#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "Doorsturen via %s is uitgeschakeld." -#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Doorsturen via %s inschakelen..." -#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Doorsturen via %s uitschakelen..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "Doorsturen via IPv4:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Doorsturen via IPv6:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Doorsturen via IPv4 en IPv6:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." -msgstr "" -"Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn." +msgstr "Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "De '%1' bestemming wordt toegevoegd aan de routeringtabel ..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "Het IP-adres van de bestemming moet gespecificeerd worden." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, " -"opties) moet worden gespecificeerd" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, opties) moet worden gespecificeerd" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "De '%1' bestemming in de routingtabel wordt bijgewerkt..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Verwijderen van '%1' bestemming uit de routingtabel ..." -#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1456 +#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption +#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1456 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Waarschuwing: er wordt geen versleuteling gebruikt" -#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458 +#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface +#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458 msgid "Change." msgstr "Wijzigen." -#. Table item -#. this is what used to be Virtual Interface -#. (eth0:1) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:121 +#. Table item +#. this is what used to be Virtual Interface +#. (eth0:1) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:121 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Extra adres" -#. Summary text -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:171 +#. Summary text +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:171 msgid "Already Configured Devices:" msgstr "Reeds geconfigureerde apparaten:" -#. Summary text -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:176 +#. Summary text +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:176 msgid "Nothing is configured" msgstr "Er is niets geconfigureerd" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card" msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN kaart" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 msgid "USB ISDN Card" msgstr "USB ISDN kaart" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA ethernet netwerkkaart" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "USB ethernet netwerkkaart" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA FDDI netwerkkaart" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 msgid "USB FDDI Network Card" msgstr "USB FDDI netwerkkaart" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection" msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN verbinding" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 msgid "USB ISDN Connection" msgstr "USB ISDN verbinding" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 msgid "PCMCIA Modem" msgstr "PCMCIA modem" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 msgid "USB Modem" msgstr "USB modem" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA Token Ring netwerkkaart" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "USB Token Ring netwerkkaart" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB netwerk apparaat" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Draadloze PCMCIA netwerkkaart" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 msgid "USB Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Draadloze USB netwerkkaart" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Onbekend netwerkapparaat" -#. Modem status (%1 is device) -#. ISDN device status (%1 is device) -#. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 +#. Modem status (%1 is device) +#. ISDN device status (%1 is device) +#. Network card status (%1 is device) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1" -#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 +#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met provider %2" -#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 +#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met provider %2 (protocol %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Geconfigureerd zonder adres (NONE)" -#. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 +#. Network card status +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Geconfigureerd zonder adres" -#. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#. Network card status (%1 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Geconfigureerd met adres %1" -#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 +#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Geconfigureerd met adres %1 (remote %2)" -#. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#. Network card status (%1 is protocol) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Geconfigureerd met %1" -#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 +#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met adres %2" -#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met adres %2 (remote %3)" -#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 +#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met %2" -#. Return the device protocol or IP address in case of static config -#. Or indicate that NetworkManager takes over. -#. @param [Hash] devmap device map -#. @return textual device protocol -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 +#. Return the device protocol or IP address in case of static config +#. Or indicate that NetworkManager takes over. +#. @param [Hash] devmap device map +#. @return textual device protocol +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Niet geconfigureerd" -#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:406 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 +#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:406 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Managed" -#. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:59 +#. Heading text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgstr "Geef het provider wachtwoord" -#. Steps dialog caption -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:121 +#. Steps dialog caption +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Test Internet Connection" msgstr "Internet verbinding testen" -#. Steps dialog caption 1/2 -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:124 +#. Steps dialog caption 1/2 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>Here, validate the Internet connection just\n" "configured. The test is entirely optional.</p>" @@ -967,8 +944,8 @@ "<p>Hier kunt u de zojuist geconfigureerde internet verbinding\n" "valideren. De test is geheel optioneel.</p>" -#. Steps dialog caption 2/2 -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:132 +#. Steps dialog caption 2/2 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "<p>A successful result enables you to run\n" "the YaST Online Update.</p>" @@ -976,8 +953,8 @@ "<p>Een succesvol resultaat zal u de mogelijkheid\n" "geven om de YaST online update te gebruiken.</p>" -#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:139 +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "" "To validate your Internet access,\n" "activate the test procedure." @@ -985,8 +962,8 @@ "Om uw internet toegang te kunnen valideren\n" "dient u de testprocedure te activeren." -#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:145 +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "" "To validate your DSL Internet access,\n" "activate the test procedure." @@ -994,8 +971,8 @@ "Om uw DSL Internet toegang te valideren\n" "dient u de testprocedure te activeren." -#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:149 +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "" "To validate your ISDN Internet access,\n" "activate the test procedure." @@ -1003,8 +980,8 @@ "Om uw ISDN internet toegang te valideren\n" "dient u de testprocedure te activeren." -#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:153 +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "" "To validate your modem Internet access,\n" "activate the test procedure." @@ -1012,266 +989,263 @@ "Om uw modem internet toegang te valideren\n" "dient u de testprocedure te activeren." -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:175 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Yes, Test Connection to the Internet Via" msgstr "&Ja, test de verbinding met het internet via" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:185 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "N&o, Skip This Test" msgstr "N&ee, deze test overslaan" -#. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:196 +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "- Connect to the Internet" msgstr "- Maak een internet verbinding" -#. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "- Download latest release notes" msgstr "- De laatste versie notities worden opgehaald" -#. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "- Check for latest updates" msgstr "- De controle op de nieuwste update wordt uitgevoerd" -#. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "- Close connection" msgstr "- Sluit de verbinding" -#. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 +#. Heading text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "The following steps will be performed:" msgstr "De volgende stappen zullen worden uitgevoerd:" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 msgid "Select:" msgstr "Selecteer:" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now" msgstr "&Ja, online update nu starten" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "N&o, Skip Update" msgstr "N&ee, update overslaan" -#. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 +#. Heading text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Online Updates Available" msgstr "Online updates beschikbaar" -#. Label text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 +#. Label text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" msgstr "Deze met de YaST online update downloaden en installeren?" -#. Heading -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 +#. Heading +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:" msgstr "Internet verbindingstest log-gegevens:" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "&Select Log:" msgstr "&Selecteer logbestand:" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Extra adressen" -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "IPv4-adreslabel" -#. Table header label -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 +#. Table header label +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "Toe&voegen" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Wijzigen" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Verwij&deren" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Naam van interface" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>" msgstr "<p>TODO beeeeetje VAAG!</p>" -#. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 +#. Combo Box label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Interface koppelen aan firewall&zone" -#. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 +#. check box label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "&Vereiste interface" -#. ComboBox label -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 +#. ComboBox label +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Apparaat type" -#. ComboBox label -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 +#. ComboBox label +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Configuratie naam" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Tunneleigenaar" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Tunnelgroep" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Apparaten met brug" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Echte interface voor &VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN-ID" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Binding-slaves en volgorde" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "Omhoog" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "Omlaag" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "Bond&slaves" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "Opties voor &bondingstuurprogramma" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien " -"nodig. </p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien nodig. </p>" -#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); -#. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:806 +#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); +#. else +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:806 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "Geen link en IP ingesteld (Binding-slaves)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "iBFT-waarden gebruiken" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Dynamisch adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP beide versies 4 en 6" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "DHCP versie 4 alleen" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "DHCP versie 6 alleen" -#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 +#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Statisch toegewezen IP-adres" -#. TextEntry label -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:326 +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:326 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "&Subnetmasker" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Hostnaam" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "R&emote IP-adres" -#. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 +#. validation error popup +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "Het remote IP-adres is onjuist." -#. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 +#. push button label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" -#. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1023 +#. validate device type, misdetection +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1023 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1281,14 +1255,14 @@ "Dit is alleen zinvol als u er zeker van bent\n" "dat de detectie onjuist was." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1043 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1043 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "Configuratie %1 bestaat al." -#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing -#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1067 +#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing +#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1067 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1298,24 +1272,24 @@ "zone. Al z'n verkeer zal dan ook geblokkeerd worden.\n" "Moet het nu aan een zone worden toegewezen?" -#. Validator for network masks adresses -#. @param [String] key the widget being validated -#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1087 +#. Validator for network masks adresses +#. @param [String] key the widget being validated +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#. @return whether valid +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1087 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Ongeldig IP-adres." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "Ongeldig netmasker of prefixlengte." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1102 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1102 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Ongeldige hostnaam." -#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 +#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1329,8 +1303,8 @@ "\n" "Hostnaam leeg laten?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1127 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1127 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1338,88 +1312,81 @@ "Dubbel IP-adres gevonden.\n" "Echt doorgaan?\n" -#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1186 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1186 msgid "&General" msgstr "Al&gemeen" -#. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#. TODO: "MANDATORY", +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Apparaatactivering" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1201 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1201 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Firewallzone" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Maximale overdrachtseenheid (MTU)" -#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole -#. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1216 +#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole +#. tab set but not for one tab +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1216 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen configureren.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen configureren.</p>" -#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing -#. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing +#. shortcuts +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adres" -#. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1286 +#. Address tab help +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1286 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>Configureer uw IP-adres.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Binding-slaves" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "Draad&loos" -#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1361 +#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1361 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd-prioriteit" -#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be -#. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1367 +#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be +#. substituted as %1 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1367 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" -"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On " -"Cable Connection</b>\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>PRIORITEIT VAN IFPLUGD</big></b></p> \n" -"<p> Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met <b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> en " -"met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n" -" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces " -"<b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> heeft\n" -" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. " -"Daarom moeten we hebben om\n" +"<p> Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met <b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> en met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n" +" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces <b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> heeft\n" +" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. Daarom moeten we hebben om\n" " de prioriteit van elke interface in te stellen.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1450 +#. Address dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1450 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Netwerkkaart instellen" -#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1608 +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1608 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1428,16 +1395,15 @@ "\n" "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde interfaces hebben dezelfde fysieke poort. Als u deze " -"bindt, \n" +"De geselecteerde interfaces hebben dezelfde fysieke poort. Als u deze bindt, \n" "heeft dit mogelijk niet het gewenste redundantie-effect.\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" "Wilt u toch doorgaan?\n" -#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:93 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:93 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1445,268 +1411,263 @@ "Er is minstens een geselecteerd apparaat al geconfigureerd.\n" "De configuratie aanpassen voor bridge?\n" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55 msgid "Cisco/Aironet 802.11 wireless ISA/PCI and PCMCIA ethernet cards" msgstr "Cisco/Aironet 802.11 draadloos ISA/PCI en PCMCIA ethernet kaarten" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" msgstr "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "" -"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten" +msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 msgid "Wireless LAN cards using direct PCI interface" msgstr "Draadloze LAN kaarten die gebruik maken van een direct PCI interface" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:83 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:83 msgid "Wireless LAN cards using the PLX9052 PCI bridge" msgstr "Draadloze LAN kaarten die gebruik maken van een PLX9052 PCI bridge" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:90 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:90 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module p80211.o" msgstr "Draadloos apparaat dat gebruik maakt van kernel module p80211.o" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:97 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:97 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_cs.o" msgstr "Draadloos apparaat dat gebruik maakt van kernel module prism2_cs.o" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:104 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:104 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_pci.o" msgstr "Draadloos apparaat dat gebruik maakt van kernel module prism2_pci.o" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:111 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:111 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_plx.o" msgstr "Draadloos apparaat dat gebruik maakt van kernel module prism2_plx.o" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:118 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:118 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_usb.o" msgstr "Draadloos apparaat dat gebruik maakt van kernel module prism2_usb.o" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:126 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:126 msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet mace" msgstr "Apple onboard Ethernet mace" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:132 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:132 msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet bmac" msgstr "Apple onboard Ethernet bmac" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:138 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:138 msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet gmac" msgstr "Apple onboard Ethernet gmac" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:171 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:171 msgid "3Com 3c90x/3c980 B/C series" msgstr "3Com 3c90x/3c980 B/C series" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:202 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:202 msgid "Apricot Xen-II onboard ethernet" msgstr "Apricot Xen-II onboard ethernet" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:208 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:208 msgid "AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter" msgstr "AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:231 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:231 msgid "D-Link DE600 pocket adapter" msgstr "D-Link DE600 pocket adapter" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:237 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:237 msgid "D-Link DE620 pocket adapter" msgstr "D-Link DE620 pocket adapter" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:299 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:299 msgid "ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 (experimental)" msgstr "ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 (experimenteel)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:320 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:320 msgid "Intel PRO/100 / EtherExpress PRO/100 (alternate driver)" msgstr "Intel PRO/100 / EtherExpress PRO/100 (alternatief stuurprogramma)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:440 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:440 msgid "iSeries Virtual Network" msgstr "iSeries virtueel netwerk" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:448 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:448 msgid "IBM Tropic chipset token ring" msgstr "IBM Tropic chipset token ring" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:454 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:454 msgid "IBM Olympic chipset PCI Token Ring" msgstr "IBM Olympic chipset PCI Token Ring" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:460 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:460 msgid "IBM OSA Token Ring" msgstr "IBM OSA Token Ring" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:473 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:473 msgid "ARCnet COM90xx (standard)" msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx (standaard)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:479 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:479 msgid "ARCnet COM90xx (in IO-mapped mode)" msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx (in IO-mapped modus)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:510 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:510 msgid "Digital Equipment Corporation FDDI controller" msgstr "Digital Equipment Corporation FDDI controller" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:516 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:516 msgid "SysKonnect FDDI adapter (SK-55xx, SK-58xx, Netelligent 100)" msgstr "SysKonnect FDDI adapter (SK-55xx, SK-58xx, Netelligent 100)" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:533 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:533 msgid "Channel-to-Channel (CTC) network" msgstr "Channel-to-Channel (CTC) netwerk" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:541 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:541 msgid "Hipersockets (HSI) Network" msgstr "Hipersockets (HSI) netwerk" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:548 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:548 msgid "IBM OSA LCS" msgstr "IBM OSA LCS" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:553 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:553 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON) network" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON) Netwerk" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:561 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:561 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON) Network" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON) Netwerk" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:569 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:569 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:577 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:577 msgid "CI7000 adapter" msgstr "CI7000 adapter" -#. list > overview = (list >)LanItems::Overview(); -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:87 +#. list > overview = (list >)LanItems::Overview(); +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:87 msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device." msgstr "Gebruik optie \"id\" om het apparaat te bepalen." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:94 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:94 msgid "Invalid value '%s' for \"id\" option." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde '%s' voor \"id\"-optie." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de " -"maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren." +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:100 +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren." -#. Handler for action "add" -#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#. Handler for action "edit" -#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 +#. Handler for action "add" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#. Handler for action "edit" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "De waarde voor opstartproto is niet mogelijk." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "De waarde voor de startmodus is niet mogelijk." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "Voor statische configuratie is de \"ip\" optie nodig." -#. Handler for action "delete" -#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 +#. Handler for action "delete" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Het apparaat is verwijderd." -#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. ************************************************************************** -#. File: include/network/lan/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Network configuration -#. Summary: Summary, overview and IO dialogs for network cards config -#. Authors: Michal Svec -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. ************************************************************************** +#. File: include/network/lan/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Network configuration +#. Summary: Summary, overview and IO dialogs for network cards config +#. Authors: Michal Svec +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 msgid "Note" msgstr "Notitie" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Algemene opties" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" -#. continue-cancel popup, #178848 -#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 +#. continue-cancel popup, #178848 +#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 msgid "" "A Xen network bridge was detected.\n" "Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n" @@ -1718,9 +1679,9 @@ "kunnen netwerkinterfaces niet worden geconfigureerd of herstart.\n" "Zie %1 voor meer informatie" -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1732,7 +1693,7 @@ "Voegt eerst de addon-CD toe aan uw YaST-opslagruimte en keer dan \n" "terug naar deze configuratiedialoog.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1743,34 +1704,28 @@ "Het apparaat heeft firmware nodig om correct te functioneren. Firmware kan\n" "doorgaans worden gedownload van de webpagina van de leverancier van het\n" "stuurprogramma.\n" -"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op " -"<b>Doorgaan</b>\n" -"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op <b>Annuleren</b> en keert " -"u\n" +"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op <b>Doorgaan</b>\n" +"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op <b>Annuleren</b> en keert u\n" "terug naar dit dialoogvenster nadat u de firmware hebt geïnstalleerd.\n" -#. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( -#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded -#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems -#. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 +#. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( +#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded +#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems +#. #45960 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "De firmware wordt geïnstalleerd" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het " -"'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?" +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de firmware-installatie." -#. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:398 +#. Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:398 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1784,51 +1739,49 @@ "Als u de instellingen wijzigt voor dit apparaat zal\n" "deze niet langer door de netwerkbeheerder worden beheerd.\n" -#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:450 +#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:450 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "" -"Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt " -"verwijderen?" +msgstr "Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt verwijderen?" -#. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:481 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 +#. Network setup method dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:481 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Methode netwerkinstelling" -#. Evaluates if user should be asked again according dialogs result value -#. -#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some -#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation -#. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:512 +#. Evaluates if user should be asked again according dialogs result value +#. +#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some +#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation +#. popup. +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:512 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Netwerkinstellingen" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:48 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:48 msgid "DHCP Client Options" msgstr "DHCP-clientopties" -#. CheckBox label -#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`broadcast), _("Request Broad&cast Response"))), -#. `VSpacing(0.49), -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:58 +#. CheckBox label +#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`broadcast), _("Request Broad&cast Response"))), +#. `VSpacing(0.49), +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:58 msgid "DHCP Client &Identifier" msgstr "&Identificatielabel DHCP-cliënt " -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:64 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:64 msgid "&Hostname to Send" msgstr "Te versturen &hostnaam" -#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:71 msgid "Change Default Route via DHCP" msgstr "Wijzig de 'Standard Route' via DHCP" -#. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#. Manual network card setup help 1/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.</p>\n" @@ -1836,86 +1789,67 @@ "<p>Hier kunt u uw hardware specifieke opties voor \n" "uw netwerkapparaat instellen.</p>\n" -#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 +#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 +#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Type apparaat</b>. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, " -"selecteer \n" +"<p><b>Type apparaat</b>. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, selecteer \n" "er een naar behoefte.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die " -"toestaan\n" +"<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n" "een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n" "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" -"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen</b> staat u toe om de nu " -"geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n" -"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik <b>Knipperen</b> en LED's op uw NIC zullen " -"knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n" +"<p><b>Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen</b> staat u toe om de nu geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n" +"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik <b>Knipperen</b> en LED's op uw NIC zullen knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n" "</p>" -#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 +#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kernelmodule</b>. Geef hier de naam van de kernelmodule " -"(stuurprogramma) \n" -"van uw netwerkapparaat in. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u " -"zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n" -"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar " -"gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Kernelmodule</b>. Geef hier de naam van de kernelmodule (stuurprogramma) \n" +"van uw netwerkapparaat in. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n" +"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.</p>\n" -#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 +#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.</p>\n" +"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p> Bovendien mag u <b>Opties</b> specificeren voor de kernel-module.\n" "Zij dienen geschreven te worden in het formaat: <i>optie</i>=<i>waarde</i>.\n" "De items moeten gescheiden zijn door middel van spaties,\n" "bijv: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Opmerking:</b> wanneer er twee kaarten met\n" -"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het " -"opslaan\n" +"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het opslaan\n" "samengevoegd worden.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u opties specificeert in <b>Ethtool-opties</b>, dan zal ifup ethtool " -"aanroepen met deze opties.</p>\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Als u opties specificeert in <b>Ethtool-opties</b>, dan zal ifup ethtool aanroepen met deze opties.</p>\n" -#. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#. Manual dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n" @@ -1923,106 +1857,103 @@ "<p>Wanneer u een <b>PCMCIA</b> netwerkkaart heeft, selecteer dan PCMCIA.\n" "Als u een <b>USB</b> netwerkkaart heeft, selecteer dan USB.</p>\n" -#. overwrite help -#. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 +#. overwrite help +#. Manual dialog help 5/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Hier kunt u uw netwerk apparaat instellen. De instellingen zullen in\n" -"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> of in <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i> worden opgeslagen.\n" +"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> of in <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i> worden opgeslagen.</p>\n" -#. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 +#. Manual dialog help 6/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat " -"is gespecificeerd\n" +"<p>De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat is gespecificeerd\n" "in de handleiding <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" -#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 +#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Kernel module" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Module naam" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev-regels" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Naam apparaat" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "Wijzigen" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Zichtbare poort-id weergeven" -#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 +#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Seconden" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Knipperen" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool-opties" -#. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 +#. Manual selection caption +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Handmatige netwerkkaart selectie" -#. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 +#. Manual selection help +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Selecteer de netwerkkaart die u wilt gaan configureren aub. U kunt naar\n" -"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het " -"zoekveld.</p>" +"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het zoekveld.</p>" -#. Selection box label -#. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 +#. Selection box label +#. Selection box title +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Netwerkkaart" -#. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#. Text entry field +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Zoeken" -#. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#. bnc#767946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 msgid "" "Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2030,7 +1961,7 @@ "De configuratienaam %s bestaat al.\n" "Kies een andere a.u.b.." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 msgid "" "Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2038,157 +1969,140 @@ "De configuratienaam %s is ongeldig.\n" "Kies een andere a.u.b.." -#. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 +#. S/390 dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 netwerkkaart configuratie" -#. Frame label -#. Frame label -#. Frame label -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 +#. Frame label +#. Frame label +#. Frame label +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 apparaat instellingen" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Poortnaam" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Poortnummer" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IPA Takeover &activeren" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "&Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Layer2 &MAC adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Lees kanaal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Schrijf kanaal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Controleer kanaal" -#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de <b>poortnaam</b> op.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de <b>poortnaam</b> op.</p>" -#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by " -"spaces).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Geef de eventuele extra <b>opties</b> voor deze interface op (gescheiden " -"door spaties).</p>" +#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 +msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Geef de eventuele extra <b>opties</b> voor deze interface op (gescheiden door spaties).</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer <b>IPA Takeover activeren</b> als de IP adres takeover voor " -"deze interface geactiveerd moet worden.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>IPA Takeover activeren</b> als de IP adres takeover voor deze interface geactiveerd moet worden.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer <b>Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen</b> asl dit apparaat layer " -"2 ondersteund.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen</b> asl dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteund.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Voer het <b>Layer 2 MAC adres</b> in als dit apparaat layer 2 " -"ondersteuning ondersteund.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 +msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Voer het <b>Layer 2 MAC adres</b> in als dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteuning ondersteund.</p>" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Poortnummer" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD time-Out" -#. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#. S/390 dialog help: LCS +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Kies voor deze interface het <b>poortnummer</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Kies voor deze interface de <b>LANCMD time-out</b>.</p>" -#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Compatibiliteitsmodus" -#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Uitgebreide modus" -#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-gebaseerde tty (Linux naar Linux verbindingen)" -#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Compatibiliteitsmodus met OS/390 en z/OS" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" -#. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 +#. S/390 dialog help: CTC +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Kies voor deze interface het <b>protocol</b>.</p>" -#. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 +#. TextEntry label, #42789 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Peer naam" -#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 +#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" @@ -2196,7 +2110,7 @@ "<p>Geef de naam op van de IUCV peer, bijvoorbeeld de z/VM gebruikersnaam\n" "waarmee de verbinding tot stand wordt gebracht (hoofdlettergevoelig).</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2204,14 +2118,14 @@ "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het maken van het apparaat.\n" "Zie de YaST-log voor details." -#. Manual network card configuration dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 +#. Manual network card configuration dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Hardwaredialoog" -#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 +#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n" "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -2219,18 +2133,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Netwerkkaart configuratie wordt\n" "geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>Even geduld aub...<br></p>\n" -#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 +#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op <B>Afbreken</B> te drukken." -"</p>\n" +"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op <B>Afbreken</B> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 +#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n" "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -2238,8 +2151,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Netwerkkaart configuratie\n" "wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>Even geduld aub...<br></p>\n" -#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 +#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2247,9 +2160,9 @@ "<p><b><big>Opslaan afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" "U kunt het opslaan afbreken door op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 +#. Network setup method help +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Use the <b>NetworkManager</b> as a desktop applet\n" @@ -2261,7 +2174,7 @@ "alle interfaces te laten beheren. Deze applet is zeer geschikt\n" "om te schakelen tussen bekabelde en draadloze netwerken.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" @@ -2269,8 +2182,8 @@ "<p>Gebruik <b>wicked</b> als u niet over een desktopomgeving beschikt\n" "of meerdere interfaces tegelijk moet gebruiken.</p>\n" -#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n" "installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" @@ -2282,7 +2195,7 @@ "Linux Enterprise Server wilt inschakelen, voegt u de opslagruimte van de\n" "werkstationextensie toe en installeert u het pakket 'NetworkManager'.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2292,16 +2205,15 @@ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde netwerkkaarten.\n" " Tevens kunt u hun configuratie hier wijzigen.<BR></P>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Netwerkkaart toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Druk op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart te " -"configureren.</P>\n" +"Druk op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart te configureren.</P>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2311,34 +2223,29 @@ "Selecteer de netwerkkaart die u wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n" "Druk daarna op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 +#. IPv6 help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IPv6-protocol-instellingen</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Activeer <b>IPv6 activeren</b> om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te " -"schakelen.\n" +"<p>Activeer <b>IPv6 activeren</b> om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te schakelen.\n" "U kunt IPv6 samen met IPv4 gebruiken. Dit is de standaard optie.\n" -"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de " -"kernelmodule\n" -"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk " -"wordt\n" +"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de kernelmodule\n" +"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk wordt\n" "gebruikt kan de reactietijd sneller zijn.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart.</p>" -#. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 +#. Routing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 msgid "" "<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2353,129 +2260,99 @@ "standaard route. Het idee van de standaard route geeft u simpel de\n" "mogelijkheid om te zeggen: \"en al het andere gaat daar naar toe\".</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. You can use either IPv4 netmask or prefix length when defining\n" "network part of route. Prefix length has to be prefixed using '/'.\n" "To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" "Please note that in case of IPv6 networks only prefix length is accepted\n" "for netmask definition.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Voor elke route: geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n" "gateway-adres en het netmasker. U kunt ofwel het netmasker van IPv4 of de\n" -"prefix-lengte gebruiken bij het definiëren het netwerkgedeelte van de route. " -"De \n" +"prefix-lengte gebruiken bij het definiëren het netwerkgedeelte van de route. De \n" "prefix-lengte moet een prefix met een '/' krijgen. Om deze waarden weg te \n" -"laten, gebruikt u het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor " -"het\n" -"verkeer naar het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor " -"elke\n" -"interface. Houd er rekening mee dat in het geval van IPv6-netwerken alleen " -"de prefix-lengte\n" +"laten, gebruikt u het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het\n" +"verkeer naar het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elke\n" +"interface. Houd er rekening mee dat in het geval van IPv6-netwerken alleen de prefix-lengte\n" "wordt geaccepteerd als netwerkmaskerdefinitie.</p>\n" -#. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 +#. Routing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Schakel <b>Doorsturen via IPv4</b> in (pakketten van externe netwerken " -"doorsturen\n" +"<p>Schakel <b>Doorsturen via IPv4</b> in (pakketten van externe netwerken doorsturen\n" "naar het interne netwerk) als dit systeem een router is.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" "<b>Warning:</b> IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"<p>Schakel <b>Doorsturen via IPv6</b> in (pakketten van externe netwerken " -"doorsturen\n" +"<p>Schakel <b>Doorsturen via IPv6</b> in (pakketten van externe netwerken doorsturen\n" "naar het interne netwerk) als dit systeem een router is.\n" -"<b>Waarschuwing:</b> met Doorsturen via IPv6 wordt de automatische " -"configuratie voor\n" +"<b>Waarschuwing:</b> met Doorsturen via IPv6 wordt de automatische configuratie voor\n" "het niet-statusbepalende adres (SLAAC) van IPv6 uitgeschakeld." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:119 msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van " -"alleen doorsturen niet voldoende. \n" -"U moet maskeren inschakelen en/of minimaal één omleidingsregel instellen in " -"de\n" +"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van alleen doorsturen niet voldoende. \n" +"U moet maskeren inschakelen en/of minimaal één omleidingsregel instellen in de\n" "firewall-configuratie. Gebruik de firewall-module YaST.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " -"client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, set this option to \"no\" if you connect to different networks " -"that assign \n" -"different hostnames. Otherwise you can specify a particular interface to use " -"or use a generic \"any\" \n" -"option. However this option can lead to strange behavior if you have a " -"multihomed system \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, set this option to \"no\" if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"different hostnames. Otherwise you can specify a particular interface to use or use a generic \"any\" \n" +"option. However this option can lead to strange behavior if you have a multihomed system \n" "connected to more DHCP networks.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Wanneer u DHCP gebruikt om een IP-adres te krijgen, geef dan op of u ook " -"een\n" -"hostnaam wilt krijgen via DHCP. De hostnaam van uw computer zal automatisch " -"door de\n" -"DHCP-client worden ingesteld. Het veranderen van de hostnaam tijdens het " -"gebruik van de\n" -"computer kan uw grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Stel daarom deze optie " -"in op \"no\" als\n" -"u verbinding maakt met verschillende netwerken die verschillende hostnamen " -"toewijzen.\n" -"Anders kunt u een specifiek te gebruiken interface specificeren of een " -"algemene optie \"any\"\n" -"gebruiken. Deze optie kan echter tot vreemd gedrag leiden als u een " -"\"multihome\" systeem\n" +"<p>Wanneer u DHCP gebruikt om een IP-adres te krijgen, geef dan op of u ook een\n" +"hostnaam wilt krijgen via DHCP. De hostnaam van uw computer zal automatisch door de\n" +"DHCP-client worden ingesteld. Het veranderen van de hostnaam tijdens het gebruik van de\n" +"computer kan uw grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Stel daarom deze optie in op \"no\" als\n" +"u verbinding maakt met verschillende netwerken die verschillende hostnamen toewijzen.\n" +"Anders kunt u een specifiek te gebruiken interface specificeren of een algemene optie \"any\"\n" +"gebruiken. Deze optie kan echter tot vreemd gedrag leiden als u een \"multihome\" systeem\n" "hebt verbonden met meer DHCP netwerken.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP</b> associeert uw hostnaam " -"met \n" -"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is " -"een \n" +"<p><b>Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP</b> associeert uw hostnaam met \n" +"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is een \n" "bruikbare optie als u wilt dat de hostnaam altijd oplosbaar is, zelfs \n" -"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, " -"speciaal \n" +"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, speciaal \n" "als deze computer enige netwerkservices levert.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van " -"hostnamen.\n" +"<p>Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van hostnamen.\n" "Gebruikelijk kunnen deze door middel van DHCP worden verkregen.</p>\n" -#. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 +#. resolver dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n" @@ -2485,13 +2362,12 @@ "IP-adressen. Deze waarde moet worden opgegeven als een\n" "<b>IP-adres</b> (bijv: 192.168.0.42) en niet als een hostnaam.</p>\n" -#. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 +#. resolver dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Een zoekdomein is de domeinnaam waar het zoeken naar hostnamen\n" @@ -2499,46 +2375,34 @@ "van uw computer (bijv: suse.de). Mogelijk zijn er meerdere zoekdomeinen\n" "(bijv: suse.com). Scheid de domeinen van elkaar met komma's of spaties.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:160 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:160 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the <i>hostname</i> \n" +"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n" "command.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. <i>mijnmachine</i>) en het DNS-" -"domein\n" -"(b.v. <i>voorbeeld.nl</i>) waartoe het behoort. Het domein is speciaal " -"belangrijk als deze \n" -"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met " -"het <i>hostname</i> \n" +"<p>Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. <i>mijnmachine</i>) en het DNS-domein\n" +"(b.v. <i>voorbeeld.nl</i>) waartoe het behoort. Het domein is speciaal belangrijk als deze \n" +"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met het <i>hostname</i> \n" "opdracht.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:167 msgid "" "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de " -"inhoud van het\n" -"bestand <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit " -"gedaan door\n" -"het script <i>netconfig</i> dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt " -"met dynamische\n" -"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de " -"optie <b>Gebruik\n" +"<p>Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de inhoud van het\n" +"bestand <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit gedaan door\n" +"het script <i>netconfig</i> dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt met dynamische\n" +"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de optie <b>Gebruik\n" "standaard beleid</b> is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2549,44 +2413,33 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n" "policy.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Door de optie <b>Alleen handmatig</b> te kiezen, zal <i>netconfig</i> " -"niet\n" +"<p>Door de optie <b>Alleen handmatig</b> te kiezen, zal <i>netconfig</i> niet\n" "langer worden toegestaan het bestand <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i> te wijzigen. U\n" -"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie <b>Gebruik " -"aangepast\n" -"beleid</b> kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die " -"bestaat\n" -"uit een door komma's gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief " -"jokertekens, met\n" +"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie <b>Gebruik aangepast\n" +"beleid</b> kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die bestaat\n" +"uit een door komma's gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met\n" "STATIC en STATIC_FALLBACK als voorgedefinieerde speciale waarden. Voor meer\n" -"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina <i>netconfig</i>. Opmerking: het veld " -"leeg\n" +"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina <i>netconfig</i>. Opmerking: het veld leeg\n" "laten is hetzelfde als <b>Alleen handmatig</b> beleid.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred -#. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 +#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred +#. Address dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Adres instellen</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Selecteer <b>Geen adres instellen</b> als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-" -"adres wilt verbinden.\n" +"<p>Selecteer <b>Geen adres instellen</b> als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-adres wilt verbinden.\n" "Dit is vooral bruikbaar voor bonding-ethernetapparaten.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Activeer <b>iBFT</b> als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw " -"BIOS.</p>\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192 +msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Activeer <b>iBFT</b> als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw BIOS.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196 +#. Address dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n" @@ -2594,39 +2447,34 @@ "<p>Selecteer <b>Dynamisch adres</b> als geen statisch IP-adres wordt\n" "toegewezen door uw systeembeheerder of uw internetprovider.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#. Address dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Een van de methoden voor dynamisch toewijzen van adressen kiezen.\n" -"Selecteer <b>DHCP</b> als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt " -"draaien.\n" +"Selecteer <b>DHCP</b> als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt draaien.\n" "Netwerkadressen worden dan automatisch verkregen van de server.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#. Address dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.\n" +"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u automatisch wilt zoeken naar een IP-adres en deze statisch wilt " -"toewijzen\n" +"<p>Als u automatisch wilt zoeken naar een IP-adres en deze statisch wilt toewijzen\n" ", selecteert u <b>Zeroconf</b>.\n" " Als u DHCP wilt gebruiken met zeroconf als\n" "terugvaloptie, selecteert u <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>. Anders moet u het\n" "netwerkadres <b>statisch</b> toewijzen.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:213 +#. Address dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:213 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2634,25 +2482,19 @@ "computer en het <b>Extern IP-adres</b> van uw peer op\n" "(bijv: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>).</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 +#. Address dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 msgid "" -"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Voor <b>Statisch adres instellen</b>, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: " -"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n" -"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van " -"het prefixgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n" -"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal " -"worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>Voor <b>Statisch adres instellen</b>, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n" +"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van het prefixgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n" +"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 +#. Address dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n" "the network configuration.</p>" @@ -2660,7 +2502,7 @@ "<p>Neem contact op met uw <b>netwerk beheerder</b> voor meer informatie\n" "over de netwerk configuratie.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 msgid "" "<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>" @@ -2668,7 +2510,7 @@ "<p>Voor dit product wordt een DHCP configuratie niet aangeraden.\n" "Bepaalde onderdelen van dit product werken waarschijnlijk niet met DHCP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2683,26 +2525,20 @@ "worden geplaatst. Als u een zone selecteert zal de firewall geactiveerd\n" "worden. Als u dat niet doet en er al andere interfaces met een firewall\n" "bestaan, dan zal de firewall geactiveerd blijven\n" -"en al het verkeer voor deze interface blokkeren. Als u geen zone selecteert " -"en er zijn geen andere, dan wordt de\n" +"en al het verkeer voor deze interface blokkeren. Als u geen zone selecteert en er zijn geen andere, dan wordt de\n" "firewall uitgeschakeld.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Vereiste interface</b> geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding " -"geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 +msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Vereiste interface</b> geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:248 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Maximale overdrachtseenheid</big></b></p>\n" @@ -2713,72 +2549,57 @@ "inbelverbindingen. Selecteer een van de aanbevolen waarden of\n" "definieer een andere.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No " -"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" +"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Selecteer de slaveapparaten voor het bondapparaat.\n" -"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op <b>Nooit en met <b>Geen ingesteld netwerkadres</b> zijn beschikbaar.</p>" +"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op <b>Nooit</b> en met <b>Geen ingesteld netwerkadres</b> zijn beschikbaar.</p>" -#. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:261 +#. DHCP dialog help 1/7 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:261 msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Opties voor DHCP-client</big></b></p>" -#. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:263 +#. DHCP dialog help 2/7 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:263 msgid "" "<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>De <b>Identificatielabel DHCP-cliënt</b>, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt " -"standaard\n" -"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP " -"cliënt op\n" -"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier " -"een vrij in\n" -"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines " -"heeft die van hetzelfde\n" +"<p>De <b>Identificatielabel DHCP-cliënt</b>, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt standaard\n" +"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP cliënt op\n" +"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier een vrij in\n" +"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines heeft die van hetzelfde\n" "netwerk interface gebruik maken en dus hetzelfde hardware adres hebben.</p>" -#. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:271 +#. DHCP dialog help 3/7 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:271 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n" "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>De <b>Hostnaam om te verzenden</b> geeft een string op die wordt gebruikt " -"voor het\n" -"optieveld 'hostnaam' als de DHCP-client berichten naar de DHCP-server " -"verzendt. Sommige \n" +"<p>De <b>Hostnaam om te verzenden</b> geeft een string op die wordt gebruikt voor het\n" +"optieveld 'hostnaam' als de DHCP-client berichten naar de DHCP-server verzendt. Sommige \n" "DHCP-servers werken naamserverzones bij (records doorsturen en omdraaien) \n" "volgens deze hostnaam (dynamische DNS).</p>\n" -"Voor sommige DHCP-servers moet het optieveld <b>Hostnaam om te verzenden</b> " -"een\n" -"specifieke string in de DHCP-berichten van clients bevatten. Laat " -"<b>AUTOMATISCH</b>\n" -" staan om de huidige hostnaam te verzenden (bijvoorbeeld de hostnaam die is " -"opgegeven in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAAM</tt>). \n" +"Voor sommige DHCP-servers moet het optieveld <b>Hostnaam om te verzenden</b> een\n" +"specifieke string in de DHCP-berichten van clients bevatten. Laat <b>AUTOMATISCH</b>\n" +" staan om de huidige hostnaam te verzenden (bijvoorbeeld de hostnaam die is opgegeven in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAAM</tt>). \n" "Laat het veld leeg als u geen hostnaam wilt verzenden.</p>\n" -#. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282 +#. Aliases dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n" @@ -2786,8 +2607,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Aanvullende adressen</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Configureer aanvullende adressen van een interface in deze tabel.</p>\n" -#. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286 +#. Aliases dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>" @@ -2795,35 +2616,26 @@ "<p>Voer een <b>IPv4-adreslabel</b>, een <b>IP-adres</b> en\n" "het <b>Netmask</b> in.</p>" -#. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 +#. Aliases dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 msgid "" -"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" +"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " -"characters.</p>" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>IPv4-adreslabel</b>, voorheen bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en " -"verouderd. De totale\n" -"lengte van de interfacenaam (met inbegrip van de dubbele punt en het label) " -"is\n" -"beperkt tot 15 tekens. Met het verouderde hulpprogramma Ifconfig wordt deze " -"naam na 9 tekens afgekapt.</p>" +"<p><b>IPv4-adreslabel</b>, voorheen bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en verouderd. De totale\n" +"lengte van de interfacenaam (met inbegrip van de dubbele punt en het label) is\n" +"beperkt tot 15 tekens. Met het verouderde hulpprogramma Ifconfig wordt deze naam na 9 tekens afgekapt.</p>" -#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:296 -msgid "" -"<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter " -"<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Neem de interfacenaam niet in het label op. Voer bijvoorbeeld <b>foo</b> " -"in plaats van <b>eth0:foo</b> in.</p>" +#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:296 +msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Neem de interfacenaam niet in het label op. Voer bijvoorbeeld <b>foo</b> in plaats van <b>eth0:foo</b> in.</p>" -#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup -#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing -#. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 +#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup +#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing +#. Translators: dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n" "<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2848,13 +2660,12 @@ "<br><b>Hexadecimaal</b>: geef rechtstreeks de hex-codes van de sleutel op.\n" "Voor 64-bit sleutels moeten er 10 hex-digits opgeven worden, voor\n" "128-bit sleutels 26, voor 156-bit sleutels 32 en voor 256-bit sleutels 58.\n" -"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of " -"groepen\n" +"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of groepen\n" "van elkaar te scheiden, een voorbeeld: <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" "</p> \n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:318 +#. Wireless dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:318 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking.</p>" @@ -2862,7 +2673,7 @@ "<p>Hier kunt u de belangrijkste instellingen\n" "voor draadloze netwerken instellen.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2870,37 +2681,31 @@ "called <i>Infrastructure Mode</i>), or <b>Master</b> (the network card\n" "acts as an access point).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>De <b>operating modus</b> is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De " -"modus kan\n" +"<p>De <b>operating modus</b> is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De modus kan\n" "<b>Ad-hoc</b> (peer-to-peer netwerk zonder accesspoint), <b>Managed</b>\n" -"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de " -"<i>Infrastructuur modus</i>\n" +"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de <i>Infrastructuur modus</i>\n" "genoemd), of <b>Master</b> zijn (de netwerkkaart gedraagt zich\n" "als een accespoint).</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:328 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:328 msgid "" "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Stel de <b>Netwerknaam (ESSID)</b> in die gebruikt\n" -"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde " -"virtuele\n" -"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde " -"ESSID nodig om\n" +"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde virtuele\n" +"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde ESSID nodig om\n" "met elkaar te kunnen communiceren. Als u de operatie modus <b>Managed</b>\n" "kiest en de verificatie modus niet gelijk is aan <b>WPA</b>, dan kunt u dit\n" -"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN " -"kaart zich met\n" +"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN kaart zich met\n" "het access point associëren met de best mogelijke signaalsterkte.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:337 msgid "" "<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" @@ -2913,8 +2718,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2927,22 +2731,17 @@ "verificatie gebaseerd op de gebruikte versleutelcode.\n" "In de meeste gevallen waar WEP wordt gebruikt, is de <b>WEP-Open</b>\n" "modus (helemaal geen verificatie) prima. Dit betekent niet dat u geen WEP\n" -"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u <b>Geen versleuteling).\n" +"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u <b>Geen versleuteling</b>).\n" "Sommige netwerken kunnen <b>WEP-shared key</b>verificatie nodig hebben.\n" -"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële " -"aanvaller\n" +"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële aanvaller\n" "gemakkelijker om in uw netwerk in te breken. Gebruik de <b>Open</b>\n" -"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-keyverificatie te " -"gebruiken. Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi " -"Protected Access)\n" -"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle " -"hardware\n" +"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-keyverificatie te gebruiken. Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle hardware\n" "biedt WPA-ondersteuning. Als u WPA wilt gebruiken, selecteer dan\n" "<b>WPA-PSK</b> of <b>WPA-EAP</b> als verificatiemodus.\n" "Dit is alleen in de besturingsmodus <b>Managed</b> mogelijk.<p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:355 msgid "" "<p>To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2956,8 +2755,8 @@ "Van deze sleutels worden 24 bits dynamisch gegenereerd,\n" "u hoeft daarom slechts 40 tot maximaal 232 bits op te geven.</p>\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:363 +#. Wireless dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:363 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2966,17 +2765,13 @@ "dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n" "easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared " -"sleutel opgeven. Deze\n" -"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden " -"hiermee\n" -"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, " -"maar\n" -"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te " -"raden\n" +"<p>Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared sleutel opgeven. Deze\n" +"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden hiermee\n" +"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, maar\n" +"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te raden\n" "woord als wachtwoord.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:371 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:371 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n" @@ -2984,91 +2779,88 @@ "<p>Om WPA-EAP (ook wel WPA Enterprice genoemd) te gebruiken,\n" " voer enkele aanvullende paramaters in in de volgende dialoog.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:374 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:374 msgid "" "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Deze waardes zullen in het interface configuratie bestand\n" -"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra " -"instellingen nodig heeft,\n" -"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde directory het " -"bestand 'wireless' voor alle\n" +"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra instellingen nodig heeft,\n" +"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde directory het bestand 'wireless' voor alle\n" "beschikbare opties.</p>" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "&IPv4-adreslabel" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Net&masker" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Label is te lang." -#. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:371 +#. Popup::Error text +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:371 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "Het IP-adres is onjuist." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Het subnetmasker is onjuist." -#. Translators: input type for a wireless key -#. radio button group label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:54 +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#. radio button group label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:54 msgid "Key Input Type" msgstr "Sleutel invoer type" -#. Translators: input type for a wireless key -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:58 +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:58 msgid "&Passphrase" msgstr "&Wachtwoord frase" -#. Translators: input type for a wireless key -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:61 +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:61 msgid "&ASCII" msgstr "&ASCII" -#. Translators: input type for a wireless key -#. (Hexadecimal) -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:65 +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#. (Hexadecimal) +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:65 msgid "&Hexadecimal" msgstr "&Hexadecimaal" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 msgid "EAP &Mode" msgstr "EAP &modus" -#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 +#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 msgid "TTLS" msgstr "TTLS" -#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 +#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 msgid "PEAP" msgstr "PEAP" -#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 +#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n" "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" @@ -3078,75 +2870,71 @@ "Er zijn verschillende methodes in EAP om verbinding met de server te maken\n" "en de verificatie uit te voeren: TLs, TTLS en PEAP.</p>\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 msgid "&Identity" msgstr "&Identiteit" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 msgid "" "<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n" "and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Voor TTLS en PEAP voert u uw <b>identiteit</b>\n" "en <b>wachtwoord</b> in zoals ingesteld op de server.\n" "Als u de gebruikersnaam als <b>anonieme identiteit</b> wilt\n" "instellen kan dat hier. Dat is in het algemeen niet noodzakelijk.</p>\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 msgid "&Anonymous Identity" msgstr "&Anonieme identiteit" -#. or password? -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 +#. or password? +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "&Clientcertificaat" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>TLS gebruikt een <b>clientcertificaat</b> in plaats van de combinatie " -"van\n" -"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/" -"privé\n" +"<p>TLS gebruikt een <b>clientcertificaat</b> in plaats van de combinatie van\n" +"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/privé\n" "sleutelpaar om de communicatie te versleutelen. Daarom heeft u tevens een\n" "<b>clientkey</b> bestand nodig waar uw privé-sleutel in is opgeslagen en\n" "het <b>client key wachtwoord</b> voor dat bestand.</p>\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 msgid "Client &Key" msgstr "Client &Key" -#. or password? -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 +#. or password? +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 msgid "Client Key Pass&word" msgstr "Client Key &wachtwoord" -#. text entry label -#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 +#. text entry label +#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 msgid "&Server Certificate" msgstr "Servercertificaat" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n" "a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n" @@ -3156,12 +2944,12 @@ "een <b>servercertificaat</b> te configureren. Het wordt\n" "gebruikt om de authenticiteit van de server te valideren.</p>\n" -#. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 +#. push button label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 msgid "" "If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n" "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" @@ -3169,171 +2957,164 @@ "Als u niet uw ID en/of wachtwoord weet of u heeft geen certificaat of\n" "sleutelbestanden, neem dan contact op met uw systeembeheerder.\n" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 msgid "&Authentication Method" msgstr "&Authenticatiemethode" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n" "method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n" "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 " -"authenticatiemethode).\n" -"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden " -"wilt\n" -"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde " -"authenticatie-\n" +"<p>Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 authenticatiemethode).\n" +"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden wilt\n" +"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde authenticatie-\n" "methoden, stel dan hier de ingebouwde authenticateimethode in.</p>\n" -#. radio button group label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 +#. radio button group label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 msgid "&PEAP Version" msgstr "&PEAP versie" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 msgid "" "<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Als u PEAP gebruikt kunt u tevens het gebruik van een specifieke PEAP-\n" -"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet " -"noodzakelijk.</p>\n" +"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet noodzakelijk.</p>\n" -#. radio button: any version of PEAP -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 +#. radio button: any version of PEAP +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 msgid "&Any" msgstr "&Allen" -#. Wireless authentication modes: -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 +#. Wireless authentication modes: +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Geen versleuteling" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - Open" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - Shared Key" -#. ComboBox item -#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 +#. ComboBox item +#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA versie 1 of 2)" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA versie 1 of 2)" -#. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 +#. Wireless dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Draadloze netwerkkaart configuratie" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Draadloze apparaat instellingen" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "B&esturingsmode" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-hoc" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "Master" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Ne&twerk naam (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Netwerk scannen" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "&verificatie mode" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "&Versleutel code" -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "E&xpert instellingen" -#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 +#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "&WEP-sleutels" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "" -"De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk." +msgstr "De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk." -#. Popup text -#. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 +#. Popup text +#. modes: combination of operation and authentication +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Geef de netwerknaam op voor deze module" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "De netwerknaam moet uit minder dan 32 karakters bestaan." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." -msgstr "" -"De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters " -"(inclusief)." +msgstr "De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters (inclusief)." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "De sleutel moet %1 hexadecimale digits bevatten." -#. Popup text -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 +#. Popup text +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "De versleutel code is onjuist." -#. error -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 +#. error +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "Voor deze verificatie mode moet de versleutelcode gespecificeerd zijn." -#. warning only -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 +#. warning only +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3341,15 +3122,15 @@ "Het is onveilig om geen versleuteling te gebruiken.\n" "Echt doorgaan?\n" -#. Wireless expert dialog caption -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 +#. Wireless expert dialog caption +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "Draadloze expert instellingen" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 msgid "" "<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" "(rarely needed).</p>" @@ -3357,124 +3138,116 @@ "<p>Hier kunt u extra configuratie parameters instellen\n" "(zelden nodig).</p>" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 msgid "" "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Wanneer u uw draadloze LAN kaart in master of ad-hoc mode wilt gaan\n" -"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken <b>Kanaal</b> " -"instellen.\n" +"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken <b>Kanaal</b> instellen.\n" "Bij de managed mode is dit niet nodig -- om de accesspoints te vinden zal\n" "de kaart bij deze mode alle kanalen namelijk gaan doorlopen.</p>\n" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 msgid "" "<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een " -"transmissie\n" +"<p>In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een transmissie\n" "<b>Bit snelheid</b> instellen. Zo snel mogelijk is de standaard.</p>" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 msgid "" "<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>In een omgeving met meerdere <b>Accesspoints</b> kunt u door het opgeven\n" -"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen " -"hebben.</p>" +"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen hebben.</p>" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 msgid "" "<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Energiebeheer gebruiken</b> activeert het energiebesparing " -"mechanisme.\n" -"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent " -"en de\n" +"<p><b>Energiebeheer gebruiken</b> activeert het energiebesparing mechanisme.\n" +"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent en de\n" "verbinding met de netspanning verbroken zou kunnen worden.</p>\n" -#. Combobox item -#. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 +#. Combobox item +#. Combobox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatisch" -#. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 +#. Combobox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 msgid "&Channel" msgstr "&Kanaal" -#. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 +#. Combobox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "B&it snelheid" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "&Accesspoint" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "&Energiebeheer gebruiken" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "AP ScanModus" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "Geef de versleutel code" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "&Sleutel" -#. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 +#. Translators: popup title +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" -#. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 +#. Wireless keys dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "Draadloze sleutels" -#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 +#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>In dit venster kunt u uw WEP sleutels definieren waarmee u uw\n" "data versleutelt voordat deze verzonden wordt. U mag maximaal vier sleutels\n" -"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit " -"is de\n" +"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit is de\n" "standaard sleutel. De andere sleutels kunnen voor het decoderen van data\n" "gebruikt worden. Normaliter heeft u slechts één sleutel.</p>" -#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 +#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3488,55 +3261,53 @@ "draadloze LAN verbinding niet tot stand kan komen, dan moet\n" "u waarschijnlijk deze waarde op 64 zetten.</p>" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP sleutels" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "&Sleutel lengte" -#. Table header label -#. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#. Table header label +#. Abbreviation of Number +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "Nee." -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "Sleutel" -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standaard" -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "Als standaard in&stellen" -#. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 +#. file browser dialog headline +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Kies een certificaat" -#. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 +#. validated in ValidateWpaEap +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan " -"resulteren in\n" +"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan resulteren in\n" "onveilige, kwetsbare draadloze netwerken. Doorgaan zonder CA?" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3544,117 +3315,111 @@ "Voer de identiteit en wachtwoord in\n" "of de clientcertificaat." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" -#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 +#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "Alle" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP details" -#: src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:100 +#: src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:100 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisering..." -#. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 +#. Ramote Administration dialog caption +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Beheer op afstand" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:66 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:66 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "Extern beheer met sessiebeheer &toestaan" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:74 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" msgstr "Extern beheer zonder sessiebeheer &toestaan" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:82 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "Beheer op afstand &niet toestaan" -#. Remote Administration dialog help -#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:99 +#. Remote Administration dialog help +#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/).</p>\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n" "<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" "at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" -"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with " -"a single\n" +"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" "session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Instellingen voor extern beheer</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Als deze functie is ingeschakeld, kunt u\n" "deze computer extern beheren vanaf een andere computer. Gebruik een\n" "VNC-client, zoals krdc (verbind deze met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</tt>) of\n" -"een Java-webbrowser (verbind met <tt>https://<hostnaam>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"een Java-webbrowser (verbind met <tt>https://<hostnaam>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n" "<p>Zonder Sessiebeheer kan er slechts één gebruiker tegelijk\n" -"zijn verbonden met een sessie en wordt deze sessie beëindigd wanneer de " -"verbinding met de\n" -"VNC-client wordt verbroken.</p><p>Met Sessiebeheer kunnen meerdere " -"gebruikers met één\n" -"sessie werken en kan de sessie ook actief blijven als niemand hiermee is " -"verbonden.</p>" +"zijn verbonden met een sessie en wordt deze sessie beëindigd wanneer de verbinding met de\n" +"VNC-client wordt verbroken.</p><p>Met Sessiebeheer kunnen meerdere gebruikers met één\n" +"sessie werken en kan de sessie ook actief blijven als niemand hiermee is verbonden.</p>" -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:123 +#. Dialog frame title +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor beheer op afstand" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:140 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:140 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Deze pakketten moeten geïnstalleerd worden:" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:158 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:158 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3666,28 +3431,28 @@ "\n" "Wilt u het nog eens proberen?\n" -#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. -#. -#. This list is used when selecting <ol> -#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, -#. there we want to see the link status </li> -#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there -#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> -#. </ol> -#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion -#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) -#. @return a list of items -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:206 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:206 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service -#. -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#. -#. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:868 +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:868 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3695,36 +3460,36 @@ "Netwerk wordt momenteel verwerkt door NetworkManager\n" "of is volledig uitgeschakeld. YaST kan sommige opties niet configureren." -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:928 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:928 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Netwerkkaarten" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:932 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:932 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modems" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:936 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:936 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN-kaarten" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:940 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:940 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL apparaten" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:945 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Alle netwerk apparaten" -#. Returns a generic message informing user that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME -#. setup was detected. -#. -#. @param [Array<String>] list of incorrectly configured devices -#. @return [String] a message stating that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME setup was detected -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:956 +#. Returns a generic message informing user that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME +#. setup was detected. +#. +#. @param [Array<String>] list of incorrectly configured devices +#. @return [String] a message stating that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME setup was detected +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:956 msgid "" "More than one interface asks to control the hostname via DHCP.\n" "If you keep the current settings, the behavior is non-deterministic.\n" @@ -3738,160 +3503,156 @@ "Betrokken configuratiebestanden:\n" "%s\n" -#. validation error popup -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:80 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:383 +#. validation error popup +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:383 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "De hostnaam is ongeldig." -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:97 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domeinnaam" -#. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 +#. validation error popup +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is invalid." msgstr "De domeinnaam is onjuist." -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:119 msgid "Set Hostname via DHCP" msgstr "Hostnaam via DHCP instellen" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:133 msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" msgstr "Hostnaam &toewijzen aan Loopback-IP" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:139 msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "&DNS-configuratie aanpassen" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:142 msgid "Only Manually" msgstr "Alleen handmatig" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:143 msgid "Use Default Policy" msgstr "Gebruik standaard beleid" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 msgid "Use Custom Policy" msgstr "Gebruik aangepast beleid" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 msgid "&Custom Policy Rule" msgstr "&Aangepaste beleidsregels" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:164 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:164 msgid "Name Server &1" msgstr "Naamserver &1" -#. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:180 +#. validation error popup +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:180 msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid." msgstr "Het IP-adres van de naamserver is ongeldig." -#. NAMESERVER_2 and NAMESERVER_3 are cloned in the dialog function -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:187 +#. NAMESERVER_2 and NAMESERVER_3 are cloned in the dialog function +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:187 msgid "Do&main Search" msgstr "Doorzochte do&meinen" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:212 msgid "Name Server &2" msgstr "Naamserver &2" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:213 msgid "Name Server &3" msgstr "Naamserver &3" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:217 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "Hostnaam en domeinnaam" -#. global help, init, store for all dialog -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 +#. global help, init, store for all dialog +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List" msgstr "Naamservers en domein zoeklijst" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 msgid "Hostname/DNS" msgstr "Hostnaam/DNS" -#. Init handler for DHCP_HOSTNAME -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:434 +#. Init handler for DHCP_HOSTNAME +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:434 msgid "keep current settings" msgstr "huidige instellingen behouden" -#. translators: no device selected placeholder -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:439 +#. translators: no device selected placeholder +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:439 msgid "no" msgstr "nee" -#. translators: placeholder for "set hostname via any DHCP aware device" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:441 +#. translators: placeholder for "set hostname via any DHCP aware device" +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:441 msgid "yes: any" msgstr "ja: elke" -#. translators: label is in form yes: <device name> -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 +#. translators: label is in form yes: <device name> +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 msgid "yes: %s" msgstr "ja: %s" -#. Validator for domain name, no_popup -#. @param [String] key the widget being validated -#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:524 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege " -"Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?" +#. Validator for domain name, no_popup +#. @param [String] key the widget being validated +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#. @return whether valid +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:524 +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "De zoeklijst mag maximaal %1 domeinen bevatten." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:548 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:548 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "De zoeklijst mag maximaal %1 karakters bevatten." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:557 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:557 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "Het zoekdomein %1 is ongeldig." -#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately -#. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:692 +#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately +#. via CWMTab +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:692 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Hostnaam- en naamserverconfiguratie" -#. Warning popup text 1/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:57 +#. Warning popup text 1/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:57 msgid "The host %1 is a system host." msgstr "De host %1 is een systeem host." -#. Warning popup text 2/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:61 +#. Warning popup text 2/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:61 msgid "Really delete it?" msgstr "Wilt u dit echt verwijderen?" -#. Warning popup text 2/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:64 +#. Warning popup text 2/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:64 msgid "Really change it?" msgstr "Wilt u het echt wijzigen?" -#. Hosts dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:78 +#. Hosts dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:78 msgid "<p>The hosts can be set up in this dialog.</p>" msgstr "<p>De hosts kunnen in dit dialoog worden ingesteld.</p>" -#. Hosts dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:80 +#. Hosts dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>Enter a host <b>IP Address</b>, a <b>Hostname</b>, and optional\n" "<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>\n" @@ -3899,158 +3660,153 @@ "<p>Geef een host-<b>IP-adres</b>, een <b>hostnaam</b> en optioneel de\n" "<b>hostaliassen</b> op, gescheiden door spaties.</p>\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "Huidige hosts" -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "Hostnamen" -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "Hostaliassen" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:336 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:336 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Hos&taliassen" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:399 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:399 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "De alias naam \"%1\" is onjuist." -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:67 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:67 msgid "Default IPv4 &Gateway" msgstr "Standaard IPv4-&gateway" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:71 msgid "Default IPv6 &Gateway" msgstr "Standaard IPv6-&gateway" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110 msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding" msgstr "Doorsturen via &IPv4 inschakelen" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111 msgid "Enable I&Pv6 Forwarding" msgstr "Doorsturen via &IPv6 inschakelen" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:136 msgid "Routing" msgstr "Routing" -#. Route edit dialog -#. @param [Fixnum] id id of the edited route -#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry -#. @param [Array] devs available devices -#. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#. Route edit dialog +#. @param [Fixnum] id id of the edited route +#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry +#. @param [Array] devs available devices +#. @return route or nil, if canceled +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "&Bestemming" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:189 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:189 msgid "&Netmask" msgstr "&Netmasker" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:198 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:198 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "&Gateway" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:206 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "A&pparaat" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:261 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:261 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "Bestemming is onjuist." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:269 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:269 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "Gateway IP-adres is onjuist." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:277 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:277 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "Subnetmasker is onjuist." -#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used -#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:436 +#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used +#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:436 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "De standaard gateway is onjuist." -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression" msgstr "Reguliere expressie voor het &bel-toegangsnummer" -#. dial prefix regex help -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 +#. dial prefix regex help +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Wanneer <b>Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer</b> is " -"ingesteld, kunnen\n" -"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen " -"zodat het met\n" -"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0, <tt>9</tt>\n" -"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie " -"wordt het\n" +"<p>Wanneer <b>Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer</b> is ingesteld, kunnen\n" +"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen zodat het met\n" +"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" +"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie wordt het\n" "gebruikers niet toegestaan om het toegangsnummer aan te passen.</p>\n" -#. radio button group label,method of setup -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 +#. radio button group label,method of setup +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Setup Method" msgstr "Methode instelling" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "A&utomatische adres instelling (via DHCP)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 msgid "S&tatic Address Setup" msgstr "Statische adres instelling" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 msgid "<p>H</p>" msgstr "<p>H</p>" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 msgid "At Boot Time" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten" -#. is a part of the static help text -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 +#. is a part of the static help text +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nooit" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 msgid "By NetworkManager" msgstr "Door netwerkbeheerder" -#. help text for Device Activation -#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 +#. help text for Device Activation +#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 msgid "" "<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n" "controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST." @@ -4058,28 +3814,27 @@ "<b>Door netwerkbeheerder</b>: een desktopapplet\n" "beheert de interface. U hoeft niets in te stellen met YaST." -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n" "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Handmatig</b>: U kunt de interface handmatig bedienen\n" -"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' " -"hieronder).</p>.\n" +"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' hieronder).</p>.\n" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 msgid "On Cable Connection" msgstr "Tijdens een kabel verbinding" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 msgid "" "<b>On Cable Connection</b>:\n" "The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n" @@ -4091,13 +3846,13 @@ "netwerkverbinding heeft. Dus of de kabel is aangesloten of de\n" "draadloze interface kan zich met een access punt verbinden.\n" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 msgid "On Hotplug" msgstr "Tijdens hotpluggen" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 msgid "" "With <b>On Hotplug</b>,\n" "the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n" @@ -4106,115 +3861,107 @@ msgstr "" "Met <b>Tijdens hotpluggen</b>,\n" "zal de interface ingesteld worden zodra deze beschikbaar komt. Dit is\n" -"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in " -"een\n" -"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig " -"is.\n" +"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in een\n" +"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig is.\n" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 msgid "On NFSroot" msgstr "Op NFSroot" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik maken van <b>Op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. " -"Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" -"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt " -"wel.\n" +"Gebruik maken van <b>Op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" +"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt wel.\n" "Gebruik dit als u een NFS- of iSCSI-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n" -#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 +#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "&Apparaat activeren" -#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be -#. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 +#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be +#. substituted as %1 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n" -"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n" "<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n" "%1</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Apparaatactivering</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. " -"<b>Tijdens opstarten</b> start de interface op met het systeem.\n" +"<p>Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. <b>Tijdens opstarten</b> start de interface op met het systeem.\n" "<b>Nooit</b> start het apparaat niet op.\n" "%1</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" msgstr "IPoIB-apparaatmodus" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 msgid "Firewall is not installed." msgstr "Firewall is niet geïnstalleerd." -#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 +#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" msgstr "1500 (ethernet, DSL-breedband)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" msgstr "1492 (PPPoE-breedband)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 msgid "576 (dial-up)" msgstr "576 (inbellen)" -#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 +#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" msgstr "65520 (IPoIB in verbonden modus)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" msgstr "2044 (IPoIB in datagrammodus)" -#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 +#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "&MTU instellen" -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "NetworkManager-service" -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "Traditioneel ifup" -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "Wicked-service" -#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "Netwerkservices uitgeschakeld" -#. Store the NetworkManager widget -#. @param [String] key id of the widget -#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 +#. Store the NetworkManager widget +#. @param [String] key id of the widget +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Applet is nodig" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" @@ -4224,34 +3971,34 @@ "(een plasma-widget voor KDE en nm-applet voor GNOME).\n" "Ga na of het draait en zo niet, start het handmatig." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Algemene netwerkinstellingen" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor IPv6-protocol" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 activeren" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Onbekend apparaat" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adres" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Geen IP-adres toegewezen" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4259,202 +4006,198 @@ "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" -#. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 +#. #186102 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "Apparaat wij&zigen" -#. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 +#. popup dialog title +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Selectie van netwerkapparaat" -#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration -#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten -#. to "0.0.0.0/32" -#. -#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 +#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration +#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten +#. to "0.0.0.0/32" +#. +#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 msgid "configured" msgstr "geconfigureerd" -#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue -#. -#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 +#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue +#. +#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgstr "Netwerk opnieuw opstarten bevestigen" -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"Vanwege het overbruggingsnetwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om " -"de instellingen te kunnen toepassen." +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "Vanwege het overbruggingsnetwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de instellingen te kunnen toepassen." -#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:86 +#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:86 msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Apparaatnaam:" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:92 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:92 msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "Basis Udev-regel aan" -#. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +#. make sure there is enough space (#367239) +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "MAC-adres: %s" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:107 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:107 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "BusID: %s" -#. check if the name is assigned to another device already -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:144 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:144 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Configuratienaam bestaat al." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:148 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:148 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Ongeldige configuratienaam." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam schrijven" -#. Progress stage 2 -#. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#. Progress stage 2 +#. Progress stage 10 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Configuratie bijwerken" -#. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf bijwerken" -#. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 +#. Write dialog caption +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Hostnaam- en DNS-configuratie opslaan" -#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) -#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 +#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) +#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Hostnaam wordt geschreven..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:606 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#. Progress step 10 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Configuratie wordt bijgewerkt..." -#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) -#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 +#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) +#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf wordt bijgewerkt..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Hostnaam: ingesteld door DHCP" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Hostnaam: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Hostnaam zal niet worden geschreven naar /etc/hosts" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Naamservers: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Zoeklijst: %1" -#. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:144 +#. Check if there is anything to do +#: src/modules/Host.rb:144 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "/etc/hosts bijwerken" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:146 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "Hostnaamconfiguratie opslaan" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:150 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:150 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "/etc/hosts wordt bijgewerkt..." -#. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:254 +#. Read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:254 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "De netwerkconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:267 +#. Progress stage 1/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:267 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Netwerkapparaten detecteren" -#. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:269 +#. Progress stage 2/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:269 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Stuurprogramma-informatie lezen" -#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271 +#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Apparaatconfiguratie lezen" -#. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:273 +#. Progress stage 4/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:273 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie lezen" -#. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#. Progress stage 5/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen" -#. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:277 +#. Progress stage 6/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:277 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Hostnaam- en DNS-configuratie lezen" -#. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:279 +#. Progress stage 7/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:279 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Installatie-informatie lezen" -#. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:281 +#. Progress stage 8/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:281 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Routingconfiguratie lezen" -#. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:283 +#. Progress stage 9/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:283 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Huidige status detecteren" -#. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#. Progress step 1/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Zoeken naar ndiswrapper..." -#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:316 +#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:316 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" @@ -4464,7 +4207,7 @@ "maar de kernel-module is niet geladen met modprobe.\n" "Moet deze geladen worden met 'modprobe ndiswrapper'?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:324 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:324 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -4472,288 +4215,281 @@ "De ndiswrapper kernel-module is niet geladen.\n" "Controleer de configuratie handmatig.\n" -#. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 +#. Progress step 2/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "De netwerkapparaten worden gedetecteerd..." -#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 +#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "De apparaatconfiguratie wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:353 +#. Progress step 4/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:353 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "De netwerkconfiguratie wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:362 +#. Progress step 5/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:362 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "De firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..." -#. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#. Progress step 6/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Hostnaam- en DNS-configuratie worden gelezen..." -#. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:377 +#. Progress step 7/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:377 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Installatie-informatie wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 +#. Progress step 8/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Routingconfiguratie wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:389 +#. Progress step 9/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:389 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Huidige status wordt gedetecteerd..." -#. Final progress step -#. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:395 src/modules/Lan.rb:627 +#. Final progress step +#. Final progress step +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:395 src/modules/Lan.rb:627 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klaar" -#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) -#. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:422 +#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) +#. @return Read(`cache) +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:422 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Om deze wijziging toe te passen dient u de computer te herstarten." -#. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:490 +#. Write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:490 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:497 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:497 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Stuurprogramma-informatie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:499 +#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:499 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Apparaatconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:501 +#. Progress stage 4 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:501 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:503 +#. Progress stage 5 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:503 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Routingconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505 +#. Progress stage 6 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Hostnaam- en DNS-configuratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 +#. Progress stage 7 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Netwerkservices instelling" -#. Progress stage 8 -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:511 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 +#. Progress stage 8 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:511 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#. Progress stage 9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Netwerkservices activeren" -#. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf wordt opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:536 +#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:536 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "De apparaatconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:542 +#. Progress step 4 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:542 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "De netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:548 +#. Progress step 5 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:548 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Routingconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:556 +#. Progress step 6 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:556 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "De hostnaam- en de DNS-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:569 +#. Progress step 7 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:569 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Netwerkservices worden ingesteld..." -#. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:577 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 +#. Progress step 8 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:577 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#. Progress step 9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Netwerkservices worden geactiveerd..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:623 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Er draait geen netwerk" -#. header for network summary list -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:732 +#. header for network summary list +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:732 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Netwerkmodus" -#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:737 +#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:737 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Interfaces aangestuurd door NetworkManager" -#. switch from network manager to wicked -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:739 +#. switch from network manager to wicked +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:739 msgid "switch to Wicked" msgstr "omschakelen naar Wicked" -#. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:743 +#. network mode +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:743 msgid "Traditional network setup with Wicked" msgstr "Traditionele netwerkconfiguratie met Wicked" -#. switch from wicked to network manager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:745 +#. switch from wicked to network manager +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:745 msgid "switch to NetworkManager" msgstr "omschakelen naar NetworkManager" -#. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:751 +#. ipv6 support is enabled +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:751 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Ondersteuning voor IPv6-protocol geactiveerd" -#. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:753 +#. disable ipv6 support +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:753 msgid "disable" msgstr "uitschakelen" -#. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:757 +#. ipv6 support is disabled +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:757 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Ondersteuning voor IPv6-protocol gedeactiveerd" -#. enable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 +#. enable ipv6 support +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "enable" msgstr "inschakelen" -#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:202 +#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:202 msgid "connected" msgstr "verbonden" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:203 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:203 msgid "datagram" msgstr "datagram" -#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto -#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto -#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1341 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1345 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto +#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto +#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1345 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Automatisch gestart bij opstarten" -#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Automatisch gestart bij kabelverbinding" -#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1353 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1353 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Beheerd door netwerkbeheerder" -#. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1357 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=off +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1357 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Zal niet worden opgestart" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Handmatig gestart" -#. Creates details for device's overview based on ip configuration type -#. -#. Produces list of strings. Strings are intended for "bullet" list, e.g.: -#. * <string1> -#. * <string2> -#. -#. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value") -#. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 +#. Creates details for device's overview based on ip configuration type +#. +#. Produces list of strings. Strings are intended for "bullet" list, e.g.: +#. * <string1> +#. * <string2> +#. +#. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value") +#. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP-adres toegewezen met" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1397 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1397 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP-adres: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1400 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP-adres: %s, subnetmasker %s" -#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item -#. overview. Check and remove. -#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1444 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1500 +#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item +#. overview. Check and remove. +#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1444 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1500 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Apparaatnaam: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1469 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Binding-master" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1472 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1472 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Bridge" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "ondergeschikt in %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1488 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Niet verbonden" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1489 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Geen hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"De netwerkkaart kan niet worden geconfigureerd, omdat het kernelapparaat " -"(eth0, wlan0) niet beschikbaar is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door " -"ontbrekende firmware (voor wlan-apparaten). Zie dmesg-uitvoer voor meer " -"informatie." +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1506 +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "De netwerkkaart kan niet worden geconfigureerd, omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) niet beschikbaar is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware (voor wlan-apparaten). Zie dmesg-uitvoer voor meer informatie." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1512 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1512 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4761,31 +4497,31 @@ "Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op <b>Bewerken</b>\n" "om het te configureren.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Vereiste informatie" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#. Returns a formated string with the interfaces that are part of a bridge -#. or of a bond interface. -#. -#. @param [String] ifcfg_type -#. @param [String] ifcfg_name -#. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces enslaved -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2545 +#. Returns a formated string with the interfaces that are part of a bridge +#. or of a bond interface. +#. +#. @param [String] ifcfg_type +#. @param [String] ifcfg_name +#. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces enslaved +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2545 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Binding-slaves" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2548 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2548 msgid "Bridge Ports" msgstr "Bridge-poorten" -#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before -#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." @@ -4793,39 +4529,39 @@ "Pakket %{package} is niet geïnstalleerd\n" "firewallinstellingen worden uitgeschakeld." -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Aanmeldscherm instellen" -#. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Services opnieuw starten" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie voor extern beheer opslaan" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Aanmeldscherm wordt ingesteld..." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "De service wordt opnieuw gestart..." -#. Install required packages -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Service %{service} inschakelen is mislukt" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Het uitschakelen van service %{service} is mislukt" -#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4833,72 +4569,71 @@ msgstr "" "Uw weergavemanager moet opnieuw worden gestart.\n" "Als u de wijzigingen in extern beheer wilt meenemen,\n" -"moet u deze handmatig opnieuw starten of moet u zich afmelden en weer " -"aanmelden." +"moet u deze handmatig opnieuw starten of moet u zich afmelden en weer aanmelden." -#. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Beheer op afstand is ingeschakeld." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Beheer op afstand is uitgeschakeld." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:312 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:312 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor IP-forwarding schrijven" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:314 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:314 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "Routinginstellingen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:317 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "Routingconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:322 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:322 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "Instellingen voor IP-forwarding worden geschreven..." -#. at first stop the running routes -#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); -#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, -#. so we let our caller do it together with other things -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:332 +#. at first stop the running routes +#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); +#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, +#. so we let our caller do it together with other things +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:332 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "Routinginstellingen worden geschreven..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:502 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:502 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Gateway: %s" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:506 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:506 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "Doorsturen via IP voor IPv4: %s" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:510 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:510 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "Doorsturen via IP voor IPv6: %s" -#. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 +#. item in combo box Firewall Zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Automatisch toegewezen zone" -#. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:127 +#. item in combo box Firewall Zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Firewall uitgeschakeld" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(onbeschermd)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,108 +14,107 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the nfs module -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 +#. Command line help text for the nfs module +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 msgid "Configuration of NFS client" msgstr "Configuratie van de NFS-client" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 msgid "List configured NFS mounts" msgstr "Geconfigureerde NFS-mounts weergeven" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 msgid "Add an NFS mount" msgstr "NFS-mount toevoegen" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 msgid "Edit an NFS mount" msgstr "NFS-mount wijzigen" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 msgid "Delete an NFS mount" msgstr "NFS-mount verwijderen" -#. host:path -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_spec -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 +#. host:path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_spec +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" msgstr "Extern bestandssysteem (in de vorm 'host:pad')" -#. path -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_file -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 +#. path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_file +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 msgid "Local mount point" msgstr "Lokaal mount punt" -#. a list? -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_mntops -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 +#. a list? +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_mntops +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 msgid "Mount options" msgstr "Mount opties" -#. nfs or nfs4 -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_type -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 +#. nfs or nfs4 +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_type +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"Bestandssysteem-id, ondersteund is nfs en nfs4. Standaard waarde is nfs." +msgstr "Bestandssysteem-id, ondersteund is nfs en nfs4. Standaard waarde is nfs." -#. CLI action handler. -#. Print summary in command line -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 +#. CLI action handler. +#. Print summary in command line +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 msgid "Remote File System" msgstr "Extern bestandssysteem" -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Mount punt" -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" -#. CLI action handler. -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "Onbekende waarde voor optie \"type\"." -#. error -#. error -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 msgid "No NFS mount specified." msgstr "Er is geen NFS-mount gespecificeerd." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." msgstr "Geen, aan de criteria voldoende, NFS-mount gevonden." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" msgstr "Meerdere, aan de criteria voldoende, NFS-mounts gevonden:" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" @@ -131,8 +130,8 @@ "Geldig IPv6: %2\n" "Geldig domein: %3" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -140,8 +139,8 @@ "fstab bevat reeds een ingevoerde waarde\n" "met mount punt '%1'." -#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 +#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -151,137 +150,126 @@ "korter zijn dan 70 karakters en beginnen\n" "met een schuine streep (/)." -#. Help, part 1 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 +#. Help, part 1 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 msgid "" "<p>The table contains all directories \n" "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>De tabel bevat alle directories die \n" -"geëxporteerd zijn vanuit servers extern en lokaal aangekoppeld zijn via NFS " -"(NFS-shares).</p>" +"geëxporteerd zijn vanuit servers extern en lokaal aangekoppeld zijn via NFS (NFS-shares).</p>" -#. Help, part 2 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 +#. Help, part 2 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Elke NFS-share wordt geïdentificeerd door een extern NFS-serveradres en\n" -"geëxporteerde directory, lokale directory waar de externe directory is " -"aangekoppeld, \n" -"NFS-type (ofwel normaal nfs of nfsv4) en aankoppelopties. Voor verdere " -"informatie \n" -"over het aankoppelen van NFS en aankoppelopties, ga naar <tt>man nfs.</tt>" +"geëxporteerde directory, lokale directory waar de externe directory is aangekoppeld, \n" +"NFS-type (ofwel normaal nfs of nfsv4) en aankoppelopties. Voor verdere informatie \n" +"over het aankoppelen van NFS en aankoppelopties, ga naar <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" -#. Help, part 3 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 +#. Help, part 3 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om een nieuwe NFS-share te koppelen, klikt u op <B>Toevoegen</B>. Om de\n" -"configuratie te wijzigen van de huidige gekoppelde share, klik op " -"<B>Bewerken</B>.\n" -"Verwijderen en ontkoppelen van een geselecteerde share gaat met " -"<B>Verwijderen</B>.</p>\n" +"configuratie te wijzigen van de huidige gekoppelde share, klik op <B>Bewerken</B>.\n" +"Verwijderen en ontkoppelen van een geselecteerde share gaat met <B>Verwijderen</B>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Als u toegang wilt tot NFSv4-shares (NFSv4 is een nieuwere versie\n" "van het NFS-protocol), activeer dan de optie <b>Schakel NFSv4 in</b>.\n" "In dat geval moet u mogelijk de specifieke <b>NFSv4 Domeinnaam</b> leveren,\n" -"die is vereist voor de juiste instelling van de toegangsrechten van bestand/" -"directory.</p>\n" +"die is vereist voor de juiste instelling van de toegangsrechten van bestand/directory.</p>\n" -#. selection box label -#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows -#. NFS servers only -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 +#. selection box label +#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows +#. NFS servers only +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-servers" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&Geëxporteerde directories" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgstr "&NFS-server host naam" -#. pushbutton label -#. choose a host from a list -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 +#. pushbutton label +#. choose a host from a list +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 msgid "Choo&se" msgstr "&Selecteren" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 msgid "&Remote Directory" msgstr "Netwerkdi&rectory" -#. pushbutton label, -#. select from a list of remote filesystems -#. make it short -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +#. pushbutton label, +#. select from a list of remote filesystems +#. make it short +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Selecteren" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 msgid "NFS&v4 Share" msgstr "NFS&v4-share" -#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" msgstr "pNFS (v4.1)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 msgid "&Mount Point (local)" msgstr "&Mountpunt (lokaal):" -#. button label -#. browse directories to select a mount point -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +#. button label +#. browse directories to select a mount point +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bladeren" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pties" -#. label message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 +#. label message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Er wordt op dit LAN naar hosts gezocht..." -#. Translators: 1st part of error message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 +#. Translators: 1st part of error message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." msgstr "Geen NFS-server gevonden in uw netwerk." -#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 +#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -291,19 +279,19 @@ "Dit wordt mogelijk veroorzaakt omdat SuSEfirewall2 wordt uitgevoerd,\n" "waardoor waarschijnlijk het netwerkscannen wordt geblokkeerd." -#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 +#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." msgstr "De directory lijst voor \"%1\" wordt ingelezen..." -#. heading for a directory selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 +#. heading for a directory selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgstr "Selecteer mountpunt" -#. help text 1/4 -#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 +#. help text 1/4 +#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 msgid "" "<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n" "<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n" @@ -313,9 +301,9 @@ "Met <i>Selecteren</i> kunt u door een lijst met\n" "NFS-servers van het lokale netwerk bladeren.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#. added "Select" button -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 +#. help text 2/4 +#. added "Select" button +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n" "enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" @@ -324,27 +312,24 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Bij <b>Extern bestandssysteem</b>,\n" "vult u het pad in naar de directory op de NFS-server. Kies\n" -"<b>Selecteren</b> om een van de geëxporteerde paden van de server te " -"kiezen.\n" +"<b>Selecteren</b> om een van de geëxporteerde paden van de server te kiezen.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "<p>\t\t\n" -"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n" "interactively.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Bij <b>Extern bestandssysteem</b>,\n" -"Bij <b>aankoppelpunt </b>, vult u het pad in van het lokale bestandssysteem " -"waar de directory aangekoppeld dient te worden. Met\n" +"Bij <b>aankoppelpunt </b>, vult u het pad in van het lokale bestandssysteem waar de directory aangekoppeld dient te worden. Met\n" "<b>Bladeren</b>,kunt u het mount punt interactief \n" "selecteren.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n" "read the man page mount(8).</p>" @@ -352,58 +337,58 @@ "<p>Lees de man page mount(8),\n" "voor een lijst met <b>opties.</b></p>" -#. popup heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +#. popup heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 msgid "Remote Directory" msgstr "Netwerkdirectory" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 msgid "NFS Type" msgstr "NFS-type" -#. #211570 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "NFSv4 activeren" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" msgstr "NFSv4-domeinnaam" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "&GSS-beveiliging activeren" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 msgid "&NFS Shares" msgstr "&NFS-shares" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 msgid "NFS &Settings" msgstr "NFS-in&stellingen" -#. Default values -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 +#. Default values +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Wilt u %1 echt verwijderen?" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 msgid "NFS Client Configuration" msgstr "NFS-client configuratie" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Kon de directory '%1' niet aanmaken." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -413,77 +398,77 @@ "Er zullen geen wijzigingen worden\n" "aangebracht in de NFS-client configuratie.\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "NFS-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Stop services" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Start services" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Services worden gestopt..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Services worden gestart..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "De NFS-client instellingen worden opgeslagen. Even geduld..." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "Kon de NFS velden van /etc/fstab niet mounten." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS-velden" -#. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#. summary item, %1 is a number +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 items geconfigureerd. " -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgstr "Een lege optie-waarde is niet toegestaan." -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "Onverwachte waarde '%{value}' voor optie '%{key}'" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Onbekende optie: '%{sleutel}'" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Ongeldige optie: '%{opt}'" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Lege waarde voor optie: '%{sleutel}'" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,87 +14,83 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 +#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 msgid "Configuration of NFS server" msgstr "Configuratie van de NFS-server" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 msgid "NFS server configuration summary" msgstr "NFS-serverconfiguratieoverzicht" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 msgid "Start NFS server" msgstr "Start NFS-server" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 msgid "Stop NFS server" msgstr "Stop NFS-server" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 msgid "Add a directory to export" msgstr "Een te exporteren directory toevoegen" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 msgid "Delete a directory from export" msgstr "Verwijder een te exporteren directory" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 msgid "Set the parameters for domain, security and enablev4." msgstr "Stel de parameters voor 'domain', 'security' en 'enablev4' in." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 msgid "Directory to export" msgstr "Te exporteren directory" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 msgid "Host wild card for setting the access to directory" msgstr "Host-jokerteken om de toegang tot een directory in te stellen" -#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 +#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 msgid "Export options (see 'man exports')" msgstr "Exportopties (zie 'man exports')" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"Domeinspecificatie voor NFSv4 id-mapping, bijvoorbeeld 'localdomain' of 'abc." -"com' etc." +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "Domeinspecificatie voor NFSv4 id-mapping, bijvoorbeeld 'localdomain' of 'abc.com' etc." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." msgstr "Ja/nee-optie om NFSv4-ondersteuning aan- of uit te zetten." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling secure NFS." msgstr "Ja/nee-optie om beveiligd NFS aan of uit te zetten." -#. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "NFS-server is ingeschakeld" -#. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "NFS-server is uitgeschakeld" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Sommige vereiste pakketten (%1) zijn niet geïnstalleerd." -#. error -#. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Geen mountpunt opgegeven." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -102,27 +98,20 @@ "De exporttabel bevat\n" "deze directory al." -#. CLI action handler. -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"Het domein kan niet worden ingesteld zonder NFSv4 aan te zetten. Gebruik " -"daarvoor het commando 'set enablev4'." +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "Het domein kan niet worden ingesteld zonder NFSv4 aan te zetten. Gebruik daarvoor het commando 'set enablev4'." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"Het set-commando dient te worden gebruikt als 'set optie=waarde'. Gebruik " -"'set help' om de beschikbare opties te raadplegen." +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "Het set-commando dient te worden gebruikt als 'set optie=waarde'. Gebruik 'set help' om de beschikbare opties te raadplegen." -#. Then no need to check for conflict. -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 +#. Then no need to check for conflict. +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 msgid "" "%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\n" "for the same client '%1' (contained in '%2')" @@ -130,13 +119,13 @@ "%3 en %4 worden allebei geëxporteerd met de optie fsid=0\n" "voor dezelfde client '%1' (opgenomen in '%2')" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 msgid "Dire&ctories" msgstr "Dire&ctory's" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 msgid "" "The wild card or options string is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters and it\n" @@ -146,8 +135,8 @@ "Het moet korter zijn dan 70 tekens en het mag\n" "geen spaties bevatten.\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 msgid "" "Invalid option.\n" "Only letters, digits, and the characters =/.:,_- are allowed." @@ -155,18 +144,18 @@ "Foutieve optie.\n" "Alleen letters, cijfers en de tekens =/.,_- zijn toegestaan." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 msgid "Unknown option: '%1'" msgstr "Onbekende optie: '%1'" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 msgid "Invalid option: '%1'" msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor optie: '%1'" -#. %1 is a list of exported paths -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 +#. %1 is a list of exported paths +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 msgid "" "There are unbalanced parentheses in export options\n" "for %1.\n" @@ -176,49 +165,49 @@ "%1 komen niet overeen.\n" "Het configuratiebestand bevat zeer waarschijnlijk een ongeldige spatie.\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "Te exporteren &directory" -#. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 +#. button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Bladeren..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "Vul een niet-leeg exportpad in. Bijvoorbeeld /exports." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "De exporttabel bevat deze directory al." -#. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 +#. the dir does not exist +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "De directory bestaat niet. Wilt u deze maken?" -#. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 +#. title in the file selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Selecteer de te exporteren directory" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "&Hostjokerteken" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pties" -#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue -#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). -#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 +#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue +#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). +#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" @@ -226,8 +215,8 @@ "'fsid=0' is geen geldige optie tenzij \n" "NFSv4 is ingeschakeld (vorige pagina).\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -235,18 +224,14 @@ "De opties voor dit jokerteken\n" "zijn al ingesteld." -#. Opening NFS server dialog -#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"Kan het bestand /etc/idmapd.conf niet lezen. Domein ingesteld op de " -"standaardinstelling 'localdomain'." +#. Opening NFS server dialog +#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "Kan het bestand /etc/idmapd.conf niet lezen. Domein ingesteld op de standaardinstelling 'localdomain'." -#. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 +#. Help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others.</P>" @@ -254,167 +239,150 @@ "<P>Hier kunt u bepalen of u de NFS-server wilt starten op uw computer\n" "en een aantal van uw directory's naar andere computers wilt exporteren.</P>" -#. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 +#. Help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>Indien u <B>Start NFS-server</B> kiest, opent de knop <B>Verder</B> \n" -"een configuratiedialoog waar u de te exporteren directory's kunt " -"specificeren.</P>" +"een configuratiedialoog waar u de te exporteren directory's kunt specificeren.</P>" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.</P>\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Als de server NFSv4-clients moet bedienen zet dan de optie <B>NFSv4 " -"aanzetten</B> aan\n" -"en vul het NFSv4-domein in in het tekstveld voor gebruik door de id-mapping-" -"daemon. Laat de\n" -"waarde op localdomain staan of raadpleeg zo nodig de informatiepagina voor " -"idmapd en idmapd.conf.</P>\n" +"<P>Als de server NFSv4-clients moet bedienen zet dan de optie <B>NFSv4 aanzetten</B> aan\n" +"en vul het NFSv4-domein in in het tekstveld voor gebruik door de id-mapping-daemon. Laat de\n" +"waarde op localdomain staan of raadpleeg zo nodig de informatiepagina voor idmapd en idmapd.conf.</P>\n" -#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 +#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" +"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Als de server en de client de GSS-bibliotheek nodig hebben voor " -"verificatie,\n" -"zet dan de optie <B>GSS beveiliging aanzetten</B> aan. Om de GSS-API te " -"gebruiken heeft u Kerberos en gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) nodig op uw " -"systeem</P>\n" +"<P>Als de server en de client de GSS-bibliotheek nodig hebben voor verificatie,\n" +"zet dan de optie <B>GSS beveiliging aanzetten</B> aan. Om de GSS-API te gebruiken heeft u Kerberos en gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) nodig op uw systeem</P>\n" -#. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-server" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Starten" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "Nie&t starten" -#. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "NFSv4 activeren" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "NFS&v4 activeren" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Voer de NFSv4-do&meinnaam in:" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "&GSS-beveiliging activeren" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS-serverconfiguratie" -#. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 +#. Help, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" "mount this directory.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Het bovenste venster bevat alle directory's die geëxporteerd zullen " -"worden.\n" -"Indien een directory is geselecteerd, laat het onderste venster de hosts " -"zien die\n" +"<P>Het bovenste venster bevat alle directory's die geëxporteerd zullen worden.\n" +"Indien een directory is geselecteerd, laat het onderste venster de hosts zien die\n" "toestemming hebben om deze directory te koppelen.</P>\n" -#. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 +#. Help, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><b>Hostjokerteken<b> stelt in welke hosts toegang krijgen tot de " -"geselecteerde directory.\n" +"<P><b>Hostjokerteken<b> stelt in welke hosts toegang krijgen tot de geselecteerde directory.\n" "Dit kunnen een afzonderlijke host, groepen, jokertekens of\n" "IP-netwerken zijn</P>\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Voer een asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) in in plaats van een naam om alle hosts op " -"te geven.</p>" +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 +msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Voer een asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) in in plaats van een naam om alle hosts op te geven.</p>" -#. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 +#. Help, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n" msgstr "<P>Zie <tt>man exports<tt> voor verdere informatie.</P>\n" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "&Directory toevoegen" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Bewerken" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Verwij&deren" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Hostjokerteken" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "&Host toevoegen" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "&Bewerken" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Verwijde&ren" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Te exporteren directory's" -#. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 +#. not fatal - write other dirs. +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -422,8 +390,8 @@ "Een ontbrekende directory maken is mislukt:\n" "%1" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -433,65 +401,61 @@ "Er zullen geen wijzigingen worden gemaakt\n" "aan de geëxporteerde directory's.\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS-serverconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "/etc/exports opslaan" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Services opnieuw starten" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "/etc/exports wordt opgeslagen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "De services worden opnieuw gestart..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 +#. help text +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "De NFS-serverinstellingen worden opgeslagen. Een ogenblik geduld..." -#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Niet in staat om naar idmapd.conf te schrijven." -#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"Kan svcgssd niet starten. Verzeker uzelf ervan dat de kerberos en gssapi " -"(nfs-utils) juist zijn ingesteld." +#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "Kan svcgssd niet starten. Verzeker uzelf ervan dat de kerberos en gssapi (nfs-utils) juist zijn ingesteld." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "De service 'svcgssd' kan niet opnieuw worden gestart." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "Het proces svcgssd loopt al. Kan svcgssd niet stoppen." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -499,12 +463,12 @@ "De NFS-server kan niet opnieuw worden gestart.\n" "Uw wijzigingen worden geactiveerd na het opnieuw opstarten.\n" -#. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 +#. summary header; directories exported by NFS +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "NFS-exports" -#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 +#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "Het NFSv4-domein voor ID-toewijzing is %1." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,80 +14,80 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 +#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module +#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 msgid "NIS client configuration module." msgstr "NIS-client Configuratiemodule." -#. command line help text for 'enable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 msgid "Enable your machine as NIS client" msgstr "Activeer uw machine als NIS-client" -#. command line help text for 'disable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 msgid "Disable the NIS client" msgstr "Schakel de NIS-client uit" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS client" msgstr "Configuratie-overzicht van de NIS-client" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 msgid "Change the global settings of NIS client" msgstr "Wijzig de globale instellingen van de NIS-client" -#. command line help text for 'find' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 +#. command line help text for 'find' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 msgid "Show available NIS servers for given domain" msgstr "Toon de beschikbare NIS-servers voor het opgegeven domein" -#. command line help text for the 'server' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 +#. command line help text for the 'server' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 msgid "NIS server name or address" msgstr "NIS-servernaam of -adres" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "NIS-domein" -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 +#. help text for the 'automounter' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 msgid "Start or stop automounter" msgstr "Automounter starten of stoppen" -#. help text for the 'broadcast' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 +#. help text for the 'broadcast' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 msgid "Set or unset broadcast search" msgstr "Broadcast zoeken in- of uitschakelen" -#. Print summary of basic options -#. @return [Boolean] false -#. summary header -#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 +#. Print summary of basic options +#. @return [Boolean] false +#. summary header +#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 msgid "Automounter enabled" msgstr "Automounter ingeschakeld" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#. Translators: network broadcast address -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 +#. Translators: network broadcast address +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\n" "in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" @@ -95,11 +95,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p>De optie <b>Broadcast</b> biedt de mogelijkheid\n" "om in het lokale netwerk naar een server te zoeken indien de\n" -"gespecificeerde server niet reageert. Dit is echter een veiligheidsrisico.\n" +"gespecificeerde server niet reageert. Dit is echter een veiligheidsrisico.</p>\n" -#. Translators: short for Expert settings -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 +#. Translators: short for Expert settings +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\n" "less frequently used settings.</p>\n" @@ -107,49 +106,46 @@ "<p><b>Expert</b> biedt toegang tot enkele\n" "minder vaak gebruikte instellingen.</p>\n" -#. pushbutton label -#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 +#. pushbutton label +#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "&Alles selecteren" -#. pushbutton label -#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 +#. pushbutton label +#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "&Niets selecteren" -#. popup window -#. LAN: local area network -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 +#. popup window +#. LAN: local area network +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 msgid "Scanning for NIS servers in domain %1 on this LAN..." msgstr "Er wordt op dit LAN naar NIS-servers in domein %1 gezocht..." -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "&NIS-servers in domein %1" -#. firewall opening help -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 +#. firewall opening help +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Firewall-instellingen</b><br>\n" -"Stel <b>Open firewall poort</b> in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen " -"dat\n" -"externe computers toegang tot de service 'ypbind' krijgen. Klik op " -"<b>Firewall-details</b>\n" +"Stel <b>Open firewall poort</b> in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen dat\n" +"externe computers toegang tot de service 'ypbind' krijgen. Klik op <b>Firewall-details</b>\n" "om de interfaces te selecteren waarvoor de poort geopend moet worden.\n" "Deze optie is alleen beschikaar wanneer de firewall geactiveerd is.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" @@ -157,44 +153,33 @@ "<p>Geef uw NIS-domein, zoals bijvoorbeeld: example.com, en het\n" " NIS-server' adres op, bijvoorbeeld als nis.example.com of 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" -#. help text for netconfig part -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 +#. help text for netconfig part +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Kies de manier waarop de NIS-configuratie gewijzigd moet worden. Normaal " -"is dat\n" -"het door het netconfigscript wordt behandeld die statisch hier gedefinieerde " -"waarden\n" -"mengt met de dynamisch verkregen waarden (b.v. als DHCP-cliënt, " -"NetworkManager etc.).\n" +"<p>Kies de manier waarop de NIS-configuratie gewijzigd moet worden. Normaal is dat\n" +"het door het netconfigscript wordt behandeld die statisch hier gedefinieerde waarden\n" +"mengt met de dynamisch verkregen waarden (b.v. als DHCP-cliënt, NetworkManager etc.).\n" "Dit is Standaard beleid en is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.\n" -"Door Alleen handmatige wijzigingen zal netconfig niet langer toestaan de " -"configuratie te\n" -"wijzigen. U kunt echter het bestand handmatig bewerken. Door Aangepast " -"beleid te kiezen\n" -"kunt u een aangepaste beleidtekenreeks definiëren die bestaat uit een spatie-" -"gescheiden\n" -"lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK " -"als\n" +"Door Alleen handmatige wijzigingen zal netconfig niet langer toestaan de configuratie te\n" +"wijzigen. U kunt echter het bestand handmatig bewerken. Door Aangepast beleid te kiezen\n" +"kunt u een aangepaste beleidtekenreeks definiëren die bestaat uit een spatie-gescheiden\n" +"lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK als\n" "voorgedefinieerde speciale waarde. Voor meer informatie, zie de netconfig\n" "handleidingpagina.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>Specify multiple servers\n" "by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\n" @@ -202,8 +187,8 @@ "<p>Specificeer meerdere servers door hun\n" "adressen, gescheiden door spaties, op te geven.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 msgid "" "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" "such as users' home directories.\n" @@ -215,132 +200,126 @@ "De bijhorende configuratiebestanden (auto.*) dienen reeds te bestaan,\n" "lokaal of via NIS.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button." -msgstr "" -"<p>NFS-instellingen die invloed hebben op hoe de automounter werkt kunnen " -"ingesteld worden in NFS-client, die geconfigureerd kan worden met de knop " -"<b>NFS-configuratie</b> button.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 +msgid "<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>NFS-instellingen die invloed hebben op hoe de automounter werkt kunnen ingesteld worden in NFS-client, die geconfigureerd kan worden met de knop <b>NFS-configuratie</b> button.</p>" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)" msgstr "Au&tomatische instelling (via NetworkManager en DHCP)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "Au&tomatische instelling (via DHCP)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "NIS-client" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 msgid "Netconfig NIS &Policy" msgstr "Netconfig NIS-&beleid" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 msgid "Only Manual Changes" msgstr "Alleen handmatige wijzigingen" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 msgid "Default Policy" msgstr "Standaardbeleid" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 msgid "Custom Policy" msgstr "Aangepast beleid" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 msgid "C&ustom Policy" msgstr "&Aangepast beleid" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 msgid "N&IS Domain" msgstr "N&IS-domein" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 msgid "&Addresses of NIS servers" msgstr "&Adressen van de NIS-servers" -#. check box label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +#. check box label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "&Broadcast" -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "Zo&eken" -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 msgid "Additional NIS Domains" msgstr "Extra NIS-domeinen" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Wijzigen" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 msgid "Do ¬ use NIS" msgstr "NIS &niet gebruiken" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "NIS gebr&uiken" -#. button label (short for Expert settings) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 +#. button label (short for Expert settings) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." msgstr "E&xpert..." -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "NFS-configuratie..." -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 msgid "Start Auto&mounter" msgstr "Auto&mounter starten" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "Configuratie van de NIS-client" -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "Servers zoeken is alleen mogelijk als het domein bekend is." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -350,90 +329,77 @@ "dan kunt u de gebruikersdata niet via LDAP ophalen.\n" "Doorgaan?" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 -msgid "" -"<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local " -"host.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Normaal gesproken is het voor elke host mogelijk om na te gaan welke " -"server een client gebruikt. Door <b>Externe hosts beantwoorden</b> uit te " -"schakelen zal dit tot de lokale host worden beperkt.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Normaal gesproken is het voor elke host mogelijk om na te gaan welke server een client gebruikt. Door <b>Externe hosts beantwoorden</b> uit te schakelen zal dit tot de lokale host worden beperkt.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Klik op <b>Gebroken server</b> wanneer antwoorden van servers, die op een " -"poort zonder privileges draaien, geaccepteerd moeten worden. Het is echter " -"een veiligheidsrisico en het zou beter zijn om zo'n type server te vervangen." -"</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#. Check, ie. turn on a check box +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Gebroken server</b> wanneer antwoorden van servers, die op een poort zonder privileges draaien, geaccepteerd moeten worden. Het is echter een veiligheidsrisico en het zou beter zijn om zo'n type server te vervangen.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>" msgstr "<p>Bekijk <b>man ypbind</b> voor details over andere opties.</p>" -#. frame label -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 +#. frame label +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "Expertinstellingen" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "Externe hosts beant&woorden" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "Gebr&oken server" -#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 +#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "Andere &ypbind-opties" -#. Translators: multilineedit label -#. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 +#. Translators: multilineedit label +#. comma: "," +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "&Servers (gescheiden door spaties of komma's)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "Domeininstellingen" -#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 +#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "&Domeinnaam" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "Dit domein is reeds gedefinieerd." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "De opmaak van serveradres '%1' is niet correct." -#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 +#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -441,66 +407,62 @@ "Het heeft geen zin om zowel Broadcast- als SLP-opties\n" "te activeren. Selecteer slechts één optie." -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>" msgstr "<p>Specificeer de servers voor de extra domeinen.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 -msgid "" -"<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het Service Locatie Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) kan voor het zoeken naar een " -"NIS-server gebruikt worden.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het Service Locatie Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) kan voor het zoeken naar een NIS-server gebruikt worden.</p>" -#. dialog label -#. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 +#. dialog label +#. dialog subtitle +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "Extra domeinen" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "Domein" -#. table header -#. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#. table header +#. summary header +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Broadcast" -#. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 +#. table header - Service Location Protocol +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "Servers" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Toevoegen" -#. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 +#. Translators: a yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "Wilt u dit domein verwijderen?" -#. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 +#. popup text FIXME better... +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "NIS is nu ingeschakeld." -#. Translators: do not translate (none)! -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 +#. Translators: do not translate (none)! +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 msgid "" "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" "it must not be \"(none)\",\n" @@ -510,8 +472,8 @@ "het mag niet gelijk aan \"(none)\" zijn en het mag\n" "hoogstens maximaal 64 tekens bevatten.\n" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 msgid "" "Only an IP address can be used\n" "because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" @@ -521,105 +483,105 @@ "kan alleen een IP-adres gebruikt worden.\n" "\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgstr "Het pakket automounter zal geïnstalleerd worden.\n" -#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the -#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. -#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the -#. actual settings. -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 +#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the +#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. +#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the +#. actual settings. +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 msgid "by DHCP" msgstr "door DHCP" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 msgid "NIS Client enabled" msgstr "NIS-client ingeschakeld" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "NIS-domein" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 msgid "NIS Servers" msgstr "NIS-servers" -#. TODO: a full list -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 +#. TODO: a full list +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 msgid "Other domains" msgstr "Andere domeinen" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 msgid "Answer to local host only" msgstr "Alleen de lokale host beantwoorden" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 msgid "Broken server" msgstr "Gebroken server" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 msgid "ypbind options" msgstr "ypbind-opties" -#. summary item (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Client Enabled" msgstr "Client ingeschakeld" -#. 0 OK, 1 mean no domain name set, so no nis, do not report it -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:914 +#. 0 OK, 1 mean no domain name set, so no nis, do not report it +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:914 msgid "Getting domain name via ypdomainname failed with '%s'" msgstr "Ophalen van domeinnaam via ypdomainname is mislukt met '%s'" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1210 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1210 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "NIS-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Services stoppen" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Services starten" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "De services worden gestopt..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "De services worden gestart..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1225 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1225 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1231 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1231 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "Instellingen NIS-client worden opgeslagen" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1256 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1256 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het uitvoeren van ypclient." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1264 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1264 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS-server niet gevonden." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nis_server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nis_server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/nis_server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,104 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for nis server module -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 +#. translators: command line help text for nis server module +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 msgid "NIS server configuration module." msgstr "NIS-serverconfiguratiemodule." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS server" msgstr "Overzicht NIS-serverconfiguratie" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 msgid "Stop NIS server" msgstr "NIS-server stoppen" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 msgid "Configure NIS master server" msgstr "NIS-masterserver configureren" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 msgid "Configure NIS slave server" msgstr "NIS-slaveserver configureren" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "NIS-domein" -#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 +#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 msgid "IP address of master NIS server" msgstr "IP-adres van master-NIS-server" -#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 +#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 msgid "Start or stop yppasswd service" msgstr "yppasswd-service starten of stoppen" -#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 msgid "YP source directory" msgstr "YP-brondirectory" -#. command line help text for the 'maps' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 +#. command line help text for the 'maps' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 msgid "Maps distributed by server" msgstr "Toewijzingen die door de server zijn gedistribueerd" -#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 +#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" msgstr "Hosts met toestemming voor serverquery's ('netmasker:netwerk')" -#. summary label -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 +#. summary label +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 msgid "No NIS Server is configured." msgstr "Er is geen NIS-server geconfigureerd." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 msgid "A NIS master server is configured." msgstr "Er is een NIS-masterserver geconfigureerd." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 msgid "A NIS slave server is configured." msgstr "Er is een NIS-slaveserver geconfigureerd." -#. summary label -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 +#. summary label +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "NIS-domein" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 msgid "YP Source Directory: " msgstr "YP-brondirectory: " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 msgid "Available Maps: " msgstr "Beschikbare toewijzingen: " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 msgid "NIS Master Server: " msgstr "NIS-masterserver: " -#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 +#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 msgid "" "Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n" "%1" @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ "Hosts die serverquerytoestemming hebben (netmask:netwerk):\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "De vereiste pakketten (%1) zijn niet geïnstalleerd." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 msgid "Invalid netmask: %1.\n" msgstr "Ongeldig netmasker: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 msgid "Invalid network: %1.\n" msgstr "Ongeldig netwerk: (%1).\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 msgid "" "These maps are not supported:\n" "%1" @@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ "Deze toewijzingen worden niet ondersteund:\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 msgid "NIS master server IP was not specified." msgstr "IP van NIS-masterserver is niet gespecificeerd." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 msgid "" "<p>You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" "<i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" @@ -157,79 +157,72 @@ "<p>U kunt de brondirectory voor de NIS-server wijzigen (normaliter\n" "<i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow\n" +"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n" "file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bepaal of uw bestand <i>passwd</i> moet worden samengevoegd\n" -"met het bestand <i>shadow</i> (alleen mogelijk als het bestand <i>shadow</i> " -"bestaat).</p>\n" +"met het bestand <i>shadow</i> (alleen mogelijk als het bestand <i>shadow</i> bestaat).</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "<p>You can also adjust the minimum user and group id.</p>" msgstr "<p>U kunt ook de minimale gebruikers- en groeps-id aanpassen.</p>" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 msgid "Minimum &UID" msgstr "Minimum &UID" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 msgid "Minimum &GID" msgstr "Minimum &GID" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 msgid "&YP Source directory" msgstr "&YP-brondirectory" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 msgid "Merge pa&sswords" msgstr "Wa&chtwoorden samenvoegen" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 msgid "NIS Master Server Details Setup" msgstr "Installatie van NIS-masterserverdetails" -#. help text 1/1 -#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's -#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that -#. were a pain to use. -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 +#. help text 1/1 +#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's +#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that +#. were a pain to use. +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "<p>With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>In deze dialoog kunt u instellen welke toewijzingen beschikbaar zullen " -"zijn.</p>" +msgstr "<p>In deze dialoog kunt u instellen welke toewijzingen beschikbaar zullen zijn.</p>" -#. multilesection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 +#. multilesection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 msgid "&Maps" msgstr "&Toewijzingen" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 msgid "NIS Server Maps Setup" msgstr "Installatie van NIS-servertoewijzingen" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Geef een NIS-<b>domein</b> op. Als deze host ook een NIS-client is met " -"deze computer als een server, selecteer dan de overeenkomende optie.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Geef een NIS-<b>domein</b> op. Als deze host ook een NIS-client is met deze computer als een server, selecteer dan de overeenkomende optie.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" "<i>Active Slave NIS server exists</i>. If you check\n" @@ -241,74 +234,72 @@ "Wanneer u op <i>Snelle toewijzingdistributie</i> klikt, dan zal dit\n" "de overdrachtsnelheid van toewijzingen naar de slaves verhogen.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><i>Allow changes to passwords</i> lets the users change their\n" "passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" "be used to set up these more specific options.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><i>Wachtwoordwijzigingen toegestaan</i> staat gebruikers toe hun " -"wachtwoorden\n" -"te veranderen in de aanwezigheid van NIS. De knoppen laten wijzigingen aan " -"de\n" +"<p><i>Wachtwoordwijzigingen toegestaan</i> staat gebruikers toe hun wachtwoorden\n" +"te veranderen in de aanwezigheid van NIS. De knoppen laten wijzigingen aan de\n" "aanmeldshell toe en GECOS kan (volledige naam en gerelateerde informatie)\n" "gebruikt worden voor het instellen van deze specifiekere opties.</p>\n" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 msgid "Allow changes to &GECOS field" msgstr "Wijzigingen in &GECOS-veld toestaan" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 msgid "Allow changes to login &shell" msgstr "Wijzigen van aanmeld&shell toestaan" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 msgid "Allow changes to &passwords" msgstr "&Wachtwoordwijzigingen toestaan" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "Deze host is tevens een NIS-&client" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 msgid "NIS &Domain Name" msgstr "NIS-&domeinnaam" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 msgid "Active Slave NIS server &exists" msgstr "Actieve slave-NIS-server &bestaat" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 msgid "&Fast Map distribution (rpc.ypxfrd)" msgstr "&Snelle toewijzingdistributie (rpc.ypxfrd)" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 msgid "Changing of passwords" msgstr "Wachtwoorden wijzigen" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 msgid "&Other global settings ..." msgstr "&Overige algemene instellingen..." -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 msgid "Master Server Setup" msgstr "Installatie van masterserver" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 msgid "" "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\n" "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" @@ -316,59 +307,55 @@ msgstr "" "Uw machine is ingesteld om de NIS-domeinnaam via DHCP te wijzigen.\n" "Dit kan de door u zojuist opgegeven domeinnaam vervangen. Controleer uw\n" -"instellingen en overweeg om geen DHCP-client op een NIS-server te " -"gebruiken.\n" +"instellingen en overweeg om geen DHCP-client op een NIS-server te gebruiken.\n" -#. firewall openning help -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 +#. firewall openning help +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Firewallinstellingen</b><br>\n" -"Stel <b>Firewallpoort openen</b> in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen " -"dat\n" -"externe computers toegang tot de NIS-server krijgen. Klik op " -"<b>Firewalldetails</b>\n" +"Stel <b>Firewallpoort openen</b> in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen dat\n" +"externe computers toegang tot de NIS-server krijgen. Klik op <b>Firewalldetails</b>\n" "om de interfaces te selecteren waarvoor de poort geopend moet worden.\n" "Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar wanneer de firewall geactiveerd is.</p>\n" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 msgid "Edit netmask and network" msgstr "Netmasker en netwerk bewerken" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Net&masker" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 msgid "Net&work" msgstr "Net&werk" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 msgid "Wrong netmask!\n" msgstr "Onjuist netmasker!\n" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 msgid "Wrong network!\n" msgstr "Onjuist netwerk!\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "<p>Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geef op welke hosts gegevens mogen opvragen bij de NIS-server.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>A host address will be allowed if <b>network</b> is equal\n" "to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>" @@ -376,19 +363,17 @@ "<p>Een hostadres wordt toegestaan wanneer het <b>netwerk</b> gelijk is\n" "aan de bitwise <i>EN</i> van het hostadres en het <b>netmasker</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om verbindingen met de lokale host toe te kunnen staan moet het item met " -"het\n" -"<b>netmasker</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> en <b>netwerk</b> <tt>127.0.0.0</tt> " -"bestaan.</p>\n" +"<p>Om verbindingen met de lokale host toe te kunnen staan moet het item met het\n" +"<b>netmasker</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> en <b>netwerk</b> <tt>127.0.0.0</tt> bestaan.</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>Entering <b>netmask</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" "<b>network</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts.</p>" @@ -396,124 +381,109 @@ "<p>De opgave van het <b>netmasker</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> en\n" "het <b>netwerk</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> geeft toegang tot alle hosts.</p>" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Netmasker" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 msgid "Network" msgstr "Netwerk" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 msgid "NIS Server Query Hosts Setup" msgstr "Installatie van queryhosts van NIS-server" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the " -"master NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Geef het NIS-<b>domein</b> en het IP-<b>adres</b> of de hostnaam van de " -"master-NIS-server op.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 +msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Geef het NIS-<b>domein</b> en het IP-<b>adres</b> of de hostnaam van de master-NIS-server op.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wanneer deze host ook een NIS-client is die deze machine als server " -"gebruikt, dient de bijhorende optie geselecteerd te zijn.</p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 +msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Wanneer deze host ook een NIS-client is die deze machine als server gebruikt, dient de bijhorende optie geselecteerd te zijn.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "N&IS-domeinnaam:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 msgid "NIS &Master Server:" msgstr "NIS-&masterserver:" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Installatie van slaveserver" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 msgid "&Remote hosts" msgstr "Exte&rne hosts" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 msgid "&Slave's host name" msgstr "Hostnaam van &slave" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 msgid "Edit slave" msgstr "Slave bewerken" -#. To translators: label message -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 +#. To translators: label message +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Er wordt op dit LAN naar hosts gezocht..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"<i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and " -"<i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hier kunt u de namen van de hosts invoeren die als NIS-serverslaves " -"moeten worden geconfigureerd. Gebruik de knop <i>Toevoegen</i> om een nieuwe " -"toe te voegen, de knop <i>Bewerken</i> om een bestaand item te wijzigen en " -"de knop <i>Verwijderen</i> om een item te wissen.</p>" +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 +msgid "<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de namen van de hosts invoeren die als NIS-serverslaves moeten worden geconfigureerd. Gebruik de knop <i>Toevoegen</i> om een nieuwe toe te voegen, de knop <i>Bewerken</i> om een bestaand item te wijzigen en de knop <i>Verwijderen</i> om een item te wissen.</p>" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 msgid "&Slaves" msgstr "&Slaves" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 msgid "NIS Master Server Slaves Setup" msgstr "Installatie van slaves van NIS-masterserver" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Afsluiten" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "Wilt u de configuratie opslaan?" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 msgid "Exit" msgstr "Afsluiten" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "Wilt u de configuratie afbreken zonder deze op te slaan?" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 msgid "Error details" msgstr "Foutgegevens" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 msgid "" "Error during configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -521,23 +491,22 @@ "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de configuratie:\n" "%1" -#. To translators: Error popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 +#. To translators: Error popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 msgid "" "<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a\n" "<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Geef aan of u de NIS-server wilt configureren als <b>master</b>of als\n" -"<b>slave</b> of dat u de NIS-server <b>helemaal niet</b> wilt configureren.\n" +"<b>slave</b> of dat u de NIS-server <b>helemaal niet</b> wilt configureren.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>The NIS server package will be <b>installed</b> first if you want to\n" "configure it.</p>" @@ -545,211 +514,210 @@ "<p>Het NIS-serverpakket zal eerst worden <b>geïnstalleerd</b> als u deze\n" "wilt instellen.</p>" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 msgid "No NIS Software is installed." msgstr "Er is geen NIS-software geïnstalleerd." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Een NIS-&masterserver installeren en instellen" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Een NIS-&slaveserver installeren en instellen" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 msgid "&Do nothing and leave set up" msgstr "&Niets doen en instellingen verlaten" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 msgid "NIS Software is installed." msgstr "NIS-software is geïnstalleerd." -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 msgid "Master" msgstr "master" -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 msgid "Slave" msgstr "slave" -#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 +#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 msgid "A NIS %1 Server is configured." msgstr "Een NIS-%1server is geconfigureerd." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Master Server" msgstr "NIS-&masterserver opnieuw instellen" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 msgid "Change to NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Wijzigen in NIS-&masterserver" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "NIS-&slaveserver opnieuw instellen" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 msgid "Change to NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Wijzigen in NIS-&slaveserver" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 msgid "&Deactivate any NIS server configuration" msgstr "Alle NIS-serverconfiguraties &deactiveren" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 msgid "Create NIS &Master Server" msgstr "NIS-&masterserver aanmaken" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 msgid "Create NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "NIS-&slaveserver aanmaken" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "Huidige status: " -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 msgid "Select what you want to do" msgstr "Selecteer wat u wilt gaan doen" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 msgid "Network Information Service (NIS) Server Setup" msgstr "Installatie van NIS-server (Netwerk Informatie Service)" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 msgid "NIS Server Configuration" msgstr "NIS-serverconfiguratie" -#. label -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 +#. label +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 msgid "<p>Please wait while reading the configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Even geduld a.u.b. De configuratie wordt gelezen.</p>" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 msgid "Initializing NIS server setup" msgstr "Installatie van NIS-server initialiseren" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 msgid "Load '%1' file" msgstr "Bestand '%1' laden" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 msgid "Determine running services" msgstr "Gestarte services vaststellen" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 msgid "Determine server type" msgstr "Servertype vaststellen" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 msgid "Loading '%1'..." msgstr "'%1' wordt geladen..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 msgid "Determining running services..." msgstr "Vaststellen welke services worden uitgevoerd..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 msgid "Determining server type..." msgstr "Servertype wordt vastgesteld..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..." -#. Trans: progress label -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 +#. Trans: progress label +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 msgid "Done." msgstr "Gereed." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 msgid "<p>Please wait until the configuration is saved.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wacht even totdat de configuratie is opgeslagen.</p>" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 msgid "Saving NIS server setup" msgstr "Installatie van NIS-server opslaan" -#. progress bar stage -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 +#. progress bar stage +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het verwijderen van %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 msgid "Directory %1 cannot be created.\n" msgstr "De directory %1 kan niet worden gemaakt.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 msgid "Cannot get list of maps.\n" msgstr "Kan geen lijst met toewijzingen krijgen.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden bij het ophalen van toewijzing %1 van de master.\n" +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij het ophalen van toewijzing %1 van de master.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 msgid "Could not get list with slaves.\n" msgstr "Kan geen lijst met slaves krijgen.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 msgid "" "Hostname of this host (%1)\n" "is not listed in the master's list.\n" @@ -757,168 +725,165 @@ "De hostnaam van deze host ( %1)\n" "komt niet voor in de masterlijst.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 msgid "Error saving file %1\n" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan van bestand %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 msgid "Error setting up domain name\n" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van de domeinnaam\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 msgid "Error setting up variable %1\n" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van variabele %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 msgid "Error while stopping %1 daemon\n" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het stoppen van daemon %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij het starten van daemon %1\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 msgid "Error while creating an empty user database.\n" -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het maken van een lege " -"gebruikersdatabase.\n" +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het maken van een lege gebruikersdatabase.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 msgid "Error while creating the ypservers map.\n" -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het maken van de ypservers-toewijzing.\n" +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het maken van de ypservers-toewijzing.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 msgid "Error while creating database.\n" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het maken van de database.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 msgid "Error while configuring the client.\n" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van de client.\n" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 msgid "Remove /var/yp/%1" msgstr "/var/yp/%1 verwijderen" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 msgid "Removing /var/yp/%1" msgstr "/var/yp/%1 wordt verwijderd" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 msgid "Stop running daemons." msgstr "Actieve daemons stoppen." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 msgid "Stopping running daemons." msgstr "Actieve daemons worden gestopt." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 msgid "Get maps from master." msgstr "Toewijzingen van master ophalen." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 msgid "Getting maps from master." msgstr "Toewijzingen worden van de master opgehaald." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 msgid "Save hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "Hosts die toestemming hebben voor een serverquery opslaan." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 msgid "Saving hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "Hosts die toestemming hebben voor serverquery worden opgeslagen." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 msgid "Set config variables." msgstr "Config-variabelen instellen" -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 msgid "Setting config variables." msgstr "Config-variabelen worden ingesteld." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 msgid "Start daemon." msgstr "Daemon starten." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 msgid "Starting daemon." msgstr "De daemon wordt gestart." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 msgid "Save slaves." msgstr "Slaves opslaan." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 msgid "Saving slaves." msgstr "De slaves worden opgeslagen." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 msgid "Start daemons." msgstr "Daemons starten" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 msgid "Starting daemons." msgstr "De daemons worden gestart." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 msgid "Create initial database." msgstr "Eerste database maken." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 msgid "Creating database." msgstr "Database wordt gemaakt." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 msgid "Start NIS client." msgstr "NIS-client starten." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 msgid "Starting NIS client." msgstr "NIS-client wordt gestart." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 msgid "Stop NIS client." msgstr "NIS-client stoppen." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "NIS-client wordt gestopt." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,85 +14,63 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 msgid "Writing NTP Configuration..." msgstr "Opslaan van NTP-configuratie..." -#. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Druk op <b>Nu synchroniseren</b> om uw systeemtijd correct in te stellen " -"met behulp van de geselecteerde NTP-server. Als u permanent van NTP gebruik " -"wilt maken, activeer dan de optie <b>NTP-configuratie opslaan</b>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 +msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" +msgstr "<p>Druk op <b>Nu synchroniseren</b> om uw systeemtijd correct in te stellen met behulp van de geselecteerde NTP-server. Als u permanent van NTP gebruik wilt maken, activeer dan de optie <b>NTP-configuratie opslaan</b>.</p>" -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De optie <b>NTP als daemon uitvoeren</b> activeren, betekent dat de NTP-" -"service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek " -"gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de " -"installatie wijzigen met de <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 +msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De optie <b>NTP als daemon uitvoeren</b> activeren, betekent dat de NTP-service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de installatie wijzigen met de <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration." -msgstr "" -"<p>Met de <b>Configureren</b>-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie." -"</p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 +msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met de <b>Configureren</b>-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie.</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "" -"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een " -"netwerk hebt ingesteld.</p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 +msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een netwerk hebt ingesteld.</p>" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "Ongeldige NTP-servernaam %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Adres van &NTP-server" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "NTP uitvoe&ren als daemon" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "&Sla NTP-configuratie op" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "Nu s&ynchroniseren" -#. push button label -#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 +#. push button label +#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Configureren..." -#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:378 +#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:378 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -100,493 +78,489 @@ "Synchronisatie met NTP-server is niet mogelijk\n" "zonder dat pakket %1 is geïnstalleerd." -#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:389 +#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Met NTP-server synchroniseren..." -#. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:437 +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:437 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "Verbinding met geselecteerde NTP-server is mislukt." -#. Translators: yes-no popup, -#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:468 +#. Translators: yes-no popup, +#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:468 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" "click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" "Testquery voor server '%1' is mislukt.\n" -"Als de server nog niet toegankelijk is of als het netwerk niet is " -"geconfigureerd,\n" -"klikt u op 'Nee' om te negeren. Opnieuw naar configuratie van NTP-server " -"gaan?" +"Als de server nog niet toegankelijk is of als het netwerk niet is geconfigureerd,\n" +"klikt u op 'Nee' om te negeren. Opnieuw naar configuratie van NTP-server gaan?" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 msgid "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" msgstr "Ongedisciplineerde lokale klok (LOKAAL)" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 msgid "Trak 8820 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Trak 8820 GPS-ontvanger" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 msgid "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH ontvanger" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 msgid "Spectracom WWVB and GPS Receivers" msgstr "Spectracom WWVB en GPS-ontvangers" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 msgid "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA Receivers" msgstr "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA-ontvangers" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 msgid "IRIG Audio Decoder" msgstr "IRIG audio decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 msgid "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "Radio CHU audio demodulator/decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 msgid "Generic Reference Driver" msgstr "Generic Reference Driver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 msgid "Magnavox MX4200 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Magnavox MX4200 GPS-ontvanger" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 msgid "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS Receivers" msgstr "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS-ontvangers" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 msgid "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS Receiver" msgstr "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS-ontvanger" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 msgid "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG Interface" msgstr "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG interface" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 msgid "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" msgstr "Leitch CSD 5300 Master klok controller" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 msgid "EES M201 MSF Receiver" msgstr "EES M201 MSF ontvanger" -#. local clock type name -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 +#. local clock type name +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 msgid "TrueTime generic receivers" msgstr "TrueTime algemene ontvangers" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 msgid "Bancomm GPS/IRIG Receiver" msgstr "Bancomm GPS/IRIG ontvanger" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 msgid "Datum Precision Time System" msgstr "Datum Precisie Tijd Systeem" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 msgid "NIST Modem Time Service" msgstr "NIST Modem Tijd Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 msgid "Heath WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "Heath WWV/WWVH ontvanger" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 msgid "Generic NMEA GPS Receiver" msgstr "Algemene NMEA GPS-ontvanger" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 msgid "TrueTime GPS-VME Interface" msgstr "TrueTime GPS-VME interface" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 msgid "PPS Clock Discipline" msgstr "PPS Clock discipline" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 msgid "PTB Modem Time Service" msgstr "PTB Modem Tijd Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 msgid "USNO Modem Time Service" msgstr "USNO Modem Tijd Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 msgid "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS Receiver" msgstr "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS-ontvanger" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 msgid "Arcron MSF Receiver" msgstr "Arcron MSF ontvanger" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 msgid "Shared Memory Driver" msgstr "Shared Memory Driver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 msgid "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" msgstr "Trimble Navigatie Palisade GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 msgid "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" msgstr "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 msgid "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" msgstr "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 msgid "Chrono-log K-series WWVB receiver" msgstr "Chrono-log K-series WWVB ontvanger" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 msgid "Dumb Clock" msgstr "Domme klok" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 msgid "Ultralink WWVB Receivers" msgstr "Ultralink WWVB ontvangers" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 msgid "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" msgstr "Conrad Parallelle poort radio klok" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 msgid "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "Radio WWV/H audio demodulator/decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 msgid "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" msgstr "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp voor seriële lijn" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 voor PCI-bus" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 msgid "JJY Receivers" msgstr "JJY-ontvangers" -#. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 +#. command line help text for NTP client module +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "NTP-clientconfiguratiemodule." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "Print de status van de NTP-daemon" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "Druk alle geconfigureerde synchronisatierelaties af" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "De NTP-daemon inschakelen" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "De NTP-daemon uitschakelen" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "Nieuwe synchronisatierelatie toevoegen" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "Bestaande synchronisatierelatie wijzigen" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "Een synchronisatierelatie verwijderen" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "Het adres van de server" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "Het adres van de peer" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "Het adres waarnaar broadcasts verzonden moeten worden" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "Het adres waarvan broadcasts geaccepteerd moeten worden" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "De relatie opties" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "Opties voor de klokstuurprogrammacalibratie" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Gebruik de server voor de initiële synchronisatie" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Gebruik de server niet voor de initiële synchronisatie" -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "Het synchronisatie peer type is niet gespecificeerd." -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "De gespecificeerde synchronisatie peer is niet gevonden." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "NTP-daemon is ingeschakeld." -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "NTP-daemon is uitgeschakeld." -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "Peer" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Broadcast" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "Broadcasts worden geaccepteerd" -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "Unitnummer: %1" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "Lokale radioklok" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "Het lezen van de instellingen is mislukt." -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "NTP-server configuratie" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP-configuratie" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "Geavanceerde NTP-configuratie" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "Nieuwe synchronisatie" -#. Server editing dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 +#. Server editing dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Serverinstellingen" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "NTP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1488 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1488 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Lokale NTP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1489 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1489 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Publieke NTP-server" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "NTP-peer" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "Lokale referentieklok" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Uitgaande broadcast" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Binnenkomende broadcasts" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "&Referentie ID" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "&Stratum" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "Calibratie offset 1" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "Calibratie offset 2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "Vlag &1" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "Vlag &2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "Vlag &3" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "Vlag &4" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "Klokstuurprogrammacalibratie" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -594,18 +568,17 @@ "<p><b><big>De NTP-clientconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld aub...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -613,8 +586,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De NTP-clientconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld aub...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -624,26 +597,23 @@ "Het opslaan kunt u afbreken door op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.\n" "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.</p>" -#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be " -"activated\n" +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" "and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n" "The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>NTP-daemon starten</big></b><br>\n" -"Selecteer of u de NTP-daemon nu wilt starten en elke keer wanneer het " -"systeem wordt opgestart. \n" -"Als u <b>Synchroniseren zonder daemon</b> selecteert, wordt de NTP-daemon " -"niet geactiveerd\n" +"Selecteer of u de NTP-daemon nu wilt starten en elke keer wanneer het systeem wordt opgestart. \n" +"Als u <b>Synchroniseren zonder daemon</b> selecteert, wordt de NTP-daemon niet geactiveerd\n" "en wordt de systeemtijd periodiek ingesteld door een <i>cron</i>-script. \n" "Het interval kan worden geconfigureerd. Standaard is dit %d minuten." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -655,30 +625,23 @@ "in de Chroot Jail te laten werken. In verband met de veiligheid wordt het\n" "sterk aanbevolen om elke daemon in een Chroot Jail te laten draaien.</p>" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf file and to localhost.<br> \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" +"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuratie van Secure NTP</big></b><br>\n" -"Door het selecteren van <b>NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers\n" +"Door het selecteren van <b>NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</b>\n" "voorkomt u dat alle externe hosts de NTP-instellingen op uw computer kunnen\n" -"bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de " -"servers\n" -"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host." -"<br>\n" -"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. " -"Deze\n" +"bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de servers\n" +"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host.<br>\n" +"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. Deze\n" "optie is niet beschikbaar als NTP geconfigureerd is via DHCP.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -689,54 +652,45 @@ "<p><b><big>Configureren via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "Activeer <b>Configureer NTP-daemon via DHCP</b> om de informatie\n" "over de NTP-servers via het DHCP protocol van uw netwerk server op te halen\n" -"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder " -"na\n" -"of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden " -"wordt.</p>" +"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder na\n" +"of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden wordt.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Geconfigureerde servers</big></b><br>\n" -"Selecteer de betreffende regel en druk vervolgens op <b>Wijzigen</b> om NTP-" -"servers, peers, lokale klokken\n" -"en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe " -"synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n" -"Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren " -"en op <b>Verwijderen</b> te drukken.</p>" +"Selecteer de betreffende regel en druk vervolgens op <b>Wijzigen</b> om NTP-servers, peers, lokale klokken\n" +"en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n" +"Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en op <b>Verwijderen</b> te drukken.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Logboekbestand weergeven </big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Als u de logboekbestanden van de NTP-daemon wilt weergeven, klikt u op de " -"knop <b>Logboekbestand weergeven</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Als u de logboekbestanden van de NTP-daemon wilt weergeven, klikt u op de knop <b>Logboekbestand weergeven</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#. help text to a button +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Geavanceerde configuratie</big></b><br>\n" "Om deze te configureren voor het synchroniseren tegen meerdere externe\n" -"hosts of tegen een lokaal aangesloten klok, gebruik <b>Geavanceerde " -"configuratie</b>." +"hosts of tegen een lokaal aangesloten klok, gebruik <b>Geavanceerde configuratie</b>." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" @@ -744,8 +698,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Kloktype</big></b><br>\n" "Selecteer het stuurprogramma voor de te configureren klok.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -755,12 +709,11 @@ "Wanneer u meerdere klokken van hetzelfde type heeft, dan moet\n" "u het <b>Unitnummer</b> instellen.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n" "click <b>Browse</b>.\n" @@ -769,26 +722,23 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Klokapparaat</big></b><br>\n" "Om de klok te kunnen laten werken is het noodzakelijk dat er een speciale\n" -"symbolische link naar het apparaat, waaraan de klok is verbonden, wordt " -"gemaakt.\n" +"symbolische link naar het apparaat, waaraan de klok is verbonden, wordt gemaakt.\n" "Om dit te doen klikt u op <b>Symlink aanmaken</b> en stelt u vervolgens het\n" "<b>Apparaat</b> in. Druk op <b>Bladeren</b> als u het apparaat wilt gaan\n" -"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link " -"aan\n" +"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link aan\n" "te maken, of moet deze handmatig worden aangemaakt.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</big></b><br>\n" -"Klik op <b>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</b> om het klokstuurprogramma te " -"kalibreren.</p>" +"Klik op <b>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</b> om het klokstuurprogramma te kalibreren.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" @@ -800,8 +750,8 @@ "Om een NTP-server te vinden kunt u het beste even bij uw\n" "netwerkbeheerder of internetprovider navraag doen.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -811,11 +761,10 @@ "<p><b><big>Een server selecteren</big></b><br>\n" "Klik op <b>Selecteren</b> om een NTP-server uit een lokaal netwerk, of\n" "een lijst van bekende NTP-servers, te selecteren.\n" -" Maak een keuze uit <b>Lokale NTP-server</b> en <b>Publieke NTP-server</b>." +" Maak een keuze uit <b>Lokale NTP-server</b> en <b>Publieke NTP-server</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -825,8 +774,8 @@ "Klik op <b>Test</b> om te testen of de geselecteerde server in bedrijf\n" "is en tevens correct reageert.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -836,8 +785,8 @@ "Gebruik <b>Adres</b> om het host adres voor de wederzijdse\n" "synchronisatie in te stellen.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" @@ -847,8 +796,8 @@ "Gebruik het <b>Adres</b> tekstveld om het adres in te stellen\n" "waarvan broadcasts verzonden moeten worden.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -858,13 +807,12 @@ "Gebruik het <b>Adres</b> tekstveld om het adres in te stellen\n" "waarvan broadcast packets geaccepteerd moeten worden.</p>" -#. help text 2/4, was removed -#. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 +#. help text 2/4, was removed +#. help text 3/4, optional +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -873,31 +821,26 @@ "synchronisatiebron verder in te regelen. Zie voor de details:\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n" "<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Toegangscontroleopties</big></b><br>\n" -"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <b><tt>restrict</tt>\n" -"in <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) voor deze server definiëren, waarbij wordt " -"aangegeven welke type\n" +"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <b><tt>restrict</tt></b>\n" +"in <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) voor deze server definiëren, waarbij wordt aangegeven welke type\n" "acties externe hosts mogen uitvoeren op uw NTP-daemon. Standaard is dit\n" -"ingesteld op <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i>. Deze optie is alleen " -"beschikbaar\n" -"als u <b>NTP-service beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</b> hebt " -"geselecteerd\n" +"ingesteld op <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i>. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar\n" +"als u <b>NTP-service beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</b> hebt geselecteerd\n" "bij de <b>Veiligheidsinstellingen</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" @@ -905,8 +848,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Synchronisatie peer type</big></b><br>\n" "Selecteer hier het toe te voegen synchronisatie peer type.</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select <b>Server</b>.</p>" @@ -914,8 +857,8 @@ "<p>Selecteer <b>Server</b> om een NTP-server ten\n" "behoeve van de synchronisatie toe te voegen.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "<b>Peer</b>.</p>" @@ -923,8 +866,8 @@ "<p>Selecteer <b>peer</b> om een NTP-peer ten behoeve\n" "van een wederzijdse synchronisatie toe te voegen.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" @@ -932,8 +875,8 @@ "<p>Selecteer <b>Radioklok</b> om een lokale radioklok, die rechtstreeks\n" "met uw computer is verbonden, te configureren.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" @@ -941,19 +884,17 @@ "<p>Selecteer <b>Uitgaande broadcasts</b> om de tijdinformatie\n" "door uw netwerk te verspreiden.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer <b>Accepteer broadcastpakketten</b> om NTP-packets, die door " -"andere hosts\n" -"op het netwerk verspreid worden, te accepteren en te gebruiken om de lokale " -"tijd mee in te stellen.</p>" +"<p>Selecteer <b>Accepteer broadcastpakketten</b> om NTP-packets, die door andere hosts\n" +"op het netwerk verspreid worden, te accepteren en te gebruiken om de lokale tijd mee in te stellen.</p>" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -963,8 +904,8 @@ "Kies of u de NTP-server in het lokale netwerk wilt opzoeken of deze\n" "NTP-server uit de lijst met bekende NTP-servers wilt selecteren.</p>" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</b></big><br>\n" @@ -976,25 +917,21 @@ "netwerk</b></big><br>\n" "Klik op <b>Opzoeken</b> om met behulp van het\n" "Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) de NTP-servers in het lokale netwerk te\n" -"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers." +"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers.</p>" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Een publieke NTP-server selecteren</b></big><br>\n" -"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van <b>Publieke NTP-" -"servers</b>. Om alleen\n" -"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in <b>Land</b> " -"te selecteren.</p>" +"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van <b>Publieke NTP-servers</b>. Om alleen\n" +"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in <b>Land</b> te selecteren.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -1008,79 +945,62 @@ "<p><big><b>Opmerking</b></big><br>\n" "De getoonde NTP-servers zijn mogelijk niet voor elk land beschikbaar,\n" "misschien alleen maar voor een bepaald land of regio.\n" -"Voordat u gebruik gaat maken van een NTP-server uit de lijst, kunt u het " -"beste even\n" -"uw systeembeheerder of internet service provider vragen of er een NTP-server " -"dichter bij u in de\n" -"buurt te vinden is: de geadviseerde server is te prefereren boven welke " -"server dan ook van deze lijst.\n" +"Voordat u gebruik gaat maken van een NTP-server uit de lijst, kunt u het beste even\n" +"uw systeembeheerder of internet service provider vragen of er een NTP-server dichter bij u in de\n" +"buurt te vinden is: de geadviseerde server is te prefereren boven welke server dan ook van deze lijst.\n" "Kijk ook eens op <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n" "voor een NTP-server bij u in de buurt.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Server toegankelijkheid testen</b></big><br>\n" -"Klik op <b>Test</b> om te testen of de geselecteerde server op de juiste " -"manier reageert.</p>" +"Klik op <b>Test</b> om te testen of de geselecteerde server op de juiste manier reageert.</p>" -#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" -#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 +#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" +#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Willekeurige servers gebruiken</b></big><br>\n" -"Deze service wordt aangeboden door pool.ntp.org. Als u deze optie " -"selecteert,\n" -" worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De " -"servernamen zijn\n" -" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur " -"gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n" -" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.\n" +"Deze service wordt aangeboden door pool.ntp.org. Als u deze optie selecteert,\n" +" worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De servernamen zijn\n" +" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n" +" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.</p>\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Klokstuurprogrammacalibratie</b></big><br>\n" -"Het klokstuurprogramma moet eventueel gekalibreerd worden. In dit venster " -"kunnen diverse calibratie\n" -"opties worden ingesteld. De betekenis van de betreffende opties is " -"afhankelijk van het\n" -"betreffende stuurprogramma. Enkele stuurprogramma's ondersteunen niet alle " -"opties.</p>" +"Het klokstuurprogramma moet eventueel gekalibreerd worden. In dit venster kunnen diverse calibratie\n" +"opties worden ingesteld. De betekenis van de betreffende opties is afhankelijk van het\n" +"betreffende stuurprogramma. Enkele stuurprogramma's ondersteunen niet alle opties.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "Om meer over de betekenis van de opties te weten te komen kunt u het\n" "beste het <i>ntp-doc</i> pakket installeren en\n" -"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i> nader bekijken.\n" +"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i> nader bekijken.</p>\n" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1088,18 +1008,18 @@ "Wilt u echt stoppen?\n" "Alle veranderingen zullen verloren gaan." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Herstart NTP-daemon" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en NTP-daemon herstarten" -#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1113,8 +1033,8 @@ "het starten van de NTP-daemon erg lang op zich laten\n" "wachten en kan de daemon daardoor niet goed werken." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1122,8 +1042,8 @@ "NTP-server '%1' is geen geldige hostnaam,\n" "geen geldige domeinnaam, IPv4-adres, of IPv6-adres." -#. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 +#. if there is already some server defined +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1135,45 +1055,45 @@ "\n" "Wilt u uw huidige NTP server vervangen?" -#. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1033 +#. popup header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1033 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "Selecteer het apparaat" -#. selection box header -#. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1097 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1726 +#. selection box header +#. selection box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1726 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "Publieke &NTP-servers" -#. message report (no server selected) -#. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1108 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1187 +#. message report (no server selected) +#. report message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1187 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "Selecteer een NTP-server." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1135 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1135 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "Alle landen" -#. combo box header -#. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1142 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1716 +#. combo box header +#. combo box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1142 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1716 msgid "&Country" msgstr "&Land" -#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1212 +#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1212 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "Er wordt op het lokale netwerk naar NTP-servers gezocht..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1227 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1227 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1183,304 +1103,304 @@ "Dit kan het gevolg zijn van SuSEfirewall2,\n" "die het zoeken op het netwerk kan blokkeren. " -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "Geen NTP-server in uw netwerk gevonden." -#. combo box label -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1247 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1512 +#. combo box label +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1512 msgid "Address" msgstr "Adres" -#. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1305 +#. popup message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1305 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "Geen server geselecteerd." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1343 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1343 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "A&dres" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1352 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1352 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "Gea&vanceerde configuratie" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1363 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1363 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "&Stuurprogrammacalibratie" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1373 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1373 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "Synchronisatie-&interval in minuten" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1384 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1384 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "Start de NTP-daemon" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1387 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1387 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "Alleen hand&matig" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "&Synchroniseren zonder daemon" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "Nu en tijdens &opstarten" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1406 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1406 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "Draai NTP-daemon in Chroot &Jail" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1418 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1418 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "NTP-service bepe&rken tot geconfigureerde servers " -#. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#. combo box item FIXME usability +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Handmatig" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1432 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1432 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Automatisch" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Aangepast" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "&Runtime-configuratiebeleid" -#. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1444 +#. FIXME +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1444 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "&Aangepast beleid" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "Willekeurige servers gebr&uiken van pool.ntp.org" -#. text entry label -#. text entry -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1461 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1479 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1674 +#. text entry label +#. text entry +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1461 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1479 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1674 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adres" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1486 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1486 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "&Selecteer..." -#. push button -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1753 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1764 +#. push button +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1753 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1764 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Test" -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1510 +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1510 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "Synchronisatie peer type " -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1525 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1525 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "&Logbestand weergeven..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1550 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1550 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "Klok&type" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1561 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1561 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "Unit&nummer" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "&Symlink aanmaken" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1591 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1591 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Apparaat" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1616 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1616 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "Opties voor toegangscontrole" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1628 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1628 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Server" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1630 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1630 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "&Peer" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "&Radioklok" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1634 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1634 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "&Uitgaande broadcasts worden geaccepteerd" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "B&innenkomende broadcasts worden geaccepteerd" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1639 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1639 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1653 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1653 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "Lokaal &netwerk" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1655 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1655 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "&Publieke NTP-server" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1660 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1660 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "NTP-server locatie" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1684 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1684 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "&Opzoeken" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 msgid "NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP-clientconfiguratie" -#. label -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 +#. label +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initialisering..." -#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that -#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. -#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) -#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) -#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending -#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 -#. progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:516 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:646 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1061 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1085 +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 +#. progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:516 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:646 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1061 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1085 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:729 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:729 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "Wanneer het systeem wordt opgestart zal tevens de NTP-daemon starten." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:735 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:735 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "De NTP-daemon start niet automatisch." -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:741 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:741 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servers: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radioklokken: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:749 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:749 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Peers: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Broadcast tijdinformatie naar: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Accepteer broadcast tijdinformatie van: %1" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:773 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:773 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Combineer statische en DHCP-configuratie." -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:777 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:777 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Alleen statische configuratie." -#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:780 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:780 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Aangepast configuratiebeleid." -#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers -#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server -#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, -#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result -#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "De DNS-dienst wordt aangepast..." -#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:846 +#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:846 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "De server is bereikbaar en reageert goed." -#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server -#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 +#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server +#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "De server is onbereikbaar of reageert niet goed." -#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:868 +#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:868 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" @@ -1488,65 +1408,65 @@ "Om te kunnen zoeken naar NTP-servers op het\n" "lokale netwerk is het pakket %1 nodig.\n" -#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "De NTP-clientconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Lees netwerk configuratie" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "Lees NTP-instellingen" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "De netwerk configuratie wordt gelezen..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1059 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1059 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "De NTP-instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1070 +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1070 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "De NTP-clientconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1075 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1075 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "NTP-instellingen opslaan" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1077 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1077 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Herstart NTP-daemon" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1081 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1081 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1083 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1083 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "NTP-daemon wordt opnieuw gestart..." -#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an -#. error if some of the call fails. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1149 +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1149 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Kan het dynamische configuratiebeleid niet bijwerken." -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1181 +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1181 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Kan de NTP-daemon niet herstarten." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/online-update-configuration.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/online-update-configuration.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/online-update-configuration.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,110 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 +#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help" msgstr "Help bij de module voor configuratie van online update" -#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 +#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 msgid "The registration module is not available." msgstr "De registratiemodule is niet beschikbaar." -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again." msgstr "Installeer de yast2-registration en probeer opnieuw." -#. module title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 +#. module title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 msgid "Online Update Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van online update" -#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 +#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standaard)" -#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 +#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 msgid "(none)" msgstr "(Geen)" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 msgid "Update Repository" msgstr "Opslagruimte bijwerken" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Automatic Online Update" msgstr "Automatische online update" -#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 +#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 msgid "Set Default" msgstr "Als standaard instellen" -#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 +#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Geavanceerd" -#. for category filter -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 +#. for category filter +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Filter by Category" msgstr "Filteren op categorie" -#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 +#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 msgid "Patch Categories" msgstr "Categorieën van patches" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ingeschakeld" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uitgeschakeld" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 msgid "Edit Software Repositories" msgstr "Softwareopslagruimtes bewerken" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 msgid "Register for support and get update repository" msgstr "Registreren voor ondersteuning en de opslagruimte voor updates ophalen" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" msgstr "Hardwareinformatie verzenden naar het smolt-project" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Interval" msgstr "Interval" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 msgid "Skip Interactive Patches" msgstr "Interactieve patches overslaan" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 msgid "Agree with Licenses" msgstr "Ja, ik accepteer de licentieovereenkomsten" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 msgid "Include Recommended Packages" msgstr "Aanbevolen pakketten invoegen" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 msgid "Use delta rpms" msgstr "Delta rpms gebruiken" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Current Update Repository:" msgstr "Huidige opslagruimte voor updates:" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 msgid "" "In order to add the default update repository\n" "you have to register this product." @@ -125,95 +125,77 @@ "Als u de standaard bijwerkopslagruimte wilt toevoegen\n" "moet u dit product registreren." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" msgstr "Wilt u nu registreren?" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> the current update repository is shown.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>In <b>%1</b> wordt de huidige opslagruimte voor updates weergegeven.</p>" +msgstr "<p>In <b>%1</b> wordt de huidige opslagruimte voor updates weergegeven.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Klik op <b>%1</b> om de standaardopslagruimte voor updates te gebruiken." +msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>%1</b> om de standaardopslagruimte voor updates te gebruiken.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "<p>Find related actions in the <b>%1</b> menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>Zoek gerelateerde acties in het <b>%1</b> menu.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update.</p>" msgstr "<p>Automatisch online bijwerken instellen in <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kies een interval voor bijwerken en geef aan of interactieve reparaties " -"moeten worden genegeerd en of er automatisch akkoord moet worden gegaan met " -"licenties.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 +msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kies een interval voor bijwerken en geef aan of interactieve reparaties moeten worden genegeerd en of er automatisch akkoord moet worden gegaan met licenties.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Alle pakketten die worden aanbevolen door een bij te werken pakket, " -"worden geïnstalleerd wanneer <b>%1</b> is ingeschakeld.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 +msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Alle pakketten die worden aanbevolen door een bij te werken pakket, worden geïnstalleerd wanneer <b>%1</b> is ingeschakeld.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Filteren op categorie voor reparaties kan ingesteld worden in de sectie " -"<b>%1</b>. Alleen reparaties van de categorieën in de lijst worden " -"geïnstalleerd. Andere worden overgeslagen.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 +msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Filteren op categorie voor reparaties kan ingesteld worden in de sectie <b>%1</b>. Alleen reparaties van de categorieën in de lijst worden geïnstalleerd. Andere worden overgeslagen.</p>" -#. cache the base product details -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 +#. cache the base product details +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 msgid "daily" msgstr "dagelijks" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 msgid "weekly" msgstr "wekelijks" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 msgid "monthly" msgstr "maandelijks" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 msgid "Packagemanager and YaST" msgstr "Packagemanager en YaST" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 msgid "Security" msgstr "Beveiliging" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "Aanbevolen" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 msgid "Optional" msgstr "Optioneel" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 msgid "Document" msgstr "Document" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "Overig" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. nothing to do -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 +#. nothing to do +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Gaat u akkoord met deze licentieovereenkomst?" -#. message popup -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 +#. message popup +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 msgid "" "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" "reboot now then continue the installation.\n" @@ -33,89 +33,83 @@ "Een toepassing die een herstart vereist is bijgewerkt. Het systeem zal \n" "zich nu herstarten en dan verdergaan met de installatie.\n" -#. command line help text -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 +#. command line help text +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 msgid "Online Update module" msgstr "Module voor online update" -#. command line help text for cd_update action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 +#. command line help text for cd_update action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 msgid "Start Patch CD Update" msgstr "Update met patch-cd starten" -#. command line help text for simple_mode action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 +#. command line help text for simple_mode action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 msgid "Use simple package selector" msgstr "Eenvoudige pakketselectie gebruiken" -#. command line help text for cd_url option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 +#. command line help text for cd_url option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 msgid "URL for Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "URL voor patch-cd (standaardwaarde is '%1')" -#. command line help text for cd_directory option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 +#. command line help text for cd_directory option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "Directory voor patchgegevens op patch-cd (standaardwaarde is '%1')" -#. help text for online-update initialization -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> " -"module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het systeem is bezig met het initialiseren van de installatie- en " -"updateopslagruimten. Installatie- en updateopslagruimten kunnen worden " -"gewijzigd in de module <b>Opslagruimten</b>.</p>" +#. help text for online-update initialization +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 +msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het systeem is bezig met het initialiseren van de installatie- en updateopslagruimten. Installatie- en updateopslagruimten kunnen worden gewijzigd in de module <b>Opslagruimten</b>.</p>" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 msgid "Initialize the target system" msgstr "Doelsysteem initialiseren" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 msgid "Refresh software repositories" msgstr "Softwareopslagruimten vernieuwen" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 msgid "Check for available updates" msgstr "Beschikbare updates opzoeken" -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 msgid "Initializing the target system..." msgstr "Doelsysteem wordt geïnitialiseerd..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 msgid "Refreshing software repositories..." msgstr "Vernieuwen van softwareopslagruimten..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 msgid "Checking for available updates..." msgstr "Opzoeken van beschikbare updates..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 +#. final progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 msgid "Initializing CD Update" msgstr "Initialisatie van cd-update" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Online update initialiseren" -#. yes/no question -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -123,30 +117,30 @@ "Er is nog geen update-opslagruimte\n" "geconfigureerd. De configuratie-workflow nu draaien?" -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 msgid "No update repository configured yet." msgstr "Er is nog geen update-opslagruimte geconfigureerd." -#. progress window label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 +#. progress window label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" msgstr "Voortgangslog" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 msgid "Package Progress" msgstr "Pakketvoortgang" -#. progress bar label -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 +#. progress bar label +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 msgid "Total Progress" msgstr "Totale voortgang" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 msgid "" "<p>After connecting to the update server,\n" "YaST will download all selected patches.\n" @@ -156,65 +150,61 @@ "YaST2 de geselecteerde reparaties gaan downloaden. Dit kost even tijd.\n" "In het logvenster zullen de downloaddetails getoond worden.</p>" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als er speciale berichten bij patches horen, zullen ze worden getoond in " -"een extra dialoog als de patch wordt geïnstalleerd.</p>\n" +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 +msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Als er speciale berichten bij patches horen, zullen ze worden getoond in een extra dialoog als de patch wordt geïnstalleerd.</p>\n" -#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 +#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 msgid "Patch Download and Installation" msgstr "Patch-download en -installatie" -#. progress information -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 +#. progress information +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 msgid "Installation finished.\n" msgstr "Installatie is gereed.\n" -#. label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 +#. label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 msgid "Patch installation finished." msgstr "Installatie van patches is voltooid." -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 msgid "Patch processing failed." msgstr "Patch-verwerking mislukt." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Package: Online update -#. Summary: Selection dialog -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher -#. -#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Package: Online update +#. Summary: Selection dialog +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher +#. +#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 msgid "Initializing for CD update..." msgstr "Initialisering voor CD-update wordt uitgevoerd..." -#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 +#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 msgid "" "Initialization failed. Check that\n" "you have inserted the correct CD.\n" @@ -222,9 +212,9 @@ "Het initialiseren is mislukt. Controleer\n" "of u de juiste cd heeft geplaatst.\n" -#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer -#. to delay the patch installation -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 +#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer +#. to delay the patch installation +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -232,8 +222,8 @@ "Kan de online installatiebron voor bijwerken niet\n" "instellen zonder pakket %1 te hebben geïnstalleerd" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" @@ -241,8 +231,8 @@ "Voor minstens één bijgewerkt pakket moet de sessie worden herstart.\n" "Meldt u zich zo spoedig mogelijk af en weer aan.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -250,18 +240,17 @@ "Pakketten voor pakketbeheer zijn bijgewerkt.\n" "YaST nu voltooien en opnieuw starten." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" "Voor ten minste één geïnstalleerde update moet het systeem opnieuw worden\n" -"opgestart om correct te kunnen werken. Start het systeem zo snel mogelijk " -"opnieuw op." +"opgestart om correct te kunnen werken. Start het systeem zo snel mogelijk opnieuw op." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 msgid "" "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n" "\n" @@ -269,105 +258,101 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"U moet het systeem eerst opnieuw opstarten om de updates van kracht te laten " -"worden:\n" +"U moet het systeem eerst opnieuw opstarten om de updates van kracht te laten worden:\n" "\n" "%1.\n" "\n" "Start het systeem zo snel mogelijk opnieuw op." -#. continue/cancel popup text -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 +#. continue/cancel popup text +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Er zijn patches voor pakketbeheer beschikbaar die een herstart van YaST " -"vereisen.\n" -"Deze patches dienen eerst geïnstalleerd te worden en alle andere patches na " -"de herstart.\n" +"Er zijn patches voor pakketbeheer beschikbaar die een herstart van YaST vereisen.\n" +"Deze patches dienen eerst geïnstalleerd te worden en alle andere patches na de herstart.\n" "\n" "U hebt enkele andere patches geselecteerd voor installatie nu.\n" "\n" "Verdergaan met de installatie van uw selectie?" -#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 +#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 msgid "Retrieving %1..." msgstr "Bezig met ophalen van %1..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 msgid "Package Download Progress" msgstr "Voortgang van pakketdownload" -#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Removing" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Installing" msgstr "Installeren" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Package Installation Progress" msgstr "Voortgang van pakketinstallatie" -#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 +#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 +#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "Delta-RPM %1 wordt gedownload" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "Voortgang van delta-RPM downloaden" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Downloaden van delta-RPM is mislukt: %1" -#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). -#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 +#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). +#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "Delta-RPM toepassen: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "Voortgang van delta-RPM toepassen" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Kon delta-RPM niet toepassen: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "Voortgang van script uitvoeren" -#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 +#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Start script %1" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -375,83 +360,81 @@ "Patch %1\n" "\n" -#. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 +#. error popoup (detailed info follows) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van het depot." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Summary: YOU dialogs -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Summary: YOU dialogs +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 msgid "No details available." msgstr "Geen details beschikbaar." -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "&Details <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "&Details >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fout" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 msgid "Try again" msgstr "Opnieuw" #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "Patch overslaan" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Skip All" msgstr "Alles overslaan" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Abort Update" msgstr "Update afbreken" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" -#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 +#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u de installatie nu afbreekt zal er geen patch geïnstalleerd " -"worden.\n" +"Wanneer u de installatie nu afbreekt zal er geen patch geïnstalleerd worden.\n" "Uw installatie zal ongewijzigd blijven.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 +#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 msgid "" "Patch download and installation in progress.\n" "If you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\n" @@ -461,8 +444,8 @@ "Wanneer u nu de installatie afbreekt, dan zal de update niet compleet zijn.\n" "Herhaal zowel de update als het downloaden indien dit noodzakelijk is.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n" @@ -472,65 +455,62 @@ "één patch niet correct geïnstalleerd zijn.\n" "U zult de update opnieuw moeten uitvoeren." -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 msgid "Really abort YaST Online Update?" msgstr "Wilt u de YaST Online Update afbreken?" -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Abort Update" msgstr "Update &afbreken" -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&Continue Update" msgstr "&Doorgaan met update" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 msgid "<b>Patch:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Patch:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 msgid "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Overzicht:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 msgid "<b>Packages:</b>" msgstr "<b>Pakketten:</b>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 msgid "Patch &Details <<" msgstr "Patch-&details <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 msgid "Patch &Details >>" msgstr "Patch-&details >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 msgid "Install Patch" msgstr "Patch installeren" -#. Dialog label above a list of patches -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 +#. Dialog label above a list of patches +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" -msgstr "" -"Na de installatie van deze patches moet het systeem opnieuw worden opgestart" +msgstr "Na de installatie van deze patches moet het systeem opnieuw worden opgestart" -#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 +#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Skip All" msgstr "Alles &overslaan" -#. Solver can't solve it automatically -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 +#. Solver can't solve it automatically +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"De selectie van een aantal patches waarvoor de computer opnieuw moet worden " -"opgestart, kan niet worden opgeheven." +msgstr "De selectie van een aantal patches waarvoor de computer opnieuw moet worden opgestart, kan niet worden opgeheven." -#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 +#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 msgid "" "These products have reached their end of general support\n" "and thus do not provide new updates anymore.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. module description -#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 +#. module description +#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 msgid "Check CD or DVD media integrity" msgstr "Integriteit van Cd- of dvd-schijf controleren" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 msgid "Editor for 'Do Not Show Again'" msgstr "Editor voor 'Niet meer tonen'" -#. help text -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 +#. help text +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 msgid "" "<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" @@ -35,153 +35,151 @@ "<b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken. Het item zal onmiddellijk uit de huidige\n" "configuratie worden verwijderd.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Popup Ident." msgstr "Popup-ident." -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Additional Info" msgstr "Aanvullende informatie" -#. FIXME: Add filter -#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), -#. `HSpacing(2), -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 +#. FIXME: Add filter +#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), +#. `HSpacing(2), +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "Verwij&deren" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 msgid "Could not read package information." msgstr "Kon de pakketinformatie niet lezen." -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:377 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:460 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:536 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:593 +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:377 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:460 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:536 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:593 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." msgstr "Back-up van %1 is mislukt. Zie %2 voor meer informatie." -#. dialog heading -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 +#. dialog heading +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" msgstr "Installatiemedia kopiëren" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 msgid "" "<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" "to create a repository that can be used to install\n" "other systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>De installatie-cd's zullen naar het systeem gekopieerd worden om een\n" -"opslagruimte aan te maken. Deze opslagruimte kan dan voor het installeren " -"van andere\n" +"opslagruimte aan te maken. Deze opslagruimte kan dan voor het installeren van andere\n" "systemen gebruikt worden.</p>\n" -#. label for showing repositories -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 +#. label for showing repositories +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 msgid "Registered Repositories" msgstr "Geregistreerde opslagruimten" -#. force minimum width -#. table header - name of the repo -#. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:719 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:732 +#. force minimum width +#. table header - name of the repo +#. table header - name of the repo +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:719 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:732 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versie" -#. feedback popup 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 +#. feedback popup 1/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 msgid "Copying CD contents to a local directory..." msgstr "De CD-inhoud wordt naar de lokale directory gekopieerd..." -#. feedback popup 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 +#. feedback popup 2/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:273 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1351 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1351 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "Configuratie van online opslagruimte wordt afgebroken" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:275 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1353 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:275 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1353 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "Wilt u de configuratie afbreken?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:307 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:307 msgid "Network is not configured." msgstr "Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:309 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:309 msgid "" "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Online opslagruimten die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een " -"internetverbinding nodig.\n" +"Online opslagruimten die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een internetverbinding nodig.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de internetverbinding configureren?" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:651 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:651 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie controleren" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "Lijst met online opslagruimten downloaden" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:658 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:658 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie wordt gecontroleerd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:660 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:660 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "Lijst met online opslagruimten wordt gedownload..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "Initialiseren van opslagruimtenbeheer" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:674 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:674 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "Opslagruimtenbeheer wordt geïnitialiseerd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:684 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:684 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lijst met online opslagruimten lezen" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:690 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:690 msgid "" "<p>The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n" @@ -189,8 +187,8 @@ "<p>Het pakketbeheer wordt geïnitialiseerd\n" "en de lijst met servers van het web wordt gedownload.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:722 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:722 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -198,8 +196,8 @@ "Kan lijst met opslagruimten niet downloaden,\n" "er is geen netwerk geconfigureerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:800 +#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:800 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -207,8 +205,8 @@ "Geen product-URL-adres gedefinieerd\n" "waarvan de lijst met bronnen te downloaden.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:814 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:814 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -216,26 +214,26 @@ "Kan lijst met opslagruimten niet downloaden\n" "of geen opslagruimten gedefinieerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text -#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") -#. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:920 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text +#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") +#. see *4 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:920 msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Aanbevolen:</b> %1<br>" -#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:922 +#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:922 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository -#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags -#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository -#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information -#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository -#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository -#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:934 +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository +#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags +#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository +#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information +#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository +#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository +#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:934 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n" @@ -253,30 +251,29 @@ "%5\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1242 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1242 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lijst met online opslagruimten" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1249 -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1249 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" -#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1259 +#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1259 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "&Lijst met opslagruimten" -#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1265 +#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1265 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "opslagruimtebeschrijving" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 msgid "" "<p>List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.</p>\n" @@ -284,87 +281,79 @@ "<p>Lijst met standaard online installatiebronnen.\n" "Klik op een repository voor details.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1274 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de online opslagruimtes die u wilt en klik op <b>Verder</b>.</p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1274 +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "Selecteer de online opslagruimtes die u wilt en klik op <b>Verder</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer de online opslagruimtes die u wilt gebruiken en klik op " -"<b>Voltooien</b>.</p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer de online opslagruimtes die u wilt gebruiken en klik op <b>Voltooien</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1283 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1283 msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>" msgstr "<p>Om een opslagruimte te verwijderen, deselecteer deze.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1379 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1379 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lijst met online opslagruimten schrijven" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1385 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1385 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het opslagruimtebeheer downloadt de details van de opslagruimte...</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het opslagruimtebeheer downloadt de details van de opslagruimte...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1477 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1501 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1519 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1477 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1501 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1519 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "Toevoegen van opslagruimte %1 is mislukt." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1596 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1596 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "Gedeselecteerde online opslagruimten verwijderen" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "Gedeselecteerde online opslagruimten worden verwijderd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "Alle geselecteerde online opslagruimten toevoegen" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1611 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1611 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "Alle geselecteerde online opslagruimten worden toegevoegd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1620 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1620 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "Opslagruimte toevoegen: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1629 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1629 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "Opslagruimte toevoegen: %1 ..." -#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1741 +#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1741 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -379,51 +368,44 @@ msgstr "" "Onvoldoende geheugen gedetecteerd.\n" "\n" -"Het gebruik van onlineopslagruimten tijdens de oorspronkelijke installatie " -"met minder dan\n" +"Het gebruik van onlineopslagruimten tijdens de oorspronkelijke installatie met minder dan\n" "%dMiB systeemgeheugen is niet aanbevolen.\n" "\n" -"Mogelijk loopt het installatieprogramma vast als voor de aanvullende " -"pakketgegevens\n" +"Mogelijk loopt het installatieprogramma vast als voor de aanvullende pakketgegevens\n" "te veel geheugen nodig is.\n" "\n" -"In dit geval is het aanbevolen de onlineopslagruimten later in het " -"geïnstalleerde\n" +"In dit geval is het aanbevolen de onlineopslagruimten later in het geïnstalleerde\n" "systeem te gebruiken." -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 msgid "Initializing the target directory failed." msgstr "De initialisatie van de doelmap is mislukt." -#. re-initialize package information -#. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 +#. re-initialize package information +#. force reinitialization +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd..." -#. error report, %1 is number -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 +#. error report, %1 is number +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." msgstr "Selecteren van %1 pakketten voor installatie is mislukt." -#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Kon patronen niet instellen: %1." -#. Solve dependencies -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de " -"softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel." +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel." -#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area -#. %1 - an error message (details) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 +#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area +#. %1 - an error message (details) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 msgid "" "Installation failed.\n" "\n" @@ -439,83 +421,73 @@ "\n" "Pakketinstallatie zal geannuleerd worden.\n" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1505 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:699 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:699 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 +#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Reading package information..." msgstr "Pakketinformatie wordt gelezen..." -#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 +#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 msgid "No Valid Installation Media" msgstr "Geen geldige installatiemedia" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 msgid "Installation Media" msgstr "Installatie-media" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&Media" msgstr "&Media" -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:67 +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:67 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." msgstr "Het softwarevoorstel is teruggezet naar de standaardwaarden." -#. warning text -#. warning text -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:77 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige " -"interventie is nodig" +#. warning text +#. warning text +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:77 +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige interventie is nodig" -#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de " -"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." +#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." -#. error message (%1 is a package file name) -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 +#. error message (%1 is a package file name) +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." msgstr "Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke opslagruimte kopiëren." -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Fout: kan geen tijdelijke directory aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet " -"geïnstalleerd worden." +msgstr "Fout: kan geen tijdelijke directory aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd worden." -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 msgid "Error: Cannot query package file %1." msgstr "Fout: kan niet zoeken in pakketbestand %1." -#. Error message: -#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) -#. %2 = error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 +#. Error message: +#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) +#. %2 = error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 msgid "" "Package %1 could not be installed.\n" "\n" @@ -527,18 +499,17 @@ "Details:\n" "%2\n" -#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 +#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium." msgstr "Pakket %1 is niet op het medium gevonden." -#. start package manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 +#. start package manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de opslagruimte." +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de opslagruimte." -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" "No repository is defined.\n" "Only installed packages are displayed." @@ -546,27 +517,27 @@ "Er is geen opslagruimte gedefinieerd.\n" "Alleen geïnstalleerde pakketten worden weergegeven." -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Doelsysteem initialiseren" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 msgid "Load the Configured Repositories" msgstr "laden van geconfigureerde opslagruimten" -#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 +#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 msgid "Reset the target system to %1" msgstr "Stel doelsysteem opnieuw in naar %1" -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 msgid "Starting the Software Manager" msgstr "Starten van de softwarebeheerder" -#. reset summary -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 +#. reset summary +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 msgid "" "During the last package installation\n" "several packages failed to install.\n" @@ -576,8 +547,8 @@ "konden sommige pakketten niet worden geïnstalleerd.\n" "Wilt u het nu proberen?\n" -#. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 +#. start the repository manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -585,7 +556,7 @@ "Kan de online opslagruimte voor bijwerken niet\n" "configureren zonder pakket %1 te hebben geïnstalleerd" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -593,8 +564,8 @@ "Om te kunnen zoeken naar online-opslagruimtes\n" "dient het pakket %1 te zijn geïnstalleerd" -#. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 +#. error report, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -602,110 +573,97 @@ "De volgende pakketten zijn niet gevonden op het medium:\n" "%1\n" -#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 +#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 msgid "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" msgstr "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" -#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 +#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 msgid "<UL><LI>Medium: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>Medium: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 +#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 msgid "<UL><LI>Size: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>Grootte: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check -#. the check has been canceled -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 +#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check +#. the check has been canceled +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 msgid "<UL><LI>Result: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>Resultaat: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text - error message -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 +#. rich text - error message +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd." +msgstr "Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd." -#. result of the check - success -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 +#. result of the check - success +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 msgid "<B>OK</B> -- The medium has been successfully verified." msgstr "<B>OK</B> -- Het medium is geverifieerd." -#. wrong MD5 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"<B>Fout</B> -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen<BR>Het medium is " -"onbruikbaar." +#. wrong MD5 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 +msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." +msgstr "<B>Fout</B> -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen<BR>Het medium is onbruikbaar." -#. the correct MD5 is unknown -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 +#. the correct MD5 is unknown +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "<B>Unknown</B> -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." -msgstr "" -"<B>Onbekend</B> -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend." +msgstr "<B>Onbekend</B> -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend." -#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 +#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgstr "Plaats het eerste installatiemedium." -#. dialog header -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 msgid "Media Check" msgstr "Mediacontrole" -#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 +#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 msgid "<P><B>Media Check</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Mediacontrole</B></P>" -#. help text - media check 2/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 +#. help text - media check 2/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "<P>When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Als u tijdens het installeren problemen ondervindt en u\n" "van een cd- of dvd-installatieschijf gebruik maakt, controleer\n" "dan de schijf op mogelijke beschadigingen.</P>\n" -#. help text - media check 3/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 +#. help text - media check 3/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check\n" +"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n" "or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " msgstr "" -"<P>Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op " -"<B>Controle starten</B>\n" +"<P>Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op <B>Controle starten</B>\n" "of gebruik <B>Controle ISO-bestand</B> en selecteer een ISO-bestand.\n" "De controle kan enkele minuten duren, afhankelijk van de snelheid van het\n" -"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum." -"</P>" +"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum.</P>" -#. help text - media check 4/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 +#. help text - media check 4/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" +"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de " -"installatie.\n" -"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde " -"medium te vervangen.</P>\n" +"<P>Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de installatie.\n" +"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde medium te vervangen.</P>\n" -#. help text - media check 5/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 +#. help text - media check 5/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" @@ -713,39 +671,28 @@ "Na de controle plaatst u het volgende medium en start de procedure opnieuw.\n" "De volgorde van de media is niet relevant.\n" -#. help text - media check 6/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Let op:</B> U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het " -"systeem wordt gebruikt.</P>" +#. help text - media check 6/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Let op:</B> U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het systeem wordt gebruikt.</P>" -#. help text - media check 7/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item " -"medium controleren in het opstartmenu.</P>" +#. help text - media check 7/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 +msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item medium controleren in het opstartmenu.</P>" -#. help text - media check 8/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 +#. help text - media check 8/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie <B>pad</B> van uw " -"brandsoftware.\n" +"<P>Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie <B>pad</B> van uw brandsoftware.\n" "Dit voorkomt leesfouten aan het einde van de media tijdens de controle.</P>\n" -#. advice check of the media -#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 +#. advice check of the media +#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 msgid "" "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" @@ -753,46 +700,46 @@ "Wij adviseren u om alle installatiemedia eerst te controleren om\n" "zo installatieproblemen te voorkomen. Om dit over te slaan druk op 'Volgende'" -#. combo box -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 msgid "&CD or DVD Drive" msgstr "Cd- of dvd-station" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "Controle &starten" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Uitwerpen" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 msgid "Check ISO File..." msgstr "Controle ISO-bestand..." -#. widget label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 +#. widget label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 msgid "Status Information" msgstr "Statusinformatie" -#. progress bar label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 +#. progress bar label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Voortgang" -#. window title - open file dialog -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 +#. window title - open file dialog +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 msgid "Select an ISO File to Check" msgstr "Selecteer een ISO-bestand voor controle" -#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 +#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 msgid "Cannot read medium in drive %1." msgstr "Kan het medium in station %1 niet lezen." -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 msgid "" "The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\n" "The content of the medium cannot be verified.\n" @@ -804,83 +751,83 @@ "\n" "Alleen de leesbaarheid van het medium wordt gecontroleerd.\n" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 msgid "<B>Canceled</B>" msgstr "<B>Geannuleerd</B>" -#. escape <> characters in the key name -#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key ') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 +#. escape <> characters in the key name +#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key ') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Naam: %1" -#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 +#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Finger Print: %1" msgstr "Vingerafdruk: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Aangemaakt: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Expires: %1</font> (The key is expired.)" msgstr "Verlopen: %1</font> (De sleutel is verlopen.)" -#. summary string - the GPG key never expires -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 +#. summary string - the GPG key never expires +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 msgid "The key never expires." msgstr "De sleutel verloopt nooit." -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Verlopen: %1" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Key: %1" msgstr "Sleutel: %1" -#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 +#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Select a GPG Key" msgstr "Selecteer een GPG-sleutel" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Properties of the GPG Key" msgstr "Eigenschappen van GPG-sleutel" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Key ID: " msgstr "Sleutel-ID: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Naam:" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Finger Print: " msgstr "Vingerafdruk: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Aangemaakt: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Verlopen: " -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Adding a GPG Public Key" msgstr "Toevoegen van een GPG-sleutel" -#. help -#. help -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 +#. help +#. help +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage known GPG public keys.</p>\n" @@ -888,7 +835,7 @@ "<p>\n" "Beheer bekende publieke GPG-sleutels.</p>\n" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -897,26 +844,25 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toevoegen</b><br>\n" -"Als u een nieuwe GPG-sleutel wilt toevoegen, geeft u het pad naar het " -"sleutelbestand op.\n" +"Als u een nieuwe GPG-sleutel wilt toevoegen, geeft u het pad naar het sleutelbestand op.\n" "</p>\n" -#. header in file selection popup -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 +#. header in file selection popup +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select a GPG Key To Import" msgstr "Selecteer de te importeren GPG-sleutel" -#. validate the entered file -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 +#. validate the entered file +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Enter a filename" msgstr "Geef de bestandsnaam" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 msgid "GPG Public Key Management" msgstr "Beheer van openbare GPG-sleutels" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -925,12 +871,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel</b><br>\n" -"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en geef " -"het pad naar het sleutelbestand op.\n" +"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en geef het pad naar het sleutelbestand op.\n" "</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 +#. help, continued +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying a GPG Key Status</b>\n" @@ -944,13 +889,13 @@ "Om te verwijderen gebruikt u <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. table header -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. table header +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "Sleutel-ID" -#. remove the key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 +#. remove the key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Really delete key '%1'\n" "'%2'?" @@ -958,44 +903,44 @@ "Wilt u de sleutel '%1' echt verwijderen\n" "'%2'?" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Nieuwe opslagruimte toevoegen" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Controleer het type opslagruimte" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Opslagruimte toevoegen" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Lees de opslagruimtelicentie" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Het type opslagruimte controleren" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Opslagruimte toevoegen" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Lezen van de opslagruimtelicentie" -#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:146 +#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:146 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Opslagruimte" -#. continue-back popup -#. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:194 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 +#. continue-back popup +#. continue-back popup +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:194 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" "If you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\n" @@ -1009,10 +954,10 @@ "Ga verder als u de rpm-pakketten die zich op de gespecificeerde\n" "locatie bevinden in de pakketselectie beschikbaar wilt maken.\n" -#. popup message part 1 -#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1209 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#. popup message part 1 +#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1209 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1020,23 +965,22 @@ "Kan de opslagruimte niet maken\n" "aan de hand van URL '%1'" -#. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:299 +#. error message +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:299 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" -"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet " -"mogelijk.\n" +"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet mogelijk.\n" "Wijzig het protocol of pak het ISO-image uit aan de kant van de server." -#. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:309 +#. popup message part 2 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:309 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "De URL wijzigen en het opnieuw proberen?" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:386 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:386 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1044,247 +988,230 @@ "Om te kunnen zoeken naar SLP-installatiebronnen\n" "dient het pakket %1 te zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:57 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:57 msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." msgstr "Configuratie van softwarebeheerder wordt opgeslagen..." -#. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:63 +#. default (minimal) priority of a repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:63 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioriteit" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:65 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:65 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Gedownloade pakketten bewaren" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Installatie opslagruimtes- deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de " -"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:80 +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Installatie opslagruimtes- deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." -#. pad to 3 characters -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:174 +#. pad to 3 characters +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:174 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standaard" -#. unkown name (alias) of the source -#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, -#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:204 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:269 +#. unkown name (alias) of the source +#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, +#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:204 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:269 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Onbekende naam" -#. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:339 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:340 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:382 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:388 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#. displaye only repositories from the selected service +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:339 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:340 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:388 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:342 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:381 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1366 +#. label to be used instead of URL if not found +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1366 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:347 +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:347 msgid "Raw URL: %s" msgstr "Onbewerkte URL: %s" -#. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#. heading - in case repo name not found +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:377 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Onbekende naam van opslagruimte" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:387 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:387 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Categorie: %1" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:397 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:397 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Service: %1" -#. #176013 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:656 +#. #176013 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:656 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Alle opslagruimten" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:659 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:659 msgid "All services" msgstr "Alle services" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:668 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:668 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Service '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:685 msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" msgstr "Alleen opslagruimten die niet door een service zijn geleverd" -#. combobox label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:697 +#. combobox label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:697 msgid "View" msgstr "Weergeven" -#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:712 +#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:712 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioriteit" -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:714 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:727 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:717 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:730 +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:717 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:730 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen" -#. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:721 +#. table header - service to which the repo belongs +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:721 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" -#. table header - URL of the repo -#. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:723 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:734 +#. table header - URL of the repo +#. table header - URL of the repo +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:723 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:734 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:834 +#. push button - change URL of the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:834 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "Ver&vangen..." -#. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:836 +#. push button - refresh the selected repository now +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:836 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Ver&nieuw selectie" -#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "Status &aan of uit" -#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:840 +#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:840 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "Verver&sen aan of uit" -#. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:842 +#. push button - set name of the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:842 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "&Naam opgeven..." -#. label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:849 +#. label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:849 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Eigenschappen" -#. check box -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:854 +#. check box +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:854 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&Ingeschakeld" -#. check box -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:860 +#. check box +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:860 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "Automatisch ve&rnieuwen" -#. push button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:898 +#. push button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:898 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "&GPG-sleutels..." -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Verversen" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:907 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:907 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "Ververs alle Automatisch v&erverst" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:909 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:909 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "Ververs alle &Ingeschakeld" -#. dialog caption -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Geconfigureerde softwareopslagruimten" -#. help -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:919 +#. help +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:919 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde software-opslagruimtes en services " -"beheren.</p>\n" +"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde software-opslagruimtes en services beheren.</p>\n" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:925 -msgid "" -"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "" -"<P>Een <B>service</B> of <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is een " -"protocol voor pakketopslagruimtebeheer. Een service kan een of meer " -"softwareopslagruimten bieden die dynamisch kunnen worden gewijzigd door de " -"servicebeheerder.</P>" +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:925 +msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Een <B>service</B> of <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is een protocol voor pakketopslagruimtebeheer. Een service kan een of meer softwareopslagruimten bieden die dynamisch kunnen worden gewijzigd door de servicebeheerder.</P>" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:932 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:932 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Een nieuwe opslagruimte of service toevoegen</b><br>\n" -"Om een nieuwe opslagruimte toe te voegen, gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en " -"specificeer de opslagruimte of service.\n" -"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een opslagrumte is " -"ingegeven.\n" +"Om een nieuwe opslagruimte toe te voegen, gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en specificeer de opslagruimte of service.\n" +"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een opslagrumte is ingegeven.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:944 +#. help, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:944 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" @@ -1296,8 +1223,8 @@ "dient u de cd-set of de dvd beschikbaar te hebben.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#. help, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" @@ -1317,77 +1244,53 @@ "volstaat de opgave van het basispad.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:971 +#. help, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:971 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>De status van een opslagruimte of een service wijzigen</b><br>\n" -"U kunt een opslagruimtelocatie wijzigen met <b>Bewerken</b>. Als u een " -"opslagruimte wilt verwijderen, gebruikt u\n" -"<b>Verwijderen</b>. Als u een bron in of uit wilt schakelen of het verversen " -"tijdens de initialisatie wilt aanpassen, selecteert u de opslagruimte in de " -"tabel en gebruikt u de onderstaande keuzevakjes\n" +"U kunt een opslagruimtelocatie wijzigen met <b>Bewerken</b>. Als u een opslagruimte wilt verwijderen, gebruikt u\n" +"<b>Verwijderen</b>. Als u een bron in of uit wilt schakelen of het verversen tijdens de initialisatie wilt aanpassen, selecteert u de opslagruimte in de tabel en gebruikt u de onderstaande keuzevakjes\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.</P>\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>Prioriteit van een opslagruimte</B><BR>\n" -"De prioriteit van een opslagruimte is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de hoogste " -"prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als een " -"pakket beschikbaar is in meer opslagruimtes dan wordt die met de hoogste " -"prioriteit gebruikt.</P>\n" +"De prioriteit van een opslagruimte is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als een pakket beschikbaar is in meer opslagruimtes dan wordt die met de hoogste prioriteit gebruikt.</P>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:991 -msgid "" -"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in " -"opslagruimtes en services.</P>" +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:991 +msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in opslagruimtes en services.</P>" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:999 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:999 msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation.</P>" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren</B><BR>Activeer deze optie om " -"gedownloade\n" +"<P><B>Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren</B><BR>Activeer deze optie om gedownloade\n" "pakketten te bewaren in een lokale cache zodat zij later opnieuw gebruik\n" "kunnen worden bij het opnieuw installeren van pakketten. Indien niet\n" -"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na " -"installatie.</P>" +"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na installatie.</P>" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1005 -msgid "" -"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/" -"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map <B>/var/cache/zypp/" -"packages</B>, wijzig de locatie in het bestand <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>." +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" +msgstr "<P>De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, wijzig de locatie in het bestand <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" -#. popup message part 1 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1050 +#. popup message part 1 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1050 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -1395,28 +1298,28 @@ "Kan de wijzigingen niet in de configuratie\n" "van de opslagruimte opslaan." -#. popup message part 2 followed by other info -#. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1214 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 +#. popup message part 2 followed by other info +#. popup message, after message header, header of details +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1214 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Details:" -#. popup message part 3 -#. end of popup message, question -#. end of popup message, question -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1222 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 +#. popup message part 3 +#. end of popup message, question +#. end of popup message, question +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1222 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Opnieuw proberen?" -#. popup headline -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1075 +#. popup headline +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1075 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van opslagruimten afbreken" -#. popup message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1077 +#. popup message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1077 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1424,36 +1327,36 @@ "Wilt u de configuratie van de opslagruimten afbreken ?\n" "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." -#. TODO: add help text -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1256 +#. TODO: add help text +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1256 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Vernieuwen van opslagruimten" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1257 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Services vernieuwen" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1262 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Vernieuwen van opslagruimten" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1263 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1263 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Vernieuwen van services" -#. progress bar label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1295 +#. progress bar label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1295 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Vernieuwen van opslagruimte %1..." -#. refreshing services -#. progress bar label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1321 +#. refreshing services +#. progress bar label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1321 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Service %1 vernieuwen..." -#. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1463 +#. popup question, %1 is repository URL +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1463 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -1461,26 +1364,23 @@ "Really add the repository again?" msgstr "" "Opslagruimte %1\n" -"is al toegevoegd. Elke opslagruimte zou slechts een keer toegevoegd moeten " -"worden.\n" +"is al toegevoegd. Elke opslagruimte zou slechts een keer toegevoegd moeten worden.\n" "\n" "Deze opslagruimte nog eens toevoegen?" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1531 +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1531 msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de " -"opslagruimteconfiguratie</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de opslagruimteconfiguratie</p>\n" -#. Handle the "Delete" button in the service view -#. @param [Integer] current index of the selected item in the table -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1609 +#. Handle the "Delete" button in the service view +#. @param [Integer] current index of the selected item in the table +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1609 msgid "The services of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." msgstr "De services van het type 'plugin' kunnen niet verwijderd worden." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1615 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1615 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -1488,22 +1388,19 @@ "Service %1 en de bijbehorende\n" "opslagruimten verwijderen?" -#. Handle the "Delete" button in the repository view -#. @param [Integer] global_current index of the repository in the @sourceStatesOut -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1635 -msgid "" -"The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." -msgstr "" -"De opslagruimten behorende bij een service van het type 'plugin' kunnen niet " -"verwijderd worden." +#. Handle the "Delete" button in the repository view +#. @param [Integer] global_current index of the repository in the @sourceStatesOut +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1635 +msgid "The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." +msgstr "De opslagruimten behorende bij een service van het type 'plugin' kunnen niet verwijderd worden." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1639 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1639 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Wilt u de geselecteerde opslagruimte verwijderen uit de lijst?" -#. popup message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1700 +#. popup message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1700 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -1511,8 +1408,8 @@ "De geselecteerde opslagruimte kan niet\n" "automatisch vernieuwen worden." -#. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1982 +#. refresh also the combobox widget +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1982 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -1520,50 +1417,46 @@ "Er is geen service op URL:\n" "%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2023 +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2023 msgid "The services of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." msgstr "De services van het type 'plugin' kunnen niet gewijzigd worden." -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2030 -msgid "" -"The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." -msgstr "" -"De opslagruimten behorende bij een service van het type 'plugin' kunnen niet " -"gewijzigd worden." +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2030 +msgid "The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." +msgstr "De opslagruimten behorende bij een service van het type 'plugin' kunnen niet gewijzigd worden." -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:115 +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:115 msgid "Software" msgstr "Software" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:117 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:117 msgid "&Software" msgstr "&Software" -#. New add-on product might add also new agents. -#. Functions Rereads all available agents. -#. -#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 -#. error report -#. popup error -#. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:527 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:635 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 +#. New add-on product might add also new agents. +#. Functions Rereads all available agents. +#. +#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 +#. error report +#. popup error +#. popup error +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:527 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:635 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem." +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem." -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:670 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:670 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Instellingenbestand %1 niet gevonden op de media." -#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration -#. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:911 +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:911 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1571,75 +1464,74 @@ "Pakket '%s' is niet geïnstalleerd.\n" "Het add-on-product kan niet worden geregistreerd." -#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:464 +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:464 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Onbekend product" -#. push button -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1163 +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1163 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "Re&leaseopmerkingen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1293 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1454 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1293 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1454 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Niet in staat toegevoegde producten te gebruiken." -#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1344 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1344 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1360 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1360 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, pad: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1389 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1389 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Aanvullende producten" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1394 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1394 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "De opslagruimte bevat ook de lijst met aanvullende opslagruimtes.\n" "Selecteer diegene die u wilt gebruiken.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1405 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Aanvullende te selecteren producten" -#. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1412 +#. push button label +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1412 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Voeg geselecteerde &producten toe" -#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1544 +#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1544 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Plaats het medium voor add-on %1" -#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1549 +#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1549 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Plaats het medium %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1596 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1596 msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "Kan product %s niet toevoegen." -#. update the trusted flag -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 +#. update the trusted flag +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not contain a valid GPG key.\n" @@ -1647,8 +1539,8 @@ "Bestand '%1'\n" "bevat geen geldige GPG-sleutel.\n" -#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key ") -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 +#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key ") +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 msgid "" "Key '%1'\n" "'%2'\n" @@ -1658,319 +1550,272 @@ "'%2'\n" "is al bekend, het kan niet nog een keer toegevoegd worden." -#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 +#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 msgid "Cannot copy the key to the temporary directory." msgstr "Kan de sleutel niet naar de tijdelijke directory kopiëren." -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "Gefaalde pakkettenlij&st tonen" -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "Volledig logbestand &tonen" -#. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 +#. dialog headline +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "De installatie van enkele pakketten is mislukt" -#. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 +#. collect and set installation summary data +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "Installatie is afgebroken door de gebruiker." -#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 +#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Medium %1" -#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) -#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), -#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. -#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 +#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) +#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), +#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. +#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "Gereed." -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Volgende: %1 -- %2" -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Volgende: %1" -#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items -#. -#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 +#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items +#. +#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totaal" -#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited -#. Update the current slide if applicable -#. -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 +#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited +#. Update the current slide if applicable +#. +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1 wordt gedownload (downloadgrootte %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Resterend: %1%2 pakketten)" -#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode -#. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 +#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode +#. translations: progress message (part1) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Downloaden van pakketten..." -#. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 +#. progress message (part2) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (Gedownload %1 van %2 pakketten)" -#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package -#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 +#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package +#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1 verwijderen" -#. package installation - summary text -#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 +#. package installation - summary text +#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "%1 wordt geïnstalleerd (geïnstalleerde grootte %2)" -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Delta-RPM toepassen: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:304 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits " -"distributie te installeren." +#. warning text +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:304 +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits distributie te installeren." -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:320 -msgid "" -"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na " -"installatie van het systeem.</P>" +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:320 +msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P>De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na installatie van het systeem.</P>" -#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) -#. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 -msgid "" -"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die " -"geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden " -"bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter " -"zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens " -"25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie " -"te starten.</P>" +#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) +#. translators: help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens 25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie te starten.</P>" -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>De totale 'te downloaden grootte' is de grootte van de pakketten die\n" "gedownload zullen worden vanaf externe (netwerk) opslagruimtes.\n" -"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er " -"een limiet is voor het downloaden.</P>\n" +"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er een limiet is voor het downloaden.</P>\n" -#. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:346 +#. help text for software proposal - header +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:346 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Softwarevoorstel</B></P>" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product -#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product +#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Product: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:377 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:377 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Systeemtype: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:388 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:388 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "Patronen:<br>" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:398 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:398 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Grootte van de te installeren pakketten: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages -#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:411 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages +#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:411 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Downloaden vanaf externe opslagruimten: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:473 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "" -"Deze add-on-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1" +msgstr "Deze add-on-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1" -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze add-ons om u te voorzien van " -"nieuwe installatiemedia." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:497 +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze add-ons om u te voorzien van nieuwe installatiemedia." -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:501 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze add-ons om u te voorzien van een " -"nieuw installatiemedium." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:501 +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze add-ons om u te voorzien van een nieuw installatiemedium." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:542 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, " -"kan installatie niet starten." +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:542 +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, kan installatie niet starten." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:562 +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:562 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren." +msgstr "Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:605 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:605 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Onvoldoende schijfruimte." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:607 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:607 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige " -"selectie." +msgstr "Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige selectie." -#. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:628 +#. add a backslash if it's missing +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:628 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" -msgstr "" -"Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar.<BR>" +msgstr "Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar.<BR>" -#. Check the YaST required packages. -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:648 +#. Check the YaST required packages. +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:648 msgid "Please manually select the needed items to install." msgstr "Selecteer aub handmatig de benodigde te installeren items." -#. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:710 +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:710 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "Nieuw product <b>%s</b> wordt geïnstalleerd" -#. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:720 +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:720 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "Product <b>%s</b> wordt bijgewerkt" -#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:722 +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:722 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" -msgstr "" -"Product <b>%{old_product}</b> wordt bijgewerkt naar <b>%{new_product}</b>" +msgstr "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> wordt bijgewerkt naar <b>%{new_product}</b>" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:729 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:729 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "Product <b>%s</b> blijft geïnstalleerd" -#. Removing another product might be an issue -#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>Waarschuwing:</b> Product <b>%s</b> wordt verwijderd." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:740 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:740 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "<b>Fout:</b> Product <b>%s</b> wordt automatisch verwijderd." -#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", -#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:766 +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:766 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li><b>Een aantal producten is gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</li>\n" -"<ul><li>Neem contact op met de leverancier van de verwijderde " -"invoegtoepassing voor nieuwe\n" -"installatiemedia.</li><li>U kunt ook de juiste online-uitbreiding of -module " -"selecteren\n" -"in de registratiestap.</li><li>Als u wilt doorgaan met de productupgrade, " -"gaat u naar de\n" -"softwareselectie en markeert u het product (het releasepakket) dat moet " -"worden verwijderd.\n" +"<ul><li><b>Een aantal producten is gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</b></li>\n" +"<ul><li>Neem contact op met de leverancier van de verwijderde invoegtoepassing voor nieuwe\n" +"installatiemedia.</li><li>U kunt ook de juiste online-uitbreiding of -module selecteren\n" +"in de registratiestap.</li><li>Als u wilt doorgaan met de productupgrade, gaat u naar de\n" +"softwareselectie en markeert u het product (het releasepakket) dat moet worden verwijderd.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" -#. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1230 +#. error in proposal, %1 is URL +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1230 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Geen opslagruimte gevonden op '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1503 +#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1503 msgid "" -"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1979,32 +1824,32 @@ "tot uw beschikking heeft, dan kunt u bijgewerkte uitgavenotities van de\n" "webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden.</b></p>\n" -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1530 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1530 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Opgestart medium wordt geïntegreerd..." -#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1552 +#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1552 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Integreren van servicepackopslagruimte is mislukt." -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1585 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1585 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Opslagruimten worden geïnitialiseerd..." -#. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1825 +#. message popup, %1 is product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1825 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1-cd 1 plaatsen" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1827 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1827 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 niet gevonden" -#. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1937 +#. an error message +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1937 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -2012,8 +1857,8 @@ "Fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de pakketbeschrijvingen.\n" "Kijk voor meer details in het logbestand %1." -#. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2209 +#. bnc #436925 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2209 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -2021,13 +1866,13 @@ "De softwareselectie is extern gewijzigd.\n" "Het maken van een softwarevoorstel wordt opnieuw gestart." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2227 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2227 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "De pakketselectie wordt onderzocht..." -#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2570 +#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2570 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2035,52 +1880,46 @@ "Selecteren van standaardproductpatroon %{pattern_name} is mislukt.\n" "Patroon is niet gevonden." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2743 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2743 msgid "These packages need to be selected to install: %s" msgstr "Deze pakketten moeten geselecteerd worden voor installatie: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2746 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2746 msgid "These patterns need to be selected to install: %s" msgstr "Deze patronen moeten geselecteerd worden voor installatie: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names -#. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be displayed -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2750 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names +#. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be displayed +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2750 msgid "These items (%{type}) need to be selected to install: %{list}" -msgstr "" -"Deze items (%{type}) moeten geselecteerd worden voor installatie: %{list}" +msgstr "Deze items (%{type}) moeten geselecteerd worden voor installatie: %{list}" -#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted -#. -#. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 +#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted +#. +#. @param [String] license_ident file name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Kan licentiebestand '%1' niet lezen" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Als u de licentie van het product correct wilt weergeven, zet u het bestand " -"license.tar.gz in de basismap van het actieve medium bij het bouwen van de " -"image." +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Als u de licentie van het product correct wilt weergeven, zet u het bestand license.tar.gz in de basismap van het actieve medium bij het bouwen van de image." -#. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 +#. combo box +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Taal" -#. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ja, ik &accepteer de licentieovereenkomst." -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -2088,9 +1927,9 @@ "U kunt deze EULA vinden in de directory\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" @@ -2098,8 +1937,8 @@ "Als u deze EULA wilt afdrukken, kunt u\n" "deze vinden in het bestand %s op het eerste medium" -#. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 +#. help text +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2109,23 +1948,23 @@ "van de beschikbare opties. Als u niet met de licentieovereenkomst\n" "akkoord gaat zal de configuratie afgebroken worden.</p>\n" -#. dialog title -#. #459391 -#. If a progress is running open another dialog -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 +#. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Wilt u de installatie van het add-onproduct afbreken?" -#. text changed due to bug #162499 -#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2133,19 +1972,19 @@ "Het weigeren van de licentieovereenkomst annuleert de\n" "installatie van het add-onproduct. Wilt u toch deze licentie afwijzen?" -#. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 +#. timed ok/cancel popup +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Het systeem wordt afgesloten..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name -#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s licentieovereenkomst" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2153,8 +1992,8 @@ "Als u deze gebruiksovereenkomst wilt afdrukken, kunt u deze downloaden op\n" "%{license_url}" -#. popup yes-no -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 +#. popup yes-no +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -2162,18 +2001,18 @@ "Wilt u stoppen\n" "met de installatie?" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Afgebroken" -#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 +#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Start script %1" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -2181,8 +2020,8 @@ "Patch %1\n" "\n" -#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 +#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 msgid "" "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2190,8 +2029,8 @@ "Er is bijna geen schijfruimte meer op partitie %1.\n" "Wilt u met de installatie doorgaan?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "" "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2199,104 +2038,104 @@ "Er is bijna geen schijfruimte meer.\n" "Wilt u met de installatie doorgaan?" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 +#. remote +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Delta-RPM %1 wordt gedownload (downloadgrootte %2)" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Downloaden van delta-RPM is mislukt: %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Kon delta-RPM niet toepassen: %1" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "Zoeken met &SLP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "&Opslagruimten van de gemeenschap" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "&Uitbreidingen en modules van registratieserver..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Geef &URL op..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1776 +#. radio button +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1776 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "NF&S..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&Cd..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&Dvd..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Vaste schijf..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "&USB massaopslag (USB-stick, -schijf)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Lokale directory..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "&Lokale ISO-image..." -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Bestanden met opslagruimtebeschrijvingen &downloaden" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" @@ -2304,8 +2143,8 @@ "<p>Als u als locatie een bestand opgeeft dat een ISO-image\n" "van het medium bevat, selecteer <b>ISO-image</b>.</p>" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:125 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2313,153 +2152,146 @@ "<p>Als de opslagruimte zich op meerdere media\n" "bevindt, stel dan de locatie van het eerste medium van de set in.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:139 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:139 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Servernaam" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Pad naar directory of ISO-image" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:155 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:155 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO-image" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "N&FS v4-protocol" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Aankoppelopties" -#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp -#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp +#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standaard)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL van opslagruimte" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotocol" -#. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 +#. input field label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL van opslagruimte" -#. label / dialog caption -#. bugzilla #219759 -#. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#. label / dialog caption +#. bugzilla #219759 +#. service label can be empty (not defined) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Opslagruimte-URL" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-server" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Cd- of dvd-schijf" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Vaste schijf" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB-stick of -schijf" -#. label / dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:945 +#. label / dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:945 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokale directory" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Lokale ISO-image" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:234 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:236 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:234 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:236 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Server en directory" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:485 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:485 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "De naam van de opslagruimte mag niet leeg zijn." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:498 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:498 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Opslag&ruimtenaam" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:513 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:513 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"</p>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Opslagruimtenaam</b></big><br>\n" -"Gebruik <b>Opslagruimtenaam</b> om de naam van de opslagruimte op te geven. " -"Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of " -"het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.</p>\n" +"Gebruik <b>Opslagruimtenaam</b> om de naam van de opslagruimte op te geven. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:527 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "&Service naam" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:535 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:535 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Servicenaam</b></big><br>\n" -"Gebruik <b>Servicenaam</b> om de naam van de service op te geven. Als dit " -"leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam " -"gebruiken.</p>\n" +"Gebruik <b>Servicenaam</b> om de naam van de service op te geven. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.</p>\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:570 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:570 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "De URL mag niet leeg zijn." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:584 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:584 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:598 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:598 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2467,20 +2299,20 @@ "<p><big><b>Opslagruimte-URL</b></big><br>\n" "Gebruik <b>URL</b> om de URL van de opslagruimte op te geven.<p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:771 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1912 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:771 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1912 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Bewerk delen van de URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:778 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1919 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:778 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1919 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Bewerk de gehele URL" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:790 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:790 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2490,47 +2322,43 @@ "Gebruik <b>Servernaam</b> en <b>Pad naar directory of ISO-image</b>\n" " om de hostnaam van de NFS-server en het pad op de server op te geven.<p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Opties voor aankoppelen</b></big><br>\n" -"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume " -"specificeren.\n" -"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaardwaarde is " -"aanbevolen. Zie <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume specificeren.\n" +"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaardwaarde is aanbevolen. Zie <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "voor details en de lijst met ondersteunde opties." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:852 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:852 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&Cd-rom" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:854 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:854 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&Dvd-rom" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:859 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:859 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>CD- of DVD-schijven</b></big><br>\n" -"Stel <b>CD-ROM</b> of <b>DVD-ROM</b> in om het type schijf te specificeren." +"Stel <b>CD-ROM</b> of <b>DVD-ROM</b> in om het type schijf te specificeren.</p>" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:960 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:960 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-imagebestand" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:983 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:983 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2538,8 +2366,8 @@ "Het opgegeven pad is geen directory\n" "of de directory bestaat niet.\n" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1013 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1013 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2547,8 +2375,8 @@ "Het opgegeven pad is geen bestand\n" "of het bestand bestaat niet.\n" -#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1037 +#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1037 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2558,18 +2386,18 @@ "blijkt geen ISO-image te zijn.\n" "Toch gebruiken?\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1058 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1058 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Pad naar directory" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1066 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1391 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1066 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Gewone R&PM-directory" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1081 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2583,21 +2411,21 @@ "enige metadata (er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan optie\n" "<b>Gewone RPM-directory</b>.</p>\n" -#. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1317 +#. `opt(`hstretch), +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1317 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB-massaopslagapparaat" -#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1322 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1389 +#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1322 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1389 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Bestandssysteem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1390 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Dire&ctory" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1328 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2609,17 +2437,15 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>USB-stick of -schijf</b></big><br>\n" "Selecteer het USB-apparaat waarop de opslagruimte aanwezig is.\n" -"Gebruik <b>Pad naar directory</b> om de directory van de opslagruimte te " -"specificeren.\n" -"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofddirectory van het apparaat " -"gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik <b>Pad naar directory</b> om de directory van de opslagruimte te specificeren.\n" +"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofddirectory van het apparaat gebruiken.\n" "Als de directory alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n" "(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n" "<b>Gewone RPM-directory</b>.</p>\n" -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1405 +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1405 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2629,12 +2455,12 @@ "worden als 'auto' is geselecteerd. Als de detectie mislukt of u wilt een\n" "bepaald bestandssysteem gebruiken selecteer dat dan uit de lijst.</p>\n" -#. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 +#. combobox title +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Schijfapparaat" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2646,21 +2472,19 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Schijf</b></big><br>\n" "Selecteer de schijf waarop de opslagruimte aanwezig is.\n" -"Stel <b>Pad naar directory</b> in om het directory naar de map te " -"specificeren.\n" -"Als er geen directory is dan zal het systeem de hoofddirectory van de schijf " -"gebruiken.\n" +"Stel <b>Pad naar directory</b> in om het directory naar de map te specificeren.\n" +"Als er geen directory is dan zal het systeem de hoofddirectory van de schijf gebruiken.\n" "Als de directory alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n" "(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n" "<b>Gewone RPM-directory</b>.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1421 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1421 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Pad naar ISO-image" -#. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1441 +#. push button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1441 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2670,72 +2494,72 @@ "Stel <b>Pad naar ISO-image</b> in om het pad naar\n" "het bestand met de ISO-image van het installatiemedium op te geven.</p>" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1622 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1622 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Server&naam" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Poort" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1631 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1631 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Share" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1644 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1644 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&ISO-image" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1647 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1647 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Directory op de server" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1652 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1652 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "&Verificatie" -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1659 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1659 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anoniem" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1668 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1668 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Werkgroep of domein" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1677 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1677 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" -#. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1684 +#. password entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1684 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1762 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1762 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1769 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1769 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" -#. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1943 +#. help text - server dialog +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1943 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2743,8 +2567,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" "<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image</b>. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2760,30 +2583,28 @@ "Als de locatie een bestand is dat een ISO-image\n" "van het medium bevat, selecteer <b>ISO-image</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1956 +#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1956 msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Het is mogelijk om het <b>poort</b>nummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-" -"opslagruimte in te stellen.\n" +"<p>Het is mogelijk om het <b>poort</b>nummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-opslagruimte in te stellen.\n" "Laat het leeg om de standaardpoort te gebruiken.</p>\n" -#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2018 +#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether defined +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2018 msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Ik &wil een aanvullend add-on-product installeren" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2037 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2037 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Net&werkconfiguratie..." -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2153 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2153 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2793,8 +2614,8 @@ "De softwareopslagruimte kan zich bevinden op een cd, een netwerkserver\n" "of de vaste schijf.</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2162 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2162 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2804,8 +2625,8 @@ "Om <b>CD</b> of <b>DVD</b> toe te voegen\n" "moet u de product-CD-set of -DVD bij de hand houden.</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2820,8 +2641,8 @@ "Wanneer alle cd's naar dezelfde map zijn gekopieerd\n" "volstaat de opgave van het basispad.</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2184 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2184 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2833,211 +2654,207 @@ "Geef de directory op waar de pakketten van de eerste\n" "cd zich bevinden, zoals /data1/CD1.</p>\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2201 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2201 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Selecteer het type medium." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Plaats de add-onproduct-CD" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2208 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2208 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Plaats de add-onproduct-DVD" -#. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2226 +#. ask for a medium +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2226 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Geen USB-schijf gedetecteerd." -#. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2442 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2442 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Bestanden downloaden</b><br>\n" -"Elke opslagruimte heeft bestanden die de inhoud van de opslagruimte " -"beschrijven.\n" -"Selecteer <b>Bestanden met opslagruimtebeschrijvingen downloaden</b> om de " -"bestanden\n" +"Elke opslagruimte heeft bestanden die de inhoud van de opslagruimte beschrijven.\n" +"Selecteer <b>Bestanden met opslagruimtebeschrijvingen downloaden</b> om de bestanden\n" "te downloaden op het moment dat deze YaST-module wordt afgesloten. Als deze\n" -"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden " -"wanneer\n" +"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden wanneer\n" "ze later nodig zijn.</p>\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2662 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2662 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Mediatype" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2686 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2686 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Add-on-product" -#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2717 +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2717 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "URL-schema '%s' is niet geldig." -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" msgstr "Beschikbare opslagruimten initialiseren" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 msgid "Read configured repositories" msgstr "Geconfigureerde opslagruimten lezen" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 msgid "Detect available repositories via SLP" msgstr "Beschikbare opslagruimten via SLP detecteren" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 msgid "Reading configured repositories..." msgstr "Geconfigureerde opslagruimten worden gelezen..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 msgid "Detecting available repositories..." msgstr "Beschikbare opslagruimten worden gedetecteerd..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 msgid "Cannot read repositories." msgstr "Kan de opslagruimten niet lezen." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 msgid "Cannot detect available repositories." msgstr "Kan de beschikbare opslagruimten niet detecteren." -#. popup message header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 +#. popup message header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n" msgstr "Kan de wijzigingen in de opslagruimte niet opslaan.\n" -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" msgstr "Opslagruimteconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 msgid "Write repository settings" msgstr "Opslagruimteinstellingen schrijven" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Create a repository from an URL -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 +#. Create a repository from an URL +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 msgid "Adding repository..." msgstr "Opslagruimte wordt toegevoegd..." -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 +#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 msgid "On" msgstr "Aan" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 msgid "Off" msgstr "Uit" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Geconfigureerde opslagruimten" -#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label -#. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "&Station om uit te werpen" -#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 +#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 msgid "SLP Search" msgstr "SLP-zoekopdracht" -#. progress information -#. progress information -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 +#. progress information +#. progress information +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 msgid "Scanning network for installation services..." msgstr "Netwerk wordt doorzocht op installatieservices..." -#. frame label -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 +#. frame label +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 msgid "Filter Form" msgstr "Formulier filteren" -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 msgid "Choose SLP Repository" msgstr "SLP-opslagruimte kiezen" -#. tree label (tree of available products) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 +#. tree label (tree of available products) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 msgid "Available Installation &Products" msgstr "Beschikbare installatie&producten" -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Details..." -#. error popup -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 +#. error popup +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 msgid "No details are available." msgstr "Geen details beschikbaar." -#. min Y in UI -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 +#. min Y in UI +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 msgid "Repository Details" msgstr "Opslagruimtedetails" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 msgid "Key" msgstr "Sleutel" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 msgid "" "Select one of the offered options.\n" "More repositories are available for this product.\n" @@ -3045,8 +2862,8 @@ "Selecteer één van de aangeboden opties.\n" "Er zijn meerdere opslagruimtes beschikbaar voor dit product.\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 +#. popup error +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 msgid "" "An internal error occurred.\n" "The selected repository has no URL." @@ -3054,13 +2871,13 @@ "Er deed zich een interne fout voor.\n" "De geselecteerde opslagruimte heeft geen URL." -#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 +#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Informatie over %1 gevonden diensten wordt verzameld..." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -3070,18 +2887,18 @@ "Dit kan het gevolg zijn van SuSEfirewall2,\n" "die het zoeken op het netwerk kan blokkeren." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "Geen SLP-opslagruimten op uw netwerk gevonden." -#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 +#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "Partitie \"%1\" heeft %2 meer schijfruimte nodig." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -3089,7 +2906,7 @@ "Deselecteer pakketten of verwijder gegevens of tijdelijke bestanden\n" "voordat u het systeem gaat bijwerken.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Deselecteer een aantal pakketten." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/pam.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/pam.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/pam.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text (%1 is user name, %2 is additional info, -#. like "Now LDAP was enabled") -#: src/modules/Autologin.rb:146 +#. popup text (%1 is user name, %2 is additional info, +#. like "Now LDAP was enabled") +#: src/modules/Autologin.rb:146 msgid "" "The automatic login feature is enabled for user %1.\n" "%2\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,192 +14,168 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/GPGMap.cc:54 +#: src/GPGMap.cc:54 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nooit" -#. help text -#: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Laden van beschikbare pakketten</B></BIG></P><P>Het laden van " -"beschikbare objecten uit de geconfigureerde opslagruimten is bezig. Dit kan " -"even duren...</P>" +#. help text +#: src/HelpTexts.h:36 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Laden van beschikbare pakketten</B></BIG></P><P>Het laden van beschikbare objecten uit de geconfigureerde opslagruimten is bezig. Dit kan even duren...</P>" -#. help text -#: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Laden van geïnstalleerde pakketten</B></BIG></P><P>De " -"pakketbeheerder leest de geïnstalleerde pakketten in...</P>" +#. help text +#: src/HelpTexts.h:42 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is reading installed packages...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Laden van geïnstalleerde pakketten</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder leest de geïnstalleerde pakketten in...</P>" -#. help text -#: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Registreren van een nieuwe opslagruimte</B></BIG></P><P>Een " -"nieuwe opslagruimte wordt geregistreerd. De pakketbeheerder leest de lijst " -"van beschikbare pakketten in de opslagruimte...</P>" +#. help text +#: src/HelpTexts.h:47 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Registreren van een nieuwe opslagruimte</B></BIG></P><P>Een nieuwe opslagruimte wordt geregistreerd. De pakketbeheerder leest de lijst van beschikbare pakketten in de opslagruimte...</P>" -#: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Opslaan van opslagruimten</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder is " -"bezig de geconfigureerde opslagruimten op te waarderen...</P>" +#: src/HelpTexts.h:52 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating configured repositories...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Opslaan van opslagruimten</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder is bezig de geconfigureerde opslagruimten op te waarderen...</P>" -#: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Vernieuwen van de opslagruimte</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder " -"is de inhoud van de opslagruimte aan het bijwerken...</P>" +#: src/HelpTexts.h:55 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating the repository content...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Vernieuwen van de opslagruimte</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder is de inhoud van de opslagruimte aan het bijwerken...</P>" -#. error message -#: src/Package.cc:658 +#. error message +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "Het pakket kan niet geselecteerd worden voor installatie." -#. error message -#: src/Package.cc:664 +#. error message +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "Het pakket is niet beschikbaar." -#. still not initialized, throw an exception -#. translators: this is an error message -#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 +#. still not initialized, throw an exception +#. translators: this is an error message +#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager" msgstr "Kan geen verbinding met de pakketbeheerder krijgen" -#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:129 +#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:129 msgid "Refreshing repository " msgstr "Vernieuwt opslagruimte " -#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:150 +#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:150 msgid "Probing repository " msgstr "Zoekt naar opslagruimte " -#: src/Source_Create.cc:52 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:52 msgid "Scanning products in " msgstr "Scant producten in " -#: src/Source_Create.cc:581 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:581 msgid "Search Available Products" msgstr "Doorzoeken van beschikbare producten" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:586 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:586 msgid "Probe Source Type" msgstr "Bekijk brontype" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:589 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:589 msgid "Download Descriptions" msgstr "Download beschrijvingen" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 -#: src/Source_Load.cc:479 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:479 msgid "Rebuild Cache" msgstr "Opnieuw bouwen van de cache" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 src/Source_Load.cc:156 src/Source_Load.cc:480 -#: src/Source_Set.cc:76 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 src/Source_Load.cc:156 src/Source_Load.cc:480 +#: src/Source_Set.cc:76 msgid "Load Data" msgstr "Laad gegevens" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:597 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:597 msgid "Adding the Repository..." msgstr "Opslagruimte toegevoegen..." -#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 msgid "Downloading " msgstr "Downloaden" -#. stages: "download", "build cache" -#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 +#. stages: "download", "build cache" +#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 msgid "Refresh Metadata" msgstr "Vernieuwen van metagegevens" -#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 +#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) +#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 msgid "Refreshing Repository..." msgstr "Vernieuwen opslagruimte ..." -#. error message (followed by directory name) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:73 +#. error message (followed by directory name) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:73 msgid "Target is not a directory: " msgstr "Doel is geen directory: " -#. error message (followed by directory name) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:103 +#. error message (followed by directory name) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:103 msgid "Cannot create directory " msgstr "Kan directory niet maken " -#. error message (followed by directory name) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:112 +#. error message (followed by directory name) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:112 msgid "Cannot check status of directory " msgstr "Kan status van directory niet controleren " -#. error message (followed by detailed description) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:190 src/Source_Installation.cc:216 +#. error message (followed by detailed description) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:190 src/Source_Installation.cc:216 msgid "Error: Cannot copy the cache to the target directory\n" msgstr "Fout: kan de cache niet naar de doeldirectory kopiëren\n" -#. error message -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:193 +#. error message +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:193 msgid "Copying failed" msgstr "Kopiëren is mislukt." -#. error message, service name and URL is appened at the end of the string -#: src/Source_Load.cc:109 +#. error message, service name and URL is appened at the end of the string +#: src/Source_Load.cc:109 msgid "Error refreshing service" msgstr "Fout bij vernieuwen van service" -#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:478 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:478 msgid "Refresh Sources" msgstr "Vernieuwen van bronnen" -#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 +#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) +#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Laden van de pakketbeheerder..." -#: src/Source_Load.cc:477 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:477 msgid "Load Sources" msgstr "Bronnen laden" -#. TODO: improve the error message -#: src/Source_Misc.cc:70 +#. TODO: improve the error message +#: src/Source_Misc.cc:70 msgid "Cannot find source" msgstr "Kan bron niet vinden" -#: src/Source_Save.cc:132 +#: src/Source_Save.cc:132 msgid "Remove Repositories" msgstr "Verwijder opslagruimten" -#. stages: "download", "build cache" -#: src/Source_Save.cc:137 +#. stages: "download", "build cache" +#: src/Source_Save.cc:137 msgid "Save Repositories" msgstr "Opslagruimten opslaan" -#. start the process -#: src/Source_Save.cc:145 +#. start the process +#: src/Source_Save.cc:145 msgid "Saving Repositories..." msgstr "Opslaan van opslagruimten..." -#: src/Target_Load.cc:70 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:70 msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Doelsysteem initialiseren" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Lezen van geïnstalleerde pakketten" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,83 +14,74 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the printer module -#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the printer module +#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of printer" msgstr "Configuratie van printer" -#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system -#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map -#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST -#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 +#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system +#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map +#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST +#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Fout: schrijven naar /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "Fout: schrijven van /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." msgstr "Waarschuwing: Kan %1 niet lezen (bestand bestaat mogelijk niet)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)." msgstr "Fout: Lezen van %1 is mislukt (mogelijk een leeg bestand)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save" msgstr "Waarschuwing: Reservekopie van %1 maken als %1.yast2save is mislukt" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig" msgstr "Waarschuwing: Reservekopie van %1 maken als %1.yast2orig is mislukt" -#. Propose configuration for each local printer: -#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed -#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 -#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. -#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is -#. mandatory to set up local print queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Kan afdrukken niet configureren (CUPS-client van vereiste pakket is niet " -"geïnstalleerd)." +#. Propose configuration for each local printer: +#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed +#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 +#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. +#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is +#. mandatory to set up local print queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "Kan afdrukken niet configureren (CUPS-client van vereiste pakket is niet geïnstalleerd)." -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Kan lokale printers niet configureren (CUPS van vereist pakket is niet " -"geïnstalleerd)." +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "Kan lokale printers niet configureren (CUPS van vereist pakket is niet geïnstalleerd)." -#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"Geen lokale printer beschikbaar (externe CUPS-server '%1' wordt gebruikt " -"voor afdrukken)." +#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "Geen lokale printer beschikbaar (externe CUPS-server '%1' wordt gebruikt voor afdrukken)." -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because -#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because +#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 msgid "" "Started the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -98,17 +89,17 @@ "De CUPS-daemon is gestart.\n" "Wacht een halve minuut zodat de CUPS-daemon gereed is om te werken...\n" -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n" "Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." @@ -116,642 +107,600 @@ "De CUPS-daemon is nog niet toegankelijk.\n" "Wacht een minuut zodat het gereed is om te werken..." -#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. -#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). -#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls -#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). -#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port -#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 +#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. +#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). +#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls +#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). +#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port +#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." msgstr "Kan lokale printer niet configureren (geen lokale cupsd beschikbaar)." -#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) -#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces -#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional -#. space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 +#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) +#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces +#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional +#. space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 msgid "No local printer detected." msgstr "Geen lokale printer gedetecteerd." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls -#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls +#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 msgid "Creating New Printer Setup" msgstr "Een nieuwe printerinstelling wordt gemaakt" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 msgid "New Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "Nieuwe printerconfiguratie nog niet in het systeem opgeslagen" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 msgid "This may result broken printer configurations." msgstr "Dit kan een gebroken printerconfiguratie tot gevolg hebben." -#. has almost no additional space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 +#. has almost no additional space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Found existing configuration" msgstr "Een bestaande configuratie gevonden" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 msgid "Created configuration" msgstr "Configuratie gemaakt" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 msgid "No local printer configured." msgstr "Geen lokale printer geconfigureerd." -#. Create titles: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 +#. Create titles: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Printer" -#. Menu title for Printer in proposals -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 +#. Menu title for Printer in proposals +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "&Printer" -#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers -#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 +#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers +#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" -msgstr "" -"&Voer nu een automatische configuratie uit van lokaal verbonden printers" +msgstr "&Voer nu een automatische configuratie uit van lokaal verbonden printers" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "" -"Specificeer of automatische printerconfiguratie moet gebeuren als deze wordt " -"ingeplugd" +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "Specificeer of automatische printerconfiguratie moet gebeuren als deze wordt ingeplugd" -#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers -#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. -#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"Het pakket udev-configure-printer gebr&uiken voor automatische USB-" -"printerconfiguratie" +#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers +#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. +#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "Het pakket udev-configure-printer gebr&uiken voor automatische USB-printerconfiguratie" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'" msgstr "Schakel CUPS-server '%1' op afstand uit" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met het " -"automatisch configureren van printers voor het lokale systeem." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met het automatisch configureren van printers voor het lokale systeem." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "" -"Het verwijderen van het 'ServerName'-item in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "Het verwijderen van het 'ServerName'-item in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt" -#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 +#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 msgid "Failed to install udev-configure-printer." msgstr "De installatie van het pakket udev-configure-printer is mislukt." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer." msgstr "Het verwijderen van udev-configure-printer is mislukt." -#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 +#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 msgid "The automated printer configuration was in vain." msgstr "De automatische printerconfiguratie leverde niets op." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 msgid "Automated printer configuration results" msgstr "Resultaten van automatische printerconfiguratie" -#. BasicAddDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. BasicModifyDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 +#. BasicAddDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. BasicModifyDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 msgid "any model" msgstr "elk model" -#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 +#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 msgid "Add New Printer Configuration" msgstr "Nieuwe printerconfiguratie toevoegen" -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 msgid "Enter your printer model here." msgstr "Geef hier uw printermodel in." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 msgid "Specify the Connection" msgstr "Verbinding specificeren" -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 msgid "&Detect More" msgstr "Meer &detecteren" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 msgid "Connection &Wizard" msgstr "&Wizard Verbinding" -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 msgid "Model" msgstr "Model" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Verbinding" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 msgid "Find and Assign a Driver" msgstr "Stuurprogramma zoeken en toewijzen" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 msgid "&Search for" msgstr "&Zoeken naar" -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 msgid "&Find More" msgstr "Verder &zoeken" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 msgid "Driver &Packages" msgstr "Apparaatstuur&pakketten" -#. By default there is no UserInput() -#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox -#. (without clicking additionally a button) -#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 - src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 +#. By default there is no UserInput() +#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox +#. (without clicking additionally a button) +#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "Selecteer een stuurprogramma." -#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, -#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 +#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, +#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" -msgstr "" -"Standaard papiergrootte (als de printer en het apparaatstuurprogramma het " -"ondersteunen)" +msgstr "Standaard papiergrootte (als de printer en het apparaatstuurprogramma het ondersteunen)" -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name" msgstr "Willekeurige &naam instellen" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 msgid "&Use as Default" msgstr "Als standaard in&stellen" -#. to set up HP printers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 +#. to set up HP printers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 msgid "Alternative setup for HP printers:" msgstr "Alternatieve instelling voor HP-printers:" -#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 +#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "&hp-setup uitvoeren" -#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 +#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 msgid "hp-setup runs in English language" msgstr "hp-setup draait in de Engelse taal" -#. nor a driver was selected: -#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: -#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: -#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog -#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected -#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#. nor a driver was selected: +#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: +#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: +#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog +#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected +#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Niets geselecteerd." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection -#. nor a driver was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection +#. nor a driver was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 msgid "Select a connection and then assign a driver." msgstr "Kies een verbinding en wijs een stuurprogramma toe." -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 msgid "No Connection Selected" msgstr "Geen verbinding geselecteerd" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 msgid "Select a connection." msgstr "Selecteer een verbinding." -#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 +#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 msgid "No Driver Selected" msgstr "Geen stuurprogramma geselecteerd" -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 msgid "No Queue Name" msgstr "Geen wachtrijnaam" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 msgid "Enter a queue name." msgstr "Geef een wachtrijnaam op." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 msgid "Invalid Queue Name" msgstr "Ongeldige wachtrijnaam" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"Alleen letters (a-z en A-Z), cijfers [0-9], en '_' zijn toegestaan voor de " -"wachtrijnaam." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "Alleen letters (a-z en A-Z), cijfers [0-9], en '_' zijn toegestaan voor de wachtrijnaam." -#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 +#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 msgid "Confirm Validated Queue Name" msgstr "Bevestig gevalideerde wachtrijnaam" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid -#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid +#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" msgstr "'%1' is ongeldig of bestaat reeds. Gebruik '%2' in plaats hiervan?" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Als de volgende dialoog geen nieuwe printerconfiguratie toont zoals deze " -"wordt verwacht, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Als de volgende dialoog geen nieuwe printerconfiguratie toont zoals deze wordt verwacht, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." -#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called -#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 +#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called +#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "Uitvoeren van hp-setup is mislukt." -#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 +#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 msgid "Modify %1" msgstr "%1 wijzigen" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog -#. to set all available options for the printer driver -#. which is currently used for a print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog +#. to set all available options for the printer driver +#. which is currently used for a print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 msgid "All &Options for the Current Driver" msgstr "Alle &Opties voor het huidige stuurprogramma" -#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. -#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) -#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 +#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. +#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) +#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 msgid "Default Paper Size of the Current Driver" msgstr "Standaard papiergrootte van het huidige stuurprogramma" -#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. -#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection -#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list -#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) -#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). -#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe -#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept -#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). -#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the -#. table of connections via prepend(): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 +#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. +#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection +#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list +#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) +#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). +#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe +#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept +#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). +#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the +#. table of connections via prepend(): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 msgid "Current Connection" msgstr "Huidige verbinding" -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. -#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"Er wordt geen stuurprogramma gebruikt (de wachtrij is 'onbewerkt' of er " -"wordt een 'System V style interface script' gebruikt)" +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. +#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "Er wordt geen stuurprogramma gebruikt (de wachtrij is 'onbewerkt' of er wordt een 'System V style interface script' gebruikt)" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" msgstr "Huidige stuurprogramma" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" -msgstr "" -"Pas opties voor het huidige apparaatstuurprogramma aan of wijs een ander " -"apparaatstuurprogramma toe" +msgstr "Pas opties voor het huidige apparaatstuurprogramma aan of wijs een ander apparaatstuurprogramma toe" -#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 +#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 msgid "Description &Text" msgstr "Beschrijvings&tekst" -#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 +#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 msgid "&Location" msgstr "&Locatie" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 msgid "Accept Print &Jobs" msgstr "Afdruk&taken accepteren" -#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 +#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 msgid "&Enable Printing" msgstr "Afdrukken activ&eren" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 msgid "Failed to modify %1." msgstr "Wijzigen van %1 is mislukt." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 msgid "Modifying Printer Setup" msgstr "Printerinstellingen worden gewijzigd" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "Gewijzigde printerconfiguratie nog niet in het systeem opgeslagen" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Als de volgende dialoog geen verwachte wijzigingen toont, wacht dan even en " -"gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Als de volgende dialoog geen verwachte wijzigingen toont, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." -#. Exit this dialog in any case: -#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: -#. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 +#. Exit this dialog in any case: +#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: +#. Have the PageSize option topmost: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "Geen stuurprogrammaopties beschikbaar" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "" -"Mogelijke oorzaak: er is niets geselecteerd of het is een externe " -"configuratie." +msgstr "Mogelijke oorzaak: er is niets geselecteerd of het is een externe configuratie." -#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 +#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 msgid "Keep the printer model or select another &manufacturer" msgstr "Behoud het printermodel of selecteer een andere &fabrikant" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally -#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"Behoud uw model of selecteer een printer&fabrikant als er geen 'onbewerkte " -"wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden" +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally +#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "Behoud uw model of selecteer een printer&fabrikant als er geen 'onbewerkte wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden" -#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 +#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 msgid "Select the printer &manufacturer" msgstr "Selecteer de printer&fabrikant" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "" -"Een printer&fabrikant selecteren als er geen 'onbewerkte-wachtrij' ingesteld " -"zou moeten worden." +msgstr "Een printer&fabrikant selecteren als er geen 'onbewerkte-wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden." -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "&IP-adres of hostnaam" -#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done -#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form -#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form -#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 +#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done +#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form +#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form +#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]" msgstr "&IP-adres of hostnaam [procent-codering]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 msgid "Look up" msgstr "Opzoeken" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 msgid "Look up for All Hosts" msgstr "Voor alle hosts opzoeken" -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Optioneel 'option=value' parameter (meestal leeg) [procent-gecodeerd]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "&Test verbinding" -#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 +#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 msgid "" "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" "the RPM package hplip must be installed." @@ -759,69 +708,66 @@ "Het RPM-pakket hplib moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang\n" "tot het HP-apparaat te kunnen krijgen via de 'hp'-backend." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed." msgstr "Het RPM-pakket hplib is niet geïnstalleerd." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 msgid "&Serial device" msgstr "&Seriëel apparaat" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the baud rate for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the baud rate for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 msgid "&Baud rate" msgstr "&Baudsnelheid" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of data bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of data bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 msgid "&Data bits" msgstr "&Databits" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the parity checking for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the parity checking for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 msgid "&Parity checking" msgstr "&Pariteitscontrole" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the flow control for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the flow control for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 msgid "&Flow control" msgstr "&Flow-controle" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of stop bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of stop bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 msgid "S&top bits" msgstr "S&topbits" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang tot een " -"bluetooth-printer te kunnen krijgen." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang tot een bluetooth-printer te kunnen krijgen." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 msgid "The RPM package bluez-cups is not installed." msgstr "Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups is niet geïnstalleerd." -#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails -#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 +#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails +#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 msgid "" "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n" "Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n" @@ -831,343 +777,332 @@ "Draai 'hcitools scan' om de bluetooth-apparaat-ID's te verkrijgen.\n" "Voer de ID in zonder dubbele punten zoals '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 msgid "Retrieving bluetooth device IDs..." msgstr "Bluetooth-apparaat-ID's worden verkregen..." -#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. -#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because -#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only grep and -#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only the sub shell. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 +#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. +#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because +#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only grep and +#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only the sub shell. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 msgid "Failed to get a list of bluetooth device IDs." msgstr "Het verkrijgen van een lijst van bluetooth-apparaat-ID's is mislukt." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a bluetooth device ID -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a bluetooth device ID +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 msgid "&Bluetooth device ID" msgstr "&Bluetooth-apparaat-ID" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 msgid "Currently available bluetooth device IDs" msgstr "Huidige beschikbare bluetooth-apparaat-ID's" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for the TCP port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for the TCP port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 msgid "Scan for Direct Socket Servers" msgstr "Zoeken naar Direct Socket-servers" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 msgid "TCP Port Number" msgstr "TCP-poortnummer" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 msgid "Scan for LPD Servers" msgstr "Zoeken naar LPD-servers" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 msgid "Queue Name (see the printer's manual)" msgstr "Wachtrijnaam (zie de handleiding van de printer)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 +#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (zie de handleiding van de printer) [procent gecodeerd]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een SMB-" -"printer-share te kunnen krijgen." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een SMB-printer-share te kunnen krijgen." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 msgid "The RPM package samba-client is not installed." msgstr "Het RPM-pakket samba-client is niet geïnstalleerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)" msgstr "&Server (NetBIOS hostnaam)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 msgid "&Printer (Share Name)" msgstr "&Printer (share-naam)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)" msgstr "&Werkgroep (domeinnaam)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 msgid "Authentication (if needed)" msgstr "Verificatie (indien nodig)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 msgid "Use fixed username and password" msgstr "Een vaste gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord gebruiken" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Gebruiker" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 +#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)" msgstr "Ondersteuning voor &Active directory (R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 msgid "Queue Name" msgstr "Wachtrijnaam" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 msgid "Scan for IPP Servers" msgstr "Zoeken naar IPP-servers" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 msgid "Scan for IPP Broadcasts" msgstr "Zoeken naar IPP-broadcasts" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Het RPM-pakket ncpfs moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een IPX-" -"afdrukwachtrij te kunnen krijgen." +msgstr "Het RPM-pakket ncpfs moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een IPX-afdrukwachtrij te kunnen krijgen." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 msgid "The RPM package ncpfs is not installed." msgstr "Het RPM-pakket ncpfs is niet geïnstalleerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 msgid "IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "IP-adres of hostnaam" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 msgid "Authenticate as" msgstr "Verifieer als" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 msgid "User" msgstr "Gebruiker" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (Uniforme Resource Identifier) [met procent gecodeerd]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te " -"kunnen drukken." +msgstr "Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te kunnen drukken." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "Het RPM-pakket cups-backend is niet geïnstalleerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Programma (/path/to/command?option=value) [procent-gecodeerd]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Als u 'beh' wilt gebruiken, moeten de CUPS-backends van het RPM-pakket " -"worden geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "Als u 'beh' wilt gebruiken, moeten de CUPS-backends van het RPM-pakket worden geïnstalleerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Apparaat URI (waarvoor 'beh' zou moeten worden toegepast) [procent gecodeerd]" +msgstr "Apparaat URI (waarvoor 'beh' zou moeten worden toegepast) [procent gecodeerd]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 +#. TRANSLATORS: Check box +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "Wachtrij nooit uitschakelen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "Aantal nieuwe pogingen ('0' betekent geen limiet)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "Vertraging in seconden tussen pogingen" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "Selecteer een specifiek verbindingstype." -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "&Verbindingstype" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "Direct aangesloten apparaten" -#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "USB-poort" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "HP-apparaten (HPLIP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "Netwerkprinter of printserverdoos openen via" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "TCP-poort (AppSocket/JetDirect)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) protocol" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "Afdrukken via printservermachine" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) of Samba (SMB/CIFS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "Traditionele UNIX-server (LPR/LPD)" -#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 +#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "CUPS-server (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "Speciaal" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "Willekeurige apparaat-URI opgeven" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "Afdrukgegevens naar een ander programma (pipe) verzenden" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "Backend Error Handler (beh) achtervoegen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "Verbindingsinstellingen" -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog -#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog +#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "Wizard Verbindingen" -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 -#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 -#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. -#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. -#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 +#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 +#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. +#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. +#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "In CUPS versie 1.5 is SCSI-printer-ondersteuning vervallen." -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 +#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1177,16 +1112,16 @@ "kunnen zijn het instellen van 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" "en gebruik een apparaat-URI zoals 'file:/dev/sg...'" -#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP -#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here -#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 +#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP +#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here +#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "Selecteer een verbinding" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected -#. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected +#. because there is no connection available to be selected: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1196,13 +1131,13 @@ "om toegang tot het apparaat te krijgen via dit type verbinding.\n" "Was de printer al de tijd verbonden en ingeschakeld?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "Selecteer een geldige verbinding" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected -#. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected +#. because the current connection is no longer valid: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1212,96 +1147,91 @@ "dan is het apparaat niet langer te gebruiken via deze verbinding.\n" "Is de printer nog steeds verbonden en ingeschakeld?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "Het serieële apparaat en de baudsnelheid mogen niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." -msgstr "" -"De 'ruime'-pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens." +msgstr "De 'ruime'-pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"De 'markeren'-pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens " -"en 1 stopbit." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "De 'markeren'-pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens en 1 stopbit." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "Het bluetooth-apparaat-ID mag niet leeg zijn." -#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values -#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 +#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values +#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "URI mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "Servernaam en printer mogen niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "Gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord moeten beiden gespecificeerd worden." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. -#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name -#. -#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "Servernaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "Servernaam en wachtrij mogen niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"Apparaat-URI, aantal herhaalde pogingen en vertraging mogen niet leeg zijn." +msgstr "Apparaat-URI, aantal herhaalde pogingen en vertraging mogen niet leeg zijn." -#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe -#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 +#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe +#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "Mag niet leeg zijn." -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "Selecteer een fabrikant of onbewerkte wachtrij'." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "Zoek alle hosts op in het lokale netwerk" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1309,36 +1239,36 @@ "Even wachten...\n" "Dit kan meer dan een minuut duren." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "Naar hosts scannen die toegankelijk zijn via TCP-poort %1" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "Naar hosts scannen die toegankelijk zijn via Samba (SMB)" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "Naar hosts scannen die toegankelijk zijn via poort 515 (LPD/LPR)" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" msgstr "Naar hosts scannen die toegankelijk zijn via poort 631 (CUPS/IPP)" -#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ -#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); -#. return size (queues) > 0; -#. }); -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 +#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ +#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); +#. return size (queues) > 0; +#. }); +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1346,26 +1276,26 @@ "In het netwerk scannen leverde geen host op.\n" "(Iets in het netwerk of met de firewall?)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Toegangstest mislukt voor poort '%1' op host '%2'." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Toegangstest mislukt voor wachtrij '%1' op host '%2'." -#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 +#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1377,254 +1307,243 @@ "In dat geval moet een gebruiker die mag printen via Active Directory (R)\n" "zich aanmelden en zelf testen of hij kan printen vanuit Gnome of KDE." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"De algemene test rapporteert mislukkingen voor share '%1' op host '%2'." +msgstr "De algemene test rapporteert mislukkingen voor share '%1' op host '%2'." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Toegangstest mislukt voor share '%1' op host '%2'." -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "Test OK" -#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) -#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Om Active Directory (R) te ondersteunen moet het RPM-pakket samba-krb-" -"printing zijn geïnstalleerd." +#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) +#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Om Active Directory (R) te ondersteunen moet het RPM-pakket samba-krb-printing zijn geïnstalleerd." -#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 +#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"Ondersteuning voor Active Directory (R) zal uigeschakeld worden voor alle " -"wachtrijen voor SMB-afdrukken." +msgstr "Ondersteuning voor Active Directory (R) zal uigeschakeld worden voor alle wachtrijen voor SMB-afdrukken." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: DialogTree definition -#. Authors: Michal Zugec -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: DialogTree definition +#. Authors: Michal Zugec +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Printer Configurations" msgstr "Printerconfiguraties" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Print via Network" msgstr "Afdrukken via netwerk" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Share Printers" msgstr "Printers delen" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Policies" msgstr "Beleidsregels" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgstr "Automatische configuratie" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "AutoYaST Printer Configurations" msgstr "AutoYaST printerconfiguraties" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "AutoYaST Print via Network Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST instellingen voor afdrukken via het netwerk" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Detected Printers" msgstr "Gedetecteerde printers" -#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs -#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 +#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs +#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "AutoYaST Settings for Printing with CUPS via Network" msgstr "AutoYaST instellingen voor afdrukken met CUPS via het netwerk" -#. AddDriver dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 +#. AddDriver dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 msgid "Driver Packages" msgstr "Pakketten met apparaatstuurprogramma's" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. add or remove printer driver packages: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. add or remove printer driver packages: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 msgid "Install or Remove Printer Driver Packages" msgstr "Installeren of verwijderen van pakketten met printerstuurprogramma's" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" msgstr "Printerbeschrijvingsbestanden voor Ghostscript-stuurprogramma's" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers" msgstr "Printerbeschrijvingsbestanden voor enige PCL-printers" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers" msgstr "Printerbeschrijvingsbestanden voor Postscript-printers" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. -#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. -#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. +#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. +#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 msgid "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print Driver" msgstr "Gutenprint/Gimp-printerstuurprogramma" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text -#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text +#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices" msgstr "Apparaatstuurprogramma voor HP-printers en alles-in-één apparaten" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files" msgstr "Postscript printerbeschrijvingsbestanden van fabrikanten" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. -#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. +#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "SpliX apparaatstuurprogramma voor SPL-printers zonder JBIG" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. -#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. +#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Apparaatstuurprogramma Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available -#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available +#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "Een printerbeschrijvingsbestand beschikbaar stellen" -#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 +#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "Printerbeschrijvings&bestandsnaam met volledig pad naar zijn locatie" -#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 +#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bladeren" -#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 +#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "Selecteer een printerbeschrijvingsbestand" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "Geen toegang tot '%1'" -#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here -#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here +#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "Het printerbeschrijvingsbestand komt niet overeen met de specificatie." -#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 +#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "Het printerbeschrijvingsbestand toch gebruiken ondanks de fouten?" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"Een niet-overkomend printerbeschrijvingsbestand kan leiden tot willekeurig " -"falen." +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "Een niet-overkomend printerbeschrijvingsbestand kan leiden tot willekeurig falen." -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "Het beschikbaar stellen van een printerbeschrijvingsbestand is mislukt" -#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 +#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 msgid "Driver Options for Queue %1" msgstr "Stuurprogrammaopties voor wachtrij %1" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1." msgstr "Het instellen van stuurprogrammaopties is mislukt voor wachtrij %1." -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1634,8 +1553,8 @@ "<b><big>Printer configuratie initialiseren</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1645,21 +1564,19 @@ "<b><big>Printer configuratie afsluiten</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 +#. Overview dialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device.<br>\n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1667,18 +1584,14 @@ "Een printer wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printerwachtrij.<br>\n" "Als verschillende applicaties printjobs tegelijk aanbieden, dan worden\n" "de jobs in de rij gezet en na elkaar naar het printerapparaat gezonden.<br>\n" -"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor dezelfde " -"printer.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een " -"kleurenprinter\n" -"of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing voor een PostScript" -"+PCL printer\n" -"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en een voor tweezijdig " -"printen.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor dezelfde printer.\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een kleurenprinter\n" +"of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing voor een PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en een voor tweezijdig printen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 +#. Overview dialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1694,16 +1607,14 @@ "<b><big>Gebruik van wachtrijen op afstand:</big></b><br>\n" "Wachtrijen op afstand bestaan op andere hosts in het netwerk\n" "daarom kunnen ze niet gewijzigd worden op deze host.<br>\n" -"De wachtrijen op afstand die hier in de lijst staan zijn bekend op deze " -"host\n" +"De wachtrijen op afstand die hier in de lijst staan zijn bekend op deze host\n" "en kunnen gewoonlijk direct door toepassingen gebruikt worden\n" -"zodat er geen noodzaak is om een lokale wachtrij op te zetten voor een " -"printer\n" +"zodat er geen noodzaak is om een lokale wachtrij op te zetten voor een printer\n" "die al beschikbaar is via een wachtrij op afstand.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 +#. Overview dialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1712,12 +1623,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Een printer configureren:</big></b><br>\n" -"Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe wachtrij in te stellen voor een " -"printer.\n" +"Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe wachtrij in te stellen voor een printer.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 +#. Overview dialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1729,8 +1639,8 @@ "Selecteer een lokale wachtrij en druk op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 +#. Overview dialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1742,8 +1652,8 @@ "Selecteer een lokale wachtrij en druk op <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 +#. Overview dialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1755,8 +1665,8 @@ "Selecteer de wachtrij en druk op <b>Druk een testpagina af</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 +#. Overview dialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1778,8 +1688,8 @@ "lijst van beschikbare wachtrijen op afstand.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 +#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1789,56 +1699,44 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>AutoYaST overzicht voor afdrukwachtrij</big></b><br>\n" -"AutoYaST ondersteunt alleen instellingen voor het afdrukken met CUPS via het " -"netwerk.<br>\n" +"AutoYaST ondersteunt alleen instellingen voor het afdrukken met CUPS via het netwerk.<br>\n" "Er is geen AutoYaST ondersteuning voor lokale afdrukwachtrijen.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 +#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -"<br>\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Stel een nieuwe wachtrij in voor een printerapparaat</big></b><br>\n" -"Een printerapparaat wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printwachtrij." -"<br>\n" +"Een printerapparaat wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printwachtrij.<br>\n" "Als verschillende applicaties printjobs tegelijk aanbieden, dan worden\n" "de jobs in de rij gezet en na elkaar naar het printerapparaat gezonden.<br>\n" -"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor hetzelfde " -"printerapparaat.\n" -"Gewoonlijk zijn verschillende printerwachtrijen nodig als verschillende " -"printerstuurprogramma's\n" +"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor hetzelfde printerapparaat.\n" +"Gewoonlijk zijn verschillende printerwachtrijen nodig als verschillende printerstuurprogramma's\n" "gebruikt moeten worden voor hetzelfde printerapparaat.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een " -"kleurenprinter\n" -"zodat alleen zwarte inkt wordt gebruikt of een postscript rij en een rij met " -"een PCL-aansturing\n" -"voor een PostScript+PCL printer, omdat dat sneller is maar met een lagere " -"kwaliteit,\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een kleurenprinter\n" +"zodat alleen zwarte inkt wordt gebruikt of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing\n" +"voor een PostScript+PCL printer, omdat dat sneller is maar met een lagere kwaliteit,\n" "of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en één voor\n" "tweezijdig printen.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 +#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To set up a new queue:<br>\n" @@ -1850,17 +1748,15 @@ "<p>\n" "Een nieuwe wachtrij instellen:<br>\n" "Selecteer de verbinding van de overeenkomstige printer.<br>\n" -"Zoek het geschikte printerstuurprogramma, wijs dit toe aan de printer " -"en<br>\n" +"Zoek het geschikte printerstuurprogramma, wijs dit toe aan de printer en<br>\n" "geef een unieke wachtrijnaam op.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 +#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1868,40 +1764,33 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar " -"het printerapparaat.<br>\n" -"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar " -"het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" +"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het printerapparaat.<br>\n" +"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" "zodat er niet geprint kan worden.<br>\n" "Als een printerapparaat toegankelijk is via meer dan één type verbinding,\n" "dan wordt dat getoond voor elk type verbinding.<br>\n" "In het bijzonder zijn HP-apparaten vaak bereikbaar via het 'usb:/...'\n" "en de 'hp:/...' verbinding.\n" "De laatste wordt geleverd door het HP-stuurprogrammapakket 'hplip'.\n" -"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar " -"voor iets anders\n" -"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one " -"apparaat)\n" +"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor iets anders\n" +"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one apparaat)\n" "moet de 'hp:/...' verbinding worden gebruikt.\n" "</p>\n" -#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 +#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -"<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1926,8 +1815,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1949,70 +1837,53 @@ "<p>\n" "Het <b>stuurprogramma</b> bepaalt of de juiste gegevens voor het specifieke\n" "printer-model worden geproduceerd.<br>\n" -"Als er een verkeerd stuurprogramma is gekozen dan worden de verkeerde " -"gegevens naar de printer\n" -"gestuurd hetgeen resulteert in een slechte afdruk, een chaotische afdruk, of " -"helemaal geen afdruk.<br>\n" -"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoek-tekst ingevuld met een model-naam " -"die komt uit de\n" +"Als er een verkeerd stuurprogramma is gekozen dan worden de verkeerde gegevens naar de printer\n" +"gestuurd hetgeen resulteert in een slechte afdruk, een chaotische afdruk, of helemaal geen afdruk.<br>\n" +"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoek-tekst ingevuld met een model-naam die komt uit de\n" "automatische detectie van de nu geselecteerde verbinding.\n" -"Hiermee wordt een stuurprogramma geselecteerd waarvan de beschrijving " -"overeenkomt de model-naam.\n" +"Hiermee wordt een stuurprogramma geselecteerd waarvan de beschrijving overeenkomt de model-naam.\n" "Deze worden standaard getoond.<br>\n" -"Als de beschrijving van het stuurprogrammau overeenkomt met de automatisch " -"gedetecteerde model-naam\n" +"Als de beschrijving van het stuurprogrammau overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam\n" "en alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen bij hetzelfde model behoren dan\n" -"worden de beschrijvingen gesorteerd op de meest waarschijnlijke eerst en de " -"minst waarschijnlijke laatst.\n" +"worden de beschrijvingen gesorteerd op de meest waarschijnlijke eerst en de minst waarschijnlijke laatst.\n" "De bovenste wordt dan automatisch voor-geselecteerd.\n" -"Als er geen stuurprogramma automatisch wordt voor-geselecteerd dan moet u er " -"handmatig\n" +"Als er geen stuurprogramma automatisch wordt voor-geselecteerd dan moet u er handmatig\n" "naar zoeken en deze selecteren.<br>\n" -"Als een stuurprogramma automatisch was voor-geselecteerd dan betekent dat " -"niet\n" +"Als een stuurprogramma automatisch was voor-geselecteerd dan betekent dat niet\n" "noodzakelijk dat deze de juiste is\n" "voor uw specifieke behoeften.\n" "Het kan zelfs zo zijn dat de automatisch voor-geselecteerde stuurprogramma\n" "helemaal niet werkt voor uw printer-model.\n" "De reden is dat de automatisch selectie\n" "werkt op basis van het vergelijken van tekenreeksen\n" -"(de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam en de beschrijving van de " -"stuurprogramma)\n" +"(de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam en de beschrijving van de stuurprogramma)\n" "zodat het resultaat alleen een best-guess voorstel is\n" "over hoe uw eigen printer-model opgezet moet worden.<br>\n" "Controleer daarom of de huidige voor-geselecteerde waarden zinnig zijn\n" "en voel u vrij om er mee te spelen en wijzig de instellingen\n" "tot wat waarvan u weet dat het beste werkt voor uw printer.<br>\n" -"Als geen beschrijving van de stuurprogramma overeenkomt met de automatisch " -"gedetecteerde model-naam\n" -"dan betekent dat niet noodzakelijk dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is " -"voor dat model.\n" -"Vaak verschilt alleen de model-naam in de beschrijvingen van de " -"stuurprogramma\n" +"Als geen beschrijving van de stuurprogramma overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam\n" +"dan betekent dat niet noodzakelijk dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n" +"Vaak verschilt alleen de model-naam in de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma\n" "van de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam.\n" "U kunt daarom alles als zoek-tekst naar een stuurprogramma invullen\n" "en alle beschikbare beschrijvingen doorzoeken.<br>\n" "Gewoonlijk zijn de standaard optie-instellingen redelijk\n" "zodat de stuurprogramma voor uw specifieke printer-model werkt.\n" -"Enkele instellingen van opties moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke " -"printer.\n" -"In het bijzonder moet de standaard papiergrootte-instelling van de " -"stuurprogramma\n" +"Enkele instellingen van opties moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke printer.\n" +"In het bijzonder moet de standaard papiergrootte-instelling van de stuurprogramma\n" "overeenkomen met het papier dat in uw printer is geladen.\n" "U kunt ofwel expliciet A4 of Letter selecteren als standaard papiergrootte\n" -"of niets selecteren om de ingebouwde standaard papiergrootte van de " -"stuurprogramma te gebruiken\n" +"of niets selecteren om de ingebouwde standaard papiergrootte van de stuurprogramma te gebruiken\n" "waarop de stuurprogramma terugvalt als deze geen A4 noch Letter ondersteunt\n" "(bijvoorbeeld een stuurprogramma voor een klein-formaat foto-printer).\n" -"Als u graag de andere opties voor de stuurprogramma wijzigt, behalve A4 of " -"Letter,\n" +"Als u graag de andere opties voor de stuurprogramma wijzigt, behalve A4 of Letter,\n" "dan moet u eerst de wachtrij opzetten en dan kunt u in een tweede stap\n" -"alle opties van de stuurprogramma aanpassen in de 'Bewerken/wijzigen' " -"dialoog.\n" +"alle opties van de stuurprogramma aanpassen in de 'Bewerken/wijzigen' dialoog.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 +#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n" @@ -2028,8 +1899,8 @@ "zijn toegestaan voor de wachtrijnaam en deze moet starten met een letter.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 +#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p>\n" "One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>\n" @@ -2059,8 +1930,8 @@ "http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:Printerinstellingen_met_CUPS\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 +#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<p>\n" "An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n" @@ -2078,10 +1949,8 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Een alternatieve manier om HP-apparaten in te stellen is door <b>run hp-" -"setup</b><br>\n" -"uit te voeren, HP's eigen hulpmiddel, 'hp-setup', levert speciaal " -"ondersteuning\n" +"Een alternatieve manier om HP-apparaten in te stellen is door <b>run hp-setup</b><br>\n" +"uit te voeren, HP's eigen hulpmiddel, 'hp-setup', levert speciaal ondersteuning\n" "bij het instellen van HP-printers en HP-all-in-one apparaten die een\n" "eigen stuurprogramma nodig heeft dat wordt gedownload van HP en\n" "op de juiste manier geïnstalleerd op een specifiek eindgebruikerssysteem.\n" @@ -2094,8 +1963,8 @@ "http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:Hoe_een_HP-printer_instellen\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2104,16 +1973,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Een printerwachtrij wijzigen</big></b><br>\n" -"Als u een wachtrij wilt wijzigen, selecteert u alleen datgene wat u echt " -"wilt wijzigen.<br>\n" +"Als u een wachtrij wilt wijzigen, selecteert u alleen datgene wat u echt wilt wijzigen.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." -"<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2121,10 +1988,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2154,74 +2019,56 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar " -"het printerapparaat.<br>\n" -"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar " -"het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" +"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het printerapparaat.<br>\n" +"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" "zodat er niet geprint kan worden.<br>\n" "Als een printerapparaat toegankelijk is via meer dan één type verbinding,\n" "dan wordt dat getoond voor elk type verbinding.<br>\n" "In het bijzonder zijn HP-apparaten vaak bereikbaar via de verbinding\n" "'usb:/...' en de 'hp:/...'.\n" "De laatste wordt geleverd door het HP-stuurprogrammapakket 'hplip'.\n" -"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar " -"voor iets anders\n" -"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one " -"apparaat)\n" +"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor iets anders\n" +"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one apparaat)\n" "moet de 'hp:/...' verbinding worden gebruikt.<br>\n" "Als u de nu gebruikte verbinding verwisselt voor een andere, dan\n" "zal het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma vooraf worden\n" -"ingevuld met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam van de nieuw " -"geselecteerde verbinding\n" -"en worden standaard die stuurprogramma's getoond waarvan beschrijvingen " -"overeenkomen\n" +"ingevuld met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam van de nieuw geselecteerde verbinding\n" +"en worden standaard die stuurprogramma's getoond waarvan beschrijvingen overeenkomen\n" "met de modelnaam.<br>\n" -"Als de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's overeenkomen met de " -"automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam\n" -"en als alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's bij hetzelfde " -"model horen,\n" -"dan worden die beschrijvingen gesorteerd zodat het meest waarschijnlijke " -"stuurprogramma\n" -"bovenaan de lijst komen te staan (echter nog steeds onder het nu gebruikte " -"stuurprpgramma).\n" -"Dit betekent echter niet noodzakelijk dat dit ook het meest waarschijnlijke " -"stuurprogramma is\n" +"Als de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's overeenkomen met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam\n" +"en als alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's bij hetzelfde model horen,\n" +"dan worden die beschrijvingen gesorteerd zodat het meest waarschijnlijke stuurprogramma\n" +"bovenaan de lijst komen te staan (echter nog steeds onder het nu gebruikte stuurprpgramma).\n" +"Dit betekent echter niet noodzakelijk dat dit ook het meest waarschijnlijke stuurprogramma is\n" "voor uw specifieke behoefte.\n" "Strikt genomen kan het bovenaan vermelde stuurprogramma\n" "in het geheel niet werken voor uw specifieke printermodel.\n" "De reden is dat de automatische stuurprogramma selectie\n" "alleen werkt op basis van het vergelijken van tekenreeksen\n" -"(de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam en de beschrijvingen van de " -"stuurprogramma's)\n" +"(de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam en de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's)\n" "zodat het resultaat slechts een best-guess voorstel is\n" "over hoe uw specifieke printermodel in te stellen.<br>\n" "Controleer daarom of de nu voorgeselecteerde zinvol zijn\n" "en voel u vrij om hiermee te spelen en de instellingen te wijzigen\n" "tot iets wat het beste werkt voor uw printer.<br>\n" -"Als er geen beschrijving van stuurprogramma's overeenkomt met de automatisch " -"gedetecteerde modelnaam,\n" -"dan hoeft dat niet noodzakelijk te betekenen dat er geen stuurprogramma " -"beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n" +"Als er geen beschrijving van stuurprogramma's overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam,\n" +"dan hoeft dat niet noodzakelijk te betekenen dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n" "Vaak is alleen de modelnaam in de beschrijving van de stuurprogramma's\n" "verschillend van de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam.\n" -"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een " -"geschikt stuurprogramma\n" +"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een geschikt stuurprogramma\n" "en zoeken in alle beschikbare beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's.\n" "</p>\n" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -"<br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -"<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n" @@ -2230,8 +2077,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -"<br>\n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2239,8 +2085,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2250,17 +2095,12 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Het <b>stuurprogramma</b> bepaalt dat de juiste data wordt geproduceerd voor " -"het\n" +"Het <b>stuurprogramma</b> bepaalt dat de juiste data wordt geproduceerd voor het\n" "specifieke printermodel.<br>\n" -"Als een verkeerd stuurprogramma is toegekend dan wordt de verkeerde data " -"naar de printer gezonden\n" -"wat resulteert in slecht uitziende afdruk, chaotische afdruk, of helemaal " -"geen afdruk.<br>\n" -"U kunt ofwel een ander stuurprogramma kiezen en later de optieinstellingen " -"ervoor wijzigen\n" -"of het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma behouden en zijn optieinstellingen nu " -"wijzigen.<br>\n" +"Als een verkeerd stuurprogramma is toegekend dan wordt de verkeerde data naar de printer gezonden\n" +"wat resulteert in slecht uitziende afdruk, chaotische afdruk, of helemaal geen afdruk.<br>\n" +"U kunt ofwel een ander stuurprogramma kiezen en later de optieinstellingen ervoor wijzigen\n" +"of het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma behouden en zijn optieinstellingen nu wijzigen.<br>\n" "Sommige optieinstellingen moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke printer.\n" "Bijvoorbeeld de standaard papiergrootte instelling van het stuurprogramma\n" "moet overeenkomen met het papier dat nu is geladen in uw printer.<br>\n" @@ -2269,40 +2109,30 @@ "zou moeten werken voor het betreffende stuurprogramma.\n" "Niettemin kan het voorkomen dat uw specifieke printer niet wil printen\n" "met een hoge resolutie. Bijvoorbeeld bij een laserprinter\n" -"die onvoldoende ingebouwd geheugen heeft om de hoge resolutie pagina's te " -"verwerken.<br>\n" +"die onvoldoende ingebouwd geheugen heeft om de hoge resolutie pagina's te verwerken.<br>\n" "Als u het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma wilt vervangen door een andere,\n" "dan moet u eerst deze wijziging toepassen op de printwachtrij\n" "zodat het nieuwe stuurprogramma wordt gebruikt voor de wachtrij\n" "(dwz. u moet deze dialoog als eerste stap beëindigen)\n" -"en daarna in een tweede stap kunt u alle opties voor stuurprogramma's " -"wijzigen\n" +"en daarna in een tweede stap kunt u alle opties voor stuurprogramma's wijzigen\n" "door deze dialoog opnieuw te gebruiken.<br>\n" -"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma " -"ingevuld\n" -"met de beschrijving van het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma als de verbinding " -"niet is gewijzigd.\n" -"Dit resulteert gewoonlijk slechts in één enkel stuurprogramma dat " -"overeenkomt\n" +"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma ingevuld\n" +"met de beschrijving van het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma als de verbinding niet is gewijzigd.\n" +"Dit resulteert gewoonlijk slechts in één enkel stuurprogramma dat overeenkomt\n" "zodat u een minder specifieke zoektekst moet invoeren\n" -"om ook andere stuurprogramma's te krijgen of u gebruikt de knop 'Meer " -"zoeken.\n" -"Als geen stuurprogramma overeenkomt, dan betekent dat niet dat er geen " -"stuurprogramma beschikbaar is.\n" -"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een " -"geschikt stuurprogramma\n" +"om ook andere stuurprogramma's te krijgen of u gebruikt de knop 'Meer zoeken.\n" +"Als geen stuurprogramma overeenkomt, dan betekent dat niet dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is.\n" +"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een geschikt stuurprogramma\n" "en zoeken in alle beschikbare beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 msgid "" "<p>\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and " -"<b>location</b>.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2315,27 +2145,21 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"In tegenstelling tot verbinding en stuurprogramma waar u de juiste moet " -"kiezen,\n" -"bent u vrij om een willekeurige tekenreeks te gebruiken voor " -"<b>beschrijving</b> en <b>locatie</b>.\n" -"Applicatieprogramma's tonen vaak de beschrijving en locatie in de " -"printerdialoog.\n" +"In tegenstelling tot verbinding en stuurprogramma waar u de juiste moet kiezen,\n" +"bent u vrij om een willekeurige tekenreeks te gebruiken voor <b>beschrijving</b> en <b>locatie</b>.\n" +"Applicatieprogramma's tonen vaak de beschrijving en locatie in de printerdialoog.\n" "Om er zeker van te zijn dat deze tekenreeksen er goed uit zien in elke taal\n" -"die een specifieke gebruiker van een specifiek applicatieprogramma kan " -"gebruiken,\n" -"is het veilig wanneer u alleen platte ASCII tekst gebruikt zonder speciale " -"tekens\n" -"(bijv. alleen de ASCII letters (a-z en A-Z), ASCII nummers (0-9) en de ASCII " -"spatie (hex 20)).\n" +"die een specifieke gebruiker van een specifiek applicatieprogramma kan gebruiken,\n" +"is het veilig wanneer u alleen platte ASCII tekst gebruikt zonder speciale tekens\n" +"(bijv. alleen de ASCII letters (a-z en A-Z), ASCII nummers (0-9) en de ASCII spatie (hex 20)).\n" "Gewoonlijk bevat de beschrijving het model en optioneel het stuurprogramma\n" "(b.v. 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 met het generieke PCL-stuurprogramma')\n" "en de locatie beschrijft waar de printer staat\n" "(bijv. 'kamer 123' of receptie-balie').\n" "</p>" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2350,20 +2174,17 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Stel opties voor stuurprogramma in</big></b><br>\n" -"Gewoonlijk is het het beste om de stuurprogrammastandaarden ongewijzigd te " -"laten omdat\n" +"Gewoonlijk is het het beste om de stuurprogrammastandaarden ongewijzigd te laten omdat\n" "de standaarden redelijke waarden hebben voor het gebruikelijke printen.<br>\n" "Bovendien tonen de printdialogen in de gebruikelijke applicatieprogramma's\n" "ook de stuurprogrammaopties zodat elke gebruiker de stuurprogrammaopties\n" "kan specificeren voor elke individuele afdruk.<br>\n" -"De enige instelling die gecontroleerd zou moeten worden is in elk geval de " -"papiergrootte\n" -"die ingesteld moet zijn op wat nu wordt gebruikt door de standaad in de " -"printer.\n" +"De enige instelling die gecontroleerd zou moeten worden is in elk geval de papiergrootte\n" +"die ingesteld moet zijn op wat nu wordt gebruikt door de standaad in de printer.\n" "</p>\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n" @@ -2377,17 +2198,15 @@ "<p>\n" "Niet-standaard instellingen kunnen niet in alle gevallen werken of hebben\n" "onverwachte gevolgen.<br>\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld een hoge resolutie instelling kan niet werken voor een " -"laserprinter\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld een hoge resolutie instelling kan niet werken voor een laserprinter\n" "als zijn standaard ingebouwde geheugen onvoldoende is om de hoge resolutie\n" "pagina's te verwerken.<br>\n" -"Of een instelling hoge kwaliteit kan het printen ontoelaatbaar langzaam " -"zijn\n" +"Of een instelling hoge kwaliteit kan het printen ontoelaatbaar langzaam zijn\n" "op een inkjetprinter.\n" "</p>\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 msgid "" "<p>\n" "In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n" @@ -2400,23 +2219,17 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Aan de andere kant zal in bepaalde gevallen printer-specifieke " -"stuurprogrammainstellingen\n" -"aangepast moeten worden om de volle functionaliteit van een printer te " -"verkrijgen.<br>\n" +"Aan de andere kant zal in bepaalde gevallen printer-specifieke stuurprogrammainstellingen\n" +"aangepast moeten worden om de volle functionaliteit van een printer te verkrijgen.<br>\n" "In het bijzonder wanneer de printer optionele eenheden heeft zoals\n" -"een duplex eenheid (tweezijdig printen) of optionele papierinvoer, dan " -"moeten de\n" -"de overeenkomstige stuurprogrammainstellingen gecontroleerd en aangepast " -"worden.<br>\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld de optie voor een duplex eenheid moet ingesteld worden op " -"'geïnstalleerd' of 'true'\n" -"anders kan het stuurprogramma een optie voor de instelling van duplex " -"printen negeren.\n" +"een duplex eenheid (tweezijdig printen) of optionele papierinvoer, dan moeten de\n" +"de overeenkomstige stuurprogrammainstellingen gecontroleerd en aangepast worden.<br>\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld de optie voor een duplex eenheid moet ingesteld worden op 'geïnstalleerd' of 'true'\n" +"anders kan het stuurprogramma een optie voor de instelling van duplex printen negeren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 +#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2430,8 +2243,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Voeg toe of verwijder printerstuurprogrammapakketten</big></b><br>\n" -"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket niet gemarkeerd is, is het niet " -"geïnstalleerd\n" +"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket niet gemarkeerd is, is het niet geïnstalleerd\n" "en dan kunt u het selecteren zodat het geïnstalleerd kan worden.<br>\n" "Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket gemarkeerd is dan is het geïnstalleerd\n" "en kunt u het selecteren om het te verwijderen.\n" @@ -2439,8 +2251,8 @@ "dat er geen printerconfiguratie is die het stuurprogramma nodig heeft.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 +#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2488,10 +2300,8 @@ "Het simpele instellen zal wel werken maar het actuele printen\n" "zal niet werken omdat het stuurprogramma zou ontbreken.\n" "Voor niet-PostScript printers hebt u een printerstuurprogramma nodig\n" -"en een PPD-bestand dat exact overeenkomt met het betreffende " -"stuurprogramma.\n" -"Overeenkomende PPD-bestanden worden automatisch geïnstalleerd op de juiste " -"plaats\n" +"en een PPD-bestand dat exact overeenkomt met het betreffende stuurprogramma.\n" +"Overeenkomende PPD-bestanden worden automatisch geïnstalleerd op de juiste plaats\n" "als u de bovengenoemde printerstuurprogrammapakketten installeert.<br>\n" "Alleen voor PostScript printers is een PPD-bestand alleen in het algemeen\n" "voldoende om een werkende PostScript printerconfiguratie in te stellen.\n" @@ -2500,50 +2310,42 @@ "naar een printerstuurprogramma zou bevatten.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." -"<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Specificeer de verbinding</big></b><br>\n" -"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier data verzonden wordt naar het " -"printerapparaat.<br>\n" -"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt gebruikt dan kan er geen data naar het " -"apparaat\n" +"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier data verzonden wordt naar het printerapparaat.<br>\n" +"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt gebruikt dan kan er geen data naar het apparaat\n" "gezonden worden en kan er dus niets geprint worden.\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -"<br>\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='.<br>\n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" "Some examples:<br>\n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" @@ -2560,24 +2362,19 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printerapparaat-URI</big></b><br>\n" "Een verbinding wordt als zogenaamde <b>apparaat-URI</b> opgegeven.<br>\n" -"Met het eerste woord ervan (het zogenaamde URI-schema) wordt het type " -"gegevensoverdracht opgegeven,\n" +"Met het eerste woord ervan (het zogenaamde URI-schema) wordt het type gegevensoverdracht opgegeven,\n" "bijvoorbeeld 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd' of 'ipp'.<br>\n" "Na het schema volgen er meer of minder aanvullende componenten\n" "waarmee de details van dit type gegevensoverdracht worden opgegeven.<br>\n" "Spaties zijn niet toegestaan in een URI.\n" "Een spatie in een waarde van een URI-component\n" -"wordt daarom gecodeerd als '%20' (20 is de hexadecimale waarde van de " -"spatie).<br>\n" -"De componenten van een URI worden gescheiden door speciale gereserveerde " -"tekens zoals \n" -"dubbele punt ':', slash '/', vraagteken '?', ampersand '&' of " -"gelijkteken '='.<br>\n" +"wordt daarom gecodeerd als '%20' (20 is de hexadecimale waarde van de spatie).<br>\n" +"De componenten van een URI worden gescheiden door speciale gereserveerde tekens zoals \n" +"dubbele punt ':', slash '/', vraagteken '?', ampersand '&' of gelijkteken '='.<br>\n" "Er zijn ook optionele parameters (gescheiden door een vraagteken '?')\n" "in de vorm 'optie1=waarde1&optie2=waarde2&optie3=waarde3' zodat\n" "een volledige apparaat-URI bijvoorbeeld het volgende kan zijn:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" "Enkele voorbeelden:<br>\n" "een USB-printermodel 'Fun Printer 1000+' gemaakt door 'ACME'\n" "met serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan de volgende apparaat-URI hebben:<br>\n" @@ -2591,8 +2388,8 @@ "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" "</p>" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2672,11 +2469,9 @@ "<b><big>Procent codering</big></b><br>\n" "Het onderwerp is gecompliceerd.\n" "Het is aanbevolen om gereserveerde tekens en spaties voor\n" -"componentwaarden in URI's te vermijden als de waarden onder uw controle " -"staan\n" +"componentwaarden in URI's te vermijden als de waarden onder uw controle staan\n" "(bijv. u kunt het niet vermijden wanneer u zulke tekens moet specificeren\n" -"in waarden voor een URI om toegang te krijgen tot een printerwachtrij op " -"afstand\n" +"in waarden voor een URI om toegang te krijgen tot een printerwachtrij op afstand\n" "maar de printerwachtrij staat niet onder uw controle).\n" "Wanneer mogelijk, gebruik alleen zogenaamde niet-gereserveerde tekens.\n" "Dit zijn kleine en hoofdletters, decimale cijfers, minteken, punt,\n" @@ -2684,8 +2479,7 @@ "Zelfs minteken, punt, tilde en onderscheid tussen kleine en hoofdletters\n" "zou speciale problemen in speciale gevallen kunnen veroorzaken\n" "(bijv. alleen letters, cijfers en underscore zijn bekend goed te werken\n" -"voor een CUPS-printer-wachtrij-naam en kleine/hoofdletter is niet " -"significant daar).\n" +"voor een CUPS-printer-wachtrij-naam en kleine/hoofdletter is niet significant daar).\n" "Daarom is het het beste alleen kleine letters, cijfers en underscore\n" "te gebruiken voor alle waarden in alle URI's indien mogelijk.<br>\n" "Gereserveerde tekens en spaties in de waarde van een component\n" @@ -2697,14 +2491,10 @@ "(dwz. niet-procent-gecodeerd).\n" "Voor zulke invoervelden worden alle spaties en gereserveerde tekens\n" "automatisch procent-gecodeerd.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld als een wachtwoord echt 'Foo%20Bar' is (niet-procent-" -"gecodeerd),\n" -"dan moet het letterlijk in het wachtwoord-invoerveld in de dialoog ingevoerd " -"worden.\n" -"De automatische procent-codering resulteert in 'Foo%2520Bar' wat de manier " -"is hoe\n" -"de waarde van de wachtwoord-component in het echt is opgeslagen in de URI." -"<br>\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld als een wachtwoord echt 'Foo%20Bar' is (niet-procent-gecodeerd),\n" +"dan moet het letterlijk in het wachtwoord-invoerveld in de dialoog ingevoerd worden.\n" +"De automatische procent-codering resulteert in 'Foo%2520Bar' wat de manier is hoe\n" +"de waarde van de wachtwoord-component in het echt is opgeslagen in de URI.<br>\n" "Als daarentegen een invoerveld in de dialoog bedoeld is om meer dan een\n" "enkele waarde in te voeren voor een enkele component van de URI\n" "(bijv. een enkel invoerveld voor alle optionele parameters\n" @@ -2745,13 +2535,12 @@ "at-teken @ is procent gecodeerd as %40<br>\n" "linker rechte haakje [ is procent gecodeerd as %5B<br>\n" "rechter rechte haak ] is procent gecodeerd as %5D<br>\n" -"Voor details zie 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Algemene syntaxis' " -"op<br>\n" +"Voor details zie 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Algemene syntaxis' op<br>\n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "</p>" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2762,16 +2551,14 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>Apparaat-URI's voor rechtstreeks verbonden apparaten</big></b><br>\n" "Apparaten die zijn verbonden via USB,\n" -"worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de juiste apparaat-URI wordt automatisch " -"gegenereerd.\n" +"worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de juiste apparaat-URI wordt automatisch gegenereerd.\n" "Bijvoorbeeld:<br>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big><br>\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2808,8 +2595,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een " -"printserverdoos</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een printserverdoos</big></b><br>\n" "Een printserverdoos is een klein apparaat met een netwerkverbinding\n" "en een USB of parallelle poort om de echte printer aan te sluiten.\n" "Een netwerkprinter heeft zo'n soort apparaat ingebouwd.\n" @@ -2819,16 +2605,14 @@ "<b>TCP-poort (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n" "Het IP-adres en een poortnummer zijn nodig voor toegang.\n" "Het poortnummer 9100 is vaak de juiste.\n" -"Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare " -"protocol.\n" +"Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare protocol.\n" "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is:<br>\n" "socket://ip-adres:poortnummer<br>\n" "<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>\n" "Een LPD draait op het apparaat en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n" "Het IP-adres en een LPD-wachtrijnaam zijn nodig voor toegang.\n" "Bijna alle netwerkprinters en printserverdozen ondersteunen het.\n" -"Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere " -"manier.\n" +"Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere manier.\n" "Maar het gebruik van een correcte LPD-wachtrij die niet op de een\n" "of andere manier de data wijzigt of extra formfeeds of bannerpagina's\n" "toevoegt zou essentieel kunnen zijn voor betrouwbaar printen.\n" @@ -2837,8 +2621,7 @@ "<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>\n" "IPP is het eigen protocol voor CUPS dat op een echte computer draait\n" "maar als IPP is geïmplementeerd in een kleine printserverdoos,\n" -"het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de " -"leverancier\n" +"het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de leverancier\n" "in de documentatie dit officieel ondersteunt. \n" "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is:<br>\n" "ipp://ip-adres:poortnummer/resource<br>\n" @@ -2848,8 +2631,8 @@ "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2859,8 +2642,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network:<br>\n" "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" @@ -2903,8 +2685,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2925,29 +2706,23 @@ "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's voor afdrukken via een afdrukservermachine</big><br>\n" +"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's voor afdrukken via een afdrukservermachine</big></b><br>\n" "In tegenstelling tot een afdrukservervenster is een afdrukservermachine\n" "een echte computer die een afdrukservice biedt.<br>\n" "Toegang vindt plaats via verschillende netwerkprotocollen.\n" "Vraag de netwerkbeheerder welke afdrukservermachine\n" "wat beschikbaar stelt in uw specifieke netwerk:<br>\n" "<b>Windows (R) of Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" -"Voor toegang tot een SMB-printershare moet de Samba-client van het RPM-" -"pakket worden geïnstalleerd.\n" -"Het pakket bevat de CUPS-backend 'smb'. Dit is een koppeling naar het " -"programma\n" +"Voor toegang tot een SMB-printershare moet de Samba-client van het RPM-pakket worden geïnstalleerd.\n" +"Het pakket bevat de CUPS-backend 'smb'. Dit is een koppeling naar het programma\n" "<tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> waarmee de gegevens werkelijk\n" "naar een SMB-printershare worden verzonden.<br>\n" -"Om er toegang toe te krijgen zijn een servernaam en een printersharenaam en " -"desgewenst\n" +"Om er toegang toe te krijgen zijn een servernaam en een printersharenaam en desgewenst\n" "een werkgroepnaam nodig.\n" -"Bovendien kunnen een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord vereist zijn om " -"toegang te krijgen.\n" +"Bovendien kunnen een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord vereist zijn om toegang te krijgen.\n" "Spaties en speciale tekens in deze waarden\n" "moeten met een procentteken worden gecodeerd (zie hierboven).<br>\n" -"Met CUPS worden backend-processen (hier smbspool) standaard uitgevoerd als " -"gebruiker 'lp'.\n" +"Met CUPS worden backend-processen (hier smbspool) standaard uitgevoerd als gebruiker 'lp'.\n" "Bij het afdrukken in een Active Directory-omgeving (R)\n" "mag de gebruiker 'lp' in deze omgeving niet afdrukken\n" "waardoor de traditionele methode om via smbspool als gebruiker 'lp'\n" @@ -2956,67 +2731,53 @@ "van het RPM-pakket worden geïnstalleerd.\n" "In dit geval is de CUPS-backend 'smb' link\n" "gewijzigd in <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" -". Dit is een wrapper om smbspool uit te voeren als de oorspronkelijke " -"gebruiker\n" +". Dit is een wrapper om smbspool uit te voeren als de oorspronkelijke gebruiker\n" "die een specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend.\n" "Wanneer het Kerberos-protocol wordt gebruikt voor verificatie\n" "in een AD-omgeving, krijgt een gebruiker een TGT (Ticket Granting Ticket)\n" "via de weergavemanager tijdens aanmelding bij de Gnome- of KDE-desktop.\n" -"Wanneer smbspool wordt uitgevoerd als de oorspronkelijke gebruiker die een " -"specifieke\n" -"afdruktaak heeft ingediend, kan toegang worden verkregen tot de TGT van deze " -"gebruiker\n" -"en kan deze worden gebruikt om de afdrukgegevens aan de SMB-printershare " -"door te geven,\n" +"Wanneer smbspool wordt uitgevoerd als de oorspronkelijke gebruiker die een specifieke\n" +"afdruktaak heeft ingediend, kan toegang worden verkregen tot de TGT van deze gebruiker\n" +"en kan deze worden gebruikt om de afdrukgegevens aan de SMB-printershare door te geven,\n" "zelfs in een AD-omgeving met Kerberos-verificatie.\n" -"In dit geval hoeft er noch een vaste gebruikersnaam noch een vast " -"wachtwoord\n" +"In dit geval hoeft er noch een vaste gebruikersnaam noch een vast wachtwoord\n" "te worden opgegeven voor verificatie.\n" "Een voorwaarde is dat get_printing_ticket op de host wordt uitgevoerd\n" -"waarbij de gebruiker die een specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend, zich " -"heeft aangemeld.\n" +"waarbij de gebruiker die een specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend, zich heeft aangemeld.\n" "Dit betekent dat dit moet zijn ingesteld op het werkstation\n" "voor de specifieke gebruiker die dergelijke afdruktaken indient\n" -"en het werkstation van de gebruiker moet de bijbehorende afdrukgegevens " -"rechtstreeks\n" +"en het werkstation van de gebruiker moet de bijbehorende afdrukgegevens rechtstreeks\n" "verzenden naar de SMB-printershare in de AD-omgeving.\n" "Het werkt met name niet op een aparte CUPS-servermachine\n" "waarbij gebruikers die afdruktaken indienen, niet zijn aangemeld.<br>\n" -"Voor de traditionele methode is een overeenkomende volledige apparaat-URI:" -"<br>\n" +"Voor de traditionele methode is een overeenkomende volledige apparaat-URI:<br>\n" "smb://gebruikersnaam:wachtwoord@werkgroep/server/printer<br>\n" "Bijvoorbeeld 'John Bos' met wachtwoord '@home!' kan iets dergelijks als de\n" -"volgende apparaat-URI gebruiken om toegang te krijgen tot een 'Fun Printer " -"1000+' share:<br>\n" -"smb://John%20Bos:%40home%21@MIJNGROEP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer" -"%201000%2B<br>\n" +"volgende apparaat-URI gebruiken om toegang te krijgen tot een 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" +"smb://John%20Bos:%40home%21@MIJNGROEP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "Kijk voor <b>meer informatie</b> bij <tt>man smbspool</tt> en <br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "'Windows' en 'Active Directory' zijn gedeponeerde handelsmerken\n" "van Microsoft Corporation in de Verenigde Staten en/of andere landen.<br>\n" "<b>Traditionele UNIX-server (LPR)</b><br>\n" -"Een LPD (Line Printer Daemon) wordt uitgevoerd op een traditionele UNIX-" -"server\n" +"Een LPD (Line Printer Daemon) wordt uitgevoerd op een traditionele UNIX-server\n" "en biedt een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n" "Voor toegang zijn het IP-adres en een LPD-wachtrijnaam vereist.\n" "De overeenkomende apparaat-URI is:<br>\n" "lpd://ip-address/queue<br>\n" "<b>CUPS-server</b><br>\n" "Meestal stelt u geen lokale afdrukwachtrij in voor toegang\n" -"tot een externe wachtrij op een CUPS-server. Voer in plaats daarvan de " -"instelling uit\n" +"tot een externe wachtrij op een CUPS-server. Voer in plaats daarvan de instelling uit\n" "in het dialoogvenster <b>Afdrukken via netwerk</b>.\n" "Alleen als u zeker weet dat u een lokale afdrukwachtrij moet instellen\n" -"voor toegang tot een externe wachtrij op een CUPS-server, gaat u hier verder." -"<br>\n" +"voor toegang tot een externe wachtrij op een CUPS-server, gaat u hier verder.<br>\n" "IPP is het eigen protocol voor CUPS dat op een server wordt uitgevoerd.\n" "De officiële IANA-poort voor IPP is 631.\n" "De overeenkomende apparaat-URI is:<br>\n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3049,12 +2810,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" "Example:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost.<br>\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -3080,35 +2839,28 @@ "De overeenkomende apparaat-URI is:<br>\n" "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>\n" "Als nodisable '1' is, wordt beh altijd met succes afgesloten\n" -"zodat de wachtrij nooit wordt uitgeschakeld. Afdruktaken gaan echter " -"verloren\n" +"zodat de wachtrij nooit wordt uitgeschakeld. Afdruktaken gaan echter verloren\n" "als er sprake is van een fout.<br>\n" "Pogingen is het aantal pogingen om de backend\n" -"in geval van een fout in te trekken. '0' betekent oneindig aantal nieuwe " -"pogingen.<br>\n" +"in geval van een fout in te trekken. '0' betekent oneindig aantal nieuwe pogingen.<br>\n" "Wachttijd is het aantal seconden tussen twee pogingen\n" "om de backend aan te roepen.<br>\n" -"De laatste parameter is de oorspronkelijke URI, die de wachtrij voorheen had." -"<br>\n" +"De laatste parameter is de oorspronkelijke URI, die de wachtrij voorheen had.<br>\n" "Voorbeeld:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adres:poort-nummer<br>\n" -"De beh-backend probeert drie keer toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter " -"met een wachttijd van 5 seconden\n" -"tussen de pogingen. Als toegang dan nog steeds mislukt, wordt de wachtrij " -"niet uitgeschakeld\n" +"De beh-backend probeert drie keer toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter met een wachttijd van 5 seconden\n" +"tussen de pogingen. Als toegang dan nog steeds mislukt, wordt de wachtrij niet uitgeschakeld\n" "en gaat de afdruktaak verloren.<br>\n" -"Kijk voor <b>meer informatie</b> bij <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> " -"en<br>\n" +"Kijk voor <b>meer informatie</b> bij <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> en<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -"<br>\n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -3143,25 +2895,19 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printen via het netwerk</big></b><br>\n" -"Het is gebruikelijk CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) te gebruiken om te " -"printen via het netwerk.<br>\n" +"Het is gebruikelijk CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) te gebruiken om te printen via het netwerk.<br>\n" "Standaard gebruikt CUPS de zogenaamde 'Browsing' modus\n" "voor het beschikbaar stellen van printers via het netwerk.<br>\n" -"In dit geval moeten CUPS-servers op afstand hun printers via het netwerk " -"bekend maken\n" -"en moet als gevolg daarvan op uw host het CUPS-daemon proces (cupsd) " -"draaien\n" +"In dit geval moeten CUPS-servers op afstand hun printers via het netwerk bekend maken\n" +"en moet als gevolg daarvan op uw host het CUPS-daemon proces (cupsd) draaien\n" "die luistert naar inkomende informatie over bekend gemaakte printers.<br>\n" "CUPS Browsing informatie wordt ontvangen via UDP-poort 631.<br>\n" "Betreffende de firewall:<br>\n" -"Controleer of er een firewall actief is voor een netwerkzone waarin " -"printers\n" -"beschikbaar zijn via het netwerk om te worden gebruikt door vertrouwde " -"gebruikers\n" +"Controleer of er een firewall actief is voor een netwerkzone waarin printers\n" +"beschikbaar zijn via het netwerk om te worden gebruikt door vertrouwde gebruikers\n" "(niemand laat willekeurige gebruikers op zijn printer printen).\n" "Standaard laat SuSEfirewall alle toegang toe via een netwerkinterface\n" -"dat behoort bij de 'interne zone' omdat deze zone standaard wordt vertrouwd." -"<br>\n" +"dat behoort bij de 'interne zone' omdat deze zone standaard wordt vertrouwd.<br>\n" "Het is niet logisch om te printen in een vertrouwd intern netwerk\n" "met een netwerkinterface dat behoort tot de niet vertrouwde 'externe zone'\n" "die standaard als niet veilig wordt ingesteld.\n" @@ -3176,15 +2922,14 @@ "Gebruik de YaST module voor het instellen van de firewall om deze\n" "fundamentele instelling te verrichten om veiligheid plus bruikbaarheid te\n" "verkrijgen in uw netwerk en printers op afstand in een vertrouwd intern\n" -"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall." -"<br>\n" +"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall.<br>\n" "Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase\n" "artikel 'CUPS en GEZONDE Firewall instellingen' at<br>\n" "http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_en_GEZONDE_Firewall_instellingen\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -3202,28 +2947,23 @@ "<p>\n" "Als u toegang hebt tot CUPS-servers op afstand om af te drukken\n" "maar deze servers publiceren hun printerinformatie niet via het netwerk\n" -"of als u de inkomende informatie over gepubliceerde printers niet kan " -"accepteren\n" +"of als u de inkomende informatie over gepubliceerde printers niet kan accepteren\n" "(bijv. omdat u firewallbescherming nodig hebt voor de netwerkzone\n" -"waarin de printers publiceren), dan kunt u om printerinformatie van CUPS-" -"servers\n" +"waarin de printers publiceren), dan kunt u om printerinformatie van CUPS-servers\n" "verzoeken (aangenomen dat de CUPS-servers dit toestaan).<br>\n" -"Voor elke CUPS-server waaraan een verzoek wordt gedaan, is een cups-polld-" -"proces\n" +"Voor elke CUPS-server waaraan een verzoek wordt gedaan, is een cups-polld-proces\n" "gestart door het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) op uw host.\n" "Standaard zal elke cups-polld een CUPS-server op afstand elke 30\n" "seconden afvragen op printerinformatie.\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -"<br>\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3233,25 +2973,20 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Als u alleen via het netwerk print en als u alleen een enkele CUPS-server " -"hebt,\n" -"dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-browsing te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon " -"te\n" -"hebben draaien op uw host. In plaats daarvan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-" -"server\n" +"Als u alleen via het netwerk print en als u alleen een enkele CUPS-server hebt,\n" +"dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-browsing te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon te\n" +"hebben draaien op uw host. In plaats daarvan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server\n" "te specificeren en direct toegang te hebben.<br>\n" "Een mogelijk nadeel is dat programma's enige tijd vertraagd worden\n" "(totdat er een time-out optreedt) wanneer zij toegang\n" "proberen te krijgen tot de CUPS-server maar is niet beschikbaar\n" "(bijv. wanneer u op reis bent met uw laptop). Gewoonlijk is het time-out\n" -"bij het opzoeken van een hostnaam (DNS) die de vertraging veroorzaakt zodat " -"het kan\n" -"helpen om een hard gecodeerde regel voor de CUPS-server in het bestand /etc/" -"hosts te hebben.\n" +"bij het opzoeken van een hostnaam (DNS) die de vertraging veroorzaakt zodat het kan\n" +"helpen om een hard gecodeerde regel voor de CUPS-server in het bestand /etc/hosts te hebben.\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3275,72 +3010,59 @@ "Microsoft Corporation in de Verenigde Staten en/of andere landen.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 +#. SharingDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n" "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Delen van printwachtrijen en maak deze bekend via het netwerk</big><br>\n" +"<b><big>Delen van printwachtrijen en maak deze bekend via het netwerk</big></b><br>\n" "Gebruikelijk is CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) zo in te stellen dat de\n" -"zogenaamde 'blader'-modus gebruikt kan worden om printers beschikbaar te " -"maken via het netwerk.<br>\n" -"In dat geval maken CUPS-servers hun lokale printwachtrijen bekend via het " -"netwerk\n" -"en overeenkomstig moet op CUPS-client-systemen het CUPS-daemon-proces " -"(cupsd) draaien\n" +"zogenaamde 'blader'-modus gebruikt kan worden om printers beschikbaar te maken via het netwerk.<br>\n" +"In dat geval maken CUPS-servers hun lokale printwachtrijen bekend via het netwerk\n" +"en overeenkomstig moet op CUPS-client-systemen het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) draaien\n" "die luistert naar inkomende informatie over bekend gemaakte printers.<br>\n" "CUPS-blader-informatie wordt ontvangen via UDP-poort 631.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 +#. SharingDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "<p>\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -"<br>\n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Ten eerste moeten alle CUPS-client-systemen worden toegestaan toegang te " -"hebben\n" -"tot de CUPS-server. Daarna of de printers bekend mogen worden gemaakt bij " -"clienten.<br>\n" +"Ten eerste moeten alle CUPS-client-systemen worden toegestaan toegang te hebben\n" +"tot de CUPS-server. Daarna of de printers bekend mogen worden gemaakt bij clienten.<br>\n" "In een lokaal netwerk is het gebruikelijk om CUPS-browsing in te stellen\n" "en toegang van buiten open te stellen voor alle hosts in het lokale netwerk\n" "en alle printers bekend te maken aan al die hosts.<br>\n" "Het is niet verreist de printers in alle gevallen bekend te maken.\n" -"Als u een enkele CUPS-server hebt, dan is er geen noodzaak voor CUPS-" -"browsing.\n" -"In plaats hiervan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server op de client-systemen " -"te\n" -"specificeren (via 'Printen via het netwerk') zodat de clienten direct " -"toegang\n" +"Als u een enkele CUPS-server hebt, dan is er geen noodzaak voor CUPS-browsing.\n" +"In plaats hiervan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server op de client-systemen te\n" +"specificeren (via 'Printen via het netwerk') zodat de clienten direct toegang\n" "hebben tot de server.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 +#. SharingDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "<p>\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3375,8 +3097,8 @@ "allowed IP addresses and/or networks can be specified.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 +#. SharingDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Regarding firewall:<br>\n" @@ -3417,8 +3139,7 @@ "op uw host tegen ongewenste toegang via het netwerk.<br>\n" "Afdrukken via het netwerk wordt gedaan in een vertrouwd intern netwerk\n" "(niemand laat willekeurige gebruikers van welk extern netwerk ook\n" -"toe om op zijn printer te printen) en gewoonlijk hebben de gebruikers " -"fysieke\n" +"toe om op zijn printer te printen) en gewoonlijk hebben de gebruikers fysieke\n" "toegang tot de printer nodig om hun papieruitvoer te krijgen.<br>\n" "Standaard laat de SuSEfirewall alle netwerkverkeer passeren\n" "via een netwerkinterface dat behoort tot de 'interne zone'\n" @@ -3437,15 +3158,14 @@ "Gebruik de YaST module voor het instellen van de firewall om deze\n" "fundamentele instelling te verrichten om veiligheid plus bruikbaarheid te\n" "verkrijgen in uw netwerk en printers op afstand in een vertrouwd intern\n" -"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall." -"<br>\n" +"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall.<br>\n" "Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase\n" "artikel 'CUPS en GEZONDE Firewall instellingen' at<br>\n" "http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_en_GEZONDE_Firewall_instellingen\n" "</p>" -#. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 +#. Policies help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3457,17 +3177,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Bewerkingbeleid CUPS</big></b><br>\n" -"Het bewerkingbeleid omvat de regels die gebruikt worden voor elke bewerking " -"binnen CUPS.\n" -"Zulke bewerkingen houden bijvoorbeeld in: 'iets afdrukken', 'een afdruktaak " -"annuleren',\n" -"'een printer configureren', 'een printerconfiguratie wijzigen of " -"verwijderen'\n" +"Het bewerkingbeleid omvat de regels die gebruikt worden voor elke bewerking binnen CUPS.\n" +"Zulke bewerkingen houden bijvoorbeeld in: 'iets afdrukken', 'een afdruktaak annuleren',\n" +"'een printer configureren', 'een printerconfiguratie wijzigen of verwijderen'\n" "en 'afdrukken in- of uitschakelen'.\n" "</p>" -#. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#. Policies help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3487,21 +3204,18 @@ "<br>\n" "The following error policies exist:<br>\n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default).<br>\n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS-foutbeleid</big></b><br>\n" -"Met het foutbeleid wordt het standaardbeleid gedefinieerd dat wordt gebruikt " -"wanneer\n" +"Met het foutbeleid wordt het standaardbeleid gedefinieerd dat wordt gebruikt wanneer\n" "CUPS een afdruktaak niet naar het printerapparaat kan sturen.<br>\n" "Afhankelijk van de speciale manier waarop de printer is verbonden\n" "(bijvoorbeeld 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd' of 'ipp')\n" "en afhankelijk van het werkelijke fouttype,\n" -"kan de CUPS-backend waarmee de gegevens werkelijk naar de printer worden " -"gestuurd,\n" +"kan de CUPS-backend waarmee de gegevens werkelijk naar de printer worden gestuurd,\n" "het standaardfoutbeleid overschrijven\n" "en een ander foutbeleid afdwingen (zie <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" "Zo kunnen verdere afdrukpogingen worden stopgezet,\n" @@ -3512,13 +3226,12 @@ "<br>\n" "De volgende foutbeleidsopties gelden:<br>\n" "De printer stoppen en de taak behouden voor toekomstig afdrukken.<br>\n" -"De taak opnieuw verzenden na een bepaalde wachttijd (standaard 30 seconden)." -"<br>\n" +"De taak opnieuw verzenden na een bepaalde wachttijd (standaard 30 seconden).<br>\n" "De taak afbreken en verwijderen en verdergaan met de volgende taak.\n" "</p>" -#. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 +#. Autoconfig help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3536,8 +3249,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Automatische configuratie voor lokaal aangesloten printers</big><br>\n" +"<b><big>Automatische configuratie voor lokaal aangesloten printers</big></b><br>\n" "Selecteer het selectievakje om de automatische configuratie van YaST\n" "voor printers, die met de lokale host zijn verbonden, uit te voeren.<br>\n" "Voor elk automatisch gedetecteerde lokaal verbonden printer,\n" @@ -3551,8 +3263,8 @@ "en geaccepteerd ongeacht de voorgeselecteerde waarden daar.\n" "</p>" -#. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 +#. Autoconfig help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3576,11 +3288,9 @@ "<b><big>Automatische configuratie voor USB-printers</big></b><br>\n" "Het RPM-pakket 'udev-configure-printer' levert\n" "automatische configuratie wanneer USB-printers ingeplugd worden.<br>\n" -"Wanneer zijn selectievakje initieel niet is geactiveerd, is het niet " -"geïnstalleerd\n" +"Wanneer zijn selectievakje initieel niet is geactiveerd, is het niet geïnstalleerd\n" "en dan kunt u het selecteren zodat het zal worden geïnstalleerd.<br>\n" -"Wanneer zijn selectievakje initieel is geactiveerd, dan is het al " -"geïnstalleerd\n" +"Wanneer zijn selectievakje initieel is geactiveerd, dan is het al geïnstalleerd\n" "en dan kunt u het deactiveren zodat het zal worden verwijderd.<br>\n" "Als udev-configure-printer is geïnstalleerd, dan gebeurt\n" "het automatische instellen van de USB printer via de items\n" @@ -3592,111 +3302,107 @@ "behalve als het bestand 70-printers.rules handmatig is wijzigt.\n" "</p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: Overview dialog definition -#. Authors: Johannes Meixner -#. -#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: Overview dialog definition +#. Authors: Johannes Meixner +#. +#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "Weergeven" -#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 +#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "&Lokaal" -#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 +#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "E&xtern:" -#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "Locatie" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Whether or not is is the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standaard" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 +#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "Lijst ve&rnieuwen" -#. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 +#. PushButton label to print a test page: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "&Testpagina afdrukken" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. -#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' -#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. -#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) -#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. +#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' +#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. +#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) +#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" -"Een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon is vereist maar lijkt niet toegankelijk te " -"zijn.\n" -"Controleer met 'lpstat -h localhost -r' of een lokale cupsd toegankelijk " -"is.\n" -"Een niet-toegankelijke cupsd leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere " -"mislukkingen.\n" +"Een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon is vereist maar lijkt niet toegankelijk te zijn.\n" +"Controleer met 'lpstat -h localhost -r' of een lokale cupsd toegankelijk is.\n" +"Een niet-toegankelijke cupsd leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere mislukkingen.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). -#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems -#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). -#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed -#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). +#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems +#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). +#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed +#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3708,644 +3414,587 @@ "If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n" "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" -"De CUPS-daemon lijkt niet te luisteren op de officiële IANA IPP poort " -"(631).\n" -"Controleer met 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' waar de cupsd echt naar " -"luistert.\n" +"De CUPS-daemon lijkt niet te luisteren op de officiële IANA IPP poort (631).\n" +"Controleer met 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' waar de cupsd echt naar luistert.\n" "Dit kan gebeuren als er een 'Listen ...:1234' of 'Port 1234' instelling is\n" "(waar 1234 elk poortnummer is die niet de officiële poort 631 is)\n" "in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (controleer ook of er een 'BrowsePort 1234' is).\n" "De YaST-printermodule ondersteunt de niet-officiële poort niet.\n" -"Een niet-officiële poort leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere " -"mislukkingen.\n" -"Als u echt een niet-officiële poort wilt gebruiken, dan kunt u de YaST-" -"printermodule\n" +"Een niet-officiële poort leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere mislukkingen.\n" +"Als u echt een niet-officiële poort wilt gebruiken, dan kunt u de YaST-printermodule\n" "niet gebruiken voor het configureren van uw printers.\n" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" -"Er worden verschillende tests uitgevoerd met betrekking tot de toegang tot " -"de CUPS-server...\n" +"Er worden verschillende tests uitgevoerd met betrekking tot de toegang tot de CUPS-server...\n" "(dit kan enige tijd duren)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "De niet-toegankelijke CUPS-server '%1' niet langer gebruiken?" -#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." -msgstr "" -"Om door te gaan, zou u er akkoord mee moeten gaan dat '%1' niet langer wordt " -"gebruikt." +msgstr "Om door te gaan, zou u er akkoord mee moeten gaan dat '%1' niet langer wordt gebruikt." -#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed -#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and -#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van vertragingen " -"en mislukkingen." +#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed +#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and +#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van vertragingen en mislukkingen." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "CUPS-server %1" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Testen of de CUPS-server toegankelijk is..." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Selecteer een item." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "Kan niet verwijderen" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Dit is een externe configuratie. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen " -"verwijderd worden." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "Dit is een externe configuratie. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen verwijderd worden." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "Verwijdering bevestigen" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." -msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet " -"hersteld worden." +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet hersteld worden." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "Configuratie %1 verwijderen" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "Niet verwijderen" -#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because -#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes -#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments -#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. -#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module -#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident -#. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because +#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes +#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments +#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. +#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module +#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident +#. with whatever other setup tool: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Verwijdering van een klasse bevestigen" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." -msgstr "" -"Een verwijderde klasse kan met dit hulpmiddel niet opnieuw worden aangemaakt." +msgstr "Een verwijderde klasse kan met dit hulpmiddel niet opnieuw worden aangemaakt." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "Afdruktaken weigeren" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"De testpagina kan niet worden afgedrukt omdat afdruktaken geweigerd worden." +msgstr "De testpagina kan niet worden afgedrukt omdat afdruktaken geweigerd worden." -#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. -#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. +#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Afdrukken gedeactiveerd" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." -msgstr "" -"De testpagina kan niet worden afgedrukt omdat afdrukken is uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "De testpagina kan niet worden afgedrukt omdat afdrukken is uitgeschakeld." -#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. -#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because -#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn wachtende afdruktaken die mogelijk verwijderd worden voordat de " -"testpagina is afgedrukt." +#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. +#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because +#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Er zijn wachtende afdruktaken die mogelijk verwijderd worden voordat de testpagina is afgedrukt." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Verwijder wachtende afdruktaken voor %1" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "Verwijder deze voor het afdrukken van de testpagina" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "Print de testpagina na de andere taken" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Verwijderen van wachtende taken voor %1 is mislukt." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 -#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added -#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps -#. The following modifications -#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 -#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 -#. @@ -564 +564 @@ -#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. @@ -570 +570 @@ -#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show -#. + (Printed with CUPS) show -#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage -#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 +#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added +#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps +#. The following modifications +#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 +#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 +#. @@ -564 +564 @@ +#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. @@ -570 +570 @@ +#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show +#. + (Printed with CUPS) show +#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage +#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Printen testen" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "Print één of twee pagina's bijv. om dubbelzijdig afdrukken te testen" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "Één testpagina" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "Twee testpagina's" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Afdrukken van testpagina voor %1 is mislukt." -#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) -#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) -#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) +#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) +#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Wacht totdat het afdrukken van de testpagina klaar is" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." -msgstr "" -"De testpagina is verzonden naar %1. Het printen zou spoedig moeten starten." +msgstr "De testpagina is verzonden naar %1. Het printen zou spoedig moeten starten." -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label -#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label +#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "De testpagina afdrukken is gelukt" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label -#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label +#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "De testpagina afdrukken is mislukt" -#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing -#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. -#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals -#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters -#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed -#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state -#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). -#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. -#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) -#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but -#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command -#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake -#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer -#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing +#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. +#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals +#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters +#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed +#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state +#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). +#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. +#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) +#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but +#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command +#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake +#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer +#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "Er zijn wachtende taken die mogelijk nu verwijderd worden." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Verwijder alle wachtende taken" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "Niet verwijderen" -#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Voor de volledige log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"Log-informatie van CUPS tijdens het verwerken van de testpagina voor %1 " -"(alleen Engels)" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "Log-informatie van CUPS tijdens het verwerken van de testpagina voor %1 (alleen Engels)" -#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"Voor informatie uit de CUPS-log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log." +msgstr "Voor informatie uit de CUPS-log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log." -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Als afdrukken via een systeem op afstand mislukt, dan de hulp inroepen van " -"de systeembeheerder van het systeem op afstand." +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Als afdrukken via een systeem op afstand mislukt, dan de hulp inroepen van de systeembeheerder van het systeem op afstand." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met het toevoegen " -"van een configuratie." +msgstr "Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met het toevoegen van een configuratie." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "Kan niet wijzigen" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Dit is een externe configuratie. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen " -"gewijzigd worden." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Dit is een externe configuratie. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen gewijzigd worden." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing" msgstr "stop de printer en druk de opdracht later af" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time -#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time +#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time" msgstr "stuur de taak opnieuw na enige tijd te hebben gewacht" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job" msgstr "annuleer en verwijder de opdracht en ga door met de volgende opdracht" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 msgid "Specify the &error policy" msgstr "Geef het &foutenbeleid op" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "Dit fouten&beleid toepassen op alle lokale printerconfiguraties" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 msgid "Specify the &operation policy" msgstr "Geef het &bewerkingbeleid op" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "Dit operationele &beleid toepassen op alle lokale printerconfiguraties" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met instellen van " -"beleid voor het lokale systeem." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met instellen van beleid voor het lokale systeem." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 msgid "Failed to apply the policy to '%1'" msgstr "Toepassing van het beleid op '%1' is mislukt" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt." +msgstr "Het instellen van 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Het instellen van 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt." -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet toepassen op het systeem." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 msgid "do not accept any printer announcement" msgstr "geen printeraankondiging accepteren" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. all remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. all remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere" msgstr "accepteer alle aankondigingen overal vandaan" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network" msgstr "accepteer van alle hosts in het lokale netwerk" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted only from -#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses -#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted only from +#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses +#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 msgid "accept only from the specific addresses below" msgstr "accepteer alleen van de onderstaande specifieke adressen" -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 msgid "Use CUPS to Print Via Network" msgstr "CUPS gebruiken om via het netwerk af te drukken" -#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 +#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers" msgstr "&Accepteer printeraankondigingen van CUPS-servers" -#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers -#. printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 +#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers +#. printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 msgid "&General Setting" msgstr "Al&gemene instellingen" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally -#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask -#. from where remote printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally +#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask +#. from where remote printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "Extra IP-adressen of &Netwerk/Netmasker (gescheiden door een spatie)" -#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 +#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers" msgstr "&Verzoek om printer&informatie van CUPS-servers" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses -#. from where remote printer information is polled: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses +#. from where remote printer information is polled: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Namen van CUPS-servers of &IP-adressen die afgevraagd worden (gescheiden " -"door spatie)" +msgstr "Namen van CUPS-servers of &IP-adressen die afgevraagd worden (gescheiden door spatie)" -#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly -#. only via one single remote CUPS server: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 +#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly +#. only via one single remote CUPS server: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" msgstr "&Doe al uw printwerk direct via één enkele CUPS-server" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used -#. to do all his printing tasks: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used +#. to do all his printing tasks: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address" msgstr "&Eén enkele CUPS-servernaam of IP-adres" -#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server -#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 +#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server +#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 msgid "&Test Server" msgstr "&Testserver" -#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 +#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" -msgstr "" -"Een andere printserver gebruiken of een netwerkprinter rechtstreeks gebruiken" +msgstr "Een andere printserver gebruiken of een netwerkprinter rechtstreeks gebruiken" -#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" -#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 +#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" +#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" msgstr "Een firewall kan printeraankondigingen van CUPS-servers afkeuren" -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Zie de helptekst van deze dialoog voor details met betrekking tot de " -"firewall-instellingen." +msgstr "Zie de helptekst van deze dialoog voor details met betrekking tot de firewall-instellingen." -#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. -#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 +#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. +#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 msgid "A valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "Er dient een geldige CUPS-servernaam te worden ingevoerd." -#. when a client-only server is not accessible -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 +#. when a client-only server is not accessible +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 msgid "Continue regardless that '%1' is not accessible?" msgstr "Doorgaan ondanks dat '%1' niet toegankelijk is?" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a client-only server is not accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a client-only server is not accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." -msgstr "" -"Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van mislukkingen." +msgstr "Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van mislukkingen." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "Poging om 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf in te stellen." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "Het instellen van 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"Het selectievakje om al het afdrukken via één CUPS-server te doen was " -"uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "Het selectievakje om al het afdrukken via één CUPS-server te doen was uitgeschakeld." -#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: -#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has -#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. -#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that -#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: -#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", -#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 +#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: +#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has +#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. +#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that +#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: +#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", +#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Het instellen van 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van BrowseAllow waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " -"mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van BrowseAllow waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. -#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf -#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers -#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. -#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. +#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf +#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers +#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. +#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" -#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. -#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 +#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. +#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "Er dient minstens één geldige CUPS-servernaam te worden ingevoerd." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van BrowsePoll waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " -"mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van BrowsePoll waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: -#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: +#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" -#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd -#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or -#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. -#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. -#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) -#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. -#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same -#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. -#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. -#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information -#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) -#. from the local cupsd's list. -#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem -#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then -#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 +#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd +#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or +#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. +#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. +#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) +#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. +#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same +#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. +#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. +#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information +#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) +#. from the local cupsd's list. +#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem +#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then +#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -4354,186 +4003,167 @@ "van CUPS-servers' duurt het gewoonlijk 5 minuten voordat reeds ontvangen\n" "informatie is verdwenen..." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." msgstr "De server '%1' is toegankelijk via poort 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 +#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 msgid "&Deny Remote Access" msgstr "&Weiger toegang op afstand" -#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 +#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 msgid "&Allow Remote Access" msgstr "St&a toegang op afstand toe" -#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 +#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" -msgstr "" -"Er zijn verschillende manieren om te specificeren welke hosts op afstand " -"zijn toegestaan:" +msgstr "Er zijn verschillende manieren om te specificeren welke hosts op afstand zijn toegestaan:" -#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for computers within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 +#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for computers within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 msgid "For computers within the &local network" msgstr "Voor computers binnen het &lokale netwerk" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 msgid "&Publish printers within the local network" msgstr "&Maak printers openbaar in het lokale netwerk" -#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues -#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 +#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues +#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 msgid "Via network interfaces" msgstr "Via netwerkinterfaces" -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interface" -#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not -#. local print queues are published by default -#. via the network interface in the other table column: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 +#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not +#. local print queues are published by default +#. via the network interface in the other table column: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 msgid "Publish printers via this interface" msgstr "Maak printers openbaar via deze interface" -#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 +#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Toevoegen" -#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 +#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Bewerken" -#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 +#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Verwijderen" -#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 +#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks" msgstr "Voor specifieke IP-adressen of netwerken" -#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Sta toegang toe vanaf deze IP-adressen of &netwerk/netmasker (gescheiden " -"door een spatie)" +#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Sta toegang toe vanaf deze IP-adressen of &netwerk/netmasker (gescheiden door een spatie)" -#. TextEntry to publish local print queues -#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Maak printers openbaar aan deze IP-adressen of netwerk-&broadcastadressen " -"(gescheiden door een spatie)" +#. TextEntry to publish local print queues +#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Maak printers openbaar aan deze IP-adressen of netwerk-&broadcastadressen (gescheiden door een spatie)" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default -#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default +#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." msgstr "Printers standaard &publiceren in de onderstaande netwerkinterface." -#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 +#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 msgid "Available Network &Interfaces:" msgstr "Beschikbare netwerk&interfaces:" -#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" -#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 +#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" +#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access" msgstr "Een firewall kan toegang op afstand tegenhouden" -#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van alleen 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " -"mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van alleen 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Kan de 'Allow'-velden in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf niet verwijderen." -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Het verwijderen van 'BrowseAddress' items uit /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "Het verwijderen van 'BrowseAddress' items uit /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " -"mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" -#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Het instellen van 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met gedeelde " -"lokale printerconfiguraties." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met gedeelde lokale printerconfiguraties." -#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. -#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 +#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. +#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 msgid "Printer Configuration" msgstr "Printerconfiguratie" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. Settings: -#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: -#. Global variables: -#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 +#. Settings: +#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: +#. Global variables: +#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>\n" "AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n" @@ -4545,15 +4175,15 @@ "Er is geen AutoYaST ondersteuning voor lokale afdrukwachtrijen.\n" "</p>" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 msgid "Retrieving printer driver information..." msgstr "Printerstuurprogrammagegevens worden opgehaald..." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 msgid "" "Retrieving printer driver information...\n" "(this could take more than a minute)" @@ -4561,271 +4191,263 @@ "Informatie over printerstuurprogramma wordt opgehaald...\n" "(dit kan meer dan een minuut duren)" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 msgid "Failed to create PPD database." msgstr "Het maken van de PPD-database is mislukt." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat niet." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "Kan %1 niet lezen." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling -#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) -#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn -#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% -#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. -#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, -#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. -#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character -#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, -#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size -#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling +#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) +#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn +#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% +#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. +#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, +#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. +#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character +#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, +#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size +#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information" msgstr "Opgehaalde printerstuurprogramma-informatie" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 msgid "Detecting printers..." msgstr "Printers worden gedetecteerd..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 msgid "Failed to detect printers automatically." msgstr "Het automatisch detecteren van printers is mislukt." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar -#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar +#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 msgid "Printer detection finished" msgstr "Detectie van printers is voltooid" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 msgid "Failed to detect print queues." msgstr "Kan de afdrukwachtrijen niet detecteren." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." -msgstr "" -"Het bepalen van de opties voor het stuurprogramma voor wachtrij %1 is " -"mislukt." +msgstr "Het bepalen van de opties voor het stuurprogramma voor wachtrij %1 is mislukt." -#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: -#. for background information -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 +#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgstr "Printerconfiguratie initialiseren" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten controleren" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten worden gecontroleerd..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: -#. for background information -#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 +#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 msgid "Finishing Printer Configuration" msgstr "De printerconfiguratie wordt afgerond" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 msgid "Finish printer configuration" msgstr "De printerconfiguratie wordt afgerond" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 msgid "Finishing printer configuration..." msgstr "De printerconfiguratie wordt afgerond..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." -msgstr "" -"Kan de afdrukwachtrijen niet weergeven (het detecteren van de " -"afdrukwachtrijen is mislukt)." +msgstr "Kan de afdrukwachtrijen niet weergeven (het detecteren van de afdrukwachtrijen is mislukt)." -#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 +#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 msgid "Local" msgstr "Lokaal" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klasse" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 msgid "Remote" msgstr "Extern" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 +#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Gereed" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 msgid "Printout disabled" msgstr "Afdrukken gedeactiveerd" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled" msgstr "Afdruktaken weigeren, afdrukken uitgeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 msgid "Rejecting print jobs" msgstr "Afdruktaken weigeren" -#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 msgid "There is no print queue." msgstr "Er is geen afdrukwachtrij." -#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 +#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 msgid "Failed to autodetect printers." msgstr "Het automatisch detecteren van printers is mislukt." -#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 msgid "No connections." msgstr "Geen verbindingen." -#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. -#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are -#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 +#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. +#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are +#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'." msgstr "Probeer 'Meer detecteren' of gebruik de 'Verbindingswizard." -#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 +#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database." msgstr "Het maken van de database voor printerstuurprogramma is mislukt." -#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. -#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 +#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. +#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer een verbinding, de overeenkomstige stuurprogramma's worden " -"vervolgens hier weergegeven." +msgstr "Selecteer een verbinding, de overeenkomstige stuurprogramma's worden vervolgens hier weergegeven." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 msgid "Determining matching printer drivers..." msgstr "Overeenkomende printerstuurprogramma's worden vastgesteld..." -#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 +#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"Geen overeenkomend stuurprogramma gevonden. Wijzig de zoektekst of probeer " -"'Meer zoeken'." +msgstr "Geen overeenkomend stuurprogramma gevonden. Wijzig de zoektekst of probeer 'Meer zoeken'." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "Veel printerstuurprogramma's worden verwerkt. Even geduld aub..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "Toevoegen van wachtrij %1 is mislukt." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "Verwijderen van configuratie %1 is mislukt." -#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case -#. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 +#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case +#. which should not happen at all: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "Het vaststellen van de stuurprogrammaopties is mislukt." -#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 +#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "nieuwe waarde" -#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 +#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "opgeslagen waarde" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 msgid "The server '" msgstr "De server '" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4837,12 +4459,11 @@ "kan worden. Dit gebeurt als YaST in tekstmodus draait, of als de\n" "gebruiker die YaST draait geen DISPLAY-omgevingsvariabele heeft\n" "aangemaakt of wanneer het YaST-proces geen toegang heeft tot de\n" -"grafische display. In deze gevallen zou u 'hp-setup' handmatig moeten " -"uitvoeren als gebruiker 'root'.\n" +"grafische display. In deze gevallen zou u 'hp-setup' handmatig moeten uitvoeren als gebruiker 'root'.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4852,23 +4473,21 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup niet uitvoerbaar is\n" "of niet bestaat.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "'hp-setup' is opgestart.\n" -"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de printer-" -"configuratie.\n" +"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de printer-configuratie.\n" -#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. -#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 +#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. +#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." @@ -4876,111 +4495,99 @@ "Om hp-setup uit te voeren, moet het RPM-pakket hplip worden geïnstalleerd.\n" "Gebruik 'Apparaatstuurpakketten' om ze te installeren." -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen " -"pakketopslagruimte beschikbaar." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen pakketopslagruimte beschikbaar." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar in de " -"opslagruimte." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar in de opslagruimte." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "De installatie van het benodigde pakket %1 is mislukt." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 msgid "Remove package %1?" msgstr "Wilt u pakket %1 verwijderen?" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 msgid "Removing package %1 would break dependencies." msgstr "Verwijderen van pakket %1 laat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden achter." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" -msgstr "" -"Moet %1 toch verwijderd worden ondanks dat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden " -"achterblijven?" +msgstr "Moet %1 toch verwijderd worden ondanks dat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden achterblijven?" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kan leiden tot willekeurig falen ergens anders." +msgstr "Onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kan leiden tot willekeurig falen ergens anders." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 msgid "Failed to remove package %1." msgstr "Verwijderen van pakket %1 is mislukt." -#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started -#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 +#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started +#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Start de lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed." msgstr "Er is een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon nodig." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgstr "Het starten van de CUPs-daemon is mislukt" -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible." msgstr "Er is geen lokaal werkende CUPS-daemon toegankelijk." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "" -"Het activeren van het starten van de CUPS-daemon tijdens het opstarten van " -"het systeem is mislukt" +msgstr "Het activeren van het starten van de CUPS-daemon tijdens het opstarten van het systeem is mislukt" -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Herstart de lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "Een herstart beschadigt alle momenteel actieve afdruktaken." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" msgstr "Kan de CUPS-daemon niet herstarten" -#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because -#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 +#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because +#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 msgid "" "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -4988,46 +4595,44 @@ "De CUPS-daemon is opnieuw gestart.\n" "Wacht een halve minuut zodat de CUPS-daemon gereed is om te werken...\n" -#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd -#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 +#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd +#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "Aanzetten van automatische start van de CUPS-daemon bij opstarten" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." -msgstr "" -"Op dit moment wordt de CUPS-daemon niet gestart bij het opstarten van het " -"systeem." +msgstr "Op dit moment wordt de CUPS-daemon niet gestart bij het opstarten van het systeem." -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Stop de lokaal werkende CUPS-daemon" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "Een stop beschadigt alle momenteel actieve afdruktaken." -#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 +#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible." msgstr "Een lokaal werkende CUPS-daemon is nog steeds toegankelijk." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible." msgstr "De CUPS-server '%1' is niet toegankelijk." -#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 +#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgstr "De configuratie bestanden worden bijgewerkt..." -#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 +#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "Wachten over&slaan" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/product-creator.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/product-creator.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/product-creator.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 +#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of Image Creator" msgstr "Configuratie van de image-maker" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. /bin/objcopy - binutils -#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 -#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. /bin/objcopy - binutils +#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 +#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 msgid "" "Installation of required packages\n" "failed." @@ -32,208 +32,207 @@ "De installatie van de benodigde\n" "pakketten is mislukt." -#. command line help text for the kiwi module -#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 +#. command line help text for the kiwi module +#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 msgid "Configuration of Kiwi" msgstr "Configuratie van KIWI" -#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 +#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of Product Creator" msgstr "Configuratie van de Product-maker" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 msgid "Print existing configurations" msgstr "Bestaande configuraties afdrukken" -#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 +#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 msgid "Create installation ISO image" msgstr "Installatie-ISO-image maken" -#. translators: command line help text for create-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 +#. translators: command line help text for create-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 msgid "Create new product configuration" msgstr "Nieuwe productconfiguratie maken" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 msgid "Delete existing configuration" msgstr "Bestaande configuratie verwijderen" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 msgid "Edit existing configuration" msgstr "Bestaande configuratie bewerken" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 msgid "Show the summary of selected configuration" msgstr "De samenvatting van de geselecteerde configuratie weergeven" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 msgid "Name of the configuration" msgstr "Naam van de configuratie" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source." msgstr "GPG-wachtwoordzin vereist voor het ondertekenen van de bron." -#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 +#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 msgid "File with GPG passphrase required for signing the source" msgstr "Bestand met GPG-wachtwoord vereist om de bron te ondertekenen" -#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 +#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)" msgstr "Pad naar het configuratiebestand (standaard is %1)" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "Pad naar uitvoerdirectory" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" -msgstr "" -"Uitvoer zou een ISO-image moeten zijn in plaats van een directorystructuur" +msgstr "Uitvoer zou een ISO-image moeten zijn in plaats van een directorystructuur" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "Naam van uitgevoerde ISO-image" -#. command line help text for 'savespace' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 +#. command line help text for 'savespace' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space" msgstr "Alleen noodzakelijke bestanden kopiëren om ruimte te besparen" -#. command line help text for 'profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 +#. command line help text for 'profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "Pad naar AutoYaSt-profiel" -#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 +#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 msgid "Copy AutoYaST profile to CD image" msgstr "AutoYaST-profiel kopiëren naar cd-image" -#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 +#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 msgid "Path to isolinux.cfg file" msgstr "Pad naar het bestand isolinux.cfg" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "Id van GPG-sleutel gebruikt om een product te ondertekenen" -#. command line help text for 'repositories' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 +#. command line help text for 'repositories' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 msgid "List of package repositories (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lijst met pakketdepots (gescheiden door komma's)" -#. command line error message -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 +#. command line error message +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 msgid "Configuration name is missing." msgstr "Configuratienaam ontbreekt." -#. command line error message, %1 is a name -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 +#. command line error message, %1 is a name +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 msgid "There is no configuration %1." msgstr "Er is geen configuratie %1." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "Pad naar uitvoerdirectory ontbreekt." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 msgid "List of package repositories is empty." msgstr "Lijst met pakketdepots is leeg." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile is missing." msgstr "Pad naar AutoYaST-profiel ontbreekt." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat niet." -#. Command line handler for Create ISO action -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 +#. Command line handler for Create ISO action +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgstr "Configuratie %1 laden..." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 msgid "Cannot load configuration %1." msgstr "Kan configuratie %1 niet laden." -#. command line error message (%1 is path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 +#. command line error message (%1 is path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." msgstr "Kan ISO-image %1 niet maken." -#. command line info message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 +#. command line info message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 msgid "ISO image %1 has been written." msgstr "ISO-image %1 is geschreven." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgstr "Configuratienaam kan niet leeg zijn." -#. summary caption -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1907 +#. summary caption +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1907 msgid "Package Source" msgstr "Pakketbron" -#. summary line (%1 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 +#. summary line (%1 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" msgstr "AutoYaST-profiel %1 gebruiken" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1945 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1945 msgid "Creating ISO image %1/%2" msgstr "ISO-image %1/%2 maken..." -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2" msgstr "Directorystructuur maken in %1/%2" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" msgstr "Het medium digitaal ondertekenen met GPG-sleutel %1%2" -#. summary text -#. summary text -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1993 +#. summary text +#. summary text +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1993 msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed" msgstr "Het medium wordt niet digitaal ondertekend" -#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 +#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 msgid "" "Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\n" "does not match the system architecture (%2).\n" @@ -245,83 +244,83 @@ "\n" "Kiwi kan geen images maken voor verschillende architecturen." -#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Product Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van configuratie voor Product Creator" -#. Table header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 +#. Table header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Product" msgstr "Product" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Image" msgstr "Image" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "GPG Key" msgstr "GPG-sleutel" -#. push button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 +#. push button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 msgid "Xen Image" msgstr "Xen-image" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 msgid "Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "Virtuele-schijfimage" -#. push box item -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 +#. push box item +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 msgid "Live ISO Image" msgstr "Live ISO-image" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 msgid "&Create Product..." msgstr "Product &maken..." -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 msgid "ISO Image" msgstr "ISO-image" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 msgid "Directory Tree" msgstr "Directorystructuur" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..." msgstr "Image &maken met KIWI..." -#. TreeDialog -#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 +#. TreeDialog +#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 msgid "" "<P>Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.</P>\n" " \n" @@ -329,110 +328,108 @@ "<p>De directory-structuur voor het nieuwe ISO-image wordt gemaakt.</p>\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "<p>Press <b>Next</b> to start creating the ISO file.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Volgende</b> om het ISO-bestand te maken.</p>" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 msgid "Create skeleton with common files" msgstr "Raamwerk met algemene bestanden maken" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 msgid "Copy additional and customized files" msgstr "Extra en aangepaste bestanden kopiëren" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 msgid "Copy selected packages" msgstr "Geselecteerde pakketten kopiëren" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 msgid "Creating skeleton with essential files" msgstr "Raamwerk maken met essentiële bestanden" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." -msgstr "" -"De extra en aangepaste bestanden worden naar de directorystructuur " -"gekopieerd..." +msgstr "De extra en aangepaste bestanden worden naar de directorystructuur gekopieerd..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" msgstr "Geselecteerde pakketten kopiëren" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 msgid "Sign the source with a GPG key" msgstr "Bron onderteken met een GPG-sleutel" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 msgid "Signing the source with a GPG key..." msgstr "Bron ondertekenen met een GPG-sleutel..." -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 msgid "Disable signature checks in linuxrc" msgstr "Handtekeningcontroles uitschakelen in linuxrc" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..." msgstr "Bezig met handtekeningcontroles uitschakelen in linuxrc..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." msgstr "Directory voor ISO-image maken..." -#. redirect the download callbacks -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 +#. redirect the download callbacks +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 msgid "Error while creating skeleton." msgstr "Fout bij het maken van het raamwerk." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 msgid "ISO image directory ready" msgstr "Directory voor ISO-image is gereed" -#. if (!Mode::commandline()) -#. { -#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); -#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); -#. } -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 +#. if (!Mode::commandline()) +#. { +#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); +#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); +#. } +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 msgid "Creating CD Image..." msgstr "Cd-image maken..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "Dit kan enige tijd duren." -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 msgid "ISO Summary" msgstr "ISO-overzicht" -#. frame label -#. summary caption -#. richtext header -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1914 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#. summary caption +#. richtext header +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1914 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakketten" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 msgid "Missing Packages" msgstr "Ontbrekende pakketten" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n" @@ -440,12 +437,12 @@ "<p>Controleer de gegevens in het overzichtvenster en klik\n" "vervolgens op Voltooien om terug te gaan naar de hoofddialoog.</p>\n" -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 msgid "Custom CDs" msgstr "Eigen cd's" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>Verifying data and packages...\n" " </p>\n" @@ -455,7 +452,7 @@ " </p>\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 msgid "" "<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" "Fix the problem and try again.</p>\n" @@ -465,170 +462,158 @@ "Los het probleem op en probeer het nogmaals.</p>\n" " " -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 msgid "Set up Package Source" msgstr "Pakketbron instellen" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 msgid "Create Package List" msgstr "Pakketlijst maken" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 msgid "Verify Package Availability" msgstr "Beschikbaarheid pakket verifiëren" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 msgid "Check Destination" msgstr "Bestemming controleren" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 msgid "Configuring package source..." msgstr "Pakketbron configureren..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 msgid "Creating package list..." msgstr "Pakketlijst maken..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 msgid "Verifying package availability..." msgstr "Beschikbaarheid pakket verifiëren..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 msgid "Checking destination..." msgstr "Bestemming controleren..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 msgid "Verification of Data for ISO Image" msgstr "Gegevens voor ISO-image verifiëren" -#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); -#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 +#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); +#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 msgid "Enabling sources..." msgstr "Bronnen activeren..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 msgid "Selecting packages..." msgstr "Pakketten selecteren..." -#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 +#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Pakketten controleren..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 msgid "Verifying the destination directory..." msgstr "Bestemmingsdirectory verifiëren..." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "<p>Start creating a new image configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Start het maken van een nieuwe image-configuratie met <b>Toevoegen</b>." +msgstr "<p>Start het maken van een nieuwe image-configuratie met <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Bewerken</b> om de geselecteerde imageconfiguratie te wijzigen " -"of de image te maken.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Bewerken</b> om de geselecteerde imageconfiguratie te wijzigen of de image te maken.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Verwijder de map met de geselecteerde configuratie door <b>Verwijderen te selecteren.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 +msgid "<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Verwijder de map met de geselecteerde configuratie door <b>Verwijderen</b> te selecteren.</p>" -#. help text, %1 is directory -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 +#. help text, %1 is directory +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "<p>All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Alle image-configuraties worden opgeslagen in de directory <tt>%1</tt> ." +msgstr "<p>Alle image-configuraties worden opgeslagen in de directory <tt>%1</tt> .</p>" -#. main dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. main dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Image Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht van Image Creator" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versie" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Size" msgstr "Grootte" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?" msgstr "Wilt u configuratie %1 (%2) nu verwijderen?" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 msgid "On" msgstr "Aan" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Off" msgstr "Uit" -#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption -#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1226 +#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption +#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Product Creator" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Profile Loca&tion:" msgstr "Profielloca&tie:" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "Bestand se&lecteren" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Copy Profile to CD I&mage" msgstr "Profiel naar cd-i&mage kopiëren" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Pac&kage Manager" msgstr "Pak&ketbeheer" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&AutoYaST Control File" msgstr "&AutoYast-besturingsbestand" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Configuration Name:" msgstr "&Configuratienaam:" -#. set architecture if configured -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 +#. set architecture if configured +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 msgid "Enter the name of the configuration." msgstr "Geef de naam van de configuratie op." -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "" "A configuration with this name already exists.\n" " Select a new name.\n" @@ -636,86 +621,86 @@ "Er bestaat al een configuratie met deze naam.\n" " Selecteer een nieuwe naam.\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one." msgstr "Het bestand '%1' bestaat niet.Kies het juiste bestand." -#. abort? -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1263 +#. abort? +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Bestand selecteren" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Output:" msgstr "Uitvoer:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" msgstr "&Pad naar gegenereerde directorystructuur:" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "&Select Directory" msgstr "Directory &selecteren" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 msgid "&Generate ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-imagebestand &genereren" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 msgid "&ISO Image File:" msgstr "&ISO-imagebestand:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Create Directory &Tree Only" msgstr "Alleen directory&structuur maken" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "Andere opties" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space." msgstr "Alleen noodzakelijke bestanden kopiëren om ruimte te besparen." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "CD Publisher:" msgstr "CD Publisher:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "CD Preparer:" msgstr "CD Preparer:" -#. ask for directory widget label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 +#. ask for directory widget label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Directory selecteren" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 msgid "Path to generated directory tree missing." msgstr "Pad naar de gegenereerde directorystructuur ontbreekt." -#. preselect the first item -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 +#. preselect the first item +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Target Architecture" msgstr "Doelarchitectuur" -#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it -#. %1 is URL of the repository -#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 +#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it +#. %1 is URL of the repository +#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "Source %1\n" "does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" @@ -725,56 +710,56 @@ "ondersteunt de huidige doelarchitectuur niet (%2).\n" "Wijzig de doelarchitectuur?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:801 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "Source Selection" msgstr "Bronselectie" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Selected" msgstr "Selectie" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1933 +#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1933 msgid "Target architecture: %1" msgstr "Doelarchitectuur: %1" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:836 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:836 msgid "Cr&eate New..." msgstr "Nieuwe mak&en " -#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) -#. enable the source -#. disable the source -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:862 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:901 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:949 +#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) +#. enable the source +#. disable the source +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:862 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:901 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:949 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed -#. change the architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:909 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1081 +#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed +#. change the architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1081 msgid "Target Architecture: %1" msgstr "Doelarchitectuur: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:970 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:970 msgid "Select at least one source." msgstr "Selecteer minstens één bron." -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "" "There is a mismatch between the selected\n" "repositories and the machine architecture.\n" @@ -788,80 +773,78 @@ "Selecteer ofwel een andere opslagruimte of\n" "wijzig de doelarchitectuur.\n" -#. ask for the target architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1048 +#. ask for the target architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Select the new target architecture." msgstr "Selecteer de nieuwe doelarchitectuur." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1142 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1142 msgid "Base Source Selection" msgstr "Basisbronselectie" -#. convert the URL to Id -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. convert the URL to Id +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Selected Base Source" msgstr "Geselecteerde basisbron" -#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 +#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "File Contents: %1" msgstr "Bestandsinhoud: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1240 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Load File" msgstr "Bestand laden" -#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); -#. busy message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1300 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1525 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:295 +#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); +#. busy message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1300 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:295 msgid "Reading data from Package Database..." msgstr "Gegevens van de pakketdatabase inlezen..." -#. popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1301 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1526 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:300 +#. popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1526 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:300 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Een ogenblik geduld..." -#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1406 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1540 +#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1406 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1540 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "Pakketdatabase inlezen..." -#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1438 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1515 +#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1438 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1515 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Kies één van de volgende <b>basis</b>selecties en klik op <i>Gedetailleerd om\n" +"Kies één van de volgende <b>basis</b>selecties en klik op <i>Gedetailleerd</i> om\n" "meer <b>add-on</b>selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n" "</p>" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1447 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1513 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1447 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Softwareselectie" -#. error message, %1 = details -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1606 +#. error message, %1 = details +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "" "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" "\n" @@ -871,93 +854,83 @@ "\n" "%1\n" -#. refresh table and pushbutton state -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1825 +#. refresh table and pushbutton state +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1825 msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium" msgstr "Het product op het medium &digitaal ondertekenen" -#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? -#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1833 +#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? +#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1833 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Ondertekenen</b></big><br>\n" -"Als u gebruikers in staat wilt stellen uw product te verifiëren, kunt u het " -"ondertekenen met een GPG-sleutel.\n" -"Deze sleutel wordt gecontroleerd als het product als een opslagruimte wordt " -"toegevoegd.</p>" +"Als u gebruikers in staat wilt stellen uw product te verifiëren, kunt u het ondertekenen met een GPG-sleutel.\n" +"Deze sleutel wordt gecontroleerd als het product als een opslagruimte wordt toegevoegd.</p>" -#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language -#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1840 +#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language +#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1840 msgid "" -"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information.</P>" +"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Als het product niet ondertekent is zal YaST automatisch de optie " -"'Onveilig: 1'\n" -"toevoegen aan het linuxrc configuratiebestand, anders zou linuxrc het laden " -"van een niet ondertekend installatiesysteem weigeren bij opstarten. Zie " -"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:Linuxrc voor meer informatie.</P>" +"<P>Als het product niet ondertekent is zal YaST automatisch de optie 'Onveilig: 1'\n" +"toevoegen aan het linuxrc configuratiebestand, anders zou linuxrc het laden van een niet ondertekend installatiesysteem weigeren bij opstarten. Zie http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:Linuxrc voor meer informatie.</P>" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1849 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1849 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" msgstr "Het product op het medium ondertekenen" -#. Configuration Summary -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1899 +#. Configuration Summary +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1899 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht" -#. summary line -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1920 +#. summary line +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1920 msgid "Selected %1 packages" msgstr "%1 pakketten geselecteerd" -#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1928 +#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1928 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architectuur" -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1938 +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1938 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "Uitvoerdirectory" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1955 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1955 msgid "Creating directory tree in <b> %1/%2 </b>" msgstr "Directorystructuur in <br><b> %1/%2 </b> maken" -#. header in the summary dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1964 +#. header in the summary dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1964 msgid "Signing" msgstr "Ondertekenen" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1984 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1984 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key <b>%1</b>%2" msgstr "Het medium digitaal ondertekenen met GPG-sleutel <b>%1</b>%2" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1999 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1999 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Controleer de gegevens in het overzicht en klik vervolgens op Verder om " -"door te gaan.\n" +"<p>Controleer de gegevens in het overzicht en klik vervolgens op Verder om door te gaan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\n" "Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" @@ -967,40 +940,37 @@ "Voeg extra opstartmenu-items met opstartopties toe.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.</p>\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>U kunt bijvoorbeeld\n" " de cd configureren voor automatische installaties en de locaties\n" -" van de installatiebron opgeven. Bij twijfel laat u het bestand ongewijzigd, " -"het origineel wordt dan gebruikt.</p>\n" +" van de installatiebron opgeven. Bij twijfel laat u het bestand ongewijzigd, het origineel wordt dan gebruikt.</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuratie initialiseren</big></b></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te klikken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuratie opslaan</big></b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1012,8 +982,8 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" @@ -1023,8 +993,8 @@ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de beschikbare configuraties.\n" "Tevens kunt u deze configuraties bewerken.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to create a new configuration.</p>" @@ -1032,8 +1002,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Een configuratie toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n" "Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie te maken.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1043,8 +1013,8 @@ "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen configuratie.\n" "Klik daarna op de knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n" -#. overview dialog help part 4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 +#. overview dialog help part 4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product.</p>" @@ -1052,20 +1022,17 @@ "<p>Gebruik <b>Product aanmaken</b> om de ISO-image of de directory voor de\n" "installatie-opslagruimte te maken met uw geselecteerde product.</p>" -#. overview dialog help part 5 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 +#. overview dialog help part 5 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system.</p>" +"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Klik op <b>Image maken met KIWI</b> voor aanvullende configuratie van " -"verschillende\n" +"<p>Klik op <b>Image maken met KIWI</b> voor aanvullende configuratie van verschillende\n" "typen images, zoals Live media- of Xen-images, met het KIWI-imagesysteem.</p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" @@ -1075,8 +1042,8 @@ "Kies een configuratienaam en de selectiemethode waarmee u de \n" "pakketten aan de ISO-image wilt toevoegen.<br></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\n" "Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" @@ -1086,8 +1053,8 @@ "Selecteer een AutoYaST-profiel met de softwareconfiguratie.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<b>Software Manager</b><p>\n" "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" @@ -1098,14 +1065,13 @@ msgstr "" "<b>Softwarebeheerder</b><p>\n" "Gebruik de softwarebeheerder zonder enige voorgeselecteerde pakketten. Alle\n" -"pakketten, die tijdens de installatie automatisch geselecteerd zouden " -"moeten\n" +"pakketten, die tijdens de installatie automatisch geselecteerd zouden moeten\n" "worden, dienen handmatig geselecteerd te worden en moeten op die hardware\n" "en architectuur gebaseerd zijn waarvoor u deze CD gaat maken.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Source selection help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 +#. Source selection help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\n" "Select at least one package source.<br></p>\n" @@ -1113,32 +1079,25 @@ "<p><b><big>Pakketbronnen selecteren</big></b><br>\n" "Selecteer ten minste één pakketbron.<br></p>\n" -#. Source selection help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 +#. Source selection help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n" -"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.</p>\n" +"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Doelarchitectuur</big></b><br>\n" -"Het is mogelijk een product aan te maken voor een verschillende architectuur " -"dan\n" +"Het is mogelijk een product aan te maken voor een verschillende architectuur dan\n" "de architectuur van de machine waarop u werkt.\n" -"Alle geselecteerde opslagruimtes moeten de doelarchitectuur ondersteunen." -"<br>\n" -"<b>Opmerking:</b> KIWI ondersteunt nog geen verschillende architecturen, " -"verander de\n" -"architectuur dus niet als u de bedoeling hebt om een KIWI-image te maken uit " -"de huidige configuratie.</p>\n" +"Alle geselecteerde opslagruimtes moeten de doelarchitectuur ondersteunen.<br>\n" +"<b>Opmerking:</b> KIWI ondersteunt nog geen verschillende architecturen, verander de\n" +"architectuur dus niet als u de bedoeling hebt om een KIWI-image te maken uit de huidige configuratie.</p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" @@ -1152,8 +1111,8 @@ "Selecteer een locatie met voldoende schijfruimte.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "<p>Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1163,98 +1122,86 @@ "later tijdstip een ISO-image in te maken.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" "to the skeleton. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt ruimte besparen door het selectievakje in te schakelen waardoor " -"alleen\n" +"<p>U kunt ruimte besparen door het selectievakje in te schakelen waardoor alleen\n" "de noodzakelijke bestanden naar het raamwerk worden gekopieerd.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 msgid "<p><b>The Base Product</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Het basisproduct</b></p>" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Een van de gebruikte opslagruimten moet gemarkeerd zijn als het " -"basisproduct. De basis\n" -"product-opslagruimte zou geboot moeten kunnen worden om er zeker van te zijn " -"dat het nieuw\n" +"<p>Een van de gebruikte opslagruimten moet gemarkeerd zijn als het basisproduct. De basis\n" +"product-opslagruimte zou geboot moeten kunnen worden om er zeker van te zijn dat het nieuw\n" "aangemaakte product ook geboot kan worden.</p>\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." -msgstr "" -"<p>De andere opslagruimten zullen als addons worden gebruikt voor de " -"basisopslagruimte.</p>" +#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 +msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De andere opslagruimten zullen als addons worden gebruikt voor de basisopslagruimte.</p>" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>De product-creator lost afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde producten " -"op en stelt\n" -"het basis product voor. Als de voorgestelde waarde verkeerd is, selecteer " -"dan de juiste basis\n" +"<p>De product-creator lost afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde producten op en stelt\n" +"het basis product voor. Als de voorgestelde waarde verkeerd is, selecteer dan de juiste basis\n" "opslagruimte uit de lijst.</p>\n" -#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 +#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 msgid "Packages for Image" msgstr "Pakketten voor image" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 msgid "Bootstrap" msgstr "Bootstrap" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Xen Specific Packages" msgstr "Xen-specifieke pakketten" -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Patronen" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 msgid "&Ignored Software" msgstr "Genegeerde &software" -#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 +#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image" msgstr "Pakketten die moeten worden opgenomen in opstartimage" -#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 +#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 msgid "" "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n" "are also included in the list for deletion.\n" @@ -1264,73 +1211,73 @@ "zijn ook toegevoegd aan de lijst voor verwijdering.\n" "Toch doorgaan?" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 msgid "Packages to Delete" msgstr "Te verwijderen pakketten" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 msgid "Testing" msgstr "Testen" -#. combo box label, %1 is profile name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 +#. combo box label, %1 is profile name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Image, Profile %1" msgstr "Image, profiel %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 msgid "Include in Boot Image" msgstr "Opnemen in opstartimage" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 msgid "Add New User" msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker toevoegen" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 msgid "Login &Name" msgstr "Aanmeld&naam" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 msgid "&Full Name" msgstr "&Volledige naam" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "&Persoonlijke directory" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "&UID" msgstr "&UID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 msgid "G&roup Name" msgstr "G&roepsnaam" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 msgid "&GID" msgstr "&GID" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 msgid "Edit User" msgstr "Gebruiker bewerken" -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Enter the user name." msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam op." -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -1338,119 +1285,111 @@ "De wachtwoorden zijn niet gelijk.\n" "Probeer het nogmaals" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 msgid "Directory to Import" msgstr "Te importeren directory" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Script to Import" msgstr "Te importeren script" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 msgid "Path to root Directory" msgstr "Pad naar hoofddirectory" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Path to config Directory" msgstr "Pad naar config-directory" -#. removing 'import_' button id prefix -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 +#. removing 'import_' button id prefix +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 msgid "Path to %1 File" msgstr "Pad naar bestand %1" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 msgid "Path to images.sh File" msgstr "Pad naar images.sh-bestand" -#. generic popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. generic popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "Feature not implemented yet." msgstr "Functie nog niet geïmplementeerd." -#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after -#. deleting some repository) -#. return true if there was no conflict -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 +#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after +#. deleting some repository) +#. return true if there was no conflict +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 msgid "Checking packages availability..." msgstr "Controle op beschikbaarheid van pakketten..." -#. do not check bootinclude packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 +#. do not check bootinclude packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 msgid "Missing packages" msgstr "Ontbrekende pakketten" -#. popup text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 +#. popup text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" +"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Pakketten uit sectie '%1' zijn niet beschikbaar in de geselecteerde " -"installatiebronnen:</p>\n" +"<p>Pakketten uit sectie '%1' zijn niet beschikbaar in de geselecteerde installatiebronnen:</p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Verwijder ofwel de pakketten uit de sectie of controleer de gedetailleerde " -"pakketselectie of negeer de situatie.</p>\n" +"Verwijder ofwel de pakketten uit de sectie of controleer de gedetailleerde pakketselectie of negeer de situatie.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Naar de gedetailleerde pakketselectie gaan en zonder verdere wijzigingen " -"accepteren wat er wordt getoond, resulteert in verwijdering van " -"problematische pakketten uit de sectie.\n" +"Naar de gedetailleerde pakketselectie gaan en zonder verdere wijzigingen accepteren wat er wordt getoond, resulteert in verwijdering van problematische pakketten uit de sectie.\n" "</p>\n" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 msgid "Remove Packages" msgstr "Pakketten verwijderen" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 msgid "Check Package Selection" msgstr "Pakketselectie controleren" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Negeren" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 msgid "Create ISO image now?" msgstr "ISO-image nu maken?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 msgid "Create Xen image now?" msgstr "Xen-image nu maken?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Create virtual disk image now?" msgstr "Virtuele-schijfimage nu maken?" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 msgid "" "ISO image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1459,8 +1398,8 @@ "ISO-image gemaakt in directory\n" "%1" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "" "Xen image files successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1469,8 +1408,8 @@ "Xen-imagebestanden gemaakt in directory\n" "%1\n" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 msgid "" "Virtual disk image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1480,15 +1419,15 @@ "%1\n" "." -#. popup label -#. default question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 +#. popup label +#. default question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Create image now?" msgstr "Nu image maken?" -#. default popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 +#. default popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 msgid "" "Image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1498,579 +1437,483 @@ "%1\n" "." -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 msgid "Reading current image configuration..." msgstr "Huidige imageconfiguratie lezen..." -#. tab header -#. default dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 +#. tab header +#. default dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 msgid "Image Configuration" msgstr "Imageconfiguratie" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Installed Software" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde software" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Locale settings" msgstr "Landinstellingen" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 msgid "Users" msgstr "Gebruikers" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 msgid "Scripts" msgstr "Scripts" -#. informative label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." -msgstr "" -"Bewerken van de volgende bestanden is uitgeschakeld voor configuraties " -"geïmporteerd uit Studio." +#. informative label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgstr "Bewerken van de volgende bestanden is uitgeschakeld voor configuraties geïmporteerd uit Studio." -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 msgid "Directories" msgstr "Directory's" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 msgid "Co&mpression" msgstr "Co&mpressie" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n" -"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values.</p>" +"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Selecteer de waarde voor image <b>Compressie</b>. Dit zal de waarde\n" -"van de <i>vlaggen</i> van het image-type wijzigen. Lees de kiwi handleiding " -"voor de uitleg van de beschikbare waarden.</p>" +"van de <i>vlaggen</i> van het image-type wijzigen. Lees de kiwi handleiding voor de uitleg van de beschikbare waarden.</p>" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 msgid "So&ftware Selection" msgstr "So&ftwareselectie" -#. pusbutton label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 +#. pusbutton label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 msgid "Ch&ange..." msgstr "&Wijzigen..." -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 msgid "<p>Adapt the software selection with <b>Change</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Pas de softwareselectie aan met <b>Wijzigen</b>.</p>" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Voer voor <b>genegeerde software</b> elk item (zoals 'smtp_daemon') in op " -"een nieuwe regel</p>" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 +msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Voer voor <b>genegeerde software</b> elk item (zoals 'smtp_daemon') in op een nieuwe regel</p>" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 msgid "Packages to &Delete" msgstr "Pakketten om te &verwijderen" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Elke vermelding bij <b>Pakketten om te verwijderen</b> is één pakketnaam " -"waarvan de installatie ongedaan moet worden gemaakt uit de doel-image.</p>" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 +msgid "<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Elke vermelding bij <b>Pakketten om te verwijderen</b> is één pakketnaam waarvan de installatie ongedaan moet worden gemaakt uit de doel-image.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versie" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Version</b> of your image configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Voer de <b>Versie</b> in van uw imageconfiguratie.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 msgid "&Size" msgstr "&Grootte" -#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 +#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n" -"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" +"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Stel de <b>Grootte</b> van de image in in de gespecificeerde <b>Eenheid.\n" -"Als <b>Optellen</b> is ingeschakeld, is de betekenis van <b>Grootte</b> " -"anders: het is de minimale vrije ruimte die beschikbaar is in de image.</p>" +"<p>Stel de <b>Grootte</b> van de image in in de gespecificeerde <b>Eenheid</b>.\n" +"Als <b>Optellen</b> is ingeschakeld, is de betekenis van <b>Grootte</b> anders: het is de minimale vrije ruimte die beschikbaar is in de image.</p>" -#. combo box label (MB/GB values) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 +#. combo box label (MB/GB values) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "&Eenheid" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 msgid "Additive" msgstr "Optellen" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS" msgstr "Image coderen met LUKS" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> " -"and enter the password.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om een versleuteld bestandssysteem te maken, activeert u <b>Image met " -"LUKS coderen</b> en voert u het wachtwoord in.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 +msgid "<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> and enter the password.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om een versleuteld bestandssysteem te maken, activeert u <b>Image met LUKS coderen</b> en voert u het wachtwoord in.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" msgstr "LUKS-wachtwoord van gecodeerde image" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "<p>Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bewerk de voor het bouwen van uw image gebruikte configuratiescripts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bewerk de voor het bouwen van uw image gebruikte configuratiescripts.</p>" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "<p>Point to the configuration directories for building your image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Verwijs naar de configuratiedirectories voor het bouwen van uw image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Verwijs naar de configuratiedirectories voor het bouwen van uw image.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 msgid "Directory with System Configur&ation" msgstr "Directory met systeemconfigur&atie" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Geef het pad naar de <b>directory met systeemconfiguratie</b> (de " -"<tt>root</tt>-directory) op. De hele directory wordt gekopieerd naar de root " -"van de imagestructuur met <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 +msgid "<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Geef het pad naar de <b>directory met systeemconfiguratie</b> (de <tt>root</tt>-directory) op. De hele directory wordt gekopieerd naar de root van de imagestructuur met <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 msgid "Directory with System Configuration" msgstr "Directory met systeemconfiguratie" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "Pad naar directory" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Configureer de <b>Directory met systeemconfiguratie</b> (de <tt>hoofddirectory). De volledige directory wordt met <tt>cp -a</tt> gekopieerd " -"naar de hoofddirectory van de imagestructuur.</p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Configureer de <b>Directory met systeemconfiguratie</b> (de <tt>hoofd</tt>directory). De volledige directory wordt met <tt>cp -a</tt> gekopieerd naar de hoofddirectory van de imagestructuur.</p>" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 msgid "Directory with Scripts" msgstr "Directory met scripts" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Path to File" msgstr "Pad naar bestand" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Configureer de <b>Directory met scripts</b> (de <tt>config</tt>-" -"directory). Het bevat scripts die worden uitgevoerd na de installatie van " -"alle imagepakketten.</p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Configureer de <b>Directory met scripts</b> (de <tt>config</tt>-directory). Het bevat scripts die worden uitgevoerd na de installatie van alle imagepakketten.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 msgid "Studio Custom Build Script" msgstr "Zelfgemaakt bouwscript uit Studio" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Importeren..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 msgid "I&mage Configuration Script" msgstr "I&mageconfiguratiescript" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bewerk uw <b>Imageconfiguratiescript</b>, genaamd <tt>config.sh</tt>. Dit " -"script wordt uitgevoerd aan het einde van de installatie, voordat de " -"pakketscripts zijn uitgevoerd.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bewerk uw <b>Imageconfiguratiescript</b>, genaamd <tt>config.sh</tt>. Dit script wordt uitgevoerd aan het einde van de installatie, voordat de pakketscripts zijn uitgevoerd.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts" msgstr "Pad naar direc&tory met scripts" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De optionele <b>Directory met scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt>-directory) " -"bevat scripts die worden uitgevoerd na de installatie van alle " -"imagepakketten.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 +msgid "<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De optionele <b>Directory met scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt>-directory) bevat scripts die worden uitgevoerd na de installatie van alle imagepakketten.</p>" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 msgid "Br&owse..." msgstr "Blade&ren..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 msgid "C&leanup Script" msgstr "Opsc&hoonscript" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bewerk uw <b>Opschoonscript</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Dit script wordt " -"uitgevoerd aan het begin van het maken van de image.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bewerk uw <b>Opschoonscript</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Dit script wordt uitgevoerd aan het begin van het maken van de image.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 msgid "Im&port..." msgstr "Im&porteren" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 msgid "&Author" msgstr "&Auteur" -#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Stel de waarden in voor de <b>Auteur</b> van de image, " -"<b>Contactinformatie</b> en de <b>Specificatie</b> van de image.</p>" +#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 +msgid "<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Stel de waarden in voor de <b>Auteur</b> van de image, <b>Contactinformatie</b> en de <b>Specificatie</b> van de image.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 msgid "C&ontact" msgstr "C&ontacten" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 msgid "&Specification" msgstr "&Specificatie" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 msgid "&Locale" msgstr "&Landinstelling" -#. help text for locale (heading) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 +#. help text for locale (heading) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 msgid "<p><b>Locale Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Landinstellingen</b></p>" -#. help text for locale -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De waarde van <b>Landinstellingen</b> (bijv. <tt>nl_NL</tt>) definieert " -"de inhoud van de RC_LANG-variabele in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for locale +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De waarde van <b>Landinstellingen</b> (bijv. <tt>nl_NL</tt>) definieert de inhoud van de RC_LANG-variabele in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Toetsenbordindeling" -#. help text for keytable -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Toetsenbordlayout</b> specificeert de naam van de te gebruiken console-" -"keymap. De waarde correspondeert met een map-bestand in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/" -"keymaps</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for keytable +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 +msgid "<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Toetsenbordlayout</b> specificeert de naam van de te gebruiken console-keymap. De waarde correspondeert met een map-bestand in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Tijdzone" -#. help text for timezone -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het is mogelijk om een specifieke <b>Tijdzone</b> in te stellen. " -"Beschikbare tijdzones zijn aanwezig in de directory <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo.</p>" +#. help text for timezone +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 +msgid "<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het is mogelijk om een specifieke <b>Tijdzone</b> in te stellen. Beschikbare tijdzones zijn aanwezig in de directory <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>.</p>" -#. general help for users tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 +#. general help for users tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "<p>Create users that should be available on the target system.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Maak de gebruikers aan die beschikbaar moeten zijn op het doelsysteem.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Maak de gebruikers aan die beschikbaar moeten zijn op het doelsysteem.</p>" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 msgid "Login Name" msgstr "Aanmeldnaam" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Volledige naam" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 msgid "Home Directory" msgstr "Persoonlijke directory" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 msgid "Group" msgstr "Groep" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home " -"Directory</b> and group\n" +"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n" "to which the users belongs.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Geef voor elke gebruiker een <b>naam</b>, <b>wachtwoord</b>, " -"<b>persoonlijke directory</b> en groep\n" +"<p>Geef voor elke gebruiker een <b>naam</b>, <b>wachtwoord</b>, <b>persoonlijke directory</b> en groep\n" "op.</p>\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 msgid "Live CD Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Live CD" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 msgid "Xen Image Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Xen-image" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 msgid "&Create ISO" msgstr "ISO &maken" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 msgid "&Create Xen Image" msgstr "Xen-image &maken" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 msgid "&Create Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "Virtuele-schijfimage &maken" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." -msgstr "" -"<p>Geef de naam van uw imageconfiguratie op. Baseer de nieuwe configuratie " -"op een sjabloon uit de lijst of op de directory met de bestaande " -"configuratie.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 +msgid "<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Geef de naam van uw imageconfiguratie op. Baseer de nieuwe configuratie op een sjabloon uit de lijst of op de directory met de bestaande configuratie.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Plaats aangepaste configuratiesjablonen in de directory <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 +msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Plaats aangepaste configuratiesjablonen in de directory <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Image Type</b> which should be created.</p>" msgstr "<p>Kies het <b>Imagetype</b> dat u wilt maken.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "<p>Select <b>Output Directory</b> for the created image.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selecteer de <b>Uitvoerdirectory</b> voor de gemaakte image.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current " -"system repositories.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pas de lijst met <b>pakketopslagruimten</b> aan die worden gebruikt om de " -"image te maken. Gebruik <b>Toevoegen uit systeem</b> om een van de huidige " -"systeemopslagruimten toe te voegen.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 +msgid "<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repositories.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pas de lijst met <b>pakketopslagruimten</b> aan die worden gebruikt om de image te maken. Gebruik <b>Toevoegen uit systeem</b> om een van de huidige systeemopslagruimten toe te voegen.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 msgid "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to continue with the configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Verder</b> om verder te gaan met de configuratie.</p>" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 msgid "Network Boot Image" msgstr "Netwerkopstart-image" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 msgid "OEM Image" msgstr "OEM-image" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde directory bevat geen geldige beschrijving van een " -"systeemconfiguratie." +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgstr "De geselecteerde directory bevat geen geldige beschrijving van een systeemconfiguratie." -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 msgid "Importing repositories..." msgstr "Depots importeren..." -#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 +#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 msgid "%1, version %2" msgstr "%1, versie %2" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "&32bit Architecture Image" msgstr "&32-bit Architectuurimage" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 msgid "Target is i586 only" msgstr "Doel is alleen i586" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Kiwi Configuration" msgstr "&Kiwi-configuratie" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 msgid "Create from Scratch" msgstr "Maken vanaf nul" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 msgid "Base on Template" msgstr "Baseren op sjabloon" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" msgstr "Baseren op bestaande configuratie" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 msgid "&Choose..." msgstr "&Kiezen..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 msgid "I&mage Type" msgstr "I&magetype" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 msgid "&Output Directory" msgstr "&Uitvoermap" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 msgid "Package Repository" msgstr "Pakketdepot" -#. menu butto label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 +#. menu butto label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 msgid "A&dd from System" msgstr "&Toevoegen uit systeem" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 msgid "Image preparation" msgstr "Imagevoorbereiding" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -2078,13 +1921,13 @@ "Kan niet zoeken naar SLP-opslagruimtes \n" " wanneer het pakket %1 niet is geïnstalleerd.\n" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 msgid "Path to the Output Directory" msgstr "Pad naar uitvoerdirectory" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 msgid "" "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2092,18 +1935,18 @@ "Configuratie met de naam \"%1\" bestaat al.\n" "Kies een andere." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 msgid "Enter the path to the output directory." msgstr "Geef het pad naar de uitvoerdirectory op." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 msgid "Specify at least one package repository." msgstr "Geef minstens één pakketdepot op." -#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 +#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 msgid "" "Failed to add these repositories:\n" "\n" @@ -2117,22 +1960,22 @@ "\n" "Toch doorgaan?" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" msgstr "Pad naar directory voor het opslaan van logboekbestanden" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 msgid "Standard output file name" msgstr "Standaard naam uitvoerbestand" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 msgid "Error output file name" msgstr "Fout naam uitvoerbestand" -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 msgid "" "File %1 already exists.\n" "Rewrite?" @@ -2140,106 +1983,106 @@ "Bestand %1 bestaat al.\n" "Overschrijven?" -#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image -#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result -#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part -#. of command line option) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 +#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image +#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result +#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part +#. of command line option) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed." msgstr "Verwijderen van oude chroot-directory is mislukt." -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgstr "Maken van image voorbereiden" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 msgid "Save logs" msgstr "Logbestanden opslaan" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 msgid "Image creation failed." msgstr "Maken van image is mislukt." -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 msgid "Creating Image" msgstr "Image maken" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 msgid "Image creation succeeded." msgstr "Image is gemaakt." -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 msgid "Image creation canceled." msgstr "Maken van image is geannuleerd." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:457 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:457 msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Product Creator wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. translators: progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:471 +#. translators: progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:471 msgid "Read the configuration" msgstr "De configuratie lezen" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:475 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:475 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Database lezen..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:477 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:504 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:557 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:583 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:477 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:504 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:557 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:583 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:498 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:498 msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgstr "Kan de configuratie niet lezen." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:537 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:537 msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Product Creator wordt opgeslagen" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:551 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:551 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:555 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:555 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:577 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:577 msgid "Error while writing settings." msgstr "Fout tijdens het opslaan van de instellingen." -#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:610 +#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:610 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Configuratie overzicht..." -#. Create an overview table with all configured cards -#. @return table items -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:623 +#. Create an overview table with all configured cards +#. @return table items +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:623 msgid "No Files" msgstr "Geen bestanden" -#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:1003 +#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:1003 msgid "" "Cannot read directory %1\n" "from source %2." @@ -2247,14 +2090,14 @@ "Kan directory '%1' niet lezen\n" "van bron %2." -#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key -#. check if the metadata are gzipped -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2089 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3691 +#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key +#. check if the metadata are gzipped +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2089 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3691 msgid "Error reading control file." msgstr "Fout bij het lezen van het besturingsbestand." -#. workaround for bnc#498464 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2698 +#. workaround for bnc#498464 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2698 msgid "" "Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" "%2.\n" @@ -2262,8 +2105,8 @@ "Kan GPG-sleutel %1 niet toevoegen aan initrd\n" "%2.\n" -#. yes/no popup: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2892 +#. yes/no popup: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2892 msgid "" "Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" "Try again?\n" @@ -2271,8 +2114,8 @@ "Fout: kan de bron niet digitaal ondertekenen.\n" "Opnieuw proberen?\n" -#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3002 +#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3002 msgid "" "These sources were not found:\n" "%1" @@ -2280,18 +2123,18 @@ "Deze bronnen zijn niet gevonden:\n" "%1" -#. popup question, %1 is directory name -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3254 +#. popup question, %1 is directory name +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3254 msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?" msgstr "Wilt u de bestemmingsdirectory %1 verwijderen?" -#. remove the destination -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 +#. remove the destination +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 msgid "The destination %1 already exists." msgstr "De bestemming %1 bestaat al." -#. TODO ask in interactive mode -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3288 +#. TODO ask in interactive mode +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3288 msgid "" "Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" "Remove directory %1?" @@ -2299,25 +2142,25 @@ "Bestemmingsdirectory bestaat al of is een bestand.\n" "Directory %1 verwijderen?" -#. Check if selected packages are available -#. @return [String] error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3309 +#. Check if selected packages are available +#. @return [String] error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3309 msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgstr "Beschikbaarheid pakket controleren..." -#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3368 +#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3368 msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "%1 pakket is niet beschikbaar." -#. change the label -#. copy the packages -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3424 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3563 +#. change the label +#. copy the packages +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3424 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3563 msgid "Copying %1" msgstr "%1 kopiëren" -#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3599 +#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3599 msgid "" "Cannot download package %1\n" " from source %2.\n" @@ -2325,7 +2168,7 @@ "Kan pakket %1 niet downloaden\n" "van bron %2.\n" -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3616 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3616 msgid "" "Error while copying packages. \n" "\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,31 +14,31 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Informative label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#. Informative label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "Geen details beschikbaar." -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "&Details <<" -#. avoid confusing Emacs -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#. avoid confusing Emacs +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "&Details >>" -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 +#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "Onbekende foutcode" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 +#. Error message, +#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ "Er is een fout opgetreden gedurende proxytest %1.\n" "Proxy returncode: %2.\n" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 +#. Unknown return code, +#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -57,56 +57,52 @@ "Er is een onbekende fout opgetreden tijdens proxytest %1.\n" "Proxy returncode: %2.\n" -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 +#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "Proxy-instellingen testen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de HTTP-proxytest." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de HTTPS-proxytest." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de FTP-proxytest." -#. Popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 +#. Popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "Proxy-instellingen werken correct." -#. Proxy dialog caption -#. Commandline help title -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie" -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>" msgstr "" "<p>Configureer uw internet proxy- (caching)-instellingen hier.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te " -"melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n" -"in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen " -"onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n" +"<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n" +"in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n" "wat uw applicatie (webbrowser, ftp-client,...) ondersteunt. </p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 +#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" @@ -114,23 +110,22 @@ "<p>De <b>URL HTTP-proxy</b> is de naam van de proxy server\n" "waarmee u toegang tot het world wide web (WWW) krijgt.</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>De <b>URL HTTPS-proxy</b> is de naam van de proxy-server\n" "waarmee u beveiligde toegang tot het world wide web (WWW) krijgt.</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 +#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" msgstr "<p>Voorbeeld: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 +#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" @@ -138,8 +133,8 @@ "<p>De <b>URL FTP-proxy</b> is de naam van de proxy server\n" "waarmee u toegang tot de bestandsoverdracht services (FTP) krijgt.</p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 +#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" @@ -149,33 +144,31 @@ "geselecteerd, hoeft u alleen de URL van de HTTP-proxy in te vullen.\n" "Dit zal dan voor alle protocollen (HTTP, HTTPS en FTP) worden gebruikt.\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 +#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Geen proxydomeinen</b> is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de verzoeken\n" -"rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te " -"maken,\n" +"rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te maken,\n" "zoals bijvoorbeeld: <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 +#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Als u een proxyserver met verificatie gebruikt, voer dan\n" "<b>Proxy-gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Proxy-wachtwoord</b> in. Een geldige\n" "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-tekens\n" "(aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 +#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" @@ -183,61 +176,61 @@ "<p>Klik op <b>Proxy-instellingen testen</b> om\n" "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen.</p> \n" -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 +#. CheckBox entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "&Activeer proxy" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "Proxy-instellingen" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "URL &HTTP-proxy" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "URL HTTP&S-proxy" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "URL F&TP-proxy" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruik&en" -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 +#. Text entry label +#. domains without proxying +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "Geen proxy&domeinen" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "Proxy-verificatie" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "Proxy &gebruikersnaam" -#. Password entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 +#. Password entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "Proxy &wachtwoord" -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 +#. Test Proxy Settings - push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "Pr&oxy-instellingen testen" -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 +#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -245,7 +238,7 @@ "Proxy is geactiveerd, maar er is geen proxy-URL opgegeven.\n" "Wilt u deze instellingen toch gebruiken?" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -257,43 +250,43 @@ "in een voor iedereen toegankelijk bestand met platte tekst\n" "worden opgeslagen. Deze instellingen gebruiken?" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "U kunt geen wachtwoord opgegeven en de gebruikersnaam leeg laten." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "Onjuiste URL HTTP-proxy" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "De URL HTTP-proxy moet een schema specificatie bevatten (http)." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "De URL HTTPS-proxy is ongeldig." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "De URL HTTPS-proxy dient een schema specificatie bevatten (http)." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "Onjuiste URL FTP-proxy." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "De URL FTP-proxy moet een schema specificatie bevatten (http)." -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 +#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -309,143 +302,140 @@ "* Volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam\n" "* Domeinnaam met voorvoegsel '." -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie status" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 msgid "HTTP" msgstr "HTTP" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 msgid "Enable proxy settings" msgstr "Proxy-instellingen inschakelen" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 msgid "Disable proxy settings" msgstr "Proxy-instellingen uitschakelen" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 msgid "Change the current proxy settings" msgstr "Wijzig de huidige proxy-instellingen" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" msgstr "Stel de verificatie voor de proxy in" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" msgstr "Toon de samenvatting van de huidige instellingen" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 msgid "Set HTTP proxy" msgstr "HTTP-proxy instellen" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" msgstr "HTTPS-proxy instellen" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 msgid "Set FTP proxy" msgstr "FTP-proxy instellen" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 msgid "Clear all options listed" msgstr "Wis alle getoonde opties" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -msgstr "" -"Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden" +msgstr "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "De te gebruiken gebruikersnaam voor de proxy-verificatie" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "Het te gebruiken wachtwoord voor de proxy-verificatie" -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Wachtwoord:" -#. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 +#. Popup headline +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De proxyconfiguratie is succesvol opgeslagen" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "" -"Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen " -"effectief te maken." +msgstr "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen effectief te maken." -#. Write proxy settings and apply changes -#. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes +#. @return true if success +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie bijwerken" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie opslaan" -#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 +#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards +#. but only when Progress is visible +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie wordt bijgewerkt..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "Proxy is uitgeschakeld." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "Proxy is ingeschakeld." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTP-proxy: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTPS-proxy: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "FTP-proxy: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,1704 +14,1473 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 msgid "&Update Problems" msgstr "Problemen met &bijwerken" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 msgid "Patter&ns" msgstr "Patro&nen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 msgid "Package &Groups" msgstr "Pakket&groepen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 msgid "&RPM Groups" msgstr "&RPM-groepen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 msgid "&Languages" msgstr "&Talen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Opslagruimtes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "Zo&eken" -#. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 +#. DEBUG +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Trefwoorden" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&Installatieoverzicht" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "B&eschrijving" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Technische gegevens" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Afhankelijkheden" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versies" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 msgid "File List" msgstr "Bestandslijst" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Wijzigingenlogboek" -#. "Cancel" button -#. button #0 -#. text -#. button #0 -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 -#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 -#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#. "Cancel" button +#. button #0 +#. text +#. button #0 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 +#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 +#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 +#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" -#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 -#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 +#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Accepteren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Bestand" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Importeren..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "E&xporteren..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "S&toppen -- wijzigingen negeren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Stoppen -- wijzigingen opslaan" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Pakket" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Alle pakketten" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Bijwerken als er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Bijwerken zonder voorbehoud" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Patch" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Conf&iguratie" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "Opslagr&uimten..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "&Online update..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Afhankelijkheden" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "&Controleer nu" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "&Autocontrole" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Aanbevolen &pakketten installeren" -#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opties" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "-de&vel-pakketten weergeven" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "-&debuginfo/-debugbronnen pakketten weergeven" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Systeemverificatiemodus" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "&Opruimen na het verwijderen van pakketten" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "&Andere leverancier toestaan" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "E&xtra's" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "&Producten weergeven" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "P&akketwijzigingen weergeven" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "&Geschiedenis tonen" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Alle overeenkomende -&devel-pakketten installeren" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Alle overeenkomende -de&buginfo-pakketten installeren" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Alle overeenkomende -de&bugbron-pakketten installeren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Alle &overeenkomende aanbevolen pakketten installeren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "&Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Help" -#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out -#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc -#. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 +#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out +#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc +#. Menu entry for help overview +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Overzicht" -#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 +#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Symbolen" -#. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 +#. Menu entry for keyboard help +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Toetsen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Alle pakketafhankelijkheden zijn OK." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "P&atches" -#. startsWith -#. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 +#. startsWith +#. filter +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Pakketlijst opslaan" -#. Post error popup -#. parent -#. Post error popup. -#. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 +#. Post error popup +#. parent +#. Post error popup. +#. parent +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fout" -#. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 +#. caption +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Fout bij het exporteren van pakketlijst naar %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Pakketlijst laden" -#. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 +#. caption +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het laden van de pakketlijst van %1" -#. caption -#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 +#. caption +#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 pakketten zullen worden bijgewerkt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Doorgaan" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "" -"<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><small>Wisselen van</a> " -"systeempakketten naar versies in opslagruimte %2 annuleren</small></p>" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 +msgid "<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" +msgstr "<p><small>Wisselen van</a> systeempakketten naar versies in opslagruimte %2 annuleren</small></p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "" -"<p>Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Systeempakketten wisselen</a> naar de " -"versies in deze opslagruimte (%2)</p>" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 +msgid "<p>Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>" +msgstr "<p>Systeempakketten wisselen</a> naar de versies in deze opslagruimte (%2)</p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Toegevoegde subpakketten:" -#. "OK" button -#. addHStretch( hbox ); -#. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 -#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 +#. "OK" button +#. addHStretch( hbox ); +#. "OK" button +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:93 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:93 msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependency Conflicts" msgstr "&Genegeerde afhankelijkheidsconflicten terugzetten" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:164 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:164 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "Systeemafhankelijkheden controleren OK." -#. Translators: RichText ( HTML-like ) format -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:185 +#. Translators: RichText ( HTML-like ) format +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:185 msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" msgstr "Fout: onvoldoende schijfruimte!" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and " -"deselect some packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u weet wat u doet, kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U " -"loopt echter het risico dat uw systeem corrupt raakt en alleen handmatig kan " -"worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n situatie moet " -"handelen, klik dan nu op <b>Annuleren</b> en deselecteer enkele pakketten." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 +msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u weet wat u doet, kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U loopt echter het risico dat uw systeem corrupt raakt en alleen handmatig kan worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n situatie moet handelen, klik dan nu op <b>Annuleren</b> en deselecteer enkele pakketten.</p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" msgstr "Toch &doorgaan" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:208 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:208 msgid "The following items will be changed: " msgstr "De volgende items worden gewijzigd: " -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:248 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:248 msgid "Do you want to Abandon all changes and exit?" msgstr "Wilt u alle wijzigingen afbreken en afsluiten?" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ja" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nee" -#. Dialog header -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:297 src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:116 +#. Dialog header +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:297 src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:116 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "Automatische wijzigingen" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Naast de handmatig geselecteerde pakketten zijn de volgende pakketten " -"gewijzigd om afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "Naast de handmatig geselecteerde pakketten zijn de volgende pakketten gewijzigd om afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "&Doorgaan" -#. Dialog header -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:318 +#. Dialog header +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:318 msgid "Unsupported Packages" msgstr "Niet-ondersteunde pakketten" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Houd er rekening mee dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund " -"wordt of een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." msgstr "Nog niet geïmplementeerd." -#. Translators: Headline for help about the package manager in general -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:62 +#. Translators: Headline for help about the package manager in general +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:62 msgid "The YaST Package Manager" msgstr "De YaST2 Pakketbeheerder" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"<b>Opmerking:</b> Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding " -"voor meer details." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 +msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "<b>Opmerking:</b> Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding voor meer details." -#. Help specific to online update mode -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 +#. Help specific to online update mode +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "" -"In deze dialoog selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en installeren." +msgstr "In deze dialoog selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en installeren." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met het respectieve " -"patchtype (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) " -"downloadgrootte." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met het respectieve patchtype (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) downloadgrootte." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw " -"systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje " -"<b>Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches</b> onder aan de lijst wijzigen." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list." +msgstr "Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje <b>Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches</b> onder aan de lijst wijzigen." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Het veld <b>Patch-beschrijving</b> veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over " -"de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving " -"ervan hier te bekijken." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 +msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "Het veld <b>Patch-beschrijving</b> veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving ervan hier te bekijken." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"In de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant wordt de inhoud van de huidige " -"geselecteerde patch weergegeven, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het " -"bevat. Van een patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of " -"verwijderen, alleen de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is bewust gedaan om " -"systeeminconsistenties te voorkomen." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "In de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant wordt de inhoud van de huidige geselecteerde patch weergegeven, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het bevat. Van een patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of verwijderen, alleen de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is bewust gedaan om systeeminconsistenties te voorkomen." -#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that -#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) -#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Naast <b>Patches</b> kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren " -"bij <b>Filter</b> linksboven:" +#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that +#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) +#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 +msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" +msgstr "Naast <b>Patches</b> kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren bij <b>Filter</b> linksboven:" -#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, " -"bijwerken, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele " -"pakket\"selecties\" selecteren." +#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, bijwerken, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele pakket\"selecties\" selecteren." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van " -"een selectie, klik met de rechtermuisknop om een contextmenu te openen." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van een selectie, klik met de rechtermuisknop om een contextmenu te openen." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik de knop <b>Afhankelijkheden controleren</b> voor het oplossen van " -"pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere " -"pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden " -"wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal " -"automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en u " -"wordt gewaarschuwd als er afhankelijkheidsconflicten optreden." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 +msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Gebruik de knop <b>Afhankelijkheden controleren</b> voor het oplossen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en u wordt gewaarschuwd als er afhankelijkheidsconflicten optreden." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u deze dialoog met behulp van <b>Accepteren</b> verlaat, dan zal " -"deze controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 +msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "Wanneer u deze dialoog met behulp van <b>Accepteren</b> verlaat, dan zal deze controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." -#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that -#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) -#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het venster <b>Filter linksboven:" +#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that +#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) +#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het venster <b>Filter</b> linksboven:" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"Bij <b>Selecties</b> worden enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties " -"weergegeven die logisch gezien bij elkaar horen." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 +msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "Bij <b>Selecties</b> worden enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties weergegeven die logisch gezien bij elkaar horen." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te " -"selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechterpakketlijst " -"selecteren of de selectie juist ongedaan maken." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechterpakketlijst selecteren of de selectie juist ongedaan maken." -#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"<b>Pakketgroepen</b> toont de pakketten per categorie. U kunt de groepen als " -"boomstructuur uitvouwen en samenvouwen om de categorieën daarmee te " -"verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de " -"pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te " -"maken." +#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 +msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "<b>Pakketgroepen</b> toont de pakketten per categorie. U kunt de groepen als boomstructuur uitvouwen en samenvouwen om de categorieën daarmee te verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te maken." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -" <b>Tip:</b> Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle " -"pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 +msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " <b>Tip:</b> Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"<b>Zoeken</b> biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan " -"verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier " -"om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam ervan weet." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 +msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "<b>Zoeken</b> biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam ervan weet." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." -msgstr "" -"<b>Tip:</b> Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een " -"bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld <b>Zorgt voor</b>." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." +msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld <b>Zorgt voor</b>." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"<b>Installatieoverzicht</b> laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem " -"zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen " -"worden." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 +msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "<b>Installatieoverzicht</b> laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen worden." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to " -"<b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om <b>Afhankelijkheden controleren te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar <b>Installatieoverzicht</b> te gaan " -"voordat u op <b>Accepteren</b> klikt. Zo kunt u alle wijzigingen zien die op " -"uw systeem worden uitgevoerd." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om <b>Afhankelijkheden controleren</b> te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar <b>Installatieoverzicht</b> te gaan voordat u op <b>Accepteren</b> klikt. Zo kunt u alle wijzigingen zien die op uw systeem worden uitgevoerd." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt " -"zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"<b>Tip:</b> Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke " -"pakketten op uw systeem niet gewijzigd worden. Klik daartoe op <b>Behouden en schakel alle andere selecties uit." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke pakketten op uw systeem niet gewijzigd worden. Klik daartoe op <b>Behouden</b> en schakel alle andere selecties uit." -#. Make sure all images used here are specified in -#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! -#. Translators: Headline for help about package status icons -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:159 +#. Make sure all images used here are specified in +#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! +#. Translators: Headline for help about package status icons +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:159 msgid "Symbols Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van de symbolen" -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:166 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:108 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:166 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:108 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "Niet installeren" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168 +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168 msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en het wordt ook niet geïnstalleerd." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:95 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:95 msgid "Install" msgstr "Installeren" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:174 +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:174 msgid "This package will be installed. It is not installed yet." msgstr "Dit pakket wordt geïnstalleerd. Het is nog niet geïnstalleerd." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:178 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:279 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:107 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:178 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:279 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:107 msgid "Keep" msgstr "Behouden" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:180 +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:180 msgid "This package is already installed. Leave it untouched." msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Laat het onaangeraakt." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:293 -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:283 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:96 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:293 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:283 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Update" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Werk het bij of installeer het opnieuw (bij " -"identieke versies)." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Werk het bij of installeer het opnieuw (bij identieke versies)." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:94 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:94 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:193 +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:193 msgid "This package is already installed. Delete it." msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Verwijder het." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:197 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:310 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:100 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:197 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:310 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:100 msgid "Taboo" msgstr "Taboe" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en mag in geen geval geïnstalleerd worden, " -"vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen " -"hebben of kunnen krijgen." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en mag in geen geval geïnstalleerd worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Pakketten ingesteld op \"taboe\" worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel " -"installatiemedia bestaan." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Pakketten ingesteld op \"taboe\" worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel installatiemedia bestaan." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 msgid "Protected" msgstr "Beschermd" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en mag niet worden aangepast, vooral niet omdat " -"andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen " -"krijgen." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en mag niet worden aangepast, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik deze status voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met " -"de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Gebruik deze status voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:98 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:98 msgid "Autoinstall" msgstr "Auto-installatie" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd omdat dit vereist is voor een " -"ander pakket." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Dit pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd omdat dit vereist is voor een ander pakket." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"<b>Tip:</b> U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket " -"te kunnen verwijderen." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket te kunnen verwijderen." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:99 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:99 msgid "Autoupdate" msgstr "Auto-update" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar voor sommige andere pakketten is een " -"nieuwere versie vereist. Het pakket wordt daarom automatisch bijgewerkt." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar voor sommige andere pakketten is een nieuwere versie vereist. Het pakket wordt daarom automatisch bijgewerkt." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:97 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:97 msgid "Autodelete" msgstr "Automatische verwijdering" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het " -"verwijderd moet worden." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het verwijderd moet worden." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "" -"Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig " -"wordt." +msgstr "Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig wordt." -#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 +#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 msgid "Special Keys Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van speciale toetsen" -#. Translators: Additional hint that will be added to any of the following keyboard actions. -#. Automatic word wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:269 +#. Translators: Additional hint that will be added to any of the following keyboard actions. +#. Automatic word wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:269 msgid "In any case, go to the next list item." msgstr "Ga in elk geval naar het volgende lijstitem." -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:276 +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:276 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Haal dit pakket op. Installeer het wanneer dit nog niet geïnstalleerd is. " -"Werk het bij wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie " -"beschikbaar is." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Haal dit pakket op. Installeer het wanneer dit nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Werk het bij wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is." -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog " -"niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Update dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie " -"beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Update dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten." -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 msgid "Undo Update" msgstr "Bijwerken ongedaan maken" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden" -"\" in wanneer het nu op \"update\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere " -"pakketten." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden\" in wanneer het nu op \"update\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere pakketten." -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u " -"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral " -"omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben " -"of kunnen krijgen. " +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 msgid "Protect" msgstr "Beschermen" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u " -"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral omdat andere " -"pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de " -"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." -#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 -#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 +#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 +#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Details..." -#: src/YQPkgChangeLogView.cc:87 src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:94 +#: src/YQPkgChangeLogView.cc:87 src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:94 msgid "Information only available for installed packages." msgstr "Informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:76 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:76 msgid "Changed Packages" msgstr "Gewijzigde pakketten" -#. add the items. -#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:114 +#. add the items. +#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:114 msgid "All" msgstr "Alles" -#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:115 msgid "Selected by the user" msgstr "Geselecteerd door de gebruiker" -#. Set the dialog title. -#. -#. "Dependency conflict" is already used as the conflict list header just -#. some pixels below that, so don't use this twice. This dialog title may -#. or may not be visible, depending on whether or not there is a window -#. manager running (and configured to show any dialog titles). -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:98 +#. Set the dialog title. +#. +#. "Dependency conflict" is already used as the conflict list header just +#. some pixels below that, so don't use this twice. This dialog title may +#. or may not be visible, depending on whether or not there is a window +#. manager running (and configured to show any dialog titles). +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:98 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" -#. "OK" button -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:134 +#. "OK" button +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:134 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK -- Probeer het opnieuw" -#. "Expert" menu button -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:145 +#. "Expert" menu button +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:145 msgid "&Expert" msgstr "&Expert" -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:157 msgid "&Save This List to a File..." msgstr "Deze lijst in een bestand &opslaan..." -#. Busy popup -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:174 +#. Busy popup +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:174 msgid "Checking Dependencies..." msgstr "De afhankelijkheden worden gecontroleerd..." -#. Heading for popup dialog -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:388 +#. Heading for popup dialog +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:388 msgid "Create Dependency Resolver Test Case" msgstr "Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing genereren" -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het " -"opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs worden " -"opgeslagen in de directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 +msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs worden opgeslagen in de directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" -#. parent -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 +#. parent +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 msgid "Solver Test Case" msgstr "Testgeval voor oplossing" -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing wordt geschreven naar " -"<br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als " -"bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?</p>" +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 +msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing wordt geschreven naar <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?</p>" -#. parent -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 +#. parent +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 msgid "Success" msgstr "Succes" -#. caption -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Fout</b> bij maken van testcase voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing<p>Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt></p>" +#. caption +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 +msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Fout</b> bij maken van testcase voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing</p><p>Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt></p>" -#. startsWith -#. filter -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:180 +#. startsWith +#. filter +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:180 msgid "Save Conflicts List" msgstr "Conflictenlijst opslaan" -#. caption -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:202 src/YQPkgList.cc:606 +#. caption +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:202 src/YQPkgList.cc:606 msgid "Cannot open file %1" msgstr "Kan bestand %1 niet openen" -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:292 +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:292 msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgstr "Conflictoplossing:" -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:329 +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:329 msgid "<a href='/'>%1 more...</a>" msgstr "<a href='/'>%1 meer...</a>" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:104 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:134 -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:154 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:196 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:104 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:134 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:154 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:196 msgid "Version:" msgstr "Versie:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:106 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:136 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:106 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:136 msgid "Provides:" msgstr "Levert:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:107 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:137 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:107 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:137 msgid "Prerequires:" msgstr "Vereist:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:108 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:138 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:108 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:138 msgid "Requires:" msgstr "Vereist:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:109 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:139 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:109 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:139 msgid "Conflicts:" msgstr "In conflict met:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:110 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:140 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:110 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:140 msgid "Obsoletes:" msgstr "Merkt aan als verouderd:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:111 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:141 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:111 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:141 msgid "Recommends:" msgstr "Adviseert:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:112 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:112 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:142 msgid "Suggests:" msgstr "Stelt voor:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:113 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:143 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:113 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:143 msgid "Enhances:" msgstr "Verbetert:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:114 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:144 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:114 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:144 msgid "Supplements:" msgstr "Vult aan:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:127 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:189 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:127 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:189 msgid "<b>Alternate Version</b>" msgstr "<b>Alternatieve versie</b>" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:128 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:190 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:128 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:190 msgid "<b>Installed Version</b>" msgstr "<b>Geïnstalleerd versie</b>" -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:72 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:72 msgid "Package Description" msgstr "Pakketbeschrijving" -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:114 msgid "References:" msgstr "Referenties:" -#. Translators: %1 contains the support level like "Level 3", "unsupported" or "unknown" -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:133 +#. Translators: %1 contains the support level like "Level 3", "unsupported" or "unknown" +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:133 msgid "Supportability: %1" msgstr "Mate van ondersteuning: %1" -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:262 +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:262 msgid "This package contains: " msgstr "Dit pakket bevat: " -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:155 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Out of disk space!" msgstr "<b>Fout:</b> Onvoldoende schijfruimte!" -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:164 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:164 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Disk space is running out!" msgstr "<b>Waarschuwing:</b> Er is bijna geen schijfruimte meer!" -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageWarningDialog.cc:71 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageWarningDialog.cc:71 msgid "Disk Space Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing schijfruimte" -#. %1 is the total number of files in a file list -#: src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:130 +#. %1 is the total number of files in a file list +#: src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:130 msgid "%1 files total" msgstr "%1 bestanden in totaal" -#. Translators: Button with pop-up menu to open a new page (very much like -#. in a web browser) with another package filter view or to switch to an -#. existing one if it's open already -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:172 src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:176 +#. Translators: Button with pop-up menu to open a new page (very much like +#. in a web browser) with another package filter view or to switch to an +#. existing one if it's open already +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:172 src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:176 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Weergeven" -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:530 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:530 msgid "Move page &left" msgstr "Pagina naar &links verplaatsen" -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:540 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:540 msgid "Move page &right" msgstr "Pagina naar &rechts verplaatsen" -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:547 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:547 msgid "&Close page" msgstr "Pagina &sluiten" -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:83 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:83 msgid "Package History" msgstr "Pakketgeschiedenis" -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:98 +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:98 msgid "Show History (/var/log/zypp/history)" msgstr "Geschiedenis tonen (/var/log/zypp/history)" -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:110 +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:110 msgid "Date" msgstr "Datum" -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 msgid "Action" msgstr "Actie" -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 msgid "Version/URL" msgstr "Versie/URL" -#. "OK" button -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:131 +#. "OK" button +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:131 msgid "&Close" msgstr "Sluit&en" -#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went -#. wrong while trying to read history file. -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:268 +#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went +#. wrong while trying to read history file. +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:268 msgid "Unable to read history" msgstr "Kan de geschiedenis niet lezen" -#. Translators: Table column heading for language ISO code like "de_DE", "en_US" -#. Please keep this short to avoid stretching the column too wide! -#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:70 +#. Translators: Table column heading for language ISO code like "de_DE", "en_US" +#. Please keep this short to avoid stretching the column too wide! +#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:70 msgid "Code" msgstr "Code" -#. Full (human readable) language / country name like "German (Austria)" -#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:73 +#. Full (human readable) language / country name like "German (Austria)" +#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:73 msgid "Language" msgstr "Taal" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:84 src/YQPkgList.cc:626 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:84 src/YQPkgList.cc:626 msgid "Package" msgstr "Pakket" -#. headers << _( "Patch" ); _nameCol = numCol++; -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:85 src/YQPkgList.cc:627 src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:114 -#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:66 +#. headers << _( "Patch" ); _nameCol = numCol++; +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:85 src/YQPkgList.cc:627 src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:66 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:90 src/YQPkgList.cc:628 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:90 src/YQPkgList.cc:628 msgid "Installed (Available)" msgstr "Geïnstalleerd (beschikbaar)" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:94 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:94 msgid "Avail. Ver." msgstr "Besch. vers." -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:97 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:97 msgid "Inst. Ver." msgstr "Geïns. vers." -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:103 src/YQPkgProductList.cc:67 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:103 src/YQPkgProductList.cc:67 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versie" -#. headers << _( "Source" ); _srpmStatusCol = numCol++; -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:108 src/YQPkgList.cc:629 +#. headers << _( "Source" ); _srpmStatusCol = numCol++; +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:108 src/YQPkgList.cc:629 msgid "Size" msgstr "Grootte" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:247 src/YQPkgList.cc:517 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:579 -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:436 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:247 src/YQPkgList.cc:517 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:579 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:436 msgid "&All in This List" msgstr "&Alles in deze lijst" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:474 src/YQPkgList.cc:495 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:474 src/YQPkgList.cc:495 msgid "Export This List to &Text File..." msgstr "Deze lijst exporteren naar &tekstbestand..." -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:526 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:526 msgid "&Install Source" msgstr "Bron &installeren" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:530 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:530 msgid "Do &Not Install Source" msgstr "Bron &niet installeren" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:534 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:534 msgid "&Install All Available Sources" msgstr "Alle beschikbare resources &installeren" -#. key -#. enabled -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:540 +#. key +#. enabled +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:540 msgid "Do &Not Install Any Sources" msgstr "Geen enkele bron &installeren" -#. startsWith -#. filter -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:582 +#. startsWith +#. filter +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:582 msgid "Export Package List" msgstr "Pakketlijst exporteren" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:625 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:625 #, c-format msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:887 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:887 msgid "Install Sources" msgstr "Bronnen installeren" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:888 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:888 msgid "Do Not Install Sources" msgstr "Bronnen niet installeren" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:892 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:892 msgid "No Sources Available" msgstr "Geen bronnen beschikbaar" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:907 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:907 msgid "Installed Version: %1" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde versie: %1" -#. Translators: This is the relation between two versions of one package -#. if both versions are the same, e.g., both "1.2.3-42", "1.2.3-42" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:925 +#. Translators: This is the relation between two versions of one package +#. if both versions are the same, e.g., both "1.2.3-42", "1.2.3-42" +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:925 msgid "same" msgstr "identiek" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:927 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:927 msgid "newer" msgstr "nieuwer" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:928 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:928 msgid "older" msgstr "ouder" -#. Translators: %1 is the version, %2 is one of "newer", "older", "same" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:931 +#. Translators: %1 is the version, %2 is one of "newer", "older", "same" +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:931 msgid "Available Version: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Beschikbare versie: %1 (%2)" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:935 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:935 msgid "Not available for installation" msgstr "Niet voor installatie beschikbaar" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:280 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:280 msgid "Do Not Install" msgstr "Niet installeren" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:281 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:281 msgid "Protected -- Do Not Modify" msgstr "Beschermd -- Niet wijzigen" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:282 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:282 msgid "Taboo -- Never Install" msgstr "Taboe - Nooit installeren" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:422 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:422 msgid "Show solver information" msgstr "Oplossingsinformatie weergeven" -#. Translators: Additional hint what caused an auto-status -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1472 +#. Translators: Additional hint what caused an auto-status +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1472 msgid "(by a software selection)" msgstr "(bij een softwareselectie)" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1474 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1474 msgid "(by dependencies)" msgstr "(bij afhankelijkheden)" -#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are installed, -#. but whose dependencies are broken (no longer satisfied) -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1490 +#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are installed, +#. but whose dependencies are broken (no longer satisfied) +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1490 msgid "Dependencies broken" msgstr "Afhankelijkheden verbroken" -#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are not installed, -#. but whose dependencies are satisfied -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1500 +#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are not installed, +#. but whose dependencies are satisfied +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1500 msgid "All dependencies satisfied" msgstr "Aan alle afhankelijkheden voldaan" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:62 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:62 msgid "Accessibility" msgstr "Toegankelijkheid" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:63 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:63 msgid "Accessories" msgstr "Accessoires" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:64 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:64 msgid "Education" msgstr "Opleiding" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:65 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:65 msgid "Games" msgstr "Spelletjes" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:66 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:66 msgid "Graphics" msgstr "Grafische afbeeldingen" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:67 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:67 msgid "Internet" msgstr "Internet" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:68 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:68 msgid "Office" msgstr "Kantoor" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:69 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:69 msgid "Other" msgstr "Overig" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:70 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:70 msgid "Programming" msgstr "Ontwikkeling" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:71 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:71 msgid "Multimedia" msgstr "Multimedia" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:72 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:72 msgid "System" msgstr "Systeem" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:73 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:73 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "GNOME-desktop" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:74 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:74 msgid "KDE Desktop" msgstr "KDE-desktop" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:75 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:75 msgid "XFCE Desktop" msgstr "XFCE-desktop" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:76 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:76 msgid "Other Desktops" msgstr "Andere desktops" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:77 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:77 msgid "Publishing" msgstr "Publiceren" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:78 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:78 msgid "Servers" msgstr "Servers" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:79 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:79 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "Lettertypen" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:80 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:80 msgid "Admin Tools" msgstr "Beheerhulpmiddelen" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:81 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:81 msgid "Legacy" msgstr "Legacy" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:82 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:82 msgid "Localization" msgstr "Lokalisatie" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:83 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:83 msgid "Virtualization" msgstr "Virtualisatie" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:84 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:84 msgid "Security" msgstr "beveiliging" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:85 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:85 msgid "Power Management" msgstr "Energiebeheer" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:86 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:86 msgid "Communication" msgstr "Communicatie" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:87 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:87 msgid "Network" msgstr "Netwerk" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:88 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:88 msgid "Maps" msgstr "Indelingen" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:89 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:89 msgid "Software Sources" msgstr "Softwarebronnen" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:90 -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:102 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:90 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:102 msgid "Unknown Group" msgstr "Onbekende groep" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:93 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:93 msgid "Suggested Packages" msgstr "Voorgestelde pakketten" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:94 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:94 msgid "Recommended Packages" msgstr "Aanbevolen pakketten" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:95 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:95 msgid "Orphaned Packages" msgstr "Zwevende pakketten" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:96 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:96 msgid "Unneeded Packages" msgstr "Niet noodzakelijke pakketten" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:97 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:97 msgid "Multiversion Packages" msgstr "Pakketten met meerdere versies" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:197 src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:165 -#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:59 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:197 src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:59 msgid "Package Groups" msgstr "Pakketgroepen" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:92 msgid "&Show Patch Category:" msgstr "Patchcategorie &weergeven:" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:99 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:99 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Noodzakelijke patches" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:100 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:100 msgid "Unneeded Patches" msgstr "Niet noodzakelijke patches" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:101 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:101 msgid "All Patches" msgstr "Alle patches" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "Patch Description" msgstr "Patchbeschrijving" -#. Translators: These are patch categories -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:614 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:100 +#. Translators: These are patch categories +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:614 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:100 msgid "YaST" msgstr "YaST" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:615 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:615 msgid "security" msgstr "beveiliging" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:616 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:616 msgid "recommended" msgstr "aanbevolen" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:617 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:617 msgid "optional" msgstr "optioneel" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:618 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:618 msgid "document" msgstr "document" -#: src/YQPkgPatternList.cc:170 +#: src/YQPkgPatternList.cc:170 msgid "Pattern" msgstr "Patroon" -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:73 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:73 msgid "Products" msgstr "Producten" -#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:65 +#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:65 msgid "Product" msgstr "Product" -#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:68 +#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:68 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Leverancier" -#. Translators: This is a combo box where the user can apply a secondary filter -#. in addition to the primary filter by repository - one of -#. "All packages", "RPM groups", "search", "summary" -#. -#. And yes, the colon really belongs there since this is one of the very -#. few cases where a combo box label is left to the combo box rather than -#. above it. -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:139 +#. Translators: This is a combo box where the user can apply a secondary filter +#. in addition to the primary filter by repository - one of +#. "All packages", "RPM groups", "search", "summary" +#. +#. And yes, the colon really belongs there since this is one of the very +#. few cases where a combo box label is left to the combo box rather than +#. above it. +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:139 msgid "&Secondary Filter:" msgstr "Tweede &filter:" -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "Niet-onderhouden pakketten" -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "Zoeken" -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" -#. Column headers for repository list -#: src/YQPkgRepoList.cc:76 +#. Column headers for repository list +#: src/YQPkgRepoList.cc:76 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:63 +#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:63 msgid "zzz All" msgstr "zzz alles" -#. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 +#. Search button +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Zoeken" -#. -#. Where to search -#. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 +#. +#. Where to search +#. +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "Zoeken in" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "&Overzicht" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "&Omschrijving" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "Bestandslijst" -#. -#. Search mode -#. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 +#. +#. Search mode +#. +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "Zoek&modus:" -#. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Bevat" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Begint met" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Exacte overeenkomst" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "Jokertekens gebruiken" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "Reguliere expressie gebruiken" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "&Hoofdlettergevoelig" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Zoeken..." -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "Geen resultaten." -#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went -#. wrong while searching for packages. At this point, it is not clear -#. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or -#. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return -#. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 +#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went +#. wrong while searching for packages. At this point, it is not clear +#. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or +#. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return +#. the original (translated) error message. +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "Opvraagfout" -#: src/YQPkgSelList.cc:64 +#: src/YQPkgSelList.cc:64 msgid "Selection" msgstr "Selectie" -#. Headline -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:77 +#. Headline +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:77 msgid "Changes Overview" msgstr "Overzicht wijzigingen" -#. -#. Packages with what status to show -#. -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:87 +#. +#. Packages with what status to show +#. +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:87 msgid "Show packages with status" msgstr "Pakketten weergeven met status" -#. Refresh button -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:120 +#. Refresh button +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:120 msgid "&Refresh List" msgstr "Lijst ve&rnieuwen" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:155 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:197 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:155 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:197 msgid "Build Time:" msgstr "Aanmaakdatum:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:159 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:198 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:159 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:198 msgid "Install Time:" msgstr "Installatiedatum:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:161 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:161 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:199 msgid "Package Group:" msgstr "Pakketgroep:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:162 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:200 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:162 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:200 msgid "License:" msgstr "Licentie:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:163 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:201 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:163 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:201 msgid "Installed Size:" msgstr "Installatiegrootte:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:164 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:202 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:164 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:202 msgid "Download Size:" msgstr "Downloadgrootte:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:165 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:203 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:165 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:203 msgid "Distribution:" msgstr "Distributie:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:166 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:204 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:166 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:204 msgid "Vendor:" msgstr "Leverancier:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:167 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:205 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:167 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:205 msgid "Packager:" msgstr "Pakketbouwer:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:168 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:206 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:168 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:206 msgid "Architecture:" msgstr "Architectuur:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:169 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:207 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:169 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:207 msgid "Build Host:" msgstr "Aanmaakhost:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:170 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:208 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:170 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:208 msgid "URL:" msgstr "URL:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:171 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:209 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:171 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:209 msgid "Source Package:" msgstr "Broncodepakket:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:172 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:211 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:172 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:211 msgid "Media No.:" msgstr "Media nr.:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:173 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:212 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:173 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:212 msgid "Authors:" msgstr "Auteurs:" -#: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 +#: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 msgid "" "<br>\n" "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" @@ -1747,22 +1516,21 @@ "De veiligste handelswijze is ze te verwijderen.\n" "</p>" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)" msgstr "%1-%2 van leverancier %3 (geïnstalleerd)" -#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 +#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" "package at the same time." msgstr "" -"Voor dit pakket probeert u tegelijkertijd versies te installeren waarvoor " -"meerdere versies mogelijk zijn\n" +"Voor dit pakket probeert u tegelijkertijd versies te installeren waarvoor meerdere versies mogelijk zijn\n" "en versies waarvoor dat niet geldt." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1774,10 +1542,9 @@ "\n" "Druk op \"Doorgaan\" om deze versie te installeren\n" "en hef de selectie op van de versie waarvoor dit niet geldt.\n" -"Druk op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie op te heffen en de " -"andere versie te behouden." +"Druk op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie op te heffen en de andere versie te behouden." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1789,35 +1556,34 @@ "\n" "Druk op \"Doorgaan\" om alleen deze versie te installeren\n" "en hef de selectie op van alle andere versies.\n" -"Druk op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie op te heffen en de " -"andere versies te behouden." +"Druk op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie op te heffen en de andere versies te behouden." -#. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 +#. Dialog heading +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Incompatibele pakketversies" -#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, -#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, -#. %4 is the repository's priority -#. %5 is the vendor of the package -#. Examples: -#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE -#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE -#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ -#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, +#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, +#. %4 is the repository's priority +#. %5 is the vendor of the package +#. Examples: +#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE +#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE +#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ +#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 van %3 met prioriteit %4 en leverancier %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Deze versie is op uw systeem geïnstalleerd." -#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:86 +#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:86 msgid "Missing package" msgstr "Ontbrekende pakketten" -#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 +#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "Pakket libqdialogsolver is vereist voor deze mogelijkheid." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,73 +14,72 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:180 +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:180 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#. Translators: Please keep this short! -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:182 +#. Translators: Please keep this short! +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:182 msgid "Disk Usage" msgstr "Schijfgebruik" -#. columnLabels << _("Used"); _usedSizeCol = numCol++; -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:185 +#. columnLabels << _("Used"); _usedSizeCol = numCol++; +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:185 msgid "Free" msgstr "Vrij" -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:186 +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:186 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totaal" -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:188 +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:188 msgid "Device" msgstr "Apparaat" -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:256 +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:256 msgid "Used %1" msgstr "Gebruikt %1" -#. Window title for help wizard window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" -#. Close button for wizard help window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 -#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:134 +#. Close button for wizard help window +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:134 msgid "&Close" msgstr "&Sluiten" -#. Window title for help wizard window -#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:133 +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:133 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Uitgavenotities" -#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 +#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Stylesheet-editor" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" -"U klikte met de rechtermuisknop op een plek waar een linkermuisklik werd " -"verwacht.\n" +"U klikte met de rechtermuisknop op een plek waar een linkermuisklik werd verwacht.\n" "Wilt u de functies van de linker en rechter muisknop omdraaien?" -#. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 +#. Popup dialog caption +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Onverwachte muisklik" -#. parent -#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 +#. parent +#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 msgid "Color switching" msgstr "Kleuroverschakeling" -#. caption -#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 +#. caption +#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 msgid "" "Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n" "press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." @@ -88,91 +87,62 @@ "Overschakelen naar een kleurenpalet voor visueel beperkte gebruikers. -\n" "Druk opnieuw op Shift-F4 om de normale kleuren weer in te schakelen." -#. Translators: This is a very short warning that the CapsLock key -#. is active while trying to type in a password field. This warning -#. replaces the normal label (caption) of that password field while -#. CapsLock is active, so please keep it short. Please don't translate it -#. at all if the term "CapsLock" can reasonably expected to be understood -#. by the target audience. -#. -#. In particular, please don't translate this to death in German. -#. Simply leave it. -#: src/YQInputField.cc:238 +#. Translators: This is a very short warning that the CapsLock key +#. is active while trying to type in a password field. This warning +#. replaces the normal label (caption) of that password field while +#. CapsLock is active, so please keep it short. Please don't translate it +#. at all if the term "CapsLock" can reasonably expected to be understood +#. by the target audience. +#. +#. In particular, please don't translate this to death in German. +#. Simply leave it. +#: src/YQInputField.cc:238 msgid "CapsLock!" msgstr "CapsLock!" -#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:163 +#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:163 msgid "Save screen shot to..." msgstr "Schermafdruk opslaan naar..." -#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:280 +#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:280 msgid "YaST Logging" msgstr "YaST-logging" -#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:281 +#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:281 msgid "Configure YaST Logging:" msgstr "Configureer YaST-logging:" -#. Help button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#. "Help" button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:862 src/YQWizard.cc:1404 +#. Help button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Help" button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:862 src/YQWizard.cc:1404 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Help" -#. -#. "Release Notes" button -#. -#. Release Notes button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#. "Release Notes" button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:894 src/YQWizard.cc:1419 +#. +#. "Release Notes" button +#. +#. Release Notes button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Release Notes" button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:894 src/YQWizard.cc:1419 msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "&Release-opmerkingen" -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1116 -msgid "" -"<h1>Advanced Hotkeys</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Take and save a " -"screenshot. May not be available when YaST is running under some desktop " -"environments.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Enable/disable the color palette " -"optimized for vision impaired users.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>Enable/disable " -"logging of debug messages.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Open a file dialog to " -"save log files to a non-standard location.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D<dd>Send a DebugEvent. YaST modules can react on this by executing " -"special debugging actions. Result depends on the specific YaST-module.<dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Start/Stop macro recorder.</dd><dt>Ctrl-" -"Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Replay macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Show " -"style sheet editor.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T</dt><dd>Dump widget tree to the " -"log file.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Open a terminal window (xterm). " -"Useful for VNC installations.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Show widget " -"tree browser.</dd></dl>" -msgstr "" -"<h1>Geavanceerde sneltoetsen</h1><dl><dt>Scherm afdruk maken</dt><dd>Maak en " -"sla een schermafdruk op. Kan niet beschikbaar zijn wanneer YaST actief is " -"onder sommige bureaubladomgevinden.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>In-/" -"uitschakelen van het kleurpalet geoptimaliseerd voor gebruikers met beperkt " -"zicht.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>In-/uitschakelen van loggen van " -"debugmeldingen.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Open een bestandsdialoog om " -"logbestanden op te slaan naar een niet-standaard locatie.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-" -"Alt-D</dt><dd>Stuur een DebugEvent. YaST modules kunnen hierop reageren door " -"speciale debugacties uit te voeren. Resultaat hangt af van de specifieke " -"YaST-module.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Start/stop de macrorecorder.<dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Speel de macro opnieuw af.</dd><dt>Ctrl-" -"Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Toon de bewerker van stijlsheet.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-" -"T</dt><dd>Dump widget tree naar het logbestand.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X<dd>Open een terminalvenster (xterm). Nuttig voor VNC installaties.<dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Toon browser van widget tree.</dd></dl>" +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1116 +msgid "<h1>Advanced Hotkeys</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Take and save a screenshot. May not be available when YaST is running under some desktop environments.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Enable/disable the color palette optimized for vision impaired users.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>Enable/disable logging of debug messages.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Open a file dialog to save log files to a non-standard location.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D</dt><dd>Send a DebugEvent. YaST modules can react on this by executing special debugging actions. Result depends on the specific YaST-module.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Start/Stop macro recorder.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Replay macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Show style sheet editor.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T</dt><dd>Dump widget tree to the log file.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Open a terminal window (xterm). Useful for VNC installations.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Show widget tree browser.</dd></dl>" +msgstr "<h1>Geavanceerde sneltoetsen</h1><dl><dt>Scherm afdruk maken</dt><dd>Maak en sla een schermafdruk op. Kan niet beschikbaar zijn wanneer YaST actief is onder sommige bureaubladomgevinden.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>In-/uitschakelen van het kleurpalet geoptimaliseerd voor gebruikers met beperkt zicht.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>In-/uitschakelen van loggen van debugmeldingen.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Open een bestandsdialoog om logbestanden op te slaan naar een niet-standaard locatie.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D</dt><dd>Stuur een DebugEvent. YaST modules kunnen hierop reageren door speciale debugacties uit te voeren. Resultaat hangt af van de specifieke YaST-module.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Start/stop de macrorecorder.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Speel de macro opnieuw af.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Toon de bewerker van stijlsheet.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T</dt><dd>Dump widget tree naar het logbestand.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Open een terminalvenster (xterm) . Nuttig voor VNC installaties.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Toon browser van widget tree.</dd></dl>" -#. "Steps" button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1409 +#. "Steps" button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1409 msgid "&Steps" msgstr "&Stappen" -#. "Tree" button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1414 +#. "Tree" button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1414 msgid "&Tree" msgstr "&Boomstructuur" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,34 +14,33 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 msgid "Remote Access Configuration" msgstr "Remote toegang configuratie" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:43 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:43 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "Configuratie-overzicht weergeven" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:53 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:53 msgid "Allow remote access" msgstr "Extern beheer toestaan" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Stel 'yes' in om extern beheer toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden." +msgstr "Stel 'yes' in om extern beheer toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden." -#. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Configuratie-overzicht externe toegang:" -#. Command line error message -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 +#. Command line error message +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." @@ -49,94 +48,90 @@ "Stel 'yes' in om om extern beheer toe te staan,\n" "of 'no' om dit te verbieden." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 msgid "RDP Remote Administration" msgstr "Extern RDP-beheer" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59 msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "&Extern RDP-beheer" -#. Dialog contents -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30 +#. Dialog contents +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Instellingen" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32 msgid "Enable RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) Service" msgstr "RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) service inschakelen" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Poort in firewall openen" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration via RDP</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol " -"running on TCP port 3389.</p><p>If the feature is enabled, you will be able " -"to login to this computer\n" +"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol running on TCP port 3389.</p><p>If the feature is enabled, you will be able to login to this computer\n" "remotely via an RDP client such as Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Beheer op afstand via RDP</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is een veilig hulpmiddel voor beheer op " -"afstand dat werkt op TCP poort 3389.</p><p>Als de functie is ingeschakeld, " -"dan zult u in staat zijn om in te loggen op deze computer\n" +"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is een veilig hulpmiddel voor beheer op afstand dat werkt op TCP poort 3389.</p><p>Als de functie is ingeschakeld, dan zult u in staat zijn om in te loggen op deze computer\n" "vanaf afstand via een RDP-client zoals Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Remote Administration via RDP" msgstr "Beheer op afstand via RDP" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "xrdp configureren" -#. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Services opnieuw starten" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "De services stoppen" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106 msgid "Saving Remote Administration (RDP) Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie voor beheer op afstand (RDP) opslaan" -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111 +#. 100; //for testing +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "xrdp configureren..." -#. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144 +#. Disable xrdp +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "De service wordt opnieuw gestart..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "De service stoppen..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163 +#. Label in proposal text +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163 msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is enabled." msgstr "Service voor beheer op afstand (RDP) is ingeschakeld." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166 +#. Label in proposal text +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166 msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is disabled." msgstr "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is uitgeschakeld." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,395 +14,339 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xrear module -#: src/clients/rear.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xrear module +#: src/clients/rear.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of Rear" msgstr "Configuratie van Rear" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/rear.rb:67 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/rear.rb:67 msgid "Change the Rear configuration" msgstr "De Rear-configuratie wijzigen" -#: src/clients/rear.rb:73 +#: src/clients/rear.rb:73 msgid "Output" msgstr "Uitvoer" -#: src/clients/rear.rb:74 +#: src/clients/rear.rb:74 msgid "Netfs URL" msgstr "Netfs-URL" -#. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:137 +#. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:137 msgid "This system is not supported by rear, because:" msgstr "Dit systeem wordt niet door Rear ondersteund, omdat:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:142 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." -msgstr "" -"Verwacht NIET dat de gemaakte back-up bruikbaar is voor systeemherstel als u " -"deze waarschuwing negeert." +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:142 +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." +msgstr "Verwacht NIET dat de gemaakte back-up bruikbaar is voor systeemherstel als u deze waarschuwing negeert." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:156 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:156 msgid "This system is not supported." msgstr "Dit systeem wordt niet ondersteund." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:160 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:160 msgid "&Ignore and continue" msgstr "&Negeren en doorgaan" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:161 src/include/rear/ui.rb:205 -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:306 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:161 src/include/rear/ui.rb:205 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" -#. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:195 +#. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:195 msgid "Additional Directories to Backup" msgstr "Aanvullende directory's voor back-up" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:204 src/include/rear/ui.rb:305 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:204 src/include/rear/ui.rb:305 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:223 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:223 msgid "Choose Directory" msgstr "Directory kiezen" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write rear configuration file." msgstr "Het Rear-configuratiebestand kan niet worden geschreven." -#. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:274 +#. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:274 msgid "Additional Kernel Modules" msgstr "Aanvullende kernelmodules" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:281 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:281 msgid "Available Modules in current System:" msgstr "Beschikbare modules in het huidige systeem:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:298 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:298 msgid "Modules added to Rescue System:" msgstr "Toegevoegde modules aan het herstelsysteem:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:303 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:303 msgid "Modules are sorted in the order they were loaded." msgstr "Modules zijn gesorteerd in de volgorde waarin ze zijn geladen." -#. Dialog to run rear -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:380 +#. Dialog to run rear +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:380 msgid "Preparing for Rear Execution." msgstr "Voorbereiden voor uitvoeren van Rear." -#. -v : verbose; without it rear runs completely silent -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:401 +#. -v : verbose; without it rear runs completely silent +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:401 msgid "Running rear..." msgstr "Rear uitvoeren..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 msgid "Execution failed with return value %1." msgstr "Uitvoeren is mislukt met geretourneerde waarde %1." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup." -msgstr "" -"Beëindigd. U wordt ten zeerste aangeraden om de gemaakte back-up te testen." +msgstr "Beëindigd. U wordt ten zeerste aangeraden om de gemaakte back-up te testen." -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#. The whole sequence -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:465 src/include/rear/ui.rb:810 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#. The whole sequence +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:465 src/include/rear/ui.rb:810 msgid "Rear Configuration" msgstr "Rear-configuratie" -#. help text for Rear -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:468 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer." -msgstr "" -"<p>Back-up met Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) configureren voor uw " -"computer.</p>" +#. help text for Rear +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:468 +msgid "<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Back-up met Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) configureren voor uw computer.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:471 -msgid "" -"<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want " -"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bepaal hoe uw <b>herstelsysteem</b> moet worden gestart. Kies USB als u " -"wilt opstarten vanaf een USB-stick of ISO voor opstarten via cd-rom.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:471 +msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bepaal hoe uw <b>herstelsysteem</b> moet worden gestart. Kies USB als u wilt opstarten vanaf een USB-stick of ISO voor opstarten via cd-rom.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:474 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have " -"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " -"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " -"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kies waar de <b>back-up</b> moet worden opgeslagen. Selecteer NFS als u " -"een server moet gebruiken die Network File System biedt. Specificeer de " -"locatie als volgt: <tt>nfs://hostnaam/directory</tt>. U kunt ook USB kiezen " -"om uw back-up op een USB-stick of USB-schijf op te slaan.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:474 +msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kies waar de <b>back-up</b> moet worden opgeslagen. Selecteer NFS als u een server moet gebruiken die Network File System biedt. Specificeer de locatie als volgt: <tt>nfs://hostnaam/directory</tt>. U kunt ook USB kiezen om uw back-up op een USB-stick of USB-schijf op te slaan.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:477 -msgid "" -"<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"<b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als er geen USB-apparaten worden weergegeven, sluit dan een USB-stick of " -"een USB-schijf aan en klik op <b>USB-apparaten opnieuw scannen</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:477 +msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als er geen USB-apparaten worden weergegeven, sluit dan een USB-stick of een USB-schijf aan en klik op <b>USB-apparaten opnieuw scannen</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer <b>Oude back-up bewaren</b> als u niet wilt dat de vorige back-" -"up wordt overschreven.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Oude back-up bewaren</b> als u niet wilt dat de vorige back-up wordt overschreven.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:483 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the " -"backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het menu <b>Geavanceerd</b> biedt <b>aanvullende directory's om aan een " -"back-up toe te voegen</b> en <b>aanvullende kernelmodules voor het " -"herstelsysteem</b>. Dat is alleen nuttig als uw back-up niet alle benodigde " -"directory's bevat of het herstelsysteem niet kan worden opgestart vanwege " -"ontbrekende kernelmodules.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:483 +msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het menu <b>Geavanceerd</b> biedt <b>aanvullende directory's om aan een back-up toe te voegen</b> en <b>aanvullende kernelmodules voor het herstelsysteem</b>. Dat is alleen nuttig als uw back-up niet alle benodigde directory's bevat of het herstelsysteem niet kan worden opgestart vanwege ontbrekende kernelmodules.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:486 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's " -"output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " -"your system!</strong></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De knoppen <b>Opslaan en Rear nu uitvoeren</b> voert Rear uit en toont de " -"uitvoer van Rear. <strong>Voer een test uit om te zien of de gemaakte back-" -"up op uw systeem naar behoren werkt.</strong></p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:486 +msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>" +msgstr "<p>De knoppen <b>Opslaan en Rear nu uitvoeren</b> voert Rear uit en toont de uitvoer van Rear. <strong>Voer een test uit om te zien of de gemaakte back-up op uw systeem naar behoren werkt.</strong></p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:489 -msgid "" -"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes " -"the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>OK</b> wordt de configuratie opgeslagen en afgesloten. Met " -"<b>Annuleren</b> wordt het configuratiedialoogvenster gesloten zonder op te " -"slaan.<p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:489 +msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>OK</b> wordt de configuratie opgeslagen en afgesloten. Met <b>Annuleren</b> wordt het configuratiedialoogvenster gesloten zonder op te slaan.<p>" -#. Set defaults: -#. This is not mandatory, so we only set it, if empty -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:513 +#. Set defaults: +#. This is not mandatory, so we only set it, if empty +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:513 msgid "Additional directories in the backup:" msgstr "Extra mappen in de back-up:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 msgid "Additional programs in the rescue system:" msgstr "Extra programma's in het herstelsysteem:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:520 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:520 msgid "Additional files to be copied into the rescue system:" msgstr "Extra bestanden te kopiëren in het herstelsysteem:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:523 msgid "Additional post recovery scripts:" msgstr "Extra scripts uit te voeren na herstel van het systeem:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:527 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:527 msgid "YaST would like to change your ReaR configuration." msgstr "YaST wil de configuratie van ReaR wijzigen." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:530 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:530 msgid "You might end up in an unusable backup if you don't accept this." -msgstr "" -"U kunt eindigen met een onbruikbare reservekopie als u dit niet accepteert." +msgstr "U kunt eindigen met een onbruikbare reservekopie als u dit niet accepteert." -#. prepare advanced menu -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:553 +#. prepare advanced menu +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:553 msgid "Additional Directories in Backup" msgstr "Aanvullende directory's in back-up" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:557 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:557 msgid "Additional Kernel Modules in Rescue System" msgstr "Aanvullende kernelmodules in herstelsysteem" -#. handle advanced menu -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:561 src/include/rear/ui.rb:782 +#. handle advanced menu +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:561 src/include/rear/ui.rb:782 msgid "Required Programs" msgstr "Vereiste programma's" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:565 src/include/rear/ui.rb:787 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:565 src/include/rear/ui.rb:787 msgid "Copy As Is" msgstr "Ongewijzigd kopiëren" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:569 src/include/rear/ui.rb:792 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:569 src/include/rear/ui.rb:792 msgid "Post Recovery Script" msgstr "Script uit te voeren na herstel van het systeem" -#. prepare main dialog -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:579 +#. prepare main dialog +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:579 msgid "Recovery System" msgstr "Herstelsysteem" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:587 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:587 msgid "&Boot Media" msgstr "&Opstartmedium" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:597 msgid "Backup" msgstr "Reservekopie" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:605 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:605 msgid "&Backup Media" msgstr "&Back-upmedium" -#. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly -#. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:614 src/include/rear/ui.rb:732 -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:746 +#. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly +#. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:614 src/include/rear/ui.rb:732 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:746 msgid "&Location" msgstr "&Locatie" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:625 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:625 msgid "&Keep old backup" msgstr "Oude back-up &bewaren" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:632 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:632 msgid "Use &dhclient" msgstr "&Dhclient gebruiken" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:638 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:638 msgid "Rescan USB Devices" msgstr "USB-apparaten opnieuw scannen" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:641 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:641 msgid "&Backup Options" msgstr "Opties voor &reservekopie maken" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:647 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:647 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Geavanceerd" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:649 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:649 msgid "Save and run rear now" msgstr "Opslaan en Rear nu uitvoeren" -#. set settings according to options read from config file. -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:669 +#. set settings according to options read from config file. +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:669 msgid "BACKUP is set to an unknown value.\n" msgstr "BACKUP is ingesteld op een onbekende waarde.\n" -#. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:682 +#. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:682 msgid "OUTPUT is set to an unknown value.\n" msgstr "OUTPUT is ingesteld op een onbekende waarde.\n" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n" -msgstr "" -"NETFS_URL is ingesteld op een onbekende waarde of heeft een onjuiste " -"indeling.\n" +msgstr "NETFS_URL is ingesteld op een onbekende waarde of heeft een onjuiste indeling.\n" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" -msgstr "" -"Uw Rear-configuratiebestand bevat opties die deze YaST-module niet kan " -"configureren.\n" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:708 +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" +msgstr "Uw Rear-configuratiebestand bevat opties die deze YaST-module niet kan configureren.\n" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:713 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:713 msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" msgstr "Wilt u doorgaan en deze instellingen overschrijven?" -#. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:757 +#. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:757 msgid "Your USB medium will be overwritten. Do you want to continue?" msgstr "Uw USB-medium wordt overschreven. Wilt u doorgaan?" -#. true: read-only -#. Rear read dialog caption -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:821 +#. true: read-only +#. Rear read dialog caption +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:821 msgid "Reading Rear Configuration" msgstr "Rear-configuratie lezen" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "Systeem wordt geanalyseerd" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Rear-instellingen lezen" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "Systeem analyseren..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 msgid "Reading rear settings..." msgstr "Rear-instellingen lezen..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/rear/add_config_dialog.rb:43 +#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/rear/add_config_dialog.rb:43 msgid "Your ReaR configuration needs to be modified." msgstr "Uw configuratie voor ReaR heeft wijziging nodig." -#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/rear/list_edit_dialog.rb:46 +#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/rear/list_edit_dialog.rb:46 msgid "&New Entry" msgstr "&Nieuw item" -#. check bootloader -#. returns error message if system is not supported -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:58 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:79 +#. check bootloader +#. returns error message if system is not supported +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:58 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:79 msgid "Cannot figure out which bootloader is used." msgstr "De gebruikte bootloader kan niet worden vastgesteld." -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:70 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:70 msgid "Bootloader %1 is used." msgstr "Bootloader %1 wordt gebruikt." -#. check devices -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:108 +#. check devices +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:108 msgid "Device %1 is iscsi." msgstr "Apparaat %1 is iscsi." -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:120 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:120 msgid "Device %1 is multipath." msgstr "Apparaat %1 is multipath." -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:143 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:143 msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)." msgstr "Partitie %1 gebruikt een niet ondersteund bestandssysteem (%2)." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,84 +14,84 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module -#: src/clients/reipl.rb:52 +#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module +#: src/clients/reipl.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of reipl" msgstr "Configuratie van 'reipl'" -#. Reipl configure dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100 +#. Reipl configure dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100 msgid "Reipl Configuration" msgstr "Reipl-configuratie" -#. Reipl configure dialog contents -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:63 +#. Reipl configure dialog contents +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "reipl methods" msgstr "reipl-methoden" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&ccw" msgstr "&ccw" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "&fcp" msgstr "&fcp" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "&nss" msgstr "&NSS" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "ccw parameters" msgstr "ccw-parameters" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Apparaat" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "&Loadparm" msgstr "Parameter &laden" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "fcp parameters" msgstr "fcp-parameters" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "D&evice" msgstr "&Apparaat" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "&Worldwide port number" msgstr "&Wereldwijd poortnummer" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Lo&gical unit number" msgstr "Lo&gisch eenheidsnummer" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "B&oot program selector" msgstr "&Opstartprogrammaselector" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "nss parameters" msgstr "NSS-parameters" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Naam" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "reipl configuration" msgstr "Reipl-configuratie" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "help missing in helps.ycp" msgstr "hulp ontbreekt in helps.ycp" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -99,18 +99,17 @@ "<p><b><big>De reipl-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -118,8 +117,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Een reipl-configuratie opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -131,121 +130,98 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure dialog help 1 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55 +#. Configure dialog help 1 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55 msgid "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL-configuratie</big></b></p>" -#. Configure dialog help 2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 +#. Configure dialog help 2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Kies één van de methoden om uw machine opnieuw op te starten met de radio-" -"buttons\n" -"weergegeven binnen <b>reipl-methoden</b>. Afhankelijk van wat uw machine " -"ondersteunt,\n" +"<p>Kies één van de methoden om uw machine opnieuw op te starten met de radio-buttons\n" +"weergegeven binnen <b>reipl-methoden</b>. Afhankelijk van wat uw machine ondersteunt,\n" "kies tussen CCW (channel command word) apparaten en SCSI-apparaten,\n" -"die gekoppeld zijn via zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Vul daarna de " -"noodzakelijke\n" +"die gekoppeld zijn via zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Vul daarna de noodzakelijke\n" "invulvelden voor parameters in van de respectievelijke methode.</p>\n" -#. Configure dialog help 3 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 +#. Configure dialog help 3 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><" -"device ID></i>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Het <b>apparaat</b> moet een geldige apparaatbus-ID zijn met kleine " -"letters\n" -"in een sysfs-compatibele indeling 0.<i><subkanaalset-ID></i>.<i><" -"apparaat-ID></i>,\n" -"zoals 0.0.5c51. Afhankelijk van de gekozen methode, kan dit ofwel verwijzen " -"naar een DASD of naar\n" +"<p>Het <b>apparaat</b> moet een geldige apparaatbus-ID zijn met kleine letters\n" +"in een sysfs-compatibele indeling 0.<i><subkanaalset-ID></i>.<i><apparaat-ID></i>,\n" +"zoals 0.0.5c51. Afhankelijk van de gekozen methode, kan dit ofwel verwijzen naar een DASD of naar\n" "een FCP-adapter.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 4 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74 +#. Configure dialog help 4 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p>The <b>loadparm</b> must be a maximum of 8 characters and selects a boot\n" "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>De waarde van <b>Parameter laden</b> mag uit maximaal 8 tekens bestaan en " -"selecteert een opstart\n" +"<p>De waarde van <b>Parameter laden</b> mag uit maximaal 8 tekens bestaan en selecteert een opstart\n" "configuratie uit het menu van de zipl-opstartlader. Gebruik één leeg teken\n" "om de standaardconfiguratie te selecteren.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 5 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 +#. Configure dialog help 5 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Het <b>wereldwijde poortnummer</b> (WWPN) moet ingegeven worden met " -"kleine\n" -"letters als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde, zoals 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" +"<p>Het <b>wereldwijde poortnummer</b> (WWPN) moet ingegeven worden met kleine\n" +"letters als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde, zoals 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" -#. Configure dialog help 6 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 +#. Configure dialog help 6 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"</p>" +"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Het <b>logische eenheidsnummer</b> (LUN) moet opgegeven worden in kleine " -"letters\n" -"als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde met alle achtergevoegde nullen, " -"zoals 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" +"<p>Het <b>logische eenheidsnummer</b> (LUN) moet opgegeven worden in kleine letters\n" +"als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde met alle achtergevoegde nullen, zoals 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 7 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 +#. Configure dialog help 7 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>The <b>boot program selector</b> must be a non-negative integer choosing\n" "a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" "the default configuration.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Het <b>keuzegetal voor het opstartprogramma</b> moet een niet-negatief " -"geheel getal zijn\n" -"die een opstartconfiguratie kiest uit het menu van de zipl-opstartlader. " -"Gebruik 0 om de\n" +"<p>Het <b>keuzegetal voor het opstartprogramma</b> moet een niet-negatief geheel getal zijn\n" +"die een opstartconfiguratie kiest uit het menu van de zipl-opstartlader. Gebruik 0 om de\n" "standaardconfiguratie te selecteren.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 8 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94 +#. Configure dialog help 8 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n" "boot record and is currently always 0.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Het <b>logische blokadres van het opstartrecord</b> (LBA) specificeert " -"het \n" +"<p>Het <b>logische blokadres van het opstartrecord</b> (LBA) specificeert het \n" "masteropstartrecord en is nu altijd 0.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 9 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 +#. Configure dialog help 9 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Na confirmatie van deze dialoog kunt u een het systeem opnieuw opstarten, " -"b.v. door af te sluiten,\n" -"waarna het systeem automatisch opnieuw zal opstarten vanaf het door u " -"gespecificeerde apparaat.</p>" +"<p>Na confirmatie van deze dialoog kunt u een het systeem opnieuw opstarten, b.v. door af te sluiten,\n" +"waarna het systeem automatisch opnieuw zal opstarten vanaf het door u gespecificeerde apparaat.</p>" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module -#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 +#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module +#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "Configuratie van FTP-server" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -28,160 +28,160 @@ "Wilt u echt stoppen?\n" "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." -#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 +#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 msgid "Select SSL Key File" msgstr "SSL-sleutelbestand selecteren" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 msgid "Select SSL Cert File" msgstr "SSL-certificaatbestand selecteren" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 msgid "Add New Port" msgstr "Nieuwe poort toevoegen" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 msgid "Edit Current Port" msgstr "Huidige poort bewerken" -#. A text entry -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 +#. A text entry +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Poort" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "Poortnummer mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 msgid "Port number out of range." msgstr "Poortnummer valt buiten bereik." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "Poortnummer bestaat reeds." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Li Dongyang -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Li Dongyang +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Relocation Address:" msgstr "Relocation-adres:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Allowed Hosts:" msgstr "Toegestane hosts:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "Use SSL as Default" msgstr "SSL gebruiken als standaard" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "non-SSL Server" msgstr "non-SSL-server" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Port:" msgstr "Poort:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Enable" msgstr "Inschakelen" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "SSL Server" msgstr "SSL-server" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "SSL Key File:" msgstr "SSL-sleutelbestand:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "SSL-certificaatbestand:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "Firewall" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Tunneled migration" msgstr "Getunnelde migratie" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works" msgstr "Controleer of getunnelde migratie werkt" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Plain migration" msgstr "Gewone migratie" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Make sure plain migration works" msgstr "Controleer of gewone migratie werkt" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "TCP-poorten" -#. A table header -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 +#. A table header +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Port" msgstr "Poort" -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "Toe&voegen..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&Bewerken..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "Verwij&deren" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Include default port range" msgstr "Standaard poortbereik bijvoegen" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -189,18 +189,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van relocation-server initialiseren</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -208,8 +207,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van relocation-opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -218,189 +217,170 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opslaan afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" "U kunt het opslaan afbreken door op <B>Afbreken</B> te drukken.\n" -"U wordt via een extra venster geïnformeerd of u dit al dan niet veilig kunt " -"doen.\n" +"U wordt via een extra venster geïnformeerd of u dit al dan niet veilig kunt doen.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n" "<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.</p>\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n" "<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Relocation-adres</b><br>\n" "Het adres waar xend moet luisteren voor relocation-socketverbindingen</p>\n" "<p><b>Toegestane hosts</b><br>\n" -"De hosts die toestemming hebben om te communiceren met de relocation-poort. " -"Als deze leeg is, zijn alle verbindingen toegestaan. Anders moet deze " -"bestaan uit een met spaties gescheiden reeks reguliere uitdrukkingen. Elke " -"host met een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam of een IP-adres dat " -"overeenkomt met een van deze reguliere uitdrukkingen, wordt geaccepteerd.\n" +"De hosts die toestemming hebben om te communiceren met de relocation-poort. Als deze leeg is, zijn alle verbindingen toegestaan. Anders moet deze bestaan uit een met spaties gescheiden reeks reguliere uitdrukkingen. Elke host met een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam of een IP-adres dat overeenkomt met een van deze reguliere uitdrukkingen, wordt geaccepteerd.</p>\n" "<p><b>SSL-sleutelbestand/SSL-certificaatbestand</b><br>\n" "SSL-sleutel en -certificaat voor de SSL-relocationinterface</p>" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.</p>\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Getunnelde migratie</big></b><br>\n" -"De libvirtd van de bronhost opent een rechtstreekse verbinding met de " -"libvirtd van de bestemmingshost voor verzending van migratiegegevens. Dit " -"geeft de mogelijkheid om de gegevensstroom te coderen.</p>\n" +"De libvirtd van de bronhost opent een rechtstreekse verbinding met de libvirtd van de bestemmingshost voor verzending van migratiegegevens. Dit geeft de mogelijkheid om de gegevensstroom te coderen.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Gewone migratie</big></b><br>\n" -"De VM van de bronhost opent een rechtstreekse niet-gecodeerde TCP-verbinding " -"met de bestemmingshost voor verzending van de migratiegegevens. libvirt " -"selecteert een migratiepoort binnen het standaardbereik tenzij er handmatig " -"een poort is opgegeven.</p>" +"De VM van de bronhost opent een rechtstreekse niet-gecodeerde TCP-verbinding met de bestemmingshost voor verzending van de migratiegegevens. libvirt selecteert een migratiepoort binnen het standaardbereik tenzij er handmatig een poort is opgegeven.</p>" -#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 +#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 msgid "&Xend" msgstr "&Xend" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 msgid "&KVM" msgstr "&KVM" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 msgid "&Xen Libxl" msgstr "&Xen Libxl" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Relocation Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van de relocation-server" -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van relocation-server wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "Huidige Xend-configuratie lezen" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "De huidige Xend-status lezen" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "Huidige Xend-configuratie wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "Huidige Xend-status wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "Huidige libvirtd/sshd-status lezen" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "Huidige libvirtd/sshd-status wordt gelezen..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "Kan de huidige Xend-status niet lezen." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "Kan de firewallinstellingen niet lezen." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "Kan de huidige libvirtd/sshd-status niet lezen." -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van relocation-server wordt opgeslagen" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Xend-instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Xend-service aanpassen" -#. Progress stage 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 +#. Progress stage 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Xend-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Xend-service wordt aangepast..." -#. Progress step 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 +#. Progress step 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Libvirtd/sshd-service aanpassen" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Libvirtd/sshd-service wordt aangepast" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "Kan de Xend-instellingen niet opslaan." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Kan de firewallinstellingen niet opslaan." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,295 +14,293 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of DASD" msgstr "Configuratie van DASD" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No DASD disk detected" msgstr "Geen DASD-schijf geselecteerd" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:111 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:111 msgid "&DASD" msgstr "&DASD" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "Maken van S/390 dump-apparaten" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "Configuratie van IUCV-terminalserver" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "Configuratie van IUCV-terminalinstellingen" -#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module -#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "Configuratie van OnPanic" -#. popup label -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Beschikbare controllers detecteren" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:71 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:71 msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van S/390-schijfcontroller" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:83 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:83 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "&DASD-schijven configureren" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:93 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:93 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "&ZFCP-schijven configureren" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:101 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:97 - src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:101 src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" msgstr "Configuratie van ZFCP" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No zFCP device configured" msgstr "Geen ZFCP-apparaat geconfigureerd" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 msgid "zFCP" msgstr "zFCP" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&zFCP" msgstr "&zFCP" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:165 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "&Activate" msgstr "&Inschakelen" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:167 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "&Deactivate" msgstr "&Uitschakelen" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:169 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:169 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Set DIAG O&n" msgstr "DIAG aa&nzetten" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:171 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:180 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:171 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" msgstr "DIAG uit&zetten" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:173 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatteren" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:182 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Set Format On" msgstr "Formatteren aanzetten" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:184 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "Formatteren uitzetten" -#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:194 +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" msgstr "&Parallelle geformatteerde schijven" -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:216 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:673 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:465 +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:216 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:465 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Geen schijf geselecteerd." -#. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:243 src/modules/DASDController.rb:149 +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:243 src/modules/DASDController.rb:149 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "Apparaat %1 is niet geformatteerd. Wilt u het apparaat nu formatteren?" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:246 src/modules/DASDController.rb:152 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:246 src/modules/DASDController.rb:152 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "Er zijn %1 niet-geformatteerde apparaten. Wilt u deze nu formatteren?" -#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:258 +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "Er is geen apparaat gevonden voor kanaal %1." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:312 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "Schijf %1 is niet actief." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "Schijf %1 is niet voor schrijven toegankelijk." -#. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:342 +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n" "Really format the following disks?<br>\n" "%1" msgstr "" -"Door het formatteren van deze schijven zullen alle gegevens die er op staan " -"worden vernietigd.<br>\n" +"Door het formatteren van deze schijven zullen alle gegevens die er op staan worden vernietigd.<br>\n" "Wilt u de volgende schijven formatteren?<br>\n" "%1" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:404 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "DASD-schijfbeheer" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:411 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:125 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:411 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "Kanaal-ID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatteren" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "DIAG gebruiken" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "Device" msgstr "Apparaat" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "Toegangstype" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "Geformatteerd" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "Partitie-informatie" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:142 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:142 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "&Laagste kanaal-ID" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:450 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:149 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:450 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "&Hoogste kanaal-ID" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:456 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:155 +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:456 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" -#. menu button -#. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:474 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "&Actie uitvoeren" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "&Alles selecteren" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "&Deselecteer alles" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:541 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:215 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:541 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:215 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "Ongeldige filterkanaal-ID's." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:584 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "Nieuwe DASD-schijf toevoegen" -#. text entry -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:595 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:294 +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:595 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "&kanaal-ID" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:599 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "Schijf formatteren" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "&DIAG gebruiken" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:624 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:624 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -310,23 +308,23 @@ "Wilt u de DASD-configuratie verlaten zonder op te slaan?\n" "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:635 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:340 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:357 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:393 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:635 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:357 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "Geen geldige kanaal-ID." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:645 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:423 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:645 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "Apparaat bestaat al." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -334,19 +332,18 @@ "<p><b><big>De controllerconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -354,9 +351,9 @@ "<p><b><big>De controllerconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:49 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:49 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -364,12 +361,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opslagproces afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" "Het opslaan kunt u afbreken door op <B>Afbreken</B> te klikken.\n" -"Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" +"Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:55 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:71 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:55 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>" @@ -377,25 +373,23 @@ "<p><b><big>Geconfigureerde DASD-schijven</big></b><br>\n" "In deze dialoog kunt u de DASD-schijven op uw systeem beheren.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:60 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:60 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n" "the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om de schijven voor weergave te filteren, stel het <b>Hoogste \n" -"kanaal-ID</b> en <b>Laagste kanaal-ID</b> in en klik op <b>Filteren</b>.\n" +"kanaal-ID</b> en <b>Laagste kanaal-ID</b> in en klik op <b>Filteren</b>.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:65 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:65 msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om nieuwe DASD-schijven in te stellen, klikt u op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om nieuwe DASD-schijven in te stellen, klikt u op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:67 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -403,20 +397,17 @@ "<p>Om een geconfigureerde DASD-schijf te verwijderen, selecteert u deze en\n" "klikt u op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:81 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u acties op meerdere schijven tegelijk wilt uitvoeren, markeert u " -"deze schijven. Als u alle weergegeven schijven wilt selecteren (mogelijk " -"nadat u een filter hebt toegepast), klikt u op\n" +"<p>Als u acties op meerdere schijven tegelijk wilt uitvoeren, markeert u deze schijven. Als u alle weergegeven schijven wilt selecteren (mogelijk nadat u een filter hebt toegepast), klikt u op\n" "<b>Alles selecteren</b> of <b>Alle selecties opheffen</b>.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:87 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!</p>" @@ -424,8 +415,8 @@ "<p>Om een actie op de geselecteerde schijven uit te voeren, gebruik\n" "<b>Actie uitvoeren</b>. De actie zal onmiddellijk worden uitgevoerd!</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:92 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n" "To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n" @@ -435,8 +426,8 @@ "Voer het <b>kanaal-ID</b> in van de DASD-schijf als\n" "identifier.</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:98 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n" "use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n" @@ -444,71 +435,56 @@ "<p>Als de schijf geformatteerd moet worden,\n" "gebruik dan <b>Schijf formatteren</b>.</p>\n" -#. Disk add help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:102 +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:102 msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om de DIAG-modus te gebruiken, selecteer <b>DIAG gebruiken</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Om de DIAG-modus te gebruiken, selecteer <b>DIAG gebruiken</b>.</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:95 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:94 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:95 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:94 msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "Controllerconfiguratie" -#. Run the dialog for Dump -#. @param what symbol a -#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 msgid "Create Dump Device" msgstr "Dumpapparaat maken" -#. Dump dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "<p><b>Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device.</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Eén of meer volumes voorbereiden voor gebruik als S/390-dumpapparaat.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Eén of meer volumes voorbereiden voor gebruik als S/390-dumpapparaat.</b></p>" -#. Dump dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD.<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ondersteunde apparaten zijn ECKD DASD- en ZFCP-schijven. Meerdere volumes " -"zijn beperkt tot DASD.<br>" +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>" +msgstr "<p>Ondersteunde apparaten zijn ECKD DASD- en ZFCP-schijven. Meerdere volumes zijn beperkt tot DASD.<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk.</p>" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "Alleen gehele schijven kunnen worden gebruikt, geen partities. Als het\n" "apparaat niet compatibel geformatteerd of gepartioneerd is, activeer dan\n" "het selectievakje <b>Overschrijven van schijf forceren</b></p>" -#. Dump dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:63 -msgid "" -"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog.<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om DASD en ZFCP apparaten te gebruiken, activeert u ze in de " -"respectievelijke YaST-dialoog DASD of ZFCP.<br>" +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:63 +msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>" +msgstr "<p>Om DASD en ZFCP apparaten te gebruiken, activeert u ze in de respectievelijke YaST-dialoog DASD of ZFCP.<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Apparaten die in gebruik zijn of gekoppelde partities hebben, worden niet " -"weergegeven.</p>" +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:67 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" +msgstr "Apparaten die in gebruik zijn of gekoppelde partities hebben, worden niet weergegeven.</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:71 +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>" @@ -517,853 +493,705 @@ "dump-apparaat is. Multi-volume dump-apparaten worden aangegeven door een\n" "lijst DASD-ID's.</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>" msgstr "<p>ZFCP-kolommen: Apparaat, Formaat, Id, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:78 +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:78 msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>" msgstr "DASD-kolommen: Apparaat, Formaat, Id, Dump</p>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:96 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:96 msgid "&ZFCP" msgstr "&ZFCP" -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:122 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:122 msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" msgstr "Overschrijven van schijf &forceren" -#. prevent leading space -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:186 +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:186 msgid "You haven't selected any device." msgstr "U hebt geen apparaat geselecteerd." -#. warn only in case of force -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:191 -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"De schijf %1 wordt geformatteerd als dumpapparaat. Alle gegevens op dit " -"apparaat gaan verloren. Doorgaan?" +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:191 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "De schijf %1 wordt geformatteerd als dumpapparaat. Alle gegevens op dit apparaat gaan verloren. Doorgaan?" -#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" msgstr "Bewerking geslaagd. Een ander dumpapparaat initialiseren?" -#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "<p><b><big>z/VM IDs</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>z/VM-id's</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" "<br>They are separated by line breaks.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om de IUCV terminalserver in te stellen, specificeert u de te gebruiken z/" -"VM ID's.\n" +"<p>Om de IUCV terminalserver in te stellen, specificeert u de te gebruiken z/VM ID's.\n" "<br>Ze worden van elkaar gescheiden door regelafbrekingen.</p>\n" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:44 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:44 msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:47 -msgid "" -"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>TS-shell stelt u in staat de <b>Autorisatie</b> voor elke gebruiker en " -"groep van de TS-shell te specificeren. De rechten van een groep worden " -"overgenomen door hun leden.</p>" +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:47 +msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" +msgstr "<p>TS-shell stelt u in staat de <b>Autorisatie</b> voor elke gebruiker en groep van de TS-shell te specificeren. De rechten van een groep worden overgenomen door hun leden.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, " -"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Elk toegestane z/VM ID kan handmatig worden geselecteerd onder " -"<b>Selectie</b>, gedefinieerd door een <b>Regex</b> of geladen uit een " -"<b>Bestand</b> die alle toegestane z/VM ID's gescheiden door " -"regelafbrekingen bevat.</p>" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:52 +msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Elk toegestane z/VM ID kan handmatig worden geselecteerd onder <b>Selectie</b>, gedefinieerd door een <b>Regex</b> of geladen uit een <b>Bestand</b> die alle toegestane z/VM ID's gescheiden door regelafbrekingen bevat.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n" "User</b> to remove users.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Klik op <b>Nieuwe gebruiker</b> om extra gebruikers van de TS-shell aan " -"te\n" +"<p>Klik op <b>Nieuwe gebruiker</b> om extra gebruikers van de TS-shell aan te\n" "maken of op <b>Gebruiker verwijderen</b> om ze te verwijderen.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:63 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om groepen toe te voegen of te verwijderen uit de autorisatietabel van TS-" -"shell\n" -"of om het lidmaatschap van deze te wijzigen, ga naar <b>Groepen beheren</b>." -"</p>" +"<p>Om groepen toe te voegen of te verwijderen uit de autorisatietabel van TS-shell\n" +"of om het lidmaatschap van deze te wijzigen, ga naar <b>Groepen beheren</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Gecontroleerde ID's</b> specificeert u de z/VM ID's waaruit " -"transcripts moeten worden verzameld.</p>" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:68 +msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Gecontroleerde ID's</b> specificeert u de z/VM ID's waaruit transcripts moeten worden verzameld.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:72 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Nieuwe TS-Shell-gebruiker</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> " -"and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" -"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting " -"them on the right.</p>" +"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" +"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een nieuwe TS-Shell-gebruiker wilt maken, moeten de " -"<b>gebruikersnaam</b>, de <b>homedirectory</b> en het < b>wachtwoord</b> " -"worden opgegeven.\n" -"\t<br>Het is ook mogelijk <b>extra groepen</b> op te geven door deze aan de " -"rechterkant te selecteren.</p>" +"<p>Als u een nieuwe TS-Shell-gebruiker wilt maken, moeten de <b>gebruikersnaam</b>, de <b>homedirectory</b> en het < b>wachtwoord</b> worden opgegeven.\n" +"\t<br>Het is ook mogelijk <b>extra groepen</b> op te geven door deze aan de rechterkant te selecteren.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 -msgid "" -"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om er zeker van te zijn dat gebruikers hun wachtwoord wijzigen na de " -"eerste keer aanmelden, activeert u <b>Forceer een wijziging van wachtwoord.</p>" +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om er zeker van te zijn dat gebruikers hun wachtwoord wijzigen na de eerste keer aanmelden, activeert u <b>Forceer een wijziging van wachtwoord</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:86 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:86 msgid "" "<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>De thuisdirectory mag hetzelfde zijn voor elke gebruiker van de TS-shell " -"omdat\n" +"<p>De thuisdirectory mag hetzelfde zijn voor elke gebruiker van de TS-shell omdat\n" "daarin niets wordt opgeslagen.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:91 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Groepen beheren voor TS-autorisatie</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Definieer de TS-shell autorisatie per groep als u wilt dat elk lid van " -"de \n" +"<p>Definieer de TS-shell autorisatie per groep als u wilt dat elk lid van de \n" "TS-shell van deze groepen deze rechten verkrijgt.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:99 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or " -"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Bestaande groepen kunnen worden toegevoegd aan of verwijderd uit de " -"autorisatie\n" -"van de TS-shell. Selecteer de groepen in de tabel en klik op <b>Selecteren " -"of Selectie ongedaan maken</b>. De huidige status wordt getoond in de kolom " -"<b>TS-aut</b>.</p>" +"<p>Bestaande groepen kunnen worden toegevoegd aan of verwijderd uit de autorisatie\n" +"van de TS-shell. Selecteer de groepen in de tabel en klik op <b>Selecteren of Selectie ongedaan maken</b>. De huidige status wordt getoond in de kolom <b>TS-aut</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:105 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n" "selection.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wijzig leden van de TS-shell van de geselecteerde groep in de selectie " -"<b>TS-leden</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Wijzig leden van de TS-shell van de geselecteerde groep in de selectie <b>TS-leden</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:109 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> " -"input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" -"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has " -"to be used.</p>" +"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" +"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Nieuwe groepen kunnen worden gemaakt door de naam in te voeren in het " -"invoerveld <b>Nieuwe groep</b> en te bevestigen met <b>Maken</b>.\n" -"\t<br>Voor het verwijderen van eerder gemaakte groepen moet het " -"dialoogvenster <b>YaST-gebruikers</b> worden gebruikt.</p>" +"<p>Nieuwe groepen kunnen worden gemaakt door de naam in te voeren in het invoerveld <b>Nieuwe groep</b> en te bevestigen met <b>Maken</b>.\n" +"\t<br>Voor het verwijderen van eerder gemaakte groepen moet het dialoogvenster <b>YaST-gebruikers</b> worden gebruikt.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:115 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Maak wijzigingen in deze dialoog ongedaan door op de knop <b>Terug</b> te " -"klikken.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Maak wijzigingen in deze dialoog ongedaan door op de knop <b>Terug</b> te klikken.</p>" -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:119 +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>IUCVConn bij aanmelding</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"<p>Voor IUCVConn bij aanmelding is één gebruiker nodig voor elke z/VM-id. Er " -"moeten een <b>wachtwoord<b> en een <b>homedirectory</b> worden opgegeven om " -"deze gebruikers te kunnen maken." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:122 +msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." +msgstr "<p>Voor IUCVConn bij aanmelding is één gebruiker nodig voor elke z/VM-id. Er moeten een <b>wachtwoord<b> en een <b>homedirectory</b> worden opgegeven om deze gebruikers te kunnen maken." -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or " -"just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is " -"enabled. </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruikers kunnen ook handmatig worden gesynchroniseerd door op <b>Sync te klikken of door simpelweg de wijzigingen te bevestigen door op <b>OK te klikken terwijl <b>IUCVConn bij aanmelding</b> is ingeschakeld. </p>" +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:127 +msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruikers kunnen ook handmatig worden gesynchroniseerd door op <b>Sync</b> te klikken of door simpelweg de wijzigingen te bevestigen door op <b>OK</b> te klikken terwijl <b>IUCVConn bij aanmelding</b> is ingeschakeld. </p>" -#. Text approval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. Text disapproval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#. Text for category user -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 msgid "user" msgstr "gebruiker" -#. Text for category group -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 msgid "group" msgstr "groep" -#. filter non ts users -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" msgstr "z/&VM ID's (automatisch gesorteerd)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" msgstr "TS-Shell inschak&elen" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 msgid "Authorization" msgstr "Autorisatie" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 msgid "UID/GID" msgstr "UID/GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 msgid "Groups/Members" msgstr "Groepen/leden" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 msgid "&New User" msgstr "&Nieuwe gebruiker" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 msgid "&Delete User" msgstr "&Gebruiker verwijderen" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 msgid "&Manage Groups" msgstr "&Groepen beheren" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" msgstr "Toegestane z/VM-id's" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 msgid "&Selection" msgstr "&Selectie" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Regex" msgstr "&Regex" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Bestand" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "&Bladeren" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 msgid "&Audited IDs" msgstr "&Gecontroleerde ID's" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" msgstr "IUCVConn bij aanmelding insch&akelen" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 msgid "Login" msgstr "Aanmelden" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 msgid "Home" msgstr "Home" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 msgid "Shell" msgstr "Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 msgid "Settings for new Users" msgstr "Instellingen voor nieuwe gebruikers" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord bevestige&n" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "&Persoonlijke directory" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "Blade&ren..." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 msgid "&Sync" msgstr "&Sync" -#. initialize list with additional groups -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Gebr&uikersnaam" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 msgid "&Force Password Change" msgstr "Wachtwoordwijziging &forceren" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 msgid "&Additonal Groups" msgstr "Extra gr&oepen" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 msgid "TS-Auth" msgstr "TS-Auth" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 msgid "TS-Members" msgstr "TS-leden" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 msgid "&Select or Deselect" msgstr "&Selecteer of deselecteer" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 msgid "C&reate" msgstr "M&aken" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 msgid "&New Group" msgstr "&Nieuwe groep" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 msgid "TS-&Members" msgstr "TS-&leden" -#. draw active tab -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:594 +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:594 msgid "&z/VM IDs" msgstr "&z/V-id's" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 msgid "&TS-Shell" msgstr "&TS-Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 msgid "&IUCVConn" msgstr "&IUCVConn" -#. check and commit password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:708 +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:708 msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." msgstr "De wachtwoorden komen niet overeen of zijn ongeldig." -#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:714 +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:714 msgid "The username is not valid!" msgstr "De gebruikersnaam is ongeldig." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:718 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:718 msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" msgstr "U moet een homedirectory opgeven." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:751 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:751 msgid "Adding the user has failed." msgstr "Toevoegen van de gebruiker is mislukt." -#. delete group entry if disabled -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:843 +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:843 msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" msgstr "IUCV-terminalserverinstellingen configureren" -#. update screen -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:863 +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:863 msgid "New TS-Shell User" msgstr "Nieuwe T-Shell-gebruiker" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:876 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:876 msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" msgstr "Groepen beheren voor TS-autorisatie" -#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1000 +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1000 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Onjuiste z/V-id \"%1\" in regel %2; alleen letters en cijfers zijn " -"toegestaan." +msgstr "Onjuiste z/V-id \"%1\" in regel %2; alleen letters en cijfers zijn toegestaan." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1012 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Onjuiste z/VM-id \"%1\" in regel %2; cijfers aan het begin zijn niet " -"toegestaan." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1012 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "Onjuiste z/VM-id \"%1\" in regel %2; cijfers aan het begin zijn niet toegestaan." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1024 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Onjuiste z/VM-id \"%1\" in regel %2; meer dan acht tekens zijn niet " -"toegestaan." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1024 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "Onjuiste z/VM-id \"%1\" in regel %2; meer dan acht tekens zijn niet toegestaan." -#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1037 +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1037 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." -msgstr "" -"Onjuiste z/VM-id \"%1\" in regel %2; ten minste één letter is verplicht." +msgstr "Onjuiste z/VM-id \"%1\" in regel %2; ten minste één letter is verplicht." -#. check password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1061 +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1061 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "" -"Er is een juist ingevoerd wachtwoord nodig voor het synchroniseren van " -"IUCVConn-gebruikers." +msgstr "Er is een juist ingevoerd wachtwoord nodig voor het synchroniseren van IUCVConn-gebruikers." -#. check home directory -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1067 +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1067 msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." msgstr "De opgegeven IUCVConn-homedirectory is ongeldig." -#. update ts member selection -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1415 +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1415 msgid "The group name is not valid!" msgstr "De groepsnaam is ongeldig." -#. change tab selection back -#. check for z/VM ID entries -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1474 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1575 +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1474 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1575 msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." msgstr "Kan de terminalserver niet instellen zonder geldige z/VM ID's." -#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. -#. @return true for valid inputs -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"Onjuiste invoer: alleen kleine letters, cijfers en komma's zijn toegestaan " -"als scheidingsteken." +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "Onjuiste invoer: alleen kleine letters, cijfers en komma's zijn toegestaan als scheidingsteken." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." msgstr "Komma is alleen een scheidingsteken." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." msgstr "z/VM ID's mogen niet langer dan acht tekens zijn." -#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." msgstr "Onjuiste IUCV-id, alleen kleine letters zijn toegestaan." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." msgstr "IUCV-ID's mogen niet langer zijn dan %1 tekens." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 msgid "<p><h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2></p>" msgstr "<p><h2>Instellingen lokaal terminalsysteem configureren</h2></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance." -"<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Verschillende <b>IUCVtty exemplaren</b> kunnen actief zijn om meerdere " -"terminalapparaten aan te leveren. De exemplaren worden onderscheiden door " -"een terminal-ID, die een combinatie is van de <b>Terminal-ID-prefix</b> en " -"het nummer van het exemplaar.<br>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>" +msgstr "<p>Verschillende <b>IUCVtty exemplaren</b> kunnen actief zijn om meerdere terminalapparaten aan te leveren. De exemplaren worden onderscheiden door een terminal-ID, die een combinatie is van de <b>Terminal-ID-prefix</b> en het nummer van het exemplaar.<br>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:131 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are " -"available.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Als u bijvoorbeeld tien instanties met het voorvoegsel "<i>lxterm" maakt, zijn de terminal-id's van <i>lxterm0</i> tot <i>lxterm9</i> " -"beschikbaar.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:131 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>" +msgstr "Als u bijvoorbeeld tien instanties met het voorvoegsel "<i>lxterm</i>" maakt, zijn de terminal-id's van <i>lxterm0</i> tot <i>lxterm9</i> beschikbaar.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:136 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:136 msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>HVC</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het stuurprogramma z/VM IUCV HVC is een kernelmodule en gebruikt " -"apparaatknooppunten om tot acht HVC-terminalapparaten te activeren om met " -"getty en aanmeldprogramma's te communiceren.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:138 +msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het stuurprogramma z/VM IUCV HVC is een kernelmodule en gebruikt apparaatknooppunten om tot acht HVC-terminalapparaten te activeren om met getty en aanmeldprogramma's te communiceren.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain " -"<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>toegang beperken</b> laat u alleen de verbinding vanaf bepaalde " -"<b>Terminalservers</b> toe.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>toegang beperken</b> laat u alleen de verbinding vanaf bepaalde <b>Terminalservers</b> toe.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 -msgid "" -"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Definieer de emulatie voor alle exemplaren in één keer of voor elk van " -"hen apart.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Definieer de emulatie voor alle exemplaren in één keer of voor elk van hen apart.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 msgid "" -"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>" msgstr "" -"<p>Activeer <b>kernelberichten naar hvc0 routeren</b> om kernelberichten " -"naar\n" +"<p>Activeer <b>kernelberichten naar hvc0 routeren</b> om kernelberichten naar\n" "het hvc0-apparaat te sturen in plaats van naar ttyS0.<br>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Moeten kernelberichten nog steeds op ttyS0 getoond worden, voeg dan " -"handmatig <b>console=ttyS0</b> toe aan de huidige kernelparameter van de " -"opstartselectie in de <b>YaST opstartlaadmodule</b>.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:156 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "Moeten kernelberichten nog steeds op ttyS0 getoond worden, voeg dan handmatig <b>console=ttyS0</b> toe aan de huidige kernelparameter van de opstartselectie in de <b>YaST opstartlaadmodule</b>.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:161 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Waarschuwing: HVC-terminals blijven aangemeld zonder handmatig afmelden " -"via de sneltoets: ctrl _ d</h3>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:161 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Waarschuwing: HVC-terminals blijven aangemeld zonder handmatig afmelden via de sneltoets: ctrl _ d</h3>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:174 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:174 msgid "&IUCVtty" msgstr "&IUCVtty" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" msgstr "&Prefix terminal-id" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:188 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:188 msgid "I&UCVtty instances" msgstr "I&UCVtty-instanties" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:202 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:202 msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:212 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:212 msgid "H&VC instances" msgstr "H&VC-instanties" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 msgid "Restrict &access to" msgstr "Toeg&ang beperken tot" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:229 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:229 msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" msgstr "Toegestane terminal&servers" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:237 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:237 msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" msgstr "&kernelberichten routeren naar HVC0" -#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:330 +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:330 msgid "Really leave without saving?" msgstr "Wilt u echt afsluiten zonder op te slaan?" -#. check iucv id -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:339 +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:339 msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." msgstr "De IUCV-id is ongeldig" -#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:349 +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:349 msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." msgstr "De terminalservers zijn ongeldig." -#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:380 +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:380 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"Het systeem moet opnieuw worden opgestart om enkele wijzigingen van kracht " -"te laten worden." +msgstr "Het systeem moet opnieuw worden opgestart om enkele wijzigingen van kracht te laten worden." -#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:62 +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:62 msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." msgstr "Er zijn slechts %1 regels toegestaan voor VMCMD." -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:108 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:108 msgid "On Panic Configuration" msgstr "On Panic-configuratie" -#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:111 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>De acties configureren die worden uitgevoerd wanneer een kernelpaniek " -"optreedt</b></p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:111 +msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>De acties configureren die worden uitgevoerd wanneer een kernelpaniek optreedt</b></p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:115 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De daemon <b>Dumpconf</b> moet zijn ingeschakeld om het gedrag tijdens " -"kernelpaniek te kunnen beïnvloeden.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:115 +msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De daemon <b>Dumpconf</b> moet zijn ingeschakeld om het gedrag tijdens kernelpaniek te kunnen beïnvloeden.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 msgid "<p>The following <b>Panic Actions</b> are possible:<br>" msgstr "<p>De volgende <b>paniekacties</b> zijn mogelijk:<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 msgid "<b>stop</b> Stop Linux (default).<br>" msgstr "<b>stop</b> Linux stoppen (standaard).<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 msgid "<b>dump</b> Dump Linux and stop system.<br>" msgstr "<b>dump</b> Linux dumpen en systeem stoppen.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 msgid "<b>reipl</b> Reboot Linux.<br>" msgstr "<b>reipl</b> Linux opnieuw opstarten.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>" msgstr "" -"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux en herstart systeem. Deze optie is alleen " -"beschikbaar\n" +"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux en herstart systeem. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar\n" "op LPAR met z9(r) machines en later en op z/VMversion 5.3 en later.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:133 +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:133 msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>" msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> Opgegeven CP-opdrachten uitvoeren en systeem stoppen.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." -msgstr "" -"<p>De tijd die is gedefinieerd in <b>Minuten vertraging</b> stelt het " -"activeren van de opgegeven paniekactie uit voor een zojuist opgestart " -"systeem om herhalingen te voorkomen. Als het systeem vastloopt voordat de " -"tijd is verstreken, wordt de standaardactie (stoppen) uitgevoerd.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:135 +msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De tijd die is gedefinieerd in <b>Minuten vertraging</b> stelt het activeren van de opgegeven paniekactie uit voor een zojuist opgestart systeem om herhalingen te voorkomen. Als het systeem vastloopt voordat de tijd is verstreken, wordt de standaardactie (stoppen) uitgevoerd.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:141 -msgid "" -"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> " -"dialog.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Het apparaat voor het dumpen van het geheugen kan worden ingesteld met " -"<b>Dumpapparaat</b>. Als er geen apparaat wordt weergegeven, kunt u er een " -"maken via het dialoogvenster <b>YaST-dumpapparaten</b>.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:141 +msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Het apparaat voor het dumpen van het geheugen kan worden ingesteld met <b>Dumpapparaat</b>. Als er geen apparaat wordt weergegeven, kunt u er een maken via het dialoogvenster <b>YaST-dumpapparaten</b>.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:147 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>VMCMD</b> specificeert u CP commando's die worden uitgevoerd " -"voordat het Linux systeem is gestopt. Slechts %1 regels en een totaal van %2 " -"tekens zijn toegestaan.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:147 +msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>VMCMD</b> specificeert u CP commando's die worden uitgevoerd voordat het Linux systeem is gestopt. Slechts %1 regels en een totaal van %2 tekens zijn toegestaan.</p>" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:171 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:171 msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" msgstr "Dumpconf nie&t starten" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:180 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:180 msgid "&Start Dumpconf" msgstr "Dumpconf &starten" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:194 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:194 msgid "&Panic Action" msgstr "&Paniekactie" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:197 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:197 msgid "Delay &Minutes" msgstr "&Minuten vertraging" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:207 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:207 msgid "&Dump Device" msgstr "&Dumpapparaat" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:211 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:211 msgid "&VMCMD" msgstr "&VMCMD" -#. don't allow dumps if no device is available -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:271 +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:271 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk het dumpproces in te schakelen zonder een dumpapparaat." +msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk het dumpproces in te schakelen zonder een dumpapparaat." -#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:285 +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:285 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk vmcmd te gebruiken zonder ten minste één opdracht te " -"definiëren." +msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk vmcmd te gebruiken zonder ten minste één opdracht te definiëren." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:109 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Geconfigureerde ZFCP-apparaten" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:118 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:127 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:118 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:127 msgid "WWPN" msgstr "WWPN" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:232 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:380 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:232 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1371,52 +1199,48 @@ "Wilt u de ZFCP-apparaatconfiguratie verlaten zonder op te slaan?\n" "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:252 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" msgstr "Nieuw ZFCP-apparaat toevoegen" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:300 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "Get WWPNs" msgstr "Vraag WWPNs op" -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:303 +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&WWPN" msgstr "&WWPN" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:308 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "Get LUNs" msgstr "Vraag LUN's op" -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311 +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311 msgid "&LUN" msgstr "&LUN" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:314 -msgid "" -"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan." -msgstr "" -"Als er geen WWPN en geen LUN zijn gedefinieerd, probeert het systeem " -"allow_lun_scan te gebruiken." +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:314 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "Als er geen WWPN en geen LUN zijn gedefinieerd, probeert het systeem allow_lun_scan te gebruiken." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:365 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:402 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:365 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:402 msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." msgstr "De ingevoerde WWPN is ongeldig." -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:410 +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." msgstr "De ingevoerde LUN is ongeldig." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1424,8 +1248,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De ZFCP-apparaatconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1433,8 +1257,8 @@ "<p><b><big>De ZFCP-apparaatconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:55 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n" "Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n" @@ -1442,30 +1266,27 @@ "<p><b><big>Geconfigureerde ZFCP-apparaten</big></b><br>\n" "Beheer de ZFCP-apparaten op uw systeem.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:59 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:59 msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een nieuw ZFCP-apparaat wilt instellen, klikt u op <b>Toevoegen</b>." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u een nieuw ZFCP-apparaat wilt instellen, klikt u op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:61 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een geconfigureerd ZFCP-apparaat wilt verwijderen, selecteert u " -"deze\n" +"<p>Als u een geconfigureerd ZFCP-apparaat wilt verwijderen, selecteert u deze\n" "en klikt u op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:90 +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:90 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Waarschuwing</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:66 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:66 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" @@ -1475,8 +1296,8 @@ "tot een ZFCP-schijf deze toegang exclusief is.\n" "Anders bestaat het gevaar van gegevensbeschadiging.</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:72 +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" @@ -1488,220 +1309,208 @@ "het <b>Kanaal-ID</b> van de ZFCP-controller, het wereldwijde\n" "poortnummer (<b>WWPN</b>) en het <b>LUN</b>-nummer in.</p>\n" -#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:79 +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:79 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN " -"<b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan.</p>" +"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN <b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>De <b>kanaal-id</b> dient in kleine letters te worden ingevoerd in een " -"sysfs, conform\n" +"<p>De <b>kanaal-id</b> dient in kleine letters te worden ingevoerd in een sysfs, conform\n" "aan het formaat 0.0.<devno>, zoals <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>Het WWPN-nummer dient te worden ingevoerd in kleine letters als een uit " -"16 tekens bestaande hexadecimale\n" +"<p>Het WWPN-nummer dient te worden ingevoerd in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens bestaande hexadecimale\n" "waarde, zoals <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>Het LUN dient in kleine letters te worden ingevoerd als een uit 16 tekens " -"bestaande hexadecimale waarde met\n" -"navolgende nullen, zoals <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>Als er geen WWPN " -"<b>en</b> LUN zijn gedefinieerd, probeert het systeem allow_lun_scan te " -"gebruiken.</p>" +"<p>Het LUN dient in kleine letters te worden ingevoerd als een uit 16 tekens bestaande hexadecimale waarde met\n" +"navolgende nullen, zoals <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>Als er geen WWPN <b>en</b> LUN zijn gedefinieerd, probeert het systeem allow_lun_scan te gebruiken.</p>" -#. popup label -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:178 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:153 +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:178 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:153 msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "Mkinitrd wordt uitgevoerd." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:311 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:311 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "Kanaal-ID: %1, formaat: %2, DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:324 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:324 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "Kanaal-ID: %1, apparaat: %2, DIAG: %3" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:356 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:356 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "Geconfigureerde DASD-schijven lezen" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:446 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:515 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:446 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:515 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: sysfs is niet aangekoppeld." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:454 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:523 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:454 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: ongeldige status voor <online>" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:462 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:462 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: geen apparaat gevonden voor <ccwid>." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:470 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:470 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: kon de status van het apparaat niet wijzigen." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:479 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:479 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: apparaat is geen DASD." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: Kon module niet laden." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: Activeren van DASD is mislukt." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD is niet geformatteerd." -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:571 +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:571 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: onbekende fout %2." -#. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:622 +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:622 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "Bezig %1 te formatteren:" -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:651 src/modules/DASDController.rb:747 +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:651 src/modules/DASDController.rb:747 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "Schijf formatteren is mislukt. Exit-code: %1." -#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 -#. integers, -#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:718 +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:718 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "Formatteren van %1: cilinder %2 van %3 gereed" -#. Get a List of available Disks of type -#. @return [Array<String>] of disks -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 msgid "Checking Disks" msgstr "Schijven controleren" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 msgid "Checking DASD disks" msgstr "DASD-schijven controleren" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" msgstr "ZFCP-schijven controleren" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 msgid "Checking DASD disks..." msgstr "DASD-schijven controleren..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." msgstr "ZFCP-schijven controleren..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:335 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 - src/modules/OnPanic.rb:233 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:275 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:335 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:233 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:275 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. Format a disk as DUMP device -#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node -#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 msgid "Creating Dump Device" msgstr "Dumpapparaat maken" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 msgid "Creating dump device" msgstr "Dumpapparaat maken" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." msgstr "Bezig met maken van dumpapparaat. Dit proces kan enkele minuten duren." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:147 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:147 msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." msgstr "Ongeldige of onbruikbare schijf (onherstelbaar)." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:150 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:150 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." msgstr "Incompatibele formattering of partitionering, corrigeren met forceren." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:155 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:155 msgid "Missing support programs." msgstr "Ondersteuningsprogramma's ontbreken." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:158 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:158 msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." msgstr "Ontbrekende of onjuiste parameters." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:161 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:161 msgid "Access problem." msgstr "Toegangsprobleem." -#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:164 +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:164 msgid "Error code from support program: %1." msgstr "Foutcode van ondersteuningsprogramma: %1." -#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:168 +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:168 msgid "" "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" "%2" @@ -1709,195 +1518,195 @@ "Kan dumpapparaat %1 niet maken:\n" "%2" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "IUCV-terminalconfiguratie laden" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" msgstr "IUCVtty-vermeldingen controleren" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 msgid "Check HVC entries" msgstr "HVC-vermeldingen controleren" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 msgid "Read kernel parameters" msgstr "Kernel-parameters lezen" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." msgstr "IUCVtty-vermeldingen controleren..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 msgid "Checking HVC entries..." msgstr "HVC-vermeldingen controleren..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." msgstr "Kernel-parameters lezen..." -#. Inittab write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:221 +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:221 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "IUCV-terminalconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:230 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:230 msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" msgstr "IUCVtty-instellingen schrijven" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 msgid "Write HVC settings" msgstr "HVC-instellingen schrijven" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 msgid "Write kernel parameters" msgstr "Kernel-parameters schrijven" -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:238 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:238 msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." msgstr "IUCVtty-instellingen schrijven..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 msgid "Writing HVC settings..." msgstr "HVC-instellingen worden geschreven..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." msgstr "Kernel-parameters schrijven..." -#. Text to select all -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 msgid "<ALL>" msgstr "<ALLE>" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:316 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:316 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "IUCV-terminalserverconfiguratie laden" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:325 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:325 msgid "Read configuration files" msgstr "Configuratiebestand lezen" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:327 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:327 msgid "Load user/group settings" msgstr "Gebruikers-/groepsinstellingen laden" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:331 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:331 msgid "Reading configuration files..." msgstr "Configuratiebestand wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:333 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:333 msgid "Loading user/group settings..." msgstr "Gebruikers-/groepsinstellingen laden..." -#. no need to write anything if unmodified -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "IUCV-terminalserverconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 msgid "Write configuration files" msgstr "Configuratiebestanden schrijven" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 msgid "Update user settings" msgstr "Gebruikersinstellingen bijwerken" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 msgid "Writing configuration files..." msgstr "Configuratiebestanden schrijven..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 msgid "Updating user settings..." msgstr "Gebruikersinstellingen bijwerken..." -#. Dumpconf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:214 +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:214 msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Dumpconf-configuratie lezen" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:223 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:223 msgid "Checking dump devices" msgstr "Dumpapparaten controleren" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:225 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:225 msgid "Reading settings" msgstr "Instellingen lezen" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:229 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:229 msgid "Checking dump devices..." msgstr "Dumpapparaten controleren..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:231 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:231 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. Dumpconf write dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:256 +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:256 msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Dumpconf-configuratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:265 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:265 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:267 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:267 msgid "Restart the service" msgstr "Service opnieuw starten" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:271 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:271 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:273 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:273 msgid "Restarting service..." msgstr "De service wordt opnieuw gestart..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:279 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:279 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "Kanaal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:288 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:288 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr "Kanaal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, apparaat: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:348 msgid "" "Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" "You will have to set it manually." @@ -1905,62 +1714,62 @@ "Kan ZFCP-controllers (bijvoorbeeld in LPAR) niet evalueren.\n" "U moet deze handmatig instellen." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:366 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:366 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Geconfigureerde ZFCP-apparaten lezen" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." msgstr "%1: WWPN ongeldig." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." msgstr "%1: kan WWPN niet activeren voor adapter %1." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." msgstr "%1: kan ZFCP-apparaat niet inschakelen." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." msgstr "%1: SCSI-schijf kan niet worden gedeactiveerd." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: registratie van LUN kon niet ongedaan worden gemaakt." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: registratie van WWPN kon niet ongedaan worden gemaakt." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:531 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:531 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." msgstr "%1: apparaat <ccwid> bestaat niet." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:539 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:539 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." msgstr "%1: module zfcp kan niet worden geladen." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:547 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:547 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." msgstr "%1: adapterstatus kan niet worden gewijzigd." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:555 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:555 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1: WWPN-poorten zijn nog actief." -#. message, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:563 +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:563 msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." msgstr "%1: deze hostadapter ondersteunt allow_lun_scan." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 +#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -23,43 +23,43 @@ "Configuratiemodule Samba-client.\n" "Zie de documentatie van Samba voor details." -#. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "Winbind-services (winbindd) in/uitschakelen" -#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "Controleren of deze machine is aangemeld bij een domein" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "Deze machine aanmelden bij een domein" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen wijzigen" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "Service inschakelen" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "Service uitschakelen" -#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "De naam van het domein waar men de computer wil aanmelden" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -68,190 +68,186 @@ "opgegeven zal YaST proberen om de computer aan te melden bij het domein\n" "zonder gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord op te geven.\n" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "Het wachtwoord dat wordt gebruikt voor het aanmelden bij het domein" -#. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 +#. command line help text for machine optioa +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "Het machineaccount" -#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 +#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "De naam van een werkgroep" -#. user must provide the domain name to be tested -#. error message for isdomainmember command line action -#. must provide the domain name to be joined -#. error message for joindomain command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 +#. user must provide the domain name to be tested +#. error message for isdomainmember command line action +#. must provide the domain name to be joined +#. error message for joindomain command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 msgid "Enter the name of a domain." msgstr "Voer een domeinnaam in." -#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 +#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 msgid "Cannot test domain membership." msgstr "Kan het domein-lidmaatschap niet testen." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 msgid "This machine is a member of %1." msgstr "Deze machine is onderdeel van '%1'." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 msgid "This machine is not a member of %1." msgstr "Deze computer is geen lid van %1." -#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 +#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Aanmelden bij het domein '%1' succesvol." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "U&ID" msgstr "U&ID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Group Name" msgstr "&Primaire groepsnaam" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Secondary Group Name" msgstr "&Secondaire groepsnaam" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "&GID" msgstr "&GID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Servernaam" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Remote &Path" msgstr "Extern &pad" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Mountpunt" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pties" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" -#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Geef het <b>bereik</b> op voor Samba-gebruikers- en -groeps-id's (de " -"waarden <tt>winbind uid</tt> en <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>" +#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Geef het <b>bereik</b> op voor Samba-gebruikers- en -groeps-id's (de waarden <tt>winbind uid</tt> en <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "&UID Range" msgstr "&UID-bereik" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Ma&ximum" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "&GID Range" msgstr "&GID-bereik" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "M&inimum" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "M&aximum" -#. require_groups -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Allowed Group(s)" msgstr "Toegestane groepen" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" msgstr "Groepsnamen of SID's" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" msgstr "&Kerberos-methode" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Windows Internet Name Service" msgstr "Windows Internet Name Service" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Mount Server Directories" msgstr "Serverdirectory's koppelen" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:294 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Servernaam" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:296 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Remote Path" msgstr "Extern pad" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:298 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "Local Mount Point" msgstr "Lokaal mountpunt" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:300 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:302 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinstellingen" -#. error popup: min >= max -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:377 +#. error popup: min >= max +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:377 msgid "" "The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" "larger than maximum one.\n" @@ -259,116 +255,116 @@ "De minimale waarde in het bereik mag niet\n" "groter zijn dan de maximale waarde.\n" -#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:428 +#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:428 msgid "Windows Domain Membership" msgstr "Windows-domeinlidmaatschap" -#. busy popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:449 +#. busy popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..." msgstr "Lidmaatschap van AD-domein wordt geverifieerd..." -#. push button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:461 +#. push button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:461 msgid "&Leave" msgstr "Zo &laten" -#. status label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:468 +#. status label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:468 msgid "Currently a member of this domain" msgstr "Momenteel een lid van dit domein" -#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:489 +#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" msgstr "SMB-informatie voor Linux-verificatie gebr&uiken" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "&Persoonlijke directory aanmaken bij aanmelden" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:511 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:511 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "Deelname-instellingen" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:517 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Gebr&uikersnaam" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:526 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:526 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:533 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Mac&hine Account OU" msgstr "Mac&hine-account OU" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:542 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Active Directory Server" msgstr "Active Directory Server" -#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "N&TP Configuration..." msgstr "N&TP-configuratie..." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:555 msgid "Disable Name Service Cache" msgstr "Name service cache uitschakelen" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:557 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:557 msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor" msgstr "Bestandswijzigingsmonitor starten" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:572 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:572 msgid "Membership" msgstr "Lidmaatschap" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Domein" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "&Domain or Workgroup" msgstr "&Domein of werkgroep" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:596 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Off&line Authentication" msgstr "Off&line verificatie" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:605 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH" msgstr "&Eenmalig-aanmelden voor SSH" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:615 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Change primary DNS suffix" msgstr "Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:622 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "&Expert Settings..." msgstr "&Expert instellingen..." -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from -#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:778 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from +#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "Cannot use the workgroup\n" "'%1' for Linux authentication." @@ -376,13 +372,13 @@ "Kan de werkgroep\n" "%1 niet voor Linux-verificatie gebruiken." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:787 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:787 msgid "Enter a valid domain." msgstr "Geef een geldig domein op." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:789 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Enter a domain or disable\n" "using SMB for Linux authentication." @@ -390,12 +386,11 @@ "Geef een domein op of schakel\n" "het gebruik van SMB voor Linux-verificatie uit." -#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) -#. continue/cancel popup -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:809 +#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) +#. continue/cancel popup +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:809 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -403,10 +398,10 @@ "de volgende instellingen in smb.conf terug naar hun standaardwaarden:\n" "%1" -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host -#. is not in a domain -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:828 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host +#. is not in a domain +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:828 msgid "" "The host must be a member of a domain\n" "for Linux authentication using SMB." @@ -414,8 +409,8 @@ "Om Linux-verificatie door middel van SMB\n" "te gebruiken dient de host lid te zijn van een domein." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:832 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "" "Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" "for Linux authentication." @@ -423,13 +418,13 @@ "Wordt lid van een domein of schakel \n" "SMB voor Linux-verificatie uit." -#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:841 +#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:841 msgid "Samba is now enabled." msgstr "Samba is nu ingeschakeld." -#. yes/no popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:853 +#. yes/no popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "" "In a Microsoft environment,\n" "hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" @@ -439,8 +434,8 @@ "kunnen hostnaamwijzigingen met DHCP problemen veroorzaken.\n" "Wilt u hostnaamwijzigingen met DHCP uitschakelen?" -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:888 +#. message popup, part 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "" "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" @@ -450,28 +445,26 @@ "processen en niet op reeds draaiende services. Herstart uw services\n" "handmatig of herstart de machine om dit voor alle services te activeren.\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig stoppen door op <b>Afbreken</b> te " -"drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig stoppen door op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -479,8 +472,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt opgeslagen</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -491,65 +484,55 @@ "Het opslaan kunt u stoppen door op <B>Afbreken</B> te klikken.\n" "Een extra dialoog zal u vertellen of dit veilig kan worden uitgevoerd.</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Windows-domeinlidmaatschap selecteren</big></b></p>" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Een Linux-client kan lid zijn van een werkgroep, NT-domein of Active " -"Directory-domein.\n" +"<p>Een Linux-client kan lid zijn van een werkgroep, NT-domein of Active Directory-domein.\n" "Geef de naam van het lidmaatschap op.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.</p>\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>SMB-informatie voor Linux-verificatie gebruiken</b> staat de \n" -"verificatie toe van wachtwoorden bij een NT- of Kerberosserver wanneer wordt " -"deelgenomen aan een AD-domein.</p>\n" +"verificatie toe van wachtwoorden bij een NT- of Kerberosserver wanneer wordt deelgenomen aan een AD-domein.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 +#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Activeer <b>Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen</b> om uw AD-server " -"aan de lijst met nameservers toe te voegen.\n" -"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor statische instellingen van het netwerk." -"</p>" +"<p>Activeer <b>Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen</b> om uw AD-server aan de lijst met nameservers toe te voegen.\n" +"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor statische instellingen van het netwerk.</p>" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.</p>\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Wanneer u op <b>OK</b> drukt zal het systeem het lidmaatschap " -"verifiëren.\n" -"Als het een NT- of Active Directory-domein is zal deze host tevens " -"toestemming krijgen om zich bij het domein aan te melden.</p>\n" +"<p>Wanneer u op <b>OK</b> drukt zal het systeem het lidmaatschap verifiëren.\n" +"Als het een NT- of Active Directory-domein is zal deze host tevens toestemming krijgen om zich bij het domein aan te melden.</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Geef de naam op van de NT- of Active Directory-domein.</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\n" "allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" @@ -557,77 +540,43 @@ "<p>Wanneer u op <b>Volgende</b> klikt zal YaST2 het domein verifiëren en\n" "deze computer toestemming geven om zich aan te melden bij het domein.</p>\n" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home " -"directories created on the first login.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Schakel <b>Persoonlijke directory maken bij aanmelden</b> in als u wilt " -"dat deze bij de eerste aanmelding worden gemaakt.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Persoonlijke directory maken bij aanmelden</b> in als u wilt dat deze bij de eerste aanmelding worden gemaakt.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Offline-verificatie</b> maakt het voor de gebruiker mogelijk om zich " -"aan te melden, zelfs als er geen verbinding is met de domeincontroller. Deze " -"optie vereist dat u tenminste eenmaal bij uw domein bent aangemeld. De " -"toegangsrechten van de gebruikers worden dan versleuteld opgeslagen op uw " -"computer en opnieuw gebruikt voor een domeinaanmelding als er geen " -"verbinding met de domeincontroller kan worden opgebouwd. Dit is in het " -"bijzonder handig voor mobiele gebruikers." +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 +msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "<p><b>Offline-verificatie</b> maakt het voor de gebruiker mogelijk om zich aan te melden, zelfs als er geen verbinding is met de domeincontroller. Deze optie vereist dat u tenminste eenmaal bij uw domein bent aangemeld. De toegangsrechten van de gebruikers worden dan versleuteld opgeslagen op uw computer en opnieuw gebruikt voor een domeinaanmelding als er geen verbinding met de domeincontroller kan worden opgebouwd. Dit is in het bijzonder handig voor mobiele gebruikers." -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." -msgstr "" -"<p>Klik op <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b> om geavanceerde mogelijkheden " -"zoals WINS-opties of koppelen van persoonlijke directories op de server uit " -"Active Directory-domeinen.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b> om geavanceerde mogelijkheden zoals WINS-opties of koppelen van persoonlijke directories op de server uit Active Directory-domeinen.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "<p><b>Join Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Deelname-instellingen</b></p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Geef de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>Wachtwoord</b> op dat gebruikt " -"moet\n" -"worden voor het deelnemen aan het gekozen domein gedurende de automatische " -"installatie.\n" -"Opmerking: het wachtwoord zal worden opgeslagen als platte (niet-gecodeerde) " -"tekst in het profiel.</p>" +"<p>Geef de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>Wachtwoord</b> op dat gebruikt moet\n" +"worden voor het deelnemen aan het gekozen domein gedurende de automatische installatie.\n" +"Opmerking: het wachtwoord zal worden opgeslagen als platte (niet-gecodeerde) tekst in het profiel.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Geef de <b>Active Directory Server</b> op die u wilt gebruiken om deel te " -"nemen aan een Active Directory-domein. Dit wordt ook gebruikt als de waarde " -"voor KDC in de configuratie van Kerberos.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Geef de <b>Active Directory Server</b> op die u wilt gebruiken om deel te nemen aan een Active Directory-domein. Dit wordt ook gebruikt als de waarde voor KDC in de configuratie van Kerberos.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" @@ -636,26 +585,25 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Om uw tijd met een NTP server te synchroniseren, dient u uw computer\n" -"als een NTP Cliënt te configureren. Te configureren bij <b>NTP configuratie.\n" +"als een NTP Cliënt te configureren. Te configureren bij <b>NTP configuratie</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 +#. default value of Machine Account +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standaard)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "&Machineaccount OU" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "Lijst &verkrijgen" -#. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 +#. error popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -663,39 +611,36 @@ "Gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord zijn vereist\n" "voor een lijst met machineaccounts." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "&Machineaccount" -#. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 +#. translators: text for busy pop-up +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "Lidmaatschap van werkgroep wordt geverifieerd..." -#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 +#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op om het domein '%1' te verlaten." +msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op om het domein '%1' te verlaten." -#. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 +#. additional information for cluster environment +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "De configuratie zal worden gepropageerd over clusternodes." -#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 +#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op u om aan te melden bij domein " -"'%1'." +msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op u om aan te melden bij domein '%1'." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "Laat de tekstvelden leeg om anoniem aan te melden bij het domein.\n" -#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 +#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -703,8 +648,8 @@ "Kan niet automatisch bepalen of deze\n" "computer al is aangemeld bij domein '%1'." -#. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 +#. popup question, first part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -712,12 +657,12 @@ "Deze computer is niet aangemeld\n" "bij domein '%1'." -#. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 +#. last part of popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "Aanmelden bij domein '%1'?" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -725,7 +670,7 @@ "Kan niet automatisch bepalen of dit\n" "cluster al is aangemeld bij domein %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -733,302 +678,252 @@ "Dit cluster is niet aangemeld\n" "bij domein %1." -#. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 +#. popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"Er zijn al gebruikersshares aanwezig. Wilt u deze behouden of verwijderen?" +msgstr "Er zijn al gebruikersshares aanwezig. Wilt u deze behouden of verwijderen?" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "&Behouden" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "Verwij&deren" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" msgstr "Er zijn andere Windows-services beschikbaar. Wilt u die ook stoppen?" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Gebr&uik WINS voor het vinden van de hostnaam" -#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) wilt gebruiken voor " -"het zoeken van de naam, schakelt u <b>Gebruik WINS voor hostnaam vinden</b> " -"in.</p>" +#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) wilt gebruiken voor het zoeken van de naam, schakelt u <b>Gebruik WINS voor hostnaam vinden</b> in.</p>" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "WINS-server via &DHCP ophalen" -#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer <b>WINS-server via DHCP ophalen</b> om een WINS-server te " -"gebruiken die door DHCP wordt geleverd.</p>" +#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>WINS-server via DHCP ophalen</b> om een WINS-server te gebruiken die door DHCP wordt geleverd.</p>" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "Delen door gebruikers" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Delen" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "Gebruikers toesta&an hun directories te delen" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "&Gasttoegang toestaan" -#. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#. texty entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "Toegestane groe&p" -#. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 +#. infield label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "&Maximum aantal shares" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the " -"group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Gebruikers toestaan hun eigen directories te delen</b> maakt het voor " -"gebruikers van de groep in <b>Toegestane groep</b> mogelijk om hun " -"directories te delen met andere gebruikers. Bijvoorbeeld <tt>users</tt> voor " -"een lokaal bereik of <tt>DOMEIN%1Gebruikers</tt> voor een domeinbereik. De " -"gebruiker dient er bovendien voor te zorgen dat de permissies van het " -"bestandssysteem de toegang toestaan.</p>" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Gebruikers toestaan hun eigen directories te delen</b> maakt het voor gebruikers van de groep in <b>Toegestane groep</b> mogelijk om hun directories te delen met andere gebruikers. Bijvoorbeeld <tt>users</tt> voor een lokaal bereik of <tt>DOMEIN%1Gebruikers</tt> voor een domeinbereik. De gebruiker dient er bovendien voor te zorgen dat de permissies van het bestandssysteem de toegang toestaan.</p>" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Maximum aantal shares</b> kunt u het totaal aantal shares dat mag " -"worden aangemaakt beperken.</p>" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Maximum aantal shares</b> kunt u het totaal aantal shares dat mag worden aangemaakt beperken.</p>" -#. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 -msgid "" -"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow " -"Guest Access</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om toegang tot gebruikersshares zonder verificatie toe te staan, " -"selecteer <b>Gasttoegang toestaan</b>.</p>" +#. membership dialog help common part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om toegang tot gebruikersshares zonder verificatie toe te staan, selecteer <b>Gasttoegang toestaan</b>.</p>" -#. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 +#. help text for PAM Mount table +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n" -"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" +"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>In de tabel <b>Koppel servermappen</b>,kunt u directories specificeren\n" -"(zoals een persoonlijke directory) die lokaal gekoppeld zou moeten worden " -"wanneer\n" +"(zoals een persoonlijke directory) die lokaal gekoppeld zou moeten worden wanneer\n" "de gebruiker is aangemeld. Als het koppelen gebruikerspecifiek zou moeten,\n" -"specificeer dan <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> voor de geselecteerde regel. Anders " -"wordt\n" -"de directory gekoppeld voor elke gebruiker. Voor meer informatie, zie de man-" -"pagina pam_mount.conf.</p>" +"specificeer dan <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> voor de geselecteerde regel. Anders wordt\n" +"de directory gekoppeld voor elke gebruiker. Voor meer informatie, zie de man-pagina pam_mount.conf.</p>" -#. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 -msgid "" -"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"<b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt bijvoorbeeld de waarde <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> gebruiken " -"voor <b>Extern pad</b>, de waarde <tt>~/</tt> voor <b>Lokaal mount punt</b> " -"om de Persoonlijke directory te koppelen, samen met een waarde <tt>user=" -"%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> als een onderdeel van <b>Opties</b>.</p>" +#. help text for PAM Mount table: example +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>U kunt bijvoorbeeld de waarde <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> gebruiken voor <b>Extern pad</b>, de waarde <tt>~/</tt> voor <b>Lokaal mount punt</b> om de Persoonlijke directory te koppelen, samen met een waarde <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> als een onderdeel van <b>Opties</b>.</p>" -#. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De waarde van de <b>Kerberos methode</b> definieert hoe kerberos tickets " -"verifieert. Wanneer <b>Single Sing-on voor SSH</b> wordt gebruikt, is de " -"standaard Kerberos-methode ingesteld door YaST <tt>secrets en keytab</tt>. " -"Zie man-pagina smb.conf voor details.</p>" +#. help text for kerberos method option +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De waarde van de <b>Kerberos methode</b> definieert hoe kerberos tickets verifieert. Wanneer <b>Single Sing-on voor SSH</b> wordt gebruikt, is de standaard Kerberos-methode ingesteld door YaST <tt>secrets en keytab</tt>. Zie man-pagina smb.conf voor details.</p>" -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 msgid "Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Samba-client" -#. translators: initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 +#. translators: initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgstr "De Kerberos-clientconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAM instellingen opslaan" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" msgstr "Kerberos cliënt instellingen opslaan" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" msgstr "Openssh instellingen opslaan" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAM instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." msgstr "Kerberos cliënt instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." msgstr "Openssh instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. final progress step label -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 +#. final progress step label +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "Benodigde pakketten installeren" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "De benodigde pakketten worden geïnstalleerd..." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "PAM aanmelding" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "Gebruik Kerberos" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "Gebruik Kerberos niet" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "Standaard Realm" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "Standaard Domein" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "KDC Server Adres" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "Klok Skew" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Standaard Domein</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Standaard Realm</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 +#. summary text (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1" msgstr "<b>Kerberos-verificatie geactiveerd</b>: %1" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 +#. summary line +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "Configuratie verkregen via DNS" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1036,8 +931,8 @@ "Klok skew is ongeldig.\n" "Probeer opnieuw.\n" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." @@ -1045,144 +940,143 @@ "Levensduur is ongeldig.\n" "Probeer opnieuw." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen worden gelezen" -#. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "Winbind-status wordt lezen" -#. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "Winbind-status wordt gelezen..." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Samba-client wordt opgeslagen" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Samba-services uitschakelen" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Samba-services inschakelen" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-services worden uitgeschakeld..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-services worden ingeschakeld..." -#. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "Kerberosconfiguratie opslaan" -#. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "Kerberosconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan in %1." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "Kan de service 'winbind' niet starten." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "Kan de winbind-daemon niet starten." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "Kan de service 'winbind' niet stoppen." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "Kan de winbind-daemon niet stoppen." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "Kan PAM-instellingen niet schrijven." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Algemene configuratie" -#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Werkgroep of domein: %1" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "Offline-verificatie geactiveerd" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "Maximum aantal shares: %1" -#. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Werkgroep of domein</b>: %1</p>" -#. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Authenticatie met SMB</b>: %1</p>" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" -"Doorgaan met samenvoegen niet mogelijk: Clusterstatus is niet samenhangend" +msgstr "Doorgaan met samenvoegen niet mogelijk: Clusterstatus is niet samenhangend" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,221 +14,201 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 +#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Samba server configuratie module. Bekijk de Samba documentatie voor de " -"details" +msgstr "Samba server configuratie module. Bekijk de Samba documentatie voor de details" -#. translators: command line help text for share action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for share action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 msgid "Manipulate a single share" msgstr "Een enkele share manipuleren" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 msgid "Show the list of available shares" msgstr "Lijst met beschikbare shares tonen" -#. translators: command line help text for role action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for role action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 msgid "Set the role of the server" msgstr "Server rol instellen" -#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 +#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information" msgstr "Backend voor het opslaan van gebruikersinformatie instellen" -#. translators: command line help text for service activation action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for service activation action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 msgid "Enable or disable the Samba services (smb and nmb)" msgstr "De Sambaservices in- of uitschakelen (smb en nmb)" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 msgid "Change the global settings of the Samba server" msgstr "Globale instellingen van de Samba server wijzigen" -#. translators: command line help text for enable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for enable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 msgid "Enable the share or a service" msgstr "Share of service inschakelen" -#. translators: command line help text for disable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 +#. translators: command line help text for disable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 msgid "Disable the share or a service" msgstr "Share of service uitschakelen" -#. translators: command line help text for delete share option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 +#. translators: command line help text for delete share option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 msgid "Remove the share from the configuration file" msgstr "Share uit het configuratiebestand verwijderen" -#. translators: command line help text for share name option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 +#. translators: command line help text for share name option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 msgid "The name of a share" msgstr "Naam van een share" -#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 +#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 msgid "Add a new share" msgstr "Nieuwe share toevoegen" -#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 +#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 msgid "Change options of a share" msgstr "Opties van een share wijzigen" -#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 msgid "Show the options of a share" msgstr "Share opties tonen" -#. translators: command line help text for share comment option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for share comment option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 msgid "The comment of a share" msgstr "Commentaar van een share" -#. translators: command line help text for share path option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for share path option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 msgid "The path (directory) to share" msgstr "Te delen pad (directory)" -#. translators: command line help text for share printable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 +#. translators: command line help text for share printable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer" msgstr "Vlag die aangeeft dat de share als printer moet dienen" -#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 +#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om van de share " -"te lezen" +msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om van de share te lezen" -#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 +#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om naar de " -"share te schrijven" +msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om naar de share te schrijven" -#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 +#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" -msgstr "" -"Markeer dit in het geval de share tijdens het bladeren op het LAN zichtbaar " -"moet zijn" +msgstr "Markeer dit in het geval de share tijdens het bladeren op het LAN zichtbaar moet zijn" -#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 +#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access" msgstr "Vlag de aangeeft dat de share gasttoegang moet toestaan" -#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 +#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers waarvoor toegang tot de share is " -"toegestaan" +msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers waarvoor toegang tot de share is toegestaan" -#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 +#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 msgid "Server should act as a primary domain controller" msgstr "De server moet als een Primaire Domein Controller werken" -#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 +#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller" msgstr "De server moet als een reserve Domein Controller werken" -#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 +#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 msgid "Server should act as a domain member" msgstr "De server moet als domein lid werken" -#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 +#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"De server dient shares aan te bieden, maar mag geen domein aanmeldingen " -"toestaan" +msgstr "De server dient shares aan te bieden, maar mag geen domein aanmeldingen toestaan" -#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information" msgstr "Gebruik het 'smbpasswd' bestand om gebruikersinformatie op te slaan" -#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 +#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" -msgstr "" -"Gebruik het 'passdb.tdb' bestand om de gebruikersinformatie in op te slaan" +msgstr "Gebruik het 'passdb.tdb' bestand om de gebruikersinformatie in op te slaan" -#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 +#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information" msgstr "Gebruik de LDAP server om gebruikersinformatie op te slaan" -#. translators: command line help text for password option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 +#. translators: command line help text for password option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 msgid "Password for the LDAP server" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor de LDAP server" -#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 +#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "De naam van een werkgroep" -#. translators: command line help text for description option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 +#. translators: command line help text for description option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 msgid "The human-readable description of the Samba server" msgstr "De voor mensen leesbare Samba server beschrijving" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" -msgstr "" -"De LDAP achtervoegsel DN voor het manipuleren van de gebruikersinformatie op " -"de LDAP server" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "De LDAP achtervoegsel DN voor het manipuleren van de gebruikersinformatie op de LDAP server" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" -msgstr "" -"De LDAP DN voor het wijzigen van de inhoud op de LDAP server (bijvoorbeeld " -"om wachtwoorden te wijzigen)" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "De LDAP DN voor het wijzigen van de inhoud op de LDAP server (bijvoorbeeld om wachtwoorden te wijzigen)" -#. translators: error message for share command line action -#. must provide the share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 +#. translators: error message for share command line action +#. must provide the share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 msgid "Specify the share name." msgstr "Geef de share naam op." -#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 +#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 msgid "The share %1 does not exist." msgstr "De share '%1' bestaat niet." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 msgid "Provide the path of a directory to share." msgstr "Geef het pad naar de te delen directory op." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name -#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name +#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "Share %1 bestaat al." -#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action -#. try to keep alignment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 +#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action +#. try to keep alignment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 msgid "" "Status \tType\tName\n" "==============================" @@ -236,135 +216,130 @@ "Status \ttype\tnaam\n" "==============================" -#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 +#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 msgid "%1\tDisk\t%2" msgstr "%1\tSchijf\t%2" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 +#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 msgid "%1\tPrinter\t%2" msgstr "%1\tPrinter\t%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "Omdat er momenteel gebruikers verbonden zijn met deze Samba-server\n" "is de serverconfiguratie opnieuw geladen in plaats van opnieuw gestart.\n" -"Om ervoor te zorgen dat alle wijzigingen worden doorgevoerd, kunt u de " -"opdrachten\n" -"'systemctl restart smb' en 'systemctl restart nmb' uitvoeren. De verbinding " -"van de gebruikers wordt dan mogelijk wel verbroken" +"Om ervoor te zorgen dat alle wijzigingen worden doorgevoerd, kunt u de opdrachten\n" +"'systemctl restart smb' en 'systemctl restart nmb' uitvoeren. De verbinding van de gebruikers wordt dan mogelijk wel verbroken" -#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 +#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 msgid "smbpasswd file" msgstr "smbpasswd-bestand" -#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM -#. Unknown passdb backend -#. // translators: passdb backend radio button -#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 +#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM +#. Unknown passdb backend +#. // translators: passdb backend radio button +#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 +#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 msgid "TDB database" msgstr "TDB-database" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character." msgstr "Optionele waarde mag niet beginnen met een spatieteken." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "" -"Plaats meerdere optionele waarden voor één back-end tussen dubbele " -"aanhalingstekens." +msgstr "Plaats meerdere optionele waarden voor één back-end tussen dubbele aanhalingstekens." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid" msgstr "De opgegeven URL '%1' is ongeldig" -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 msgid "Delete the selected entry?" msgstr "Geselecteerd item verwijderen?" -#. we are already initialized -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 +#. we are already initialized +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 msgid "At least one backend must be specified." msgstr "Er moet minstens één backend gespecificeerd zijn." -#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) -#. { -#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend -#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. -#. -#. The back-end cannot be deleted. -#. ")); -#. return false; -#. } -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 +#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) +#. { +#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend +#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. +#. +#. The back-end cannot be deleted. +#. ")); +#. return false; +#. } +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 msgid "Delete the selected back-end?" msgstr "Geselecteerde backend verwijderen?" -#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 +#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 msgid "Back-End Type" msgstr "Backend type" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 msgid "smbpasswd File" msgstr "smbpasswd-bestand" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 msgid "TDB Database" msgstr "TDB-database" -#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 +#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend -#. is selected, but no details are entered -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 +#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend +#. is selected, but no details are entered +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 msgid "" "An identifier must be provided\n" "in details \n" @@ -380,117 +355,117 @@ "Raadpleeg de Samba HOWTO collectie voor\n" "meer informatie over dit onderwerp.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of samba-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky -#. Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of samba-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky +#. Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "&Primaire domeincontroller (PDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "Reser&ve domeincontroller (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "Geen domein&controller" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Samba-installatie" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "Stap 1 van 2" -#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), -#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 +#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), +#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "&Werkgroep of domeinnaam" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "Stap 2 van 2" -#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 +#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "Huidige domeinnaam:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Samba-server type" -#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "Niet beschikbaar omdat PDC aanwezig is." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "Share hernoemen" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "Nieuwe share&naam" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "Voer een nieuwe share-naam in." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -498,8 +473,8 @@ "Share '%1' bestaat al.\n" "Kies een andere share-naam.\n" -#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 +#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -509,27 +484,27 @@ "zullen ook haar instellingen verloren gaan.\n" "Share verwijderen?" -#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 +#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "Vertrouwd &omein" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "Domeinnaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "Kan vertrouwd-domein-relatie niet tot stand brengen." -#. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 +#. issue a warning, if not already done so +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -541,15 +516,15 @@ "wachtwoord wordt als onbewerkte tekst opgeslagen. Dit kan\n" "als een veiligheidsbedreiging worden beschouwd." -#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 +#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "Ver&trouwde domeinen" -#. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#. confirmation +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -557,233 +532,233 @@ "De trust relatie met het\n" "trusted domein '%1' echt verlaten?" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "Share %1" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie globale instellingen voor experts" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Identificatie" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "Share &naam" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "Share &beschrijving" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "Share type" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "&Printer" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&Directory" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "Share-&pad" -#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 +#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "&Alleen lezen" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "ACL's &overnemen" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "Momentopnamen weergeven" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "Btrfs-functies gebruiken" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "Nieuwe share" -#. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +#. translators: file selection dialog title +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "Pad voor een share" -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "Share-naam mag niet leeg zijn." -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "Share-pad mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "Beschikbare shares" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "&Alle shares tonen" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "&Systeemshares verbergen" -#. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#. translators: table header texts +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "Alleen lezen" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "Pad" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "Gasttoegang" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "Opmerking" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "He&rnoemen..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Status aan/ui&t" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "WINS-server ondersteuning" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "Externe WINS-server" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "Naa&m" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Gebruik WINS voor het vinden van de hostnaam" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "Geen DC" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "Primair (PDC)" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "Reserve (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "Basisinstellingen" -#. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 +#. translators: combobox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "Domein&controller" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "Globale instellingen voor &experts" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "&Gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Samba-configuratie" -#. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 +#. tab label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "Ops&tarten" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "&Shares" -#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 +#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "I&dentiteit" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "&LDAP-instellingen" -#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 +#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "NetBIOS &hostnaam" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "Bronnen met gebruikersinformatie " -#. try to create it -#. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 +#. try to create it +#. first, ask for password +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -793,16 +768,16 @@ "een administratief account (root) nodig.\n" "Deze zal nu worden aangemaakt." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "Samba root &wachtwoord:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord &verifiëren" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -810,13 +785,13 @@ "De eerste en tweede versie van\n" "het wachtwoord zijn niet gelijk." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "Kan account voor gebruiker %1 niet aanmaken." -#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 +#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -824,7 +799,7 @@ "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord\n" "op om aan te melden bij domein '%1'." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -832,23 +807,23 @@ "Laat de tekstvelden leeg om de computer\n" "anoniem aan te melden bij het domein." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Gebr&uikersnaam" -#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 +#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "&Geen lid worden" -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Aanmelden bij het domein '%1' succesvol." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -856,18 +831,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Samba-serverconfiguratie ïnitialiseren</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te klikken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -875,8 +849,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Samba-serverconfiguratie opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -888,64 +862,51 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 +#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click <b>Next</b>.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Werkgroep of domein selectie</big></b><br>\n" -"Selecteer een bestaande naam van een werkgroep of typ een nieuwe naam in en " -"klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n" +"Selecteer een bestaande naam van een werkgroep of typ een nieuwe naam in en klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n" "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.</p>\n" -"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases.</p>" +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" +"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Type Sambaserver</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Een domeincontroller staat Windows-clients toe om zich aan te melden bij " -"een Windows NT-domein.</p>\n" -"<p>De back-upcontroller gebruikt een andere domeincontroller voor " -"validatie.\n" -"De primaire controller gebruikt zijn eigen informatie over gebruikers en hun " -"wachtwoorden.</p>\n" -"<p>De beschikbare opties in de configuratiedialogen zijn afhankelijk van de " -"instellingen in deze selectie. Controllerfuncties voor Windows NT-domein " -"worden in toekomstige releases geleidelijk verwijderd.</p>" +"<p>Een domeincontroller staat Windows-clients toe om zich aan te melden bij een Windows NT-domein.</p>\n" +"<p>De back-upcontroller gebruikt een andere domeincontroller voor validatie.\n" +"De primaire controller gebruikt zijn eigen informatie over gebruikers en hun wachtwoorden.</p>\n" +"<p>De beschikbare opties in de configuratiedialogen zijn afhankelijk van de instellingen in deze selectie. Controllerfuncties voor Windows NT-domein worden in toekomstige releases geleidelijk verwijderd.</p>" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Samba server type</big></b><br>\n" -"Een <i>domeincontroller</i> staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een " -"Windows domein aan te melden.</p>\n" +"Een <i>domeincontroller</i> staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden.</p>\n" "<p>De in de configuratiedialogen beschikbare opties\n" "hangen van deze instelling af.</p>" -#. Share list dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 +#. Share list dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "<p><b><big>Shares</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Shares</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" @@ -953,8 +914,8 @@ "<p>Dit is een lijst met reeds geconfigureerde shares, al dan niet \n" "geactiveerd en met enige basisinformatie.<br></p>" -#. Share list dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 +#. Share list dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p>A share can be enabled or disabled.\n" "A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n" @@ -968,8 +929,8 @@ "De share kan daardoor later altijd weer geactiveerd worden.\n" "</p>" -#. Share list dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Share list dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p>Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n" "Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" @@ -983,8 +944,8 @@ "kan men verbergen door in het <b>Filter</b> menu\n" "<b>Systeemshares verbergen</b> te selecteren.</p>\n" -#. Share list dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 +#. Share list dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" @@ -994,8 +955,8 @@ "<b>Wijzigen</b> om een bestaande share te wijzigen en <b>Verwijderen</b>\n" "om alle informatie van een bepaalde share te wissen.</p>\n" -#. Identity dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 +#. Identity dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\n" "These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" @@ -1005,13 +966,11 @@ "Deze opties staan toe om de identiteit van de server\n" "en zijn primaire rol in het netwerk in te stellen.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain " -"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" @@ -1019,16 +978,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p>De basis instellingen stellen de domein en de server rol in.\n" "<b>Reserve domeincontroller</b> en <b>Primaire domeincontroller</b> staan\n" -"Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden. De reserve " -"controller \n" -"gebruikt een andere domeincontroller voor de validatie. De primaire " -"controller\n" +"Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden. De reserve controller \n" +"gebruikt een andere domeincontroller voor de validatie. De primaire controller\n" "gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en hun wachtwoorden.\n" "Wanneer de server niet als domeincontroller participeert, kies dan de\n" "<b>Geen DC</b> waarde.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Base Settings</b> set up the domain and the\n" "server role. <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allows Windows clients\n" @@ -1040,8 +997,8 @@ "een Windows domein aan te melden. Selecteer <b>Geen DC</b> als de\n" "server niet als domeincontroller mag gaan participeren.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS</b> is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n" "network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n" @@ -1057,8 +1014,8 @@ "andere server. Kies in het laatste geval <b>Remote WINS server</b>\n" "en geef het IP adres van de WINS server op.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 +#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network.</p>" @@ -1066,18 +1023,16 @@ "<p>Geef optioneel een <b>Server NetBIOS naam</b> op.\n" "De NetBIOS naam is de naam die de server in SMB netwerken gebruikt.</p>" -#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 +#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.</p>\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b> geven toegang tot \n" -"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals verificatiebronnen voor gebruikers en " -"geavanceerde algemene instellingen.</p>\n" +"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals verificatiebronnen voor gebruikers en geavanceerde algemene instellingen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>\n" "NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" @@ -1091,7 +1046,7 @@ "Hier kunt u een lijst met domeinen aanmaken waar de\n" "Samba server toegang aan dient te verlenen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<p>To add a new domain into the list, press <b>Add</b>.\n" "Enter the name of the domain to trust\n" @@ -1101,16 +1056,13 @@ "choose it in the list and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw domein aan de lijst toe te voegen.\n" -"Geef in het opengaande venster de naam van het trust domein en het " -"wachtwoord op.\n" -"Het wachtwoord wordt door de Samba server gebruikt om toegang te krijgen tot " -"het\n" +"Geef in het opengaande venster de naam van het trust domein en het wachtwoord op.\n" +"Het wachtwoord wordt door de Samba server gebruikt om toegang te krijgen tot het\n" "trust domein. Nadat er op <b>OK</b> is gedrukt, zal YaST proberen om de\n" -"trust relatie tot stand te brengen. Een domein is te verwijderen door deze " -"in de lijst\n" +"trust relatie tot stand te brengen. Een domein is te verwijderen door deze in de lijst\n" "te selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" "see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>\n" @@ -1118,8 +1070,8 @@ "<p>Bekijk voor meer details over de werking van trust domeinen\n" "de Samba HOWTO collectie.</p>\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 +#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\n" "Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\n" @@ -1127,19 +1079,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Enkele share wijzigen</big></b><br>\n" "Hier kunt u de opties van een share verfijnen.</p>\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 +#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, " -"<b>Wijzigen</b>\n" -"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te " -"verwijderen.</p>\n" +"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, <b>Wijzigen</b>\n" +"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\n" @@ -1147,19 +1097,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Globale instellingenconfiguratie voor experts</big></b><br>\n" "Hier kunt u de globale opties van de server verfijnen.</p>\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, " -"<b>Wijzigen</b>\n" -"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te " -"verwijderen.</p>\n" +"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, <b>Wijzigen</b>\n" +"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" @@ -1169,36 +1117,28 @@ "Hier kunt u de details instellen betreffende het LDAP gebruik\n" "van de Samba server.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Zoek basis DN</b> (onderscheidende naam) is de basis\n" -"waarop het zoeken naar de informatie gestart dient te worden. De " -"<b>Administratie DN</b> wordt\n" -"gebruikt in het geval er nieuwe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt worden. Als " -"de\n" -"administratie DN een wachtwoord voor het schrijven nodig heeft, geef dan het " -"wachtwoord met\n" +"waarop het zoeken naar de informatie gestart dient te worden. De <b>Administratie DN</b> wordt\n" +"gebruikt in het geval er nieuwe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt worden. Als de\n" +"administratie DN een wachtwoord voor het schrijven nodig heeft, geef dan het wachtwoord met\n" "behulp van <b>LDAP administratie wachtwoord instellen</b> op.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Opmerking:</b>Instellingen worden opgeslagen alvorens u het LDAP " -"administratie wachtwoord instelt.</p>\n" +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Opmerking:</b>Instellingen worden opgeslagen alvorens u het LDAP administratie wachtwoord instelt.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>\n" "Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" @@ -1210,20 +1150,17 @@ "informatie. Samba ondersteunt niet langer meerdere backends,\n" "slechts één is toegestaan.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u de verificatiebron van de gebruiker wilt wijzigen, verwijder dan de " -"huidige eerst\n" -"door op <b>Delete</b> te drukken en voeg een nieuwe toe met de knop " -"<b>Toevoegen</b></p>\n" +"<p>Als u de verificatiebron van de gebruiker wilt wijzigen, verwijder dan de huidige eerst\n" +"door op <b>Delete</b> te drukken en voeg een nieuwe toe met de knop <b>Toevoegen</b></p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b>smbpasswd file</b> is the file using the same format as\n" "the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" @@ -1235,8 +1172,8 @@ "het passwd bestand. Het is mogelijk om meerdere bestanden in dit \n" "formaat te hebben.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" "the information.</p>\n" @@ -1244,8 +1181,8 @@ "<p><b>LDAP</b> is de URL van een LDAP server\n" "die moet worden gebruikt voor het controleren van de informatie.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.</p>\n" @@ -1253,27 +1190,27 @@ "<p><b>TDB database</b> gebruikt een intern Samba database binair formaat\n" "voor het opslaan en opzoeken van informatie.</p>\n" -#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ -#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to -#. to store and look up the information.</p> -#. ") + -#. not in UI anymore -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 -#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify -#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. -#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order -#. of the back-ends.</p> -#. "), -#. no such button there -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ -#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to -#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows -#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently -#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> -#. "), -#. add new share dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 +#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ +#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to +#. to store and look up the information.</p> +#. ") + +#. not in UI anymore +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 +#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify +#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. +#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order +#. of the back-ends.</p> +#. "), +#. no such button there +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ +#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to +#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows +#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently +#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> +#. "), +#. add new share dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\n" "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n" @@ -1281,8 +1218,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Nieuwe share toevoegen</big></b><br>\n" "Hier kunt u de basis informatie voor een toe te voegen share opgeven.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 +#. add new share dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p><b>Share Name</b> is used for accessing\n" "the share from clients. <b>Share Description</b> describes the\n" @@ -1292,8 +1229,8 @@ "share van cliënten te krijgen. De <b>share omschrijving</b>\n" "beschrijft het doel van de share.</p>" -#. add new share dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 +#. add new share dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 msgid "" "<p>There are two types of shares. A <b>Printer</b> share\n" "is presented as a printer to clients. A <b>Directory</b> share \n" @@ -1305,8 +1242,8 @@ "share wordt gepresenteerd als een netwerkschijf. Voor een directory share\n" "moet het <b>pad naar de share</b> worden opgegeven.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help 4/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 +#. add new share dialog help 4/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 msgid "" "<p>If <b>Read-Only</b> is checked, users\n" "of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" @@ -1316,7 +1253,7 @@ "mogen de gebruikers van een service geen bestanden\n" "in de directory van de service aanmaken of wijzigen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 msgid "" "<p><b>Inherit ACLS</b> can be used to ensure\n" "that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" @@ -1326,132 +1263,72 @@ "dat als er standaard ACL's op de parent directories bestaan, ze ook altijd\n" "gehonoreerd worden tijdens het aanmaken van een subdirectory.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further " -"details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als <b>Momentopnamen tonen</b> is geselecteerd, toont Samba momentopnamen " -"die door Snapper zijn gemaakt voor toegang en bewerking door CIFS/SMB-" -"clients. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba Snapper-ondersteuning " -"biedt en het sharepad overeenkomt met een Snapper-configuratiesubvolume dat " -"wordt ondersteund door Btrfs.<br> Relevante toestemmingen moeten ook worden " -"gegeven. Raadpleeg de <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> handleidingpagina van Samba voor " -"meer informatie.</p>" +#. add new share dialog help +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 +msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als <b>Momentopnamen tonen</b> is geselecteerd, toont Samba momentopnamen die door Snapper zijn gemaakt voor toegang en bewerking door CIFS/SMB-clients. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba Snapper-ondersteuning biedt en het sharepad overeenkomt met een Snapper-configuratiesubvolume dat wordt ondersteund door Btrfs.<br> Relevante toestemmingen moeten ook worden gegeven. Raadpleeg de <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> handleidingpagina van Samba voor meer informatie.</p>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Btrfs-functies gebruiken</b> geeft u Samba de opdracht om gebruik " -"te maken van functies die specifiek voor het Btrfs-bestandssysteem zijn " -"ontworpen. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba Btrfs-ondersteuning " -"biedt en het sharepad een Btrfs-subvolume is. Raadpleeg de <b>vfs_btrfs(8) handleidingpagina van Samba voor meer informatie.</p>" +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 +msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Btrfs-functies gebruiken</b> geeft u Samba de opdracht om gebruik te maken van functies die specifiek voor het Btrfs-bestandssysteem zijn ontworpen. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba Btrfs-ondersteuning biedt en het sharepad een Btrfs-subvolume is. Raadpleeg de <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> handleidingpagina van Samba voor meer informatie.</p>" -#. help for LDAP Settings dialog -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 +#. help for LDAP Settings dialog +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings.<p>" +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>LDAP-instellingen</big></b><br>\n" "Bepaal hier de te gebruiken LDAP-server voor verificatie.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"<b>LDAP-wachtwoordbackend</b> instellen stelt u in staat " -"gebruikersinformatie in de boomstructuur van LDAP gespecificeerd door de " -"URL. Met <b>LDAP-idmap-backend</b>, slaat u SID/uid/gid mappingtabellen in " -"LDAP op.\n" +"<b>LDAP-wachtwoordbackend</b> instellen stelt u in staat gebruikersinformatie in de boomstructuur van LDAP gespecificeerd door de URL. Met <b>LDAP-idmap-backend</b>, slaat u SID/uid/gid mappingtabellen in LDAP op.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"In de verificatiesectie, stelt u de referenties voor de LDAP-server in, " -"inclusief de volledige DN van de beheerder.\n" +"In de verificatiesectie, stelt u de referenties voor de LDAP-server in, inclusief de volledige DN van de beheerder.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>Basis DN voor zoeken</b> is het achtervoegsel van LDAP toegevoegd aan " -"Samba-specifieke LDAP-objecten.\n" +"<b>Basis DN voor zoeken</b> is het achtervoegsel van LDAP toegevoegd aan Samba-specifieke LDAP-objecten.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"Om de verbinding naar uw LDAP-server te testen, klikt u op <b>Verbinding " -"testen</b>. Om LDAP-instellingen voor de expert te gebruiken of standaard " -"waarden te gebruiken, klik op <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b>.<p>" +"Om de verbinding naar uw LDAP-server te testen, klikt u op <b>Verbinding testen</b>. Om LDAP-instellingen voor de expert te gebruiken of standaard waarden te gebruiken, klik op <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b>.<p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, " -"<b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> " -"for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Achtervoegsel van gebruiker</b> specificeert waar gebruikers in de " -"LDAP boomstructuur ingevoegd worden. De waarde wordt toegevoegd aan de " -"waarde van <b>Zoek basis-DN</b>. Overeenkomstig specificeert " -"<b>Achtervoegsel van groep</b> de plaats voor groepen, <b>Achtervoegsel voor " -"machines</b> voor machines en <b>Achtervoegsel voor id-map</b> die voor id-" -"map-mappings.</p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 +msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Achtervoegsel van gebruiker</b> specificeert waar gebruikers in de LDAP boomstructuur ingevoegd worden. De waarde wordt toegevoegd aan de waarde van <b>Zoek basis-DN</b>. Overeenkomstig specificeert <b>Achtervoegsel van groep</b> de plaats voor groepen, <b>Achtervoegsel voor machines</b> voor machines en <b>Achtervoegsel voor id-map</b> die voor id-map-mappings.</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." +"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Replicatieslaaptijd</b> is het aantal milliseconden die Samba zal " -"wachten na het schrijven naar de LDAP-server, zodat LDAP-replica's dit " -"kunnen bijbenen.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specificeert de wachttijd voor LDAP-bewerkingen (in " -"seconden).</p>" +"<p><b>Replicatieslaaptijd</b> is het aantal milliseconden die Samba zal wachten na het schrijven naar de LDAP-server, zodat LDAP-replica's dit kunnen bijbenen.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specificeert de wachttijd voor LDAP-bewerkingen (in seconden).</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Definieer of SSL voor de LDAP-verbinding moet worden gebruikt met <b>SSL " -"of TLS gebruiken</b>.</p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 +msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Definieer of SSL voor de LDAP-verbinding moet worden gebruikt met <b>SSL of TLS gebruiken</b>.</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" -"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details.</p>" +"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" +"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>DN verwijderen</b> specificeert of het verwijderen de complete LDAP-" -"entry moet verwijderen of alleen de Samba-specifieke attributen.</p>\n" -"<p>Met <b>Wachtwoorden synchroniseren</b> definieert u mogelijke " -"synchronisatie van het LDAP-wachtwoord met de NT en LM hashes. Zie de " -"handmatige pagina van <tt>smb.conf</tt> voor details.</p>" +"<p><b>DN verwijderen</b> specificeert of het verwijderen de complete LDAP-entry moet verwijderen of alleen de Samba-specifieke attributen.</p>\n" +"<p>Met <b>Wachtwoorden synchroniseren</b> definieert u mogelijke synchronisatie van het LDAP-wachtwoord met de NT en LM hashes. Zie de handmatige pagina van <tt>smb.conf</tt> voor details.</p>" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 msgid "" "If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n" "service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n" @@ -1463,8 +1340,8 @@ "aan gaan maken. Als de nieuwe SID niet gelijk is aan de oude, dan\n" "zullen de cliënten niet langer als domeinleden geverifieerd kunnen worden.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n" "directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n" @@ -1476,8 +1353,8 @@ "geconfigureerde periode daarin zal verwijderen. Zie MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP\n" "en TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR in /etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 msgid "" "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1485,8 +1362,8 @@ "Het exporteren van /var kan resulteren in beveiligingsproblemen.\n" "De directory bevat veel privé geheimen over uw systeem.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1494,58 +1371,55 @@ "Het exporteren van /etc kan resulteren in beveiligingsproblemen.\n" "De directory bevat veel privé geheimen over uw systeem.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" msgstr "" -"Het exporteren van / zal leiden tot beveiligingsproblemen, het zorgt er " -"namelijk\n" +"Het exporteren van / zal leiden tot beveiligingsproblemen, het zorgt er namelijk\n" "voor dat uw gehele bestandssysteem door Samba cliënten door te bladeren is.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Geadvanceerde instellingen</b> geven toegang tot \n" -"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals LDAP instellingen, " -"gebruikersauthenticatiebronnensuch en\n" +"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals LDAP instellingen, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnensuch en\n" "expert globale instellingen.</p>\n" -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 +#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 msgid "Only" msgstr "Alleen" -#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 +#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 msgid "Enter the server URL." msgstr "Geef de server URL op." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 msgid "Passwords do not match." msgstr "De wachtwoorden zijn niet identiek." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 msgid "Passwords match." msgstr "De wachtwoorden zijn identiek." -#. Propose default values -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 +#. Propose default values +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 msgid "" "All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n" "Continue?\n" @@ -1553,183 +1427,182 @@ "Alle huidige LDAP-gerelateerde waardes zullen overschreven worden.\n" "Doorgaan?\n" -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 msgid "Connection successful." msgstr "De verbinding is gelukt." -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 msgid "&Search Base DN" msgstr "&Zoek basis DN:" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Verificatie" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 msgid "&Administration DN" msgstr "&Administratie DN:" -#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword -#. translators: password enrty label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 +#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword +#. translators: password enrty label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 msgid "Administration &Password" msgstr "Administratie &wachtwoord" -#. translators: reenter password entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 +#. translators: reenter password entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)" msgstr "Administratie wachtwoord (nogm&aals)" -#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 +#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 msgid "Passdb Back-End" msgstr "Passdb back-end" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 msgid "Use LDAP Password &Back-End" msgstr "Gebruik LDAP wachtwoord &back-end" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 msgid "LDAP Server &URL" msgstr "LDAP server &URL" -#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 +#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 msgid "Idmap Back-End" msgstr "Idmap back-end" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 msgid "Use LDAP &Idmap Back-End" msgstr "Gebruik LDAP &Idmap back-end" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 msgid "LDAP Server U&RL" msgstr "LDAP server U&RL" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "&Test verbinding" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 msgid "Advanced &Settings..." msgstr "Geavanceerde in&stellingen..." -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 msgid "Expert LDAP Settings" msgstr "Expert LDAP instellingen" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 msgid "Default Values" msgstr "Standaard waardes" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 msgid "Suffixes" msgstr "Achtervoegsels" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 msgid "&User Suffix" msgstr "Gebr&uiker achtervoegsel" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 msgid "&Group Suffix" msgstr "&Groep achtervoegsel" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 msgid "&Machine Suffix" msgstr "&Machine achtervoegsel" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 msgid "&Idmap Suffix" msgstr "&Idmap achtervoegsel" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 msgid "Time-Outs" msgstr "Time-outs" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 msgid "&Replication Sleep" msgstr "&Replication Sleep" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 msgid "&Time-Out" msgstr "&Time-out" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 msgid "Security" msgstr "Beveiliging" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 msgid "&Use SSL or TLS" msgstr "Gebr&uik SSL/TLS" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 msgid "Other Settings" msgstr "Overige instellingen" -#. No such option, bug 169194 -#. translators: text entry label -#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 +#. No such option, bug 169194 +#. translators: text entry label +#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 msgid "&Delete DN" msgstr "Verwij&der DN" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 msgid "&Synchronize Passwords" msgstr "&Synchroniseer wachtwoorden" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 msgid "Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Samba server configuratie" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. translators: in error message, followed by server error -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 +#. translators: in error message, followed by server error +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 msgid "Additional Information:" msgstr "Extra informatie:" -#. translators: unknown error message -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 +#. translators: unknown error message +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps yast2-ldap is not available." msgstr "Onbekende fout: Misschien is 'yast2-ldap' niet beschikbaar." -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Unknown Class:" msgstr "Onbekende categorie:" -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "" -"YaST ondersteunt alleen dcObject (dc) en organizationalUnit (ou) categorieën." +msgstr "YaST ondersteunt alleen dcObject (dc) en organizationalUnit (ou) categorieën." -#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 +#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 #, perl-format msgid "" "It seems that there is no functional\n" @@ -1738,108 +1611,108 @@ "Het lijkt erop dat er geen functionele\n" "LDAP server op %s aanwezig is.\n" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 msgid "File and Printer Sharing" msgstr "Bestand- en printerdeling" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 msgid "Backup Domain Controller" msgstr "Reserve domeincontroller" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 msgid "Primary Domain Controller" msgstr "Primaire domeincontroller" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 msgid "Domain Member Server" msgstr "Domein leden server" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie samba-server initialiseren" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen lezen" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "Samba geheimen lezen" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "Samba server instellingen lezen" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "Samba accounts lezen" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "Backend-instellingen lezen" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen lezen" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "Rolinstellingen van Samba-service lezen" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "Samba secrets lezen..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "Samba dienstinstellingen lezen..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "Samba acounts lezen..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "Backend instellingen lezen..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." msgstr "De rolinstellingen van de Samba-service worden gelezen..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:293 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:293 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:186 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:186 msgid "" "Cups is required by samba for printing to \n" "work correctly. Do you wish to disable printing?\n" @@ -1851,103 +1724,103 @@ "Opmerking: om afdrukken opnieuw in te schakelen, moet u\n" "handmatig de \"printers\" share inschakelen en cups installeren." -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:263 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:263 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie Samba-server opslaan" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Globale instellingen schrijven" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Samba-services uitschakelen" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:272 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:272 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Samba-services inschakelen" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:274 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:274 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "Backend-instellingen opslaan" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:276 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:276 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "Samba accounts opslaan" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:278 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:278 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Algemene instellingen opslaan..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-services worden uitgeschakeld..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-services worden ingeschakeld..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:287 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:287 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "Backend-instellingen opslaan..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:289 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:289 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "Samba accounts opslaan..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:291 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:291 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:317 +#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:317 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet in /etc/samba/smb.conf opslaan." -#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:414 +#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:414 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "Globale configuratie:" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:416 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:416 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "Werkgroep of domein: %s" -#. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:420 +#. summary item: selected role for the samba server +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:420 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "Functie: %s" -#. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:423 +#. summary item: status of the samba service +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:423 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "Samba server uitgeschakeld" -#. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:427 +#. summary heading: configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:427 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "Share configuratie:" -#. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:433 +#. summary item: no configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:433 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/samba-users.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/samba-users.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/samba-users.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,127 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "<p>Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hier kunt u de instelling van het samba account van de gebruiker wijzigen." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de instelling van het samba account van de gebruiker wijzigen.</p>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "<p>If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "<p>Als er geen gebruiker's waardes worden opgegeven voor " -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon " -"Script</b> " -msgstr "" -"<b>Home drive</b>, <b>Home path</b>, <b>Profiel path</b> en het <b>Logon " -"script</b> " +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 +msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> " +msgstr "<b>Home drive</b>, <b>Home path</b>, <b>Profiel path</b> en het <b>Logon script</b> " -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"dan zullen de standaard waardes, die in uw locale Samba configuratie " -"gedefinieerd zijn, gebruikt worden.</p>" +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>" +msgstr "dan zullen de standaard waardes, die in uw locale Samba configuratie gedefinieerd zijn, gebruikt worden.</p>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" msgstr "Home drive" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 msgid "Use Default Values" msgstr "Gebruik standaard waardes" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 msgid "Home Path" msgstr "Home path" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 msgid "Profile Path" msgstr "Profiel path" -#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 +#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 msgid "Logon Script" msgstr "Logon script" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 msgid "Samba Account Disabled" msgstr "Samba account uitgeschakeld" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 msgid "No Password Expiration" msgstr "Geen wachtwoord verval" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 msgid "Edit Samba Attributes" msgstr "Samba kenmerken wijzigen" -#. help text -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 +#. help text +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Deze plugin kan worden gebruikt om een LDAP-groep te activeren zodat " -"deze\n" -"beschikbaar is voor Samba. De enige instellingen die u hier kunt wijzigen " -"is \n" -"<b>Samba-groepsnaam</b>. Dit is de naam van de groep zoals deze zichtbaar " -"is\n" -"voor Samba-clients. Alle andere instellingen worden automatisch berekend. " -"Als u \n" -"de <b>Samba-groepsnaam</b> leeg laat zal de naam worden gebruikt die is " -"geconfigureerd\n" +"<p>Deze plugin kan worden gebruikt om een LDAP-groep te activeren zodat deze\n" +"beschikbaar is voor Samba. De enige instellingen die u hier kunt wijzigen is \n" +"<b>Samba-groepsnaam</b>. Dit is de naam van de groep zoals deze zichtbaar is\n" +"voor Samba-clients. Alle andere instellingen worden automatisch berekend. Als u \n" +"de <b>Samba-groepsnaam</b> leeg laat zal de naam worden gebruikt die is geconfigureerd\n" "bij de globale instellingen van deze groep.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" msgstr "Samba groepsnaam" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 msgid "Samba Attributes" msgstr "Samba kenmerken" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 msgid "Manage samba account parameters" msgstr "Samba account parameters beheren" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute." msgstr "Kon objectclass kenmerk niet updaten." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." msgstr "Kon Samba SID niet initialiseren. Plugin wordt uitgeschakeld." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" msgstr "Wijzig het wachtwoord voor het aanmaken van het Samba account" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" msgstr "Samba kenmerk van de LDAP groepen beheren" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,221 +14,219 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Text for the command_line_description: -#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) -#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 +#. Text for the command_line_description: +#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) +#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 msgid "Scanner Configuration" msgstr "Scannerconfiguratie" -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "Driver" msgstr "Stuurprogramma" -#. Header for a column of the overview table -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 +#. Header for a column of the overview table +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Scanner" -#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 +#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "&Restart Detection" msgstr "Detectie her&starten" -#. Label of a button to test a scanner: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 +#. Label of a button to test a scanner: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Testen" -#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 +#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "&hp-setup uitvoeren" -#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 +#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Scanning via &Network..." msgstr "Scannen via het &netwerk..." -#. edit -#. delete -#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: -#. test -#. select a scanner -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 +#. edit +#. delete +#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: +#. test +#. select a scanner +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Niets geselecteerd." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Selecteer een item." -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "Edit Not Possible" msgstr "Bewerken niet mogelijk" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk om een stuurprogramma te verwijderen zonder een " -"overeenkomende scanner." +msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om een stuurprogramma te verwijderen zonder een overeenkomende scanner." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "It is only possible to add a scanner." msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om een scanner toe te voegen." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Delete Not Possible" msgstr "Verwijderen niet mogelijk" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "It is only possible to edit a detected scanner." msgstr "Het is alleen mogelijk om een gedetecteerde scanner te bewerken." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Deactivate %1?" msgstr "%1 deactiveren?" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2235 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2235 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "Het deactiveren van %1 is mislukt." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Test Not Possible" msgstr "Test niet mogelijk" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Failed to test %1." msgstr "Het testen van %1 is mislukt." -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "Uitvoeren van hp-setup is mislukt." -#. Select model dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Select model dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "Scanner Model and Driver Selection" msgstr "Selectie van scannermodel en -stuurprogramma" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "S&earch String" msgstr "Zo&ekterm" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Zoeken" -#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 +#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Show Complete &List" msgstr "Complete &lijst weergeven" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "Scanner &Models" msgstr "Scanner&modellen" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 msgid "All Scanner &Models" msgstr "Alle scanner&modellen" -#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 +#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Unsupported Model" msgstr "Niet ondersteund model" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "This model is not supported.\n" "Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." @@ -236,16 +234,16 @@ "Dit model wordt niet ondersteund.\n" "Vraag de fabrikant om een Linux-stuurprogramma." -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Model Not Supported by the Driver %1" msgstr "Model wordt niet ondersteund door stuurprogramma %1" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Check if another driver supports it,\n" "select a compatible model,\n" @@ -255,119 +253,112 @@ "selecteer een compatible model,\n" "of vraag de fabrikant om het Linux-stuurprogramma." -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Unsupported Driver" msgstr "Niet ondersteund stuurprogramma" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' is alleen beschikbaar voor i386-compatibele " -"architecturen (32-bit i386 en ook 64-bit x86_64)." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' is alleen beschikbaar voor i386-compatibele architecturen (32-bit i386 en ook 64-bit x86_64)." -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 msgid "Possibly Problematic Driver" msgstr "Mogelijk problematisch stuurprogramma" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "" -"Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' kan voor problemen zorgen op de 64-bits x86_64 " -"architectuur." +msgstr "Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' kan voor problemen zorgen op de 64-bits x86_64 architectuur." -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Outdated Driver" msgstr "Verouderd stuurprogramma" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "" "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." msgstr "" -"Het stuurprogramma 'hpoj' zou moeten werken, maar wordt niet langer " -"onderhouden.\n" +"Het stuurprogramma 'hpoj' zou moeten werken, maar wordt niet langer onderhouden.\n" "Probeer het meer actuele stuurprogramma 'hpaio' te gebruiken." -#. Configure backend dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 +#. Configure backend dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Scanner and Driver Setup" msgstr "Instellingen voor scanner en stuurprogramma" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 msgid "Failed to activate %1." msgstr "Activeren van %1 is mislukt." -#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "Set Up Scanning via Network" msgstr "Scannen via het netwerk instellen" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Permitted &Clients for saned" msgstr "Toegestane &clients voor saned" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "&Servers Used for the net Metadriver" msgstr "&Servers gebruikt voor het metastuurprogramma 'net'" -#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 +#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Serverinstellingen" -#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 +#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "Client Settings" msgstr "Clientinstellingen" -#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 +#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Predefined Configurations" msgstr "Voorgedefinieerde configuraties" -#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in the help text -#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 +#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in the help text +#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Local Host Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie &lokale host" -#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 +#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 msgid "&Disable Scanning via Network" msgstr "Scannen via het netwerk &uitschakelen" -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -379,8 +370,8 @@ "Even geduld a.u.b...\n" "</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -392,13 +383,12 @@ "Even geduld a.u.b...\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 1/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 +#. Overview dialog help 1/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -406,30 +396,27 @@ "Stel de scannerconfiguratie in en bekijk reeds actieve scanners.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 2/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 +#. Overview dialog help 2/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Als u een nieuwe scanner wilt instellen, kiest u de scanner in de lijst met " -"gevonden scanners en klikt u op <b>Wijzigen</b>.\n" -"Als uw scanner niet is gevonden, gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om de configuratie " -"handmatig uit te voeren.\n" +"Als u een nieuwe scanner wilt instellen, kiest u de scanner in de lijst met gevonden scanners en klikt u op <b>Wijzigen</b>.\n" +"Als uw scanner niet is gevonden, gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om de configuratie handmatig uit te voeren.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 3/8: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. -#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 +#. Overview dialog help 3/8: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. +#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" @@ -446,8 +433,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -470,33 +456,29 @@ "\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 4/8: -#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 +#. Overview dialog help 4/8: +#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p>\n" "SCSI scanners are normally detected.\n" "If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "SCSI-scanners worden gewoonlijk gedetecteerd.\n" "Mochten er problemen optreden, kies dan de optie <b>Toevoegen</b>\n" -"en controleer of uw scanner wel door het commando <tt>lsscsi</tt> wordt " -"weergegeven.\n" -"Als de scanner er niet bij staat, dan kan het SCSI-systeem niet met de " -"scanner communiceren.\n" -"Controleer ook of er wel een geschikte kernelmodule voor de SCSI-hostadapter " -"is geladen.\n" +"en controleer of uw scanner wel door het commando <tt>lsscsi</tt> wordt weergegeven.\n" +"Als de scanner er niet bij staat, dan kan het SCSI-systeem niet met de scanner communiceren.\n" +"Controleer ook of er wel een geschikte kernelmodule voor de SCSI-hostadapter is geladen.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 5/8: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 +#. Overview dialog help 5/8: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -504,30 +486,28 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Scanners die via de parallelle poort werken kunnen met dit programma\n" "niet ingesteld worden, behalve voor alles-in-één apparaten van HP.\n" -"Algemene scanners via de parallelle poort moeten handmatig geconfigureerd " -"worden.\n" +"Algemene scanners via de parallelle poort moeten handmatig geconfigureerd worden.\n" "Voor de scannereenheid in een alles-in-één apparaat van HP dat via de\n" "parallelle poort is aangesloten, moet u mogelijk <tt>hp-setup</tt> draaien\n" "via <b>Overig</b> en <b>Draai hp-setup</b>, alvorens u de scanner\n" "kunt instellen met dit programma via <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 6/8: -#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) -#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) -#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 +#. Overview dialog help 6/8: +#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) +#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) +#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -539,10 +519,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -557,54 +535,49 @@ "scanner kunt instellen met dit programma via <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 7/8: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. -#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way -#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 +#. Overview dialog help 7/8: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. +#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way +#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"De tabel bevat de lijst met geconfigureerde stuurprogramma's en de " -"bijhorende scanners.\n" -"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om het model en stuurprogramma te kiezen en in te " -"schakelen.\n" -"Klik op <b>Bewerken</b> om het stuurprogramma te wijzigen en in te " -"schakelen.\n" +"De tabel bevat de lijst met geconfigureerde stuurprogramma's en de bijhorende scanners.\n" +"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om het model en stuurprogramma te kiezen en in te schakelen.\n" +"Klik op <b>Bewerken</b> om het stuurprogramma te wijzigen en in te schakelen.\n" "Klik op <b>Verwijderen</b> om het stuurprogramma te verwijderen.\n" "Als u op <b>Overig</b> klikt, dan kunt u de detectie herstarten, actieve\n" "scanners testen of het scannen via een netwerk instellen.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 8/8: -#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is -#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. -#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases -#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem -#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). -#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module -#. but at least the user must be informed. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" -#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. -#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs -#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 +#. Overview dialog help 8/8: +#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is +#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. +#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases +#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem +#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). +#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module +#. but at least the user must be informed. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" +#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. +#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs +#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -624,158 +597,122 @@ "met het apparaat (bijvoorbeeld een USB-probleem of SCSI-probleem).\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 +#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"<b>Next</b>.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scannermodel selecteren</big></b><br>\n" -"Alle bekende scanner modellen, al dan niet ondersteund, worden hier " -"weergegeven.\n" -"Lees eerst zorgvuldig alle informatie voordat u een model selecteert en op " -"<b>Verder</b>\n" +"Alle bekende scanner modellen, al dan niet ondersteund, worden hier weergegeven.\n" +"Lees eerst zorgvuldig alle informatie voordat u een model selecteert en op <b>Verder</b>\n" "klikt. De informatie is gebaseerd op de gegevens van het SANE-project op\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 +#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -"<br>\n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Een model is ondersteund als er minstens één geschikt apparaatstuurprogramma " -"voor de scanner is.\n" -"De meeste apparaatstuurprogramma's voor scanners komen uit het SANE-project " -"en worden geleverd in het sane-backends pakket.\n" -"De onderhoudstatus voor een specifiek model varieert van minimaal tot " -"compleet.<br>\n" -"Wanneer een apparaatstuurprogramma getoond wordt als 'niet-onderhouden', dan " -"betekent dat niet dat deze niet werkt.\n" +"Een model is ondersteund als er minstens één geschikt apparaatstuurprogramma voor de scanner is.\n" +"De meeste apparaatstuurprogramma's voor scanners komen uit het SANE-project en worden geleverd in het sane-backends pakket.\n" +"De onderhoudstatus voor een specifiek model varieert van minimaal tot compleet.<br>\n" +"Wanneer een apparaatstuurprogramma getoond wordt als 'niet-onderhouden', dan betekent dat niet dat deze niet werkt.\n" "Zelfs een niet-onderhouden apparaatstuurprogramma kan perfect werken.\n" -"Maar het betekent dat er niet langer iemand is die weet heeft van de " -"interne\n" -"werking zodat er gewoonlijk geen hulp is als er problemen zijn met een niet-" -"onderhouden stuurprogramma.\n" +"Maar het betekent dat er niet langer iemand is die weet heeft van de interne\n" +"werking zodat er gewoonlijk geen hulp is als er problemen zijn met een niet-onderhouden stuurprogramma.\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 +#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Als er geen geschikt stuurprogramma beschikbaar is, is het mogelijk dat de " -"fabrikant een stuurprogramma levert.\n" -"Vraag daarom aan de scannerfabrikant of deze een stuurprogramma voor uw " -"scanner beschikbaar heeft.</p>" +"Als er geen geschikt stuurprogramma beschikbaar is, is het mogelijk dat de fabrikant een stuurprogramma levert.\n" +"Vraag daarom aan de scannerfabrikant of deze een stuurprogramma voor uw scanner beschikbaar heeft.</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Add the following sentence to translations: -#. Such comments are only available in English. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Add the following sentence to translations: +#. Such comments are only available in English. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Als er aanvullend commentaar beschikbaar is, dan wordt dit getoond tussen " -"blokhaakjes.\n" +"Als er aanvullend commentaar beschikbaar is, dan wordt dit getoond tussen blokhaakjes.\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": -#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": +#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Gebruik de <b>Zoekterm</b> om snel een geschikt item te vinden.\n" -"Om bepaalde tekst in de tabel terug te kunnen vinden voert u het in in het " -"veld.\n" -"Een meer gecompliceerde zoekopdracht met behulp van hoofdlettergevoelige " -"reguliere expressies is ook mogelijk.\n" -"Als de scanner gevonden is en de naam van de fabrikant is in deze lijst " -"aanwezig,\n" -"dan is de zoekterm vooringesteld met de fabrikantnaam, zoals <tt>^Epson.*.\n" -"Om de zoekresultaten te verfijnen kunt u modelspecifieke details aan de " -"zoekterm toevoegen.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld voeg een term toe die onderdeel is van het modelnaam: " -"<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"Of voeg enkele cijfers toe die onderdeel zijn van het modeltype: <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"Om bepaalde tekst in de tabel terug te kunnen vinden voert u het in in het veld.\n" +"Een meer gecompliceerde zoekopdracht met behulp van hoofdlettergevoelige reguliere expressies is ook mogelijk.\n" +"Als de scanner gevonden is en de naam van de fabrikant is in deze lijst aanwezig,\n" +"dan is de zoekterm vooringesteld met de fabrikantnaam, zoals <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"Om de zoekresultaten te verfijnen kunt u modelspecifieke details aan de zoekterm toevoegen.\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld voeg een term toe die onderdeel is van het modelnaam: <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"Of voeg enkele cijfers toe die onderdeel zijn van het modeltype: <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n" "If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner- en stuurprogramma instellen</big></b><br>\n" -"Het stuurprogramma wordt geactiveerd en de geassocieerde scanners worden " -"opgezocht. Dit kan enkele seconden\n" -"duren, u zult dus even moeten wachten voordat u op <b>Verder</b> kunt " -"drukken.<br>\n" +"Het stuurprogramma wordt geactiveerd en de geassocieerde scanners worden opgezocht. Dit kan enkele seconden\n" +"duren, u zult dus even moeten wachten voordat u op <b>Verder</b> kunt drukken.<br>\n" "Het stuurprogramma wordt gedeactiveerd zodra u op <b>Terug</b> klikt.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\n" @@ -792,8 +729,8 @@ "beschikbaar zijn.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>\n" @@ -808,29 +745,25 @@ "Er wordt in dit geval een verklarende uitleg gegeven.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -841,24 +774,19 @@ "<b><big>HP all-in-one apparaten</big></b><br>\n" "De all-in-one apparaten van HP hebben een speciale instellingsprocedure\n" "nodig. In dat geval wordt er een bijpassende dialoog geopend.\n" -"Er zijn twee softwarepakketten die ondersteuning leveren voor HP all-in-one " -"apparaten:\n" -"de verouderde HPOJ-software (pakket 'hp-officeJet', dat niet langer " -"beschikbaar is),\n" +"Er zijn twee softwarepakketten die ondersteuning leveren voor HP all-in-one apparaten:\n" +"de verouderde HPOJ-software (pakket 'hp-officeJet', dat niet langer beschikbaar is),\n" "die het PTAL-systeem levert (met de ptal-service),\n" -"en de nieuwe HPLIP-software (pakket 'hplip'), die de hpaio-apparaatbesturing " -"levert.\n" +"en de nieuwe HPLIP-software (pakket 'hplip'), die de hpaio-apparaatbesturing levert.\n" "Beide pakketten kunnen tegelijkertijd worden geïnstalleerd,\n" -"maar de ptal-services en de hpaio-apparaatbesturing kunnen niet tegelijk " -"worden uitgevoerd.\n" -"Daarom moet één van beide gebruikt worden voor alle HP all-in-one " -"apparaten.\n" +"maar de ptal-services en de hpaio-apparaatbesturing kunnen niet tegelijk worden uitgevoerd.\n" +"Daarom moet één van beide gebruikt worden voor alle HP all-in-one apparaten.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>\n" @@ -872,21 +800,18 @@ " om het scannen via het netwerk in te stellen.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. -#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. -#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. +#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. +#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -895,27 +820,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Serverinstellingen</big></b><br>\n" -"Als u lokaal aangesloten scanners hebt en u deze via het netwerk " -"toegankelijk wilt maken, stel dan de 'saned network scanning daemon' zodanig " -"in dat deze uw host in een server veranderd.\n" -"Voer bij <b>Toegestane clients</b> in welke client-hosts toestemming hebben " -"om saned op uw server te benaderen.\n" -"Voer een door komma's gescheiden lijst van client-hosts (hostnamen of IP-" -"adressen) of\n" +"Als u lokaal aangesloten scanners hebt en u deze via het netwerk toegankelijk wilt maken, stel dan de 'saned network scanning daemon' zodanig in dat deze uw host in een server veranderd.\n" +"Voer bij <b>Toegestane clients</b> in welke client-hosts toestemming hebben om saned op uw server te benaderen.\n" +"Voer een door komma's gescheiden lijst van client-hosts (hostnamen of IP-adressen) of\n" "subnets (CIDR-notatie, zoals 192.168.1.0/24) in.\n" "Als er geen client-hosts zijn toegestaan, dan wordt saned niet geactiveerd.\n" -"Als saned is geactiveerd, dan is xinetd ook geactiveerd en ingesteld voor " -"saned.\n" +"Als saned is geactiveerd, dan is xinetd ook geactiveerd en ingesteld voor saned.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). -#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" -#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module -#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. -#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). +#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" +#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module +#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. +#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>\n" @@ -971,25 +891,22 @@ "toe aan de interne zone van de firewall.\n" "Gebruik de instellingsmodule van YaST voor de Firewall om deze fundamentele\n" "instelling te maken met betrekking tot netwerkbeveiliging en de firewall en\n" -"scannen via het netwerk zal zonder enige verdere firewall-instelling gaan." -"<br>\n" +"scannen via het netwerk zal zonder enige verdere firewall-instelling gaan.<br>\n" "Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase (SDB)\n" "artikel 'CUPS en SANE firewall-instellingen' at<br>\n" "http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -998,27 +915,24 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Clientinstellingen</big></b><br>\n" -"Als u toegang tot scanners wilt die zijn aangesloten op andere hosts " -"(servers)\n" -"in het netwerk, stel dan het metastuurprogramma 'net' in om toegang te " -"krijgen\n" +"Als u toegang tot scanners wilt die zijn aangesloten op andere hosts (servers)\n" +"in het netwerk, stel dan het metastuurprogramma 'net' in om toegang te krijgen\n" "via de daemon die op de servers draait.\n" "De 'saned'-daemon en de firewall op de servers moeten de toegang toestaan.\n" -"Vul bij <b>Gebruikte servers</b> de servers in die u wilt gebruiken. Voer " -"een\n" +"Vul bij <b>Gebruikte servers</b> de servers in die u wilt gebruiken. Voer een\n" "door komma's gescheiden lijst met servers (servernamen of IP-adressen) in.\n" "Als u geen servers invoert, dan wordt 'net' niet geactiveerd.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1032,27 +946,23 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Configuratie van lokale host:</big></b><br>\n" -"Door het loopback-netwerk te gebruiken kunnen saned en het " -"metastuurprogramma\n" +"Door het loopback-netwerk te gebruiken kunnen saned en het metastuurprogramma\n" "'net' ook op uw lokale computer worden gebruikt.\n" -"In dat geval zijn de server en client feitelijk dezelfde computer " -"(localhost).\n" -"Sommige scanners, zoals scanners verbonden met de parallelle poort, vereisen " -"root-privileges.\n" +"In dat geval zijn de server en client feitelijk dezelfde computer (localhost).\n" +"Sommige scanners, zoals scanners verbonden met de parallelle poort, vereisen root-privileges.\n" "Als u <tt>localhost</tt> invoert voor de server en de client,\n" -"dan kunt u de scanner ook als gewone gebruiker op uw lokale computer " -"benaderen.\n" +"dan kunt u de scanner ook als gewone gebruiker op uw lokale computer benaderen.\n" "</p>" -#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 +#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisering..." -#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment -#. to display an error message where -#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:353 +#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment +#. to display an error message where +#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:353 msgid "" "The error message is:\n" "\n" @@ -1062,23 +972,22 @@ "\n" "%1" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:375 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:375 msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1." msgstr "Het vaststellen van de versie van pakket %1 is mislukt." -#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson -#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:397 +#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson +#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:397 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1098,60 +1007,47 @@ "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson (vroeger\n" "Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver)/\n" "waar RPM-pakketten voor 32-bit (i386) en 64-bit (x86_64) architecturen\n" -"kunnen worden gedownload (als u de Epson/Avasys licentieovereenkomsten " -"accepteert).\n" -"Het Image Scan apparaatstuurprogramma bevat propriëtaire alleen-binaire " -"software.\n" -"Voor sommige modellen is het alleen beschikbaar voor 32-bit (i386) " -"architecturen\n" +"kunnen worden gedownload (als u de Epson/Avasys licentieovereenkomsten accepteert).\n" +"Het Image Scan apparaatstuurprogramma bevat propriëtaire alleen-binaire software.\n" +"Voor sommige modellen is het alleen beschikbaar voor 32-bit (i386) architecturen\n" "die niet werken wanneer u een 64-bit systeem gebruikt.\n" -"Sommige scanners worden ook ondersteund door een ander (gratis software) " -"apparaatstuurprogramma.\n" +"Sommige scanners worden ook ondersteund door een ander (gratis software) apparaatstuurprogramma.\n" "Wanneer uw scannermodel een DFSG niet-gratis (eigen) module vereist,\n" -"dan dient u twee pakketten van Epson/Avasys te downloaden en te " -"installeren:\n" +"dan dient u twee pakketten van Epson/Avasys te downloaden en te installeren:\n" "Het 'iscan'-pakket voor de basis software en een extra\n" "model-afhankelijke 'iscan-plugin'-pakket met de eigen module.\n" -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:440 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen opslagruimte " -"beschikbaar." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:440 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen opslagruimte beschikbaar." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:455 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en is niet beschikbaar in de " -"opslagruimte." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:455 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en is niet beschikbaar in de opslagruimte." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:474 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:474 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "De installatie van het benodigde pakket %1 is mislukt." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:495 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:495 msgid "" "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" "If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "Het bepalen van de actieve scanners is mislukt.\n" "Wanneer de 'net metadriver' is geactiveerd en er is iets verkeerd\n" @@ -1162,170 +1058,170 @@ "Schakel in dat geval de 'net metadriver' uit totdat het probleem in\n" "het netwerk is opgelost.\n" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:517 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:517 msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners." msgstr "Het vaststellen van de actieve scanners is mislukt." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:531 src/modules/Scanner.rb:589 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:648 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2474 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:531 src/modules/Scanner.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:648 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2474 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat niet." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:551 src/modules/Scanner.rb:609 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:668 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2494 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:551 src/modules/Scanner.rb:609 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:668 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2494 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "Kon %1 niet lezen." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:575 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:575 msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers." msgstr "Het vaststellen van de actieve stuurprogramma's is mislukt." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:634 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:634 msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically." msgstr "Kon de scanners niet automatisch detecteren." -#. Global functions: -#. Read all scanner settings: -#. - Check installed packages -#. - Read or create the scanner database -#. - Determine active scanners -#. - Determine active backends -#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:764 +#. Global functions: +#. Read all scanner settings: +#. - Check installed packages +#. - Read or create the scanner database +#. - Determine active scanners +#. - Determine active backends +#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:764 msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "Scannerconfiguratie initialiseren" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:768 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:768 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten controleren" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 msgid "Read or create the scanner database" msgstr "Scannerdatabase lezen of aanmaken" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "Actieve scanners vaststellen" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 msgid "Determine active drivers" msgstr "Actieve stuurprogramma's vaststellen" -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 msgid "Detect scanners" msgstr "Scanners detecteren" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:779 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:779 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten worden gecontroleerd..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..." msgstr "Scannerdatabase wordt gelezen of aangemaakt..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "Actieve scanners worden vastgesteld..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 msgid "Determining active drivers..." msgstr "Actieve stuurprogramma's worden vastgesteld..." -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 src/modules/Scanner.rb:999 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1068 +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 src/modules/Scanner.rb:999 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1068 msgid "Detecting scanners..." msgstr "Detecteren van scanners..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:857 +#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:857 msgid "Creating scanner database..." msgstr "De scannerdatabase wordt aangemaakt..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:891 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:891 msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database." msgstr "Afbreken: het aanmaken van de scannerdatabase is mislukt." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:931 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:931 msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1." msgstr "Afbreken: kon %1 niet lezen." -#. Write scanner settings: -#. - Save the actual environment -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1021 +#. Write scanner settings: +#. - Save the actual environment +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1021 msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "Scannerconfiguratie opslaan" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1024 msgid "Save the actual environment" msgstr "Actuele werkomgeving opslaan" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 msgid "Saving the actual environment..." msgstr "Actuele werkomgeving wordt opgeslagen..." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1086 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1086 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n" @@ -1341,9 +1237,9 @@ "ptal-service te stoppen, de printerconfiguratie te wijzigen door HPLIP\n" "te gebruiken en daarna de scannerconfiguratie opnieuw te starten.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1097 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1097 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" "This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" @@ -1360,21 +1256,20 @@ "af en voert u 'hp-setup' handmatig uit en start daarna de\n" "scannerconfiguratie weer.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1109 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1109 msgid "" "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" msgstr "" "Het lijkt erop dat 'hplip' niet is geïnstalleerd, deze is vereist\n" -"om 'hp-setup' te kunnen draaien. Moet het pakket 'hplip' geïnstalleerd " -"worden?\n" +"om 'hp-setup' te kunnen draaien. Moet het pakket 'hplip' geïnstalleerd worden?\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1115 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1115 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -1384,192 +1279,179 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup niet uitvoerbaar is\n" "of niet bestaat.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1123 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1123 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "'hp-setup' is opgestart.\n" -"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de " -"scannerconfiguratie.\n" +"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de scannerconfiguratie.\n" -#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column -#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1294 +#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column +#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1294 msgid "Not Configured:" msgstr "Niet geconfigureerd:" -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1324 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2216 +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1324 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2216 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Onbekend apparaat" -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1330 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2204 +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1330 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2204 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "Onbekende fabrikant" -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1333 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2210 +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1333 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2210 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "Onbekend model" -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name -#. where the scanner is connected to: -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1358 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2199 +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name +#. where the scanner is connected to: +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1358 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2199 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 op %3" -#. A suffix for the second column of a table -#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column -#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1400 +#. A suffix for the second column of a table +#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column +#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1400 msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver" msgstr "Geen scanner herkend door dit stuurprogramma" -#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user -#. when neither a scanner was autodetected -#. nor an active scanner was found -#. nor an active driver was found: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1424 +#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user +#. when neither a scanner was autodetected +#. nor an active scanner was found +#. nor an active driver was found: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1424 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "" -"Geen scanner gedetecteerd en geen actieve scanner of stuurprogramma aanwezig." +msgstr "Geen scanner gedetecteerd en geen actieve scanner of stuurprogramma aanwezig." -#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1453 +#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1453 msgid "Firmware upload required." msgstr "Firmware-upload benodigd." -#. Scanner model list entry for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1459 +#. Scanner model list entry for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1459 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." msgstr "Software voor Image Scan stuurprogramma van Epson/Avasys is vereist." -#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name -#. which provides the driver for the particular model: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1525 +#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name +#. which provides the driver for the particular model: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1525 msgid "Package %1" msgstr "Pakket %1" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1546 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1546 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." msgstr "Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 kan goede functionaliteit leveren." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1552 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1552 msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality." msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1 zou goede functionaliteit moeten leveren." -#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1559 +#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1559 msgid "This scanner is not supported." msgstr "Deze scanner wordt niet ondersteund." -#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1564 +#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1564 msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1." msgstr "Deze scanner word niet ondersteund door het stuurprogramma %1." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1574 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1574 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." -msgstr "" -"Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 kan mogelijk volledige functionaliteit " -"leveren." +msgstr "Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 kan mogelijk volledige functionaliteit leveren." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1582 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1582 msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality." msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1 zou volledige functionaliteit moeten leveren." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1590 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1590 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested." msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1 werkt mogelijk, maar dit is niet getest." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1599 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1599 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." msgstr "Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 zou basisfunctionaliteit leveren." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1607 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1607 msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality." msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1 zou basisfunctionaliteit moeten leveren." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1617 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1617 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "" -"Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 kan mogelijk minimale functionaliteit " -"leveren." +msgstr "Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 kan mogelijk minimale functionaliteit leveren." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1625 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1625 msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality." msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1 levert minimale functionaliteit." -#. which are listed but without a known support status: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1633 +#. which are listed but without a known support status: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1633 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1 werkt mogelijk, maar de functionaliteit is onbekend." -#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload -#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. -#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply -#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only -#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1884 +#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload +#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. +#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply +#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only +#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1884 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" "Een firmware-bestand bevat software die in het geheugen van de scanner\n" "geladen moet worden. \n" "Zonder firmware zal de scanner niet functioneren.\n" "\n" -"Aangezien firmware onder een beperkte licentie van de scannerfabrikant " -"valt,\n" +"Aangezien firmware onder een beperkte licentie van de scannerfabrikant valt,\n" "kunnen we deze niet distribueren. \n" "Gewoonlijk is het firmware-bestand ergens\n" "op de CD van de fabrikant opgeslagen. Ook kan het vaak via de website van\n" @@ -1578,15 +1460,14 @@ "informatie vinden: http://www.sane-project.org/\n" "\n" "Nadat u het firmware-bestand hebt verkregen, dient u het stuurprogramma\n" -"handmatig in te stellen. De informatiepagina van het stuurprogramma " -"beschrijft\n" +"handmatig in te stellen. De informatiepagina van het stuurprogramma beschrijft\n" "hoe u het moet instellen om firmware te kunnen uploaden. Het volgende\n" "commando staat op de informatiepagina van het stuurprogramma:\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1903 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1903 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1597,74 +1478,61 @@ "de ptal-service. U kunt nu doorgaan, maar dan wordt de ptal-service\n" "gestopt en zullen alle printerwachtrijen die gebruik maken van de\n" "ptal-service niet langer werken.\n" -"Als u doorgaat, wijzig dan de printerconfiguratie zodat deze HPLIP " -"gebruikt.\n" +"Als u doorgaat, wijzig dan de printerconfiguratie zodat deze HPLIP gebruikt.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1915 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1915 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" msgstr "" -"Voor het stuurprogramma hpoj is het noodzakelijk dat het PTAL-systeem is " -"ingesteld en draait.\n" +"Voor het stuurprogramma hpoj is het noodzakelijk dat het PTAL-systeem is ingesteld en draait.\n" "In het bijzonder moet de ptal-service geactiveerd zijn en draaien.\n" "\n" -"Voordat de ptal-service gestart kan worden dient het PTAL-systeem " -"geïnitialiseerd te worden.\n" -"Ook moet de ptal-service geactiveerd worden tijdens het opstarten van het " -"systeem.\n" +"Voordat de ptal-service gestart kan worden dient het PTAL-systeem geïnitialiseerd te worden.\n" +"Ook moet de ptal-service geactiveerd worden tijdens het opstarten van het systeem.\n" "Het PTAL-systeem en de hplip-service sluiten elkaar uit.\n" -"Daarom moet een draaiende hplip-service gestopt en gedeactiveerd worden " -"voordat\n" +"Daarom moet een draaiende hplip-service gestopt en gedeactiveerd worden voordat\n" "het PTAL-systeem geïnitialiseerd, geactiveerd en opgestart wordt.\n" -"Alleen bij USB is een automatische initialisatie van het PTAL-systeem " -"veilig.\n" +"Alleen bij USB is een automatische initialisatie van het PTAL-systeem veilig.\n" "Stel het PTAL-systeem handmatig in als u een niet-USB-apparaat heeft of als\n" "de geautomatiseerde USB-initialisatie faalde.\n" -"Als u een alles-in-één apparaat (scanner+printer) heeft, denkt u er dan aan " -"dat\n" -"een draaiende ptal-service het USB-apparaatbestand (bijv: /dev/usb/lp0) " -"volledig in beslag zal nemen,\n" -"waardoor de printer niet langer meer via het USB-apparaatbestand benaderd " -"kan worden.\n" +"Als u een alles-in-één apparaat (scanner+printer) heeft, denkt u er dan aan dat\n" +"een draaiende ptal-service het USB-apparaatbestand (bijv: /dev/usb/lp0) volledig in beslag zal nemen,\n" +"waardoor de printer niet langer meer via het USB-apparaatbestand benaderd kan worden.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het PTAL-systeem voor USB nu initialiseren, activeren en opstarten?\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1938 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1938 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" "Er is tenminste één printerconfiguratie aanwezig die gebruikt maakt\n" "van de hplip-service. U kunt nu doorgaan, maar dan wordt de \n" @@ -1672,102 +1540,99 @@ "maken van de hplip-service niet langer werken. Als de scanner ook\n" "ondersteund wordt door het stuurprogramma hpaio, ga dan niet verder,\n" "maar gebruik hpaio om de scanner in te stellen.\n" -"Ook kunt u doorgaan en de printerconfiguratie zodanig wijzigen dat deze de " -"ptal-service gebruikt.\n" +"Ook kunt u doorgaan en de printerconfiguratie zodanig wijzigen dat deze de ptal-service gebruikt.\n" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1974 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1974 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1 instellen" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1978 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1978 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "Controleert of er nog extra pakketten moeten worden geïnstalleerd" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "Controleert of een Firmware-upload nodig is." -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" -msgstr "" -"Test en configureert speciale benodigdheden voor bepaalde stuurprogramma's" +msgstr "Test en configureert speciale benodigdheden voor bepaalde stuurprogramma's" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "Activeert het stuurprogramma" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1989 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1989 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "Controleert of er nog extra pakketten geïnstalleerd moeten worden..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "Controleert of Firmware-upload nodig is..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." -msgstr "" -"Benodigdheden voor bepaalde stuurprogramma's worden getest en ingesteld..." +msgstr "Benodigdheden voor bepaalde stuurprogramma's worden getest en ingesteld..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "Het stuurprogramma wordt geactiveerd..." -#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2018 +#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2018 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "Benodigd pakket is niet geïnstalleerd" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#. %2 will be replaced by the package name -#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog -#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown -#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#. %2 will be replaced by the package name +#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog +#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown +#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1 heeft pakket %2 nodig." -#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. -#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. -#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. -#. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2032 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2073 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2106 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2117 +#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. +#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. +#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. +#. Activate the backend via bash script: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2032 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2073 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2106 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2117 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Afgebroken" -#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. -#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been -#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. -#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. -#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified -#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database -#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. -#. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2052 +#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. +#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been +#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. +#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. +#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified +#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database +#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. +#. Otherwise skip this section. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2052 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "Firmware-upload nodig" -#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. -#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo -#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service -#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2096 +#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. +#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo +#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service +#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2096 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "Als de ptal-service niet draait zal de scanner niet werken." -#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2191 +#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2191 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1775,70 +1640,64 @@ "De volgende scanners gebruiken hetzelfde stuurprogramma.\n" "Daarom worden al deze scanners gedeactiveerd:" -#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. -#. but the user should get a notification -#. why the ptal service must be still active. -#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2259 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"Het stuurprogramma hpoj is gedeactiveerd. De bijhorende ptal-service is " -"echter niet gedeactiveerd omdat het CUPS afdruksysteem deze nodig heeft." +#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. +#. but the user should get a notification +#. why the ptal service must be still active. +#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2259 +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "Het stuurprogramma hpoj is gedeactiveerd. De bijhorende ptal-service is echter niet gedeactiveerd omdat het CUPS afdruksysteem deze nodig heeft." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2274 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2274 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "Het stoppen van de ptal-service is mislukt." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "Het uitschakelen van de ptal-service is mislukt." -#. If there is no active scanner for the backend -#. then show a message but exit successfully because -#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2344 +#. If there is no active scanner for the backend +#. then show a message but exit successfully because +#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2344 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "Geen scanner voor %1" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2346 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2346 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk om een test uit te voeren zonder een overeenkomende " -"actieve scanner." +msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om een test uit te voeren zonder een overeenkomende actieve scanner." -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2361 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2361 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "Te testen &scanner" -#. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2383 +#. Test the device: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2383 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "%1 wordt getest" -#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2386 +#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2386 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "Testen met 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2398 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2398 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1850,27 +1709,27 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(geen resultaten beschikbaar)" -#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. -#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, -#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow -#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed -#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. -#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 +#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. +#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, +#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow +#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed +#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. +#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "Het testen van %1 is gelukt" -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1882,42 +1741,38 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2460 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2460 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." -msgstr "" -"Het vaststellen van de configuratie voor het scannen via het netwerk is " -"mislukt." +msgstr "Het vaststellen van de configuratie voor het scannen via het netwerk is mislukt." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2536 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2536 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "Het instellen voor scannen via het netwerk is mislukt." -#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling -#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" -#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. -#. One might use a more specific test via -#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" -#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets -#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here -#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. -#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message -#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. -#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2564 +#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling +#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" +#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. +#. One might use a more specific test via +#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" +#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets +#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here +#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. +#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message +#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. +#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2564 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "Controleer of uw firewall het scannen over een netwerk toestaat." -#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2566 +#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2566 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall zie de helptekst van deze " -"dialoog." +msgstr "Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall zie de helptekst van deze dialoog." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,297 +14,294 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Security module -#: src/clients/security.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Security module +#: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "Beveiliging Configuratiemodule" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:72 msgid "View summary of current configuration" msgstr "Samenvatting van huidige configuratie tonen" -#. command line help text for 'level' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'level' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:79 msgid "Set the security level" msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau instellen" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:86 msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "Stel de waarde in voor de specifieke optie" -#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:94 msgid "Workstation security level" msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau werkstation" -#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:100 +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:100 msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau roaming-apparaat (bijvoorbeeld laptop of tablet)" -#. command line help text for 'level server' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:106 +#. command line help text for 'level server' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:106 msgid "Network Server security level" msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau netwerkserver" -#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:112 +#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:112 msgid "Password encryption method" msgstr "Wachtwoordversleutelmethode" -#. command line help text for 'set crack' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:120 +#. command line help text for 'set crack' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:120 msgid "Check new passwords" msgstr "Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren" -#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:128 +#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:128 msgid "Set file permissions to desired type" msgstr "Bestandstoegangsrechten instellen op gewenst type" -#. command line help text for 'set remember' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'set remember' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:136 msgid "Set the number of remembered user passwords" msgstr "Stel het aantal te onthouden wachtwoorden in" -#. error message -#: src/clients/security.rb:250 +#. error message +#: src/clients/security.rb:250 msgid "The number of passwords to remember must be between 0 an 400." msgstr "Het aantal te onthouden wachtwoorden moet liggen tussen 0 en 400." -#. Main dialog caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 +#. Main dialog caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 msgid "Local Security Configuration" msgstr "Lokale beveiligingsconfiguratie" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 msgid "&Custom Settings" msgstr "Aan&gepaste instellingen" -#. Frame caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 +#. Frame caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Security configuration -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Michal Svec -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Security configuration +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Michal Svec +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Magische SysRq-toetsen gebruiken" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Gebruik veilige bestandspermissies" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Externe toegang tot de displaybeheerder" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Systeemtijd terugschrijven naar de hardwareklok" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Altijd syslog-messages genereren voor cron-scripts" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "De DHCP-daemon uitvoeren in een chroot" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "De DHCP-daemon uitvoeren als dhcp-gebruiker" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Aanmelden op afstand in hoofddisplaybeheer" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Toegang op afstand tot de X-server" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Externe toegang tot het e-mail-afleveringssubsysteem" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Herstart services bij bijwerken" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Services stoppen bij verwijdering" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "TCP-syncookies inschakelen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4-doorsturen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6-doorsturen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "Basissysteemservices inschakelen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Extra services uitschakelen" -#. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#. handle the special cases at first +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Configureren" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Beveiligingsstatus" -#. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 +#. add one line for each security setting +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" -#. this is a separator between service names -#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 +#. this is a separator between service names +#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " of " -#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Deze basissysteemservices worden niet ingeschakeld:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" +msgstr "<P>Deze basissysteemservices worden niet ingeschakeld:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Alle basisservices zijn geactiveerd.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>Deze extra services worden ingeschakeld:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Controleer de lijst met services en schakel alle ongebruikte services uit." -"</P>" +msgstr "<P>Controleer de lijst met services en schakel alle ongebruikte services uit.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Alleen de basissysteemservices zijn geactiveerd.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#. Overview dialog caption -#. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#. Overview dialog caption +#. params: input tree, parent, label, id +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Beveiligingsoverzicht" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "&Status wijzigen" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Beschrijving" -#. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "Systeem wordt geanalyseerd" -#. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#. Boot dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Opstartinstellingen" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Opstartpermissies" -#. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#. Misc dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Diverse instellingen" -#. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#. Password dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Wachtwoordinstellingen" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Controles" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Wachtwoordleeftijd" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -312,28 +309,27 @@ "Het minimum aantal dagen kan niet groter\n" " zijn dan het maximum." -#. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Popup text, %1 is number +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" "De minimum wachtwoordlengte kan niet groter dan het maximum zijn.\n" -"De maximum wachtwoordlengte voor de geselecteerde versleutelingsmethode is " -"%1." +"De maximum wachtwoordlengte voor de geselecteerde versleutelingsmethode is %1." -#. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#. Login dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Aanmeldinstellingen" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "Aanmelden" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -341,18 +337,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Beveiligingsconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b>\n" "<br>Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt nu veilig het configuratieprogramma afbreken door op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te klikken.</p>" +"U kunt nu veilig het configuratieprogramma afbreken door op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -360,8 +355,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Beveiligingsconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen</big></b>\n" "<br>Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" @@ -369,27 +364,23 @@ "<p><b><big>Opslaan afbreken</big></b><br>\n" "U kunt het opslagproces afbreken door op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<P><BIG><B>Lokale veiligheid configureren</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>Door middel van voorgedefinieerde standaardwaarden kunt u de lokale " -"veiligheidsinstellingen\n" -"wijzigen. Dit is inclusief opstarten, aanmelden, wachtwoorden, aanmaken van " -"gebruikers en bestandstoegangsrechten.\n" +"<p>Door middel van voorgedefinieerde standaardwaarden kunt u de lokale veiligheidsinstellingen\n" +"wijzigen. Dit is inclusief opstarten, aanmelden, wachtwoorden, aanmaken van gebruikers en bestandstoegangsrechten.\n" "De standaardinstellingen kunnen naar behoefte worden gewijzigd.\n" "</p>" -#. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 +#. Main dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet.</p>" @@ -397,18 +388,17 @@ "<p><b>Werkstation</b>: voor een computer die is verbonden\n" "met een willekeurig type netwerk, inclusief internet.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 +#. Main dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Roaming-apparaat</b>: voor een laptop, tablet of vergelijkbaar " -"apparaat\n" +"<p><b>Roaming-apparaat</b>: voor een laptop, tablet of vergelijkbaar apparaat\n" "dat met verschillende netwerken wordt verbonden.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 +#. Main dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service.</p>" @@ -416,13 +406,13 @@ "<p><b>Netwerkserver</b>: voor een computer die gebruikt wordt\n" "als server (elk type).</p>" -#. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 +#. Main dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Gebruikersinstellingen</b>: Maak uw eigen configuratie aan.</p>" -#. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 +#. Login dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n" "<p>These login settings\n" @@ -432,58 +422,46 @@ "<p>Deze aanmeldinstellingen\n" "zijn voornamelijk opgeslagen in het bestand /etc/login.defs</p>" -#. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 +#. Login dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3).</p>" +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Wachttijd na mislukte aanmeldpoging</b>:\n" -"Het is verstandig om na een mislukte aanmeldpoging enige tijd te wachten, " -"dit\n" -"om het gissen naar een wachtwoord te ontmoedigen. Maak de tijd kort genoeg " -"zodat\n" -"gebruikers niet onnodig lang hoeven te wachten als ze hun wachtwoord " -"foutgetypt hebben. Een geschikte waarde is drie (<tt>3</tt>) seconden.</p>" +"Het is verstandig om na een mislukte aanmeldpoging enige tijd te wachten, dit\n" +"om het gissen naar een wachtwoord te ontmoedigen. Maak de tijd kort genoeg zodat\n" +"gebruikers niet onnodig lang hoeven te wachten als ze hun wachtwoord foutgetypt hebben. Een geschikte waarde is drie (<tt>3</tt>) seconden.</p>" -#. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#. Login dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Geslaagde aanmeldpogingen vastleggen:</b> Het registreren van " -"geslaagde\n" -"aanmeldpogingen is zinvol. Het kan u waarschuwen voor niet-geautoriseerde " -"toegang\n" -"tot het systeem. (bijv: als een gebruiker zich vanaf een andere locatie dan " -"gewoonlijk aanmeldt).\n" +"<p><b>Geslaagde aanmeldpogingen vastleggen:</b> Het registreren van geslaagde\n" +"aanmeldpogingen is zinvol. Het kan u waarschuwen voor niet-geautoriseerde toegang\n" +"tot het systeem. (bijv: als een gebruiker zich vanaf een andere locatie dan gewoonlijk aanmeldt).\n" "</p>\n" -#. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 +#. Login dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Externe grafische aanmelding toestaan</b>:\n" "Deze optie staat het toe om toegang via het netwerk tot het grafische\n" "aanmeldvenster van dit systeem te krijgen. Externe toegang tot\n" -"uw systeem via een grafische display manager kan een veiligheidsrisico " -"opleveren.</p>" +"uw systeem via een grafische display manager kan een veiligheidsrisico opleveren.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 +#. Password dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" @@ -491,98 +469,76 @@ "<p>Deze wachtwoordinstellingen worden\n" " voornamelijk opgeslagen in het bestand /etc/login.defs.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 +#. Password dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren</b>: Het is verstandig om een " -"wachtwoord\n" -"te kiezen dat niet gevonden kan worden in een woordenboek en dat niet " -"bestaat uit een\n" -"naam of een ander simpel en algemeen woord. Door deze optie te activeren " -"worden de\n" +"<p><b>Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren</b>: Het is verstandig om een wachtwoord\n" +"te kiezen dat niet gevonden kan worden in een woordenboek en dat niet bestaat uit een\n" +"naam of een ander simpel en algemeen woord. Door deze optie te activeren worden de\n" "wachtwoorden gecontroleerd met inachtneming van deze regels.</p>" -#. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 +#. Password dialog help +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Minimaal acceptabele wachtwoordlengte</b>:\n" -"Het acceptabele minimum aantal karakters in een nieuw wachtwoord vermindert " -"met\n" -"het aantal verschillende tekenklassen (andere, hoofd-/kleine letter en " -"cijfer)dat\n" -"wordt gebruikt in het nieuwe wachtwoord. Zie manpagina pam_cracklib voor " -"meer uitleg.\n" -"Deze optie kan alleen gewijzigd worden als <b>Nieuwe wachtwoorden " -"controleren</b> is geactiveerd.</p>" +"Het acceptabele minimum aantal karakters in een nieuw wachtwoord vermindert met\n" +"het aantal verschillende tekenklassen (andere, hoofd-/kleine letter en cijfer)dat\n" +"wordt gebruikt in het nieuwe wachtwoord. Zie manpagina pam_cracklib voor meer uitleg.\n" +"Deze optie kan alleen gewijzigd worden als <b>Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren</b> is geactiveerd.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 +#. Password dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Oude wachtwoorden onthouden</b>:\n" -"Voer het aantal oude wachtwoorden van gebruikers in dat moet worden " -"onthouden en die gebruikers\n" -"niet mogen hergebruiken. Voer 0 in als wachtwoorden niet moeten worden " -"onthouden</p>" +"Voer het aantal oude wachtwoorden van gebruikers in dat moet worden onthouden en die gebruikers\n" +"niet mogen hergebruiken. Voer 0 in als wachtwoorden niet moeten worden onthouden</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 +#. Password dialog help 5a/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Wachtwoordversleutelmethode:</b></p>" -#. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 +#. Password dialog help 5b/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>DES</b>, de standaard Linux-methode, werkt in alle netwerkomgevingen,\n" -"uw wachtwoorden mogen hiermee echter niet langer dan acht lettertekens zijn. " -"Gebruik deze\n" +"uw wachtwoorden mogen hiermee echter niet langer dan acht lettertekens zijn. Gebruik deze\n" "methode wanneer u de compatibiliteit met andere systemen nodig heeft.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 +#. Password dialog help 5c/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>MD5</b> staat het gebruik van langere wachtwoorden toe en wordt " -"ondersteund door\n" -"alle moderne Linux-distributies, maar niet door andere systemen of oude " -"software.</p>" +"<p><b>MD5</b> staat het gebruik van langere wachtwoorden toe en wordt ondersteund door\n" +"alle moderne Linux-distributies, maar niet door andere systemen of oude software.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode. Het gebruik van " -"andere algoritmes wordt niet aanbevolen, tenzij nodig voor " -"compatibiliteitsdoeleinden.</p>" +#. Password dialog help 5d/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode. Het gebruik van andere algoritmes wordt niet aanbevolen, tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteitsdoeleinden.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 +#. Password dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>" @@ -590,33 +546,28 @@ "<p><b>Wachtwoordleeftijd</b>: Stelt de minimum en\n" "maximum aantal dagen in dat een wachtwoord gebruikt mag worden.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 +#. Password dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt</b>: Hier wordt het " -"aantal\n" -"dagen ingesteld dat de gebruikers gewaarschuwd worden voordat hun wachtwoord " -"zal gaan verlopen.\n" -"Hoe langer de tijd, hoe onwaarschijnlijker dat iemand het wachtwoord kan " -"raden.</p>" +"<p><b>Dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt</b>: Hier wordt het aantal\n" +"dagen ingesteld dat de gebruikers gewaarschuwd worden voordat hun wachtwoord zal gaan verlopen.\n" +"Hoe langer de tijd, hoe onwaarschijnlijker dat iemand het wachtwoord kan raden.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 +#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Gebruikersveiligheid</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>In dit dialoog kunt u de instellingen voor het aanmaken van gebruikers " -"wijzigen.</p>" +"<p>In dit dialoog kunt u de instellingen voor het aanmaken van gebruikers wijzigen.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 +#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>" @@ -624,8 +575,8 @@ "<p><b>Gebruikers-ID beperkingen</b><br>\n" "Stelt de minimum en maximum mogelijke gebruikers-ID in.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 +#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>" @@ -633,35 +584,28 @@ "<p><b>Groeps-ID beperkingen</b><br>\n" "Stelt de minimum en maximum mogelijke groeps-ID in.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 +#. Misc dialog help 1/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." +"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Overige veiligheidsinstellingen</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>In dit dialoog kunt u diverse instellingen voor lokale beveiliging " -"wijzigen.</p>" +"<p>In dit dialoog kunt u diverse instellingen voor lokale beveiliging wijzigen.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 +#. Misc dialog help 2/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.</p><p>\n" "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n" @@ -669,101 +613,79 @@ "<p><b>Bestandstoegangsrechten</b>: Instellingen voor de toegangsrechten\n" "van bepaalde systeembestanden kunnen worden ingesteld aan de hand van de\n" "gegevens in het bestand /etc/permissions.secure\n" -"of /etc/permissions.easy. Welk bestand wordt gebruikt is afhankelijk van " -"deze selectie.\n" -"Het starten van SuSEconfig stelt deze toegangsrechten in aan de hand van /" -"etc/permissions.*.\n" -"Dit repareert bestanden met onjuiste toegangsrechten, waar dit perongeluk is " -"veranderd of door\n" +"of /etc/permissions.easy. Welk bestand wordt gebruikt is afhankelijk van deze selectie.\n" +"Het starten van SuSEconfig stelt deze toegangsrechten in aan de hand van /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"Dit repareert bestanden met onjuiste toegangsrechten, waar dit perongeluk is veranderd of door\n" "indringers.</p><p>\n" -"Met <b>Eenvoudig</b> worden de meeste systeembestanden die in 'Veilig' " -"alleen voor root\n" +"Met <b>Eenvoudig</b> worden de meeste systeembestanden die in 'Veilig' alleen voor root\n" "leesbaar zijn leesbaar gemaakt voor gewone gebruikers.\n" -"Met <b>Veilig</b> worden bepaalde systeembestanden, zoals /var/log/messages, " -"alleen\n" -"leesbaar voor de gebruiker root. Bepaalde programma's kunnen alleen door " -"root worden gestart,\n" +"Met <b>Veilig</b> worden bepaalde systeembestanden, zoals /var/log/messages, alleen\n" +"leesbaar voor de gebruiker root. Bepaalde programma's kunnen alleen door root worden gestart,\n" "of door daemons, maar niet door gewone gebruikers.\n" -"De meest-veilige instelling is <b>Paranoïde</B>. Hier moet u beslissen " -"welke\n" -"gebruikers in staat zullen zijn om X-toepassingen en setuid-programma's te " -"draaien.</p>\n" +"De meest-veilige instelling is <b>Paranoïde</B>. Hier moet u beslissen welke\n" +"gebruikers in staat zullen zijn om X-toepassingen en setuid-programma's te draaien.</p>\n" -#. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 +#. Misc dialog help 6/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n" " (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Gebruiker die updatedb start</b>: Het programma updatedb draait \n" -"één keer per dag. Het doorzoekt uw gehele bestandssysteem en maakt een " -"database\n" +"één keer per dag. Het doorzoekt uw gehele bestandssysteem en maakt een database\n" "aan (locatedb) waarin de locatie van elk bestand wordt opgeslagen.\n" "De database kan met behulp van het programma \"locate\" doorzocht worden.\n" "Hier kunt u gebruiker opgeven dat dit commando zal uitvoeren: <b>nobody</b>\n" " (enkele bestanden) of <b>root</b> (alle bestanden).</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 +#. Misc dialog help 10/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Huidige directory in pad van root</b>: Op een DOS-systeem\n" "worden uitvoerbare bestanden (programma's) eerst opgezocht in de huidige\n" -"directory en daarna via de huidige padvariabele (omgevingsvariabele $PATH). " -"Dit in tegenstelling tot een\n" +"directory en daarna via de huidige padvariabele (omgevingsvariabele $PATH). Dit in tegenstelling tot een\n" "UNIX-systeem waar alleen gezocht wordt via het zoekpad.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 +#. Misc dialog help 11/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Huidige directory in de path van reguliere gebruikers</b><br> Op een\n" "DOS systeem worden uitvoerbare bestanden (programma's) eerst opgezocht in\n" -"de huidige directory en daarna via de huidige path variabele. Dit in " -"tegenstelling\n" -"bij een UNIX systeem waar exclusief gezocht wordt via het zoekpath " -"(variabele PATH).</p>" +"de huidige directory en daarna via de huidige path variabele. Dit in tegenstelling\n" +"bij een UNIX systeem waar exclusief gezocht wordt via het zoekpath (variabele PATH).</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 +#. Misc dialog help 12/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Sommige systemen hebben het vereenvoudigd door het toevoegen van de punt " -"(\".\")\n" +"<p>Sommige systemen hebben het vereenvoudigd door het toevoegen van de punt (\".\")\n" "aan het zoekpad, zodat bestanden in de\n" -"huidige directory gevonden en gestart kunnen worden. Dit is erg gevaarlijk " -"aangezien u dan per ongeluk onbekende\n" -"programma's in de huidige directory kunt starten i.p.v. de gewoonlijke " -"systeemwijde\n" -"programma's. Het maken van <i>Trojan Horses</i>, die gebruik maken van de " -"zwakheid van\n" +"huidige directory gevonden en gestart kunnen worden. Dit is erg gevaarlijk aangezien u dan per ongeluk onbekende\n" +"programma's in de huidige directory kunt starten i.p.v. de gewoonlijke systeemwijde\n" +"programma's. Het maken van <i>Trojan Horses</i>, die gebruik maken van de zwakheid van\n" "uw systeem om het te ondermijnen, wordt dan wel erg gemakkelijk.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 +#. Misc dialog help 13/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>" @@ -771,363 +693,206 @@ "<p>\"ja\": het punt (\".\") toevoegen aan het einde van de\n" "zoekpad van root, het wordt dan als laatste doorzocht.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\"nee\": de root-gebruiker dient altijd programma's in de huidige\n" -"directory te starten met het voorvoegsel \"./\". Voorbeeld: \"./configure\"." -"</p>" +"directory te starten met het voorvoegsel \"./\". Voorbeeld: \"./configure\".</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Magische SysRq-sleutels activeren</b><br> Indien u deze optie " -"selecteert zult\n" -"u zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) nog enige " -"controle over het\n" -"het systeem houden. Zie voor de details <i>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"sysrq.txt</i></p>" +"<p><b>Magische SysRq-sleutels activeren</b><br> Indien u deze optie selecteert zult\n" +"u zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) nog enige controle over het\n" +"het systeem houden. Zie voor de details <i>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</i></p>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important " -"security settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Beveiligingsoverzicht</B><BR>Dit overzicht toont de meest belangrijke " -"beveiligingsinstellingen.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 +msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Beveiligingsoverzicht</B><BR>Dit overzicht toont de meest belangrijke beveiligingsinstellingen.</P>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 -msgid "" -"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Om de huidige waarde te wijzigen, klikt u op de koppeling geassocieerd " -"met de optie.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 +msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Om de huidige waarde te wijzigen, klikt u op de koppeling geassocieerd met de optie.</P>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 -msgid "" -"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Een vinkje in de kolom <B>Beveiligingsstatus</B> betekent dat de huidige " -"waarde van de optie veilig is.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 +msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Een vinkje in de kolom <B>Beveiligingsstatus</B> betekent dat de huidige waarde van de optie veilig is.</P>" -#. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 -msgid "" -"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>De huidige waarde kan niet gelezen worden. De service is " -"waarschijnlijk niet geïnstalleerd of de optie ontbreekt in het systeem.</B>" +#. an error message (rich text) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 +msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" +msgstr "<P><B>De huidige waarde kan niet gelezen worden. De service is waarschijnlijk niet geïnstalleerd of de optie ontbreekt in het systeem.</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Een displaybeheerder levert een grafisch aanmeldscherm en kan over het " -"netwerk\n" -"werken door middel van een X-server die op een ander systeem draait als dat " -"zo is geconfigureerd.</P><P>De windows die getoond worden zouden dan hun " -"gegevens verzenden over het netwerk. Als dat netwerk niet volledig vertrouwd " -"kan worden, kan\n" -"het netwerkverkeer afgeluisterd worden door een aanvaller, die niet alleen " -"toegang heeft tot de grafische inhoud van het scherm, maar ook tot " -"gebruikersnamen en\n" -"gebruikte wachtwoorden.</P><P>Als u <EM>XDMCP</EM> niet nodig hebt voor " -"grafische\n" +"<P>Een displaybeheerder levert een grafisch aanmeldscherm en kan over het netwerk\n" +"werken door middel van een X-server die op een ander systeem draait als dat zo is geconfigureerd.</P><P>De windows die getoond worden zouden dan hun gegevens verzenden over het netwerk. Als dat netwerk niet volledig vertrouwd kan worden, kan\n" +"het netwerkverkeer afgeluisterd worden door een aanvaller, die niet alleen toegang heeft tot de grafische inhoud van het scherm, maar ook tot gebruikersnamen en\n" +"gebruikte wachtwoorden.</P><P>Als u <EM>XDMCP</EM> niet nodig hebt voor grafische\n" "aanmelding op afstand deactiveer dan deze optie.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" -"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>Bij het opstarten wordt de systeemtijd gezet uit de hardware klok van de\n" -"computer. Het is dus nodig de hardware klok voor afsluiten in te stellen.<P>Een consistente systeemtijd is essentieel voor de eigenschap van het\n" +"computer. Het is dus nodig de hardware klok voor afsluiten in te stellen.</P><P>Een consistente systeemtijd is essentieel voor de eigenschap van het\n" "systeem om correcte log-berichten te maken.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 -msgid "" -"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Storingen in een systeem worden gewoonlijk gedetecteerd door afwijkend " -"gedrag. Syslog-berichten over events die zich herhalen op een reguliere " -"basis zijn belangrijk om oorzaken te vinden van problemen en de afwezigheid " -"van een enkel record kan meer vertellen dan de afwezigheid van alle " -"logregels.</P><P>Daarom zijn syslog-berichten van system-events alleen " -"bruikbaar als deze aanwezig zijn.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 +msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Storingen in een systeem worden gewoonlijk gedetecteerd door afwijkend gedrag. Syslog-berichten over events die zich herhalen op een reguliere basis zijn belangrijk om oorzaken te vinden van problemen en de afwezigheid van een enkel record kan meer vertellen dan de afwezigheid van alle logregels.</P><P>Daarom zijn syslog-berichten van system-events alleen bruikbaar als deze aanwezig zijn.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Uitvoeren in chroot omgevingen worden gebruikt om een proces te beperken " -"tot alleen die bestanden die het nodig heeft door deze in een aparte submap " -"te plaatsen en het proces te draaien met een gewijzigde root (chroot) die is " -"ingesteld op die map.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Uitvoeren in chroot omgevingen worden gebruikt om een proces te beperken tot alleen die bestanden die het nodig heeft door deze in een aparte submap te plaatsen en het proces te draaien met een gewijzigde root (chroot) die is ingesteld op die map.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 -msgid "" -"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with " -"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>De DHCP-cliënt-daemon zou moeten draaien als de gebruiker <EM>dhcpd</EM> " -"om de mogelijke bedreiging te minimaliseren voor het geval dat de service " -"kwetsbaar zou worden bevonden door een zwakte in zijn programmacode.<P>Opmerking: dhcpd moet nooit als <EM>root</EM> worden uitgevoerd of met " -"de eigenschap <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> om de uitvoering in de chroot-" -"opsluiting effectief te laten zijn.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 +msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>" +msgstr "<P>De DHCP-cliënt-daemon zou moeten draaien als de gebruiker <EM>dhcpd</EM> om de mogelijke bedreiging te minimaliseren voor het geval dat de service kwetsbaar zou worden bevonden door een zwakte in zijn programmacode.</P><P>Opmerking: dhcpd moet nooit als <EM>root</EM> worden uitgevoerd of met de eigenschap <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> om de uitvoering in de chroot-opsluiting effectief te laten zijn.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 -msgid "" -"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Systeembeheerders zouden zich nooit als <EM>root</EM> moeten aanmelden in " -"een X-Window-sessie om het gebruik van de root-privileges te minimaliseren.<P>Deze optie helpt niet tegen onvoorzichtige systeembeheerders, maar zal " -"voorkomen dat aanvallers in staat zijn als <EM>root</EM> zich aan te melden " -"via de display-manager als zij het wachtwoord raden of op een andere manier " -"het wachtwoord verkrijgen.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 +msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Systeembeheerders zouden zich nooit als <EM>root</EM> moeten aanmelden in een X-Window-sessie om het gebruik van de root-privileges te minimaliseren.</P><P>Deze optie helpt niet tegen onvoorzichtige systeembeheerders, maar zal voorkomen dat aanvallers in staat zijn als <EM>root</EM> zich aan te melden via de display-manager als zij het wachtwoord raden of op een andere manier het wachtwoord verkrijgen.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>X-Window-clients, d.w.z. programma's die een venster openen op uw scherm, " -"maken\n" -"een verbinding met de X-server die op de fysieke machine draait. Programma's " -"kunnen\n" +"<P>X-Window-clients, d.w.z. programma's die een venster openen op uw scherm, maken\n" +"een verbinding met de X-server die op de fysieke machine draait. Programma's kunnen\n" "ook op een ander systeem draaien en tonen hun inhoud op de X-server via\n" -"netwerkverbindingen.</P><P>Als dit is ingeschakeld dan luistert de X-server " -"op een\n" -"poort 6000 plus het schermnummer. Omdat het netwerkverkeer niet gecodeerd " -"wordt\n" -"overgedragen is het daarom onderwerp van afluisteren van het netwerk en " -"omdat er\n" -"een poort wordt open gehouden door een programma - hier de X-server - opent " -"dat\n" -"aanvalopties, de veilige instelling is om dit uit te schakelen.</P><P>Om X-" -"Window\n" -"-clients over een netwerk te gebruiken bevelen we het gebruik van secure " -"shell\n" -"(<EM>ssh</EM>) aan, die toestaat de X-Window-clients te verbinden met de X-" -"server\n" +"netwerkverbindingen.</P><P>Als dit is ingeschakeld dan luistert de X-server op een\n" +"poort 6000 plus het schermnummer. Omdat het netwerkverkeer niet gecodeerd wordt\n" +"overgedragen is het daarom onderwerp van afluisteren van het netwerk en omdat er\n" +"een poort wordt open gehouden door een programma - hier de X-server - opent dat\n" +"aanvalopties, de veilige instelling is om dit uit te schakelen.</P><P>Om X-Window\n" +"-clients over een netwerk te gebruiken bevelen we het gebruik van secure shell\n" +"(<EM>ssh</EM>) aan, die toestaat de X-Window-clients te verbinden met de X-server\n" "via de gecodeerde ssh-verbinding.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" -"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" +"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Het subsysteem voor e-mail afleveren wordt altijd gestart. Het toont " -"zich\n" -"echter standaard niet aan de buitenkant van het systeem omdat het niet " -"luistert\n" -"op de SMTP-netwerkpoort 25.</P><P>Als u geen e-mailberichten aflevert aan " -"uw\n" +"<P>Het subsysteem voor e-mail afleveren wordt altijd gestart. Het toont zich\n" +"echter standaard niet aan de buitenkant van het systeem omdat het niet luistert\n" +"op de SMTP-netwerkpoort 25.</P><P>Als u geen e-mailberichten aflevert aan uw\n" "systeem via de SMTP-protocol dan kunt u deze optie uitschakelen.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en opgewaardeerd " -"wordt,\n" +"<P>Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en opgewaardeerd wordt,\n" "dan wordt de service herstart nadat de bestanden van het pakket zijn\n" -"geïnstalleerd.</P><P>Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig " -"om\n" -"te doen als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden " -"of\n" -"hun configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon " -"doordraaien\n" +"geïnstalleerd.</P><P>Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om\n" +"te doen als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden of\n" +"hun configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon doordraaien\n" "totdat de services gestopt zijn, b.v. draaiende daemons worden\n" -"gestopt.</P><P>Deze instelling zou alleen bij een specifieke reden " -"gewijzigd\n" +"gestopt.</P><P>Deze instelling zou alleen bij een specifieke reden gewijzigd\n" "mogen worden.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en gedeïnstalleerd " -"wordt,\n" +"<P>Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en gedeïnstalleerd wordt,\n" "dan wordt de service gestopt voordat de bestanden van het pakket verwijderd\n" -"worden.</P><P>Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om te " -"doen\n" +"worden.</P><P>Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om te doen\n" "als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden of hun\n" "configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon doordraaien\n" "totdat de services gestopt zijn, b.v. draaiende daemons worden\n" "gestopt.</P><P>Deze instelling zou alleen bij een heel specifieke reden\n" "gewijzigd mogen worden.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 -msgid "" -"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Een systeem kan overladen raken met talrijke verbindingspogingen zodat " -"het systeem geen geheugen meer heeft, wat leidt tot een Denial of Service " -"(DoS) kwetsbaarheid.</P><P>Het gebruik van syncookies is een methode die kan " -"helpen in zulke situaties, maar in configuraties met een zeer groot aantal " -"legitieme verbindingspogingen uit één bron kan de instelling " -"<EM>Geactiveerd</EM> problemen opleveren met geweigerde TCP-verbindingen " -"onder hoge belasting.</P><P>Toch zal voor de meeste omgevingen de syncookies " -"de eerste lijn van verdediging tegen SYNflood DoS aanvallen zijn. Dus de " -"veilige instelling is <EM>Geactiveerd</EM>.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 +msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Een systeem kan overladen raken met talrijke verbindingspogingen zodat het systeem geen geheugen meer heeft, wat leidt tot een Denial of Service (DoS) kwetsbaarheid.</P><P>Het gebruik van syncookies is een methode die kan helpen in zulke situaties, maar in configuraties met een zeer groot aantal legitieme verbindingspogingen uit één bron kan de instelling <EM>Geactiveerd</EM> problemen opleveren met geweigerde TCP-verbindingen onder hoge belasting.</P><P>Toch zal voor de meeste omgevingen de syncookies de eerste lijn van verdediging tegen SYNflood DoS aanvallen zijn. Dus de veilige instelling is <EM>Geactiveerd</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 -msgid "" -"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>IP-forwarding betekent dat netwerkpakketten die ontvangen zijn, maar die " -"niet bestemd zijn voor één van de geconfigureerde netwerkinterfaces van het " -"systeem (de netwerkinterfaceadressen), worden doorgestuurd.</P><P>Als een " -"systeem netwerkverkeer doorstuurt op ISO/OSI laag 3, dan wordt dat een " -"router genoemd. Als u deze routingfunctionaliteit niet nodig hebt, schakelt " -"u deze optie uit.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 +msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" +msgstr "<P>IP-forwarding betekent dat netwerkpakketten die ontvangen zijn, maar die niet bestemd zijn voor één van de geconfigureerde netwerkinterfaces van het systeem (de netwerkinterfaceadressen), worden doorgestuurd.</P><P>Als een systeem netwerkverkeer doorstuurt op ISO/OSI laag 3, dan wordt dat een router genoemd. Als u deze routingfunctionaliteit niet nodig hebt, schakelt u deze optie uit.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>Deze instelling is alleen van toepassing op <EM>IPv4</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>Deze instelling is alleen van toepassing op <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 -msgid "" -"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Door Magische SysRq-sleutels in te schakelen kunt u het systeem ook " -"bedienen na bijvoorbeeld een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de " -"kernel) of als het systeem niet meer reageert</p>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 +msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" +msgstr "<p>Door Magische SysRq-sleutels in te schakelen kunt u het systeem ook bedienen na bijvoorbeeld een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) of als het systeem niet meer reageert</p>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 -msgid "" -"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr "" -"<P>Er zijn voorgedefinieerde machtigingen voor bestanden in /etc/permissions." -"* bestanden. De meest restrictieve machtigingen zijn gedefinieerd in " -"'secure' of 'paranoid' bestanden.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 +msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Er zijn voorgedefinieerde machtigingen voor bestanden in /etc/permissions.* bestanden. De meest restrictieve machtigingen zijn gedefinieerd in 'secure' of 'paranoid' bestanden.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 -msgid "" -"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Basis systeemservices moeten ingeschakeld zijn om systeemconsistentie te " -"leveren en aan beveiliging gerelateerde services te laten werken.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 +msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Basis systeemservices moeten ingeschakeld zijn om systeemconsistentie te leveren en aan beveiliging gerelateerde services te laten werken.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 -msgid "" -"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Iedere service die wordt uitgevoerd is een potentieel doel van een " -"beveiligingsaanval. Het wordt daarom aanbevolen alle niet door het systeem " -"gebruikte services uit te schakelen.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 +msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Iedere service die wordt uitgevoerd is een potentieel doel van een beveiligingsaanval. Het wordt daarom aanbevolen alle niet door het systeem gebruikte services uit te schakelen.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opstartveiligheid</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Gebruik dit dialoog om de verschillende opstartinstellingen die " -"gerelateerd zijn aan beveiliging te wijzigen.</p>" +"<p>Gebruik dit dialoog om de verschillende opstartinstellingen die gerelateerd zijn aan beveiliging te wijzigen.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is -#. reboot) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 msgid "" "Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -1137,8 +902,8 @@ "om deze gebeurtenis te negeren, bijvoorbeeld wanneer het systeem als\n" "werkstation en als server fungeert." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -1148,9 +913,9 @@ "om deze gebeurtenis te negeren, bijvoorbeeld wanneer het systeem als\n" "werkstation en als server fungeert." -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" @@ -1162,83 +927,78 @@ "iemand op de console de toetscombinatie CTRL + ALT + DEL\n" "indrukt. %s</p>" -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Afsluitgedrag van aanmeldscherm</b>:\n" -"Hiermee bepaalt u wie er toestemming heeft om de computer vanuit %s af te " -"sluiten.</p>\n" +"Hiermee bepaalt u wie er toestemming heeft om de computer vanuit %s af te sluiten.</p>\n" -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 msgid "" "<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.</p>\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Breng systeem in slaapstand</b>:\n" -"Stel de condities in om gebruikers het systeem in slaapstand te brengen. " -"Standaard heeft de gebruiker op het actieve console dat recht.\n" -"Andere opties zijn om deze actie aan elke gebruiker toe te kennen of in alle " -"gevallen authenticatie te vereisen.</p>\n" +"Stel de condities in om gebruikers het systeem in slaapstand te brengen. Standaard heeft de gebruiker op het actieve console dat recht.\n" +"Andere opties zijn om deze actie aan elke gebruiker toe te kennen of in alle gevallen authenticatie te vereisen.</p>\n" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" msgstr "Werkstation" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 msgid "Roaming Device" msgstr "Roaming-apparaat" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "Netwerkserver" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "&Werkstation" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 msgid "&Roaming Device" msgstr "&Roaming-apparaat" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "Netwerk&server" -#. Adduser dialog caption -#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 +#. Adduser dialog caption +#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 msgid "User Addition" msgstr "Gebruiker toevoegen" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 msgid "User ID Limitations" msgstr "Gebruikers-ID beperkingen" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 msgid "Group ID Limitations" msgstr "Groeps-ID beperkingen" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum." msgstr "De minimum gebruikers-ID kan niet groter zijn dan het maximum." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 msgid "" "The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\n" "maximum." @@ -1246,310 +1006,310 @@ "De minimum groeps-ID kan niet groter zijn dan het\n" "maximum." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp -#. * Module: Security configuration -#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions -#. * Authors: Michal Svec -#. * -#. * $Id$ -#. * -#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the -#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called -#. * WIDGETS. -#. -#. <pre> -#. -#. The WIDGETS format: -#. ------------------- -#. -#. map WIDGETS = $[ -#. "Item unique ID" : $[ -#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", -#. "Label" : "Item Label", -#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], -#. "Value" : "option2" -#. ], -#. ... -#. ]; -#. -#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". -#. -#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the -#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For -#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. -#. -#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". -#. -#. Implementation: -#. --------------- -#. -#. map2widget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map -#. - create the widget -#. -#. widget2value("ID") -#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) -#. - return its current value -#. -#. updatewidget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" -#. - updates the WIDGETS map -#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] -#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) -#. -#. processinput() -#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) -#. -#. </pre> -#. -#. * -#. @return [Hash] all widgets -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Negeren" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "Herstarten (reboot)" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "Afsluiten (halt)" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 msgid "Only root" msgstr "Alleen root" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 msgid "All Users" msgstr "Alle gebruikers" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Niemand" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" msgstr "&Interpretatie van Ctrl + Alt + Del" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "Externe &grafische aanmelding toestaan" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "&Magische SysRq-toetsen" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "Uitschakelen" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "Alle functies inschakelen" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "&Wachttijd na mislukte aanmeldpoging" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Maxim&um" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "M&inimum" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Slaapstand van systeem" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Gebruiker op het actieve console" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Iedereen mag in slaapstand brengen" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Verificatie is altijd vereist" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "W&achtwoordversleutelmethode" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "Nieuwe wachtwoorden &controleren" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "Aantal wachtwoord&en dat moet worden onthouden" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "&Minimum acceptabele wachtwoordlengte" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "&Dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "&Bestandstoegangsrechten" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Eenvoudig" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Veilig" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoïde" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Gebruiker die updatedb start:" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Ma&ximum" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" -#. ComboBox label -#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, -#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" msgstr "Af&sluitgedrag van %s-aanmeldscherm:" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Voorgedefinieerde beveiligingsconfiguraties" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 msgid "Security" msgstr "Beveiliging" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" msgstr "Beveiligingsconfiguratie" -#. Label -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 +#. Label +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 +#. Security read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Beveiligingsconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen schrijven" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Inittab-instellingen schrijven" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAM-instellingen schrijven" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Systeeminstellingen bijwerken" -#. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 +#. Progress step 1/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen worden geschreven..." -#. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#. Progress step 2/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Inittab-instellingen worden geschreven..." -#. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#. Progress step 3/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAM-instellingen worden geschreven..." -#. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#. Progress step 4/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Systeeminstellingen worden bijgewerkt..." -#. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#. Progress step 5/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Huidige beveiligingsniveau: gebruikersinstellingen" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Huidig beveiligingsniveau: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,132 +14,99 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 msgid "Saving default systemd target..." msgstr "Standaarddoel systemd opslaan..." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" msgstr "Grafisch systeem moet beschikbaar zijn voor VNC" -#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 msgid "&Default systemd target" msgstr "Stan&daarddoel systemd" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 msgid "Default systemd target" msgstr "Standaarddoel systemd" -#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" msgstr "Standaarddoel systemd instellen" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" msgstr "Het standaarddoel van systemd selecteren" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." -msgstr "" -"Sytsemd is een systeem en servicebeheerder voor Linux. Het bestaat uit " -"eenheden die als taak hebben services en andere eenheden te activeren." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "Sytsemd is een systeem en servicebeheerder voor Linux. Het bestaat uit eenheden die als taak hebben services en andere eenheden te activeren." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." -msgstr "" -"De eenheid van het standaarddoel is bij het opstarten standaard geactiveerd. " -"Deze is meestal een symlink die zich in path/etc/systemd/system/default." -"target bevindt. Raadpleeg de startpagina van systemd voor meer informatie." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "De eenheid van het standaarddoel is bij het opstarten standaard geactiveerd. Deze is meestal een symlink die zich in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target bevindt. Raadpleeg de startpagina van systemd voor meer informatie." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -msgstr "" -"Het doel van meerdere gebruikers is bedoeld om een niet-grafisch systeem met " -"meerdere gebruikers op te zetten met een netwerk dat geschikt is voor een " -"server (vergelijkbaar met runlevel 3)." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "Het doel van meerdere gebruikers is bedoeld om een niet-grafisch systeem met meerdere gebruikers op te zetten met een netwerk dat geschikt is voor een server (vergelijkbaar met runlevel 3)." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -msgstr "" -"Grafisch doel voor het opzetten van een grafisch aanmeldscherm met een " -"netwerk dat typisch voor werkstations is (vergelijkbaar met runlevel 5)." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "Grafisch doel voor het opzetten van een grafisch aanmeldscherm met een netwerk dat typisch voor werkstations is (vergelijkbaar met runlevel 5)." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." -msgstr "" -"Als u niet zeker weet wat de beste optie voor u is, kiest u het grafische " -"doel." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "Als u niet zeker weet wat de beste optie voor u is, kiest u het grafische doel." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Available Targets" msgstr "Beschikbare doelen" -#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the -#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this -#. and keep the default target unchanged. -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " msgstr "Het installatieprogramma raadt u het standaarddoel '%s' aan " -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" msgstr "X11-pakketten zijn geselecteerd voor de installatie" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -msgstr "" -"Live-installatie wordt meestal gebruikt voor volledige GUI in het doelsysteem" +msgstr "Live-installatie wordt meestal gebruikt voor volledige GUI in het doelsysteem" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" msgstr "Seriële verbinding biedt meestal geen ondersteuning voor GUI" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"De installatie van de tekstmodus neemt aan dat er geen GUI op het " -"doelsysteem aanwezig is" +msgstr "De installatie van de tekstmodus neemt aan dat er geen GUI op het doelsysteem aanwezig is" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"Door VNC te gebruiken, wordt aangenomen dat er een GUI op het doelsysteem " -"aanwezig is" +msgstr "Door VNC te gebruiken, wordt aangenomen dat er een GUI op het doelsysteem aanwezig is" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"De SSH-installatiemodus neemt aan dat er geen GUI op het doelsysteem " -"aanwezig is" +msgstr "De SSH-installatiemodus neemt aan dat er geen GUI op het doelsysteem aanwezig is" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" msgstr "X11-pakketten zijn niet geselecteerd voor de installatie" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -msgstr "" -"Deze aanbeveling is gebaseerd op de analyse van andere installatie-" -"instellingen" +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "Deze aanbeveling is gebaseerd op de analyse van andere installatie-instellingen" -#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module -#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 msgid "" "Systemd target and services configuration module.\n" "Use systemctl for commandline services configuration." @@ -147,118 +114,114 @@ "Configuratiemodule voor systemd-doel en -services.\n" "Gebruik systemctl voor de configuratie van services via de opdrachtregel." -#. Default for double-click in the table -#. Default for double-click in the table -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 msgid "Writing configuration..." msgstr "Configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" msgstr "Configuratiebestand schrijven:\n" -#. Additional space for UI features -#. Additional space for UI features -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 +#. Additional space for UI features +#. Additional space for UI features +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 msgid "Default System &Target" msgstr "Standaardsys&teemdoel" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 src/clients/services.rb:143 -#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 src/clients/services.rb:143 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#. The current state matches the futural state -#. The current state matches the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 src/clients/services.rb:144 -#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 src/clients/services.rb:144 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 msgid "Active" msgstr "Actief" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 msgid "&Start/Stop" msgstr "&Starten/stoppen" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 msgid "&Enable/Disable" msgstr "Inschak&elen/uitschakelen" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Details tonen" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 msgid "Services Manager" msgstr "Servicesbeheerder" -#. Redraws the services dialog -#. Redraws the services dialog -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 msgid "Reading services status..." msgstr "De servicestatus lezen..." -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 -#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 -#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 msgid "Inactive" msgstr "Niet actief" -#. The current state differs the the futural state -#. The current state differs the the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 msgid "Active (will start)" msgstr "Actief (wordt gestart)" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 msgid "Inactive (will stop)" msgstr "Niet actief (wordt gestopt)" -#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:225 src/clients/services.rb:225 +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:225 src/clients/services.rb:225 msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" msgstr "Complete gegevens van service %{service}" -#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should -#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration -#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should -#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:258 src/clients/services.rb:258 -msgid "" -"This service cannot be enabled/disabled because it has no \"install\" " -"section in the description file" -msgstr "" -"Deze service kan niet in- of uitgeschakeld worden omdat het geen sectie " -"\"install\" in het beschrijvingsbestand heeft" +#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should +#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration +#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should +#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:258 src/clients/services.rb:258 +msgid "This service cannot be enabled/disabled because it has no \"install\" section in the description file" +msgstr "Deze service kan niet in- of uitgeschakeld worden omdat het geen sectie \"install\" in het beschrijvingsbestand heeft" -#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Services" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "Services" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" "The current setup does not provide any functionality now.</p>" @@ -266,40 +229,33 @@ "<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" "De huidige instellingen leveren geen functionaliteit op.</p>" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.</p>\n" -"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" "Met dit installatievoorstel kunt een service uit de lijst met\n" "services starten of inschakelen.</p>\n" -"<p>Hiermee kunt u ook poorten openen in de firewall voor een service als de " -"firewall is ingeschakeld\n" +"<p>Hiermee kunt u ook poorten openen in de firewall voor een service als de firewall is ingeschakeld\n" "en een poort moet worden geopend voor een bepaalde service.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" -msgstr "" -"Service %service wordt %toggled en de poort in de firewall wordt %switched " -"%link." +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" +msgstr "Service %service wordt %toggled en de poort in de firewall wordt %switched %link." -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" msgstr "Service %service wordt %toggled %link." -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:258 msgid "Package %1 is not available" msgstr "Pakket %1 is niet beschikbaar." -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:268 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:268 msgid "" "Installation of required packages has failed; \n" "enabling and starting the services may also fail" @@ -307,66 +263,66 @@ "De installatie van vereiste pakketten is mislukt.\n" "Het inschakelen en starten van de services mislukt mogelijk ook." -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "Kan service %1 niet inschakelen" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "Standaarddoel" -#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. -#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. -#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:105 +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:105 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "Onbekend profielschema van autoyast-services voor 'services-manager'" -#. AutoYast summary -#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "Nog niet geconfigureerd." -#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. -#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:452 +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. +#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:452 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "Kan %{service} niet %{change} die momenteel %{status} is. " -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:471 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:471 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "Kan %{service} niet %{change}. " -#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 msgid "Graphical mode" msgstr "Grafische modus" -#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 msgid "Text mode" msgstr "Tekstmodus" -#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 +#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 msgid "Emergency Mode" msgstr "Noodherstelmodus" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 msgid "Graphical Interface" msgstr "Grafische interface" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 msgid "Initrd Default Target" msgstr "Initrd-standaarddoel" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 msgid "Switch Root" msgstr "Tussen roots schakelen" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 msgid "Multi-User System" msgstr "Systeem voor meerdere gebruikers" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 msgid "Rescue Mode" msgstr "Herstelmodus" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/slp-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/slp-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/slp-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,141 +14,141 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module -#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module +#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an SLP server" msgstr "Configuratie van een SLP-server" -#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 +#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 msgid "SLP Server" msgstr "SLP-server" -#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 +#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 msgid "&SLP Server" msgstr "&SLP-server" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Tijdens &opstarten" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "Hand&matig" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#. button for view log files -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 +#. button for view log files +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Show Log" msgstr "Logboek tonen" -#. button for expert settings (all config options) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#. button for expert settings (all config options) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinstellingen" -#. response + scopes widget -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 +#. response + scopes widget +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Response To" msgstr "Antwoord aan" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Uitzenden" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Multicast" msgstr "Multicast" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "DA Server" msgstr "DA-server" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Becomes DA Server" msgstr "Wordt DA-server" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "&IP Addresses of DA Servers" msgstr "&IP-adres van de DA-servers" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "&Scopes" msgstr "&Scopes" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "SLP Server Settings" msgstr "SLP-serverinstellingen" -#. description map for tabs in overview dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#. description map for tabs in overview dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Global SLP Configuration" msgstr "Algemene SLP-configuratie" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "SLP-serverconfiguratie" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "Server Details" msgstr "Serverdetails" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Static Configuration Files" msgstr "Statische configuratiebestanden" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Really delete this file?" msgstr "Dit bestand verwijderen?" -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Name of New File" msgstr "Naam van nieuw bestand" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." msgstr "Bereik en IP-adres moeten ingevoegd zijn." -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Scope must be inserted." msgstr "Bereik moet worden ingevoegd." -#. SlpServer overview dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 +#. SlpServer overview dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "SLP Server Overview" msgstr "Overzicht SLP-server" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "<h1>SLP Server</h1>" msgstr "<h1>SLP-server</h1>" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Expert Dialog" msgstr "Geavanceerde SLP-serverconfiguratie" -#. edit reg file dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 +#. edit reg file dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Edit .reg File" msgstr "SLP-serverconfiguratie: .reg-bestand bewerken" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -156,18 +156,17 @@ "<p><b><big>SLP-serverconfiguratie initialiseren</big></b><br>\n" "Ogenblik a.u.b...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -175,8 +174,8 @@ "<p><b><big>SLP-serverconfiguratie opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "Ogenblik a.u.b...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -188,8 +187,8 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" @@ -199,8 +198,8 @@ "Hier krijgt u een overzicht van de geïnstalleerde SLP-servers.\n" "Daarnaast kunt u de configuraties wijzigen.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>\n" @@ -208,8 +207,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Een SLP-server toevoegen</big></b><br>\n" "Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een SLP-server in te stellen.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -219,8 +218,8 @@ "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen SLP-server.\n" "Klik vervolgens op <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -230,9 +229,9 @@ "Druk op <b>Volgende</b> om verder te gaan.\n" "<br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -242,8 +241,8 @@ "Kan niet. Dat moet je eerst programmeren :-)\n" "</p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -253,159 +252,135 @@ "Druk op <b>Volgende</b> om verder te gaan.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p>To show the slpd log file, use <b>Show Log</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gebruik <b>Logboek tonen</b> om het slpd-logboekbestand te openen.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Logboek tonen</b> om het slpd-logboekbestand te openen.</p>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"<b>Broadcast</b>.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"<b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" +"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Stel hier de modus in waarin u de SLP-daemon wilt draaien. De " -"eenvoudigste modus is\n" -"<b>Broadcast</b>. In deze modus beantwoordt de SLP-modus alle verzoeken die " -"door\n" -"broadcast worden verzonden. De volgende modus is <b>Multicast</b>. In deze " -"modus\n" -" beantwoordt de daemon-queries die zijn verzonden door multicast in " -"geschikte bereiken\n" -" (SCOPES). In de modus <b>DA-server</b> informeert de daemon DA-servers op " -"de\n" -"opgegeven IP-adressen over statisch en dynamisch geregistreerde services. De " -"laatste\n" -"optie is <b>Wordt DA-server</b>. Dit is een cache-server voor service-" -"antwoorden.</p>\n" +"<p>Stel hier de modus in waarin u de SLP-daemon wilt draaien. De eenvoudigste modus is\n" +"<b>Broadcast</b>. In deze modus beantwoordt de SLP-modus alle verzoeken die door\n" +"broadcast worden verzonden. De volgende modus is <b>Multicast</b>. In deze modus\n" +" beantwoordt de daemon-queries die zijn verzonden door multicast in geschikte bereiken\n" +" (SCOPES). In de modus <b>DA-server</b> informeert de daemon DA-servers op de\n" +"opgegeven IP-adressen over statisch en dynamisch geregistreerde services. De laatste\n" +"optie is <b>Wordt DA-server</b>. Dit is een cache-server voor service-antwoorden.</p>\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Expertinstellingen</b> krijgt u toegang tot alle beschikbare " -"opties in /etc/slp.conf.</p>" +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Expertinstellingen</b> krijgt u toegang tot alle beschikbare opties in /etc/slp.conf.</p>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create " -"a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"Configuratiebestanden voor statische registratie naar SLP. Met <b>Toevoegen maakt u een\n" -" nieuw leeg bestand aan. Met <b>Wijzigen</b> kunt u de waarden van elk " -"bestaand bestand\n" -"aanpassen. Met <b>Verwijderen</b> kunt u bestanden verwijderen die geen " -"onderdeel uitmaken van een pakket." +"Configuratiebestanden voor statische registratie naar SLP. Met <b>Toevoegen</b> maakt u een\n" +" nieuw leeg bestand aan. Met <b>Wijzigen</b> kunt u de waarden van elk bestaand bestand\n" +"aanpassen. Met <b>Verwijderen</b> kunt u bestanden verwijderen die geen onderdeel uitmaken van een pakket." -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" msgstr "Help voor regedit" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. check for package openslp-server installed -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om de SLP-server in te stellen dient het pakket <b>%1</b> te zijn " -"geïnstalleerd.</p>" +#. check for package openslp-server installed +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 +msgid "<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om de SLP-server in te stellen dient het pakket <b>%1</b> te zijn geïnstalleerd.</p>" -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Wilt u het nu installeren?</p>" -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 msgid "Initializing SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "SLP-serverconfiguratie initialiseren" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "De database lezen" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Vorige instellingen inlezen" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Apparaten detecteren" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "De database wordt gelezen..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "De vorige instellingen worden ingelezen..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "De apparaten worden gedetecteerd..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. read another database -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 +#. read another database +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Kan database2 niet lezen." -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "SLP-serverconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig starten" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig wordt uitgevoerd..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/slp.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/slp.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/slp.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,25 +14,25 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show -#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default -#. heading will be used). -#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil -#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 msgid "Service selection" msgstr "Serviceselectie" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." msgstr "Selecteer een gedetecteerde service in de lijst." -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 msgid "No service was selected." msgstr "Er is geen service geselecteerd." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/smt.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/smt.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/smt.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,430 +14,430 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Er is voor deze module geen gebruikersinterface beschikbaar." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." msgstr "Er is geen URL gedefinieerd. Test kan niet worden voortgezet." -#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file -#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` -#. could reveal them. -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 msgid "Creating a temporary file..." msgstr "Tijdelijk bestand maken..." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." msgstr "Er kan geen tijdelijk bestand %1 worden gemaakt." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 msgid "Check credentials..." msgstr "Referenties controleren..." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 msgid "Invalid credentials." msgstr "Ongeldige referenties." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 msgid "Success." msgstr "Geslaagd." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of smt -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "SCC Registration" msgstr "SCC-registratie" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Synchronization of Updates" msgstr "Synchronisatie van updates" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Generation of Reports" msgstr "Rapporten genereren" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" msgstr "Wachtrij van taken opschonen" -#. Patch category -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "Aanbevolen" -#. Patch category -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Optional" msgstr "Optioneel" -#. Patch category -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Security" msgstr "Beveiliging" -#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 msgid "-" msgstr "-" -#. Only some repositories support filtering, although -#. snapshots can be created from every repository -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Package manager patches: %1" msgstr "Package Manager-patches: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Security patches: %1" msgstr "Beveiligingspatches: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Recommended patches: %1" msgstr "Aanbevolen patches: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Optional patches: %1" msgstr "Optionele patches: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "Zondag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Monday" msgstr "Maandag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "Dinsdag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "Woensdag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "Donderdag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Friday" msgstr "Vrijdag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "Zaterdag" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" msgstr "&SMT-service (Subscription Management Tool ) inschakelen" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Customer Center Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Customer Center" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:209 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:209 msgid "&Use Custom Server" msgstr "&Aangepaste server gebruiken" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:220 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "&Registration Server Url" msgstr "URL ®istratieserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&Download Server Url" msgstr "&Server-URL downloaden" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Organization (Mirroring) Credentials" msgstr "Referenties organisatie (mirroring)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:243 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Gebruiker" -#. TRANSLATORS: password entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:261 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "&Test..." msgstr "&Test..." -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:274 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" msgstr "E-mail &SCC gebruikt voor registratie" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" msgstr "&URL van uw SMT-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: password entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:307 +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:307 msgid "Database &Password" msgstr "Database&wachtwoord" -#. TRANSLATORS: password entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "C&onfirm Password" msgstr "Wachtw&oord bevestigen" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:329 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" msgstr "Lijst met geplande taken" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 msgid "Job to Run" msgstr "Uit te voeren taak" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "Frequentie" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:338 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "Day of the Week" msgstr "Dag van de week" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:340 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Day of the Month" msgstr "Dag van de maand" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:342 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Hour" msgstr "Uur" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:344 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Minute" msgstr "Minuut" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "Toe&voegen..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:351 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&Bewerken..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:367 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:367 msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" msgstr "E-mailadres waarnaar rapporten moeten worden verzonden" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "All" msgstr "Alles" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2031 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2031 msgid "Repository &Name" msgstr "&Naam van opslagruimte" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 msgid "&Patch Category" msgstr "&Patchcategorie" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Patch Name" msgstr "Patchnaam" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:437 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versie" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:438 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Category" msgstr "Categorie" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Testing" msgstr "Test" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Production" msgstr "Productie" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Patch Details" msgstr "Patchdetails" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:453 msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" msgstr "Patchstatus in-/ui&tschakelen" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:457 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:457 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "&Status wijzigen" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:459 msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." msgstr "&Uitsluiten van momentopname..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:463 msgid "&All listed..." msgstr "&Alles weergegeven..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:465 msgid "&Enable" msgstr "&Inschakelen" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:466 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "&Disable" msgstr "&Uitschakelen" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Create Snapshot..." msgstr "Momentopname maken..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" msgstr "Van volledige mirror naar &test" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "From Testing to &Production" msgstr "Van test naar &productie" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Repository Filter" msgstr "Opslagruimtefilter" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Filter" msgstr "Filter" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Target" msgstr "Doel" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Mirroring" msgstr "Mirroring" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:507 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:507 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 msgid "Staging" msgstr "Staging" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Mirrored" msgstr "Gemirrord" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:515 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:515 msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" msgstr "&Maken van mirrorbestanden in-/uitschakelen" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:516 msgid "Toggle &Staging" msgstr "&Staging in-/uitschakelen" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:518 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:518 msgid "Mirror &Now" msgstr "&Nu mirrorbestand maken" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Host Name" msgstr "Hostnaam" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Last Contact" msgstr "Laatste contact" -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:973 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" msgstr "SMT-configuratie initialiseren" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:548 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:979 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:548 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Read SMT configuration" msgstr "SMT-configuratie lezen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:550 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:550 msgid "Read SMT status" msgstr "SMT-status lezen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:552 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:552 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:554 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Read cron settings" msgstr "Cron-instellingen lezen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:558 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:983 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:558 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:983 msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." msgstr "SMT-configuratie lezen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:560 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Reading SMT status..." msgstr "SMT-status wordt gelezen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:562 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:562 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:564 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:564 msgid "Reading cron settings..." msgstr "Cron-instellingen lezen..." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:610 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:610 msgid "SCC Credentials" msgstr "SCC-referenties" -#. Informative text -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:615 +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" "Choose one of the options below." @@ -445,18 +445,18 @@ "Systeem is niet geregistreerd in SCC.\n" "Kies een van de onderstaande opties." -#. Radio button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:631 +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Registratie &overslaan" -#. Radio button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:640 +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:640 msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" msgstr "Registreren bij &SUSE Customer Center" -#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:650 +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:650 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SCC Credentials</big></b><br>\n" "You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" @@ -466,8 +466,8 @@ "U moet uw SMT registreren bij SUSE Customer Center zodat de service correct\n" "werkt. Kies een van de weergegeven opties.</p>" -#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:656 +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:656 msgid "" "<p>Choosing <b>Register in SUSE Customer Center</b> would\n" "call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" @@ -476,38 +476,35 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Als u <b>Registreren bij SUSE Customer Center</b> kiest, wordt\n" "de normale configuratiemodule van SUSE Customer Center aangeroepen.\n" -"Met <b>Nieuwe SCC-referenties genereren</b> wordt alleen het nieuwe bestand " -"met SCC-referenties\n" -"gemaakt zonder de configuratiemodule van SUSE Customer Center aan te roepen." -"</p>" +"Met <b>Nieuwe SCC-referenties genereren</b> wordt alleen het nieuwe bestand met SCC-referenties\n" +"gemaakt zonder de configuratiemodule van SUSE Customer Center aan te roepen.</p>" -#. Pop-up dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:685 +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" -#. Pop-up question -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:687 +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "" "Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" "Are you sure you want to really skip it?" msgstr "" -"Als u de SCC-referenties leeg laat, is het mogelijk dat SMT niet correct " -"werkt.\n" +"Als u de SCC-referenties leeg laat, is het mogelijk dat SMT niet correct werkt.\n" "Weet u echt zeker dat u deze referenties niet wilt invoeren?" -#. Button label -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:691 +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:691 msgid "&Yes, Skip It" msgstr "&Ja, overslaan" -#. Button label -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:693 +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:693 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:767 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:767 msgid "" "SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" "to be readable by %2 user." @@ -515,8 +512,8 @@ "SMT kan toegangsrechten voor bestand %1 zodat\n" "het kan worden gelezen door gebruiker %2, niet instellen." -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:784 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "" "SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" "to be recursively writable by %2 user." @@ -524,10 +521,10 @@ "SMT kan de toegangsrechten voor directory %1 zodat\n" "deze recursief kan worden geschreven door gebruiker %2, niet instellen." -#. 0 -> some lines found -#. 1 -> nothing found -#. 2 -> error -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:838 +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:838 msgid "" "File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" "\n" @@ -537,136 +534,134 @@ "Bestand %1 is in uw documentroot gevonden.\n" "\n" "Controleer of '/repo/keys' wordt weergegeven als een toegestane directory\n" -"of verwijder het bestand. Anders werkt de SMT-server mogelijk niet naar " -"behoren." +"of verwijder het bestand. Anders werkt de SMT-server mogelijk niet naar behoren." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:854 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" msgstr "Aangepaste SMT-configuratie" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:856 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Adjust database configuration" msgstr "Databaseconfiguratie aanpassen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:858 msgid "Check and install server certificate" msgstr "Servercertificaat controleren en installeren" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:860 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" msgstr "Webserverserverconfiguratie" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:862 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:862 msgid "Adjust SMT service" msgstr "SMT-service aanpassen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:864 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:866 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Write cron settings" msgstr "Cron-instellingen opslaan" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:868 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:868 msgid "Check mirrored repositories" msgstr "Opslagruimten controleren waarvan een mirrorbestand is gemaakt" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:870 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Run synchronization check" msgstr "Synchronisatiecontrole uitvoeren" -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:874 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:874 msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." msgstr "SMT-configuratie aanpassen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:876 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:876 msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." msgstr "Databaseconfiguratie aanpassen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:878 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:878 msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." msgstr "Servercertificaat controleren en installeren..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:880 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:880 msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." msgstr "Webserverconfiguratie aanpassen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:882 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." msgstr "SMT-service aanpassen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:884 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:886 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Writing cron settings..." msgstr "Cron-instellingen opslaan..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:888 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." -msgstr "" -"Opslagruimten waarvan een mirrorbestand is gemaakt, worden gecontroleerd..." +msgstr "Opslagruimten waarvan een mirrorbestand is gemaakt, worden gecontroleerd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:890 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:890 msgid "Running synchronization check..." msgstr "Synchronisatiecontrole wordt uitgevoerd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:896 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:896 msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" msgstr "SMT-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "Writing Changes" msgstr "Wijzigingen opslaan" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1010 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Write patches" msgstr "Patches opslaan" -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1014 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Writing patches..." msgstr "Patches worden opgeslagen..." -#. bnc #390085 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1129 +#. bnc #390085 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1129 msgid "Database Password for %1 User" msgstr "Databasewachtwoord voor %1 gebruiker" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1137 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1137 msgid "Database Password for %1 User Once Again" msgstr "Opnieuw databasewachtwoord voor %1 gebruiker" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1167 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1130 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1167 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1130 msgid "The first and the second password do not match." msgstr "De eerste en tweede versie van het wachtwoord zijn niet gelijk." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1176 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "" "Password should not be empty.\n" "\n" @@ -676,8 +671,8 @@ "\n" "Wilt u toch doorgaan?" -#. Pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 msgid "" "The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" "\n" @@ -685,11 +680,10 @@ msgstr "" "De SMT-URL mag niet leeg zijn.\n" "\n" -"Voer de URL van uw SMT-server in de volgende indeling in: http:://" -"servernaam/\n" +"Voer de URL van uw SMT-server in de volgende indeling in: http:://servernaam/\n" -#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1211 +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "" "Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" "\n" @@ -699,55 +693,55 @@ "\n" "URL moet beginnen met 'http://' of 'https://'." -#. Pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1224 +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Update server user must not be empty." msgstr "Gebruikersnaam van updateserver mag niet leeg zijn." -#. Pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1232 +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1232 msgid "Update server password must not be empty." msgstr "Wachtwoord van updateserver mag niet leeg zijn." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1246 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1246 msgid "&Test Details" msgstr "&Testdetails" -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1261 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1261 msgid "Test result: success" msgstr "Testresultaat: geslaagd" -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "Test result: failure" msgstr "Testresultaat: mislukt" -#. busy message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1410 +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1410 msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." msgstr "Lijst met momenteel beschikbare opslagruimten ophalen..." -#. empty /--/ == no specific target -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1466 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1467 +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1466 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1467 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#. Used as a fallback -#. %1 is replaced with a patch category -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1545 +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1545 msgid "Patch category '%1'" msgstr "Patchcategorie '%1'" -#. No patch listed, no patch selected -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1563 +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." msgstr "Er zijn geen patches beschikbaar in deze opslagruimte." -#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter -#. %2 is replaced with patch description -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1586 +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1586 msgid "" "%1\n" "\n" @@ -757,97 +751,93 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state -#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1590 -msgid "" -"<b>Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be " -"enabled in this dialog.</b>" -msgstr "" -"<b>Patch is uitgefilterd door patchcategoriefilter (%1) en kan daarom niet " -"worden ingeschakeld in dit dialoogvenster.</b>" +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1590 +msgid "<b>Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog.</b>" +msgstr "<b>Patch is uitgefilterd door patchcategoriefilter (%1) en kan daarom niet worden ingeschakeld in dit dialoogvenster.</b>" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1616 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1616 msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" msgstr "Er zijn geen opslagruimten waarvoor staging is ingeschakeld" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1632 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1632 msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" msgstr "Mirrortijdstempel: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1639 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1639 msgid "Never mirrored" msgstr "Nooit een mirrorbestand van gemaakt" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1646 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" msgstr "Tijdstempel testmomentopname: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1653 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1667 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1653 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1667 msgid "Never created" msgstr "Nooit gemaakt" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1660 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1660 msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" msgstr "Tijdstempel productiemomentopname: %1" -#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1819 +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1819 msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" msgstr "In opslagruimte is filteren van patches niet toegestaan" -#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date -#. %2 There are some patches pending... -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1860 +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1860 msgid "%1<br>%2" msgstr "%1<br>%2" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1862 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1862 msgid "Client is up-to-date" msgstr "Client is bijgewerkt" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1863 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1863 msgid "<b>Client is not up-to-date</b>" msgstr "<b>Client is niet bijgewerkt</b>" -#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1867 +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1867 msgid "There are some patches pending:<br>%1" msgstr "Er zijn enkele patches in behandeling:<br>%1" -#. Number of patches pending -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1876 +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1876 msgid "Status is unknown" msgstr "Status is onbekend" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1886 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1886 msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" msgstr "Er zijn geen geregistreerde clients of de status ervan is onbekend" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1914 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1914 msgid "Unknown Status" msgstr "Onbekende status" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1917 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1917 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nooit" -#. Catalog Name (Target) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1999 +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1999 msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" msgstr "%1 (%2)(%3)" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2005 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. a mlti-selection-box label -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2057 +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2057 msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" msgstr "Alle patches van geselecteerde categorieën uitsluiten" -#. a pop-up message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2133 +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2133 msgid "" "This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" "You can create snapshots of its current stage though." @@ -855,8 +845,8 @@ "In deze opslagruimte is filteren van patches niet toegestaan.\n" "U kunt echter momentopnamen van de huidige fase ervan maken." -#. a pop-up message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2154 +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "" "This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" "and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." @@ -864,13 +854,13 @@ "Deze patch is uitgefilterd door een op een categorie gebaseerd filter\n" "en daarom kan de status ervan niet worden gewijzigd in dit dialoogvenster." -#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2172 +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2172 msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." msgstr "De huidige patchstatus kan niet worden gewijzigd." -#. Multiline key description -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2298 +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2298 msgid "" "Key ID: %1\n" "UID: %2\n" @@ -880,14 +870,14 @@ "UID: %2\n" "Vingerafdruk: %3" -#. pop-up heading -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2308 +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2308 msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" msgstr "Wachtwoordzin ondertekeningssleutel" -#. pop-up dialog message -#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2314 +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2314 msgid "" "SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" "\n" @@ -896,222 +886,215 @@ "Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" "otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." msgstr "" -"SMT is geconfigureerd om de momentopname te ondertekenen met de volgende " -"sleutel:\n" +"SMT is geconfigureerd om de momentopname te ondertekenen met de volgende sleutel:\n" "\n" "%1\n" "\n" "voer de wachtwoordzin van de sleutel in en druk op OK.\n" "Druk anders op Annuleren om de ondertekeningsprocedure over te slaan." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2331 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2331 msgid "Key &Passphrase" msgstr "&Wachtwoordzin sleutel" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2332 msgid "&Once Again" msgstr "&Nog een keer" -#. pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." msgstr "Ingevoerde wachtwoordzinnen zijn niet identiek." -#. a bussy message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2399 +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2399 msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." msgstr "Momentopname van opslagruimte maken..." -#. a pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2414 +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2414 msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." msgstr "Er was een fout bij het aanmaken van de momentopname." -#. very simple e-mail validator -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493 +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493 msgid "New &E-Mail" msgstr "Nieuwe &e-mail" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493 msgid "Editing &E-Mail" msgstr "&E-mail bewerken" -#. OK pressed -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2528 +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2528 msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." msgstr "E-mail '%1' is niet geldig." -#. pop-up error message -#. pop-up error message -#. pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2573 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2586 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2603 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2611 +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2573 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2586 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2603 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2611 msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." msgstr "Interne fout: de huidige status kan niet worden in-/uitgeschakeld." -#. Error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2649 +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2649 msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." -msgstr "" -"Er kan geen mirrorbestand worden gemaakt van de geselecteerde opslagruimte." +msgstr "Er kan geen mirrorbestand worden gemaakt van de geselecteerde opslagruimte." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2655 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2655 msgid "Mirroring Repository" msgstr "Mirrorbestand maken van opslagruimte" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2656 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2656 msgid "&Progress" msgstr "&Voortgang" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2657 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2657 msgid "&Stop" msgstr "&Stoppen" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2665 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2665 msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" -msgstr "" -"Maken van mirrorbestand van de geselecteerde opslagruimte is gestart met " -"proces-id: %1\n" +msgstr "Maken van mirrorbestand van de geselecteerde opslagruimte is gestart met proces-id: %1\n" -#. a headline -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2691 +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2691 msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" msgstr "Maken van mirrorbestanden afbreken" -#. a pop-up question -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2693 +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2693 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" -msgstr "" -"Weet u zeker dat u het huidige proces voor het maken van mirrorbestanden " -"wilt afbreken?" +msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u het huidige proces voor het maken van mirrorbestanden wilt afbreken?" -#. push button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2695 +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2695 msgid "Abort Mirroring" msgstr "Maken van mirrorbestanden afbreken" -#. push button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2697 +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2697 msgid "Continue Mirroring" msgstr "Doorgaan met maken van mirrorbestanden" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2700 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2700 msgid "Aborting...\n" msgstr "Afbreken...\n" -#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2738 +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2738 msgid "Finished\n" msgstr "Voltooid\n" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2744 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2744 msgid "Mirroring failed\n" msgstr "Maken van mirrorbestanden is mislukt\n" -#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands -#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2842 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2842 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Command: %1" msgstr "Opdracht: %1" -#. Offer adding the script only if exists -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2872 +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2872 msgid "Uploading Support Configs" msgstr "Ondersteuningsconfiguraties uploaden" -#. Script-call period, used as a table item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2905 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3201 +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2905 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3201 msgid "Periodically" msgstr "Periodiek" -#. Script-call period, used as a table item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2911 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3198 +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2911 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3198 msgid "Monthly" msgstr "Maandelijks" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2915 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2926 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2944 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2952 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2961 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2969 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2915 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2926 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2944 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2952 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2961 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2969 msgid "Undefined" msgstr "Onbepaald" -#. Script-call period, used as a table item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2920 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3197 +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2920 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "Weekly" msgstr "Wekelijks" -#. Script-call period, used as a table item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2933 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3196 +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2933 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3196 msgid "Daily" msgstr "Dagelijks" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2943 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2943 msgid "Every %1 hours" msgstr "Elke %1 uur" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2960 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2960 msgid "Every %1 minutes" msgstr "Elke %1 minuten" -#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3011 +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3011 msgid "" "Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" "To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" "you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." msgstr "" "Er zijn geplande taken uitgeschakeld vanwege ontbrekende pakketten.\n" -"Als u ontbrekende pakketten wilt installeren en de geplande taken wilt " -"instellen,\n" +"Als u ontbrekende pakketten wilt installeren en de geplande taken wilt instellen,\n" "moet u de module YaST SMT-configuratie opnieuw starten." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3038 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3038 msgid "Every H-th &Hour" msgstr "Elk U-e &uur" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3039 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3039 msgid "Every M-th &Minute" msgstr "Elke M-e &minuut" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3222 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Hour" msgstr "&Uur" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3233 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3233 msgid "&Minute" msgstr "&Minuut" -#. Weekly -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3184 +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3184 msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" msgstr "Een geplande SMT-taak bewerken" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3185 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3185 msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" msgstr "Nieuwe geplande SMT-taak toevoegen" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3194 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3194 msgid "&Frequency" msgstr "&Frequentie" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3208 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3208 msgid "&Job to Run" msgstr "&Uit te voeren taak" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3212 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3212 msgid "Job Start Time" msgstr "Begintijd taak" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3219 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3219 msgid "Day of the &Week" msgstr "Dag van de &week" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3228 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3228 msgid "&Day of the Month" msgstr "&Dag van de maand" -#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3359 +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3359 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1119,8 +1102,8 @@ "Wilt u echt stoppen?\n" "Alle wijzigingen gaan dan verloren." -#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Customer Center Access</b></big><br>\n" "Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.</p>\n" @@ -1128,60 +1111,48 @@ "<p><big><b>Customer Center-toegang</b></big><br>\n" "Voer hier de referenties in voor SUSE-updates (updates.suse.com).</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 msgid "" -"<p><b>User</b> and <b>Password</b> are needed for Customer Center " -"authentication.\n" +"<p><b>User</b> and <b>Password</b> are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" "To test the credentials you entered, click <b>Test</b>.\n" -"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and " -"download of\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" "test data.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Gebruiker</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b> zijn nodig voor Customer Center-" -"verificatie.\n" +"<p><b>Gebruiker</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b> zijn nodig voor Customer Center-verificatie.\n" "Om de door u ingevoerde referenties te testen, klikt u op <b>Test</b>.\n" -"SMT maakt vervolgens verbinding met de Customer Center-server voor " -"verificatie en download van\n" +"SMT maakt vervolgens verbinding met de Customer Center-server voor verificatie en download van\n" "testgegevens.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 -msgid "" -"<p>E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>E-mail moet het e-mailadres zijn waarmee u zich hebt geregistreerd bij " -"het Customer Center.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "<p>E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center.</p>" +msgstr "<p>E-mail moet het e-mailadres zijn waarmee u zich hebt geregistreerd bij het Customer Center.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Database</b></big><br>\n" -"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the " -"database.\n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" "With <b>Database Password</b>, set or change the database\n" "password for that user. The password should not be empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Database</b></big><br>\n" -"Om beveiligingsredenen vereist SMT dat een afzonderlijke gebruiker " -"verbinding maakt met de database.\n" +"Om beveiligingsredenen vereist SMT dat een afzonderlijke gebruiker verbinding maakt met de database.\n" "Met <b>Databasewachtwoord</b> kunt u het databasewachtwoord\n" -"voor die gebruiker instellen of wijzigen. Het wachtwoord mag niet leeg zijn." -"</p>\n" +"voor die gebruiker instellen of wijzigen. Het wachtwoord mag niet leeg zijn.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Reporting</b></big><br>\n" -"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to." -"</p>\n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Rapportage</b></big><br>\n" -"Hier kunt u een lijst instellen met e-mailadressen waaraan SMT rapporten " -"verzendt.</p>\n" +"Hier kunt u een lijst instellen met e-mailadressen waaraan SMT rapporten verzendt.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Schedule SMT Jobs</b></big><br>\n" "Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs.</p>" @@ -1189,64 +1160,55 @@ "<p><big><b>SMT-taken plannen</b></big><br>\n" "Hier kunt u periodieke SMT-taken bewerken.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 msgid "<p>When adding a new job, first select a <b>Job to Run</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer bij het toevoegen van een nieuwe taak eerst <b>Uit te voeren " -"taak</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer bij het toevoegen van een nieuwe taak eerst <b>Uit te voeren taak</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 msgid "" -"<p>When editing a current job or adding new one, the <b>Frequency</b> " -"selection box\n" +"<p>When editing a current job or adding new one, the <b>Frequency</b> selection box\n" "switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" -"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., <b>Day of the Week\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., <b>Day of the Week</b>\n" "is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Bij het bewerken van een huidige taak of bij het toevoegen van een nieuwe " -"taak, wordt met het selectievak <b>Frequentie</b>\n" +"<p>Bij het bewerken van een huidige taak of bij het toevoegen van een nieuwe taak, wordt met het selectievak <b>Frequentie</b>\n" "de dialoogmodus ingesteld op de huidige geselecteerde waarde.\n" -"Sommige velden worden dienovereenkomstig in- of uitgeschakeld. Zo wordt " -"<b>Dag van de week</b>\n" +"Sommige velden worden dienovereenkomstig in- of uitgeschakeld. Zo wordt <b>Dag van de week</b>\n" "bijvoorbeeld uitgeschakeld voor <tt>Dagelijkse</tt> taakfrequentie.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repositories</b></big><br>\n" "Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Opslagruimten</b></big><br>\n" -"Hier kunt u alle opslagruimten bekijken die beschikbaar zijn voor het maken " -"van mirrorbestanden.</p>" +"Hier kunt u alle opslagruimten bekijken die beschikbaar zijn voor het maken van mirrorbestanden.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p>To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" "and click <b>Toggle Mirroring</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u het maken van mirrorbestanden wilt in- of uitschakelen, selecteert " -"u een opslagruimte in de tabel\n" +"<p>Als u het maken van mirrorbestanden wilt in- of uitschakelen, selecteert u een opslagruimte in de tabel\n" "en klikt u op <b>Maken van mirrorbestanden in- of uitschakelen</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b>Staging</b> offers you to create testing and production\n" "snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" "in the table and click <b>Toggle Staging</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Met <b>Staging</b> kunt u momentopnamen van het type Test en Productie\n" -"maken. Als u deze functie wilt in- of uitschakelen, selecteert u een " -"opslagruimte\n" +"maken. Als u deze functie wilt in- of uitschakelen, selecteert u een opslagruimte\n" "in de tabel en klikt u op <b>Staging in-/uitschakelen</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Staging</b></big><br>\n" "Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" @@ -1256,120 +1218,108 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Staging</b></big><br>\n" "Hier kunt u momentopnamen van het type Test en Productie maken van de\n" -"opslagruimten waarvan een mirrorbestand is gemaakt waarvoor <tt>staging</tt> " -"is ingeschakeld. In opslagruimten die patches\n" -"bevatten, is filteren van patches toegestaan. Anders kunt u alleen volledige " -"momentopnamen maken\n" +"opslagruimten waarvan een mirrorbestand is gemaakt waarvoor <tt>staging</tt> is ingeschakeld. In opslagruimten die patches\n" +"bevatten, is filteren van patches toegestaan. Anders kunt u alleen volledige momentopnamen maken\n" "(zonder een filter).</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>Choosing a <b>Repository Name</b> will switch the current\n" "repository. Choosing a <b>Patch Category</b> applies a listing filter\n" "on the current repository.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Als u <b>Naam opslagruimte</b> kiest, wordt de huidige\n" -"opslagruimte ingeschakeld. Als een <b>Patchcategorie</b> wordt gekozen, " -"wordt een weergavefilter\n" +"opslagruimte ingeschakeld. Als een <b>Patchcategorie</b> wordt gekozen, wordt een weergavefilter\n" "op de huidige opslagruimte toegepast.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" "select a patch in the table and click <b>Toggle Patch Status</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Als u <tt>patches</tt> in de momentopname wilt in- of uitschakelen,\n" -"selecteert u een patch in de tabel en klikt u op <b>Patchstatus in-/" -"uitschakelen</b>.</p>" +"selecteert u een patch in de tabel en klikt u op <b>Patchstatus in-/uitschakelen</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p>If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" "<b>Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Als u meerdere patches in één keer wilt wijzigen, kunt u ook\n" -"<b>Status wijzigen->Alle weergegeven patches...->Inschakelen/" -"Uitschakelen</b> gebruiken</p>" +"<b>Status wijzigen->Alle weergegeven patches...->Inschakelen/Uitschakelen</b> gebruiken</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" "snapshot, use <b>Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot...</b>.\n" "Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u alle patches van een geselecteerd type wilt uitsluiten van de " -"<tt>test</tt>\n" -"momentopname, gebruikt u <b>Status wijzigen->Uitsluiten van " -"momentopname...</b>.\n" -"Een dergelijke patch kan alleen worden ingeschakeld als u het filter " -"nogmaals verwijdert.</p>" +"<p>Als u alle patches van een geselecteerd type wilt uitsluiten van de <tt>test</tt>\n" +"momentopname, gebruikt u <b>Status wijzigen->Uitsluiten van momentopname...</b>.\n" +"Een dergelijke patch kan alleen worden ingeschakeld als u het filter nogmaals verwijdert.</p>" -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" -"click <b>Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to " -"Production</b>.</p>" +"click <b>Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Als u momentopnamen voor <tt>test</tt> of <tt>productie</tt> wilt maken,\n" -"klikt u op <b>Momentopname maken...->Van volledige mirror naar test/Van " -"test naar productie</b>.</p>" +"klikt u op <b>Momentopname maken...->Van volledige mirror naar test/Van test naar productie</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "<p><b>Testing</b> snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" "<b>production</b> is always created as a copy of the <b>testing</b> one.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Een momentopname van het type <b>Test</b> wordt altijd gemaakt op basis " -"van de opslagruimte waarvan een mirrorbestand is gemaakt.\n" -"Een momentopname van het typ <b>Productie</b> wordt altijd als een kopie van " -"de momentopname van het type <b>Test</b> gemaakt.</p>" +"<p>Een momentopname van het type <b>Test</b> wordt altijd gemaakt op basis van de opslagruimte waarvan een mirrorbestand is gemaakt.\n" +"Een momentopname van het typ <b>Productie</b> wordt altijd als een kopie van de momentopname van het type <b>Test</b> gemaakt.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 msgid "Customer Center Access" msgstr "Customer Center-toegang" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 msgid "Database and Reporting" msgstr "Database en rapportage" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 msgid "Repositories" msgstr "Opslagruimten" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 msgid "Clients Status" msgstr "Status clients" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" msgstr "Geplande SMT-taken" -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" msgstr "Wizard SMT-configuratie - stap %1/%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 msgid "Update Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie updateserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 msgid "SMT Management" msgstr "SMT-beheer" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, -#. %2 with the SMT config file -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 msgid "" "SMT configuration is broken.\n" "LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." @@ -1377,10 +1327,10 @@ "SMT-configuratie is afgebroken.\n" "LOKAAL->SMT-gebruiker %1 gedefinieerd in %2 is niet in het systeem aanwezig." -#. Something has been changed -#. Apache conf needs writing -#. and Apache service needs restarting -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:669 +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:669 msgid "" "Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" "\n" @@ -1390,85 +1340,77 @@ "\n" "Controleer uw SMT-installatie." -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:691 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:691 msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." msgstr "Het synchronisatiescript kan niet worden uitgevoerd." -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:695 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:695 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Details:</big></b></p>\n" -" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre>\n" -" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre>" +" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre></p>\n" +" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Details:</big></b></p>\n" -" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre>\n" -" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre>" +" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre></p>\n" +" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre></p>" -#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:835 +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:835 msgid "Cannot write cron settings." msgstr "Kan de cron-instellingen niet schrijven." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:851 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:851 msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." msgstr "Opnieuw laden van service %1 is mislukt." -#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 msgid "Missing Server Certificate" msgstr "Ontbrekend servercertificaat" -#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:872 +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:872 msgid "" "Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" "Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" "\n" -"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support " -"SSL.\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" msgstr "" "Servercertificaat %1 bestaat niet.\n" "Wilt u beheer van certificeringsinstanties uitvoeren om er een te maken?\n" "\n" -"Het servercertificaat is van essentieel belang. Anders wordt SSL niet " -"ondersteund op de updateserver.\n" +"Het servercertificaat is van essentieel belang. Anders wordt SSL niet ondersteund op de updateserver.\n" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:880 msgid "&Run CA management" msgstr "Beheer &certificeringsinstanties uitvoeren" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:881 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1064 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:881 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1064 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Overslaan" -#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:930 +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:930 msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Beheer van certificeringsinstanties kan niet worden uitgevoerd omdat pakket " -"%1 niet is geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "Beheer van certificeringsinstanties kan niet worden uitgevoerd omdat pakket %1 niet is geïnstalleerd." -#. Server certificate exists -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:974 +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:974 msgid "Database root Password Required" msgstr "Hoofdwachtwoord database vereist" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:982 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:982 msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" msgstr "Het MariaDB-hoofd&wachtwoord invoeren" -#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 msgid "Unable to read %1" msgstr "Kan %1 niet lezen." -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 msgid "" "SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" "Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" @@ -1480,13 +1422,13 @@ "\n" "Als u dit wilt overslaan, klikt u op Overslaan.\n" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1020 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1051 -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1063 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1020 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1063 msgid "&Retry" msgstr "&Opnieuw proberen" -#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1028 +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1028 msgid "" "SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" "The root password was probably wrong.\n" @@ -1494,12 +1436,12 @@ "SMT kan geen verbinding maken met de database.\n" "Het hoofdwachtwoord is waarschijnlijk onjuist.\n" -#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1047 +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1047 msgid "Cannot create database" msgstr "Kan database niet maken" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1048 msgid "" "SMT was not able to create the database.\n" "Click Retry to try again.\n" @@ -1507,12 +1449,12 @@ "SMT kan de database niet maken.\n" "Klik op Opnieuw proberen om het opnieuw te proberen.\n" -#. 21: Database migration failed -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1059 +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1059 msgid "Database migration failed" msgstr "Migratie van database is mislukt." -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1060 msgid "" "SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" "Click Retry to try again.\n" @@ -1520,45 +1462,43 @@ "SMT kan de database niet migreren.\n" "Klik op Opnieuw proberen om het nogmaals te proberen.\n" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1080 msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" msgstr "Hoofdwachtwoord nieuwe database aanpassen" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 msgid "" "The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" "\n" -" For security reasons, please, set " -"a new one." +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." msgstr "" "Het huidige MariaDB-hoofdwachtwoord is leeg.\n" "\n" -" Stel om beveiligingsredenen een " -"nieuw hoofdwachtwoord in." +" Stel om beveiligingsredenen een nieuw hoofdwachtwoord in." -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1093 msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" msgstr "Nieuw MariaDB-hoofd&wachtwoord" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1094 msgid "New Password &Again" msgstr "&Nogmaals nieuw wachtwoord" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1126 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1126 msgid "Set up a new password, please." msgstr "Stel een nieuw wachtwoord in." -#. rw only for owner -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1189 +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1189 msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." msgstr "Nieuw MariaDB-hoofdwachtwoord kan niet worden ingesteld." -#. root password has been already set -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1251 +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1251 msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." msgstr "SMT moet de database instellen." -#. rw only for owner -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1392 +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1392 msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." msgstr "SMT-gebruikerswachtwoord kan niet worden gewijzigd." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,300 +14,296 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/snapper.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of snapper -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel -#. -#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Configuratie van momentopnamen van het systeem" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "Gebruikersgegevens" -#. combo box label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 +#. combo box label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Opschoonalgoritme" -#. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Momentopname %{num} wijzigen" -#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "Momentopname %{pre} en %{post} wijzigen" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Vooraf (%{pre})" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Achteraf (%{post})" -#. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 +#. popup label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Nieuwe momentopname maken " -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Enkele momentopname" -#. radio button label -#. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 +#. radio button label +#. 0 means there's no post +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Post(na), gepaard met:" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "Wilt u momentopname %{num} werkelijk verwijderen?" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "Wilt u momentopnamen %{pre} en %{post} werkelijk verwijderen?" -#. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 +#. summary dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Momentopnamen" -#. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 +#. generate list of snapshot table items +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "Enkel" -#. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 +#. pre canot be 0 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Voor en na" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "De lijst met momentopnamen lezen..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Huidige configuratie" -#. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#. table header +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "Id" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Startdatum" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Einddatum" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Gebruikersdata" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Wijzigingen weergeven" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Wijzigen" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" -"Deze 'Pré'-momentopname is nog niet gepaard met enige 'Post(na)'-" -"momentopname.\n" +"Deze 'Pré'-momentopname is nog niet gepaard met enige 'Post(na)'-momentopname.\n" "Verschillen tonen is niet mogelijk." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van geselecteerde momentopnamen" -#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 +#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Gewijzigde bestanden berekenen..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Wijzigingen in bestanden berekenen..." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Nieuw bestand is gemaakt." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Bestand is verwijderd." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Bestandsinhoud is niet gewijzigd." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Bestand bestaat in geen van beide momentopnamen." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Bestandsinhoud is gewijzigd." -#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 +#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Bestandsmodus is gewijzigd van '%1' naar '%2'." -#. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 +#. text label, %1, %2 are user names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Eigendom van bestand is gewijzigd van '%1' naar '%2'." -#. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#. text label, %1, %2 are group names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Eigendom van groep van bestand is gewijzigd van '%1' naar '%2'." -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "T&erugzetten uit eerste" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Herstellen" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "&Terugzetten uit tweede" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Het verschil tussen momentopname en het huidige systeem weergeven" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" -msgstr "" -"Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname weergeven:" +msgstr "Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname weergeven:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Het verschil tussen de eerste en de tweede momentopname weergeven" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem weergeven" +msgstr "Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem weergeven" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem weergeven" +msgstr "Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem weergeven" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de momentopname:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de eerste momentopname:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de tweede momentopname:" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Openen" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Selectie herstellen" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -321,9 +317,9 @@ "\n" "verwijderen van uw huidige systeem?" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -337,219 +333,183 @@ "\n" "van momentopname '%2' kopiëren naar uw huidige systeem?" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Er is geen bestand geselecteerd voor de herstelbewerking." -#. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Bestanden herstellen" -#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 +#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" +"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n" "<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?" msgstr "" "<p>Deze bestanden worden hersteld van momentopname '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Bestanden uit de oorspronkelijke momentopname worden gekopieerd naar uw " -"huidige systeem.</p>\n" -"<p>Bestanden die niet aanwezig waren in de oorspronkelijke momentopname " -"worden verwijderd.</p>Weet u het zeker?" +"<p>Bestanden uit de oorspronkelijke momentopname worden gekopieerd naar uw huidige systeem.</p>\n" +"<p>Bestanden die niet aanwezig waren in de oorspronkelijke momentopname worden verwijderd.</p>Weet u het zeker?" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>Lijst met momentopnamen aan het lezen</big></b><br>\n" -#. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#. Summary dialog help: +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " -"the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see " -"the\n" +"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuratie van momentopnamen</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>De tabel bevat een lijst met momentopnamen van het root-bestandssysteem. " -"Er zijn drie typen\n" -"momentopnamen: <b>Enkel</b>, <b>Vooraf</b> en <b>Achteraf</b>. Enkele " -"momentopnamen worden\n" -"gebruikt om de status van het bestandssysteem op een bepaald tijdstip op te " -"slaan en momentopnamen vooraf en achteraf worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen " -"te definiëren die zijn aangebracht door een speciale bewerking die is " -"uitgevoerd tussen het maken van deze twee momentopnamen. Momentopnamen " -"vooraf en achteraf worden in de tabel als paar gekoppeld.</p>\n" -"<p>Selecteer een momentopname of een momentopnamepaar en klik op " -"<b>Wijzigingen tonen</b> om de \n" -"nieuwe bestandssysteemwijzigingen in de opgegeven momentopname te bekijken.\n" +"<p>De tabel bevat een lijst met momentopnamen van het root-bestandssysteem. Er zijn drie typen\n" +"momentopnamen: <b>Enkel</b>, <b>Vooraf</b> en <b>Achteraf</b>. Enkele momentopnamen worden\n" +"gebruikt om de status van het bestandssysteem op een bepaald tijdstip op te slaan en momentopnamen vooraf en achteraf worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn aangebracht door een speciale bewerking die is uitgevoerd tussen het maken van deze twee momentopnamen. Momentopnamen vooraf en achteraf worden in de tabel als paar gekoppeld.</p>\n" +"<p>Selecteer een momentopname of een momentopnamepaar en klik op <b>Wijzigingen tonen</b> om de \n" +"nieuwe bestandssysteemwijzigingen in de opgegeven momentopname te bekijken.</p>\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#. Show snapshot dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Overzicht momentopnamen</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"In de boomstructuur worden alle bestanden getoond die zijn gewijzigd tussen " -"het maken van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('achteraf') momentopname. Aan " -"de rechterzijde ziet u de beschrijving die is gegenereerd toen de eerste " -"momentopname werd gemaakt en de tijd waarop beide momentopnamen zijn " -"gemaakt.\n" +"In de boomstructuur worden alle bestanden getoond die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('achteraf') momentopname. Aan de rechterzijde ziet u de beschrijving die is gegenereerd toen de eerste momentopname werd gemaakt en de tijd waarop beide momentopnamen zijn gemaakt.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur wordt geselecteerd, ziet u de " -"wijzigingen die erin zijn aangebracht. Standaard worden wijzigingen tussen " -"geselecteerde momentopnameparen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het bestand " -"met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur wordt geselecteerd, ziet u de wijzigingen die erin zijn aangebracht. Standaard worden wijzigingen tussen geselecteerde momentopnameparen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 +#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de " -"geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de " -"beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n" +"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de " -"verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots -#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "Kan config niet ophalen:\n" -#. Return the path to given snapshot -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "Kan koppelpunt van momentopname niet ophalen:\n" -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "Kan nieuwe momentopname niet maken:\n" -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "Kan momentopname niet wijzigen:\n" -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "Kan momentopname niet verwijderen:\n" -#. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 +#. Snapper read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Snapper wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "Lijst met configuraties lezen" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen lezen" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 msgid "Reading list of configurations" msgstr "Lijst met configuraties lezen" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen lezen" -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" msgstr "Kan geen query uitvoeren op snapper-configuraties:" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" "tool can be used to create configurations." msgstr "" "Geen bestaande snapper-configuraties. U moet één of meer\n" -"configuraties maken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het " -"opdrachtregelhulpprogramma\n" +"configuraties maken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het opdrachtregelhulpprogramma\n" "van snapper kan worden gebruikt om configuraties te maken." -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" msgstr "Kan geen query uitvoeren op snapper-momentopnamen:" -#. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 +#. label for log window +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Bestanden herstellen..." -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "%1 verwijderd\n" -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 overgeslagen\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sound.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sound.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sound.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,145 +14,135 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:49 +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." -msgstr "" -"De geluidskaart database is niet gevonden. Controleer aub uw installatie." +msgstr "De geluidskaart database is niet gevonden. Controleer aub uw installatie." -#. translators: command line help text for Sound module -#: src/clients/sound.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Sound module +#: src/clients/sound.rb:59 msgid "Sound card configuration module." msgstr "Geluidskaartconfiguratie module." -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:69 +#. translators: command line help text for summary action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:69 msgid "Configuration summary of sound cards" msgstr "Geluidskaarten configuratie overzicht" -#. translators: command line help text for add action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for add action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:79 msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." -msgstr "" -"Geluidskaart toevoegen. Zonder parameters, de eerste gedetecteerde toevoegen." +msgstr "Geluidskaart toevoegen. Zonder parameters, de eerste gedetecteerde toevoegen." -#. help text for unknownd parameters -#: src/clients/sound.rb:84 +#. help text for unknownd parameters +#: src/clients/sound.rb:84 msgid "Value of the specific module parameter." msgstr "Waarde van de specifieke module parameter." -#. translators: command line help text for remove action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:91 +#. translators: command line help text for remove action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:91 msgid "Remove sound cards" msgstr "Geluidskaarten verwijderen" -#. translators: command line help text for test action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:98 +#. translators: command line help text for test action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:98 msgid "Play test sound on given sound card" msgstr "Testgeluid van opgegeven geluidskaart weergeven" -#. translators: command line help text for test action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for test action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:105 msgid "Show the information of given sound card" msgstr "Informatie van opgegeven geluidskaart weergeven" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:115 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:115 msgid "Set the new values for given card parameters." msgstr "Nieuwe waardes van de opgegeven kaart parameters instellen." -#. - for unknown parameter names -#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' -#: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Waarde van de specifieke module parameter. Gebruik het 'show' commando om " -"een lijst met toegestane parameters te bekijken." +#. - for unknown parameter names +#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' +#: src/clients/sound.rb:121 +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Waarde van de specifieke module parameter. Gebruik het 'show' commando om een lijst met toegestane parameters te bekijken." -#. translators: command line help text for volume action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:131 +#. translators: command line help text for volume action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:131 msgid "Set the volume of specific channels of the given card." msgstr "Het volume van specifieke kanalen van de opgegeven kaart instellen." -#. - for unknown parameter names -#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name -#: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Waarde van het specifieke kanaal (0-100). Gebruik het 'channels' commando om " -"een lijst met beschikbare kanalen te bekijken." +#. - for unknown parameter names +#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name +#: src/clients/sound.rb:137 +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Waarde van het specifieke kanaal (0-100). Gebruik het 'channels' commando om een lijst met beschikbare kanalen te bekijken." -#. translators: command line help text for modules action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for modules action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:144 msgid "List all available sound kernel modules." msgstr "Alle beschikbare geluid kernel modules weergeven." -#. translators: command line help text for channels action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:151 +#. translators: command line help text for channels action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:151 msgid "List available volume channels of given card." msgstr "Beschikbare volume kanalen van de opgegeven kaart weergeven." -#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:159 msgid "Number of sound card" msgstr "Aantal geluidskaarten" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:166 msgid "All available sound cards" msgstr "Alle beschikbare geluidskaarten" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:172 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:172 msgid "Kernel module (driver) for the sound card" msgstr "Kernel-module (stuurprogramma) voor de geluidskaart" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:179 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:179 msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" msgstr "Testgeluid weergeven zodra de geluidskaart geconfigureerd is" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:185 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:185 msgid "Volume value for the sound card (0-100)" msgstr "Geluidskaart volume waarde (0-100)" -#. result message, %1 is card name -#: src/clients/sound.rb:347 +#. result message, %1 is card name +#: src/clients/sound.rb:347 msgid "Successfully added card '%1'." msgstr "Succesvol toegevoegde kaart '%1'." -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568 -#: src/clients/sound.rb:611 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568 +#: src/clients/sound.rb:611 msgid "You must specify the card number." msgstr "U moet het kaartnummer specificeren." -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425 -#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425 +#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617 msgid "There is no such sound card." msgstr "Zo'n geluidskaart is er niet." -#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver -#: src/clients/sound.rb:437 +#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver +#: src/clients/sound.rb:437 msgid "Parameters of card '%1' (using module %2):\n" msgstr "De parameters van de '%1' kaart (maakt gebruik van module %2):\n" -#. label (default value of sound module parameter) -#: src/clients/sound.rb:454 +#. label (default value of sound module parameter) +#: src/clients/sound.rb:454 msgid "" "\n" "\tDefault Value: %1" @@ -160,8 +150,8 @@ "\n" "\tStandaard waarde: %1" -#. label (current value of sound module parameter) -#: src/clients/sound.rb:464 +#. label (current value of sound module parameter) +#: src/clients/sound.rb:464 msgid "" "\n" "\tCurrent Value: %1" @@ -169,86 +159,86 @@ "\n" "\tHuidige waarde: %1" -#. Do not show any progress during Read() -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39 +#. Do not show any progress during Read() +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Detecting sound cards..." msgstr "De geluidskaarten worden gedetecteerd..." -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Sound" msgstr "Geluid" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74 msgid "&Sound" msgstr "&Geluid" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102 msgid "Save module configuration" msgstr "Moduleconfiguratie opslaan" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104 msgid "Save sound card information" msgstr "Geluidskaartconfiguratie opslaan" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106 msgid "Save sysconfig values" msgstr "Sysconfig waardes opslaan" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108 msgid "Start sound card" msgstr "Geluidskaart starten" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110 msgid "Store volume" msgstr "Volume opslaan" -#. progress bar item -#. progres bar label -#. progres bar label -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139 -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145 +#. progress bar item +#. progres bar label +#. progres bar label +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139 +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145 msgid "Saving sound card settings..." msgstr "Geluidskaartinstellingen worden opgeslagen." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117 msgid "Saving card information..." msgstr "Kaartinformatie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119 msgid "Saving sysconfig values..." msgstr "De sysconfig waardes worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121 msgid "Starting sound card..." msgstr "De geluidskaart wordt gestart..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123 msgid "Storing volume settings..." msgstr "Volume-instellingen worden opgeslagen" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "Installeer benodigde pakketten" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "De benodigde pakketten worden geïnstalleerd..." -#. log mixer settings -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293 +#. log mixer settings +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293 msgid "" "These required packages are not available: %1\n" "Some sound devices may not work or some features may not be supported.\n" @@ -256,30 +246,28 @@ "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" msgstr "" "Deze vereiste pakketten zijn niet beschikbaar: %1\n" -"Sommige geluidsapparaten werken mogelijk niet of sommige mogelijkheden " -"worden niet ondersteund.\n" +"Sommige geluidsapparaten werken mogelijk niet of sommige mogelijkheden worden niet ondersteund.\n" "\n" -"Activeer of voeg een aanvullende software-opslagruimte toe die de vereiste " -"pakketten bevat.\n" +"Activeer of voeg een aanvullende software-opslagruimte toe die de vereiste pakketten bevat.\n" -#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states -#. (running/not running/dissappeared) -#. @return [Array] table contents -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61 +#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states +#. (running/not running/dissappeared) +#. @return [Array] table contents +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61 msgid "Configured as sound card number %1" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als geluidskaart nummer %1" -#. sort the cards by index -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112 +#. sort the cards by index +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112 msgid "Driver %1" msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Niet geconfigureerd" -#. popup question text -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259 +#. popup question text +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259 msgid "" "To apply changes, the sound system\n" "must be restarted.\n" @@ -289,7 +277,7 @@ "geluidssysteem opnieuw gestart te worden.\n" "Wilt u het geluidssysteem opnieuw starten?\n" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272 msgid "" "Restart of the sound system has failed.\n" "Check options of the driver.\n" @@ -297,289 +285,285 @@ "Het opnieuw opstarten van het geluidssysteem is mislukt.\n" "Controleer de opties van het stuurprogramma.\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342 msgid "PulseAudio is not installed or cannot be configured." msgstr "PulseAudio is niet ingesteld of kan niet geconfigureerd worden." -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352 msgid "PulseAudio Configuration" msgstr "PulseAudio-configuratie" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359 msgid "&Enable PulseAudio Support" msgstr "Ondersteuning voor PulsAudio activ&eren" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400 msgid "Advanced Options" msgstr "Geavanceerde opties" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407 msgid "&Start Sequencer (Load MIDI Drivers)" msgstr "Sequencer &starten (MIDI-stuurprogramma's laden)" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492 msgid "&Volume..." msgstr "&Volume..." -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494 msgid "Play &Test Sound" msgstr "&Testgeluid afspelen" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496 msgid "&Start Sequencer" msgstr "&Start sequencer" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498 msgid "Set as the &Primary Card" msgstr "Als &primaire kaart vastleggen" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500 msgid "PulseAudio &Configuration..." msgstr "PulseAudio-&configuratie..." -#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507 +#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507 msgid "&Install SoundFonts..." msgstr "Geluidsfonts &installeren..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Geluidsconfiguratie" -#. table header -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 +#. table header +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 msgid "Index" msgstr "Index" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 msgid "Card Model" msgstr "Kaartmodel" -#. table entry (vendor was not defined) -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92 +#. table entry (vendor was not defined) +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92 msgid "Other" msgstr "Overig" -#. table entry (all vendors) -#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356 +#. table entry (all vendors) +#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356 msgid "All" msgstr "Alles" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184 msgid "Sound Card &Vendor" msgstr "Geluidskaart &fabrikant" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186 msgid "Sound card &driver" msgstr "Geluidskaartstuur&programma" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196 msgid "Sound card &model" msgstr "Geluidskaart &model" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207 msgid "Show List of Kernel Modules" msgstr "Lijst met kernel modules weergeven" -#. input field - label -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213 +#. input field - label +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Zoeken" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219 msgid "Manual Sound Card Selection" msgstr "Handmatige geluidskaartselectie" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33 msgid "Master" msgstr "Master" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37 msgid "PCM" msgstr "PCM" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41 msgid "Master Mono" msgstr "Master mono" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45 msgid "Headphone" msgstr "Koptelefoon" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49 msgid "Line" msgstr "Lijn" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53 msgid "CD" msgstr "CD" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57 msgid "Mic" msgstr "Mic" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61 msgid "Video" msgstr "Video" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65 msgid "Phone" msgstr "Telefoon" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69 msgid "Aux" msgstr "Aux" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73 msgid "PC Speaker" msgstr "PC speaker" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77 msgid "Bass" msgstr "Bass" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81 msgid "Treble" msgstr "Treble" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85 msgid "Surround" msgstr "Surround" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89 msgid "LFE" msgstr "LFE" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93 msgid "Center" msgstr "Center" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97 msgid "Wave" msgstr "Wave" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101 msgid "Wave Center" msgstr "Wave center" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105 msgid "Wave Surround" msgstr "Wave surround" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109 msgid "AC97" msgstr "AC97" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113 msgid "Music" msgstr "Muziek" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117 msgid "Front" msgstr "Voorkant" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121 msgid "iSpeaker" msgstr "iSpeaker" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219 msgid "&Master volume" msgstr "&Master volume" -#. push button label -#. Test - button label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90 +#. push button label +#. Test - button label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Test" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261 msgid "&Other channels" msgstr "&Andere kanalen" -#. card name -#. add vendor/device ID -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435 +#. card name +#. add vendor/device ID +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#. help text - mixer setting -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 +#. help text - mixer setting +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore " -"the original settings.</P>" +"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore the original settings.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Met dit dialoog kunt u het volume van ieder kanaal van de geselecteerde " -"geluidskaart instellen. \n" -"Druk op <B>Verder</B> om uw volume instellingen op te slaan, druk op " -"<B>Terug</B> om de originele instellingen terug te zetten.</P>" +"<P>Met dit dialoog kunt u het volume van ieder kanaal van de geselecteerde geluidskaart instellen. \n" +"Druk op <B>Verder</B> om uw volume instellingen op te slaan, druk op <B>Terug</B> om de originele instellingen terug te zetten.</P>" -#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 +#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 msgid "Volume Settings for Card %1 - %2" msgstr "Volume-instellingen voor kaart %1 - %2" -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62 +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62 msgid "The value: %1 must be a number" msgstr "De waarde: %1 moet een getal zijn" -#. To translators: "space" means blank character -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77 +#. To translators: "space" means blank character +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77 msgid "(space)" msgstr "(spatie)" -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80 +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80 msgid "String cannot contain: %1" msgstr "De string mag dit niet bevatten: %1" -#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93 +#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93 msgid "" "The value must be one of\n" "%1" @@ -587,8 +571,8 @@ "De waarde moet er één zijn van\n" "%1" -#. label text -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254 +#. label text +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254 msgid "" "Possible value:\n" "not known" @@ -596,25 +580,25 @@ "Mogelijke waarde:\n" "niet bekend" -#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update -#. combo with values -#. @param [String] values list of values -#. @param [String] default_item default item -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298 +#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update +#. combo with values +#. @param [String] values list of values +#. @param [String] default_item default item +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298 msgid "Name of the &Option" msgstr "Naam van de &optie" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Waarde" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 msgid "&Option: " msgstr "&Optie: " -#. all non-ASCII characters from value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346 +#. all non-ASCII characters from value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346 msgid "" "Value of the option contains invalid\n" "characters '%1'.\n" @@ -626,8 +610,8 @@ "\n" "Voer een geldige waarde in." -#. all non-ASCII characters from name -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367 +#. all non-ASCII characters from name +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367 msgid "" "Name of the option contains invalid\n" "characters '%1'.\n" @@ -639,81 +623,81 @@ "\n" "Voer een geldige waarde in." -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394 msgid "Change the Option" msgstr "Optie wijzigen" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398 msgid "Add a New Option" msgstr "Nieuwe optie toevoegen" -#. Returns description of card module option -#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list -#. @return [String] description -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414 +#. Returns description of card module option +#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list +#. @return [String] description +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414 msgid "No description available" msgstr "Geen beschrijving beschikbaar" -#. Table header -- option description -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439 +#. Table header -- option description +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#. Table header -- option name -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441 +#. Table header -- option name +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441 msgid "Option" msgstr "Optie" -#. Table header -- value of an option -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443 +#. Table header -- value of an option +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" -#. restore original option values -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454 +#. restore original option values +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454 msgid "R&eset all" msgstr "Alles r&esetten" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543 msgid "Sound Card Advanced Options" msgstr "Geavanceerde geluidskaartopties" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554 msgid "There are no options for this module" msgstr "Er zijn geen opties voor deze module" -#. popup question -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685 +#. popup question +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685 msgid "Do you really want to reset all values?" msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u alle waarden wilt resetten?" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176 msgid "Sound Cards" msgstr "Geluidskaarten" -#. list of all sound modules (table items) -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53 +#. list of all sound modules (table items) +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53 msgid "Unknown CD-ROM device" msgstr "Onbekend cd-rom-station" -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71 +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71 msgid "Unknown CD-ROM Device" msgstr "Onbekend cd-rom-station" -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100 +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100 msgid "CD-ROM &Device" msgstr "CD-ROM-s&tation" -#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only) -#. @return [Array] as above -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344 +#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only) +#. @return [Array] as above +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. label to error popup, %1 is module name -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844 +#. label to error popup, %1 is module name +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844 msgid "" "The kernel module %1 for sound support\n" "could not be loaded. This can be caused by incorrect\n" @@ -723,8 +707,8 @@ "kon niet geladen worden. Dit kan veroorzaakt zijn door\n" "foutieve module parameters, een ongeldige IO of verkeerde IRQ parameters." -#. popup question: different module has to be choosed -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115 +#. popup question: different module has to be choosed +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115 msgid "" "It seems that you have a Thinkpad 600E laptop.\n" "On this laptop, the CS4236 driver should be used\n" @@ -742,9 +726,9 @@ "Opgelet: deze zoekprocedure zal enige tijd in beslag nemen en\n" "kan tevens uw systeem onstabiel maken.\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 1/3 -#. help text - quick configuration 1/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53 +#. help text - setup type selection 1/3 +#. help text - quick configuration 1/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To configure this sound card and adjust its \n" @@ -756,8 +740,8 @@ "te configureren en het volume aan te passen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 2/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 +#. help text - setup type selection 2/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 msgid "" "<p>To set a special option, \n" "check <b>Advanced setup</b>.\n" @@ -769,8 +753,8 @@ "De meeste gebruikers hebben dit niet nodig.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 3/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 +#. help text - setup type selection 3/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \n" @@ -784,8 +768,8 @@ "instellen en de opties wijzigen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - quick configuration 2/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 +#. help text - quick configuration 2/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you do not want to adjust the volume now, check <b>Quick \n" @@ -795,13 +779,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Wanneer u nu het geluid niet wilt aanpassen, druk dan op <b>Snelle \n" -"automatische instelling</b>. U kunt later het volume instellen en de " -"opties \n" +"automatische instelling</b>. U kunt later het volume instellen en de opties \n" "wijzigen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - quick configuration 3/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 +#. help text - quick configuration 3/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 msgid "" "<P>\n" "To configure a card that was not detected, \n" @@ -813,8 +796,8 @@ "<B>Meer gedetailleerde installatie van geluidskaarten</B> te drukken.\n" "</P>\n" -#. help text - sound card selection 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76 +#. help text - sound card selection 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76 msgid "" "<P>\n" "<b>Manually</b> choose the sound card to \n" @@ -828,8 +811,8 @@ "zoeken door de naam in het zoekvenster op te geven.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - sound card selection 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 +#. help text - sound card selection 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>All</b> to see the entire list of \n" @@ -841,8 +824,8 @@ "met ondersteunde geluidskaart modellen wilt zien.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 +#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the type of card to configure.\n" @@ -852,8 +835,8 @@ "Selecteer het type kaart wat u wilt gaan configureren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 +#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the list contains <b>autodetected</b> cards not yet \n" @@ -867,9 +850,9 @@ "verder. Gebruik in het andere geval de <b>handmatige selectie</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated -#. (popup label message) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114 +#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated +#. (popup label message) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114 msgid "" "There are programs running that are currently using \n" "the audio device.\n" @@ -881,8 +864,8 @@ "Deze programma's moeten worden afgesloten om de \n" "configuratie te kunnen resetten. Doorgaan?\n" -#. help text - options dialog 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122 +#. help text - options dialog 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, modify options for the sound modules. \n" @@ -896,8 +879,8 @@ "weet waar u mee bezig bent. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - options dialog 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 +#. help text - options dialog 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the option to set then use <b>Set</b> \n" @@ -909,8 +892,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Selecteer de in te stellen optie en druk daarna op de knop <b>Activeren \n" +"Selecteer de in te stellen optie en druk daarna op de knop <b>Activeren</b> \n" "om de nieuwe waarde vast te leggen. Als er mogelijke waarden voor \n" "de gegeven optie bekend zijn, dan kunt u deze in het <B>Mogelijke \n" "waarde</B> venster selecteren. Met <b>Reset</b> herstelt u alle waardes. \n" @@ -918,8 +900,8 @@ "(hexadecimaal met <b>0x</b> voor het getal).\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 1/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 +#. help text - mixer setting 1/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Adjust the volume.\n" @@ -929,8 +911,8 @@ "Volume aanpassen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 2/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 +#. help text - mixer setting 2/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Test your sound card by pressing <b>Test</b>.\n" @@ -942,8 +924,8 @@ "\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 3/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 +#. help text - mixer setting 3/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 msgid "" "<p>\n" "After configuration is complete, use <b>amixer</b> \n" @@ -955,8 +937,8 @@ "programma naar keuze, gebruiken voor het aanpassen van het volume.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 4/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 +#. help text - mixer setting 4/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b>WARNING:</b> Start testing your\n" "sound card with <b>very</b> low volume settings to prevent \n" @@ -968,8 +950,8 @@ "te voorkomen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. warning/question message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 +#. warning/question message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 msgid "" "Configuring this sound card on some Sony VAIO notebooks \n" "may fail if X is running. This can be avoided by setting the\n" @@ -981,13 +963,13 @@ "deze problemen voorkomen door de optie snd_vaio_hack de waarde \n" "1 te geven of door deze kaart te configureren buiten X om. Doorgaan?\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 msgid "Error while saving '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan van '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" -#. list of error -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177 +#. list of error +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177 msgid "" "These errors occurred during saving configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -995,8 +977,8 @@ "Deze fouten zijn opgetreden tijdens het opslaan van de configuratie:\n" "%1" -#. information message - success -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180 +#. information message - success +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180 msgid "" "The sound card was successfully configured.\n" "It is now available for use.\n" @@ -1004,21 +986,21 @@ "De geluidskaart is met succes geconfigureerd.\n" "Het is nu gereed voor gebruik.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183 msgid "The sound configuration was saved." msgstr "De geluidsconfiguratie is opgeslagen." -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186 msgid "Error while saving file: %1 \n" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan van het bestand: %1 \n" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189 msgid "Error while setting volume.\n" msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van het volume.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 msgid "" "The sound volume and configuration\n" "for the sound card \n" @@ -1028,34 +1010,34 @@ "van de geluidskaart \n" "worden nu opgeslagen.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195 msgid "The sound configuration will be saved now." msgstr "De geluidsconfiguratie wordt nu opgeslagen." -#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198 +#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card" +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198 msgid "will be configured as the first sound card (%1)" msgstr "wordt geconfigureerd als de eerste geluidskaart (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199 msgid "will be configured as the second sound card (%1)" msgstr "wordt geconfigureerd als de tweede geluidskaart (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200 msgid "will be configured as the third sound card (%1)" msgstr "wordt geconfigureerd als de derde geluidskaart (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201 msgid "will be configured as the %2th sound card (%1)" msgstr "wordt geconfigureerd als de %2 -de geluidskaart (%1)" -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205 msgid "Install SoundFonts" msgstr "Geluidsfonts installeren" -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 msgid "" "Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \n" "your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" @@ -1063,7 +1045,7 @@ "Wilt u dat YaST2 de 'wavetable'-geluidsfonts installeert \n" "vanaf SoundBlaster Live! of de cd van AWE met apparaatstuurprogramma's?\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 msgid "" "Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\n" "in the CD-ROM drive.\n" @@ -1071,34 +1053,32 @@ "Plaats de fabrikant-CD van de Soundblaster Live!- of AWE-kaart\n" "in het CD-ROM-station.\n" -#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217 +#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217 msgid "%1 SoundFont-files have been installed in %2." msgstr "%1 SoundFont-bestanden zijn geïnstalleerd in %2." -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220 msgid "No SoundFont-files found." msgstr "Geen SoundFont-bestanden gevonden." -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221 msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?" msgstr "Wilt u van CD veranderen en het opnieuw proberen?" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222 msgid "" "'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \n" "For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n" "configure only the '%2'.\n" msgstr "" -"De '%1' en '%2' geluidskaarten zijn automatisch op uw systeem " -"gedetecteerd. \n" -"Voor een correcte werking dient u geluidskaart '%1' over te slaan en " -"alleen \n" +"De '%1' en '%2' geluidskaarten zijn automatisch op uw systeem gedetecteerd. \n" +"Voor een correcte werking dient u geluidskaart '%1' over te slaan en alleen \n" "'%2' te configureren.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 msgid "" "<P>\n" "Hardware detection found a new sound card. To configure it, \n" @@ -1108,12 +1088,11 @@ msgstr "" "<P>\n" "De hardware detectie heeft een nieuwe geluidskaart gevonden. Om deze \n" -"te configureren dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op " -"de \n" +"te configureren dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op de \n" "knop <B>Configureren<B> te drukken.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 msgid "" "<P>\n" "Press <B>Change</B> to configure cards already installed.\n" @@ -1123,7 +1102,7 @@ "Druk op <B>Wijzigen</B> om de reeds geïnstalleerde kaarten te configureren.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 msgid "" "<P>\n" "To save the current configuration, press <B>Finish</B>.\n" @@ -1133,23 +1112,22 @@ "Druk op <B>Voltooien</B> om de huidige configuratie op te slaan.\n" "</P>\n" -#. sound system dependent part: -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251 +#. sound system dependent part: +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251 msgid "<p><big><b>Sound Cards</b><big></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Geluidskaarten</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252 msgid "" "<P>Select an unconfigured card from the list and press <B>Edit</B> to\n" "configure it. If the card was not detected, press <B>Add</B> and\n" "configure the card manually.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Selecteer een niet-geconfigureerde kaart uit de lijst en klik op " -"<B>Bewerken</B> om het in te stellen.\n" +"<P>Selecteer een niet-geconfigureerde kaart uit de lijst en klik op <B>Bewerken</B> om het in te stellen.\n" "Als de kaart niet gedetecteerd is, klik dan op <B>Toevoegen</B> en stel\n" "de kaart handmatig in.</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 msgid "" "<P>\n" "To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n" @@ -1157,12 +1135,11 @@ "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" -"Om de configuratie van een kaart te wijzigen of verwijderen, selecteer de " -"kaart.\n" +"Om de configuratie van een kaart te wijzigen of verwijderen, selecteer de kaart.\n" "Klik daarna op <B>Wijzigen</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Other</b> to set the volume of the selected card or configure\n" @@ -1171,14 +1148,13 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Gebruik <b>Overig</b> om het volume van de geselecteerde kaart in te " -"stellen\n" +"Gebruik <b>Overig</b> om het volume van de geselecteerde kaart in te stellen\n" "of om de te laden module voor het afspelen van MIDI-bestanden in te\n" "stellen (<b>Sequencer starten</b>).\n" "Gebruik <b>Testgeluid afspelen</b> om de geselecteerde kaart te testen.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 msgid "" "<P>PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\n" "Use <B>PulseAudio Configuration</B> to enable or disable it.</P>\n" @@ -1186,34 +1162,29 @@ "<P>De PulseAudio-daemon kan gebruikt worden om geluid af te spelen.\n" "Gebruik <B>PulseAudio configuratie</B> om deze aan of uit te zetten.</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the primary device.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Het geluidsapparaat met index 0 is het standaardapparaat dat het systeem " -"en de programma's zullen gebruiken.\n" -"Gebruik <b>Overig</b> om het geselecteerde geluidsapparaat als het " -"standaardapparaat in te stellen.</p>" +"<p>Het geluidsapparaat met index 0 is het standaardapparaat dat het systeem en de programma's zullen gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik <b>Overig</b> om het geselecteerde geluidsapparaat als het standaardapparaat in te stellen.</p>" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" "De programma's die gebruik maken van OSS (Open Sound System) kunnen de\n" -"softwaremixer gebruiken door middel van de aoss-wrapper. Gebruik het " -"commando <tt>aoss <programmacommando></tt> om\n" +"softwaremixer gebruiken door middel van de aoss-wrapper. Gebruik het commando <tt>aoss <programmacommando></tt> om\n" " het programma te starten." -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 msgid "<p>An error has occurred. </p>" msgstr "<p>Er is een fout opgetreden. </p>" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the the problem persists, try passing \n" @@ -1229,7 +1200,7 @@ "een andere module.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" "This is the complete sound card list. Use the <b>Finish</b> button \n" @@ -1237,12 +1208,11 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Dit is de complete lijst met geluidskaarten. Druk op de knop <b>Afronden \n" +"Dit is de complete lijst met geluidskaarten. Druk op de knop <b>Afronden</b> \n" "om de geluidskaart informatie op te slaan.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Delete</b> to remove a configured sound card. \n" @@ -1250,70 +1220,68 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Met <b>Verwijderen</b> kunt u een geconfigureerde geluidskaart " -"verwijderen. \n" +"Met <b>Verwijderen</b> kunt u een geconfigureerde geluidskaart verwijderen. \n" "Met <b>Geluidskaart toevoegen</b> kunt u een geluidskaart toevoegen.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 msgid "<p>You can try to pass some <b>options</b> to the module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt proberen om enige <b>opties</b> door te geven aan de module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>U kunt proberen om enige <b>opties</b> door te geven aan de module.</p>" -#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' -#. will be configured as the first snd card" -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73 +#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' +#. will be configured as the first snd card" +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73 msgid "The sound card\n" msgstr "De geluidskaart\n" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86 msgid "&Quick automatic setup" msgstr "&Snelle automatische instelling" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94 msgid "Normal &setup" msgstr "Normale &instelling" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101 msgid "Advanced setup with possibility to change &options" msgstr "Geavanceerde instelling met de mogelijkheid om &opties te wijzigen" -#. dialog header -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123 msgid "Sound Card Configuration" msgstr "Geluidskaartconfiguratie" -#. volume slider label -#. volume slider label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62 +#. volume slider label +#. volume slider label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62 msgid "&Volume" msgstr "&Volume" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76 msgid "Settings for sound card" msgstr "Geluidskaartinstellingen" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82 msgid "Volume Adjust and Test" msgstr "Volumeniveau aanpassen en testen" -#. message label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93 +#. message label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93 msgid "Press 'Test' to start playing sound sample" msgstr "Klik op 'Test' om een geluidsfragment te laten horen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134 msgid "Sound Card Volume" msgstr "Geluidskaartvolume" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203 msgid "" "Please try to configure this sound card manually \n" "using the \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \n" @@ -1325,13 +1293,13 @@ "\"Cirrus Logic CS4236\" en configureer zijn \n" "parameters met behulp van de 'Geavanceerde instelling'." -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 msgid "An error occurred during the installation of" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de installatie van" -#. popup message: test audio file was not found -#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118 +#. popup message: test audio file was not found +#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118 msgid "" "Cannot find file:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1341,22 +1309,22 @@ " %1\n" "(test audio bestand)" -#. popup question -#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56 +#. popup question +#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u deze opgave wilt verwijderen?" -#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled) -#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 +#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled) +#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 +#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188 +#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188 msgid "" "It looks like probing the chip\n" "%1\n" @@ -1370,8 +1338,8 @@ "\n" "Wilt u de chip nu testen?\n" -#. label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263 +#. label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263 msgid "" "No card was found.\n" "Attempt to detect the presence some old chips?\n" @@ -1385,53 +1353,53 @@ "Waarschuwing: de test kan even wat tijd kosten\n" "en kan uw systeem onstabiel maken.\n" -#. selection box label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275 +#. selection box label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275 msgid "&Select the Drivers to Probe" msgstr "&Selecteer de te testen stuurprogramma's" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280 msgid "&Yes, Probe" msgstr "&Ja, testen" -#. popup dialog header -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304 +#. popup dialog header +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304 msgid "Probing:" msgstr "Testen van:" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309 msgid "Progress:" msgstr "Voortgang:" -#. label (%1 is name of the chip) -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339 +#. label (%1 is name of the chip) +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339 msgid "Card with %1 Chip" msgstr "Kaart met %1 chip" -#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617 +#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617 msgid "Required packages to install: %1" msgstr "Te installeren vereiste pakketten: %1" -#. separator for constructing package list -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619 +#. separator for constructing package list +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619 msgid ", " msgstr "," -#. sound Read dialog caption: -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632 +#. sound Read dialog caption: +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632 msgid "Initializing Sound Configuration" msgstr "De geluidsconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1' -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855 +#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1' +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855 msgid "Configured as %1." msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1." -#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards. -#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...] -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100 +#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards. +#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...] +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100 msgid "Sound card" msgstr "Geluidskaart" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,483 +14,483 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module -#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 +#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module +#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 msgid "Configuration of Squid cache proxy" msgstr "Configuratie van Squid-cacheproxy" -#. ***************** SRC ************************ -#. ***************** SRC END ******************** -#. ***************** DST ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 +#. ***************** SRC ************************ +#. ***************** SRC END ******************** +#. ***************** DST ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 msgid "Invalid values." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde." -#. ***************** DST END ******************** -#. ***************** MYIP ************************ -#. * Uses same functions as DST -#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 +#. ***************** DST END ******************** +#. ***************** MYIP ************************ +#. * Uses same functions as DST +#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 msgid "Domain Name must not be empty." msgstr "Domeinnaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* -#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. -#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** REGEXP *********************** -#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* +#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. +#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** REGEXP *********************** +#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 msgid "Regular Expression" msgstr "Reguliere expressie" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 msgid "Case Insensitive" msgstr "Hoofdletterongevoelig" -#. Universal verification function for regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 +#. Universal verification function for regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 msgid "Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "Reguliere expressie mag niet leeg zijn." -#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* -#. *************** TIME ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 +#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* +#. *************** TIME ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 msgid "You must select at least one day." msgstr "U moet minstens een dag selecteren." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 msgid "Time is not set in correct format." msgstr "De ingevulde tijd heeft een onjuiste indeling." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 msgid "From must be less than To." msgstr "Van moet kleiner zijn dan Tot." -#. *************** TIME END ********************* -#. *************** PORT ************************* -#. *************** PORT END ********************* -#. ************* MYPORT ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 +#. *************** TIME END ********************* +#. *************** PORT ************************* +#. *************** PORT END ********************* +#. ************* MYPORT ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 msgid "Invalid value." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde." -#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* -#. ************** PROTO ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 +#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* +#. ************** PROTO ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 msgid "Protocol must not be empty." msgstr "Protocol mag niet leeg zijn." -#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* -#. ************** HEADER ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 +#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* +#. ************** HEADER ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 msgid "Header Name and Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "Naam van de koptekst en reguliere expressie mogen niet leeg zijn." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 msgid "MAC Address must not be empty." msgstr "MAC-adres mag niet leeg zijn." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 msgid "Incorrect format of MAC Address." msgstr "Ongeldige MAC-adresindeling." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 msgid "Squid" msgstr "Squid" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Tijdens &opstarten" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "Hand&matig" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 msgid "Squid is running" msgstr "Squid is actief" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 msgid "Squid is not running" msgstr "Squid is niet actief" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 msgid "&Start Squid Now" msgstr "&Start Squid nu" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 msgid "S&top Squid Now" msgstr "S&top Squid nu" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "Instellingen &opslaan en Squid nu opnieuw starten" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 msgid "Start Squid Now" msgstr "Start Squid nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 msgid "Stop Squid Now" msgstr "Stop Squid nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en Squid nu opnieuw starten" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 msgid "Open Ports in Firewall" msgstr "Poorten in firewall openen" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 msgid "HTTP Ports Setting" msgstr "Instellingen van HTTP-poorten" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "HTTP Ports" msgstr "HTTP-poorten" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 msgid "Refresh Patterns Setting" msgstr "Patrooninstellingen vernieuwen" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Refresh Patterns" msgstr "Patronen vernieuwen" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Cache Setting" msgstr "Cache-instellingen" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 msgid "Cache Directory Setting" msgstr "Instelling van cachedirectory" -#. `HBox( -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), -#. `HBox( -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )), -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HSpacing(3) -#. ); -#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 +#. `HBox( +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), +#. `HBox( +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )), +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HSpacing(3) +#. ); +#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 msgid "Cache Directory" msgstr "Cachedirectory" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 msgid "Access Control Setting" msgstr "Instellingen voor toegangscontrole" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Access Control" msgstr "Toegangscontrole" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 msgid "Logging and Timeouts Setting" msgstr "Instellingen voor schrijven naar logboekbestand en timeouts" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "Schrijven naar logboekbestand en timeouts" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "Diverse instellingen" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diversen" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Host" msgstr "Host" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "Port" msgstr "Poort" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" -#. , _("Options") -#. table header, stands for minimum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 +#. , _("Options") +#. table header, stands for minimum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Min" msgstr "Min" -#. table header -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 +#. table header +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Percent" msgstr "Procent" -#. table header, stands for maximum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 +#. table header, stands for maximum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Max" msgstr "Max" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "C&ache Memory" msgstr "C&ache-geheugen" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Ma&x Object Size" msgstr "Ma&x objectgrootte" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "M&in Object Size" msgstr "M&in objectgrootte" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Swap &Low-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "Verwissel &laagwatermarkering (in procenten)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 msgid "Swap &High-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "Verwissel &hoogwatermarkering (in procenten)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Cache Replacement Policy" msgstr "&Cachevervangingsbeleid" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "&Memory Replacement Policy" msgstr "&Geheugenvervangingsbeleid" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "&Directory Name" msgstr "&Directorynaam" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&Size (in MB)" msgstr "&Grootte (in MB)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "L&evel 1 Directories" msgstr "N&iveau 1 directory's" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Le&vel 2 Directories" msgstr "Ni&veau 2 directory's" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "ACL Groups" msgstr "ACL-groepen" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Allow/Deny" msgstr "Toestaan/afwijzen" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Naar logboekbestand schrijven" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "&Access Log" msgstr "&Toegangslogboek" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Cache Log" msgstr "&Cachelogboek" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "Cache&opslaglogboek" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "Timeouts" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "Verbindings&timeouts" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "&Levensduur van client" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "Taa&l van de foutmeldingen" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "E-mail&adres van beheerder" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "Gebr&uik FTP-passieve modus" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 msgid "Access Log" msgstr "Toegangslogboek" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 msgid "Cache Log" msgstr "Cachelogboek" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 msgid "Cache Store Log" msgstr "Cacheopslaglogboek" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Eenheden" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 msgid "seconds" msgstr "Seconden" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 msgid "minutes" msgstr "minuten" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 msgid "hours" msgstr "uren" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 msgid "days" msgstr "Dagen" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -498,18 +498,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Initialiseren van de squid-configuratie</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -517,8 +516,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Squid-configuratie opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -530,8 +529,8 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 +#. Summary dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure Squid here.<br></p>\n" @@ -539,8 +538,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Squid-configuratie</big></b><br>\n" "Configureer Squid hier.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 +#. Ovreview dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n" @@ -550,8 +549,8 @@ "Een overzicht weergeven van geïnstalleerde squids en\n" "hun configuraties, indien nodig, bewerken.<br></p>\n" -#. Http Ports Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 +#. Http Ports Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>Define all ports where Squid will\n" "listen for clients' http requests.</p>\n" @@ -559,7 +558,7 @@ "<p>Alle poorten definiëren waar Squid op zal\n" "luisteren naar http-verzoeken van clients.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b>Host</b> can contain a hostname or IP address\n" "or remain empty.</p>\n" @@ -567,16 +566,14 @@ "<p><b>Host</b> mag een hostnaam bevatten of een IP-adres\n" "of het kan leeg blijven.</p>\n" -#. Cache Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"</p>\n" +#. Cache Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 +msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Patronen verversen</b> definieert de manier\n" "waarop Squid de objecten in de cache behandelt.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" @@ -584,7 +581,7 @@ "<p>De verversingspatronen worden gecontroleerd in de hier gegeven volgorde.\n" "De eerste die overeenkomt wordt gebruikt.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Min</b> determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" @@ -592,7 +589,7 @@ "<p><b>Min</b> bepaalt hoe lang (in minuten) een object als vers\n" "wordt beschouwd als er geen expliciete vervaltijd is gegeven.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b>Percent</b> is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n" "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" @@ -602,7 +599,7 @@ "sinds laatste wijziging). Een object zonder expliciete vervaltijd zal als\n" "vers worden beschouwd.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b>Max</b> is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" "expiry time will be considered fresh.</p>\n" @@ -610,25 +607,20 @@ "<p><b>Max</b> is de bovengrens van hoe lang objecten zonder een expliciete\n" "vervaltijd als vers zullen worden beschouwd.</p>\n" -#. Cache 2 Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Cachegeheugen</b> definieert de ideale hoeveelheid geheugen voor " -"objecten.</p>" +#. Cache 2 Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Cachegeheugen</b> definieert de ideale hoeveelheid geheugen voor objecten.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Object Size</b> defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Max objectgrootte</b> definieert de maximum grootte van op de schijf\n" -"te bewaren objecten. Grotere objecten zullen niet op schijf bewaard worden.\n" +"te bewaren objecten. Grotere objecten zullen niet op schijf bewaard worden.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Min Object Size</b> specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.</p>\n" @@ -636,7 +628,7 @@ "<p><b>Min objectgrootte</b> definieert de minimum grootte van objecten.\n" "Kleinere objecten zullen niet op schijf bewaard worden.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n" "<b>Swap Low-Water Mark</b> and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n" @@ -648,18 +640,15 @@ "<p>Vervanging begint als het wissel(schijf)gebruik boven de \n" "<b>Verwissel laagwatermarkering</b> is, met pogingen om het gebruik bij de \n" "<b>Verwissel laagwatermarkering</b>houden. Als wisselgebruik dicht bij de\n" -"<b>Verwissel hoogwatermarkering</b> komt dan wordt verwijdering " -"agressiever.\n" +"<b>Verwissel hoogwatermarkering</b> komt dan wordt verwijdering agressiever.\n" "Als het gebruik dicht bij de <b>Verwissel laagwatermarkering</b> zit dan\n" "wordt er telkens minder vervanging gedaan.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -684,8 +673,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Cache-vervangingsbeleid</b> bepaalt welke objecten vervangen worden\n" "als er schijfruimte nodig is.\n" -"<b>Geheugenvervangingsbeleid</b> specificeert de policy voor " -"objectvervanging in\n" +"<b>Geheugenvervangingsbeleid</b> specificeert de policy voor objectvervanging in\n" "geheugen wanneer ruimte voor nieuwe objecten niet beschikbaar is.\n" "Beleid zou kunnen zijn:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -708,125 +696,94 @@ "</table>\n" "</p>" -#. Cache Directory -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Directorynaam</b> definieert de topdirectory waar cachewisselbestanden " -"opgeslagen worden.</p>" +#. Cache Directory +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 +msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Directorynaam</b> definieert de topdirectory waar cachewisselbestanden opgeslagen worden.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Grootte</b> definieert de te gebruiken hoeveelheid schijfruimte (in " -"MB) onder deze directory.</p>" +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 +msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Grootte</b> definieert de te gebruiken hoeveelheid schijfruimte (in MB) onder deze directory.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Niveau-1 directories</b> definieert een aantal eerste niveau " -"subdirectories, \n" +"<p><b>Niveau-1 directories</b> definieert een aantal eerste niveau subdirectories, \n" "die aangemaakt worden onder de directory<b>Directorynaam</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Niveau-2 Directories</b> definiëert het aantal tweede niveau " -"subdirectories die aangemaakt zullen worden\n" +"<p><b>Niveau-2 Directories</b> definiëert het aantal tweede niveau subdirectories die aangemaakt zullen worden\n" "onder elk eerste niveau map.</p>\n" -#. ACL Groups -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Toegang tot de Squid-server kan gecontroleerd worden via <b>ACL-groepen.</p>" +#. ACL Groups +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 +msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Toegang tot de Squid-server kan gecontroleerd worden via <b>ACL-groepen</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ACL-groep</b> heeft verschillende typeringen en de beschrijving\n" "hangt van de specifieke typering af.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>In de <b>Toegangscontrole</b>tabel kan toegang geweigerd of toegestaan " -"worden voor ACL-groepen.\n" -"Als er meer ACL-groupen op één regel staan dan betekent dat dat toegang " -"wordt toegestaan\n" -"of geweigerd voor de leden die aan al deze ACL-groepen op hetzelfde moment " -"voldoen.</p>\n" +"<p>In de <b>Toegangscontrole</b>tabel kan toegang geweigerd of toegestaan worden voor ACL-groepen.\n" +"Als er meer ACL-groupen op één regel staan dan betekent dat dat toegang wordt toegestaan\n" +"of geweigerd voor de leden die aan al deze ACL-groepen op hetzelfde moment voldoen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Access Control</b> table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Een <b>Toegangscontrole</b> tabel wordt in de hier weergegeven volgorde " -"gecontroleerd.\n" +"<p>Een <b>Toegangscontrole</b> tabel wordt in de hier weergegeven volgorde gecontroleerd.\n" "De eerste die overeenkomt wordt gebruikt.</p>\n" -#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Toegangslog</b> definiëert het bestand waar activiteiten van clients " -"worden gelogd.</p>" +#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 +msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Toegangslog</b> definiëert het bestand waar activiteiten van clients worden gelogd.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Cache-log</b> definieert het bestand waarin algemene informatie over\n" "het gedrag van uw cache wordt gelogd.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Cache-opslaglog</b> definieert de locatie waar de transactielog van " -"alle\n" +"<p><b>Cache-opslaglog</b> definieert de locatie waar de transactielog van alle\n" "objecten die in de objectenopslag zitten evenals de tijd wanneer een object\n" "verwijderd wordt. Deze optie kan leeg zijn.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>With <b>Emulate httpd Log</b> specify that Squid writes its\n" "<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Met <b>Emuleer httpd-log</b> specificeert u dat Squid zijn\n" -"<b>Toegangslog</b> in het algemene HTTPD-logbestandsformaat wegschrijft.\n" +"<b>Toegangslog</b> in het algemene HTTPD-logbestandsformaat wegschrijft.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b>Connection Timeout</b> is an option to force Squid to close\n" "connections after a specified time.</p>" @@ -834,7 +791,7 @@ "<p><b>Verbindingstimeout</b> is een optie om Squid verbindingen\n" "te laten verbreken na een bepaalde tijd.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b>Client Lifetime</b> defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process.</p>" @@ -842,110 +799,109 @@ "<p><b>Clientlevensduur</b> definieert de maximumtijd dat een client\n" "(browser) verbonden mag blijven met het cacheproces.</p>" -#. Miscellaneous Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 +#. Miscellaneous Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's email</b> is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>E-mailadres beheerder</b> is het adres dat toegevoegd wordt aan elke\n" -"foutmeldingspagina die aan clients wordt getoond. Standaard ingesteld is de " -"webmaster.</p>\n" +"foutmeldingspagina die aan clients wordt getoond. Standaard ingesteld is de webmaster.</p>\n" -#. table cell -#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 +#. table cell +#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Transparent" msgstr "Transparant" -#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* -#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 +#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* +#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Add New HTTP Port" msgstr "Nieuwe HTTP-poort toevoegen" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Edit Current HTTP Port" msgstr "Huidige HTTP-poort bewerken" -#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** -#. **************** CACHE *********************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 +#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** +#. **************** CACHE *********************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Add New Refresh Pattern" msgstr "Voeg een nieuw vernieuwingspatroon toe" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Edit Current refresh Pattern" msgstr "Bewerk het huidige vernieuwingspatroon" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 msgid "Min (in minutes)" msgstr "Min (in minuten)" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Max (in minutes)" msgstr "Max (in minuten)" -#. **************** CACHE END ******************* -#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#. **************** CACHE END ******************* +#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Add New HTTP Access" msgstr "Voeg een nieuwe HTTP-toegang toe" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Edit HTTP Access" msgstr "HTTP-toegang bewerken" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Allow" msgstr "Toestaan" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Deny" msgstr "Blokkeren" -#. `VSpacing(), -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 +#. `VSpacing(), +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 msgid "O&pposite" msgstr "Tegen&overgestelde" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Add ACL" msgstr "ACL toevoegen" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 msgid "not" msgstr "niet" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Add New ACL Group" msgstr "Voeg een nieuwe ACL-groep toe" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Edit ACL Group" msgstr "ACL-groep bewerken" -#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "Poortnummers mogen niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 msgid "Host must contain valid IP address or hostname." msgstr "Host moet een geldig IP-adres of hostnaam bevatten." -#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 msgid "Regular expression must not be empty." msgstr "Reguliere expressie mag niet leeg zijn." -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 msgid "" "Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\n" "must be higher than Max Object Size.\n" @@ -953,26 +909,26 @@ "Cache-geheugen + grootte van Cache-directory\n" "moet meer zijn dan de Max Objectgrootte.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 msgid "Cache directory must not be empty." msgstr "Cachedirectory mag niet leeg zijn." -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** -#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** +#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 msgid "ACL table must not be empty." msgstr "ACL-tabel mag niet leeg zijn." -#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 +#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 msgid "ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n" msgstr "ACL-groep '%1' bestaat al met een verschillend type.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 msgid "ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n" msgstr "ACL-groep '%1' moet type '%2' hebben.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 msgid "" "If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\n" "delete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n" @@ -980,8 +936,8 @@ "Als u het type van deze ACL-groep wilt veranderen, dan moet\n" "u eerst de andere ACL-groepen met dezelfde naam verwijderen.\n" -#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 +#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 msgid "" "You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -989,7 +945,7 @@ "U kunt de naam van deze ACL-groep niet wijzigen omdat\n" "deze gebruikt wordt in de Toegangscontroletabel.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 msgid "" "If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\n" "delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." @@ -997,29 +953,26 @@ "Als u de naam van deze ACL-groep wilt veranderen dan moet u alle\n" "verwijzingen hiernaar in een Toegangscontroletabel verwijderen." -#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Als u de naam van deze ACL-groep wijzigt dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed " -"worden:\n" +#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "Als u de naam van deze ACL-groep wijzigt dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden:\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" msgstr "Naam toch wijzigen" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 msgid "Do not change name" msgstr "Naam niet wijzigen" -#. test, if name is filled -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 +#. test, if name is filled +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 msgid "Name must not be empty." msgstr "Naam mag niet leeg zijn." -#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 +#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 msgid "" "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -1027,652 +980,632 @@ "U mag deze ACL-groep niet verwijderen omdat \n" "deze gebruikt wordt in de Toegangscontroletabel.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Als u deze ACL-groep verwijdert dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden: \n" +msgstr "Als u deze ACL-groep verwijdert dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden: \n" -#. + -#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 +#. + +#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 msgid "Delete anyway" msgstr "Toch verwijderen" -#. Label::YesButton(), -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 +#. Label::YesButton(), +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 msgid "Do not delete" msgstr "Niet verwijderen" -#. ************* ACL END ************************ -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 +#. ************* ACL END ************************ +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "Toegangslogboek mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "Cachelogboek mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "Foute padnaam in het veld voor het toegangslogboek." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "Foute padnaam in het veld voor het cachelogboek." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "Foute padnaam in het veld voor het cacheopslaglogboek." -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "E-mailadres van beheerder mag geen witruimte bevatten." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 msgid "Squid Configuration" msgstr "Squid-configuratie" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. Read all squid settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 +#. Read all squid settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "Initialiseren van squid-configuratie" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "HTTP-poorten uit het configuratiebestand lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "Verversingspatronen uit het configuratiebestand lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "ACL-groepen uit het configuratiebestand lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "Toegangscontroletabel uit het configuratiebestand lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "Andere instellingen lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "Serverstatus lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "HTTP-poorten lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "Vernieuwingspatronen lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "ACL-groepen lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "Toegangscontroletabel lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "Andere instellingen worden gelezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "Serverstatus lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "Kan het configuratiebestand niet lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "Kan de serverstatus niet lezen." -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Squid opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "Service starten" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "Service starten..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." -#. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 +#. firewall +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Kan de firewallinstellingen niet opslaan." -#. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 +#. Header +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "Squid-cacheproxy" -#. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 +#. Start daemon +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "Daemon starten: " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" -#. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 +#. Http Ports +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "Geconfigureerde poorten:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (transparant)" -#. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 +#. Cache directory +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "Cachedirectory: " -#. ** -#. Unsupported ACLS: -#. * * * * * * * * * * * -#. ident, ident_regex, -#. src_as, dst_as, -#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, -#. snmp_community, -#. max_user_ip, -#. external, -#. urllogin, urlgroup -#. user_cert, ca_cert -#. ext_user -#. map of acl definition. format: -#. $[ -#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", -#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, -#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, -#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, -#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions -#. ] -#. ] -#. -#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) -#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() -#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 +#. ** +#. Unsupported ACLS: +#. * * * * * * * * * * * +#. ident, ident_regex, +#. src_as, dst_as, +#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, +#. snmp_community, +#. max_user_ip, +#. external, +#. urllogin, urlgroup +#. user_cert, ca_cert +#. ext_user +#. map of acl definition. format: +#. $[ +#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", +#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, +#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, +#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, +#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions +#. ] +#. ] +#. +#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) +#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() +#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 msgid "src" msgstr "bron" -#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), -#. `Label(" - "), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 +#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), +#. `Label(" - "), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 msgid "IP Address or Range of IP Addresses" msgstr "IP-adres of reeks IP-adressen" -#. `Label("/"), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 +#. `Label("/"), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "Netwerkmasker" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 msgid "The IP address of the requesting client." msgstr "Het IP-adres van de aanvragende client." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 msgid "dst" msgstr "bestemming" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 msgid "Destination IP Address." msgstr "IP-adres van bestemming." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 msgid "myip" msgstr "mijnip" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 msgid "Local IP Address" msgstr "Lokaal IP-adres" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 msgid "The local IP address on which the client connection exists." msgstr "Het lokale IP-adres waarop de clientverbinding bestaat." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 msgid "srcdomain" msgstr "brondomeinen" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 msgid "Clients Domain Name" msgstr "Domeinnaam van clients" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 msgid "This type matches the client's domain name." msgstr "Dit type komt overeen met de domeinnaam van de client." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 msgid "dstdomain" msgstr "bestemmingsdomein" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 msgid "Destination Domain" msgstr "Bestemmingsdomein" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." -msgstr "" -"Dit verwijst naar het bestemmingsdomein, dwz. het brondomein waar de " -"oorspronkelijke server zich bevindt." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "Dit verwijst naar het bestemmingsdomein, dwz. het brondomein waar de oorspronkelijke server zich bevindt." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." msgstr "Komt overeen met de domeinnaam van de client." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 msgid "Provides match for destination domain." msgstr "Levert een overeenkomst met het bestemmingsdomein." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 msgid "time" msgstr "Tijd" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dagen" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 msgid "Monday" msgstr "Maandag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "Dinsdag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "Woensdag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "Donderdag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 msgid "Friday" msgstr "Vrijdag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "Zaterdag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "Zondag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 msgid "From (H:M)" msgstr "Van (U:M)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 msgid "To (H:M)" msgstr "Tot (U:M)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL." msgstr "Komt overeen met een reguliere expressie op de complete URL." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" -msgstr "" -"Komt overeen met een URL-pad zonder enige informatie over protocol, poort of " -"hostnaam" +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "Komt overeen met een URL-pad zonder enige informatie over protocol, poort of hostnaam" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" msgstr "Poort" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 msgid "Port Number or Range of Ports" msgstr "Poortnummer of reeks poorten" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 msgid "Matches the destination port for the request." msgstr "Komt overeen met de bestemmingspoort van de aanvraag." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 msgid "myport" msgstr "mijnpoort" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Poortnummer" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 msgid "Provides match for local TCP port number." msgstr "Dit levert een overeenkomst met het lokale TCP-poortnummer." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 msgid "proto" msgstr "proto" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 msgid "Matches the protocol of the request." msgstr "Komt overeen met het protocol van de aanvraag." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 msgid "method" msgstr "methode" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 msgid "HTTP Method" msgstr "HTTP-methode" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 msgid "This type matches the HTTP method in the request headers." msgstr "Dit type komt overeen met de HTTP-methode in de aanvraagkoppen." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." -msgstr "" -"Een reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het type van de browser van de " -"client gebaseerd op de gebruikersagent-header." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "Een reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het type van de browser van de client gebaseerd op de gebruikersagent-header." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "Maximum aantal HTTP-verbindingen" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." -msgstr "" -"Komt overeen als het IP-adres van de client meer dan het gespecificeerde " -"aantal HTTP-verbindingen heeft gemaakt." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." +msgstr "Komt overeen als het IP-adres van de client meer dan het gespecificeerde aantal HTTP-verbindingen heeft gemaakt." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." msgstr "Komt overeen met de Verwijzende pagina-header." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "Naam van de koptekst" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 msgid "Regular Expression(s)" msgstr "Reguliere expressie(s)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." -msgstr "" -"Reguliere expressie die overeen komt met elk van de bekende verzoek-headers." +msgstr "Reguliere expressie die overeen komt met elk van de bekende verzoek-headers." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" -"Reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het mime-type van het ontvangen " -"antwoord door squid.\n" -"Kan gebruikt worden om een download van een bestand te detecteren of enige " -"typen HTTP-tunnelen-verzoeken.\n" +"Reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het mime-type van het ontvangen antwoord door squid.\n" +"Kan gebruikt worden om een download van een bestand te detecteren of enige typen HTTP-tunnelen-verzoeken.\n" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." msgstr "Komt overeen met het mime-type van het door de client gedane verzoek." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 msgid "Match the mime type of the reply received by Squid." msgstr "Komt overeen met het mime-type van het antwoord ontvangen door Squid." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC-adres" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching." msgstr "Ethernetadres (MAC-adres) komt overeen." -#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "Afrikaans" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisch" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" msgstr "Armeens" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 msgid "Azerbaijani" msgstr "Azeri, Azerbeidzjaans" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "Bulgaars" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "Catalaans" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tsjechisch" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Deens" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 msgid "German" msgstr "Duits" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grieks" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 msgid "English" msgstr "Engels" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spaans" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estisch" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" msgstr "Perzisch" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Fins" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 msgid "French" msgstr "Frans" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "Hebreeuws" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Hongaars" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "Indonesisch" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiaans" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japans" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreaans" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" msgstr "Lets" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litouws" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" msgstr "Maleis" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Nederlands" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 msgid "Occitan" msgstr "Occitaans" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Pools" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugees" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 msgid "Brazilian Portuguese" msgstr "Portugees (Brazilië)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Roemeens" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russisch" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slowaaks" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "Sloveens" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" msgstr "Servisch (Cyrillisch)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 msgid "Serbian Latin" msgstr "Servisch (Latijns)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Zweeds" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" msgstr "Thai" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turks" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Oekraïens" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" msgstr "Oezbeeks" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "Vietnamees" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Vereenvoudigd Chinees" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Traditioneel Chinees" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sshd.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sshd.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sshd.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,250 +14,250 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. SSHD read dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:155 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:175 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:78 +#. SSHD read dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:155 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:175 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:78 msgid "Initializing SSHD Configuration" msgstr "SSHD-configuratie initialiseren" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:161 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:181 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:84 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:161 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:181 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:84 msgid "Read current SSHD configuration" msgstr "Huidige SSHD-configuratie lezen" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:163 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:183 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:86 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:163 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:183 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:86 msgid "Read current SSHD state" msgstr "Huidige SSHD-status lezen" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:166 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:186 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:89 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:166 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:186 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:89 msgid "Reading current SSHD configuration..." msgstr "Huidige SSHD-configuratie lezen..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:168 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:188 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:91 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:168 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:188 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:91 msgid "Reading current SSHD state..." msgstr "Huidige SSHD-status lezen..." -#. Error message -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:186 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:206 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:109 +#. Error message +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:186 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:206 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:109 msgid "Cannot read current SSHD state." msgstr "De huidige SSHD-status kan niet worden gelezen." -#. SSHD read dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:204 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:224 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:127 +#. SSHD read dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:204 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:224 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:127 msgid "Saving SSHD Configuration" msgstr "SSHD-configuratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:210 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:230 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:133 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:210 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:230 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:133 msgid "Write the SSHD settings" msgstr "De SSHD-instellingen schrijven" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:212 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:232 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:135 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:212 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:232 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:135 msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" msgstr "De SSHD-service aanpassen" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:215 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:235 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:138 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:215 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:235 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:138 msgid "Writing the SSHD settings..." msgstr "De SSHD-instellingen worden geschreven..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:217 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:237 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:140 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:217 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:237 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:140 msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." msgstr "De SSHD-service wordt aangepast..." -#. Error message -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:228 -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:248 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:151 +#. Error message +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:228 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:248 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:151 msgid "Cannot write SSHD settings." msgstr "De SSHD-instellingen kunnen niet worden geschreven." -#. A popup dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:116 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:116 msgid "Add New Port" msgstr "Nieuwe poort toevoegen" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:119 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:119 msgid "Edit Current Port" msgstr "Huidige poort bewerken" -#. A text entry -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:121 +#. A text entry +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:121 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Poort" -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:144 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:144 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "Poortnummers mogen niet leeg zijn." -#. a dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:28 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:28 +#. a dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:28 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:28 msgid "SSHD Server Configuration" msgstr "SSHD-serverconfiguratie" -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:31 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:31 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:31 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:31 msgid "SSHD TCP Ports" msgstr "SSHD-TCP-poorten" -#. a push button -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:40 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:40 +#. a push button +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:40 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:40 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "Toe&voegen..." -#. a push button -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:42 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:42 +#. a push button +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:42 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:42 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&Wijzigen..." -#. a push button -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:44 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:44 +#. a push button +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:44 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:44 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Verwijderen" -#. a dialog frame caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:49 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:49 +#. a dialog frame caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:49 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:49 msgid "Server Features" msgstr "Servereigenschappen" -#. a check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:52 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:52 +#. a check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:52 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:52 msgid "Allow &TCP Forwarding" msgstr "&TCP-forwarding toestaan" -#. a check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:54 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:54 +#. a check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:54 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:54 msgid "Allow &X11 Forwarding" msgstr "&X11-forwarding toestaan" -#. a check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:56 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:56 +#. a check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:56 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:56 msgid "Allow &Compression" msgstr "&Compressie toestaan" -#. a dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:106 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:100 +#. a dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:106 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:100 msgid "SSHD Server Login Settings" msgstr "Aanmeldingsinstellingen voor SSHD-server" -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:110 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:104 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:110 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:104 msgid "General Login Settings" msgstr "Algemene aanmeldinstellingen" -#. A check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:113 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:107 +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:113 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:107 msgid "Print &Message of the Day After Login" msgstr "Bericht van de dag weergeven na aan&melden" -#. A check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:115 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:109 +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:115 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:109 msgid "Permi&t Root Login" msgstr "Root-aanmelding &toestaan" -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:120 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:114 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:120 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:114 msgid "Authentication Settings" msgstr "Verificatie-instellingen" -#. A text entry -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:123 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:117 +#. A text entry +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:123 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:117 msgid "Ma&ximum Authentication Tries" msgstr "Ma&ximum aantal verificatiepogingen" -#. A check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:125 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:119 +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:125 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:119 msgid "Pa&sswordAuthentication" msgstr "Wa&chtwoordverificatie" -#. A check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:127 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:121 +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:127 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:121 msgid "RSA Authenti&cation" msgstr "RSA-verifi&catie" -#. A check box -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:129 -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:123 +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:129 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:123 msgid "Public &Key Authentication" msgstr "Openbare-&sleutelverificatie" -#. Sshd read dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:28 +#. Sshd read dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:28 msgid "Initializing sshd Configuration" msgstr "SSHD-configuratie initialiseren" -#. Sshd write dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:53 +#. Sshd write dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:53 msgid "Saving sshd Configuration" msgstr "SSHD-configuratie opslaan" -#. Sshd overview dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:56 +#. Sshd overview dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:56 msgid "Sshd Overview" msgstr "SSHD-samenvatting" -#. Table header -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 +#. Table header +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" msgstr "Nummer" -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" msgstr "SSHD" -#. Sshd configure1 dialog caption -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:25 +#. Sshd configure1 dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:25 msgid "</command>Sshd Configuration<command>" msgstr "</command>SSHD-configuratie<command>" -#. Sshd configure1 dialog contents -#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:28 +#. Sshd configure1 dialog contents +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:28 msgid "First part of configuration of sshd" msgstr "Eerste gedeelte van SSHD-configuratie" -#. Read dialog help -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 +#. Read dialog help +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -265,8 +265,8 @@ "<p><b><big>SSHD-configuratie initialiseren</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 +#. Write dialog help +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -274,8 +274,8 @@ "<p><b><big>SSHD-configuratie opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "Een ogenblik geduld...<br></p>" -#. Server Configuration dialog help -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:26 +#. Server Configuration dialog help +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:26 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure SSHD here.<br></p>" @@ -283,8 +283,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Serverconfiguratie</big></b><br>\n" "Configureer SSHD hier.<br></p>" -#. Login Settings dialog help -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 +#. Login Settings dialog help +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Configure SSHD login settings here.<br></p>" @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Aanmeldingsinstellingen</big></b><br>\n" "Configureer SSHD-aanmeldingsinstellingen hier.<br></p>" -#. Command line help text for the Xsshd module -#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/sshd.ycp:32 +#. Command line help text for the Xsshd module +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/sshd.ycp:32 msgid "Configuration of sshd" msgstr "Configuratie van sshd" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sudo.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sudo.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sudo.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,362 +14,352 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module -#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module +#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of sudo" msgstr "Configuratie van sudo" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 msgid "" "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n" "(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n" "or single integer in the range 0 - 32" msgstr "" "Een geldig netmasker is opgebouwd uit\n" -"4 hele getallen in het bereik van 128 - 255, van elkaar gescheiden door " -"punten\n" +"4 hele getallen in het bereik van 128 - 255, van elkaar gescheiden door punten\n" "of een enkelvoudig heel getal in het bereik 0 - 32." -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 msgid "Add New Host to the Alias" msgstr "Nieuwe host toevoegen aan alias" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 msgid "Hostname or Network" msgstr "Hostnaam of netwerk" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 msgid "Add New User to the Alias" msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker toevoegen aan alias" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 msgid "Local and System Users (Groups)" msgstr "Lokale- en systeemgebruikers (groepen)" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 msgid "File, directory or command alias '%1' does not exist." msgstr "Bestand, directory of opdrachtalias %1 bestaat niet." -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 msgid "Add new command with optional parameters" msgstr "Nieuwe opdracht toevoegen met optionele parameters" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Command" msgstr "Opdracht" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Bladeren" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 msgid "Parameters (optional)" msgstr "Parameter (optioneel)" -#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 +#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"Het opslaan van de configuratie van sudo is mislukt. Wilt u de instellingen " -"wijzigen?" +msgstr "Het opslaan van de configuratie van sudo is mislukt. Wilt u de instellingen wijzigen?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 msgid "New Command Alias" msgstr "Nieuw opdrachtalias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 msgid "Existing Command Alias" msgstr "Bestaande opdrachtaliassen" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 msgid "Alias Name (in CAPITALS)" msgstr "Aliasnaam (in HOOFDLETTERS)" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 msgid "Command Names or Directories in the Alias" msgstr "Opdrachtnamen of directory's in de alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Parameters" msgstr "Parameters" -#. next -#. next -#. next -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 +#. next +#. next +#. next +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 msgid "Alias name must not be empty." msgstr "Aliasnaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists" msgstr "De alias genaamd '%1' bestaat al." -#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 +#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 msgid "Alias must have at least one member." msgstr "Alias moet minstens één nummer hebben." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 msgid "New Host Alias" msgstr "Nieuwe hostalias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 msgid "Existing Host Alias" msgstr "Bestaande hostaliassen" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 msgid "Hostnames or Networks in the Alias" msgstr "Hostnamen en netwerken in dit alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 msgid "Hostnames/Networks" msgstr "Hostnamen/netwerken" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 msgid "New RunAs Alias" msgstr "Nieuw RunAs-alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 msgid "Existing RunAs Alias" msgstr "Bestaand RunAs-alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 msgid "Alias Members" msgstr "Aliasleden" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 msgid "New Sudo Rule" msgstr "Nieuwe sudo-regel" -#. Setting default values -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 +#. Setting default values +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 msgid "Existing Sudo Rule " msgstr "Bestaande sudo-regel " -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 msgid "User, Group or User Alias" msgstr "Gebruiker, groep of gebruikersalias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 msgid "Host or Host Alias" msgstr "Host of hostalias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 msgid "RunAs or RunAs Alias" msgstr "RunAs of RunAs-alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 msgid "No Password" msgstr "Geen wachtwoord" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 msgid "Commands to Run" msgstr "Opdrachten om uit te voeren" -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 msgid "Username must not be empty." msgstr "Gebruikersnaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 msgid "Hostname must not be empty." msgstr "Hostnaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 msgid "Command list must have at least one entry." msgstr "Lijst met commando's dient minstens één item te bevatten." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 msgid "New User Alias" msgstr "Nieuwe gebruikersalias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 msgid "Existing User Alias" msgstr "Bestaande gebruikersalias" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Sudo Configuration" msgstr "Sudo-configuratie" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Users" msgstr "Gebruikers" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "Hosts" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "RunAs" msgstr "RunAs" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NOPASSWD" msgstr "NOPASSWD" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Commands" msgstr "Opdrachten" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Up" msgstr "Omhoog" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Down" msgstr "Omlaag" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "Rules for sudo" msgstr "Regels voor sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Rules for sudo " msgstr "Regels voor sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Alias Name" msgstr "Aliasnaam" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Members" msgstr "Leden" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "User Aliases" msgstr "Gebruikersaliassen" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "RunAs Aliases" msgstr "RunAs-aliassen" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "Hostaliassen" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Command Aliases" msgstr "Opdrachtaliassen" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#. current_alias_name = ""; -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 +#. current_alias_name = ""; +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Hostalias %1 wordt gebruikt in één van de sudo-regels.\n" -"Het verwijderen ervan kan leiden tot een inconsistent sudo-" -"configuratiebestand.\n" +"Het verwijderen ervan kan leiden tot een inconsistent sudo-configuratiebestand.\n" "Wilt u het toch verwijderen?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Gebruikeralias %1 wordt gebruikt in één van de sudo regels.\n" "Verwijderen kan leiden tot een inconsistent sudo-configuratiebestand.\n" "Wilt u het toch verwijderen?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "RunAs-alias %1 wordt gebruikt in één van de sudo regels.\n" -"Het verwijderen ervan kan leiden tot een inconsistent sudo-" -"configuratiebestand.\n" +"Het verwijderen ervan kan leiden tot een inconsistent sudo-configuratiebestand.\n" "Wilt u het toch verwijderen?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Commandoalias %1 wordt gebruikt in één van de sudo regels.\n" -"Het verwijderen ervan kan leiden tot een inconsistent sudo-" -"configuratiebestand.\n" +"Het verwijderen ervan kan leiden tot een inconsistent sudo-configuratiebestand.\n" "Wilt u het toch verwijderen?\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -377,18 +367,17 @@ "<p><b><big>De sudo-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -396,8 +385,8 @@ "<p><b><big>sudo-configuratie opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -409,8 +398,8 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of het veilig is om dit te doen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. User Specification help 1/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 +#. User Specification help 1/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\n" "\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" @@ -430,8 +419,8 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 2/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 +#. User Specification help 2/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" "\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" @@ -446,14 +435,12 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 3/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 +#. User Specification help 3/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -466,8 +453,8 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 4/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 +#. User Specification help 4/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" "\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \n" @@ -479,8 +466,8 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate \n" "\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" @@ -493,37 +480,31 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> " -"button.\n" +"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een bestaande regel wilt wijzigen, selecteert u een item in de " -"tabel\n" -"\ten klikt u op de knop <b>Bewerken</b>. Als u een geselecteerd item wilt " -"verwijderen,\n" +"<p>Als u een bestaande regel wilt wijzigen, selecteert u een item in de tabel\n" +"\ten klikt u op de knop <b>Bewerken</b>. Als u een geselecteerd item wilt verwijderen,\n" "\tklikt u op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 +#. Single User Specification help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>De <b>Gebruikersnaam of alias</b> mag worden opgegeven door een " -"eenduidige gebruikersnaam (bijv. foo), groepsnaam voorafgegaan door\n" +"<p>De <b>Gebruikersnaam of alias</b> mag worden opgegeven door een eenduidige gebruikersnaam (bijv. foo), groepsnaam voorafgegaan door\n" "\t'%' (bijv. %bar), of gebruikersaliasnaam. Als\n" "\tsteekwoord 'ALL' wordt gebruikt, dan staat deze voor elke gebruiker. \n" "\tKies in het vervolgkeuzemenu een van de bestaande gebruikers, groepen en\n" @@ -531,16 +512,12 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com), single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com), single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -555,62 +532,50 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 +#. Single User Specification help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>RunAS-gebruikersnaam of alias</b> is een optionele parameter die een\n" "\tgebruiker specificeert waarvan de toegangsrechten worden gebruikt\n" -"\tom een bepaalde opdracht uit te voeren. Indien leeg is gebruiker <b>root \tde standaardgebruiker.\n" +"\tom een bepaalde opdracht uit te voeren. Indien leeg is gebruiker <b>root</b> \tde standaardgebruiker.\n" "\t Dit kan wederom een enkelvoudige gebruikersnaam, groepsnaam voorafgegaan\n" "\tdoor '%' of run_as-aliasnaam zijn.\n" -"\tKies in het vervolgkeuzemenu uit bestaande gebruikers, groepen en aliassen " -"of voer\n" +"\tKies in het vervolgkeuzemenu uit bestaande gebruikers, groepen en aliassen of voer\n" "\tuw eigen waarde in.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 +#. Single User Specification help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Geen wachtwoord</b> is een optionele tag. Normaliter dienen " -"gebruikers\n" +"<p><b>Geen wachtwoord</b> is een optionele tag. Normaliter dienen gebruikers\n" "\tzichzelf te verifieren (bijv. door hun eigen wachtwoord op te geven, ipv\n" "\tdie van root) voordat ze een bepaald commando kunnen uitvoeren.\n" -"\tZet de tag 'Geen wachtwoord' op 'Ja' als u deze verificatie wilt " -"uitschakelen.\n" +"\tZet de tag 'Geen wachtwoord' op 'Ja' als u deze verificatie wilt uitschakelen.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 +#. Single User Specification help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -619,412 +584,330 @@ "\t(optioneel met parameters), directory's en opdrachtaliassen die een\n" "\tbepaalde gebruiker mag uitvoeren. Als een directorynaam wordt gebruikt, \n" "\tdan kunnen alle opdrachten in die directory worden uitgevoerd.\n" -"\tOok hier staat het steekwoord 'ALL' voor elke opdracht. Gebruik het dus " -"met zorg.\n" +"\tOok hier staat het steekwoord 'ALL' voor elke opdracht. Gebruik het dus met zorg.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Als u een nieuwe opdracht wilt toevoegen, klikt u op de knop <b>Toevoegen, vult u de naam van de opdracht in met eventuele parameters en klikt u " -"op \n" -"\t<b>OK</b>. Als u een opdracht wilt verwijderen, selecteert u het " -"bijhorende item\n" +"Als u een nieuwe opdracht wilt toevoegen, klikt u op de knop <b>Toevoegen</b>, vult u de naam van de opdracht in met eventuele parameters en klikt u op \n" +"\t<b>OK</b>. Als u een opdracht wilt verwijderen, selecteert u het bijhorende item\n" "\tin de tabel en klikt u op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 +#. User Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Gebruikersaliassen</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn deze dialoog kunt u gebruikersaliassen instellen. Gebruikersalias is " -"een set gebruikers\n" +"\tIn deze dialoog kunt u gebruikersaliassen instellen. Gebruikersalias is een set gebruikers\n" "\tdie een eenduidige naam heeft gekregen. De naam wordt later gebruikt om\n" "\tin de sudo-configuratie te refereren naar alle gebruikers in deze set.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 +#. User Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een gebruikersalias wilt toevoegen, klikt u op de knop " -"<b>Toevoegen</b> en vult u de benodigde velden in.\n" +"<p>Als u een gebruikersalias wilt toevoegen, klikt u op de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> en vult u de benodigde velden in.\n" "\tDe velden voor de aliasnaam en lijst met gebruikers mogen niet leeg zijn.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 +#. User Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een bestaande gebruikersalias wilt bewerken, selecteert u een item " -"in de\n" +"<p>Als u een bestaande gebruikersalias wilt bewerken, selecteert u een item in de\n" "\ttabel en klikt u op de knop <b>Bewerken</b>.\n" -"\tAls u het geselecteerde item wilt verwijderen, klikt u op de knop " -"<b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" +"\tAls u het geselecteerde item wilt verwijderen, klikt u op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 +#. Host Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Hostaliassen</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn deze dialoog kunt u hostaliassen instellen. Hostalias is een set hosts " -"die een \n" +"\tIn deze dialoog kunt u hostaliassen instellen. Hostalias is een set hosts die een \n" "\teenduidige naam heeft gekregen.\n" -"\tDe naam wordt later gebruikt om in de sudo-configuratie te refereren naar " -"alle hosts in deze set.\n" +"\tDe naam wordt later gebruikt om in de sudo-configuratie te refereren naar alle hosts in deze set.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 +#. Host Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een nieuwe hostalias toe te voegen, klikt u op de knop " -"<b>Toevoegen</b>\n" +"<p>Als u een nieuwe hostalias toe te voegen, klikt u op de knop <b>Toevoegen</b>\n" "\ten vult de benodigde velden in.\n" "\tDe velden voor de aliasnaam en lijst met hosts mogen niet leeg zijn.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 +#. Host Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een bestaande hostalias wilt wijzigen, selecteert u een item in de " -"tabel\n" +"<p>Als u een bestaande hostalias wilt wijzigen, selecteert u een item in de tabel\n" "\ten klikt u op de knop <b>Bewerken</b>.\n" -"\tAls u het geselecteerde item wilt verwijderen, klikt u op de knop " -"<b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" +"\tAls u het geselecteerde item wilt verwijderen, klikt u op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 +#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>RunAs-aliassen</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn deze dialoog kunt u de RunAs-aliassen instellen. RunAs-alias is een set " -"gebruikers\n" +"\tIn deze dialoog kunt u de RunAs-aliassen instellen. RunAs-alias is een set gebruikers\n" "\tdie een eenduidige naam heeft gekregen. De naam wordt later gebruikt om\n" "\tin de sudo-configuratie naar alle gebruikers in deze set te refereren.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 +#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een nieuw RunAs-alias wilt toevoegen, klikt u op de knop " -"<b>Toevoegen</b>\n" +"<p>Als u een nieuw RunAs-alias wilt toevoegen, klikt u op de knop <b>Toevoegen</b>\n" "\ten vult u de benodigde velden in.\n" -"\tDe velden voor de aliasnaam en lijst met gebruikers in de alias mogen niet " -"leeg zijn.\n" +"\tDe velden voor de aliasnaam en lijst met gebruikers in de alias mogen niet leeg zijn.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 +#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een bestaand RunAs-alias wilt wijzigen, selecteert u een item in de " -"tabel\n" +"<p>Als u een bestaand RunAs-alias wilt wijzigen, selecteert u een item in de tabel\n" "\ten klikt u op de knop <b>Bewerken</b>.\n" -"\tAls u het geselecteerde item wilt verwijderen, klikt u op de knop " -"<b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" +"\tAls u het geselecteerde item wilt verwijderen, klikt u op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 +#. Command Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opdrachtaliassen</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn deze dialoog kunt u opdrachtaliassen instellen. Een opdrachtalias is " -"een set\n" +"\tIn deze dialoog kunt u opdrachtaliassen instellen. Een opdrachtalias is een set\n" "\tvan opdrachten (optioneel met parameters) die een eenduidige naam heeft\n" -"\tgekregen. Deze naam wordt gebruikt om in de sudo-configuratie te " -"refereren\n" +"\tgekregen. Deze naam wordt gebruikt om in de sudo-configuratie te refereren\n" "\tnaar alle opdrachten in deze set.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 +#. Command Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een nieuwe opdrachtalias wilt toevoegen, klikt u op de knop " -"<b>Toevoegen</b> en vult u de benodigde velden in.\n" -"\tDe naam van de alias en de lijst met opdrachten in de alias mogen niet " -"leeg zijn.\n" +"<p>Als u een nieuwe opdrachtalias wilt toevoegen, klikt u op de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> en vult u de benodigde velden in.\n" +"\tDe naam van de alias en de lijst met opdrachten in de alias mogen niet leeg zijn.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 +#. Command Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Als u een bestaande alias wilt wijzigen, selecteert u een item in de " -"tabel en klikt u\n" +"<p>Als u een bestaande alias wilt wijzigen, selecteert u een item in de tabel en klikt u\n" "op de knop <b>Bewerken</b>.\n" -"\tAls u het geselecteerde item wilt verwijderen, klikt u op de knop " -"<b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" +"\tAls u het geselecteerde item wilt verwijderen, klikt u op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 +#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Gebruikersalias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tDe gebruikersalias bestaat uit één of meer gebruikers, systeemgroepen " -"(voorafgegaan door '%') of andere gebruikersaliassen.\n" -"\tDe alias krijgt een eenduidige naam (die mag alleen bestaan uit " -"hoofdletters, cijfers en onderstreepjes). Deze naam wordt gebruikt om naar " -"alle gebruikers in deze alias te refereren.</p>\n" +"\tDe gebruikersalias bestaat uit één of meer gebruikers, systeemgroepen (voorafgegaan door '%') of andere gebruikersaliassen.\n" +"\tDe alias krijgt een eenduidige naam (die mag alleen bestaan uit hoofdletters, cijfers en onderstreepjes). Deze naam wordt gebruikt om naar alle gebruikers in deze alias te refereren.</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"<b>Add</b> button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>Voer een unieke naam in het tekstveld <b>Aliasnaam</b>. Als u gebruikers\n" -"\tof groepen aan de alias toe wilt voegen, kiest u de gebruikers- of " -"groepsnaam\n" +"\tof groepen aan de alias toe wilt voegen, kiest u de gebruikers- of groepsnaam\n" "\tin het vervolgkeuzemenu en klikt u op de knop <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n" -"\tAls u een gebruiker uit de alias wilt verwijderen, selecteert u het " -"bijhorende item\n" -"\tin de tabel en klikt u op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>. Als u de " -"configuratie\n" +"\tAls u een gebruiker uit de alias wilt verwijderen, selecteert u het bijhorende item\n" +"\tin de tabel en klikt u op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>. Als u de configuratie\n" "\taf wilt ronden, klikt op <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 -#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 +#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 +#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<b>Opmerking:</b> Aliasnaam mag niet leeg zijn. Elke alias dient minstens " -"één gebruiker te bevatten.\n" +"<b>Opmerking:</b> Aliasnaam mag niet leeg zijn. Elke alias dient minstens één gebruiker te bevatten.\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 +#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Hostalias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tHostalias bestaat uit één of meer hostnamen, enkelvoudige IP-adressen, IP-" -"adressen met netmasker opgebouwd uit vier getallen (bijv. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0),of \n" -"CIDR-nummer van bits-notatie (bijv. 192.168.0.0/24), of andere " -"hostaliassen.\n" -"Het is een eenduidige naam (mag alleen hoofdletters, cijfers en underscores " -"bevatten)\n" +"\tHostalias bestaat uit één of meer hostnamen, enkelvoudige IP-adressen, IP-adressen met netmasker opgebouwd uit vier getallen (bijv. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0),of \n" +"CIDR-nummer van bits-notatie (bijv. 192.168.0.0/24), of andere hostaliassen.\n" +"Het is een eenduidige naam (mag alleen hoofdletters, cijfers en underscores bevatten)\n" "die gebruikt wordt om naar alle hosts in deze alias te refereren.\n" "</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 +#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>Geef een unieke naam op in het veld <b>Aliasnaam</b>. Als u hosts aan\n" -"de alias toe wilt voegen, klikt u op de knop <b>Toevoegen</b>. In het " -"venster dat\n" -"geopend wordt, kunt u een geldige hostnaam of IP-adres invoeren en " -"vervolgens\n" +"de alias toe wilt voegen, klikt u op de knop <b>Toevoegen</b>. In het venster dat\n" +"geopend wordt, kunt u een geldige hostnaam of IP-adres invoeren en vervolgens\n" "op <b>OK</b> klikken.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 +#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Als u een host uit de alias wilt verwijderen, klikt u op het bijhorende item " -"in de tabel\n" -"en vervolgens op de knop  <b>Verwijderen</b>. Als u de configuratie wilt " -"afronden, \n" +"Als u een host uit de alias wilt verwijderen, klikt u op het bijhorende item in de tabel\n" +"en vervolgens op de knop  <b>Verwijderen</b>. Als u de configuratie wilt afronden, \n" "klikt u op <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 +#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>RunAs-alias</big></b><br>\n" -"RunAs-alias is te vergelijken met gebruikersalias. Ze bestaat uit één of " -"meer\n" -"gebruikers, systeemgroepen (voorafgegaan door '%') of andere RunAs-" -"aliassen.\n" -"Ze heeft een eenduidige naam (mag alleen hoofdletters, cijfers en " -"onderstreepjes zijn)\n" +"RunAs-alias is te vergelijken met gebruikersalias. Ze bestaat uit één of meer\n" +"gebruikers, systeemgroepen (voorafgegaan door '%') of andere RunAs-aliassen.\n" +"Ze heeft een eenduidige naam (mag alleen hoofdletters, cijfers en onderstreepjes zijn)\n" "die gebruikt kan worden om naar alle gebruikers in deze alias te refereren.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 +#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opdrachtalias</big></b><br>\n" -"Een opdrachtalias is een lijst van één of meer opdrachten (optioneel met " -"parameters), directory's of andere opdrachtaliassen. Ze krijgt een\n" -"eenduidige naam (mag alleen hoofdletters, cijfers en onderstreepjes " -"bevatten)\n" +"Een opdrachtalias is een lijst van één of meer opdrachten (optioneel met parameters), directory's of andere opdrachtaliassen. Ze krijgt een\n" +"eenduidige naam (mag alleen hoofdletters, cijfers en onderstreepjes bevatten)\n" "die gebruikt kan worden om te refereren naar alle opdrachten in deze alias.\n" "Een opdracht kan optioneel één of meer parameters bevatten. \n" "Wanneer deze zijn opgegeven kunnen de opdrachten alleen met deze \n" @@ -1033,57 +916,47 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 +#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>Voer een unieke naam in het tekstveld <b>Aliasnaam</b>. Om een nieuw\n" "commando aan de alias toe te voegen, klik op de knop <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n" -"In het venster dat geopend wordt, kunt u de commandonaam invoeren (of " -"selecteren\n" +"In het venster dat geopend wordt, kunt u de commandonaam invoeren (of selecteren\n" "in de bestandskiezer door op de knop <b>Bladeren</b> te klikken).\n" "Aanvullend kunt u parameters invoeren in het tekstveld <b>Parameters</b>.\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 +#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Als u een opdracht uit de alias wilt verwijderen, selecteert u het " -"bijhorende item\n" -"in de tabel en klikt op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>. Als u de configuratie " -"wilt afronden,\n" +"Als u een opdracht uit de alias wilt verwijderen, selecteert u het bijhorende item\n" +"in de tabel en klikt op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>. Als u de configuratie wilt afronden,\n" "klikt u op <b>OK</b>\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; -#. } -#. else { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; -#. } -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" -msgstr "" -"Deze regel is een systeemregel die nodig is voor de juiste werking van " -"sudo.\n" +#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; +#. } +#. else { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; +#. } +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgstr "Deze regel is een systeemregel die nodig is voor de juiste werking van sudo.\n" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 msgid "" "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really delete?" @@ -1091,7 +964,7 @@ "Als u die verwijdert, kunnen enkele programma's mogelijk niet langer werken\n" "Toch verwijderen?" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 msgid "" "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really edit? " @@ -1099,34 +972,32 @@ "Als u die wijzigt, kan het zijn dat enkele programma's niet meer werken.\n" "Toch bewerken?" -#. end Commands -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" -msgstr "" -"Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan. Wilt u sudo sluiten zonder opslaan?" +#. end Commands +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan. Wilt u sudo sluiten zonder opslaan?" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 msgid "An error occurred while reading users and groups." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het lezen van gebruikers en groepen." -#. Sudo read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 +#. Sudo read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 msgid "Saving sudo Configuration" msgstr "Sudo-configuratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen schrijven" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden geschreven..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet schrijven." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,70 +14,68 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module -#: src/clients/support.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module +#: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" msgstr "Configuratie van ondersteuning" -#. Rich text title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" msgstr "Ondersteuning" -#. Menu title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" msgstr "Onder&steuning" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Dialoog met overzicht van ondersteuningsconfiguratie" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "SUSE Support Center openen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." -msgstr "" -"Hiermee wordt via de browser verbinding gemaakt met de SUSE Support Center " -"Portal." +msgstr "Hiermee wordt via de browser verbinding gemaakt met de SUSE Support Center Portal." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "Openen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "Gegevens verzamelen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "Hiermee wordt een tarball met de verzamelde logboekbestanden gemaakt." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "Een rapportage-tarball maken" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "Uploaden van gegevens" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "Hiermee worden de verzamelde logboeken geüpload naar de opgegeven URL." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "Uploaden" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "Er is geen geïnstalleerde browser gevonden." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -89,192 +87,189 @@ "%1.\n" "Wilt u de webbrowser starten?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Dialoog voor uploaden van ondersteuningsconfiguratie" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Opslaan als" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "Directory voor opslaan" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "Pakket met log-bestanden" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "Tarball met logboekbestanden uploaden naar URL" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "Uploaddoel" -#. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 +#. } +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet schrijven" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet schrijven." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "Kies de directory waar u tarball wilt opslaan" -#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "Kies tarball-bestand met log-bestanden" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Ondersteuningsconfig-parameterconfiguratie" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "Maak een volledige bestandslijst van '/'" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "Geen gedetailleerde schijfinformatie en scans" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "Zoekt in het root-bestandssysteem naar eDirectory-structuren" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "Sluit de volledige lijst SLP-services in" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" -msgstr "" -"Hiermee wordt een 'rpm -V' voor uitgevoerd voor elke geïnstalleerde rpm" +msgstr "Hiermee wordt een 'rpm -V' voor uitgevoerd voor elke geïnstalleerde rpm" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" -msgstr "" -"Alle regels van logboekbestanden opnemen en aanvullende gedraaide logboeken " -"verzamelen" +msgstr "Alle regels van logboekbestanden opnemen en aanvullende gedraaide logboeken verzamelen" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "Gebruik standaarden (negeer /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "Activeert alle ondersteuningsfuncties" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "Verzamel alleen een minimum aan informatie" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "Gebruik de aangepaste instelling (Expert)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinstellingen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" -#. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 +#. Support overview dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Ondersteuningsconfig-expertconfiguratie" -#. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 +#. FIXME table header +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "Standaardopties" -#. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Support configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Ondersteuningsconfig-contactconfiguratie" -#. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 +#. Support configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "Contactinformatie" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "Bedrijf" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "E-mailadres" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "Telefoonnummer" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "ID opslaan" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "Terminal-ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "Uploadinformatie" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "11-cijferig serviceverzoeknummer" -#. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 +#. abort? +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "Het SR-nummer moet 11 cijfers bevatten" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "Gegevens verzamelen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Voortgang" -#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "Overzicht verzamelde gegevens" -#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix -#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 +#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix +#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Bestandsnaam" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "Verwijderen uit gegevens" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -282,18 +277,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Ondersteuningsconfiguratie initialiseren</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n" -"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> " -"te drukken.</p>\n" +"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -301,8 +295,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Ondersteuningsconfiguratie opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -314,8 +308,8 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit veilig is om te doen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure support here.<br></p>\n" @@ -323,8 +317,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Ondersteuningsconfiguratie</big></b><br>\n" "Configureer ondersteuning hier.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a support:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n" @@ -332,14 +326,12 @@ "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ondersteuning toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n" -"Kies een ondersteuningsoptie in de lijst met gedetecteerde " -"ondersteuningsopties.\n" -"Als uw ondersteuningsoptie niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u <b>Overig (niet " -"gedetecteerd)</b>.\n" +"Kies een ondersteuningsoptie in de lijst met gedetecteerde ondersteuningsopties.\n" +"Als uw ondersteuningsoptie niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u <b>Overig (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n" "Klik vervolgens op <b>Configureren</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -349,162 +341,133 @@ "Wanneer u op <b>Wijzigen</b> klikt, wordt er een extra dialoog\n" "geopend waarin u de configuratie kunt aanpassen.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"<b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b><big>SUSE Support Center openen</big></b><br>\n" -"Als u een webbrowser met de SUSE Support Center Portal wilt openen, moet u " -"<b>SUSE Support Center openen</b> gebruiken.\n" -"U kunt vervolgens een serviceverzoek indienen bij de technische " -"ondersteuning. Noteer\n" -"het serviceverzoeknummer zodat u dit kunt vermelden bij het uploaden van de " -"supportconfig-gegevens.</p>\n" +"Als u een webbrowser met de SUSE Support Center Portal wilt openen, moet u <b>SUSE Support Center openen</b> gebruiken.\n" +"U kunt vervolgens een serviceverzoek indienen bij de technische ondersteuning. Noteer\n" +"het serviceverzoeknummer zodat u dit kunt vermelden bij het uploaden van de supportconfig-gegevens.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b><br>\n" "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Gegevens verzamelen</big></b><br>\n" -"Met <b>Gegevens verzamelen</b> kunt u de tool voor het verzamelen van " -"supportconfig-gegevens uitvoeren</p>" +"Met <b>Gegevens verzamelen</b> kunt u de tool voor het verzamelen van supportconfig-gegevens uitvoeren</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>\n" "To upload the data already collected to a server, use <b>Upload Data</b>.\n" "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Verzamelde gegevens uploaden</big></b><br>\n" -"Gebruik <b>Gegevens uploaden</b> om de gegevens die al op een server zijn " -"verzameld, te uploaden.\n" +"Gebruik <b>Gegevens uploaden</b> om de gegevens die al op een server zijn verzameld, te uploaden.\n" "De server kan Algemene technische ondersteuning zijn.</p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Supportconfig-opties</big></b><br>\n" -"Selecteer een optie om de standaardopties te negeren. U kunt de " -"standaardinstellingen gebruiken, \n" -"grote hoeveelheden gegevens verzamelen of slechts een kleine hoeveelheid " -"gegevens verzamelen." +"Selecteer een optie om de standaardopties te negeren. U kunt de standaardinstellingen gebruiken, \n" +"grote hoeveelheden gegevens verzamelen of slechts een kleine hoeveelheid gegevens verzamelen." -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Select <b>Use Custom</b> and click the <b>Expert Settings</b> button\n" "to select specific data sets to collect.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Geavanceerde instellingen</big></b><br>\n" -"Selecteer <b>Aangepast gebruiken</b> en klik op de knop <b>Geavanceerde " -"instellingen</b>\n" +"Selecteer <b>Aangepast gebruiken</b> en klik op de knop <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b>\n" "om specifieke gegevenssets te selecteren die u wilt verzamelen.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Opties</big></b><br>\n" "Verzamel aanvullende informatie. Deze opties zijn meestal niet\n" "nodig, maar kunnen worden opgenomen als er meer informatie nodig is.</p>\n" -#. Expert dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 +#. Expert dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball.</p>" +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Standaardopties</b></big><br>\n" -"U kunt alle gegevenssets die u wilt opnemen in de supportconfig-tarball " -"selecteren of de selectie ongedaan maken.</p>" +"U kunt alle gegevenssets die u wilt opnemen in de supportconfig-tarball selecteren of de selectie ongedaan maken.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 +#. Contact dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file.</p>" +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Contactinformatie</b></big><br>\n" "Vul elk contactinformatieveld in dat u wilt opnemen\n" -"in de supportconfig-tarball. De velden worden opgeslagen in het bestand " -"basic-environment.txt.</p>" +"in de supportconfig-tarball. De velden worden opgeslagen in het bestand basic-environment.txt.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 +#. Contact dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Uploadinformatie</big></b><br>\n" -"Het uploaddoel is de bestemmings-URI van de supportconfig-tarball. De " -"ondersteunde uploadservices zijn:\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. Als u de bestandsnaam van de supportconfig-tarball " -"wilt opnemen in uw uploaddoel, \n" -"kunt u <i>tarball</i> gebruiken als trefwoord. Dit wordt dan later vervangen " -"door de daadwerkelijke naam van het tarballbestand.\n" +"Het uploaddoel is de bestemmings-URI van de supportconfig-tarball. De ondersteunde uploadservices zijn:\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. Als u de bestandsnaam van de supportconfig-tarball wilt opnemen in uw uploaddoel, \n" +"kunt u <i>tarball</i> gebruiken als trefwoord. Dit wordt dan later vervangen door de daadwerkelijke naam van het tarballbestand.\n" "Zie ook <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> voor meer informatie.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 +#. Contact dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball<br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Voorbeelden van uploaddoelen</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball<br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 +#. Contact dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Opmerking:</b> als u een u een supportconfig-tarball uploadt naar de " -"technische ondersteuning,\n" -"vermeld dan ook het 11-cijferige serviceverzoeknummer van uw openstaande " -"serviceverzoek.\n" +"<p><b>Opmerking:</b> als u een u een supportconfig-tarball uploadt naar de technische ondersteuning,\n" +"vermeld dan ook het 11-cijferige serviceverzoeknummer van uw openstaande serviceverzoek.\n" -#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 +#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b>><br>\n" "Data is being collected.</p>\n" @@ -512,57 +475,49 @@ "<p><b><big>Gegevens verzamelen</big></b>><br>\n" "Gegevens worden verzameld.</p>\n" -#. Data review dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 +#. Data review dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Controle van verzamelde gegevens</big></b><br>\n" -"Controleer de gegevens die zijn verzameld door supportconfig. Als u een deel " -"van de verzamelde gegevens niet wilt delen,\n" -"gebruikt u <b>Verwijderen uit gegevens</b>, waarna het geselecteerde bestand " -"wordt verwijderd.</p>\n" +"Controleer de gegevens die zijn verzameld door supportconfig. Als u een deel van de verzamelde gegevens niet wilt delen,\n" +"gebruikt u <b>Verwijderen uit gegevens</b>, waarna het geselecteerde bestand wordt verwijderd.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Tarball voor ondersteuningsconfiguratie uploaden naar Algemene " -"technische ondersteuning</big></b><br>\n" -"Als u een kopie van het tarball voor ondersteuningsconfiguratie wilt " -"opslaan, selecteert u de doeldirectory\n" +"<p><b><big>Tarball voor ondersteuningsconfiguratie uploaden naar Algemene technische ondersteuning</big></b><br>\n" +"Als u een kopie van het tarball voor ondersteuningsconfiguratie wilt opslaan, selecteert u de doeldirectory\n" "en zorgt u ervoor dat deze optie is aangevinkt.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>URL uploaden</big></b><br>\n" -"Deze optie bevat de locatie waarnaar de supportconfig-tarball wordt " -"geüpload\n" +"Deze optie bevat de locatie waarnaar de supportconfig-tarball wordt geüpload\n" "als standaardwaarde.\n" "Wijzig deze waarde alleen in speciale gevallen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n" "Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" @@ -572,23 +527,20 @@ "U kunt het privacybeleid van SUSE vinden op\n" "<i>%1</i>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Tarball voor ondersteuningsconfiguratie uploaden naar Algemene " -"technische ondersteuning</big></b><br>\n" -"Als u het tarball voor de ondersteuningsconfiguratie al hebt gemaakt, " -"schrijft u het volledige pad\n" +"<p><b><big>Tarball voor ondersteuningsconfiguratie uploaden naar Algemene technische ondersteuning</big></b><br>\n" +"Als u het tarball voor de ondersteuningsconfiguratie al hebt gemaakt, schrijft u het volledige pad\n" "naar het veld <i>Pakket met logboekbestanden</i>.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -598,8 +550,8 @@ "Druk op <b>Volgende</b> om verder te gaan.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -609,440 +561,350 @@ "Kan niet, moet je eerst programmeren :-)\n" "</p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" msgstr "Informatie over AppArmor. security-apparmor.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" msgstr "Informatie over autofs. fs-autofs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" msgstr "Informatie over opstarten en de kernel. boot.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" msgstr "Statussen van de huidige systeemservices. chkconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" msgstr "Informatie over het vastleggen van een systeemkerndump. crash.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" msgstr "Informatie over cron en at. cron.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "" -"Informatie van schijven, koppelingen van bestandssysteem en partities. fs-" -"diskio.txt" +msgstr "Informatie van schijven, koppelingen van bestandssysteem en partities. fs-diskio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" msgstr "DNS-informatie (Domain Name Service). dns.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" msgstr "Informatie over statuscontrole van Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "Informatie over systeemomgeving, inclusief sysctl en root. env.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "" -"Haalt *.conf-bestanden recursief op en daarnaast andere " -"configuratiebestanden in /etc. etc.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "Haalt *.conf-bestanden recursief op en daarnaast andere configuratiebestanden in /etc. etc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" msgstr "Informatie over Enterprise Volume Management System. evms.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" msgstr "Informatie over cluster van heartbeat/hoge beschikbaarheid. ha.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" msgstr "Informatie over iSCI-doel en -initiator. fs-iscsi.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" msgstr "Informatie over LDAP, inclusief zoeken in de root-DSE. ldap.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "" -"Informatie over Novell Linux User Management, inclusief een hoofd-DSE, UNIX-" -"configuratie en zoekacties voor werkstationobjecten. novell-lum.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "Informatie over Novell Linux User Management, inclusief een hoofd-DSE, UNIX-configuratie en zoekacties voor werkstationobjecten. novell-lum.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" msgstr "Informatie over Linux Volume Management. lvm.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 msgid "Memory-related information. memory.txt" msgstr "Informatie over het geheugen. memory.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" msgstr "Informatie over systeemkernelmodule. modules.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" -msgstr "" -"Informatie over meerdere paden van oorspronkelijke device mapper. mpio.txt" +msgstr "Informatie over meerdere paden van oorspronkelijke device mapper. mpio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" msgstr "Informatie over Novell Core Protocol. novell-ncp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 msgid "Novell Cluster Services-related information. novell-ncs.txt" msgstr "Informatie over Novell Cluster Services. novell-ncs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt" msgstr "Informatie over netwerken, inclusief firewall-regels. network.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt" msgstr "Informatie over Network File System. nfs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 msgid "Novell Storage Services-related information. novell-nss.txt" msgstr "Informatie over Novell Storage Services. novell-nss.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 msgid "Network Time Protocol-related information. ntp.txt" msgstr "Informatie over Network Time Protocol. ntp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 msgid "OCFS2 file system-related information. ocfs2.txt" msgstr "Informatie over het OCFS2-bestandssysteem. ocfs2.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" msgstr "Lijst van alle geopende bestanden die lsof gebruiken. open-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "Informatie over OpenWBEM. openwbem.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" -msgstr "" -"Informatie over Pluggable Authentication Module, inclusief " -"gebruikersaccountgegevens. pam.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" +msgstr "Informatie over Pluggable Authentication Module, inclusief gebruikersaccountgegevens. pam.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" msgstr "Informatie over afdrukken en CUPS. print.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" msgstr "Inclusief inhoud van sleutelbestand /proc. proc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" msgstr "Informatie over Update-daemon. updates-daemon.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" msgstr "Informatie over client bijwerken. updates.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" -msgstr "" -"Informatie over System Activity Reporting, inclusief kopieën van de SAR-" -"gegevensbestanden. sar.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "Informatie over System Activity Reporting, inclusief kopieën van de SAR-gegevensbestanden. sar.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" msgstr "Informatie over SLES Real Time-kernel. slert.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" msgstr "Informatie over System Activity Reporting. slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"Informatie over Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology voor " -"harde schijven. WAARSCHUWING: sommige hardeschijfcontrollers en stations " -"werken\n" -"niet correct. Bij het zoeken naar SMART-gegevens kunnen bestandssystemen " -"worden gewijzigd in de modus alleen-lezen of kan de server zelfs vastlopen. " -"Controleer of het zoeken naar SMART-gegevens\n" +"Informatie over Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology voor harde schijven. WAARSCHUWING: sommige hardeschijfcontrollers en stations werken\n" +"niet correct. Bij het zoeken naar SMART-gegevens kunnen bestandssystemen worden gewijzigd in de modus alleen-lezen of kan de server zelfs vastlopen. Controleer of het zoeken naar SMART-gegevens\n" "goed werkt in uw omgeving voordat u deze optie inschakelt. fs-smartmon.txt\n" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" msgstr "Informatie over Samba en CIFS. samba.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" msgstr "Informatie over Software RAID. fs-softraid.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" msgstr "Informatie over Secure Shell-server. ssh.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" msgstr "Configuratiebestanden gevonden in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" msgstr "Informatie over UDEV-apparaatbeheer. udev.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 msgid "X graphical system-related information. x.txt" msgstr "Informatie over grafisch X-systeem. x.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 msgid "XEN virtualization-related information. xen.txt" msgstr "Informatie over XEN-virtualisatie. xen.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "" -"Hiermee wordt voor supportconfig aangegeven dat het bestandssysteem moet " -"worden doorzocht op alle bestanden met eDirectory-exemplaren. Als dit is " -"ingesteld, wordt ADD_OPTION_FSLIST automatisch ook ingesteld. -e" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "Hiermee wordt voor supportconfig aangegeven dat het bestandssysteem moet worden doorzocht op alle bestanden met eDirectory-exemplaren. Als dit is ingesteld, wordt ADD_OPTION_FSLIST automatisch ook ingesteld. -e" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "" -"Een volledige lijst met bestanden die worden gevonden in de root van het " -"bestandssysteem. -L, fs-files.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "Een volledige lijst met bestanden die worden gevonden in de root van het bestandssysteem. -L, fs-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" -msgstr "" -"Bevat het hele logbestand, inclusief opmerkingen, in plaats van alleen de " -"regels van VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT. Indien aanwezig worden extra gedraaide " -"logboeken opgenomen. -l" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgstr "Bevat het hele logbestand, inclusief opmerkingen, in plaats van alleen de regels van VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT. Indien aanwezig worden extra gedraaide logboeken opgenomen. -l" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" -msgstr "" -"Minimaliseert de hoeveelheid schijfinformatie en gedetailleerd scannen. -d" +msgstr "Minimaliseert de hoeveelheid schijfinformatie en gedetailleerd scannen. -d" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "" -"Normaal gesproken worden alle logboeken van /var/log/YaST2/* opgenomen. Met " -"deze optie wordt de hoeveelheid van elk opgehaalde bestand geminimaliseerd." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "Normaal gesproken worden alle logboeken van /var/log/YaST2/* opgenomen. Met deze optie wordt de hoeveelheid van elk opgehaalde bestand geminimaliseerd." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "" -"Voert een rpm -V uit op elk geïnstalleerd RPM-pakket. Dit kan even duren. -" -"v, rpm-verify.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "Voert een rpm -V uit op elk geïnstalleerd RPM-pakket. Dit kan even duren. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "" -"Normaal gesproken worden alleen de basistypen SLP-services weergegeven. Met " -"deze optie kunt u elk van de gevonden servicetypen afzonderlijk doorzoeken. -" -"s, slp.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "Normaal gesproken worden alleen de basistypen SLP-services weergegeven. Met deze optie kunt u elk van de gevonden servicetypen afzonderlijk doorzoeken. -s, slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "Bedrijfsnaam die moet worden opgenomen in basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" -"E-mailadres van contactpersoon dat moet worden opgenomen in basic-" -"environment.txt" +msgstr "E-mailadres van contactpersoon dat moet worden opgenomen in basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" -"Naam van contactpersoon die moet worden opgenomen in basic-environment.txt" +msgstr "Naam van contactpersoon die moet worden opgenomen in basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" -"Telefoonnummer van contactpersoon dat moet worden opgenomen in basic-" -"environment.txt" +msgstr "Telefoonnummer van contactpersoon dat moet worden opgenomen in basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"Het aantal regels dat moet worden opgenomen bij het ophalen van een " -"logbestand. Nul betekent dat het hele bestand moet worden opgehaald." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "Het aantal regels dat moet worden opgenomen bij het ophalen van een logbestand. Nul betekent dat het hele bestand moet worden opgehaald." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." -msgstr "" -"De locatie van de supportconfig-tarball. De eerste geldige locatie in de " -"lijst wordt altijd gebruikt." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." +msgstr "De locatie van de supportconfig-tarball. De eerste geldige locatie in de lijst wordt altijd gebruikt." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"Het maximum aantal regels van /var/log/messages dat kan worden opgehaald. " -"Nul betekent dat het hele bestand moet worden opgehaald." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "Het maximum aantal regels van /var/log/messages dat kan worden opgehaald. Nul betekent dat het hele bestand moet worden opgehaald." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"Het maximum aantal logbestanden van de engine van het heartbeat-beleid dat " -"kan worden opgenomen in de supportconfig-tarball." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "Het maximum aantal logbestanden van de engine van het heartbeat-beleid dat kan worden opgenomen in de supportconfig-tarball." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"Het maximum aantal bestanden met SAR-gegevens dat kan worden opgenomen in de " -"supportconfig-tarball." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "Het maximum aantal bestanden met SAR-gegevens dat kan worden opgenomen in de supportconfig-tarball." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" -"Wanneer deze optie is ingesteld op 1, wordt supportconfig in de stille modus " -"uitgevoerd. Deze optie is handig als u\n" -"supportconfig regelmatig wilt uitvoeren, bijvoorbeeld in een cron-taak. Stel " -"dit in met -Q." +"Wanneer deze optie is ingesteld op 1, wordt supportconfig in de stille modus uitgevoerd. Deze optie is handig als u\n" +"supportconfig regelmatig wilt uitvoeren, bijvoorbeeld in een cron-taak. Stel dit in met -Q." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "" -"Wordt gebruikt om op te geven waar de supportconfig-tarball wordt geüpload " -"wanneer u de opstartoptie -u srnum gebruikt. U kunt een FTP-server opgeven " -"die anonieme uploads ondersteunt. Standaard wordt de openbare FTP-server van " -"SUSE gebruikt." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "Wordt gebruikt om op te geven waar de supportconfig-tarball wordt geüpload wanneer u de opstartoptie -u srnum gebruikt. U kunt een FTP-server opgeven die anonieme uploads ondersteunt. Standaard wordt de openbare FTP-server van SUSE gebruikt." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" msgstr "Ondersteuningsconfiguratie" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. global string created_directory=""; -#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 +#. global string created_directory=""; +#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 msgid "To continue, enter root password" msgstr "Geef het rootwachtwoord op om door te gaan" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" msgstr "Rootwachtwoord" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" msgstr "Wachtwoord is onjuist" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 msgid "Initializing Support Configuration" msgstr "Ondersteuningsconfiguratie initialiseren" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 msgid "Saving Support Configuration" msgstr "Ondersteuningsconfiguratie opslaan" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig starten" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden geschreven..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig wordt uitgevoerd..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,86 +14,85 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. help text header - sysconfig editor -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 +#. help text header - sysconfig editor +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files" msgstr "Editor voor /etc/sysconfig bestanden" -#. help text for command 'list' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 +#. help text for command 'list' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "Configuratie overzicht weergeven" -#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 +#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Stel de waarde van de variabele in. Benodigd de opties 'variable' en 'value'" +msgstr "Stel de waarde van de variabele in. Benodigd de opties 'variable' en 'value'" -#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 +#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" msgstr "of 'variable=value', bijvoorbeeld variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 +#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" msgstr "of simpelweg DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 +#. help text for command 'set' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 msgid "Set empty value (\"\")" msgstr "Lege waarde instellen (\"\")" -#. help text for command 'details' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 +#. help text for command 'details' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 msgid "Show details about selected variable" msgstr "Details van de geselecteerde variabele weergeven" -#. help text for option 'all' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 +#. help text for option 'all' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 msgid "Display all variables" msgstr "Alle variabelen weergeven" -#. help text for option 'variable' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 +#. help text for option 'variable' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 msgid "Selected variable" msgstr "Geselecteerde variabele" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 msgid "If the variable is available in several files use" msgstr "Als de variable beschikbaar is in verschillende bestanden gebruik dan" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 msgid "<variable>$ syntax," msgstr "de syntax <variable>$," -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." msgstr "bijvoorbeeld CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." -#. help text for option 'value' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 +#. help text for option 'value' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 msgid "New value" msgstr "NIEUWE WAARDE" -#. header (command line mode output) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#. header (command line mode output) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "All Variables:\n" msgstr "Alle variabelen:\n" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "Modified Variables:\n" msgstr "Gewijzigde variabelen:\n" -#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 +#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 msgid "" "\n" "Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" @@ -101,164 +100,162 @@ "\n" "Variabele '%1' instellen op '%2': %3" -#. result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 +#. result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 msgid "Success" msgstr "Succes" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 msgid "Failed" msgstr "Mislukt" -#. display a new value for modified variables -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 +#. display a new value for modified variables +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 msgid "New Value: " msgstr "Nieuwe waarde: " -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 msgid "Value: " msgstr "Waarde: " -#. command line output -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 +#. command line output +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgstr "Variabele %1 is niet gevonden." -#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 +#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 msgid "" "\n" "Use a full variable name in the form $\n" "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik een volledige variabele naam in het formaat " -"$\n" +"Gebruik een volledige variabele naam in het formaat $\n" "(bijv: %1$%2).\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes." -msgstr "" -"Fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan en het activeren van de wijzigingen." +msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan en het activeren van de wijzigingen." -#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 +#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 msgid "or any value" msgstr "of elke waarde" -#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 +#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 msgid "Value Matching Regular Expression:" msgstr "Overeenkomende reguliere expressie waarde:" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 msgid "Any integer value" msgstr "Elke integer waarde" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 msgid "Integer value greater or equal to %1" msgstr "Integer waarde groter of gelijk aan %1" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 msgid "Integer value less or equal to %1" msgstr "Integer waarde kleiner of gelijk aan %1" -#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 +#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 msgid "Any integer value from %1 to %2" msgstr "Elke integer waarde van %1 tot %2" -#. allowed value description - any value is allowed -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 +#. allowed value description - any value is allowed +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 msgid "Any value" msgstr "Elke waarde" -#. allowed value description - IP adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 +#. allowed value description - IP adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv4 of IPv6 adres" -#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 +#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "IPv4 adres" -#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 +#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 msgid "IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv6 adres" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 msgid "File: " msgstr "Bestand: " -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 msgid "Possible Values: " msgstr "Mogelijke waardes: " -#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 +#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 msgid "Default Value: " msgstr "Standaard waarde: " -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 msgid "Original Value: " msgstr "Originele waarde: " -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 msgid "Prepare Command: " msgstr "Opdracht voorbereiden: " -#. header in the variable description text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 +#. header in the variable description text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 msgid "Configuration Script: " msgstr "Configuratie script: " -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 msgid "Service to Reload: " msgstr "Te herladen service: " -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 msgid "Service to Restart: " msgstr "Te herstarten service: " -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 msgid "Activation Command: " msgstr "Activeringscommando : " -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 msgid "Description: " msgstr "Beschrijving: " -#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 +#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 msgid "(changed)" msgstr "(gewijzigd)" -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 msgid "S&etting of: " msgstr "Inst&elling van: " -#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly -#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 +#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly +#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 msgid "" "The currently selected value has more than one line.\n" "Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" @@ -266,14 +263,14 @@ "De huidige geselecteerde waarde bevat meer dan één regel.\n" "Samengevoegde regels worden in het veld getoond.\n" -#. header label -#. label widget -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 +#. header label +#. label widget +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "Huidige selectie: " -#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 +#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 msgid "" "Value '%1'\n" "does not match type '%2'.\n" @@ -285,213 +282,188 @@ "\n" "Deze waarde echt instellen?\n" -#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table -#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 +#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table +#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. Translation: push button label -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 +#. Translation: push button label +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Zoeken" -#. tree widget label -#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); -#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 +#. tree widget label +#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); +#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 msgid "&Configuration Options" msgstr "&Configuratie opties" -#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 +#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.</p>\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Nadat u de wijzigingen heeft opgeslagen zal deze editor de variabelen in " -"het overeenkomende bestand sysconfig aanpassen.\n" -" Daarna zal het de activering commando's starten die dan de onderliggende " -"configuratie bestanden zullen wijzigen, de daemons zal\n" -"stoppen en starten en de lowlevel configuratie tools zal opstarten: dit " -"alles om uw configuratie in sysconfig te doen activeren.</p>\n" +"<p>Nadat u de wijzigingen heeft opgeslagen zal deze editor de variabelen in het overeenkomende bestand sysconfig aanpassen.\n" +" Daarna zal het de activering commando's starten die dan de onderliggende configuratie bestanden zullen wijzigen, de daemons zal\n" +"stoppen en starten en de lowlevel configuratie tools zal opstarten: dit alles om uw configuratie in sysconfig te doen activeren.</p>\n" -#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> U kunt nog altijd ieder individueel " -"configuratiebestand handmatig wijzigen. De bestandsnaam kunt u in de " -"variabele omschrijving zien.</p>" +#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> U kunt nog altijd ieder individueel configuratiebestand handmatig wijzigen. De bestandsnaam kunt u in de variabele omschrijving zien.</p>" -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig editor" -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Standaard" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Systeemconfiguratie-editor</B></P><P>Met de systeemconfiguratie-editor " -"kunt u enkele systeeminstellingen aanpassen. U kunt ook YaST gebruiken voor " -"het configureren van uw hardware- en systeeminstellingen.</P>" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 +msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Systeemconfiguratie-editor</B></P><P>Met de systeemconfiguratie-editor kunt u enkele systeeminstellingen aanpassen. U kunt ook YaST gebruiken voor het configureren van uw hardware- en systeeminstellingen.</P>" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Opmerking:</B> de beschrijvingen zijn niet vertaald omdat ze " -"rechtstreeks uit de configuratiebestanden worden gelezen.</P>" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Opmerking:</B> de beschrijvingen zijn niet vertaald omdat ze rechtstreeks uit de configuratiebestanden worden gelezen.</P>" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 msgid "&Use Current Value" msgstr "Huidige waarde gebr&uiken" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 msgid "&Add New Variable..." msgstr "Nieuwe waarde &toevoegen..." -#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 +#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 msgid "Save Modified Variables" msgstr "Gewijzigde variabelen opslaan" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 msgid "Confirm Each Activation Command" msgstr "Bevestig ieder activeringscommando" -#. // popup dialog header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 +#. // popup dialog header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 msgid "Search Result" msgstr "Zoekresultaat" -#. help text in popup dialog -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u de zoekresultaten zien. Als u het item ziet waar u naar gezocht " -"heeft, dan kunt u er op klikken en vervolgens op \"Ga naar\" klikken. Dit " -"dialoog zal sluiten zodra u op \"Annuleren\" klikt." +#. help text in popup dialog +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Hier kunt u de zoekresultaten zien. Als u het item ziet waar u naar gezocht heeft, dan kunt u er op klikken en vervolgens op \"Ga naar\" klikken. Dit dialoog zal sluiten zodra u op \"Annuleren\" klikt." -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 msgid "&Go to" msgstr "&Ga naar" -#. popup message - search result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 +#. popup message - search result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 msgid "No entries found" msgstr "Geen opgaven gevonden" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" -#. search popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 +#. search popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable" msgstr "Zoek naar een configuratie variabele" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 msgid "&Search for:" msgstr "&Zoeken naar:" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "&Case Sensitive Search" msgstr "&Hoofdlettergevoelig zoeken" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Search &Variable Name" msgstr "&Variabele naam zoeken" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Search &description" msgstr "&Beschrijving zoeken" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Search &value" msgstr "&Waarde zoeken" -#. table column header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 +#. table column header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "NEW VALUE" msgstr "NIEUWE WAARDE" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Old Value" msgstr "Oude waarde" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "File" msgstr "Bestand" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "&Variable Name" msgstr "&Variabele naam" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "V&alue" msgstr "W&aarde" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "&Bestandsnaam" -#. warning popup message - variable name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 +#. warning popup message - variable name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 msgid "Missing variable name value." msgstr "Ontbrekende variabele naam waarde." -#. warning popup message - file name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 +#. warning popup message - file name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 msgid "Missing file name value." msgstr "Ontbrekende bestand naam waarde." -#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 +#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Missing absolute path in file name." msgstr "In bestandsnaam ontbrekende absolute path." -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -499,8 +471,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sysconfig configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld aub...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -510,108 +482,108 @@ "Even geduld aub...<br></p>\n" "\n" -#. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Bezig met zoeken..." -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "&Overslaan" -#. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "Sysconfig configuratie wordt opgeslagen" -#. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "Nieuwe instellingen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "Activeer wijzigingen" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "De wijzigingen worden in de bestanden opgeslagen..." -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht" -#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param cmd [String] command to execute -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 msgid "Starting command: %1..." msgstr "Het %1 commando wordt gestart..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 msgid "Command %1 failed" msgstr "Het %1 commando heeft gefaald" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "A command will be executed" msgstr "Een commando zal worden uitgevoerd" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "Command: " msgstr "Commando: " -#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param name [String] service name -#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "Service %s opnieuw laden..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "Kan service %s niet opnieuw laden." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" msgstr "Service %s wordt opnieuw geladen." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "Service %s opnieuw starten..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "Kan service %s niet opnieuw starten." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 msgid "Service %s will be restarted" msgstr "Service %s wordt opnieuw gestart." -#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) -#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil -#. -#. @param service name -#. @return [Boolean] active? -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" msgstr "Kan de servicestatus niet vaststellen. Service systemd bestaat niet:" -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 msgid "Saving variable %1..." msgstr "De %1 variabele wordt opgeslagen..." -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." msgstr "Het opslaan van de variabele %1 in het bestand %2 is mislukt." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/tftp-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/tftp-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/tftp-server.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,132 +14,123 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. description map for command line -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 +#. description map for command line +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configure a TFTP server" msgstr "Een TFTP-server configureren" -#. command line: help text for "status" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 +#. command line: help text for "status" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 msgid "Status of the TFTP server" msgstr "Status van de TFTP-server" -#. command line: help text for "directory" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 +#. command line: help text for "directory" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 msgid "Directory of the TFTP server" msgstr "Directory van de TFTP-server" -#. command line: help text for "enable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 +#. command line: help text for "enable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 msgid "Enable the TFTP service" msgstr "TFTP-service inschakelen" -#. command line: help text for "disable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 +#. command line: help text for "disable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 msgid "Disable the TFTP service" msgstr "TFTP-service uitschakelen" -#. command line: help text for "show" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 +#. command line: help text for "show" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service" msgstr "De status van de TFTP-service weergeven" -#. command line: help text for "path" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 +#. command line: help text for "path" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 msgid "Set the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "De directory van de TFTP-server instellen" -#. command line: help text for "list" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 +#. command line: help text for "list" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Show the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "De directory van de TFTP-server weergeven" -#. command line: show status of tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 +#. command line: show status of tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 msgid "Service Status: %1" msgstr "Servicestatus: %1" -#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 +#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 msgid "Directory Path: %1" msgstr "Directorypad: %1" -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" msgstr "TFTP-serverconfiguratie" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "<p><big><b>Configuring a TFTP Server</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Een TFTP-server configureren</big></b></p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hiermee kunt u een server voor TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) te " -"inschakelen. De server zal met xinetd. worden gestart.</p>" +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hiermee kunt u een server voor TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) te inschakelen. De server zal met xinetd. worden gestart.</p>" -#. enlighten newbies, #102946 -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 +#. enlighten newbies, #102946 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "<p>Note that TFTP and FTP are not the same.</p>" msgstr "<p>Opmerking: TFTP en FTP zijn niet hetzelfde</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Map met opstartimage</b>:\n" -"Geef de directory op waar de aangeboden bestanden zich bevinden. De " -"gebruikelijke\n" -"waarde is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. De map zal worden gemaakt als ze nog niet " -"bestaat. \n" -"De server gebruikt dit als hoofddirectory (gebruik makend van de optie <tt>-" -"s</tt>).</p>\n" +"Geef de directory op waar de aangeboden bestanden zich bevinden. De gebruikelijke\n" +"waarde is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. De map zal worden gemaakt als ze nog niet bestaat. \n" +"De server gebruikt dit als hoofddirectory (gebruik makend van de optie <tt>-s</tt>).</p>\n" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "&Disable" msgstr "&Uitschakelen" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&Enable" msgstr "&Inschakelen" -#. Text entry label -#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 +#. Text entry label +#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "&Boot Image Directory" msgstr "Directory met &bootimage" -#. push button label -#. select a directory from the filesystem -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#. push button label +#. select a directory from the filesystem +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "&Bladeren..." -#. push button label -#. display a log file -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 +#. push button label +#. display a log file +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "&View Log" msgstr "Logboek &weergeven" -#. error popup -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 +#. error popup +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "" "The directory must start with a slash (/)\n" "and must not contain spaces." @@ -147,19 +138,19 @@ "De directory moet met een slash (/)\n" "beginnen en mag geen spaties bevatten." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. error popup -#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 +#. error popup +#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 msgid "" "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" "However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" @@ -169,24 +160,24 @@ "Er is al een ander programma dat TFTP bedient, namelijk: %1.\n" "Gestopt.\n" -#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it -#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. -#. If it is running, restart it. -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 +#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it +#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. +#. If it is running, restart it. +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 msgid "Cannot reload service %{name}" msgstr "Kan service %{name} niet opnieuw laden" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 msgid "TFTP Server Enabled:" msgstr "TFTP-server ingeschakeld:" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "Directory met bootimage:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,2458 +14,2458 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 msgid "Europe" msgstr "Europa" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Nederland" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 msgid "Andorra" msgstr "Andorra" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 msgid "Greece" msgstr "Griekenland" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 msgid "Serbia" msgstr "Servië" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Duitsland" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "Slowakije" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "België" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 msgid "Romania" msgstr "Roemenië" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "Hongarije" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 msgid "Moldova" msgstr "Moldavië" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Denemarken" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "Ierland" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 msgid "Gibraltar" msgstr "Gibraltar" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 msgid "Guernsey" msgstr "Guernsey" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 msgid "Finland" msgstr "Finland" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 msgid "Isle of Man" msgstr "Isle Of Man" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "Turkije" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 msgid "Jersey" msgstr "Jersey" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 msgid "Russia (Kaliningrad)" msgstr "Rusland (Kaliningrad)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 msgid "Ukraine (Kiev)" msgstr "Oekraïne (Kiev)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "Portugal" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "Slovenië" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 msgid "United Kingdom" msgstr "United Kingdom" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 msgid "Luxembourg" msgstr "Luxemburg" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 msgid "Aaland Islands" msgstr "Ålandseilanden " -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanje" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 msgid "Malta" msgstr "Malta" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "Belarus" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 msgid "Monaco" msgstr "Monaco" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 msgid "Russia (Moscow)" msgstr "Rusland (Moskou)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 msgid "Norway" msgstr "Noorwegen" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 msgid "France" msgstr "Frankrijk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 msgid "Montenegro" msgstr "Montenegro" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "Tsjechië" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "Letland" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italië" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "San Marino" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 msgid "Russia (Samara)" msgstr "Rusland (Samara)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 msgid "Bosnia & Herzegovina" msgstr "Bosnië en Herzegowina" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 msgid "Ukraine (Simferopol)" msgstr "Oekraïne (Simferopol)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "Macedonië" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "Bulgarije" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Zweden" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "Estland" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 msgid "Albania" msgstr "Albanië" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 msgid "Uzhgorod" msgstr "Uzhgorod" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "Liechtenstein" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 msgid "Vatican" msgstr "Vaticaan" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 msgid "Austria" msgstr "Oostenrijk" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Litouwen" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 msgid "Russia (Volgograd)" msgstr "Rusland (Wolgograd)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 msgid "Poland" msgstr "Polen" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "Kroatië" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "Ijsland" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 msgid "Azores" msgstr "Azoren" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "Canarische eilanden" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Zwitserland" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 msgid "Ukraine (Zaporozhye)" msgstr "Oekraïne (Zaporozhye)" -#. time zone -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 +#. time zone +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 msgid "Miquelon" msgstr "Miquelon" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 msgid "USA" msgstr "USA" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 msgid "Alaska (Anchorage)" msgstr "Alaska (Anchorage)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 msgid "Aleutian (Adak)" msgstr "Aleoeten (Adak)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 msgid "Boise" msgstr "Boise" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 msgid "Arizona (Phoenix)" msgstr "Arizona (Phoenix)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 msgid "Central (Chicago)" msgstr "Central (Chicago)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 msgid "Kentucky (Louisville)" msgstr "Kentucky (Louisville)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 msgid "Kentucky (Monticello)" msgstr "Kentucky (Monticello)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 msgid "East Indiana (Indianapolis)" msgstr "East Indiana (Indianapolis)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 msgid "Indiana Starke (Knox)" msgstr "Indiana Starke (Knox)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Indiana (Vincennes)" msgstr "Indiana (Vincennes)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 msgid "Indiana (Winamac)" msgstr "Indiana (Winamac)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 msgid "Indiana (Marengo)" msgstr "Indiana (Marengo)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 msgid "Indiana (Vevay)" msgstr "Indiana (Vevay)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 msgid "Indiana (Tell City)" msgstr "Indiana (Tell City)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 msgid "Indiana (Petersburg)" msgstr "Indiana (Petersburg)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 msgid "Juneau" msgstr "Juneau" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 msgid "Michigan (Detroit)" msgstr "Michigan (Detroit)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 msgid "Mountain (Denver)" msgstr "Mountain (Denver)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 msgid "Pacific (Los Angeles)" msgstr "Pacific (Los Angeles)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 msgid "Menominee" msgstr "Menominee" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 msgid "Eastern (New York)" msgstr "Eastern (New York)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 msgid "Nome" msgstr "Nome" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 msgid "North Dakota (Center)" msgstr "Noord-Dakota (Center)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 msgid "North Dakota (New Salem)" msgstr "Noord-Dakota (New Salem)" -#. time zone -#. TT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 +#. time zone +#. TT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "Puerto Rico" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 msgid "Shiprock" msgstr "Shiprock" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 msgid "Virgin Islands (St Thomas)" msgstr "Maagdeneilanden (St Thomas)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 msgid "Yakutat" msgstr "Yakutat" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 msgid "Hawaii (Honolulu)" msgstr "Hawaii (Honolulu)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 msgid "Samoa (Pago Pago)" msgstr "Samoa (Pago Pago)" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Canada" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 msgid "Atlantic (Halifax)" msgstr "Atlantic (Halifax)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 msgid "Central (Winnipeg)" msgstr "Central (Winnipeg)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 msgid "Eastern (Toronto)" msgstr "Eastern (Toronto)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 msgid "Mountain (Edmonton)" msgstr "Mountain (Edmonton)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 msgid "Newfoundland (St Johns)" msgstr "Newfoundland (St Johns)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Pacific (Vancouver)" msgstr "Pacific (Vancouver)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 msgid "Saskatchewan (Regina)" msgstr "Saskatchewan (Regina)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 msgid "Yukon (Whitehorse)" msgstr "Yukon (Whitehorse)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 msgid "Glace Bay" msgstr "Glace Bay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 msgid "Moncton" msgstr "Moncton" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 msgid "Goose Bay" msgstr "Goose Bay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Blanc-Sablon" msgstr "Blanc-Sablon" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 msgid "Montreal" msgstr "Montreal" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 msgid "Nipigon" msgstr "Nipigon" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 msgid "Thunder Bay" msgstr "Thunder Bay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 msgid "Iqaluit" msgstr "Iqaluit" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 msgid "Pangnirtung" msgstr "Pangnirtung" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Resolute" msgstr "Resolute" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 msgid "Atikokan" msgstr "Atikokan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 msgid "Rankin Inlet" msgstr "Rankin Inlet" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 msgid "Rainy River" msgstr "Rainy River" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 msgid "Swift Current" msgstr "Swift Current" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 msgid "Cambridge Bay" msgstr "Cambridge Bay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Yellowknife" msgstr "Yellowknife" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 msgid "Inuvik" msgstr "Inuvik" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 msgid "Dawson Creek" msgstr "Dawson Creek" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 msgid "Dawson" msgstr "Dawson" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "argentinië" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 msgid "Buenos Aires" msgstr "Buenos Aires" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 msgid "Catamarca" msgstr "Catamarca" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 msgid "Cordoba" msgstr "Cordoba" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 msgid "Jujuy" msgstr "Jujuy" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 msgid "La Rioja" msgstr "La Rioja" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 msgid "Mendoza" msgstr "Mendoza" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 msgid "Rio Gallegos" msgstr "Rio Gallegos" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 msgid "San Juan" msgstr "San Juan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 msgid "San Luis" msgstr "San Luis" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 msgid "Tucuman" msgstr "Tucuman" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 msgid "Ushuaia" msgstr "Ushuaia" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 msgid "Brazil" msgstr "Brazilië" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 msgid "Araguaina" msgstr "Araguaina" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 msgid "Bahia" msgstr "Bahia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 msgid "Belem" msgstr "Belem" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 msgid "Boa Vista" msgstr "Boa Vista" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 msgid "Campo Grande" msgstr "Campo Grande" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 msgid "Cuiaba" msgstr "Cuiaba" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 msgid "Eirunepe" msgstr "Eirunepe" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 msgid "Fortaleza" msgstr "Fortaleza" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 msgid "Maceio" msgstr "Maceio" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 msgid "Manaus" msgstr "Manaus" -#. _("Brazil West"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 +#. _("Brazil West"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 msgid "Fernando de Noronha" msgstr "Fernando de Noronha" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 msgid "Porto Velho" msgstr "Porto Velho" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 msgid "Recife" msgstr "Recife" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 msgid "Rio Branco" msgstr "Rio Branco" -#. _("Brazil Acre"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 +#. _("Brazil Acre"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 msgid "Sao Paulo" msgstr "Sao Paulo" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexico" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 msgid "Cancun" msgstr "Cancun" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 msgid "Chihuahua" msgstr "Chihuahua" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 msgid "Hermosillo" msgstr "Hermosillo" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 msgid "Mazatlan" msgstr "Mazatlan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 msgid "Mexico City" msgstr "Mexico City" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 msgid "Merida" msgstr "Merida" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 msgid "Monterrey" msgstr "Monterrey" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 msgid "Tijuana" msgstr "Tijuana" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 msgid "Central and South America" msgstr "Centraal en Zuid Amerika" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 msgid "Antigua" msgstr "Antigua" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 msgid "Anguilla" msgstr "Anguilla" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Aruba" msgstr "Aruba" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 msgid "Asuncion" msgstr "Asuncion" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 msgid "Barbados" msgstr "Barbados" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 msgid "Belize" msgstr "Belize" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 msgid "Bogota" msgstr "Bogota" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 msgid "Caracas" msgstr "Caracas" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 msgid "Cayenne" msgstr "Cayenne" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 msgid "Cayman Islands" msgstr "Kaaiman Eilanden" -#. KY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 +#. KY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "Costa Rica" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Curacao" msgstr "Curacao" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 msgid "Dominica" msgstr "Dominica" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "El Salvador" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 msgid "Grand Turk" msgstr "Grand Turk" -#. TC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 +#. TC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 msgid "Guayaquil" msgstr "Guayaquil" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 msgid "Grenada" msgstr "Grenada" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Guadeloupe" msgstr "Guadeloupe" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "Guatemala" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 msgid "Guyana" msgstr "Guyana" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 msgid "Havana" msgstr "Havana" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 msgid "Jamaica" msgstr "Jamaica" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 msgid "La Paz" msgstr "La Paz" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 msgid "Lima" msgstr "Lima" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Managua" msgstr "Managua" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Martinique" msgstr "Martinique" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 msgid "Montserrat" msgstr "Montserrat" -#. MS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 +#. MS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "Uruguay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 msgid "Nassau" msgstr "Nassau" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 msgid "Panama" msgstr "Panama" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 msgid "Paramaribo" msgstr "Paramaribo" -#. SR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 +#. SR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Port-au-Prince" msgstr "Port-au-Prince" -#. HT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 +#. HT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Port of Spain" msgstr "Port of Spain" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 msgid "Chile Continental" msgstr "Chili Continental" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 msgid "Santo Domingo" msgstr "Santo Domingo" -#. DO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 +#. DO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 msgid "Saint Lucia" msgstr "Sint Lucia" -#. LC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 +#. LC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 msgid "Saint Kitts and Nevis" msgstr "Sint Kitts en Nevis" -#. KN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 +#. KN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 msgid "St Thomas" msgstr "St Thomas" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 msgid "St Vincent" msgstr "St Vincent" -#. VC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 +#. VC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 msgid "Tegucigalpa" msgstr "Tegucigalpa" -#. HN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 +#. HN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 msgid "Tortola" msgstr "Tortola" -#. VG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 +#. VG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 msgid "Stanley" msgstr "Stanley" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#. WS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#. WS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 msgid "Easter Island" msgstr "Paaseiland" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Galapagos" msgstr "Galapagos" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 msgid "Russia" msgstr "Rusland" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 msgid "Kaliningrad" msgstr "Kaliningrad" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Moscow" msgstr "Moskou" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 msgid "Samara" msgstr "Samara" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 msgid "Volgograd" msgstr "Wolgograd" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 msgid "Anadyr" msgstr "Anadyr" -#. time zone -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 +#. time zone +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 msgid "Irkutsk" msgstr "Irkutsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 msgid "Kamchatka" msgstr "Kamchatka" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 msgid "Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "Krasnoyarsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 msgid "Magadan" msgstr "Magadan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 msgid "Novosibirsk" msgstr "Novosibirsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 msgid "Omsk" msgstr "Omsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 msgid "Sakhalin" msgstr "Sakhalin" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 msgid "Vladivostok" msgstr "Vladivostok" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 msgid "Yakutsk" msgstr "Yakutsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 msgid "Yekaterinburg" msgstr "Yekaterinburg" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 msgid "Asia" msgstr "Azië" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 msgid "Aden" msgstr "Aden" -#. YE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 +#. YE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 msgid "Almaty" msgstr "Almaty" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 msgid "Amman" msgstr "Amman" -#. JO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 +#. JO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 msgid "Aqtobe" msgstr "Aqtobe" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 msgid "Aqtau" msgstr "Aqtau" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 msgid "Ashgabat" msgstr "Ashgabat" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 msgid "Baghdad" msgstr "Baghdad" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 msgid "Bahrain" msgstr "Bahrein" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 msgid "Baku" msgstr "Baku" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 msgid "Bangkok" msgstr "Bangkok" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 msgid "Beirut" msgstr "Beiroet" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 msgid "Bishkek" msgstr "Bishkek" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 msgid "Brunei" msgstr "Brunei" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 msgid "Kolkata" msgstr "Kolkata" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 msgid "Choibalsan" msgstr "Choibalsan" -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 msgid "Chongqing" msgstr "Chongqing" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 msgid "Colombo" msgstr "Colombia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 msgid "Damascus" msgstr "Damascus" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 msgid "Dhaka" msgstr "Dhaka" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 msgid "Dili" msgstr "Dili" -#. TL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 +#. TL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 msgid "Dubai" msgstr "Dubai" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 msgid "Dushanbe" msgstr "Dushanbe" -#. TJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 +#. TJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 msgid "Gaza" msgstr "Gaza" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 msgid "Harbin" msgstr "Harbin" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 msgid "Hongkong" msgstr "Hongkong" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 msgid "Hovd" msgstr "Hovd" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 msgid "Jakarta" msgstr "Jakarta" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 msgid "Jayapura" msgstr "Jayapura" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 msgid "Israel" msgstr "Israël" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 msgid "Afghanistan" msgstr "Afghanistan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 msgid "Karachi" msgstr "Karachi" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 msgid "Kashgar" msgstr "Kashgar" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 msgid "Kathmandu" msgstr "Kathmandu" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 msgid "Kuala Lumpur" msgstr "Kuala Lumpur" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 msgid "Kuching" msgstr "Kuching" -#. MY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 +#. MY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "Koeweit" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 msgid "Macao" msgstr "Macao" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 msgid "Makassar" msgstr "Makassar" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 msgid "Manila" msgstr "Manila" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 msgid "Muscat" msgstr "Muscat" -#. OM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 +#. OM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 msgid "Nicosia" msgstr "Nicosia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 msgid "Oral" msgstr "Oral" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 msgid "Phnom Penh" msgstr "Phnom Penh" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 msgid "Pontianak" msgstr "Pontianak" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 msgid "Pyongyang" msgstr "Pyongyang" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "Qatar" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 msgid "Qyzylorda" msgstr "Qyzylorda" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 msgid "Myanmar" msgstr "Myanmar" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" msgstr "Ho Chi Minhstad" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 msgid "Samarkand" msgstr "Samarkand" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 msgid "Tashkent" msgstr "Tashkent" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 msgid "Tehran" msgstr "Teheran" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 msgid "Thimphu" msgstr "Thimphu" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 msgid "Tokyo" msgstr "Tokyo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 msgid "Shanghai" msgstr "Shanghai" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 msgid "Beijing" msgstr "Peking" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 msgid "Taipei" msgstr "Taipei" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 msgid "Seoul" msgstr "Seoul" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 msgid "Riyadh" msgstr "Riyadh" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "Singapore" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 msgid "Tbilisi" msgstr "Tbilisi" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 msgid "Japan" msgstr "Japan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Ulan Bator" msgstr "Ulan Bator" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 msgid "Urumqi" msgstr "Urumqi" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 msgid "Vientiane" msgstr "Vientiane" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 msgid "Yerevan" msgstr "Yerevan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 msgid "Mideast Riyadh87" msgstr "Middenoost Riyadh87" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 msgid "Mideast Riyadh88" msgstr "Middenoost Riyadh88" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 msgid "Mideast Riyadh89" msgstr "Middenoost Riyadh89" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australië" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Lindeman" msgstr "Lindeman" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 msgid "Eucla" msgstr "Eucla" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 msgid "Lord Howe Island" msgstr "Lord Howe Island" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 msgid "Northern Territory (Darwin)" msgstr "Northern Territory (Darwin)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 msgid "Queensland (Brisbane)" msgstr "Queensland (Brisbane)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 msgid "South Australia (Adelaide)" msgstr "Zuid-Australië (Adelaide)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 msgid "New South Wales (Sydney)" msgstr "Nieuw-Zuid-Wales (Sydney)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 msgid "New South Wales (Broken Hill)" msgstr "Nieuw-Zuid-Wales (Sydney)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 msgid "Tasmania (Hobart)" msgstr "Tasmanië (Hobart)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 msgid "Tasmania (Currie)" msgstr "Tasmanië (Currie)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 msgid "Victoria (Melbourne)" msgstr "Victoria (Melbourne)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Western Australia (Perth)" msgstr "West-Australië (Perth)" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 msgid "Africa" msgstr "Afrika" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 msgid "Abidjan" msgstr "Abidjan" -#. CI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 +#. CI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 msgid "Addis Ababa" msgstr "Addis Ababa" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 msgid "Algiers" msgstr "Algiers" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 msgid "Asmara" msgstr "Asmara" -#. ER -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 +#. ER +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 msgid "Accra" msgstr "Accra" -#. GH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 +#. GH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Bamako" msgstr "Bamako" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 msgid "Bangui" msgstr "Bangui" -#. CF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 +#. CF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 msgid "Banjul" msgstr "Banjul" -#. GM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 +#. GM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 msgid "Bissau" msgstr "Bissau" -#. GW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 +#. GW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 msgid "Blantyre" msgstr "Blantyre" -#. MW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 +#. MW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 msgid "Brazzaville" msgstr "Brazzaville" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 msgid "Bujumbura" msgstr "Bujumbura" -#. BI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 +#. BI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 msgid "Cairo" msgstr "Cairo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 msgid "Casablanca" msgstr "Casablanca" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 msgid "Ceuta" msgstr "Ceuta" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 msgid "Conakry" msgstr "Conakry" -#. GN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 +#. GN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 msgid "Dakar" msgstr "Dakar" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 msgid "Dar es Salaam" msgstr "Dar es Salaam" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 msgid "Djibouti" msgstr "Djibouti" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 msgid "Douala" msgstr "Douala" -#. CM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 +#. CM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 msgid "El Aaiun" msgstr "El Aaiun" -#. EH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 +#. EH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 msgid "Freetown" msgstr "Freetown" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 msgid "Gaborone" msgstr "Gaborone" -#. BW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 +#. BW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 msgid "Harare" msgstr "Harare" -#. ZW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 +#. ZW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 msgid "Johannesburg" msgstr "Johannesburg" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 msgid "Kampala" msgstr "Kampala" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 msgid "Khartoum" msgstr "Khartoum" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 msgid "Kinshasa" msgstr "Kinshasa" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 msgid "Kigali" msgstr "Kigali" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 msgid "Lagos" msgstr "Lagos" -#. NG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 +#. NG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 msgid "Libreville" msgstr "Libreville" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 msgid "Lome" msgstr "Lomé" -#. TG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 +#. TG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 msgid "Luanda" msgstr "Luanda" -#. AO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 +#. AO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 msgid "Lubumbashi" msgstr "Lubumbashi" -#. CD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 +#. CD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 msgid "Lusaka" msgstr "Lusaka" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 msgid "Malabo" msgstr "Malabo" -#. GQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 +#. GQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 msgid "Maputo" msgstr "Maputo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 msgid "Maseru" msgstr "Maseru" -#. LS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 +#. LS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 msgid "Mbabane" msgstr "Mbabane" -#. SZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 +#. SZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 msgid "Mogadishu" msgstr "Mogadishu" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 msgid "Monrovia" msgstr "Monrovia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 msgid "Nairobi" msgstr "Nairobi" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 msgid "Ndjamena" msgstr "Ndjamena" -#. TD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 +#. TD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 msgid "Niamey" msgstr "Niamey" -#. NE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 +#. NE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 msgid "Nouakchott" msgstr "Nouakchott" -#. MR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 +#. MR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 msgid "Ouagadougou" msgstr "Ouagadougou" -#. BF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 +#. BF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 msgid "Porto-Novo" msgstr "Porto-Novo" -#. BJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 +#. BJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 msgid "Sao Tome" msgstr "Sao Tomé" -#. ST -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 +#. ST +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 msgid "Tripoli" msgstr "Tripoli" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 msgid "Tunis" msgstr "Tunis" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 msgid "Windhoek" msgstr "Windhoek" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 msgid "Antananarivo" msgstr "Antananarivo" -#. Madagascar -#. time zone -#. MV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 +#. Madagascar +#. time zone +#. MV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 msgid "Reunion" msgstr "Reunion" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 msgid "Pacific" msgstr "Stille Oceaan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "Nieuw Zeeland" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 msgid "Fiji" msgstr "Fiji" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 msgid "Guadalcanal" msgstr "Guadalcanal" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 msgid "Guam" msgstr "Guam" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 msgid "Midway" msgstr "Midway" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 msgid "Nauru" msgstr "Nauru" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 msgid "Palau" msgstr "Palau" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 msgid "Pitcairn" msgstr "Pitcairn" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 msgid "Tahiti" msgstr "Tahiti" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 msgid "Samoa" msgstr "Samoa" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 msgid "Port_Moresby" msgstr "Port_Moresby" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 msgid "Rarotonga" msgstr "Rarotonga" -#. CK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 +#. CK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 msgid "Chuuk" msgstr "Chuuk" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 msgid "Pohnpei" msgstr "Pohnpei" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 msgid "Kosrae" msgstr "Kosrae" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 msgid "Tarawa" msgstr "Tarawa" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 msgid "Enderbury" msgstr "Enderbury" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 msgid "Kiritimati" msgstr "Kiritimati" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 msgid "Majuro" msgstr "Majuro" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 msgid "Kwajalein" msgstr "Kwajalein" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 msgid "Saipan" msgstr "Saipan" -#. MP -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 +#. MP +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 msgid "Noumea" msgstr "Noumea" -#. NC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 +#. NC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 msgid "Norfolk" msgstr "Norfolk" -#. NF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 +#. NF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 msgid "Niue" msgstr "Niue" -#. NU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 +#. NU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 msgid "Chatham" msgstr "Chatham" -#. NZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 +#. NZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 msgid "Marquesas" msgstr "Marquesas" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 msgid "Gambier" msgstr "Gambier" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 msgid "Fakaofo" msgstr "Fakaofo" -#. TK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 +#. TK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 msgid "Tongatapu" msgstr "Tongatapu" -#. TO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 +#. TO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 msgid "Funafuti" msgstr "Funafuti" -#. TV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 +#. TV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 msgid "Johnston" msgstr "Johnston" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 msgid "Wake" msgstr "Wake" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 msgid "Efate" msgstr "Efate" -#. VU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 +#. VU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 msgid "Wallis" msgstr "Wallis" -#. WF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 +#. WF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 msgid "Apia" msgstr "Apia" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 msgid "Atlantic" msgstr "Atlantic" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 msgid "Bermuda" msgstr "Bermuda" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 msgid "Cape Verde" msgstr "Kaap Verde" -#. CV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 +#. CV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "Faroe Eilanden" -#. FO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 +#. FO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 msgid "South Georgia" msgstr "Zuid-Georgië" -#. GS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 +#. GS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 msgid "Madeira" msgstr "Madeira" -#. PT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 +#. PT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 msgid "St Helena" msgstr "St Helena" -#. SH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 +#. SH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 msgid "Jan Mayen" msgstr "Jan Mayen" -#. SJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 +#. SJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 msgid "Greenland (Nuuk)" msgstr "Groenland (Nuuk)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 msgid "Greenland (Danmarkshavn)" msgstr "Groenland (Danmarkshavn)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 msgid "Greenland (Scoresbysund)" msgstr "Groenland (Scoresbysund)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 msgid "Greenland (Thule)" msgstr "Groenland (Thule)" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 msgid "Indian Ocean" msgstr "Indische Oceaan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 msgid "Cocos Islands" msgstr "Cocoseilanden" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 msgid "Christmas Island" msgstr "Kersteiland" -#. CX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 +#. CX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 msgid "Chagos" msgstr "Chagos" -#. IO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 +#. IO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 msgid "Comoro" msgstr "Comoro" -#. KM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 +#. KM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 msgid "Mauritius" msgstr "Mauritius" -#. MU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 +#. MU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 msgid "Maldives" msgstr "Malediven" -#. RE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 +#. RE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 msgid "Mahe" msgstr "Mahe" -#. SC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 +#. SC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 msgid "Kerguelen" msgstr "Kerguelen" -#. TF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 +#. TF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 msgid "Mayotte" msgstr "Mayotte" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 msgid "Global" msgstr "Global" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 msgid "Arctic Longyearbyen" msgstr "Antarctica Longyearbyen" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 msgid "Antarctica (South Pole)" msgstr "Antarctica (Zuidpool)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 msgid "Antarctica (McMurdo)" msgstr "Antarctica (McMurdo)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 msgid "Antarctica (Rothera)" msgstr "Antarctica (Rothera)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 msgid "Antarctica (Palmer)" msgstr "Antarctica (Palmer)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 msgid "Antarctica (Mawson)" msgstr "Antarctica (Mawson)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 msgid "Antarctica (Davis)" msgstr "Antarctica (Davis)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 msgid "Antarctica (Casey)" msgstr "Antarctica (Casey)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 msgid "Antarctica (Vostok)" msgstr "Antarctica (Vostok)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 msgid "Antarctica (DumontDUrville)" msgstr "Antarctica (DumontDUrville)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 msgid "Antarctica (Syowa)" msgstr "Antarctica (Syowa)" -#. AQ -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 +#. AQ +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 msgid "CET" msgstr "CET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 msgid "CST6CDT" msgstr "CST6CDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 msgid "EET" msgstr "EET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 msgid "EST" msgstr "EST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 msgid "EST5EDT" msgstr "EST5EDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 msgid "GMT" msgstr "GMT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 msgid "GMT+0" msgstr "GMT+0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 msgid "GMT-0" msgstr "GMT-0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 msgid "GMT0" msgstr "GMT0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 msgid "Greenwich" msgstr "Greenwich" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 msgid "HST" msgstr "HST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 msgid "MET" msgstr "MET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 msgid "MST" msgstr "MST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 msgid "MST7MDT" msgstr "MST7MDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 msgid "NZ" msgstr "NZ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 msgid "NZ-CHAT" msgstr "NZ-CHAT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 msgid "Navajo" msgstr "Navajo" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 msgid "PST8PDT" msgstr "PST8PDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 msgid "UCT" msgstr "UCT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 msgid "Universal" msgstr "Universal" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 msgid "W-SU" msgstr "W-SU" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 msgid "WET" msgstr "WET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "Zulu" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 msgid "Etc" msgstr "Etc" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 msgid "GMT+1" msgstr "GMT+1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 msgid "GMT+10" msgstr "GMT+10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 msgid "GMT+11" msgstr "GMT+11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 msgid "GMT+12" msgstr "GMT+12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 msgid "GMT+2" msgstr "GMT+2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 msgid "GMT+3" msgstr "GMT+3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 msgid "GMT+4" msgstr "GMT+4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 msgid "GMT+5" msgstr "GMT+5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 msgid "GMT+6" msgstr "GMT+6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 msgid "GMT+7" msgstr "GMT+7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 msgid "GMT+8" msgstr "GMT+8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 msgid "GMT+9" msgstr "GMT+9" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 msgid "GMT-1" msgstr "GMT-1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 msgid "GMT-10" msgstr "GMT-10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 msgid "GMT-11" msgstr "GMT-11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 msgid "GMT-12" msgstr "GMT-12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 msgid "GMT-13" msgstr "GMT-13" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 msgid "GMT-14" msgstr "GMT-14" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 msgid "GMT-2" msgstr "GMT-2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 msgid "GMT-3" msgstr "GMT-3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 msgid "GMT-4" msgstr "GMT-4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 msgid "GMT-5" msgstr "GMT-5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 msgid "GMT-6" msgstr "GMT-6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 msgid "GMT-7" msgstr "GMT-7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 msgid "GMT-8" msgstr "GMT-8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/tune.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/tune.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/tune.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,41 +14,37 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Hardwaredetectie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de " -"opdrachtregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." +#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Hardwaredetectie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de opdrachtregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Hardware zoeken..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Voortgang" -#. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 +#. title label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&Alle opgaves" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&In bestand opslaan..." -#. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 +#. dialog header +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Hardware-informatie" -#. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 +#. help text +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" @@ -56,111 +52,95 @@ "<P>De <B>Hardware info</B> module laat de hardware details van uw\n" "computer zien. Druk voor meer informatie op een punt naar keuze.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> " -"and enter the filename.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>U kunt de hardware-informatie in een bestand opslaan. Klik op <B>In " -"bestand opslaan</B> en geef de bestandsnaam op.</P>" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 +msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>" +msgstr "<P>U kunt de hardware-informatie in een bestand opslaan. Klik op <B>In bestand opslaan</B> en geef de bestandsnaam op.</P>" -#. installation proposal header -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 msgid "System and Hardware Settings" msgstr "Systeem- en hardware-instellingen" -#. this is a heading -#. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#. this is a heading +#. tree node string +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Systeem" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "S&ysteem" -#. tree widget label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 +#. tree widget label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>Hier ziet u de details van het geselecteerde " -"hardware component.</P>" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 +msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>Hier ziet u de details van het geselecteerde hardware component.</P>" -#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 +#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 msgid "Component '%1'" msgstr "Component '%1'" -#. device model name fallback -#. device model is unknown -#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") -#. TODO allow setting of module args? -#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 +#. device model name fallback +#. device model is unknown +#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") +#. TODO allow setting of module args? +#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Onbekend apparaat" -#. device class is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 +#. device class is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 msgid "Unknown device class" msgstr "Onbekende apparaatcategorie" -#. table header -#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 +#. table header +#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klasse" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 msgid "Model" msgstr "Model" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 msgid "&Kernel Settings..." msgstr "&Kernel-instellingen..." -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Details..." -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 msgid "Save to &File..." msgstr "In &bestand opslaan..." -#. help text - part 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Gedetecteerde hardware</B><BR>Deze tabel bevat alle hardware " -"componenten die in uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd.</P>" +#. help text - part 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 +msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Gedetecteerde hardware</B><BR>Deze tabel bevat alle hardware componenten die in uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd.</P>" -#. help text - part 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a " -"more detailed description of the component.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Selecteer een component en druk op <B>Details</B> om " -"een meer gedetailleerde beschrijving van het component te zien.</P>" +#. help text - part 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 +msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Selecteer een component en druk op <B>Details</B> om een meer gedetailleerde beschrijving van het component te zien.</P>" -#. help text - part 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 +#. help text - part 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 msgid "" "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file.</P>" @@ -168,1004 +148,970 @@ "<P><B>In bestand opslaan</B><BR>U kunt\n" " hardware-informatie (<I>hwinfo</I>-uitvoer) in een bestand opslaan.</P>" -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 msgid "Detected Hardware" msgstr "Gedetecteerde hardware" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 msgid "Saving system settings..." msgstr "Systeeminstellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. text in dialog header -#. text in dialog header -#. dialog header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 +#. text in dialog header +#. text in dialog header +#. dialog header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 msgid "PCI ID Setup" msgstr "PCI ID instelling" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 msgid "&Driver" msgstr "&Stuurprogramma" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 msgid "&Vendor" msgstr "&Fabrikant" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 msgid "&Subvendor" msgstr "&Sub fabrikant" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&Klasse" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 msgid "Sys&FS Directory" msgstr "Sys&FS directory" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Apparaat" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 msgid "S&ubdevice" msgstr "S&ubapparaat" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 msgid "Class &Mask" msgstr "Categorie &mask" -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 msgid "Enter the driver or SysFS directory name." msgstr "Geef het stuurprogramma of de SysFS-directorynaam op." -#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 +#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 msgid "At least one PCI ID value is required." msgstr "Minstens één PCI ID waarde is vereist." -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 msgid "PCI &Device" msgstr "PCI PCI &Apparaat" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 msgid "Driver" msgstr "Stuurprogramma" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 msgid "Card Name" msgstr "Kaartnaam" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Leverancier" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 msgid "Device" msgstr "Apparaat" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 msgid "Subvendor" msgstr "Sub fabrikant" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 msgid "Subdevice" msgstr "Sub apparaat" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 msgid "Class Mask" msgstr "Categorie mask" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 msgid "SysFS Dir." msgstr "SysFS dir." -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 msgid "&From List" msgstr "&Uit lijst" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "Hand&matig" -#. help text header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 +#. help text header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 msgid "<P><B>PCI ID Setup</B><BR></P>" msgstr "<P><B>PCI ID instelling</B><BR></P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Het is mogelijk om een PCI ID aan een apparaatstuurprogramma toe te " -"voegen om zo zijn interne database met bekende ondersteunde apparaten uit te " -"breiden.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 +msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Het is mogelijk om een PCI ID aan een apparaatstuurprogramma toe te voegen om zo zijn interne database met bekende ondersteunde apparaten uit te breiden.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS " -"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>PCI ID-nummers worden opgegeven en weergegeven als hexadecimale nummers. " -"<b>SysFS Dir.</b> is de directorynaam in de directory /sys/bus/pci/drivers. " -"Wanneer deze leeg is zal de stuurprogrammanaam als directorynaam worden " -"gebruikt.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 +msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" +msgstr "<P>PCI ID-nummers worden opgegeven en weergegeven als hexadecimale nummers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is de directorynaam in de directory /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Wanneer deze leeg is zal de stuurprogrammanaam als directorynaam worden gebruikt.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Als het stuurprogramma in de kernel is gecompileerd moet u de " -"stuurprogrammanaam leeg laten en hiervoor in de plaats de SysFS directory " -"naam opgeven.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 +msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Als het stuurprogramma in de kernel is gecompileerd moet u de stuurprogrammanaam leeg laten en hiervoor in de plaats de SysFS directory naam opgeven.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>" -"%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Gebruik de knoppen onderaan de tabel om de lijst met PCI-ID's te " -"wijzigen. Klik op <b>%1</b> om de instellingen te activeren.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 +msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Gebruik de knoppen onderaan de tabel om de lijst met PCI-ID's te wijzigen. Klik op <b>%1</b> om de instellingen te activeren.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Waarschuwing:</B> Dit is een configuratie voor experts. Ga alleen " -"verder als u weet waar u mee bezig bent.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 +msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Waarschuwing:</B> Dit is een configuratie voor experts. Ga alleen verder als u weet waar u mee bezig bent.</P>" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architectuur" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 msgid "Bus" msgstr "Bus" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 msgid "Bus ID" msgstr "Bus ID" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 msgid "Cache" msgstr "Cache" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 msgid "Card Type" msgstr "Kaarttype" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 msgid "CD Type" msgstr "CD-type" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Apparaat naam" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 msgid "Device Numbers" msgstr "Apparaat nummers" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 msgid "Sysfs ID" msgstr "Sysfs ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 msgid "Device Identifier" msgstr "Apparaat-identificatie" -#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 +#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "Stuurprogramma's" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 msgid "Major" msgstr "Groot" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 msgid "Minor" msgstr "Klein" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 msgid "Range" msgstr "Bereik" -#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 +#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 msgid "SMBIOS" msgstr "SMBIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interface" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 msgid "Resources" msgstr "Resources" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 msgid "Requires" msgstr "Vereist" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 msgid "Revision" msgstr "Revisie" -#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 +#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 msgid "Slot ID" msgstr "Slot ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 msgid "Length" msgstr "Lengte" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 msgid "Width" msgstr "Breedte" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 msgid "Height" msgstr "Hoogte" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 msgid "Active" msgstr "Actief" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 msgid "Device Names" msgstr "Apparaatnamen" -#. tree node string (number of colors) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 +#. tree node string (number of colors) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Kleuren" -#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 +#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 msgid "Logical Geometry" msgstr "Logische geometrie" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 msgid "Count" msgstr "Aantal" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modus" -#. tree node string (interrupt request) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 +#. tree node string (interrupt request) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 msgid "IRQ" msgstr "IRQ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 msgid "IO Port" msgstr "IO-Poort" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 msgid "Memory" msgstr "Geheugen" -#. tree node string (direct memory access) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 +#. tree node string (direct memory access) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 msgid "DMA" msgstr "DMA" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 msgid "Hwcfg Bus" msgstr "Hwcfg-bus" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 msgid "Parent Unique ID" msgstr "Unieke ID van ouder" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 msgid "UDI" msgstr "UDI" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "Unieke ID" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 msgid "Vertical Frequency" msgstr "Verticale frequentie" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 msgid "Max. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "Max. horizontale frequentie" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 msgid "Max. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "Max verticale frequentie" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 msgid "Min. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "Min horizontale frequentie" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 msgid "Min. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "Min verticale frequentie" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 msgid "DVD" msgstr "Dvd" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 msgid "Kernel Driver" msgstr "Kernel-stuurprogramma" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 msgid "HW Address" msgstr "HW-adres" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS-ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 +#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolutie" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 msgid "Size" msgstr "Grootte" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 msgid "Old Unique Key" msgstr "Oude unieke sleutel" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 msgid "Class (spec)" msgstr "Categorie (spec)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 msgid "Device (spec)" msgstr "Apparaat (spec)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 msgid "Device Identifier (spec)" msgstr "Apparaat-identificatie (spec)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 msgid "Subvendor Identifier" msgstr "Subidentificatie verkoper" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 msgid "Unique Key" msgstr "Unieke sleutel" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 msgid "Vendor Identifier" msgstr "Identificatie verkoper" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 msgid "BIOS Video" msgstr "BIOS Video" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 msgid "Boot Architecture" msgstr "Opstartarchitectuur" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 msgid "Boot Disk" msgstr "Opstartschijf" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 msgid "Block Devices" msgstr "Block apparaten" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 msgid "DASD Disks" msgstr "DASD disks" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "Cd-rom" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 msgid "Display" msgstr "Beeldscherm" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 msgid "Floppy Disk" msgstr "Floppy Disk" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "Framebuffer" -#. tree node string (powermanagement) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 +#. tree node string (powermanagement) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 msgid "Has APM" msgstr "Heeft APM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 msgid "Has PCMCIA" msgstr "Heeft PCMCIA" -#. tree node string (multiprocessing) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 +#. tree node string (multiprocessing) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 msgid "Has SMP" msgstr "Heeft SMP" -#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 +#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 msgid "UML System" msgstr "UML systeem" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 msgid "Hardware Data" msgstr "Hardwaregegevens" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Toetsenbord" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Monitor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 msgid "Network Devices" msgstr "Netwerkapparaten" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 msgid "Network Interface" msgstr "Netwerk interface" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Printer" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 msgid "Modem" msgstr "modem" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 msgid "Sound" msgstr "Geluid" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 msgid "Storage Media" msgstr "Opslagmedia" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 msgid "TV Card" msgstr "TV kaart" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 msgid "DVB Card" msgstr "DVB kaart" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 msgid "USB Type" msgstr "USB type" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versie" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "netwerkkaart" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 msgid "Framebuffer Device" msgstr "Framebuffer apparaat" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 msgid "IDE" msgstr "IDE" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 msgid "PCI" msgstr "PCI" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 msgid "ISA PnP" msgstr "ISA PnP" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 msgid "USB Controller" msgstr "USB controller" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 msgid "USB Hub" msgstr "USB hub" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 msgid "IEEE1394 Controller" msgstr "IEEE1394 controller" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 msgid "SCSI" msgstr "SCSI" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Scanner" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Muis" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "Joystick" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 msgid "Braille Display" msgstr "Braille-beeldscherm" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 msgid "Chipcard Reader" msgstr "Chipkaartlezer" -#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 +#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 msgid "Camera" msgstr "Camera" -#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 +#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 msgid "PPP over Ethernet" msgstr "PPP over Ethernet" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 msgid "Bogus Millions of Instructions Per Second" msgstr "Bogus Miljoenen Instructies Per Seconde" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 msgid "Coma Bug" msgstr "Coma Bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 msgid "f00f Bug" msgstr "f00f Bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 msgid "CPU ID Level" msgstr "CPU ID niveau" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "Frequentie" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 msgid "Floating point division bug" msgstr "Fout met deling drijvende komma" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 msgid "Flags" msgstr "Vlaggen" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 msgid "Floating Point Unit" msgstr "Drijvende komma eenheid" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 msgid "Floating Point Unit Exception" msgstr "Floating Point Unit Exception" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 msgid "Halt Bug" msgstr "Halt Bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 msgid "Processor" msgstr "Processor" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 msgid "Stepping" msgstr "Stepping" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 msgid "Family" msgstr "Familie" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 msgid "WP" msgstr "WP" -#. tree node string - wireless network adapters -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 +#. tree node string - wireless network adapters +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 msgid "Wireless LAN" msgstr "Draadloos LAN" -#. tree node string - tape devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 +#. tree node string - tape devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 msgid "Tape" msgstr "Tape" -#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 +#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. tree node string - DSL devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 +#. tree node string - DSL devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 msgid "Ethernet Network Interface" msgstr "Ethernet-netwerkinterface" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 msgid "Loopback Network Interface" msgstr "Loopback-netwerkinterface" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partitie" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 msgid "Floppy Disk Controller" msgstr "Diskette-controller" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 msgid "PnP Unclassified Device" msgstr "PnP-ongeclassificeerd apparaat" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 msgid "Unclassified Device" msgstr "Ongeclassificeerd apparaat" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 msgid "Main Memory" msgstr "Hoofdgeheugen" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 msgid "UHCI Host Controller" msgstr "UHCI-hostcontroller" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 msgid "EHCI Host Controller" msgstr "EHCI-hostcontroller" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 msgid "OHCI Host Controller" msgstr "OHCI-hostcontroller" -#. yes/no strings -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#. yes/no strings +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 +#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Modules" -#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 +#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. window title -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 +#. window title +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 msgid "Save hwinfo Output to File" msgstr "Hwinfo uitvoer in bestand opslaan" -#. progress window content -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 +#. progress window content +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 msgid "Saving hardware information..." msgstr "De hardware informatie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Saving output to the file '%1' failed." msgstr "Het opslaan van de uitvoer in het bestand '%1' is mislukt." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. system_settings.ycp -#. -#. Summary: -#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, -#. Bootloader parameters etc. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. system_settings.ycp +#. +#. Summary: +#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, +#. Bootloader parameters etc. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Kernel Settings" msgstr "Kernel-instellingen" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Global &I/O Scheduler" msgstr "Globale &I/O-scheduler" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Not Configured" msgstr "Niet geconfigureerd" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Completely Fair Queuing [cfq]" msgstr "Redelijke wachtrij [cfq]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 msgid "NOOP [noop]" msgstr "NOOP [noop]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Deadline [deadline]" msgstr "Deadline [deadline]" -#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Globale I/O-scheduler</big></b><br>\n" "Kies het algoritme dat opdrachten naar schijfstations verzendt.\n" "Dit is een globale optie die wordt gebruikt voor alle\n" -"schijfstations in het systeem. Als de optie niet is geconfigureerd, wordt " -"de\n" +"schijfstations in het systeem. Als de optie niet is geconfigureerd, wordt de\n" "standaardscheduler (meestal cfq) gebruikt. Zie de documentatie\n" "in de directory /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (pakket kernel-source) \n" "voor meer informatie.</p>\n" -#. .sysconfig.sysctl -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 +#. .sysconfig.sysctl +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Enable &SysRq Keys" msgstr "&SysRq-sleutels activeren" -#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq- will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>SysRq-toetsen activeren</big></b><br>\n" "Als u SysRq-toetsen activeert, kunt u het systeem als het\n" -"bijvoorbeeld vastloopt (zoals tijdens kernel-debugging). Indien geactiveerd " -"zal de\n" +"bijvoorbeeld vastloopt (zoals tijdens kernel-debugging). Indien geactiveerd zal de\n" "toetsencombinatie Alt-SysRq- de respectievelijke opdracht\n" "starten (bijv. de computer herstarten, kernelinformatie dumpen). Voor meer\n" -"informatie zie <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (pakket " -"kernel-source).</p>\n" +"informatie zie <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (pakket kernel-source).</p>\n" -#. Short sleep between reads or writes -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 +#. Short sleep between reads or writes +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie lezen" -#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the PCI ID settings" msgstr "PCI IDs lezen" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the system settings" msgstr "Systeem instellingen lezen" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 msgid "Reading the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "PCI ID instellingen lezen" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 msgid "Reading the system settings..." msgstr "Systeeminstellingen inlezen..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1173,31 +1119,31 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie lezen</big></b>\n" "<br>Even geduld aub...</p>" -#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here -#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module -#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) -#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 +#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here +#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module +#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) +#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie opslaan" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the PCI ID settings" msgstr "PCI ID instellingen opslaan" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the system settings" msgstr "Systeeminstellingen opslaan" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 msgid "Saving the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "PCI ID instellinge opslaan..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 msgid "Saving the system settings..." msgstr "Systeeminstellingen opslaan..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1205,67 +1151,67 @@ "<p><b><big>Configuratie opslaan</big></b><br>\n" "Even geduld aub...</p>" -#. PushButton label -#: src/lib/tune/widgets.rb:34 +#. PushButton label +#: src/lib/tune/widgets.rb:34 msgid "System Information" msgstr "Systeeminformatie" -#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 +#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 msgid "Unknown processor" msgstr "Onbekende processor" -#. create processor count string -#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) -#. the second %s is processor model name -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 +#. create processor count string +#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) +#. the second %s is processor model name +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 msgid "%sx %s" msgstr "%sx %s" -#. list separator (placed between items) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 +#. list separator (placed between items) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 msgid ", " msgstr "," -#. system manufacturer is unknown -#. system product name is unknown -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 +#. system manufacturer is unknown +#. system product name is unknown +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device -#. probe by bus -#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; -#. probe by device class -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 +#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device +#. probe by bus +#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; +#. probe by device class +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 msgid "Hardware Detection" msgstr "Hardware detectie" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 msgid "Detect hardware" msgstr "Hardware detecteren" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 msgid "Detecting hardware..." msgstr "De hardware wordt gedetecteerd..." -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 msgid "Hardware detection is in progress. Please wait." msgstr "Hardware detectie wordt uitgevoerd. Even geduld aub." -#. set progress bar label -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 +#. set progress bar label +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 msgid "%1..." msgstr "%1..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID." msgstr "Bestand '%1' bestaat niet. Kan de nieuwe PCI ID niet instellen." -#. test for installation proposal -#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) -#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 +#. test for installation proposal +#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) +#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2" msgstr "Stuurprogramma: %1, nieuw PCI-ID: %2" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,57 +14,57 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:65 +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:65 msgid "Create Backup of Modified Files" msgstr "Reservekopie van gewijzigde bestanden aanmaken" -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:72 +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Create Backup of /etc/sysconfig Directory" msgstr "Reservekopie van directory /etc/sysconfig aanmaken" -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Do Not Create Backups" msgstr "Geen reservekopieën aanmaken" -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:81 +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Remove Backups from Previous Updates" msgstr "Reservekopieën van eerdere updates verwijderen" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:107 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:107 msgid "Backup" msgstr "Reservekopie" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:109 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:109 msgid "&Backup" msgstr "&Reservekopie" -#. screen title for software selection -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:54 +#. screen title for software selection +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:54 msgid "Backup System Before Update" msgstr "Reservekopie van het systeem maken voor de update" -#. checkbox label if user wants to backup modified files -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:67 +#. checkbox label if user wants to backup modified files +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:67 msgid "Create &Backup of Modified Files" msgstr "Reservekopie van gewijzigde &bestanden aanmaken" -#. checkbox label if user wants to backup /etc/sysconfig -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:75 +#. checkbox label if user wants to backup /etc/sysconfig +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:75 msgid "Create a &Complete Backup of /etc/sysconfig" msgstr "&Complete reservekopie van /etc/sysconfig aanmaken" -#. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84 +#. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84 msgid "Remove &Old Backups from the Backup Directory" msgstr "&Oude revervekopieën uit de directory met reservekopieën verwijderen" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>To avoid any loss of information during update,\n" "create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>\n" @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ "<p>Om het verliezen van informatie tijdens de bijwerken te voorkomen,\n" "kunt u voorafgaand aan het bijwerken een <b>Reservekopie</b> maken.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98 msgid "" "<p><b>Warning:</b> This will not be a complete\n" "backup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>\n" @@ -81,36 +81,33 @@ "<p><b>Waarschuwing:</b> dit zal geen volledige reservekopie zijn.\n" "Alleen gewijzigde bestanden zullen worden opgeslagen.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106 msgid "<p>Select the desired options.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Selecteer de gewenste opties.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b>Create a Backup of Modified Files:</b>\n" "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Reservekopie aanmaken van de gewijzigde bestanden:</b>\n" -"Slaat alleen de gewijzigde bestanden op die tijdens het bijwerken worden " -"vervangen.</p>\n" +"Slaat alleen de gewijzigde bestanden op die tijdens het bijwerken worden vervangen.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Volledige reservekopie van\n" -"/etc/sysconfig maken:</b> Dit omvat alle configuratiebestanden die deel " -"uitmaken\n" +"/etc/sysconfig maken:</b> Dit omvat alle configuratiebestanden die deel uitmaken\n" "van het sysconfig-mechanisme, ook degene die niet vervangen worden.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130 msgid "" "<p><b>Remove Old Backups from the Backup\n" "Directory:</b> If your current system already is the result of an earlier\n" @@ -118,42 +115,40 @@ "remove them.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Oude reservekopieën uit de reservekopie-\n" -"directory verwijderen:</b> Wanneer uw huidige systeem al het resultaat is " -"van een eerdere\n" -"update, dan kunnen er oude reservekopieën van configuratiebestanden aanwezig " -"zijn.\n" +"directory verwijderen:</b> Wanneer uw huidige systeem al het resultaat is van een eerdere\n" +"update, dan kunnen er oude reservekopieën van configuratiebestanden aanwezig zijn.\n" "Selecteer deze optie om ze te verwijderen.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142 msgid "<p>All backups are placed in %1.</p>" msgstr "<p>Alle reservekopieën zijn in %1 geplaatst.</p>" -#. error popup, user did not enter a valid directory specification -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:222 +#. error popup, user did not enter a valid directory specification +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:222 msgid "Invalid backup path." msgstr "Ongeldig pad naar reservekopie." -#. there is not enough space for the backup during update -#. inform the user about this (MB==megabytes) -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:261 +#. there is not enough space for the backup during update +#. inform the user about this (MB==megabytes) +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:261 msgid "Minimum disk space of %1 MB required." msgstr "Er is een minimum schijfruimte van %1 MB nodig." -#. screen title for update options -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 +#. screen title for update options +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Update-opties" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:51 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:51 msgid "Select Patterns" msgstr "Patronen selecteren" -#. check if state changed -#. Display warning message -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:59 +#. check if state changed +#. Display warning message +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:59 msgid "" "You have already chosen software from \"Detailed selection\".\n" "You will lose that selection if you change the basic selection." @@ -161,39 +156,39 @@ "U heeft al software geselecteerd bij de \"Uitgebreide selectie\".\n" "U zult die selectie verliezen als u de basisselectie verandert." -#. Build and show dialog -#. Table item (unknown system [neither openSUSE 11.1 nor SLES 14 nor ...]) -#. Table item (unknown architecture) -#. Table item (unknown file system) -#. label - name of sustem to update -#. starts with >`< -#. Get installed release name -#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1445 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1451 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2009 +#. Build and show dialog +#. Table item (unknown system [neither openSUSE 11.1 nor SLES 14 nor ...]) +#. Table item (unknown architecture) +#. Table item (unknown file system) +#. label - name of sustem to update +#. starts with >`< +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1445 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1451 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2009 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#. label showing to which version we are updating -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 +#. label showing to which version we are updating +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Bijwerken naar %1" -#. label showing from which version to which version we are updating -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:84 +#. label showing from which version to which version we are updating +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:84 msgid "Update from %1 to %2" msgstr "Update van %1 naar %2" -#. frame title for update selection -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:96 +#. frame title for update selection +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:96 msgid "Update Mode" msgstr "Update-modus" -#. radio button label for update including new packages -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:108 +#. radio button label for update including new packages +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:108 msgid "" "&Update with Installation of New Software and Features\n" "Based on the Selection:\n" @@ -201,44 +196,39 @@ "Bij&werken met installatie van nieuwe software en opties\n" "gebaseerd op de selectie:\n" -#. radio button label for update of already installed packages only -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:122 +#. radio button label for update of already installed packages only +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:122 msgid "Only U&pdate Installed Packages" msgstr "Alleen de geïnstalleerde pakketten bijwer&ken" -#. help text for dialog "update options" 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:143 +#. help text for dialog "update options" 1/4 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>The update option offers two different modes. In\n" "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>De bijwerkoptie verschilt voor beide modi. In\n" -"beide gevallen bevelen we aan om een reservekopie van uw persoonlijke " -"gegevens te maken.</p>\n" +"beide gevallen bevelen we aan om een reservekopie van uw persoonlijke gegevens te maken.</p>\n" -#. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 +#. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Met nieuwe software:</b> Met deze standaardinstelling\n" -" wordt de bestaande software bijgewerkt en worden alle nieuwe functies en " -"voordelen van\n" -" de nieuwe <tt>%1</tt>-versie geïnstalleerd. De selectie wordt gebaseerd op " -"de eerdere vooraf gedefinieerde\n" +" wordt de bestaande software bijgewerkt en worden alle nieuwe functies en voordelen van\n" +" de nieuwe <tt>%1</tt>-versie geïnstalleerd. De selectie wordt gebaseerd op de eerdere vooraf gedefinieerde\n" " softwareselectie.</p>\n" -#. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164 +#. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164 msgid "" "<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Alleen geïnstalleerde pakketten:</b> Deze selectie werkt\n" @@ -248,20 +238,19 @@ "beschikbaar zijn. Het kan dus zijn dat u aangekondigde nieuwe\n" "functionaliteit zult missen.</p>\n" -#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 +#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n" "packages during the update.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Na de update kan het zijn dat bepaalde software niet meer functioneert.\n" "Activeer <b>Niet-onderhouden pakketten verwijderen</b> om deze\n" "pakketten tijdens de update te verwijderen.</p>\n" -#. warning / question -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 +#. warning / question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" "Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" "lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" @@ -275,8 +264,8 @@ "\n" "Wilt u doorgaan?" -#. yes/no question -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" @@ -284,113 +273,104 @@ "Wilt u uw gedetailleerde\n" "selectie terugzetten?" -#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 +#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Bij te werken pakketten: %1" -#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 +#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 msgid "New Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Nieuw te installeren pakketten: %1" -#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 +#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 msgid "Packages to Remove: %1" msgstr "Te verwijderen pakketten: %1" -#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:147 +#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:147 msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Totale grootte van de pakketten die bijgewerkt worden: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:168 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"Kan niet alle conflicten oplossen. Handmatige interventie is " -"vereist.</a>" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:168 +msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required.</a>" +msgstr "Kan niet alle conflicten oplossen. Handmatige interventie is vereist.</a>" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:209 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakketten" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:211 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:211 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "&Pakketten" -#. Proposal for system to update -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:70 +#. Proposal for system to update +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:70 msgid "No root partition found" msgstr "Geen root-partitie gevonden" -#. Proposal for system to update -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:97 +#. Proposal for system to update +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:97 msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "%1 op root-partitie %2" -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#. error report -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Kon het doelsysteem niet aankoppelen" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" msgstr "Geselecteerd voor update" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:151 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:151 msgid "&Selected for Update" msgstr "Geselecteerd voor &update" -#. Update::deleteOldPackages = false; -#: src/clients/run_update.rb:57 +#. Update::deleteOldPackages = false; +#: src/clients/run_update.rb:57 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Bijwerken" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/update.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/update.rb:47 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Er is voor deze module geen gebruikersinterface beschikbaar." -#. error message in proposal -#. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 +#. error message in proposal +#. part of error popup message +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Kan de huidige RPM-database niet lezen." -#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) -#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) -#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Onbekend product" -#. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 -msgid "" -"The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on " -"the installation media (%{update_to})." -msgstr "" -"Het geïnstalleerde product (%{update_from}) is niet compatibel met het " -"product op de installatiemedia (%{update_to})." +#. error message in proposal +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 +msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})." +msgstr "Het geïnstalleerde product (%{update_from}) is niet compatibel met het product op de installatiemedia (%{update_to})." -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system -#. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 +#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system +#. %2 is the version being installed +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system.<br>\n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" @@ -400,49 +380,46 @@ "normale opwaardering, of schakel opslagruimtes van producten\n" "met verschillende versies uit.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: bijwerken van '%1' naar '%2', producten komen niet exact " -"overeen." +msgstr "Waarschuwing: bijwerken van '%1' naar '%2', producten komen niet exact overeen." -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Alleen de geïnstalleerde pakketten bijwerken" -#. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 +#. proposal string +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Bijwerken op basis van patronen" -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Bijwerkopties</big></b> Selecteer hoe uw systeem wordt " -"bijgewerkt.\n" +"<p><b><big>Bijwerkopties</big></b> Selecteer hoe uw systeem wordt bijgewerkt.\n" "Kies of alleen geïnstalleerde pakketten moeten worden bijgewerkt of dat\n" "ook nieuwe pakketten moeten worden geïnstalleerd (standaard). Beslis of\n" "niet onderhouden pakketten moeten worden verwijderd.</p>\n" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Update-opties" -#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 +#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Geen van deze bestanden bestaan: %1" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -454,28 +431,28 @@ "installatiemedia probeert uit te voeren, dan kan het zijn dat het systeem\n" "daarna niet opstart of dat enkele programma's niet goed zullen werken." -#. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 +#. Table item (unknown system) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Onbekende Linux" -#. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 +#. Table item (unknown system) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Onbekende of niet-Linux" -#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 +#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 +#. label for selection of root partition (for boot) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "Op te starten partitie of systeem:" -#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 +#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -485,13 +462,13 @@ "Selecteer de partitie of het systeem dat opgestart moet worden.\n" "</p>\n" -#. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 +#. label for selection of root partition (for update) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Bij te werken partitie of systeem:" -#. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 +#. help text for root partition dialog (for update) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -501,13 +478,13 @@ "Selecteer de partitie of het systeem dat bijgewerkt moet worden.\n" "</p>\n" -#. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 +#. headline for dialog "Select for update" +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Update-selectie" -#. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 +#. help text for root partition dialog (general part) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n" @@ -519,43 +496,43 @@ "een algemeen overzicht van uw systeempartities.\n" "</p>\n" -#. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 +#. table header +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Systeem" -#. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partitie" -#. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architectuur" -#. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Bestandssysteem" -#. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" -#. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 +#. check box +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "Alle partitie&s tonen" -#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 +#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&Opstarten" -#. error popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -563,8 +540,8 @@ "Er is op de geselecteerde partitie geen geïnstalleerd systeem\n" "gevonden dat met dit product bijgewerkt kan worden." -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" @@ -572,48 +549,45 @@ "Het geïnstalleerde systeem op de geselecteerde partitie\n" "heeft een andere architectuur dan die van dit product.\n" -#. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 +#. pop-up question +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" -"Op de geselecteerde partitie is een mogelijk incomplete installatie " -"gevonden.\n" +"Op de geselecteerde partitie is een mogelijk incomplete installatie gevonden.\n" "Wilt u deze toch gebruiken?" -#. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 +#. button label +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Ja, deze gebruiken" -#. Target load failed, #466803 -#. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 +#. Target load failed, #466803 +#. Target load failed, #466803 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" "\n" "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"De initialisatie van het systeem voor de upgrade is door onbekende oorzaak " -"mislukt.\n" +"De initialisatie van het systeem voor de upgrade is door onbekende oorzaak mislukt.\n" "Het wordt sterk aangeraden niet door te gaan met het upgradeproces.\n" "\n" "Weet u zeker dat u door wilt gaan?" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Ja, ik wil doorgaan" -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "Er is een mogelijk incomplete installatie gevonden." -#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 +#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -621,18 +595,18 @@ "Lees het SDB-artikel op %1 voor informatie\n" "over hoe dit probleem opgelost kan worden." -#. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 +#. label - name of sustem to update +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Onbekend Linux-systeem" -#. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 +#. label - name of sustem to update +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Niet-Linux-systeem" -#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 +#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -646,33 +620,33 @@ "data verloren kunnen gaan. Koppel de partitie\n" "handmatig af m.b.v 'umount' of herstart uw computer.\n" -#. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 +#. label, %1 is partition +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Partitie %1 controleren" -#. @param [String] headline (optional; to disable, use "") -#. @param [String] question -#. @param string button (true) -#. @param string button (false) -#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 +#. @param [String] headline (optional; to disable, use "") +#. @param [String] question +#. @param string button (true) +#. @param string button (false) +#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Details tonen" -#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 +#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Bestandssysteem op %1 wordt gecontroleerd..." -#. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 +#. popup headline +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Controle van bestandssysteem is mislukt" -#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) -#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 +#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) +#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -682,46 +656,44 @@ "\n" "Wilt u doorgaan met het koppelen van het apparaat?\n" -#. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 +#. button +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "Koppelen &overslaan" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1069 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1069 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" "Foutief wachtwoord opgegeven.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1172 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1172 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, -#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size -#. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1177 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, +#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size +#. %2 with the recommended size +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1177 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" "Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" msgstr "" "Uw /opstartpartitie is te klein (%1 MB).\n" -"We bevelen een afmeting aan van minimaal %2 MB, anders kan de nieuwe kernel " -"er\n" +"We bevelen een afmeting aan van minimaal %2 MB, anders kan de nieuwe kernel er\n" "niet op passen. Het is daarom veiliger om die partitie te vergroten\n" "of zelfs helemaal geen /opstartpartitie te gebruiken.\n" "\n" "Wilt u doorgaan met het bijwerken van het huidige systeem?\n" -#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1269 +#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1269 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -741,28 +713,28 @@ "Klik op 'Koppelopties opgeven' om de opties voor koppelen te controleren of\n" "te herstellen. Klik op 'Annuleren' om het bijwerken af te breken.\n" -#. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1287 +#. push button +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1287 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "Aankoppeloptie&s opgeven" -#. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 +#. popup heading +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Aankoppelopties" -#. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 +#. text entry label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Aankoppel&punt" -#. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1309 +#. tex entry label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1309 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Apparaat" -#. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1314 +#. text entry label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1314 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -770,13 +742,13 @@ "&Bestandssysteem\n" "(leeglaten bij autodetectie)" -#. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1391 +#. error message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1391 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "De /var-partitie %1 kon niet worden aangekoppeld.\n" -#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1432 +#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1432 msgid "" "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" @@ -788,47 +760,43 @@ "<b>udev-ID's:</b> %5,<br>\n" "<b>udev-pad:</b> %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1446 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1446 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" -#. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1469 +#. a popup caption +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1469 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Kan de partitie /var niet automatisch vinden" -#. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1474 +#. a popup message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1474 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"Uw systeem gebruikt een aparte partitie /var die vereist is voor het " -"detecteren\n" -"van wijzigingen aan schijfnamen tijdens het upgradeproces. Selecteer " -"handmatig\n" +"Uw systeem gebruikt een aparte partitie /var die vereist is voor het detecteren\n" +"van wijzigingen aan schijfnamen tijdens het upgradeproces. Selecteer handmatig\n" "de partitie /var om door te gaan met het upgradeproces." -#. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1487 +#. a combo-box label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1487 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "/var-partitieapparaat &selecteren" -#. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1493 +#. an informational rich-text widget label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1493 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Apparaatgegevens" -#. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1634 +#. error message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1634 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Kon met deze schijfconfiguratie de /var-partitie niet aankoppelen.\n" -#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1665 +#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1665 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -838,85 +806,81 @@ "\n" "Controleer het logbestand %1." -#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when -#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions -#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1709 +#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when +#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions +#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1709 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"Enkele partities in het systeem op %1 zijn gekoppeld op basis van de " -"kernelapparaatnaam. Dit is geen\n" +"Enkele partities in het systeem op %1 zijn gekoppeld op basis van de kernelapparaatnaam. Dit is geen\n" "betrouwbare methode voor het bijwerken omdat deze namen niet\n" -"permanent zijn. Het wordt daarom sterk aanbevolen om uw oude systeem te " -"starten en het koppelingsmethode te wijzigen naar\n" +"permanent zijn. Het wordt daarom sterk aanbevolen om uw oude systeem te starten en het koppelingsmethode te wijzigen naar\n" "een andere methode voor alle partities." -#. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1727 +#. error message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1727 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "fstab niet gevonden." -#. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1752 +#. message part 1 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1752 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "De root-partitie in /etc/fstab heeft een ongeldig root-apparaat.\n" -#. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1757 +#. message part 2 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1757 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Deze is momenteel aangekoppeld als %1 maar wordt vermeld als %2.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1813 +#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1813 msgid "before update" msgstr "vóór bijwerken" -#. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2134 +#. prepare progress-bar +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2134 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Root-partitie wordt geëvalueerd. Even geduld a.u.b..." -#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2217 +#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2217 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "De partities worden aangekoppeld. Even geduld a.u.b..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2232 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2232 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Zoeken naar beschikbare systemen" -#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. -#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. -#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. -#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. -#. -#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" -#. @return [String] product name -#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "Releasebestand %{file} niet gevonden" -#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" msgstr "Kan releasebestand %{file} niet lezen" -#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS -#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 +#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS +#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Onbekend product" -#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case -#. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" @@ -924,7 +888,7 @@ "Kan deze patronen die vereist zijn voor de installatie niet selecteren:\n" "%{patterns}" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" @@ -932,24 +896,24 @@ "Kan deze pakketten die vereist zijn voor de installatie niet selecteren:\n" "%{packages}" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Update-instellingen" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Update" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Update uitvoeren" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie bijwerken" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie bijwerken" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -15,270 +15,260 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Users module -#: src/clients/groups.rb:100 +#. translators: command line help text for Users module +#: src/clients/groups.rb:100 msgid "Group configuration module" msgstr "Groep configuratie module." -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:113 msgid "List of available groups" msgstr "Lijst met beschikbare groepen" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120 msgid "User parameters that should be listed" msgstr "Weer te geven gebruikersparameters" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:125 msgid "Show information of selected group" msgstr "Informatie van de geselecteerde groep weergeven" -#. translators: command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:135 +#. translators: command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:135 msgid "Delete an existing group" msgstr "Verwijder een bestaande groep" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:145 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:145 msgid "Add new group" msgstr "Een nieuwe groep toevoegen" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165 msgid "Additional (LDAP) group parameters" msgstr "Extra (LDAP) groep parameters" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:160 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:160 msgid "Edit an existing group" msgstr "Wijzig een bestaande groep" -#. translators: command line help text for list local option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for list local option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:173 msgid "List of local groups" msgstr "Lokale groepenlijst" -#. translators: command line help text for list system option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:179 +#. translators: command line help text for list system option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:179 msgid "List of system groups" msgstr "Systeem groepenlijst" -#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:185 +#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:185 msgid "List of LDAP groups" msgstr "LDAP groepenlijst" -#. translators: command line help text for list nis option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:191 +#. translators: command line help text for list nis option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:191 msgid "List of NIS groups" msgstr "NIS groepenlijst" -#. translators: command line help text for show uid option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:197 +#. translators: command line help text for show uid option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:197 msgid "GID of the group" msgstr "Groep's GID" -#. translators: command line help text for groupname option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:204 +#. translators: command line help text for groupname option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:204 msgid "Name of the group" msgstr "Groepsnaam" -#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:211 +#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:211 msgid "Password of the group" msgstr "Groepswachtwoord" -#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Lijst van groepsleden, meestal gebruikersnamen, gescheiden door komma's. De " -"lijst van LDAP gebruiker DN's moet door dubbele punten gescheiden zijn." +#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:218 +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Lijst van groepsleden, meestal gebruikersnamen, gescheiden door komma's. De lijst van LDAP gebruiker DN's moet door dubbele punten gescheiden zijn." -#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:225 msgid "New group name" msgstr "Nieuwe groepsnaam" -#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:232 +#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:232 msgid "New GID of the group" msgstr "Nieuwe groep's GID" -#. translators: command line help text for show option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:239 +#. translators: command line help text for show option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:239 msgid "Type of the group (local, system, nis, ldap)" msgstr "Soort groep (lokaal, systeem, nis, ldap)" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274 +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274 msgid "Password for LDAP server" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor LDAP server" -#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option -#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 +#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option +#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." -msgstr "" -"Vraag niet om ontbrekende gegevens; geef in plaats daarvan een foutstatus " -"terug." +msgstr "Vraag niet om ontbrekende gegevens; geef in plaats daarvan een foutstatus terug." -#. translators: command line help text for Users module -#: src/clients/users.rb:102 +#. translators: command line help text for Users module +#: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" msgstr "Gebruiker configuratie module." -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/users.rb:115 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/users.rb:115 msgid "List of available users" msgstr "Lijst met beschikbare gebruikers" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/users.rb:127 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/users.rb:127 msgid "Show information of selected user" msgstr "Informatie over geselecteerde gebruiker weergeven" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/users.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/users.rb:137 msgid "Add new user" msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker toevoegen" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157 msgid "Additional (LDAP) user parameters" msgstr "Extra (LDAP) gebruikersparameters" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/users.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/users.rb:152 msgid "Edit an existing user" msgstr "Wijzig een bestaande gebruiker" -#. translators: command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/users.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/users.rb:167 msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)" -msgstr "" -"Verwijder een bestaande gebruiker. (Home directory wordt niet verwijderd.)" +msgstr "Verwijder een bestaande gebruiker. (Home directory wordt niet verwijderd.)" -#. translators: command line help text for list local option -#: src/clients/users.rb:175 +#. translators: command line help text for list local option +#: src/clients/users.rb:175 msgid "List of local users" msgstr "Lijst met lokale gebruikers" -#. translators: command line help text for list system option -#: src/clients/users.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for list system option +#: src/clients/users.rb:181 msgid "List of system users" msgstr "Lijst met systeemgebruikers" -#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option -#: src/clients/users.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option +#: src/clients/users.rb:187 msgid "List of LDAP users" msgstr "Lijst met LDAP gebruikers" -#. translators: command line help text for list nis option -#: src/clients/users.rb:193 +#. translators: command line help text for list nis option +#: src/clients/users.rb:193 msgid "List of NIS users" msgstr "Lijst met NIS gebruikers" -#. translators: command line help text for uid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:199 +#. translators: command line help text for uid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:199 msgid "UID of the user" msgstr "gebruiker's UID" -#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:206 +#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:206 msgid "GID of user's default group" msgstr "GID van gebruiker's standaard groep" -#. translators: command line help text for username option -#: src/clients/users.rb:213 +#. translators: command line help text for username option +#: src/clients/users.rb:213 msgid "Login name of the user" msgstr "Gebruiker's aanmeldingsnaam" -#. translators: command line help text for add option -#: src/clients/users.rb:220 +#. translators: command line help text for add option +#: src/clients/users.rb:220 msgid "Full name of the user" msgstr "Gebruiker's volledige naam" -#. translators: command line help text for shell option -#: src/clients/users.rb:227 +#. translators: command line help text for shell option +#: src/clients/users.rb:227 msgid "Login shell of the user" msgstr "Gebruiker's aanmelding shell" -#. translators: command line help text for home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:234 +#. translators: command line help text for home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:234 msgid "Home directory of the user" msgstr "Gebruiker's home directory" -#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:241 +#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:241 msgid "Do not create home directory for new user" msgstr "Voor nieuwe gebruiker geen home directory aanmaken" -#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:247 msgid "Also delete user's home directory" msgstr "Ook de gebruiker's home directory verwijderen" -#. translators: command line help text for add option -#: src/clients/users.rb:253 +#. translators: command line help text for add option +#: src/clients/users.rb:253 msgid "Password of the user" msgstr "Gebruiker's wachtwoord" -#. translators: command line help text for home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" -msgstr "" -"Lijst met groepen waarvan de gebruiker lid is (gescheiden door komma's)" +msgstr "Lijst met groepen waarvan de gebruiker lid is (gescheiden door komma's)" -#. translators: command line help text for show option -#: src/clients/users.rb:267 +#. translators: command line help text for show option +#: src/clients/users.rb:267 msgid "Type of the user (local, system, nis, ldap)" msgstr "Gebruikerstype (lokaal, systeem, nis, ldap)" -#. translators: command line help text for new_username option -#: src/clients/users.rb:281 +#. translators: command line help text for new_username option +#: src/clients/users.rb:281 msgid "New login name of the user" msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker's aanmeldingsnaam" -#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:288 +#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:288 msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker's UID" -#. Checking double user entries -#. (double username or UID) -#. @param [Array] users to check -#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." msgstr "Er zijn gebruikers met gelijke <username> aangetroffen in het profiel." -#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) -#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." msgstr "Er zijn gebruikers met gelijke <uid> aangetroffen in het profiel." -#. helptext 1/3 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 +#. helptext 1/3 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Hier ziet u, voor de huidige LDAP opgave, de tabel met alle toegestane " -"kenmerken die in de voorgaande dialogen nog niet zijn ingesteld.</p>" +"Hier ziet u, voor de huidige LDAP opgave, de tabel met alle toegestane kenmerken die in de voorgaande dialogen nog niet zijn ingesteld.</p>" -#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), -#. %1 is list of values -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111 +#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), +#. %1 is list of values +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\n" @@ -292,421 +282,364 @@ "<br>%1).\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptext 3/3 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 +#. helptext 3/3 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client " -"Module</b>.</p>\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"ieder kenmerk is aan te passen door middel van <b>Wijzigen</b>. Enkele " -"kenmerken \n" -"kunnen noodzakelijk zijn, deze zijn in de gebruiker-template van de <b>LDAP " -"Cliënt Module</b> gedefinieerd.</p>\n" +"ieder kenmerk is aan te passen door middel van <b>Wijzigen</b>. Enkele kenmerken \n" +"kunnen noodzakelijk zijn, deze zijn in de gebruiker-template van de <b>LDAP Cliënt Module</b> gedefinieerd.</p>\n" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Kenmerk" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255 msgid "Additional LDAP Settings" msgstr "Extra LDAP instellingen" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy " -"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified " -"user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wijs een wachtwoordbeleidobject toe aan deze gebruiker in <b>DN van " -"wachtwoordbeleidobject</b>. Activeer <b>Wachtwoord opnieuw instellen</b> om " -"het wachtwoord van de gewijzigde gebruiker opnieuw in te stellen.</p>" +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 +msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Wijs een wachtwoordbeleidobject toe aan deze gebruiker in <b>DN van wachtwoordbeleidobject</b>. Activeer <b>Wachtwoord opnieuw instellen</b> om het wachtwoord van de gewijzigde gebruiker opnieuw in te stellen.</p>" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 msgid "Use &Default Password Policy" msgstr "Het stan&daard wachtwoordbeleid gebruiken" -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115 +#. text entry label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115 msgid "DN of &Password Policy object" msgstr "DN van &wachtwoordbeleidobject" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120 msgid "&Reset Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord &opnieuw instellen" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "Instellingen van wachtwoordbeleid" -#. label (date of last password change) -#. label (date of last password change) -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803 +#. label (date of last password change) +#. label (date of last password change) +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#. label (date of last password change) -#. label (date of last password change) -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806 +#. label (date of last password change) +#. label (date of last password change) +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nooit" -#. label -#. label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838 +#. label +#. label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838 msgid "Last Password Change: %1" msgstr "Laatste wachtwoord wijziging: %1" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Days &before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" msgstr "Aantal dagen &voordat wachtwoord verloopt - waarschuwing" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Days after Password Expires with Usable &Login" -msgstr "" -"Aantal dagen, na het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat een &aanmelding nog " -"bruikbaar is" +msgstr "Aantal dagen, na het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat een &aanmelding nog bruikbaar is" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874 msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Days for the Same Password" msgstr "Ma&ximaal aantal dagen voor hetzelfde wachtwoord" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "&Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password" msgstr "&Minimaal aantal dagen voor hetzelfde wachtwoord" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Ex&piration Date" msgstr "Verloo&pdatum" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213 msgid "Shadow Account Settings" msgstr "Instellingen van schaduwaccount" -#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! -#. The date must stay in this format -#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! -#. The date must stay in this format -#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD -#. The date must stay in this format -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! +#. The date must stay in this format +#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! +#. The date must stay in this format +#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD +#. The date must stay in this format +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "De verloopdatum moet het formaat YYYY-MM-DD hebben" -#. helptext for quota -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 +#. helptext for quota +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De quota-instellingen voor de gebruiker op geselecteerde bestandssystemen " -"instellen.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De quota-instellingen voor de gebruiker op geselecteerde bestandssystemen instellen.</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Definieer een groottelimiet door het aantal 1 KB-blokken op te\n" "geven dat de gebruiker op dit bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" "Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes\n" "dat de gebruiker op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.</p>\n" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal " -"inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop " -"gebruikers worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde " -"limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd.</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "<p>U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop gebruikers worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd.</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Zodra een gebruiker de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de " -"invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op " -"gedurende welke de gebruiker de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag " -"overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk.</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 +msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Zodra een gebruiker de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende welke de gebruiker de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk.</p>" -#. helptext for quota -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 +#. helptext for quota +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De quota-instellingen voor de groep op geselecteerde bestandssystemen " -"instellen.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De quota-instellingen voor de groep op geselecteerde bestandssystemen instellen.</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Definieer een limiet voor de grootte door het aantal 1 kB-blokken\n" "op te geven dat de groep op dit bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" -"Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes dat de " -"groep op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.</p>\n" +"Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes dat de groep op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.</p>\n" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal " -"inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop " -"groepen worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde " -"limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd.</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "<p>U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop groepen worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd.</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Zodra een groep de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden " -"voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende " -"welke de groep de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. " -"Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk.</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 +msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Zodra een groep de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende welke de groep de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk.</p>" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Bestandssysteem" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195 msgid "Size Limits" msgstr "Groottelimieten" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203 msgid "&Soft limit" msgstr "&Zachte limiet" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211 msgid "&Hard limit" msgstr "&Harde limiet" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231 msgid "I-nodes Limit" msgstr "Inode-limieten" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238 msgid "S&oft limit" msgstr "Z&achte limiet" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246 msgid "Har&d limit" msgstr "Har&de limiet" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 msgid "Soft limit cannot be higher than the hard limit." msgstr "Het zachte limiet kan niet hoger zijn dan het harde limiet." -#. helper for creating widget with time settings -#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's -#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 +#. helper for creating widget with time settings +#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's +#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dagen" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Uren" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minuten" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Seconden" -#. password entering label -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 +#. password entering label +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" msgstr "LDAP server wachtwoord:" -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491 msgid "There is no such user." msgstr "Zo'n gebruiker is er niet." -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233 msgid "Full Name:" msgstr "Volledige naam:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237 msgid "Login Name:" msgstr "Aanmeldingsnaam:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241 msgid "Home Directory:" msgstr "Home directory:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Login Shell:" msgstr "Aanmelding shell:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249 msgid "UID:" msgstr "UID:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253 msgid "Default Group:" msgstr "Standaard groep:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257 msgid "List of Groups:" msgstr "Groepenlijst:" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285 msgid "Enter a user name." msgstr "Geef een gebruikersnaam op." -#. question on command line -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306 +#. question on command line +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306 msgid "Password for New User:" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor nieuwe gebruiker:" -#. question on command line -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309 +#. question on command line +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309 msgid "Confirm the password:" msgstr "Bevestig het wachtwoord:" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "Wachtwoorden komen niet overeen. Probeer het opnieuw." -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "Passwords do not match. Exiting." msgstr "Wachtwoorden komen niet overeen. Het programma wordt afgesloten." -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399 msgid "" "You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\n" "Please log off the user first." msgstr "" -"U kunt deze gebruiker niet verwijderen aangezien deze gebruiker nog aanwezig " -"is.\n" +"U kunt deze gebruiker niet verwijderen aangezien deze gebruiker nog aanwezig is.\n" "Meldt de gebruiker eerst even af aub." -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 msgid "There is no such group." msgstr "Zo'n groep is er niet." -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565 msgid "Group Name:" msgstr "Groepsnaam:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569 msgid "GID:" msgstr "GID:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 msgid "List of Members:" msgstr "Ledenlijst:" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637 msgid "Enter a group name." msgstr "Geef een groepsnaam op." -#. popup text -#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89 +#. popup text +#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u het schrijfproces wilt afbreken?" -#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69 +#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have used uppercase letters in the user login entry.</p>" @@ -714,8 +647,8 @@ "<p>\n" "U heeft in de gebruikersnaam hoofdletters gebruikt.</p>" -#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 +#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>This could cause problems with delivering mail\n" "to this user, because mail systems generally do not\n" @@ -727,13 +660,13 @@ "hoofdletter gevoelige namen ondersteunen.<br>\n" "U kunt dit probleem oplossen door de aliastabel te wijzigen.</p>\n" -#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 +#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "<p>Really use the entered value?</p>" msgstr "<p>Wilt u de opgegeven waarde echt gebruiken?</p>" -#. password entry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124 +#. password entry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "To access the data required to modify\n" "the encryption settings for this user,\n" @@ -743,16 +676,16 @@ "de coderingsinstellingen voor deze gebruiker te wijzigen,\n" " geeft u het huidige wachtwoord van de gebruiker op." -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. report misspellings of the password -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:102 +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:102 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -760,25 +693,23 @@ "De nieuwe wachtwoorden zijn ongelijk.\n" "Probeer op nieuw" -#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 +#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" "Crypted directory image and key files\n" "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Gecodeerde directory image en sleutelbestanden\n" "'%1' en '%2'\n" "zijn gevonden. Deze voor de huidige gebruiker gebruiken?\n" "\n" -"Dit betekent dat gegevens uit deze image zullen worden gebruikt in plaats " -"van de huidige thuisdirectory." +"Dit betekent dat gegevens uit deze image zullen worden gebruikt in plaats van de huidige thuisdirectory." -#. popup label, %1 is path to directory -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 +#. popup label, %1 is path to directory +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "" "The home directory (%1) already exists.\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -786,127 +717,125 @@ "De persoonlijke directory (%1) bestaat al.\n" "Deze toch gebruiken?" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377 msgid "&Change directory owner" msgstr "&Directoryeigenaar wijzigen" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "&Volledige naam van gebruiker" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "&Voornaam" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Last Name" msgstr "&Achternaam" -#. label text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 +#. label text +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "" -"Voor externe gebruikers kunnen alleen extra groeplidmaatschappen gewijzigd " -"worden." +msgstr "Voor externe gebruikers kunnen alleen extra groeplidmaatschappen gewijzigd worden." -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "S&ysteem mail ontvangen" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "A&utomatisch aanmelding" -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de &systeembeheerder" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" msgstr "Gebruikersaanmelding &uitschakelen" -#. push button -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509 +#. push button +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "User &Management" msgstr "Gebruikers&beheer" -#. group name is not known (combobox item): -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615 +#. group name is not known (combobox item): +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "(Unknown)" msgstr "(Onbekend)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "De&fault Group" msgstr "&Standaard groep" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "Login &Shell" msgstr "Aanmelding &shell" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641 msgid "Addi&tional User Information" msgstr "&Extra gebruikersinformatie:" -#. button label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650 +#. button label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650 msgid "B&rowse..." msgstr "Blade&ren..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "&Home directory" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665 msgid "&Move to New Location" msgstr "&Verplaatsen naar nieuwe locatie" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "Home Directory &Permission Mode" msgstr "&Permissiemodus voor de home directory" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "E&mpty Home" msgstr "Lege ho&me" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698 msgid "&Use Encrypted Home Directory" msgstr "&Versleutelde home directory gebruiken" -#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-) -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707 +#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-) +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "&Directory Size in MB" msgstr "&Grootte van directory in MB" -#. label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721 +#. label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "For remote users, only additional \n" "group memberships can be changed." @@ -914,109 +843,109 @@ "Alleen voor gebruikers op afstand.\n" "Kan de extra groeplidmaatschap gewijzigd worden." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "User &ID (uid)" msgstr "Gebruiker &ID (uid)" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Additional Gr&oups" msgstr "Extra gr&oepen" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766 msgid "&LDAP Groups" msgstr "&LDAP groepen" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Force Password Change" msgstr "Wachtwoordwijziging forceren" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "Plugin beschrijving" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "Plugin toevoegen &of verwijderen" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Start" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959 msgid "New Local User" msgstr "Nieuwe lokale gebruiker toevoegen" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New System User" msgstr "Nieuwe systeemgebruiker toevoegen" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963 msgid "New LDAP User" msgstr "Nieuwe LDAP gebruiker toevoegen" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Existing Local User" msgstr "Bestaande lokale gebruiker" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Existing System User" msgstr "Bestaande systeemgebruiker" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Existing LDAP User" msgstr "Bestaande LDAP gebruiker" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Existing NIS User" msgstr "Bestaande NIS gebruiker" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Us&er Data" msgstr "G&ebruikersdata" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Pass&word Settings" msgstr "&Wachtwoord instellingen" -#. tab label -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 +#. tab label +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "Plu&gin's" -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "Lege gebruikersaanmelding" -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" @@ -1026,21 +955,21 @@ "is het zinvol om de gebruikersnaam niet in te vullen.\n" "Weet u het zeker?" -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:127 +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Wilt u dit wachtwoord echt gebruiken?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 +#. popup question +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" msgstr "Home directory in %1 wijzigen?" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 msgid "" "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" "because the user is currently logged in.\n" @@ -1050,13 +979,13 @@ "worden omdat deze gebruiker nog aanwezig is.\n" "Meld de gebruiker eerst af." -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." msgstr "Geef de grootte op voor de home directory." -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "" "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." @@ -1064,90 +993,89 @@ "\n" "De directory kan niet worden gecodeerd." -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "Deze plugin kan niet worden verwijderd." -#. popup text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 +#. popup text +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "Now you have added a new user." msgstr "U hebt nu een nieuwe gebruiker toegevoegd." -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 msgid "New Local Group" msgstr "Nieuwe lokale groep" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 msgid "New System Group" msgstr "Nieuwe systeemgroep" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 msgid "New LDAP Group" msgstr "Nieuwe LDAP groep" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 msgid "Existing Local Group" msgstr "Bestaande lokale groep" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 msgid "Existing System Group" msgstr "Bestaande systeemgroep" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 msgid "Existing LDAP Group" msgstr "Bestaande LDAP groep" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "Groeps&naam" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "Group &ID (gid)" msgstr "Groep &ID (gid)" -#. selection box label -#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes -#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 +#. selection box label +#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes +#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "Groeps&leden" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "Groeps&data" -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 msgid "DES" msgstr "DES" -#. encryption type -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1156,12 +1084,11 @@ "speciale tekens (zoals letters met accenten of trema's) bevatten.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1170,8 +1097,8 @@ "een lengte te hebben van %2 tot maximaal %3 karakters.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1179,14 +1106,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om er zeker van te zijn dat het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven wordt u " -"verzocht\n" -"het in een tweede veld op identieke wijze te herhalen. Vergeet uw wachtwoord " -"niet!\n" +"Om er zeker van te zijn dat het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven wordt u verzocht\n" +"het in een tweede veld op identieke wijze te herhalen. Vergeet uw wachtwoord niet!\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 0/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 +#. Help text 0/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n" @@ -1196,8 +1121,8 @@ "Hier kut u de standaard waarde instellen voor lokale of systeem gebruikers.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 +#. Help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Default Group</b><br>\n" @@ -1209,8 +1134,8 @@ "De groepsnaam voor de initiële groep van een nieuwe gebruiker.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 1.5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 +#. Help text 1.5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>\n" @@ -1222,83 +1147,70 @@ "Namen van initiële extra groepen van de nieuwe gebruiker.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 +#. Help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.</P>\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Standaard aanmelding shell</b><br>\n" -"De naam van de aanmelding shell van de nieuwe gebruiker. Selecteer er één " -"uit de lijst of geef uw path naar de shell op.</P>\n" +"De naam van de aanmelding shell van de nieuwe gebruiker. Selecteer er één uit de lijst of geef uw path naar de shell op.</P>\n" -#. Help text 3/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 +#. Help text 3/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Standaard home</b><br>\n" -"Het standaard path-voorvoegsel van de home directory van een nieuwe " -"gebruiker. De gebruikersnaam zal aan het einde van deze waarde worden gezet " -"om een standaardnaam voor de home directory van de gebruiker te maken. </P>\n" +"Het standaard path-voorvoegsel van de home directory van een nieuwe gebruiker. De gebruikersnaam zal aan het einde van deze waarde worden gezet om een standaardnaam voor de home directory van de gebruiker te maken. </P>\n" -#. Help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 +#. Help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. </p>\n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Raamwerk directory</b><br>\n" -"Zodra een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, zal de inhoud van deze " -"directory naar de home directory van de gebruiker gekopieerd worden. </p>\n" +"Zodra een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, zal de inhoud van deze directory naar de home directory van de gebruiker gekopieerd worden. </p>\n" -#. Help text 4.5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 +#. Help text 4.5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>\n" "Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ontmaskeren voor persoonlijke directory</b><br>\n" -"De te gebruiken 'ontmaskeren bij het maken van nieuwe persoonlijke " -"directories.</p>\n" +"De te gebruiken 'ontmaskeren bij het maken van nieuwe persoonlijke directories.</p>\n" -#. Help text 5/6: -#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 +#. Help text 5/6: +#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Verloopdatum</b><br>\n" -"De datum waarop het gebruikersaccount verloopt. De datum moet het YYYY-MM-DD " -"formaat hebben. Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.</P>\n" +"De datum waarop het gebruikersaccount verloopt. De datum moet het YYYY-MM-DD formaat hebben. Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.</P>\n" -#. Help text 6/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 +#. Help text 6/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<P><B>Days after Password Expiration Login Is Usable</B><BR>\n" "Users can log in after expiration of passwords. Set how many days \n" "after expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Aantal dagen, na het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat de aanmelding " -"nog bruikbaar is</B><BR>\n" -"Gebruikers kunnen ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord zich nog aanmelden. " -"Geef het aantal dagen op \n" -"waarbij het is toegestaan om zich nog aan te melden na een verlopen " -"wachtwoord. Gebruik -1 voor een ongelimiteerde toegang.\n" +"<P><B>Aantal dagen, na het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat de aanmelding nog bruikbaar is</B><BR>\n" +"Gebruikers kunnen ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord zich nog aanmelden. Geef het aantal dagen op \n" +"waarbij het is toegestaan om zich nog aan te melden na een verlopen wachtwoord. Gebruik -1 voor een ongelimiteerde toegang.\n" "</P>\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Initializing User Management</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -1308,8 +1220,8 @@ "Even geduld aub....\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization</BIG></B><BR>\n" "You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" @@ -1321,8 +1233,8 @@ "op de knop <B>Afbreken</B> te drukken.\n" "</P>" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving User Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -1332,8 +1244,8 @@ "Even geduld aub...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Save Process:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" @@ -1345,8 +1257,8 @@ "Een extra venster zal u informeren of dat veilig te doen is.\n" "</P>\n" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>First Name</b>, <b>Last Name</b>, \n" @@ -1360,9 +1272,8 @@ "<b>Wachtwoord</b> in om een nieuwe gebruiker aan te maken.\n" "</p>\n" -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" @@ -1370,98 +1281,77 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Vul <b>Volledige naam van gebruiker</b>, <b>Gebruikernaam</b> en " -"<b>Wachtwoord</b> in\n" +"Vul <b>Volledige naam van gebruiker</b>, <b>Gebruikernaam</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b> in\n" "om een nieuwe gebruiker aan te maken.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n" "clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Maak de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> aan aan de hand van gedeeltes\n" "uit de volledige naam door op <b>Suggestie</b> te klikken. U mag\n" -"deze wijzigen, maar gebruik alleen letters (zonder speciale tekens), cijfers " -"en <tt>_</tt>.\n" +"deze wijzigen, maar gebruik alleen letters (zonder speciale tekens), cijfers en <tt>_</tt>.\n" "Gebruik geen hoofdletters tenzij u weet wat u doet.\n" "Gebruikersnamen hebben meer beperkingen dan wachtwoorden. U kunt de\n" "beperkingen opnieuw definiëren in het bestand /etc/login.defs. Lees de\n" "bijhorende man-pagina voor meer informatie.\n" "</p>\n" -#. alternative help text 2/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 +#. alternative help text 2/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Wanneer u de <b>Gebruikersaanmelding</b> veranderd, gebruik dan alleen\n" "letters (geen trema's), cijfers, en <tt>._-</tt>\n" -"Gebruik bij deze opgave geen hoofdletters, of u moet exact weten waar u mee " -"bezig bent.\n" -"Gebruikersnamen zijn meer aan beperkingen gebonden dan wachtwoorden. U kunt " -"de beperkingen\n" -"opnieuw definieren in het /etc./login.defs bestand. Lees voor meer " -"informatie de man pagina.\n" +"Gebruik bij deze opgave geen hoofdletters, of u moet exact weten waar u mee bezig bent.\n" +"Gebruikersnamen zijn meer aan beperkingen gebonden dan wachtwoorden. U kunt de beperkingen\n" +"opnieuw definieren in het /etc./login.defs bestand. Lees voor meer informatie de man pagina.\n" "</p>\n" -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"De gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord die hier zijn aangemaakt zijn nodig om u aan " -"te melden bij het Linux-systeem. Als de optie <b>Automatisch aanmelden</b> " -"is ingeschakeld zal de aanmeldprocedure worden overgeslagen. Deze gebruiker " -"zal automatisch worden aangemeld.</p>\n" +"De gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord die hier zijn aangemaakt zijn nodig om u aan te melden bij het Linux-systeem. Als de optie <b>Automatisch aanmelden</b> is ingeschakeld zal de aanmeldprocedure worden overgeslagen. Deze gebruiker zal automatisch worden aangemeld.</p>\n" -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System " -"Mail</b>.</p>\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Als u op de optie \"Systeem mail ontvangen\" klikt, dan zal de mail voor " -"root naar deze gebruiker worden doorgestuurd.</p>\n" +"Als u op de optie \"Systeem mail ontvangen\" klikt, dan zal de mail voor root naar deze gebruiker worden doorgestuurd.</p>\n" -#. help text 6/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system." -msgstr "" -"<p>Druk op <b>Gebruikersbeheer</b> om meer gebruikers of groepen aan uw " -"systeem toe te voegen.</p>" +#. help text 6/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 +msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Druk op <b>Gebruikersbeheer</b> om meer gebruikers of groepen aan uw systeem toe te voegen.</p>" -#. alternative help text 4/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 +#. alternative help text 4/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\n" @@ -1473,19 +1363,17 @@ "de home directory of de gebruikers ID te kunnen zien.\n" "</p>\n" -#. alternative help text 5/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 +#. alternative help text 5/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Klik op <b>Wachtwoord instellingen</b> om de diverse wachtwoord instellingen " -"(zoals bijvoorbeeld de verloopdatum) van deze gebruiker aan te passen.</p>\n" +"Klik op <b>Wachtwoord instellingen</b> om de diverse wachtwoord instellingen (zoals bijvoorbeeld de verloopdatum) van deze gebruiker aan te passen.</p>\n" -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>To forbid this user to\n" "log in, check <b>Disable User Login</b>.</p>" @@ -1493,8 +1381,8 @@ "<p>Vink de <b>Gebruikersaanmelding uitschakelen</b> optie aan als u\n" "deze gebruiker geen toestemming wilt geven om zich aan te melden.</p>" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the group data here. \n" @@ -1504,8 +1392,8 @@ "Vul groep gegevens hier in. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Group Name:</b>\n" @@ -1519,13 +1407,12 @@ "<b>Groepsnaam:</b>\n" "Geef de naam van de groep op. Vermijdt \n" "lange namen. Een normale lengte ligt tussen de twee en acht karakters.\n" -"U kunt de lijst met karakters opnieuw definieren in het /etc./login.defs " -"bestand.\n" +"U kunt de lijst met karakters opnieuw definieren in het /etc./login.defs bestand.\n" "Lees voor meer informatie de man pagina.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/6, %1 is number -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 +#. help text 3/6, %1 is number +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Group ID (gid):</b>\n" @@ -1538,21 +1425,17 @@ "<p>\n" "<b>Groep ID (gid):</b>\n" "Als aanvulling op de naam dient voor de interne vertegenwoordiging een\n" -"numerieke ID aan de groep toegewezen te worden. Deze waardes liggen ergens " -"tussen\n" -"0 en %1. Enkele van deze ID's zijn reeds tijdens de installatie toegewezen. " -"YaST2 zal u\n" -"waarschuwen wanneer u per ongeluk een al in gebruik zijnde ID wilt gaan " -"gebruiken.\n" +"numerieke ID aan de groep toegewezen te worden. Deze waardes liggen ergens tussen\n" +"0 en %1. Enkele van deze ID's zijn reeds tijdens de installatie toegewezen. YaST2 zal u\n" +"waarschuwen wanneer u per ongeluk een al in gebruik zijnde ID wilt gaan gebruiken.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Password:</b>\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -1561,14 +1444,13 @@ "<p>\n" "<b>Wachtwoord:</b>\n" "Wanneer u de niet leden van de groep zichzelf wilt laten identificeren bij\n" -"het overschakelen naar deze nieuwe groep (zie man page van <tt>newgrp),\n" +"het overschakelen naar deze nieuwe groep (zie man page van <tt>newgrp</tt>),\n" "dan kunt u aan deze groep een wachtwoord toewijzen. Om veiligheidsredenen\n" "wordt dit wachtwoord hier niet getoond. Deze opgave is niet verplicht.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Confirm Password:</b>\n" @@ -1580,8 +1462,8 @@ "Geeft het wachtwoord een tweede keer op om daarmee tikfouten te voorkomen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Group Members:</b>\n" @@ -1593,17 +1475,15 @@ "Selecteer de leden die lid van deze groep zouden moeten zijn.\n" "</p>\n" -#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 +#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n" " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." -msgstr "" -"De tweede lijst laat de gebruikers zien waarvan deze groep de standaard " -"groep is. Deze lijst kan hier niet gewijzigd worden." +msgstr "De tweede lijst laat de gebruikers zien waarvan deze groep de standaard groep is. Deze lijst kan hier niet gewijzigd worden." -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Additional user data includes:\n" @@ -1612,8 +1492,8 @@ "<p>\n" "Extra gebruikers gegevens </p>" -#. help text 2/8, %1 is number -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395 +#. help text 2/8, %1 is number +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>User ID (uid):</b>\n" @@ -1631,8 +1511,8 @@ "gebruikt worden voor speciale doeleinden en pseudo aanmeldingen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\n" @@ -1642,14 +1522,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Wanneer u de UID van een bestaande gebruiker aanpast, dan zullen de rechten\n" -"van de bestanden van deze gebruiker ook gewijzigd moeten worden. Dit " -"gebeurt\n" +"van de bestanden van deze gebruiker ook gewijzigd moeten worden. Dit gebeurt\n" "automatisch bij de bestanden in de home directory van de gebruiker, \n" -"echter niet bij de bestanden die zich eventueel op andere plaatsen bevinden." -"</p>\n" +"echter niet bij de bestanden die zich eventueel op andere plaatsen bevinden.</p>\n" -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Home Directory:</b>\n" @@ -1666,17 +1544,13 @@ "Klik op <b>Bladeren</b> om een bestaande directory te selecteren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for user's home directory mode -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's " -"home directory different from the default.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Optioneel kunt u via <b>Toegangsrechten voor persoonlijke directory</b> " -"de toegangsrechten van die directory anders instellen dan standaard.</p>" +#. help text for user's home directory mode +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 +msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Optioneel kunt u via <b>Toegangsrechten voor persoonlijke directory</b> de toegangsrechten van die directory anders instellen dan standaard.</p>" -#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 +#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 msgid "" "<p>To create only an empty home directory,\n" "check <b>Empty Home</b>. Otherwise, the new home directory\n" @@ -1686,59 +1560,34 @@ "lege home directory aan te maken. Anders wordt de nieuwe gebruiker's\n" "home directory volgens het standaard raam (%1) aangemaakt.</p>\n" -#. help text for Move to new location checkbox -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als u de locatie van de home directory van een gebruiker wijzigt, " -"verplaatst u de inhoud van de huidige directory met de optie <b>Verplaatsen " -"naar nieuwe locatie</b>, die standaard wordt geactiveerd. Anders wordt er " -"een nieuwe home directory gemaakt zonder de bestaande gegevens.</p>" +#. help text for Move to new location checkbox +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 +msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als u de locatie van de home directory van een gebruiker wijzigt, verplaatst u de inhoud van de huidige directory met de optie <b>Verplaatsen naar nieuwe locatie</b>, die standaard wordt geactiveerd. Anders wordt er een nieuwe home directory gemaakt zonder de bestaande gegevens.</p>" -#. help text for directory encryption -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 +#. help text for directory encryption +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared.</p>" +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Als u de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker wilt coderen, moet u\n" -"<b>Gecodeerde persoonlijke directory gebruiken</b> inschakelen en de " -"grootte\n" -"van de directory opgeven. Het coderen van de persoonlijke directory van een " -"gebruiker\n" -"vormt geen sterke beveiliging tegen andere gebruikers. Als deze computer " -"door\n" -"meerdere gebruikers wordt gedeeld, kan een gebruiker mogelijk de " -"systeembeveiliging\n" -"omzeilen, de sleutel van een andere gebruiker verkrijgen en toegang krijgen " -"tot de versleutelde gegevens. Als sterke beveiliging vereist is, moet het " -"systeem niet fysiek worden gedeeld.</p>" +"<b>Gecodeerde persoonlijke directory gebruiken</b> inschakelen en de grootte\n" +"van de directory opgeven. Het coderen van de persoonlijke directory van een gebruiker\n" +"vormt geen sterke beveiliging tegen andere gebruikers. Als deze computer door\n" +"meerdere gebruikers wordt gedeeld, kan een gebruiker mogelijk de systeembeveiliging\n" +"omzeilen, de sleutel van een andere gebruiker verkrijgen en toegang krijgen tot de versleutelde gegevens. Als sterke beveiliging vereist is, moet het systeem niet fysiek worden gedeeld.</p>" -#. help text for directory encryption -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Persoonlijke directories kunnen niet gecodeerd worden als een " -"vingerprintlezer wordt gebruikt. Om de persoonlijke directory van een " -"gebruiker te kunnen coderen moet de vingerprintconfiguratie eerst worden " -"uitgeschakeld.</p>" +#. help text for directory encryption +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 +msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Persoonlijke directories kunnen niet gecodeerd worden als een vingerprintlezer wordt gebruikt. Om de persoonlijke directory van een gebruiker te kunnen coderen moet de vingerprintconfiguratie eerst worden uitgeschakeld.</p>" -#. alternate helptext 5/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 +#. alternate helptext 5/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The home directory of an LDAP user can be changed only on the\n" @@ -1748,8 +1597,8 @@ "De home directory van een LDAP gebruiker kan alleen op de\n" "bestandserver gewijzigd worden.</p>" -#. alternate helptext 5/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497 +#. alternate helptext 5/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497 msgid "" "<p><b>Additional Information:</b>\n" "Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\n" @@ -1758,17 +1607,13 @@ "shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Extra informatie</b>\n" -"Hier kan enige extra gebruikersdata worden opgegeven. Deze velden kunnen " -"maximaal\n" -"drie onderdelen bevatten: gescheiden door komma's. Standaard is dit meestal " -"het\n" -"volgende: <i>kantoor</i>, <i>telefoon werk</i>, <i>telefoon privé</i>. Deze " -"informatie\n" -"wordt zichtbaar zodra u het <i>finger</i> commando voor deze gebruiker " -"gebruikt.</p>\n" +"Hier kan enige extra gebruikersdata worden opgegeven. Deze velden kunnen maximaal\n" +"drie onderdelen bevatten: gescheiden door komma's. Standaard is dit meestal het\n" +"volgende: <i>kantoor</i>, <i>telefoon werk</i>, <i>telefoon privé</i>. Deze informatie\n" +"wordt zichtbaar zodra u het <i>finger</i> commando voor deze gebruiker gebruikt.</p>\n" -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Login Shell:</b>\n" @@ -1784,8 +1629,8 @@ "geïnstalleerde shells.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522 +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Default Group:</b>\n" @@ -1799,8 +1644,8 @@ "groep uit de lijst van alle bestaande groepen op uw systeem.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Additional Groups:</b>\n" @@ -1812,8 +1657,8 @@ "Selecteer extra groepen waar de gebruiker lid van moet worden.\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 +#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 msgid "" "<p>Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\n" "extensions of user and group configuration.</p>\n" @@ -1821,8 +1666,8 @@ "<p>Hier kunt u de lijst met Plugin's zien -- de \n" "uitbreidingen voor de gebruiker- en groepsconfiguratie.</p>\n" -#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 +#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 msgid "" "The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\n" "is currently in use." @@ -1830,17 +1675,13 @@ "Het controleteken in het linker deel van de tabel geeft aan dat\n" "de plugin momenteel in gebruik is." -#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"<b>Launch</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De gedetailleerde configuratie van een bepaalde plugin is te starten door " -"<b>Start</b> te selecteren.</p>" +#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 +msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De gedetailleerde configuratie van een bepaalde plugin is te starten door <b>Start</b> te selecteren.</p>" -#. help texts 1/1 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 +#. help texts 1/1 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Save the current user and group settings to the system.\n" @@ -1850,23 +1691,20 @@ "Bewaar de huidige gebruiker en groepsinstellingen op het systeem\n" "</p>" -#. Help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 +#. Help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 msgid "" "<p>Activate <b>Force Password Change</b> to force the user to change the\n" "password at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\n" "<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Activeer <b>Forceer wachtwoord wijziging</b> om te forceren dat de " -"gebruiker\n" -"het wachtwoord wijzigt bij de volgende aanmelding. Als <b>Laatste " -"wachtwoord\n" -"wijziging</b> op <i>Nooit</i> is gezet dan zal de gebruiker geforceerd " -"worden\n" +"<p>Activeer <b>Forceer wachtwoord wijziging</b> om te forceren dat de gebruiker\n" +"het wachtwoord wijzigt bij de volgende aanmelding. Als <b>Laatste wachtwoord\n" +"wijziging</b> op <i>Nooit</i> is gezet dan zal de gebruiker geforceerd worden\n" "het wachtwoord te wijzigen.</p>" -#. Help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 +#. Help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Days before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</B><BR>\n" @@ -1877,65 +1715,54 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Aantal dagen voordat wachtwoord verloopt - waarschuwing</B><BR>\n" -"Gebruikers kunnen gewaarschuwd worden voordat de geldigheid van hun " -"wachtwoorden is verlopen. U kunt \n" -"het aantal dagen waarop gewaarschuwd moet worden instellen. -1 zet de " -"waarschuwing uit.\n" +"Gebruikers kunnen gewaarschuwd worden voordat de geldigheid van hun wachtwoorden is verlopen. U kunt \n" +"het aantal dagen waarop gewaarschuwd moet worden instellen. -1 zet de waarschuwing uit.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 3/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 +#. Help text 3/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "<P><B>Days after Password Expires with Usable Login</B><BR>\n" "Users can log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days to\n" "allow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Aantal dagen, na het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat een aanmelding " -"nog bruikbaar is</B><BR>\n" -"Gebruikers kunnen ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord zich nog aanmelden. " -"Geef het aantal dagen op \n" -"waarbij het is toegestaan om zich nog aan te melden na een verlopen " -"wachtwoord. Gebruik -1 voor een ongelimiteerde toegang.\n" +"<P><B>Aantal dagen, na het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat een aanmelding nog bruikbaar is</B><BR>\n" +"Gebruikers kunnen ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord zich nog aanmelden. Geef het aantal dagen op \n" +"waarbij het is toegestaan om zich nog aan te melden na een verlopen wachtwoord. Gebruik -1 voor een ongelimiteerde toegang.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 +#. Help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Maximaal aantal dagen voor hetzelfde wachtwoord</B><BR> Instelling van " -"het aantal dagen dat een gebruiker \n" +"<P><B>Maximaal aantal dagen voor hetzelfde wachtwoord</B><BR> Instelling van het aantal dagen dat een gebruiker \n" "hetzelfde wachtwoord mag gebruiken voordat het zal verlopen.</P>\n" -#. Help text 5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 +#. Help text 5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Minimaal aantal dagen voor hetzelfde wachtwoord</B><BR>Instelling van " -"de minimum leeftijd \n" -"van een wachtwoord, dat verstreken moet zijn voordat de gebruiker het " -"wachtwoord mag wijzigen.</P>\n" +"<P><B>Minimaal aantal dagen voor hetzelfde wachtwoord</B><BR>Instelling van de minimum leeftijd \n" +"van een wachtwoord, dat verstreken moet zijn voordat de gebruiker het wachtwoord mag wijzigen.</P>\n" -#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 +#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 msgid "" "<P><B>Expiration Date</B><BR>Set the date when this account expires. \n" "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Verloopdatum</B><BR>Instelling van de datum waarop dit account " -"verloopt. \n" +"<P><B>Verloopdatum</B><BR>Instelling van de datum waarop dit account verloopt. \n" "De datum moet het YYYY-MM-DD formaat hebben. \n" "Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.</P>\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>\n" @@ -1949,291 +1776,198 @@ "gebruikeraccount bronnen of het verificatie type kunnen beïnvloeden.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>De waardes wijzigen</b><br>\n" -"U kunt deze instellingen configureren door de gewenste modules te starten. " -"Selecteer de module met de <b>Configureer</b> knop.\n" +"U kunt deze instellingen configureren door de gewenste modules te starten. Selecteer de module met de <b>Configureer</b> knop.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for Password Policy Dialog -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer de tabs <b>Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging</b>, <b>Beleid voor " -"wachtwoordveroudering</b> en <b>Beleid voor uitsluiting</b> om de " -"beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor te configureren attributen te " -"kiezen.</p>" +#. help text for Password Policy Dialog +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 +msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer de tabs <b>Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging</b>, <b>Beleid voor wachtwoordveroudering</b> en <b>Beleid voor uitsluiting</b> om de beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor te configureren attributen te kiezen.</p>" -#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Geef de waarde voor <b>Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in " -"geschiedenis</b> op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden " -"moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt." -"</p>" +#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Geef de waarde voor <b>Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in geschiedenis</b> op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen</b> in " -"om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het " -"wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen</b> in om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd.</p>" -#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their " -"passwords.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen</b> in om gebruikers toe te " -"staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen.</p>" +#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen</b> in om gebruikers toe te staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen.</p>" -#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden " -"opgegeven, schakelt u <b>Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging</b> " -"in.</p>" +#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 +msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden opgegeven, schakelt u <b>Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging</b> in.</p>" -#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd " -"terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer <b>Geen " -"controle</b> als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met " -"<b>Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden zelfs " -"geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de " -"gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met <b>Alleen " -"gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als " -"de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden " -"gecontroleerd.</p>" +#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer <b>Geen controle</b> als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met <b>Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden zelfs geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met <b>Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden gecontroleerd.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Stel bij <b>Minimale wachtwoordlengte</b> het minimale aantal tekens in dat " -"moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" +msgstr "Stel bij <b>Minimale wachtwoordlengte</b> het minimale aantal tekens in dat moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet " -"verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 +msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password " -"expires.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoe lang na de " -"wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 +msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoe lang na de wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt.</p>" -#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bij <b>Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een " -"waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de " -"verificatie.</p>" +#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt</b> stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de verificatie.</p>" -#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bij <b>Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord</b> stelt u het " -"aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor " -"verificatie.</p>" +#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 +msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord</b> stelt u het aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor verificatie.</p>" -#. help text for pwdLockout attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen</b> in om het gebruik van " -"een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende " -"mislukte verbindingspogingen.</p>" +#. help text for pwdLockout attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen</b> in om het gebruik van een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bij <b>Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u het " -"aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het " -"wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 +msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u het aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie.</p>" -#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bij <b>Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u in hoe lang het " -"wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt.</p>" +#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 +msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u in hoe lang het wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt.</p>" -#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen</b> stelt u in hoe lang het " -"duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de " -"mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft " -"plaatsgevonden.</p>" +#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 +msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Met <b>Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen</b> stelt u in hoe lang het duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft plaatsgevonden.</p>" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Password Change Policies" msgstr "Beleid voor &wachtwoordwijziging" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Pa&ssword Aging Policies" msgstr "Beleid voor wachtwoord&veroudering" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Lockout Policies" msgstr "&Beleid voor uitsluiting" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211 msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Passwords Stored in History" msgstr "Ma&ximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in geschiedenis" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221 msgid "U&ser Must Change Password after Reset" msgstr "&Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230 msgid "&User Can Change Password" msgstr "G&ebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "&Old Password Required for Password Change" msgstr "&Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Password Quality Checking" msgstr "Kwaliteitscontrole van wachtwoorden" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&No Checking" msgstr "&Geen controle" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266 msgid "Acc&ept Uncheckable Passwords" msgstr "Niet-&controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274 msgid "&Only Accept Checked Passwords" msgstr "&Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Minimum Password Length" msgstr "&Minimale wachtwoordlengte" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Minimum Password Age" msgstr "Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376 msgid "Maximum Password Age" msgstr "&Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" msgstr "Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Allowed Uses of an Expired Password" msgstr "Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416 msgid "Enable Password Locking" msgstr "Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen" -#. intField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424 +#. intField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Bind Failures to Lock the Password" msgstr "Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Password Lock Duration" msgstr "Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration" msgstr "Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen" -#. dialog label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471 +#. dialog label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van wachtwoordbeleid" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -2241,13 +1975,13 @@ "Het \"%1\" kenmerk is verplicht.\n" "Geef een waarde op." -#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666 +#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666 msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Home directories</b></p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 +#. help text +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 msgid "" "<p>If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n" "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" @@ -2256,81 +1990,73 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Als er op persoonlijke directories van LDAP-gebruikers zijn\n" "opgeslagen, kies dan de toepasselijke optie. Het wijzigen van deze waarde\n" -"heeft geen directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-" -"gebruikersmodule\n" +"heeft geen directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-gebruikersmodule\n" "waarmee persoonlijke directories kunnen worden onderhouden.</p>\n" -#. help text caption -#. help text -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 +#. help text caption +#. help text +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Druk op <b>Configureren</b> om de, op de LDAP server opgeslagen,\n" -"instellingen te configureren. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u " -"uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" +"instellingen te configureren. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" "naar het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.</p>\n" -#. password policy help text caption -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 +#. password policy help text caption +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 msgid "<p><b>Password Policy</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Wachtwoordbeleid</b></p>" -#. password policy help -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 +#. password policy help +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met <b>Bewerken</b>. " -"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De " -"configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n" +"<p>Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met <b>Bewerken</b>. Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n" " als het wachtwoordbeleid reeds is aangezet in de LDAP-server.</p>" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 msgid "&Home Directories on This Machine" msgstr "&Home directories op deze machine" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702 msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer &instellingen configureren..." -#. table header -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711 msgid "Password Policy" msgstr "Wachtwoordbeleid" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 msgid "LDAP Administration Settings" msgstr "LDAP-beheerinstellingen" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Name of Password Policy Object" msgstr "Naam van wachtwoordbeleidobject" -#. text label,suffix will follow in next label -#. text label,suffix will follow in next label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 +#. text label,suffix will follow in next label +#. text label,suffix will follow in next label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 msgid "Suffix:" msgstr "Achtervoegsel:" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 msgid "Change Suffix" msgstr "Achtervoegsel wijzigen" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "The Policy '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -2338,242 +2064,240 @@ "Het beleid '%1' bestaat al.\n" "Selecteer een ander beleid." -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61 msgid "&System Users" msgstr "&Systeemgebruikers" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63 msgid "&Local Users" msgstr "&Lokale gebruikers" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65 msgid "&NIS Users" msgstr "&NIS gebruikers" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67 msgid "L&DAP Users" msgstr "L&DAP gebruikers" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Sam&ba Users" msgstr "Sam&ba gebruikers" -#. the type of user set -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 +#. the type of user set +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 msgid "&Custom" msgstr "&Aangepast" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77 msgid "System Users" msgstr "Systeemgebruikers" -#. the type of user set -#. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 +#. the type of user set +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Lokale gebruikers" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81 msgid "NIS Users" msgstr "NIS-gebruikers" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83 msgid "LDAP Users" msgstr "LDAP-gebruikers" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85 msgid "Samba Users" msgstr "Samba-gebruikers" -#. the type of user set -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 +#. the type of user set +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Aangepast" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93 msgid "&System Groups" msgstr "&Systeemgroepen" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95 msgid "&Local Groups" msgstr "&Lokale groepen" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97 msgid "&NIS Groups" msgstr "&NIS groepen" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99 msgid "L&DAP Groups" msgstr "L&DAP groepen" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101 msgid "Sam&ba Groups" msgstr "Sam&ba groepen" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108 msgid "System Groups" msgstr "Systeemgroepen" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110 msgid "Local Groups" msgstr "Lokale groepen" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112 msgid "NIS Groups" msgstr "NIS-groepen" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114 msgid "LDAP Groups" msgstr "LDAP-groepen" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116 msgid "Samba Groups" msgstr "Samba-groepen" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 msgid "NIS" msgstr "NIS" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "SSSD" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Samba" msgstr "Samba" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147 msgid "&NIS" msgstr "&NIS" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "&SSSD" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 msgid "&Samba" msgstr "&Samba" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" msgstr "Gebr&uikers" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178 msgid "&Groups" msgstr "&Groepen" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188 msgid "De&faults for New Users" msgstr "Stan&daarden voor nieuwe gebruikers" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Authentication Settings" msgstr "&Verificatie-instellingen" -#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs --------------------------------- -#. MenuButton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 +#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs --------------------------------- +#. MenuButton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 msgid "&Set Filter" msgstr "Filter in&stellen" -#. Menu Buton label -#. Menu Buton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 +#. Menu Buton label +#. Menu Buton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 msgid "E&xpert Options" msgstr "Gea&vanceerde opties" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326 msgid "D&efault Group" msgstr "Standaard gro&ep" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333 msgid "Default &Login Shell" msgstr "Standaard &aanmelding shell" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Se&condary Groups" msgstr "&Bijkomende groepen" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Path Prefix for &Home Directory" msgstr "&Home directory path-voorvoegsel" -#. push button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368 +#. push button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Bladeren..." -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379 msgid "&Skeleton for Home Directory" msgstr "Home directory &raamwerk" -#. push button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390 +#. push button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "&Bladeren..." -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401 msgid "Default E&xpiration Date" msgstr "Standaard &verloopdatum" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413 msgid "&Umask for Home Directory" msgstr "&Umask voor home directory" -#. intfield -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 +#. intfield +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 msgid "Days &after Password Expiration Login Is Usable" -msgstr "" -"Aantal dagen, n&a het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat de aanmelding nog " -"bruikbaar is" +msgstr "Aantal dagen, n&a het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat de aanmelding nog bruikbaar is" -#. menu button label -#. menu button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 +#. menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Configureer..." -#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>This is for experts only.</b>\n" @@ -2583,25 +2307,23 @@ "<b>Dit is alleen voor experts.</b>\n" "</p>" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Kies een wachtwoord versleutel methode voor de lokale- en de " -"systeemgebruikers.\n" +"Kies een wachtwoord versleutel methode voor de lokale- en de systeemgebruikers.\n" "<b>DES</b>, de standaard Linux methode, werkt in alle netwerk omgevingen,\n" "het begrensd echter de wachtwoorden tot acht karakters of minder.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords, so provides more security, but some\n" @@ -2609,53 +2331,47 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>MD5</b> staat langere wachtwoorden toe, het geeft dus een betere " -"veiligheid. Sommige\n" -"netwerk protocollen ondersteunen dit echter niet en u kunt problemen krijgen " -"met NIS.\n" +"<b>MD5</b> staat langere wachtwoorden toe, het geeft dus een betere veiligheid. Sommige\n" +"netwerk protocollen ondersteunen dit echter niet en u kunt problemen krijgen met NIS.\n" "</p>" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode, het gebruik van " -"andere algoritmen is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode, het gebruik van andere algoritmen is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>" -#. Label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 +#. Label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" msgstr "Wachtwoordversleuteling" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507 msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "Versleuteltype" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 msgid "&DES" msgstr "&DES" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 msgid "&MD5" msgstr "&MD5" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-&256" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-&512" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have changed the default encryption for user passwords.</p>" @@ -2663,11 +2379,10 @@ "<p>\n" "U heeft de standaard versleuteling van gebruikers wachtwoorden gewijzigd.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2678,52 +2393,44 @@ "methode dan DES gecodeerd is.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 msgid "<p>Really use the selected method?</p>" msgstr "<p>Wilt u de geselecteerde methode echt gebruiken?</p>" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719 msgid "AND" msgstr "AND" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721 msgid "OR" msgstr "OR" -#. helptext 1/4 - caption -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728 +#. helptext 1/4 - caption +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728 msgid "<p><b>LDAP Search Filter Changes</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>LDAP zoekfilter wijzigingen</b></p>" -#. helptext 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hier kunt u de zoekfilters voor de gebruikers en de groepen uitbreiden: " -"complexer dan de standaard zoekfilters.</p>" +#. helptext 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 +msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de zoekfilters voor de gebruikers en de groepen uitbreiden: complexer dan de standaard zoekfilters.</p>" -#. helptext 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 +#. helptext 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Met <b>Standaard</b> wordt het standaard filter van de gebruiker en groep " -"configuratie\n" -"modules geladen, dat opgeslagen is op de LDAP server (waardes van de " -"'susesearchfilter' kenmerken).\n" -"In het geval u nog niet verbonden bent, zal u om het wachtwoord worden " -"gevraagd.</p>\n" +"<p>Met <b>Standaard</b> wordt het standaard filter van de gebruiker en groep configuratie\n" +"modules geladen, dat opgeslagen is op de LDAP server (waardes van de 'susesearchfilter' kenmerken).\n" +"In het geval u nog niet verbonden bent, zal u om het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.</p>\n" -#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 +#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 msgid "" "<p><b>Example:</b>\n" "<br>With the user filter\n" @@ -2737,57 +2444,56 @@ "<br>\n" "<tt>(&(objectclass=posixaccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" "<br>\n" -"worden er alleen gebruikers verkregen met een gebruikersnaam die met 'u' " -"beginnen.</p>\n" +"worden er alleen gebruikers verkregen met een gebruikersnaam die met 'u' beginnen.</p>\n" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 msgid "Search Filter for &Users" msgstr "Zoekfilter voor gebr&uikers" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772 msgid "Search Filter for &Groups" msgstr "Zoekfilter voor &groepen" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783 msgid "New Condition for Current Filter" msgstr "Nieuwe conditie aan huidige filter toevoegen" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 msgid "&Attribute" msgstr "&Kenmerk" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Waarde" -#. pushbuttton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806 +#. pushbuttton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806 msgid "A&dd to Filter" msgstr "Aan filter t&oevoegen" -#. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817 +#. Pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817 msgid "De&fault" msgstr "Stan&daard" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852 msgid "Enter the value for the attribute." msgstr "Geef de kenmerk waarde op." -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876 msgid "Enter the value of the user filter." msgstr "Geef waarde van het gebruikersfilter op." -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887 msgid "" "The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\n" "Really use it?\n" @@ -2795,13 +2501,13 @@ "Het nieuwe gebruikersfilter bevat niet het standaard gebruikersfilter.\n" "Wilt u het echt gebruiken?\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902 msgid "Enter the value of the group filter." msgstr "Geef de groepsfilter waarde op." -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913 msgid "" "The new group filter does not contain the default group filter.\n" "Really use it?\n" @@ -2809,79 +2515,69 @@ "Het nieuwe groepsfilter bevat niet het standaard groepsfilter.\n" "Wilt u het echt gebruiken?\n" -#. helptext 0/3 - caption -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967 +#. helptext 0/3 - caption +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967 msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Aanmeldingsinstellingen</b></p>" -#. helptext 1/3 - general info -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 +#. helptext 1/3 - general info +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"De hieronder beschreven opties zijn alleen beschikbaar als u KDM of GDM als " -"login manager gebruikt.\n" +"De hieronder beschreven opties zijn alleen beschikbaar als u KDM of GDM als login manager gebruikt.\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptext 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 +#. helptext 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n" -"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Automatisch aanmelding</b><br>\n" -"De <b>aanmelding</b> procedure kan worden overgeslagen als <b>Automatisch " -"aanmelding</b> geactiveerd is. In zo'n geval zal de uit de lijst gekozen " -"gebruiker automatisch worden aangemeld.</p>\n" +"De <b>aanmelding</b> procedure kan worden overgeslagen als <b>Automatisch aanmelding</b> geactiveerd is. In zo'n geval zal de uit de lijst gekozen gebruiker automatisch worden aangemeld.</p>\n" -#. helptext 3/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 +#. helptext 3/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.</p>\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aanmeldingen zonder wachtwoord</b><br>\n" -"Als deze optie is geselecteerd, dan kunnen alle gebruikers zich zonder " -"wachtwoord aanmelden. Zo niet dan zal u om\n" -"een wachtwoord worden gevraagd, zelfs als u heeft ingesteld dat een " -"gebruiker zich automatisch mag aanmelden.</p>\n" +"Als deze optie is geselecteerd, dan kunnen alle gebruikers zich zonder wachtwoord aanmelden. Zo niet dan zal u om\n" +"een wachtwoord worden gevraagd, zelfs als u heeft ingesteld dat een gebruiker zich automatisch mag aanmelden.</p>\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 +#. dialog label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 msgid "Display Manager Login Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor aanmeldingsbeheer " -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014 msgid "&Auto Login" msgstr "&Automatisch aanmelding" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025 msgid "&User to Log In" msgstr "Aan te melden &gebruiker" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035 msgid "Password&less Logins" msgstr "Aanmelden &zonder wachtwoord" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Kan de gebruiker %1 niet verwijderen. Dit moet op de NIS server gedaan " -"worden." +msgstr "Kan de gebruiker %1 niet verwijderen. Dit moet op de NIS server gedaan worden." -#. Continue/Cancel popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 +#. Continue/Cancel popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 msgid "" "The user seems to be currently logged in.\n" "Continue anyway?" @@ -2889,23 +2585,23 @@ "De gebruiker lijkt momenteel te zijn aangemeld.\n" "Wilt u toch doorgaan?" -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 msgid "Selected User Is System User" msgstr "De geselecteerde gebruiker is een systeem gebruiker" -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159 +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159 msgid "Really delete this system user?" msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u deze systeem gebruiker wilt verwijderen?" -#. question popup. %1 is username -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171 +#. question popup. %1 is username +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171 msgid "Delete the user %1?" msgstr "Gebruiker %1 verwijderen?" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178 msgid "" "Delete &Home Directory\n" "%1\n" @@ -2913,8 +2609,8 @@ "Verwijder &home directory\n" "%1\n" -#. yes-no popup. %1 is username -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201 +#. yes-no popup. %1 is username +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete the user %1?\n" @@ -2922,18 +2618,18 @@ "\n" "Werkelijk gebruiker %1 verwijderen?\n" -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230 +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230 msgid "System Group" msgstr "Systeemgroepen" -#. / yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232 +#. / yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232 msgid "Really delete this system group?" msgstr "Wilt u deze groep echt verwijderen?" -#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240 +#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete the group %1?\n" @@ -2941,8 +2637,8 @@ "\n" "Werkelijk de %1 groep verwijderen?\n" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -2952,81 +2648,80 @@ "er nog gebruikers in de groep zitten.\n" "Deze gebruikers eerst uit de groep verwijderen.\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280 msgid "User List View" msgstr "Gebruikerslijst weergave" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Group List View" msgstr "Groep lijst weergave" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360 msgid "Local" msgstr "Lokaal" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "Systeem" -#. label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379 +#. label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379 msgid "User Type" msgstr "Gebruikers typpe" -#. label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381 +#. label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381 msgid "Group Type" msgstr "Groep typpe" -#. menubutton item -#. menubutton item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 +#. menubutton item +#. menubutton item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 msgid "Customi&ze Filter..." msgstr "Filter &aanpassen..." -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473 msgid "&Login Settings" msgstr "&Aanmeldingsinstellingen" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480 msgid "Password &Encryption" msgstr "Wachtwoord &versleuteling" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486 msgid "&Write Changes Now" msgstr "&Wijzigingen nu opslaan" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500 msgid "LDAP &Search Filter" msgstr "LDAP &zoekfilter" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505 msgid "L&DAP User and Group Configuration" msgstr "L&DAP gebruikers en groepen configuratie" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -3034,47 +2729,38 @@ "<p>\n" "Linux is een multiuser-systeem. Verschillende gebruikers kunnen\n" "gelijktijdig op het systeem aangemeld zijn. Om verwarring te voorkomen moet\n" -"elke gebruiker zichzelf op unieke wijze identificeren om met Linux te " -"kunnen\n" +"elke gebruiker zichzelf op unieke wijze identificeren om met Linux te kunnen\n" "werken. Tevens moet elke gebruiker op z'n minst tot één groep behoren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" "Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Gebruikers en groepen zijn in verschillende sets gerangschikt. Wijzig de, " -"momenteel in de tabel zichtbare,\n" -"set met behulp van <b>Filter instellen</b>. Pas uw weergave filter met " -"<b>Filter aanpassen</b> aan.</p>\n" +"Gebruikers en groepen zijn in verschillende sets gerangschikt. Wijzig de, momenteel in de tabel zichtbare,\n" +"set met behulp van <b>Filter instellen</b>. Pas uw weergave filter met <b>Filter aanpassen</b> aan.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Druk op <b>Expert opties</b> om verschillende expert instellingen aan te " -"passen:\n" -"wachtwoord versleutelingstype, gebruiker verificatiemethode, standaard " -"waarden voor\n" -"nieuwe gebruikers of aanmeldingsinstellingen. Met <b>Wijzigingen nu opslaan kunt u alle, door\n" -"u tot nu toe gedane, wijzigingen opslaan zonder de configuratiemodule " -"daarbij te verlaten.</p>\n" +"Druk op <b>Expert opties</b> om verschillende expert instellingen aan te passen:\n" +"wachtwoord versleutelingstype, gebruiker verificatiemethode, standaard waarden voor\n" +"nieuwe gebruikers of aanmeldingsinstellingen. Met <b>Wijzigingen nu opslaan</b> kunt u alle, door\n" +"u tot nu toe gedane, wijzigingen opslaan zonder de configuratiemodule daarbij te verlaten.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n" @@ -3086,8 +2772,8 @@ "en groepsinstellingen op uw systeem op te slaan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -3097,13 +2783,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Gebruik dit schem om informatie te krijgen, gegevens aan te passen en nieuwe " -"gebruikers\n" +"Gebruik dit schem om informatie te krijgen, gegevens aan te passen en nieuwe gebruikers\n" "aan te maken. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To shift to the group dialog, select <b>Groups</b>.\n" @@ -3113,8 +2798,8 @@ "Druk op <b>Groepen</b> om in het groepsdialoog te komen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -3126,8 +2811,8 @@ "Druk op de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe gebruiker aan te maken.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\n" @@ -3135,29 +2820,25 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Voor het wijzigen of verwijderen van een bestaande gebruiker kiest u in de " -"lijst een\n" -"gebruiker en drukt u vervolgens op <b>Wijzigen</b> of op <b>Verwijderen.\n" +"Voor het wijzigen of verwijderen van een bestaande gebruiker kiest u in de lijst een\n" +"gebruiker en drukt u vervolgens op <b>Wijzigen</b> of op <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"In dit dialoog kunt u informatie over bestaande <b>Groepen</b> krijgen. of " -"groepen aanmaken of wijzigen.\n" +"In dit dialoog kunt u informatie over bestaande <b>Groepen</b> krijgen. of groepen aanmaken of wijzigen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To shift to the user dialog, select <b>Users</b>.\n" @@ -3167,8 +2848,8 @@ "Druk op <b>Gebruikers</b> om in het gebruikersdialoog te komen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -3180,8 +2861,8 @@ "Druk op de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe groep aan te maken.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\n" @@ -3189,14 +2870,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Voor het wijzigen of verwijderen van een bestaande gebruiker kiest u in de " -"lijst een\n" -"gebruiker en drukt u vervolgens op <b>Wijzigen</b> of op <b>Verwijderen.\n" +"Voor het wijzigen of verwijderen van een bestaande gebruiker kiest u in de lijst een\n" +"gebruiker en drukt u vervolgens op <b>Wijzigen</b> of op <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. popup error label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 +#. popup error label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 msgid "" "The entered home directory skeleton is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -3204,8 +2883,8 @@ "Het opgegeven home directory raamwerk is geen directory.\n" "Probeer het nog eens.\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697 msgid "" "The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -3213,8 +2892,8 @@ "Het voor home opgegeven path-voorvoegsel is geen directory.\n" "Probeer het nog eens.\n" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706 msgid "" "The selected directory does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -3222,8 +2901,8 @@ "De geselecteerde directory bestaat niet.\n" "Deze nu aanmaken?\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754 msgid "" "These groups do not exist in your system:\n" "%1\n" @@ -3233,8 +2912,8 @@ "%1\n" "Probeer het nog eens.\n" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\n" "may be unable to log in. Continue?\n" @@ -3242,48 +2921,48 @@ "Wanneer u een niet-bestaande shell selecteert, dan kan\n" "het zijn dat de gebruiker zich niet kan aanmelden. Doorgaan?\n" -#. directory location popup label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933 +#. directory location popup label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "Pad naar directory" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965 msgid "Login" msgstr "Aanmelden" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Groepen" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985 msgid "Group Name" msgstr "Groep naam" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987 msgid "Group ID" msgstr "Groep ID" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989 msgid "Group Members" msgstr "Groepsleden" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069 msgid "" "NIS groups can only be\n" "modified and deleted on the server.\n" @@ -3291,47 +2970,47 @@ "NIS groepen kunnen alleen\n" "worden verandert en verwijdert op de server zelf.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088 msgid "Select an entry from the table." msgstr "Selecteer een element uit de tabel." -#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109 +#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109 msgid "There are no changes to save." msgstr "Er zijn geen veranderingen om op te slaan." -#. yes/no popup (data were changed) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151 +#. yes/no popup (data were changed) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151 msgid "Reread all data from LDAP server?" msgstr "Alle LDAP-server data opnieuw lezen?" -#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom' -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219 +#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom' +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219 msgid "Filter: %1" msgstr "Filter: %1" -#. wait popup -#. wait popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 +#. wait popup +#. wait popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 msgid "Reading sets of users and groups. Please wait..." msgstr "De gebruiker- en groep-sets worden gelezen. Even geduld aub..." -#. helper function to get information about authentication from -#. appropriate module -#. @param [String] client -#. @return -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 +#. helper function to get information about authentication from +#. appropriate module +#. @param [String] client +#. @return +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 msgid "<b>yast2-auth-client module not installed</b>" msgstr "<b>yast2-ver-clientmodule niet geïnstalleerd</b>" -#. error popup, %1 is package name -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 +#. error popup, %1 is package name +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "Pakket %1 is niet voor installatie beschikbaar." -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 msgid "" "Package %1 is not installed.\n" "Install it now?\n" @@ -3339,31 +3018,31 @@ "Pakket '%1' is niet geïnstalleerd.\n" "Het nu installeren?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" msgstr "Gebruikers- en groepenbeheer" -#. init dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 +#. init dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Gebruiker- en groepsconfiguratie" -#. label (during init dialog) -#. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 +#. label (during init dialog) +#. label (during init dialog) +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisering..." -#. List of errors found for a given password -#. -#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user -#. -#. @param passwd [String] password to check -#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or -#. validation is disabled -#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -3371,10 +3050,10 @@ "Als u certificaten wilt maken,\n" "moet het wachtwoord minimaal %s tekens bevatten." -#. Localized help text about CA constraints -#. -#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled -#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" @@ -3382,53 +3061,47 @@ "<p>Als u dit wachtwoord wilt gebruiken voor het maken van certificaten,\n" "moet dit minimaal %s tekens bevatten.</p>" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." msgstr "Gebruikersconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kies een methode voor wachtwoordcodering voor lokale gebruikers en " -"systeemgebruikers.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kies een methode voor wachtwoordcodering voor lokale gebruikers en systeemgebruikers.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is " -"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>%s</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode. Het gebruik van andere " -"algoritmen is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>%s</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode. Het gebruik van andere algoritmen is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>" -#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget -#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "Type wachtwoordversleuteling" -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:58 +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:58 msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor \"root\" van systeembeheerder" -#. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3436,17 +3109,15 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Gebruik een van de beschikbare opties om lokale gebruikers aan het systeem " -"toe te voegen.\n" -"Lokale gebruikers worden opgeslagen in <i>/etc/passwd</i> en <i>/etc/shadow.\n" +"Gebruik een van de beschikbare opties om lokale gebruikers aan het systeem toe te voegen.\n" +"Lokale gebruikers worden opgeslagen in <i>/etc/passwd</i> en <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker maken" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3459,8 +3130,8 @@ "tekens met een accent of trema bevatten.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3472,16 +3143,13 @@ " en %{max} tekens lang te zijn.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -3493,65 +3161,54 @@ "Lees voor meer informatie de toepasselijke pagina in de handleiding.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vink <b>Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de systeembeheerder</b> aan wanneer " -"het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet " -"worden voor root.</p>" +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vink <b>Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de systeembeheerder</b> aan wanneer het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet worden voor root.</p>" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie importeren" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" -"The information there can be used to create users in the system being " -"installed.\n" -"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic " -"information will\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" "be imported.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Er is een eerdere Linux-installatie met lokale gebruikers gedetecteerd.\n" -"De informatie in deze installatie kan worden gebruikt om gebruikers te maken " -"in het systeem dat nu wordt geïnstalleerd.\n" -"Gebruik de knop <b>Gebruikers kiezen</b> om gebruikers te selecteren. De " -"basisinformatie van deze gebruikers wordt\n" +"De informatie in deze installatie kan worden gebruikt om gebruikers te maken in het systeem dat nu wordt geïnstalleerd.\n" +"Gebruik de knop <b>Gebruikers kiezen</b> om gebruikers te selecteren. De basisinformatie van deze gebruikers wordt\n" "dan geïmporteerd.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "Gebruikers maken overslaan" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" -"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without " -"creating\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" "a local user.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Soms is root de enige lokale gebruiker die u nodig hebt, bijvoorbeeld in " -"netwerkomgevingen\n" +"Soms is root de enige lokale gebruiker die u nodig hebt, bijvoorbeeld in netwerkomgevingen\n" "met een verificatieserver. Selecteer deze optie om door te gaan zonder\n" "een lokale gebruiker te maken.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "Lokale gebruiker" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3561,8 +3218,8 @@ "Als u nu geen gebruiker wilt maken, selecteert u\n" "'Gebruikers maken overslaan'." -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3572,143 +3229,143 @@ "Als u nu geen gebruiker wilt maken, selecteert u\n" "'Gebruikers maken overslaan'." -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "&Nieuwe gebruiker maken" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie &importeren" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Gebruikers kiezen" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "Gebruikers maken over&slaan" -#. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "&Automatisch aanmelden" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "Geen gebruikers geselecteerd" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "Er wordt %d gebruiker geïmporteerd" msgstr[1] "Er worden %d gebruikers geïmporteerd" -#. selection box label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "Gebruikers om te lezen &selecteren" -#. check box label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "&Alles selecteren of deselecteren" -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "Coderingsmethode: <a href=%s>%s</a>" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 msgid "Password &Encryption Type" msgstr "Type wachtwoord&codering" -#. rich text label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Gebruikersinstellingen" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Gebruiker" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Root Password" msgstr "&Root-wachtwoord" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" msgstr "<%1>Root-wachtwoord<%2> is opgegeven" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" msgstr "<%1>Root-wachtwoord<%2> is niet opgegeven" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" msgstr "Geen <%1>gebruiker<%2> geconfigureerd" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" msgstr[0] "Er wordt <a href=%s>%d gebruiker</a> geïmporteerd" msgstr[1] "Er worden <a href=%s>%d gebruikers</a> geïmporteerd" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" msgstr "<%1>Gebruiker<%2> %3 is geconfigureerd" -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" msgstr "<%1>Gebruiker<%2> %3 (%4) is geconfigureerd" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "Wachtwoordcoderingsmethode: <a href=%s>%s</a>" -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:59 +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:59 msgid "&Password for root User" msgstr "&Wachtwoord voor root" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:65 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:65 msgid "Con&firm Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord &bevestigen" -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:77 +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:77 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Vergeet niet wat u hier heeft ingevuld." -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:108 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:108 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 msgid "" "No password entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -3716,8 +3373,8 @@ "Geen wachtwoord opgegeven.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:143 +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" @@ -3728,43 +3385,37 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Naast de normale gebruikers van het systeem, die bijvoorbeeld teksten " -"schrijven,\n" +"Naast de normale gebruikers van het systeem, die bijvoorbeeld teksten schrijven,\n" "afbeeldingen maken of met een webbrowser over het internet willen\n" "surfen, is op ieder systeem de gebruiker \"root\" aanwezig. Deze komt in\n" "actie wanneer er beheertaken moeten worden uitgevoerd. Meldt u zich alleen\n" "als root aan wanneer u als systeembeheerder bezig moet of wilt zijn.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued 2 -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:154 +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:154 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Aangezien de root gebruiker zeer uitgebreide rechten heeft, dient het " -"wachtwoord\n" -"voor de gebruiker \"root\" zorgvuldig te worden gekozen. Een combinatie van " -"letters\n" -"en getallen verdient aanbeveling. Om er zeker van te zijn dat het " -"wachtwoord\n" +"Aangezien de root gebruiker zeer uitgebreide rechten heeft, dient het wachtwoord\n" +"voor de gebruiker \"root\" zorgvuldig te worden gekozen. Een combinatie van letters\n" +"en getallen verdient aanbeveling. Om er zeker van te zijn dat het wachtwoord\n" "correct is ingevoerd moet het in een tweede veld worden herhaald.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued 3 -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:164 +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -3774,8 +3425,8 @@ "en als regel geen enkel teken met een accent of trema mogen bevatten.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued 4 -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:175 +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" @@ -3785,369 +3436,369 @@ "Vergeet dit \"root\" wachtwoord niet!\n" "</p>" -#. User name for user: "root" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 +#. User name for user: "root" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" msgstr "root" -#. User name for user: "bin" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48 +#. User name for user: "bin" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48 msgid "bin" msgstr "bin" -#. User name for user: "daemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52 +#. User name for user: "daemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52 msgid "Daemon" msgstr "Daemon" -#. User name for user: "lp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56 +#. User name for user: "lp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56 msgid "Printing Daemon" msgstr "Printer Daemon" -#. User name for user: "mail" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60 +#. User name for user: "mail" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60 msgid "Mailer Daemon" msgstr "Mailer Daemon" -#. User name for user: "news" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64 +#. User name for user: "news" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64 msgid "News System" msgstr "News systeem" -#. User name for user: "uucp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68 +#. User name for user: "uucp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68 msgid "Unix-to-Unix Copy System" msgstr "Unix-to-Unix kopie systeem" -#. User name for user: "games" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72 +#. User name for user: "games" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72 msgid "Games Account" msgstr "Spelletjes account" -#. User name for user: "man" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76 +#. User name for user: "man" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76 msgid "Manual Page Viewer" msgstr "Handleiding (Man) pagina's viewer" -#. User name for user: "at" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80 +#. User name for user: "at" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80 msgid "Batch Jobs Daemon" msgstr "Batch taken daemon" -#. User name for user: "wwwrun" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84 +#. User name for user: "wwwrun" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84 msgid "WWW Daemon Apache" msgstr "WWW daemon apache" -#. User name for user: "ftp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88 +#. User name for user: "ftp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88 msgid "FTP Account" msgstr "FTP account" -#. User name for user: "named" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92 +#. User name for user: "named" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92 msgid "Name Server Daemon" msgstr "Naamserver daemon" -#. User name for user: "gdm" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96 +#. User name for user: "gdm" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96 msgid "GNOME Display Manager Daemon" msgstr "Gnome displaymanager daemon" -#. User name for user: "postfix" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100 +#. User name for user: "postfix" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100 msgid "Postfix Daemon" msgstr "Postfix daemon" -#. User name for user: "sshd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104 +#. User name for user: "sshd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104 msgid "SSH Daemon" msgstr "SSH daemon" -#. User name for user: "ntp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108 +#. User name for user: "ntp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108 msgid "NTP Daemon" msgstr "NTP daemon" -#. User name for user: "ldap" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112 +#. User name for user: "ldap" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112 msgid "User for OpenLDAP" msgstr "Gebruiker voor OpenLDAP" -#. User name for user: "nobody" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116 +#. User name for user: "nobody" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Nobody" -#. User name for user: "amanda" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120 +#. User name for user: "amanda" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120 msgid "Amanda Admin" msgstr "Amanda admin" -#. User name for user: "vscan" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124 +#. User name for user: "vscan" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124 msgid "Vscan Account" msgstr "Vscan account" -#. User name for user: "bigsister" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128 +#. User name for user: "bigsister" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128 msgid "Big Sister" msgstr "Grote zus" -#. User name for user: "wnn" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132 +#. User name for user: "wnn" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132 msgid "Wnn System Account" msgstr "Wnn systeem account" -#. User name for user: "cyrus" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136 +#. User name for user: "cyrus" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136 msgid "User for cyrus-imapd" msgstr "Gebruiker voor cyrus-imapd" -#. User name for user: "dpbox" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140 +#. User name for user: "dpbox" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140 msgid "DpBox Account" msgstr "DpBox account" -#. User name for user: "gnats" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144 +#. User name for user: "gnats" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144 msgid "GNATS GNU Backtracking System" msgstr "Gnats GNU backtracking systeem" -#. User name for user: "gnump3d" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148 +#. User name for user: "gnump3d" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148 msgid "GNUMP3 Daemon" msgstr "GNUMP3 daemon" -#. User name for user: "hacluster" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152 +#. User name for user: "hacluster" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152 msgid "Heartbeat Processes" msgstr "hartslag processen" -#. User name for user: "irc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156 +#. User name for user: "irc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156 msgid "IRC Daemon" msgstr "IRC daemon" -#. User name for user: "mailman" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160 +#. User name for user: "mailman" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160 msgid "GNU Mailing List Manager" msgstr "GNU mailing list beheerder" -#. User name for user: "mdom" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164 +#. User name for user: "mdom" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164 msgid "Mailing List Agent" msgstr "Mailing list agent" -#. User name for user: "mysql" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168 +#. User name for user: "mysql" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168 msgid "MySQL Database Admin" msgstr "MySQL database admin" -#. User name for user: "oracle" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172 +#. User name for user: "oracle" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172 msgid "Oracle User" msgstr "Oracle gebruiker" -#. User name for user: "postgres" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176 +#. User name for user: "postgres" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176 msgid "PostgreSQL Server" msgstr "PostgreSQL server" -#. User name for user: "pop" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180 +#. User name for user: "pop" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180 msgid "POP Admin" msgstr "POP admin" -#. User name for user: "sapdb" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184 +#. User name for user: "sapdb" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184 msgid "SAPDB Account" msgstr "SAPDB account" -#. User name for user: "snort" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188 +#. User name for user: "snort" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188 msgid "Snort Network Monitor" msgstr "Snort netwerk monitor" -#. User name for user: "squid" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192 +#. User name for user: "squid" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192 msgid "WWW Proxy Squid" msgstr "WWW proxy squid" -#. User name for user: "stunnel" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196 +#. User name for user: "stunnel" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196 msgid "Daemon User for stunnel (Universal SSL Tunnel)" msgstr "Daemon gebruiker voor stunnel (universele SSL tunnel)" -#. User name for user: "zope" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200 +#. User name for user: "zope" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200 msgid "Zope" msgstr "Zope" -#. User name for user: "radiusd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204 +#. User name for user: "radiusd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204 msgid "Radius Daemon" msgstr "Radius daemon" -#. User name for user: "otrs" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208 +#. User name for user: "otrs" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208 msgid "OTRS System User" msgstr "OTRS systeem gebruiker" -#. User name for user: "privoxy" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212 +#. User name for user: "privoxy" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212 msgid "Daemon User for privoxy" msgstr "Daemon gebruiker voor privoxy" -#. User name for user: "vdr" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216 +#. User name for user: "vdr" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216 msgid "Video Disk Recorder" msgstr "Video Disk Recorder" -#. User name for user: "icecream" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220 +#. User name for user: "icecream" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220 msgid "Icecream Daemon" msgstr "Icecream daemon" -#. User name for user: "bitlbee" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224 +#. User name for user: "bitlbee" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224 msgid "Bitlbee Daemon User" msgstr "Bitlbee daemon gebruiker" -#. User name for user: "dhcpd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228 +#. User name for user: "dhcpd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228 msgid "DHCP Server Daemon" msgstr "DHCP server daemon" -#. User name for user: "distcc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232 +#. User name for user: "distcc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232 msgid "Distcc Daemon" msgstr "Distcc daemon" -#. User name for user: "dovecot" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236 +#. User name for user: "dovecot" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236 msgid "Dovecot IMAP Daemon" msgstr "Dovecot IMAP daemon" -#. User name for user: "fax" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240 +#. User name for user: "fax" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240 msgid "Facsimile Agent" msgstr "Facsimile agent" -#. User name for user: "partimag" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244 +#. User name for user: "partimag" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244 msgid "Partimage Daemon User" msgstr "Partimage daemon gebruiker" -#. User name for user: "avahi" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248 +#. User name for user: "avahi" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248 msgid "User for Avahi" msgstr "Avahi-account" -#. User name for user: "beagleindex" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252 +#. User name for user: "beagleindex" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252 msgid "User for Beagle indexing" msgstr "Beagle-indexering-daemon" -#. User name for user: "casaauth" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256 +#. User name for user: "casaauth" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256 msgid "casa_atvd System User" msgstr "casa_atvd systeemgebruiker" -#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260 +#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260 msgid "User for DVB daemon" msgstr "DVB-daemon" -#. User name for user: "festival" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264 +#. User name for user: "festival" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264 msgid "Festival daemon" msgstr "Festival-daemon" -#. User name for user: "haldaemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268 +#. User name for user: "haldaemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268 msgid "User for haldaemon" msgstr "HAL-daemon" -#. User name for user: "icecast" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272 +#. User name for user: "icecast" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272 msgid "Icecast streaming server" msgstr "Icecast streaming-server" -#. User name for user: "lighttpd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276 +#. User name for user: "lighttpd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276 msgid "User for lighttpd" msgstr "Gebruiker voor lighttpd-daemon" -#. User name for user: "nagios" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280 +#. User name for user: "nagios" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280 msgid "User for Nagios" msgstr "Nagios-account" -#. User name for user: "pdns" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284 +#. User name for user: "pdns" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284 msgid "User for PowerDNS" msgstr "PowerDNS-account" -#. User name for user: "polkituser" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288 +#. User name for user: "polkituser" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288 msgid "PolicyKit" msgstr "PolicyKit" -#. User name for user: "pound" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292 +#. User name for user: "pound" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292 msgid "User for Pound" msgstr "Pound-account" -#. User name for user: "pulse" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296 +#. User name for user: "pulse" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296 msgid "PulseAudio daemon" msgstr "PulseAudio-daemon" -#. User name for user: "quagga" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300 +#. User name for user: "quagga" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300 msgid "Quagga routing daemon" msgstr "Quagga routering-daemon" -#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304 +#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304 msgid "Sabayon user" msgstr "Sabayon-gebruiker" -#. User name for user: "tomcat" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308 +#. User name for user: "tomcat" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308 msgid "Tomcat - Apache Servlet/JSP Engine" msgstr "Tomcat - Apache Servlet/JSP Engine" -#. User name for user: "tomcat" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312 +#. User name for user: "tomcat" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312 msgid "Apache Tomcat" msgstr "Apache Tomcat" -#. User name for user: "pegasus" -#. User name for user: "cimsrvr" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317 +#. User name for user: "pegasus" +#. User name for user: "cimsrvr" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317 msgid "tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM services" msgstr "tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM services" -#. User name for user: "ulogd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321 +#. User name for user: "ulogd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321 msgid "ulog daemon" msgstr "Ulog-daemon" -#. User name for user: "uuidd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325 +#. User name for user: "uuidd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325 msgid "User for uuidd" msgstr "Uuidd-gebruiker" -#. User name for user: "suse-ncc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329 +#. User name for user: "suse-ncc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329 msgid "Novell Customer Center User" msgstr "Novell Customer Center-gebruiker" -#. label -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343 +#. label +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343 msgid "" "You have installed a NIS master server.\n" "It is configured to use a different database\n" @@ -4161,43 +3812,39 @@ "systeem database in de /etc directory.\n" "Selecteer aub degene die u wilt gaan configureren.\n" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359 msgid "&Local (/etc directory)" msgstr "&Lokaal (/etc directory)" -#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367 +#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367 msgid "&NIS (%1 directory)" msgstr "&NIS (%1 directory)" -#. label above radiobutton box -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425 +#. label above radiobutton box +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425 msgid "User Templates" msgstr "Gebruiker templates" -#. label above radiobutton box -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427 +#. label above radiobutton box +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427 msgid "Group Templates" msgstr "Groep templates" -#. label -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 +#. label +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn meerdere templates als standaard gedefinieerd. Selecteer degene die " -"gelezen moet worden." +msgstr "Er zijn meerdere templates als standaard gedefinieerd. Selecteer degene die gelezen moet worden." -#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 +#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"Corrigeer ze handmatig voordat u de YaST2-gebruikersmodule opnieuw gaat " -"opstarten." +msgstr "Corrigeer ze handmatig voordat u de YaST2-gebruikersmodule opnieuw gaat opstarten." -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 msgid "" "There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" "%3" @@ -4205,8 +3852,8 @@ "Er zijn meerdere gebruikers met dezelfde naam (\"%2\") in het bestand %1.\n" "%3" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514 msgid "" "There are multiple groups with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" "%3" @@ -4214,9 +3861,9 @@ "Er zijn meerdere groepen met dezelfde naam (\"%2\") in het bestand %1.\n" "%3" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 msgid "" "There is a strange line in the file %1:\n" "%2\n" @@ -4226,11 +3873,10 @@ "Er staat een vreemde regel in het bestand %1:\n" "%2\n" "Misschien klopt het aantal dubbele punten niet of ontbreekt er een item.\n" -"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op " -"te starten." +"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op te starten." -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 msgid "" "There is a strange line in the file %1.\n" "Perhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\n" @@ -4238,17 +3884,16 @@ msgstr "" "Er staat een vreemde regel in het bestand %1.\n" "Misschien klopt het aantal dubbele punten niet of ontbreekt er een item.\n" -"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op " -"te starten." +"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op te starten." -#. default error message -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 +#. default error message +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read user or group data." msgstr "Kan de data van de gebruiker of groep niet lezen." -#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), -#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:725 +#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), +#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), +#: src/modules/Users.pm:725 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -4260,215 +3905,211 @@ msgstr "" "In %1 bevindt zich een aankoppelpunt voor de directory %2 die als\n" "standaard home directory voor nieuwe gebruikers wordt gebruikt, deze\n" -"directory is momenteel echter niet aangekoppeld. Wanneer u nieuwe " -"gebruikers\n" +"directory is momenteel echter niet aangekoppeld. Wanneer u nieuwe gebruikers\n" "met gebruik van de standaard waardes gaat toevoegen, dan zullen hun\n" "home directories in de huidige %2 worden aangemaakt. Het is mogelijk\n" "dat deze directories, nadat u ze correct aangekoppeld heeft, daardoor niet\n" "toegankelijk zullen zijn. Doorgaan met de gebruikersconfiguratie?" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:973 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:973 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "Er zijn meer gebruikers die met de invoercondities genoegen nemen." -#. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551 +#. progress caption +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "De gebruiker- en groepsconfiguratie worden geïnitialiseerd" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1558 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1558 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "Lees de standaard Aanmeldingsinstellingen" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1560 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1560 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "Lees de standaard systeem instellingen" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1562 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1562 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "Lees het configuratie type" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1564 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1564 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "Lees de aangepaste gebruikersinstellingen" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "Lees gebruikers en groepen" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1568 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1568 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "Cache structuren aanmaken" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1572 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1572 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "De standaard Aanmeldingsinstellingen worden gelezen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1574 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1574 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "De standaard systeem instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1576 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1576 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "Het configuratie type wordt gelezen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1578 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1578 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "De aangepaste instellingen worden gelezen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1580 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1580 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "De gebruikers en groepen worden gelezen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1582 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1582 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "De cache structuren worden aangemaakt..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1584 src/modules/Users.pm:4309 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1584 src/modules/Users.pm:4309 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2140 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2140 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "Gebruiker bestaat niet." -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2392 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2392 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "Groep bestaat niet." -#. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 +#. progress caption +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "De gebruiker- en groepsconfiguratie worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "LDAP gebruikers en groepen opslaan" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "Groepen opslaan" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "Controle op verwijderde gebruikers" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Write users" msgstr "Gebruikers opslaan" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "Wachtwoorden opslaan" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "Aangepaste instellingen opslaan" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "Standaard Aanmeldingsinstellingen opslaan" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "De LDAP gebruikers en groepen worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "De groepen worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4299 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4299 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "De verwijderde gebruikers worden gecontroleerd..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4301 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4301 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "De gebruikers worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4303 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4303 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "De wachtwoorden worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4305 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4305 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "De aangepaste instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4307 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4307 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "De standaard Aanmeldingsinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4392 +#. error popup (%s is a file name) +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4392 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." -msgstr "" -"%s bestand is niet correct gelezen, het zal dan ook niet worden opgeslagen." +msgstr "%s bestand is niet correct gelezen, het zal dan ook niet worden opgeslagen." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4463 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4463 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "Er ontstond een fout tijdens het verwijderen van gbruikers." -#. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4441 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#. error popup (%s is a file name) +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4441 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." -msgstr "" -"%s bestand is niet correct gelezen, het zal dan ook niet worden opgeslagen." +msgstr "%s bestand is niet correct gelezen, het zal dan ook niet worden opgeslagen." -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"Coderingsondersteuning is niet geïnstalleerd. De homedirectory's worden NIET " -"gecodeerd." +"Coderingsondersteuning is niet geïnstalleerd. De homedirectory's worden NIET gecodeerd." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van root's forward mail." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "Er is voor dit type gebruiker geen vrije UID." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4477,8 +4118,8 @@ "De geselecteerde gebruiker ID is niet toegestaan.\n" "Selecteer een geldig integer getal tussen %i en %i." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4486,8 +4127,8 @@ "De opgegeven gebruiker ID is reeds in gebruik.\n" "Werkelijk gebruiken?" -#. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#. popup question, %i are numbers +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4498,8 +4139,8 @@ "bereik dat voor LDAP gebruikers gedefinieerd is (%in%i).\n" "Wilt u het echt gebruiken?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4510,8 +4151,8 @@ "aangezien het ID groter is dan %i.\n" "Wilt u echt het gebruikerstype in 'lokaal' veranderen?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4522,17 +4163,16 @@ "aangezien het ID kleiner is dan %i.\n" "Wilt u echt het gebruikerstype in 'systeem' veranderen?" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De bestaande gebruikersnaam behoort mogelijk aan een NIS- of LDAP-" -"gebruiker.\n" +"De bestaande gebruikersnaam behoort mogelijk aan een NIS- of LDAP-gebruiker.\n" -#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -4542,8 +4182,8 @@ "met een bestaande gebruikersnaam. %1\n" "Probeer een andere." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." @@ -4551,8 +4191,8 @@ "De \"Extra gebruikersinformatie\" opgave mag geen\n" "dubbele punt (:) bevatten. Probeer het nog eens." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -4562,8 +4202,8 @@ "uit drie secties bestaan, gescheiden door komma's.\n" "Verwijder het overtollige." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -4573,8 +4213,8 @@ "a-z, A-Z, 0-9 en _-/\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -4583,8 +4223,8 @@ "De directory %s is niet beschrijfbaar.\n" "Kies voor de home directory een ander path." -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." @@ -4592,8 +4232,8 @@ "De home directory wordt al voor een andere gebruiker gebruikt.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -4603,8 +4243,8 @@ "het is echter geen directory.\n" "Weet u het zeker?" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -4612,9 +4252,9 @@ "De geselecteerde home directory bestaat al.\n" "Deze gebruiken en z'n eigenaar veranderen?" -#. chown is not needed (#25200) -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#. chown is not needed (#25200) +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -4625,8 +4265,8 @@ "en is eigendom van de gebruiker die momenteel gewijzigd wordt.\n" "Deze map gebruiken?\n" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4639,23 +4279,22 @@ "momenteel gemarkeerd is om te worden verwijderd.\n" "Deze directory gebruiken?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een niet-bestaande shell selecteert, dan kan de gebruiker zich " -"niet aanmelden.\n" +"Wanneer u een niet-bestaande shell selecteert, dan kan de gebruiker zich niet aanmelden.\n" "Weet u het zeker?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "Er is geen GID beschikbaar voor deze groep." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4664,8 +4303,8 @@ "De geselecteerde groep ID is niet toegestaan.\n" "Selecteer een geldig integer getal tussen %i en %i." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4673,8 +4312,8 @@ "De opgegeven groep ID is reeds in gebruik.\n" "Werkelijk gebruiken?" -#. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#. popup question, %i are numbers +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4685,8 +4324,8 @@ "bereik dat voor LDAP gebruikers gedefinieerd is (%i-%i).\n" "Wilt u het echt gebruiken?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4697,8 +4336,8 @@ "aangezien het ID groter is dan %i.\n" "Wilt u echt het groeptype in 'lokaal' veranderen?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4709,8 +4348,8 @@ "aangezien het ID kleiner is dan %i.\n" "Wilt u echt het groeptype in 'systeem' veranderen?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4718,8 +4357,8 @@ "U heeft geen groepsnaam ingevuld.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4728,8 +4367,8 @@ "De groepsnaam moet een lengte hebben van %i tot maximaal %i karakters.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4741,8 +4380,8 @@ "en moet met een letter beginnen.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" @@ -4752,13 +4391,13 @@ "en een bestaande groepsnaam.\n" "Probeer iets anders." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "Gebruiker %s bestaat niet." -#. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#. error message: group cannot be deleted +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4768,8 +4407,8 @@ "er gebruikers bestaan die deze groep als hun\n" "standaardgroep gebruiken." -#. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#. error message: group cannot be deleted +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4779,33 +4418,33 @@ "er nog gebruikers in de groep zitten.\n" "Deze gebruikers eerst uit de groep verwijderen aub." -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Gebruikers</h3>" -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6627 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6627 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Groepen</h3>" -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6638 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6638 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Aanmeldinstellingen</h3>" -#. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6640 +#. summary item, %1 is user name +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6640 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Gebruiker %1 is geconfigureerd voor automatisch aanmelden" -#. error message -#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226 +#. error message +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226 msgid "No password for LDAP was entered." msgstr "Er is geen wachtwoord voor LDAP opgegeven." -#. popup question, %s is string argument -#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 +#. popup question, %s is string argument +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 #, perl-format msgid "" "No entry with DN '%s'\n" @@ -4814,39 +4453,38 @@ "Er bestaat geen opgave met DN '%s'\n" "op de LDAP server. Deze nu aanmaken?" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Kerberos-configuratie" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "Geen Kerberos-beheer voor groepen" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "Kerberos-principals beheren" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "Kan kadmin.local niet uitvoeren." -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 msgid "LDAP Attributes" msgstr "LDAP kenmerken" -#. plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 +#. plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 msgid "Edit Remaining LDAP Attributes" msgstr "Resterende LDAP-attributen bewerken" -#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287 +#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287 #, perl-format msgid "" "The attribute '%s' is required for this object according\n" @@ -4855,28 +4493,28 @@ "Het kenmerk '%s' is voor dit object overeenkomstig\n" "z'n LDAP configuratie noodzakelijk, het is nu echter leeg." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden." -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147 msgid "LDAP Password Policy" msgstr "LDAP-wachtwoordbeleid" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156 msgid "Edit Password Policy" msgstr "Wachtwoordbeleid bewerken" -#. error popup, %s is object DN -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239 +#. error popup, %s is object DN +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid DN syntax of \"%s\"." msgstr "Ongeldige DN-syntaxis van \"%s\"." -#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251 +#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251 #, perl-format msgid "" "Error while searching for \"%s\":\n" @@ -4885,8 +4523,8 @@ "Fout bij zoeken naar \"%s\":\n" "%s" -#. error popup, %s is object DN -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258 +#. error popup, %s is object DN +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258 #, perl-format msgid "" "The object \"%s\"\n" @@ -4895,9 +4533,9 @@ "Het object \"%s\"\n" "is geen object van het wachtwoordbeleid" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349 msgid "" "It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" "the plugin for Shadow Account attributes is in use.\n" @@ -4905,19 +4543,19 @@ "Het is niet mogelijk om deze plug-in toe te voegen wanneer\n" "de plug-in voor attributen van het schaduwaccount wordt gebruikt.\n" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183 msgid "Shadow Account Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van schaduwaccount" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192 msgid "Edit Shadow Account attributes" msgstr "Attributen van schaduwaccount bewerken" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396 msgid "" "It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" "the plug-in for Password Policy is in use.\n" @@ -4925,23 +4563,23 @@ "Het is niet mogelijk deze plugin toe te voegen\n" "wanneer de plugin voor wachtwoordbeleid wordt gebruikt.\n" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237 msgid "Quota Configuration" msgstr "Quota-configuratie" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248 msgid "Manage Group Quota" msgstr "Groepsquota beheren" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251 msgid "Manage User Quota" msgstr "Gebruikersquota beheren" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 msgid "" "Quota is not enabled on your system.\n" "Enable quota in the partition settings module." @@ -4949,8 +4587,8 @@ "Quota zijn op uw systeem niet geactiveerd.\n" "Activeer quota in de partitioneermodule." -#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 +#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 msgid "" "Error while calling\n" "\"%1\":\n" @@ -4960,9 +4598,9 @@ "\"%1\":\n" "%2" -#. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 +#. the ']' is or-ed... +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4972,25 +4610,22 @@ "0-9, a-z, A-Z, en \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" "Probeer het opnieuw." -#. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 +#. help text (default part shown in more places) +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Gebruik voor het wachtwoord alleen lettertekens die te vinden zijn op een " -"Engelse\n" -"toetsenbordindeling. Bij problemen met het systeem kan het noodzakelijk zijn " -"om in te loggen met een niet-gelokaliseerde toetsenbordindeling.\n" +"Gebruik voor het wachtwoord alleen lettertekens die te vinden zijn op een Engelse\n" +"toetsenbordindeling. Bij problemen met het systeem kan het noodzakelijk zijn om in te loggen met een niet-gelokaliseerde toetsenbordindeling.\n" "</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -5000,38 +4635,38 @@ "\":\" of \",\" karakters bevatten.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "Een deel van het wachtwoord bestaat uit de groepsnaam." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "Een deel van het wachtwoord bestaat uit de gebruikersnaam." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "Het wachtwoord bestaat uitsluitend uit kleine letters." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "Het wachtwoord bestaat uitsluitend uit hoofdletters." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "Het wachtwoord is een palindroom." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "Het wachtwoord bestaat uitsluitend uit cijfers." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -5040,8 +4675,8 @@ "Het wachtwoord is voor de huidige versleutelingsmethode te lang.\n" "Het wordt ingekort tot %s tekens." -#. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 +#. error message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -5050,14 +4685,14 @@ "Het wachtwoord is te eenvoudig.\n" "%s." -#. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 +#. popup error, %i is number +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "Het wachtwoord moet uit ten minste %i tekens bestaan." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -5065,8 +4700,8 @@ "Geen gebruikersnaam opgegeven.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -5075,8 +4710,8 @@ "De gebruikersnaam moet een lengte hebben van %i tot maximaal %i karakters.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -5088,8 +4723,8 @@ "en moet beginnen met een letter of \"_\".\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" @@ -5099,18 +4734,18 @@ "en een bestaand gebruikersnaam.\n" "Probeer iets anders." -#. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 +#. busy popup message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "De %1 extensie wordt opgehaald..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 +#. busy popup message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "De %1 extensie wordt vrijgegeven..." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "user name and an existing user name.\n" @@ -5120,8 +4755,8 @@ "en een bestaande gebruikersnaam.\n" "Probeer iets anders." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545 msgid "" "The home directory is used from another user.\n" "Please try again." @@ -5129,45 +4764,45 @@ "De home directory wordt al voor een andere gebruiker gebruikt.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 msgid "No plug-in was defined" msgstr "Er is geen plugin gedefinieerd" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 msgid "It is not possible to edit a NIS user." msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om een NIS gebruiker te wijzigen." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025 msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om een NIS gebruiker te verwijderen." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980 msgid "It is not possible to modify a NIS group." msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om een NIS groep te modificeren." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403 msgid "No user was specified." msgstr "Geen gebruiker gespecificeerd." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476 msgid "User was not correctly specified." msgstr "Gebruiker is niet juist gespecificeerd." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133 msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS group." msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om een NIS groep te verwijderen." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "Er zijn meer gebruikers die met de invoercondities genoegen nemen." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,257 +14,214 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" msgstr "Hypervisor en hulpmiddelen installeren" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:70 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:70 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "Virtuele machine configureren..." -#. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:160 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"Alleen de architectuur x86_64 wordt ondersteund voor het hosten van virtual " -"machines. Uw architectuur is " +#. check for kernel-bigsmp +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:160 +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "Alleen de architectuur x86_64 wordt ondersteund voor het hosten van virtual machines. Uw architectuur is " -#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:179 +#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:179 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" -"De installatie van de virtuele machine kan niet in de UML-machine zelf " -"worden gestart.\n" +"De installatie van de virtuele machine kan niet in de UML-machine zelf worden gestart.\n" "Start de installatie in het hostsysteem.\n" -#. progress stage 1/2 -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:285 +#. progress stage 1/2 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:285 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten controleren" -#. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:198 +#. progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:198 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van netwerkbrug" -#. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +#. Headline for management domain installation +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "De VM-server wordt geconfigureerd (domein 0)" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:216 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Configuratie van VM-server</b></big></p><p>De configuratie van de " -"VM-server (domein 0) bestaat uit twee delen.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:216 +msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" +msgstr "<p><big><b>Configuratie van VM-server</b></big></p><p>De configuratie van de VM-server (domein 0) bestaat uit twee delen.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:220 -msgid "" -"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Eerst worden de benodigde pakketten in het systeem geïnstalleerd. " -"Vervolgens wordt de bootloader naar GRUB geschakeld (als deze nog niet " -"gebruikt wordt) en wordt de Xen-sectie toegevoegd aan het bootloadermenu als " -"deze ontbreekt.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:220 +msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Eerst worden de benodigde pakketten in het systeem geïnstalleerd. Vervolgens wordt de bootloader naar GRUB geschakeld (als deze nog niet gebruikt wordt) en wordt de Xen-sectie toegevoegd aan het bootloadermenu als deze ontbreekt.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:224 -msgid "" -"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>GRUB is noodzakelijk omdat het de multibootstandaard ondersteunt die " -"nodig is om de Xen- en Linux-kernel op te starten.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:224 +msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p>GRUB is noodzakelijk omdat het de multibootstandaard ondersteunt die nodig is om de Xen- en Linux-kernel op te starten.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:228 -msgid "" -"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Als de configuratie is voltooid, kunt u de VM-server opstarten vanuit het " -"bootloadermenu.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:228 +msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Als de configuratie is voltooid, kunt u de VM-server opstarten vanuit het bootloadermenu.</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Installatie wordt afgebroken." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Kies Hypervisor(s) om te installeren" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:239 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:239 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "Server: minimaal systeem om een actieve hypervisor te realiseren" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:240 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:240 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "Hulpprogramma's: configureer, beheer en controleer virtuele systemen" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:241 -msgid "" -"A disabled checkbox means the Hypervisor item has already been installed" -msgstr "" -"Een uitgeschakeld keuzevakje betekent dat het item Hypervisor al is " -"geïnstalleerd" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:241 +msgid "A disabled checkbox means the Hypervisor item has already been installed" +msgstr "Een uitgeschakeld keuzevakje betekent dat het item Hypervisor al is geïnstalleerd" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM-hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:256 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:256 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "KVM-server" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:257 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:257 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "KVM-hulpprogramma's" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:262 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:262 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "libvirt LXC-containers" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:264 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:264 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "libvirt LXC-daemon" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:292 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:292 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "Software om verbinding te maken met Virtualization-server" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:294 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "Hulpprogramma's voor Virtualization-client" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen-hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:312 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:312 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Xen-server" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:313 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:313 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Xen-hulpprogramma's" -#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:418 +#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:418 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Pakketinstallatie is mislukt\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Pakketinstallatie voor lxc is mislukt\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:433 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:433 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "Pakketinstallatie voor sled-clientpatroon is mislukt\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:443 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:443 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "Pakketinstallatie voor sles-patronen is mislukt\n" -#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:456 +#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:456 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" -msgstr "" -"Wordt uitgevoerd in tekstmodus. Toch de grafische componenten installeren?" +msgstr "Wordt uitgevoerd in tekstmodus. Toch de grafische componenten installeren?" -#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:469 +#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:469 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Pakketten controleren..." -#. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:472 +#. progressbar title - install the required packages +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:472 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd..." -#. error popup -#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#. error popup +#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Kan de benodigde pakketten niet installeren." -#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:494 +#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:494 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "De grub2-configuratiebestanden worden bijgewerkt..." -#. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:508 +#. Default Bridge stage +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:508 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Standaard netwerkbrug configureren..." -#. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:529 +#. Popup yes/no dialog +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:529 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Netwerk-bridge." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:530 -msgid "" -"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Voor normale netwerkconfiguraties die host is voor virtuele machines, " -"wordt een netwerk-bridge aangeraden.</p><p>Een standaard network-bridge " -"configureren?</p>" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:530 +msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" +msgstr "<p>Voor normale netwerkconfiguraties die host is voor virtuele machines, wordt een netwerk-bridge aangeraden.</p><p>Een standaard network-bridge configureren?</p>" -#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV -#. Progress::NextStage(); -#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ -#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); -#. if ( success == false ) { -#. // error popup -#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); -#. return false; -#. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:599 +#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV +#. Progress::NextStage(); +#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ +#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); +#. if ( success == false ) { +#. // error popup +#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); +#. return false; +#. } +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:599 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Uw host kan nu KVM-gasten installeren." +msgstr "KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Uw host kan nu KVM-gasten installeren." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:602 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Start de computer opnieuw op en " -"selecteer de eigen kernel in het menu van het opstartlaadprogramma om KVM-" -"gasten te installeren." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:602 +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Start de computer opnieuw op en selecteer de eigen kernel in het menu van het opstartlaadprogramma om KVM-gasten te installeren." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:605 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Als u Xen-gasten wilt installeren, moet u het apparaat opnieuw opstarten en " -"de Xen-sectie in het menu van het opstartlaadprogramma selecteren." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:605 +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Als u Xen-gasten wilt installeren, moet u het apparaat opnieuw opstarten en de Xen-sectie in het menu van het opstartlaadprogramma selecteren." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:608 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:608 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Xen Hypervisor en hulpprogramma's zijn geïnstalleerd." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:609 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:609 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Virtualization-clienthulpmiddelen zijn geïnstalleerd." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:610 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:610 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Libvirt LXC-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,43 +14,41 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Manage VPN client secrets. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" msgstr "Vooraf gedeelde sleutel voor gateways" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "Gateway" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "Vooraf gedeelde sleutel" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 msgid "Set" msgstr "Instellen" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 msgid "Show key" msgstr "Sleutel weergeven" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "Certificaat/sleutelpaar voor gateways" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificaten" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Key" msgstr "Toets" -#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 msgid "" "Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ "De gedeelde sleutels voor de volgende gateways ontbreken nog steeds:\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 msgid "" "Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -66,120 +64,116 @@ "De certificaten voor de volgende gateways ontbreken nog steeds:\n" "%s" -#. Load PSKs -#. Reload gateway PSK text input. -#. Load XAuth -#. Load EAP -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 msgid "(hidden)" msgstr "(verborgen)" -#. Remove the selected EAP user. -#. Remove the selected XAuth user. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "Selecteer een gebruiker die u wilt verwijderen." -#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." -msgstr "" -"Een vooraf gedeelde sleutel is verplicht. Voer een vooraf gedeelde sleutel " -"in." +msgstr "Een vooraf gedeelde sleutel is verplicht. Voer een vooraf gedeelde sleutel in." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." msgstr "Voer het bestandspad voor zowel het certificaat als de sleutel in." -#. Event handlers -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "Kies een certificaatbestand dat met PEM is gecodeerd" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "Kies een certificaatsleutelbestand dat met PEM is gecodeerd" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" msgstr "Vooraf gedeelde sleutel voor gateway" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "Certificaten maken" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "Pad naar certificaatbestand vereist." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Pick.." msgstr "Kiezen..." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "Pad naar certificaatbestand vereist." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Gebruikerreferenties voor Android-, iOS- en Mac OS X-clients" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Username" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 msgid "Show Password" msgstr "Wachtwoorden tonen" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Gebruikerreferenties voor Windows 7- en Windows 8-clients" -#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "Gateway - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 msgid "Gateway - Certificate" msgstr "Gateway - Certificaat" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "Gateway - Mobiele clients" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "Gateway - Windows-clients" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "Client - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "&Clientcertificaat" -#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 msgid "" "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." @@ -187,13 +181,13 @@ "ipsec.conf en ipsec.secrets zijn buiten deze module bewerkt.\n" "Als u de module blijft gebruiken, wordt uw aanpassing verwijderd." -#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "De domeinnaam is al in gebruik." -#. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -201,8 +195,8 @@ "Per scenario is maar een gatewayverbinding toegestaan.\n" "Alle gatewayscenario's worden al gebruikt." -#. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -210,85 +204,78 @@ "Het scenario is al voor een andere gateway geconfigureerd.\n" "U kunt niet twee gateways onder één scenario uitvoeren." -#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Deze naam wordt al gebruikt" -#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "Kan geen overeenkomende clientverbinding vinden." -#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:62 +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:62 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" msgstr "VPN-gateway en -client" -#. Left side: global config & connection management -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Algemene configuratie" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "SSSD-daemon inschakelen" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" msgstr "TCP MSS verminderen" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "Alle VPN's" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:78 msgid "New VPN" msgstr "Nieuwe VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "Verwij&der DN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "Verbindingsstatus weergeven" -#. Event handlers -#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:105 +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:105 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " -"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " -"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " -"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" -"Als VPN-clients problemen hebben met de toegang tot bepaalde websites, wordt " -"dit mogelijk veroorzaakt doordat de betrokken hosts de automatische detectie " -"van MTU (maximum transmission unit) verhinderen vanwege een onjuiste " -"firewallconfiguratie.\n" -"Als u TCP-MSS vermindert, wordt het probleem verholpen. De beschikbare " -"bandbreedte wordt dan echter met ongeveer 10 procent teruggebracht." +"Als VPN-clients problemen hebben met de toegang tot bepaalde websites, wordt dit mogelijk veroorzaakt doordat de betrokken hosts de automatische detectie van MTU (maximum transmission unit) verhinderen vanwege een onjuiste firewallconfiguratie.\n" +"Als u TCP-MSS vermindert, wordt het probleem verholpen. De beschikbare bandbreedte wordt dan echter met ongeveer 10 procent teruggebracht." -#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:126 +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "Verbinding verwijderen" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u container '%1' wilt verwijderen?" -#. Check for incomplete configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:146 +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:146 msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "" "Voltooi de configuratie voor de volgende verbindingen:\n" "\n" -#. Consider enabling the daemon -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:153 +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:153 msgid "" "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" @@ -296,125 +283,125 @@ "Er zijn VPN-verbindingen, maar de daemon is niet ingeschakeld.\n" "Wilt u de VPN-daemon inschakelen?" -#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "Service '%s' is geactiveerd." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:176 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "Kan IPSec-daemon niet configureren." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "Wilt u het logboek en de verbindingsstatus van de daemon bekijken?" -#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:292 +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:292 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "Voer het IP van de gateway in voordat u de referenties bewerkt." -#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:383 +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:383 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "Klik op Nieuwe VPN om een gateway of client te maken." -#. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "Alle IPv4-netwerken (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:394 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:394 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "Alle IPv6-netwerken (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "Beperkte CIDR's, door komma gescheiden:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "Naam van verbinding:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:405 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "Gateway (server)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 msgid "Client" msgstr "Client" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "Het scenario is" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "Communicatie beveiligen met een vooraf gedeelde sleutel" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "Communicatie beveiligen met een certificaat" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Toegang bieden voor Android-, iOS- en Mac OS X-clients" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:418 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:418 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Toegang bieden voor Windows 7- en Windows 8-clients" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "&Externe referenties" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "VPN-clients toegang bieden tot" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "Adresgroep van de client (bijvoorbeeld 192.168.100.0/24)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "Voor de gateway is verificatie vereist" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "Via een vooraf gedeelde sleutel" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "Via een certificaat" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:433 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:433 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "IP VPN-gateway" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:437 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:437 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "De VPN-tunnel gebruiken voor toegang" -#. They are however allowed in password -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Voer zowel de gebruikersnaam als het wachtwoord in." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" @@ -422,17 +409,17 @@ "Gebruik geen speciale tekens en spaties in de gebruikersnaam.\n" "Toegestane tekens zijn: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, streepje en onderstrepingsteken" -#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "Voer een naam voor het nieuwe domein in." -#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "Voer een VPN-verbindingsnaam in." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" @@ -442,52 +429,52 @@ "Toegestane tekens zijn: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, streepje, onderstrepingsteken\n" "De naam moet met een letter beginnen." -#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "Pad naar certificaatbestand vereist." -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "Pad naar certificaatbestand vereist." -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." msgstr "Bewaar de sleutel niet in het certificaatbestand." -#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." msgstr "Voer zowel het certificaatbestand als het sleutelbestand in." -#. Return password string. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "Geef een wachtwoord op" -#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:47 +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:47 msgid "VPN daemon status" msgstr "Status van VPN-daemon" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:48 msgid "All connection status" msgstr "Status van alle verbindingen" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." msgstr "De logboeken worden elke drie seconden automatisch vernieuwd." -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "Herstart NTP-daemon" -#. Restart IPSec daemon service. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "Netwerk opnieuw opstarten bevestigen" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -495,81 +482,76 @@ "Bestaande verbindingen worden onderbroken.\n" "Weet u zeker dat u wilt doorgaan?" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "Kan de CUPS-daemon niet herstarten" -#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "Status niet beschikbaar: wordt de daemon uitgevoerd?" -#. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:162 +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:162 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "Installeren van pakket is mislukt" -#. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:175 +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:175 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Het starten van de CUPs-daemon is mislukt" -#. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:205 +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:205 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "IP-doorstuurinstellingen toepassen met sysctl is mislukt:" -#. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:218 +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:218 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" "De SuSE-firewall is ingeschakeld, maar niet geactiveerd.\n" -"De SuSE-firewall wordt nu ingeschakeld om ervoor te zorgen dat de VPN " -"correct functioneert." +"De SuSE-firewall wordt nu ingeschakeld om ervoor te zorgen dat de VPN correct functioneert." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:222 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:227 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:222 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:227 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "Opnieuw opstarten SuSE-firewall is mislukt" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:233 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:233 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " -"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" -"Voor zowel de VPN-gateway als de clients is een speciale SuSE-" -"firewallconfiguratie vereist.\n" -"De SuSE-firewall is niet ingeschakeld. U moet daarom het configuratiescript " -"handmatig uitvoeren telkens wanneer u opnieuw opstart. Het script wordt nu " -"uitgevoerd.\n" +"Voor zowel de VPN-gateway als de clients is een speciale SuSE-firewallconfiguratie vereist.\n" +"De SuSE-firewall is niet ingeschakeld. U moet daarom het configuratiescript handmatig uitvoeren telkens wanneer u opnieuw opstart. Het script wordt nu uitgevoerd.\n" "De locatie van het script is %s" -#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:270 +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:270 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:271 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:271 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "VPN (IPSec)-daemon inschakelen: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:272 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:272 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "TCP MSS verminderen: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:273 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:273 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "Gateway en verbindingen" -#. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "Een gateway die clients bedient in " -#. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "SUSE-hulpprogramma voor internetverbinding " Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/wol.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/wol.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/wol.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,35 +14,35 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: clients/wol.ycp -#. Package: Boot Server -#. Author: Anas Nashif -#. Summary: WOL -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: clients/wol.ycp +#. Package: Boot Server +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: WOL +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 msgid "" "Package could not be installed.\n" "Install the missing packages and try again." @@ -50,24 +50,24 @@ "Het pakket kon niet geïnstalleerd worden.\n" "Installeer de ontbrekende pakketten en probeer het nog eens." -#. Table header -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#. Table header +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC adres" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "Host Name" msgstr "Hostnaam" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 msgid "Wake Up" msgstr "Wake Cup" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 msgid "Wake-On-Lan" msgstr "Wake-On-Lan" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 msgid "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" "<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" @@ -77,20 +77,20 @@ "<p>Met WOL is uw PC eenvoudig te 'wekken' door het versturen van \n" "een 'magic packet' via het netwerk.</p>" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); -#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); +#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 msgid "Really delete this item?" msgstr "Dit item echt verwijderen?" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 msgid "Waking remote host" msgstr "Remote host wordt wakker gemaakt" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 msgid "Host Name:" msgstr "Hostnaam:" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 msgid "" "MAC Address of\n" "the Client: " @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ "MAC Adres van\n" "de cliënt: " -#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf -#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 +#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf +#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 msgid "" "No previously configured clients found.\n" "However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/xpram.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/xpram.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/xpram.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,139 +14,124 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" msgstr "Configuratie van XPRAM" -#. command line help text for 'enable' action -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 msgid "Enable XPRAM" msgstr "XPRAM inschakelen" -#. command line help text for 'disable' action -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 msgid "Disable XPRAM" msgstr "XPRAM uitschakelen" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" msgstr "De XPRAM-configuratie wijzigen" -#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 msgid "Mount point" msgstr "Mountpunt" -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 msgid "XPRAM Configuration" msgstr "XPRAM-configuratie" -#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 msgid "<p>Here, configure the <b>XPRAM</b> for your computer.</p>" msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de <b>XPRAM</b> voor uw computer configureren.</p>" -#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Dit hulpprogramma ondersteunt momenteel alleen het toewijzen van de " -"complete XPRAM aan één partitie. Als u meerdere partities wilt gebruiken, " -"lees dan het artikel \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, " -"2004\" voor de Linux-kernel 2.6 -April 2004-stream.<p>Schakel in dat geval " -"XPRAM in deze module uit.</p>" +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Dit hulpprogramma ondersteunt momenteel alleen het toewijzen van de complete XPRAM aan één partitie. Als u meerdere partities wilt gebruiken, lees dan het artikel \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" voor de Linux-kernel 2.6 -April 2004-stream.<p>Schakel in dat geval XPRAM in deze module uit.</p>" -#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:60 +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:60 msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Kies het juiste mountpunt voor <b>Mountpunt</b>.</p>" -#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:62 +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:62 msgid "<p>Next, choose the file system to use on the device.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kies vervolgens het bestandssysteem dat u op het apparaat wilt gebruiken." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kies vervolgens het bestandssysteem dat u op het apparaat wilt gebruiken.</p>" -#. radio button label for to not start xpram -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:86 +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:86 msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" msgstr "XPRAM nie&t starten" -#. radio button label for to start xpram -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:95 +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:95 msgid "&Start XPRAM" msgstr "XPRAM &starten" -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:107 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:107 msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" -msgstr "" -"Bestandssysteem of wisselgeheugen installeren ofschoon &XPRAM geldige " -"gegevens bevat" +msgstr "Bestandssysteem of wisselgeheugen installeren ofschoon &XPRAM geldige gegevens bevat" -#. frame label -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:116 +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:116 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Mountpunt" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:125 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:125 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Mount&punt" -#. frame label -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:140 +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:140 msgid "File System Type" msgstr "Type bestandssysteem" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:149 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:149 msgid "F&ile System to Use:" msgstr "Te gebru&iken bestandssysteem:" -#. Xpram read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" msgstr "XPRAM-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:108 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:108 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen schrijven" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:110 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:110 msgid "Restart the service" msgstr "Service opnieuw starten" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:114 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:114 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden geschreven..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:116 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:116 msgid "Restarting service..." msgstr "De service wordt opnieuw gestart..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:118 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:118 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:135 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:135 msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." -msgstr "" -"Fout bij stoppen van xpram. Probeer het handmatig met \"rcxpram stop\"." +msgstr "Fout bij stoppen van xpram. Probeer het handmatig met \"rcxpram stop\"." -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:151 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:151 msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." -msgstr "" -"Fout bij starten van xpram. Probeer het handmatig met \"rcxpram start\"." +msgstr "Fout bij starten van xpram. Probeer het handmatig met \"rcxpram start\"." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/yast2-apparmor.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/yast2-apparmor.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:47:21 UTC (rev 97402) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/yast2-apparmor.nl.po 2017-06-19 07:48:24 UTC (rev 97403) @@ -14,156 +14,143 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Globalz -#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:66 +#. Globalz +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:66 msgid "Select File to Generate a Profile for" msgstr "Het bestand selecteren waarvoor een profiel moet worden gegenereerd" -#. Check for cancel in the file choose dialog -#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:77 +#. Check for cancel in the file choose dialog +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:77 msgid "Profile for " msgstr "Profiel voor" -#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:78 +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:78 msgid " already exists." msgstr " bestaat al." -#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:80 +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:80 msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?" msgstr "Wilt u dit profiel openen in de bewerkingsmodus?" -#. Globalz -#. TODO ELSE POPUP NO ENTRY SELECTED ERROR -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:64 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1481 +#. Globalz +#. TODO ELSE POPUP NO ENTRY SELECTED ERROR +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:64 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1481 msgid "Delete profile confirmation" msgstr "Bevestiging van profielverwijdering" -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:67 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1484 +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:67 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1484 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the profile " msgstr "" "Weet u\n" "zeker dat u het profiel wilt verwijderen " -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:70 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1487 +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:70 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1487 msgid "" " ?\n" "After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." msgstr "" " \n" -"Na deze operatie zal de AppArmor-module opnieuw worden geladen met het " -"ingestelde profiel." +"Na deze operatie zal de AppArmor-module opnieuw worden geladen met het ingestelde profiel." -#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Maak een selectie uit de getoonde profielen en klik op Verder om het profiel " -"te verwijderen." +#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgstr "Maak een selectie uit de getoonde profielen en klik op Verder om het profiel te verwijderen." -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete" msgstr "Profiel verwijderen - Kies het profiel dat u wilt verwijderen" -#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent -#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 +#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent +#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer een weergegeven profiel en druk op Bewerken om het te bewerken." +msgstr "Selecteer een weergegeven profiel en druk op Bewerken om het te bewerken." -#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 +#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 msgid "Edit Profile - Choose profile to edit" msgstr "Profiel bewerken - Kies het profiel dat u wilt bewerken" -#. no command line support #269891 -#: src/clients/apparmor-settings.rb:52 +#. no command line support #269891 +#: src/clients/apparmor-settings.rb:52 msgid "Enable AppArmor Functions" msgstr "AppArmor-functies activeren" -#. AppArmor dialog caption -#. Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:60 +#. AppArmor dialog caption +#. Network dialog caption +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:60 msgid "AppArmor Configuration" msgstr "AppArmor-configuratie" -#. AppArmor dialog help -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:54 +#. AppArmor dialog help +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\n" " the corresponding action and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Kies een van de beschikbare AppArmor-modules om de overeenkomstige " -"acties\n" +"<p>Kies een van de beschikbare AppArmor-modules om de overeenkomstige acties\n" "te configureren en drup op <b>Opstarten</b>.</p>\n" -#. Selection box label -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69 +#. Selection box label +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69 msgid "&Available AppArmor Modules:" msgstr "Beschikb&are AppArmor-modules:" -#. Selection box items -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:72 +#. Selection box items +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:72 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Instellingen" -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:73 +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:73 msgid "Manage Existing Profiles" msgstr "Bestaande profielen beheren" -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:74 +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:74 msgid "Manually Add Profile" msgstr "Profiel handmatig toevoegen" -#. Label::FinishButton() -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:90 +#. Label::FinishButton() +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:90 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Starten" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Failed to change apparmor service. Please use journal (journalctl -n -u " -"apparmor) to diagnose" -msgstr "" -"Service apparmor wijzigen is mislukt. Gebruik het journaal (journalctl -n -u " -"apparmor) om een diagnose te stellen" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:48 +msgid "Failed to change apparmor service. Please use journal (journalctl -n -u apparmor) to diagnose" +msgstr "Service apparmor wijzigen is mislukt. Gebruik het journaal (journalctl -n -u apparmor) om een diagnose te stellen" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:61 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:61 msgid "" -"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br> Geeft aan of de AppArmor module voor het " -"afdwingen van het \n" +"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br> Geeft aan of de AppArmor module voor het afdwingen van het \n" "beveiligingsbeleid is geladen en werkt.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:64 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n" "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>" @@ -171,297 +158,286 @@ "<p><b>Veiligheidsevenementberichtgeving</b><br> Indien rechten geschonden \n" "worden, kunt u hier opgeven of u per e-mail gewaarschuwd wilt worden.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:67 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:67 msgid "" "<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" "uses individual profiles.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Profielmodus</b><br>Gebruik dit hulpmiddel om de manier waarop " -"AppArmor \n" +"<p><b>Profielmodus</b><br>Gebruik dit hulpmiddel om de manier waarop AppArmor \n" "individuele profielen gebruikt te veranderen.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:82 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:82 msgid "&Enable AppArmor" msgstr "AppArmor &inschakelen" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:89 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:89 msgid "Configure AppArmor" msgstr "AppArmor configureren" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 msgid "Configure Profile Modes" msgstr "Profielmodi configureren" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:101 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:101 msgid "Set profile modes" msgstr "Profielmodi instellen" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104 msgid "Co&nfigure" msgstr "Co&nfigureren" -#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:128 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 +#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:128 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "Ge&daan" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:49 msgid "Errors found in AppArmor profiles" msgstr "Fouten gevonden in AppArmor-profielen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used.</p> " -msgstr "" -"<p>Deze problemen dienen te worden opgelost voordat AppArmor kan worden " -"gestart of de hulpprogramma's voor profielbeheer kunnen worden gebruikt.</p> " +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 +msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> " +msgstr "<p>Deze problemen dienen te worden opgelost voordat AppArmor kan worden gestart of de hulpprogramma's voor profielbeheer kunnen worden gebruikt.</p> " -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "<p>Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " -msgstr "" -"<p>Zoek een beschrijving van de AppArmor-profielsyntaxis door het uitvoeren " -"van " +msgstr "<p>Zoek een beschrijving van de AppArmor-profielsyntaxis door het uitvoeren van " -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"<p>Uitgebreide documentatie over AppArmor kunt u vinden in de " -"beheerdershandleiding in de directory: " +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "<p>Uitgebreide documentatie over AppArmor kunt u vinden in de beheerdershandleiding in de directory: " -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:35 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:35 msgid "&Allow" msgstr "Toest&aan" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:36 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:36 msgid "&Deny" msgstr "&Weigeren" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:37 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:37 msgid "Abo&rt" msgstr "&Afbreken" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:39 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:39 msgid "Audi&t" msgstr "&Controle aan" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:40 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:40 msgid "Audi&t off" msgstr "&Controle uit" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:41 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:41 msgid "Audit &All" msgstr "&Alles controleren" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:42 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:42 msgid "&Opts" msgstr "&Opties" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:43 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:43 msgid "&Owner Permissions on" msgstr "&Eigenaarsrechten aan" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:44 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:44 msgid "&Owner Permissions off" msgstr "&Eigenaarsrechten uit" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:45 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:63 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:45 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:63 msgid "&Inherit" msgstr "&Erven" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:46 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:64 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:46 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:64 msgid "&Profile" msgstr "&Profiel" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:47 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:47 msgid "&Profile Clean Exec" msgstr "&Profiel Clean Exec" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:48 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:48 msgid "&Child" msgstr "&Dochter" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:49 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:49 msgid "&Child Clean Exec" msgstr "&Dochter Clean Exec" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:50 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:50 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Naam" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:51 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:51 msgid "&Named Clean Exec" msgstr "&Naam Clean Exec" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:52 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:65 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:52 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:65 msgid "&Unconfined" msgstr "&Onbegrensd" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:53 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:53 msgid "&Unconfined Clean Exec" msgstr "&Onbeperkt Clean Exec" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:54 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:54 msgid "&Profile ix" msgstr "&Profiel ix" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:55 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:55 msgid "&Profile ix Clean Exec" msgstr "&Profiel ix Clean Exec" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:56 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:56 msgid "&Child ix" msgstr "&Dochter ix" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:57 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:57 msgid "&Child ix Cx Clean Exec" msgstr "&Dochter ix Cx Clean Exec" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:58 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:59 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:58 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:59 msgid "&Name ix" msgstr "&Naam ix" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:60 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:60 msgid "i&x fallback on" msgstr "i&x fallback aan" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:61 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:61 msgid "i&x fallback off" msgstr "i&x fallback uit" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:62 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:62 msgid "&Continue Profiling" msgstr "&Doorgaan met profilen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:66 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:66 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "Wijzig&en" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:67 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:67 msgid "&Glob" msgstr "&Glob" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:68 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:68 msgid "Glob w/E&xt" msgstr "Glob met e&xt" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:69 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:69 msgid "&Add Requested Hat" msgstr "Verzochte H&at toevoegen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:70 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:70 msgid "&Use Default Hat" msgstr "Standaard-Hat gebr&uiken" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:71 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:71 msgid "&Scan system log for AppArmor events" msgstr "&Systeemlog doorzoeken op AppArmor-gebeurtenissen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:72 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:72 msgid "&View Profile" msgstr "Profiel &weergeven" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:73 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:73 msgid "&Use Profile" msgstr "Profiel &gebruiken" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:74 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:74 msgid "&Create New Profile" msgstr "Nieuw profiel &maken" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:75 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:75 msgid "&Update Profile" msgstr "Profiel &bijwerken" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:76 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:76 msgid "&Ignore Update" msgstr "Update &negeren" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:77 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:77 msgid "&Save Changes" msgstr "Wijzigingen &opslaan" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:78 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:78 msgid "&Upload Changes" msgstr "Wijzigingen &uploaden" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:79 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:79 msgid "&View Changes" msgstr "Wijzigingen &weergeven" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:80 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:80 msgid "&Enable Repository" msgstr "Depot &inschakelen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:81 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:81 msgid "&Disable Repository" msgstr "Depot &uitschakelen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:82 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:82 msgid "&Never Ask Again" msgstr "&Niet meer vragen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:83 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:83 msgid "Ask Me &Later" msgstr "Vraag het &later opnieuw" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:106 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:106 msgid "" "Email address format invalid.\n" "Email address must be less than 129 characters \n" @@ -473,308 +449,278 @@ "en er uitzien als \"naam@domein\".\n" "Voer een geldig adres in.\n" -#. UI_RepositorySignInDialog -#. Dialog to allow users to signin or register with an external AppArmor -#. profile repository -#. -#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend -#. [ repo_url - string ] -#. @return answers - map that contains: -#. [ newuser => 1|0 - registering a new user? ] -#. [ user => username ] -#. [ pass => password ] -#. [ email => email address - if newuser = 1 ] -#. [ save_config => true/false - save this information on ] -#. [ the system ] -#. -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:141 +#. UI_RepositorySignInDialog +#. Dialog to allow users to signin or register with an external AppArmor +#. profile repository +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend +#. [ repo_url - string ] +#. @return answers - map that contains: +#. [ newuser => 1|0 - registering a new user? ] +#. [ user => username ] +#. [ pass => password ] +#. [ email => email address - if newuser = 1 ] +#. [ save_config => true/false - save this information on ] +#. [ the system ] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:141 msgid "AppArmor Profile Repository Setup" msgstr "AppArmor-profieldepot instellen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:153 msgid "Sign in to the repository" msgstr "Aanmelden bij het depot" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:157 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:157 msgid "Username" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:164 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:200 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:164 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:200 msgid "S&ave configuration" msgstr "Configuratie opslaan" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:167 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:167 msgid "&Sign in" msgstr "&Aanmelden" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:178 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:178 msgid "&Register new user..." msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker ®istreren..." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:186 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:186 msgid "Register New User" msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker registreren" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:190 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:190 msgid "Enter Username" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam opgeven" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:191 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:191 msgid "Enter Email Address" msgstr "E-mailadres opgeven" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:192 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:192 msgid "Enter Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord opg&even" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:193 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:193 msgid "Verify Password" msgstr "Verifieer wachtwoord" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:202 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:202 msgid "&Register" msgstr "&Register" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:213 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:213 msgid "&Sign in as existing user..." msgstr "Als be&staande gebruiker aanmelden..." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:249 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:249 msgid "Username is required" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam is vereist" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:251 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:251 msgid "Password is required" msgstr "Wachtwoord is vereist" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:290 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:290 msgid "Username required for registration." msgstr "Gebruikersnaam is vereist voor registratie." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:292 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:292 msgid "Email address required for registration." msgstr "E-mailadres is vereist voor registratie." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:294 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:294 msgid "Password is required for registration." msgstr "Wachtwoord is vereist voor registratie." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:296 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:296 msgid "Passwords do not match. Please re-enter." msgstr "Wachtwoorden komen niet overeen. Voer deze opnieuw in." -#. UI_RepositoryViewProfile -#. Dialog to allow users to view a profile from the repository -#. and display it in a small scrollable dialog -#. -#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map data from the backend -#. [ user => string ] -#. [ profile => string contiaining profile contents ] -#. [ profile_type => string INACTIVE_LOCAL|REPOSITORY ] -#. -#. @return [void] -#. -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:373 +#. UI_RepositoryViewProfile +#. Dialog to allow users to view a profile from the repository +#. and display it in a small scrollable dialog +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map data from the backend +#. [ user => string ] +#. [ profile => string contiaining profile contents ] +#. [ profile_type => string INACTIVE_LOCAL|REPOSITORY ] +#. +#. @return [void] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:373 msgid "Local inactive profile" msgstr "Lokaal inactief profiel" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:375 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:375 msgid "Profile created by user " msgstr "Profiel gemaakt door gebruiker" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:377 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:377 msgid "Local profile" msgstr "Lokaal profiel" -#. UI_ChangeLog_Dialog -#. Takes a list of profiles and collects one or multiple changelog entries -#. and returns them -#. -#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend -#. [ profiles - list of profile names ] -#. -#. @return results - map -#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] -#. [ SINGLE_CHANGELOG - string - set with changelog if user ] -#. [ selects a single changelog ] -#. -#. [ profile 1 name - string - changelog 1 ] -#. [ profile 2 name - string - changelog 2 ] -#. ... -#. [ profile n name - string - changelog n ] -#. -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:449 +#. UI_ChangeLog_Dialog +#. Takes a list of profiles and collects one or multiple changelog entries +#. and returns them +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend +#. [ profiles - list of profile names ] +#. +#. @return results - map +#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] +#. [ SINGLE_CHANGELOG - string - set with changelog if user ] +#. [ selects a single changelog ] +#. +#. [ profile 1 name - string - changelog 1 ] +#. [ profile 2 name - string - changelog 2 ] +#. ... +#. [ profile n name - string - changelog n ] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:449 msgid "Enter a changelog for the changes for " msgstr "Geef een changelog op voor de wijzigingen voor" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:450 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:450 msgid " the selected profiles" msgstr " de geselecteerde profielen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:451 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:451 msgid "Individual changelogs per profile" msgstr "Individuele changelogs per profiel" -#. UI_MultiProfileSelectionDialog -#. Two pane dialog with a multi-selection box on the left -#. and a long text on the right. Allows a list of profiles -#. or profile changes to be viewed and selected for further -#. processing - for example uploading to the repository -#. -#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map - data from backend -#. [ title - string - explanation of the forms use ] -#. [ get_changelog - string true/false - prompt user to ] -#. [ supply changelogs ] -#. [ never_ask_again - string true/false - add widget to let ] -#. [ user select to never prompt again to ] -#. [ upload unselected profiles to the ] -#. [ repository ] -#. [ default_select - string true/false - default value for ] -#. [ profile selection ] -#. [ profiles - map ] -#. -#. @return results - map -#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] -#. [ PROFILES - list[string] - list of selected profiles ] -#. [ NEVER_ASK_AGAIN - string - true/false - mark unselected ] -#. [ profiles as local only and don't prompt ] -#. [ to upload ] -#. [ CHANGELOG - map[string,string] - changelog data from ] -#. [ UI_ChangeLog_Dialog() ] -#. -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:600 +#. UI_MultiProfileSelectionDialog +#. Two pane dialog with a multi-selection box on the left +#. and a long text on the right. Allows a list of profiles +#. or profile changes to be viewed and selected for further +#. processing - for example uploading to the repository +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map - data from backend +#. [ title - string - explanation of the forms use ] +#. [ get_changelog - string true/false - prompt user to ] +#. [ supply changelogs ] +#. [ never_ask_again - string true/false - add widget to let ] +#. [ user select to never prompt again to ] +#. [ upload unselected profiles to the ] +#. [ repository ] +#. [ default_select - string true/false - default value for ] +#. [ profile selection ] +#. [ profiles - map ] +#. +#. @return results - map +#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] +#. [ PROFILES - list[string] - list of selected profiles ] +#. [ NEVER_ASK_AGAIN - string - true/false - mark unselected ] +#. [ profiles as local only and don't prompt ] +#. [ to upload ] +#. [ CHANGELOG - map[string,string] - changelog data from ] +#. [ UI_ChangeLog_Dialog() ] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:600 msgid "&Do not ask again for unselected profiles" msgstr "&Niet opnieuw vragen voor niet-geselecteerde profielen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:671 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:671 msgid "Profiles" msgstr "Profielen" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. YCP map containing definitons for Capabiltiies -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:35 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. YCP map containing definitons for Capabiltiies +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:35 msgid "" "<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \n" "this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n" "and group ownership.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>In een systeem waarin de optie [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] is " -"gedefinieerd, \n" +"<ul><li>In een systeem waarin de optie [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] is gedefinieerd, \n" "wordt de beperking op het wijzigen van bestandseigendom \n" "en groepseigendom genegeerd.</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt alle DAC-toegang, inclusief ACL-uitvoertoegang, " -"genegeerd \n" -"indien [_POSIX_ACL] is gedefinieerd. Uitgesloten is DAC-toegang die valt " -"onder CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt alle DAC-toegang, inclusief ACL-uitvoertoegang, genegeerd \n" +"indien [_POSIX_ACL] is gedefinieerd. Uitgesloten is DAC-toegang die valt onder CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee worden alle DAC-beperkingen ten aanzien van het lezen en " -"zoeken \n" -"in bestanden en mappen, inclusief ACL-beperkingen, genegeerd indien " -"[_POSIX_ACL] is gedefinieerd. \n" +"<ul><li>Hiermee worden alle DAC-beperkingen ten aanzien van het lezen en zoeken \n" +"in bestanden en mappen, inclusief ACL-beperkingen, genegeerd indien [_POSIX_ACL] is gedefinieerd. \n" "Uitgesloten is DAC-toegang die valt onder CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee worden alle beperkingen ten aanzien van toegestane " -"bewerkingen\n" -"in bestanden -- waarbij bestandseigenaar-id gelijk moet zijn aan gebruikers-" -"i\n" +"<ul><li>Hiermee worden alle beperkingen ten aanzien van toegestane bewerkingen\n" +"in bestanden -- waarbij bestandseigenaar-id gelijk moet zijn aan gebruikers-i\n" "-- genegeerd, behalve wanneer CAP_FSETID van toepassing is. MAC- en\n" "DAC-beperkingen worden hiermee niet genegeerd. </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee worden de volgende beperkingen genegeerd: gebruikers-id moet " -"overeenkomen met de bestandseigenaar-id tijdens het instellen van de " -"S_ISUID- en S_ISGID-bits voor dat bestand; dat de effectieve groeps-id (of " -"een van de aanvullende groeps-id's) moet overeenkomen met de " -"bestandseigenaar-id tijdens het instellen van de S_ISGID-bit voor dat " -"bestand; de S_ISUID- en S_ISGID-bits worden gewist na ontvangst van de " -"juiste retourwaarde van chown(2) (niet geïmplementeerd). </li></ul>" +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Hiermee worden de volgende beperkingen genegeerd: gebruikers-id moet overeenkomen met de bestandseigenaar-id tijdens het instellen van de S_ISUID- en S_ISGID-bits voor dat bestand; dat de effectieve groeps-id (of een van de aanvullende groeps-id's) moet overeenkomen met de bestandseigenaar-id tijdens het instellen van de S_ISGID-bit voor dat bestand; de S_ISUID- en S_ISGID-bits worden gewist na ontvangst van de juiste retourwaarde van chown(2) (niet geïmplementeerd). </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt de beperking genegeerd dat de echte of effectieve " -"gebruikers-id \n" -"van een proces dat een signaal verzendt, moet overeenkomen met de echte of " -"effectieve \n" +"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt de beperking genegeerd dat de echte of effectieve gebruikers-id \n" +"van een proces dat een signaal verzendt, moet overeenkomen met de echte of effectieve \n" "gebruikers-id van het proces dat het signaal ontvangt.</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt het bewerken van setgid(2) toegestaan.</li> " -"<li>Hiermee wordt setgroups(2) toegestaan.</li> \n" -"<li>Hiermee worden valse GID's toegestaan bij het doorgeven van socket-" -"vertrouwensgegevens.</li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt het bewerken van setgid(2) toegestaan.</li> <li>Hiermee wordt setgroups(2) toegestaan.</li> \n" +"<li>Hiermee worden valse GID's toegestaan bij het doorgeven van socket-vertrouwensgegevens.</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt het bewerken van setuid(2) (inclusief fsuid) " -"toegestaan.</li> \n" -"<li> Hiermee worden valse PID's toegestaan bij het doorgeven van socket-" -"vertrouwensgegevens. </li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt het bewerken van setuid(2) (inclusief fsuid) toegestaan.</li> \n" +"<li> Hiermee worden valse PID's toegestaan bij het doorgeven van socket-vertrouwensgegevens. </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" "remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" @@ -782,32 +728,26 @@ "<ul><li> Elke functie in uw toegestane set overdragen aan elke PID, \n" "elke functie in uw toegestane set verwijderen uit elke PID.</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Wijziging van bestandsattributen S_IMMUTABLE en S_APPEND toestaan</ul>" +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Wijziging van bestandsattributen S_IMMUTABLE en S_APPEND toestaan</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt het binden aan TCP/UDP-sockets onder 1024 toegestaan. \n" +"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt het binden aan TCP/UDP-sockets onder 1024 toegestaan.</li> \n" "<li> Hiermee wordt het binden aan ATM VCI's onder 32 toegestaan.</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Uitzenden en luisteren naar multicast toestaan</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" @@ -816,24 +756,21 @@ "<li> Instellen van debug-optie op sockets toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Wijzigen van routingtabellen toestaan</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Instellen van willekeurig proceseigedom en procesgroepseigendom op " -"sockets toestaan</li> \n" -"<li> Binden aan een willekeurig adres voor 'transparent proxying' toestaan \n" +"<li> Instellen van willekeurig proceseigedom en procesgroepseigendom op sockets toestaan</li> \n" +"<li> Binden aan een willekeurig adres voor 'transparent proxying' toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Instellen van TOS (Type Of Service) toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Instellen van alles ontvangen modus toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Wissen van stuurprogrammastatistieken toestaan</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128 msgid "" "<li> Allows multicasting</li> \n" "<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li> \n" @@ -845,7 +782,7 @@ "<li> Activering van ATM-controle-sockets toestaan </li>\n" "</ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>" @@ -853,51 +790,47 @@ "<ul><li> Gebruik van RAW-sockets toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Gebruik van PACKET-sockets toestaan </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Vergrendelen van gedeelde geheugensegmenten toestaan</li> <li>\n" "mlock en mlockall toestaan (heeft in feite niets te maken met IPC) </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> IPC-eigendomscontroles negeren </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Kernelmodules invoegen en verwijderen -- kernel onbeperkt wijzigen \n" +"<ul><li> Kernelmodules invoegen en verwijderen -- kernel onbeperkt wijzigen</li> \n" "<li> cap_bset wijzigen </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Toegang tot ioperm/iopl toestaan</li> \n" -"<li> Verzenden van USB-berichten naar een apparaat via /proc/bus/usb " -"toestaan </li></ul>" +"<li> Verzenden van USB-berichten naar een apparaat via /proc/bus/usb toestaan </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Gebruik van chroot() toestaan </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169 msgid "<ul><li> Allows ptrace() of any process </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> ptrace() toestaan voor elk proces </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173 msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Configuratie van procesaccounting toestaan </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li> \n" "<li> Allows administration of the random device</li> \n" @@ -909,7 +842,7 @@ "<li> Bekijken en configureren van schijfquota's toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Configureren de syslog van de kernel (printk gedrag) toestaan</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185 msgid "" "<li> Allows setting the domain name</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting the hostname</li> \n" @@ -920,11 +853,10 @@ "<li> Instellen van de domeinnaam toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Instellen van de hostnaam toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Oproepen van bdflush() toestaan</li> \n" -"<li> Koppelen() en ontkoppelen() toestaan voor het instellen van nieuwe smb-" -"connecties</li> \n" +"<li> Koppelen() en ontkoppelen() toestaan voor het instellen van nieuwe smb-connecties</li> \n" "<li> Enige autofs root ioctls toestaan</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 msgid "" "<li> Allows nfsservctl</li> \n" "<li> Allows VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> \n" @@ -938,39 +870,33 @@ "<li> irix_prctl toestaan op mips (setstacksize)</li> \n" "<li> Legen van alle cache toestaan op m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Verwijderen van semaforen toestaan</li> \n" -"<li> In plaats van CAP_CHOWN, \"chown\" op IPC-berichtwachrijen, semaforen " -"en gezamenlijk geheugen gebruiken</li> \n" -"<li> Vergrendeling/ontgrendeling toestaan van gezamenlijke " -"geheugensegmenten</li> \n" +"<li> In plaats van CAP_CHOWN, \"chown\" op IPC-berichtwachrijen, semaforen en gezamenlijk geheugen gebruiken</li> \n" +"<li> Vergrendeling/ontgrendeling toestaan van gezamenlijke geheugensegmenten</li> \n" "

\n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Lezen toestaan van niet-gestandaardiseerde porties van de pci " -"configuratieruimte</li> \n" +"<li> Lezen toestaan van niet-gestandaardiseerde porties van de pci configuratieruimte</li> \n" "<li> DDI debug ioctl toestaan op het sbpcd apparaatstuurprogramma</li> \n" "<li> Instellen van seriële poorten toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Zenden van onbewerkte qic-117 commando's toestaan</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224 msgid "" "<li> Allows enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers\n" " and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n" @@ -1005,60 +928,51 @@ msgstr "" "<li> In-/uitschakelen van 'tagged queuing' toestaan op SCSI-controllers\n" " en het zenden van willekeurige SCSI-commando's</li> \n" -"<li> Instellen van een codeersleutel toestaan op een loopback-" -"bestandssysteem </li></ul>" +"<li> Instellen van een codeersleutel toestaan op een loopback-bestandssysteem </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Gebruik van reboot() toestaan </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Verhogen van prioriteit en instellen van prioriteit op andere " -"processen (verschillende UID) toestaan</li> \n" -"<li> Gebruiken van FIFO en Round Robin-planning (realtime) op eigen " -"processen en instellen \n" +"<ul><li> Verhogen van prioriteit en instellen van prioriteit op andere processen (verschillende UID) toestaan</li> \n" +"<li> Gebruiken van FIFO en Round Robin-planning (realtime) op eigen processen en instellen \n" "van het door een ander proces gebruikte planningsalgoritme toestaan.</li> \n" "<li> Instellen CPU-affiniteit op andere processen toestaan </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 msgid "" "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Resourcebeperkingen negeren. Resourcebeperkingen instellen.</li> \n" "<li> Quotabeperkingen negeren.</li> \n" "<li> Gereserveerde ruimte op ext2-bestandssysteem negeren</li> \n" -"<li> Journalmodus voor gegevens op ext3-bestandssysteem wijzigen (maakt " -"gebruik van journalresources)</li>" +"<li> Journalmodus voor gegevens op ext3-bestandssysteem wijzigen (maakt gebruik van journalresources)</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> OPMERKING: ext2 respecteert fsuid bij het controleren op het negeren " -"van recourses, u kunt dus ook negeren met behulp van fsuid</li> \n" +"<li> OPMERKING: ext2 respecteert fsuid bij het controleren op het negeren van recourses, u kunt dus ook negeren met behulp van fsuid</li> \n" "<li> Beperkingen van de grootte bij IPC-berichtenwachtrijen negeren</li> \n" "<li> Meer dan 64Hz-interrupties van de realtime-klok toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Maximum aantal consoles bij consoletoewijzing negeren</li> \n" "<li> Maximum aantal toetstoewijzingen negeren </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li> \n" "<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li> \n" @@ -1068,7 +982,7 @@ "<li> irix_stime op MIPS toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Instellen van de realtime-klok toestaan </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>" @@ -1076,37 +990,37 @@ "<ul><li> Configuratie van tty-apparaten toestaan</li> \n" "<li> vhangup() van tty toestaan </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275 msgid "<ul><li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> De geautoriseerde aspecten van mknod() toestaan </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281 msgid "<ul><li> Allows taking of leases on files </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Het leasen van bestanden toestaan </li></ul>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:34 msgid "" "<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>This tool allows \n" "you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.</p>" @@ -1114,21 +1028,19 @@ "<p><b>Profielmodus configuratie</b><br>Dit hulpmiddel staat toe \n" "AppArmor profielen in te stellen in ofwel klacht- of afdwingmodus.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b>Complain mode</b> is a profile training state that logs application \n" "activity. All the violations of the AppArmor profile rules are logged \n" "(into <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> file), but still permitted, so \n" "that application's behavior is not restricted.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Klachtmodus</b> is een profieltraining status die applicatie-" -"activiteit \n" +"<p><b>Klachtmodus</b> is een profieltraining status die applicatie-activiteit \n" "logt. Alle overtredingen van de AppArmor profielregels worden gelogd \n" -"(in het <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> bestand), maar toch toegestaan, " -"zodat \n" +"(in het <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> bestand), maar toch toegestaan, zodat \n" "het gedrag van de applicatie niet wordt beperkt.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43 msgid "" "<p>With the profile in <b>enforce mode</b>, application is protected by \n" "AppArmor. The profile rules are enforced and their violation is logged,\n" @@ -1136,106 +1048,101 @@ "permitted to do so by the profile).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Met het profiel in <b>afdwingmodus</b>, is de applicatie beschermd door \n" -"AppArmor. De profielregels worden afgedwongen en hun overtreding wordt " -"gelogd,\n" -"maar niet toegestaan (dwz. een applicatie kan geen toegang tot bestanden " -"hebben, tenzij dit is\n" +"AppArmor. De profielregels worden afgedwongen en hun overtreding wordt gelogd,\n" +"maar niet toegestaan (dwz. een applicatie kan geen toegang tot bestanden hebben, tenzij dit is\n" "toegestaan door het profiel).</p>" -#. Button for showing active or all profiles -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:63 +#. Button for showing active or all profiles +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:63 msgid "Could not recognize profile name: " msgstr "Kon profielnaam niet herkennen: " -#. Reverse modes for toggling -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:75 +#. Reverse modes for toggling +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:75 msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "Kan modus niet herkennen: " -#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 msgid "enforce" msgstr "afdwingen" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 msgid "complain" msgstr "klacht" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "Alle profielen tonen" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Modus voor actieve profielen configureren" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "Actieve profielen tonen" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "Modus voor alle profielen configureren" -#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), -#. TODO switch to variable in a module -#. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 +#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), +#. TODO switch to variable in a module +#. TODO plain reread does not work here +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Profielnaam" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modus" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Modus omschakelen" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "Alles op afdwingen zetten" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "Alles op melden zetten" -#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 +#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van profielmodus" -#. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 +#. We'll need this often - cache it +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Profielmodus configureren" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "Selecteer een uit te voeren actie." -#. START Help Section -#. ********************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:32 +#. START Help Section +#. ********************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p>The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email \n" "alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often \n" "alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security \n" "event must be to send an alert.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Het scherm voor melding van beveiligingsgebeurtenissen stelt u in staat " -"om e-mailalarmering \n" -"op te zetten bij beveiligingsgebeurtenissen. In de volgende stappen " -"specificeert u hoe vaak \n" -"alarmeringen worden verzonden, wie deze ontvangt en hoe ernstig de " -"beveiligingsgebeurtenis \n" +"<p>Het scherm voor melding van beveiligingsgebeurtenissen stelt u in staat om e-mailalarmering \n" +"op te zetten bij beveiligingsgebeurtenissen. In de volgende stappen specificeert u hoe vaak \n" +"alarmeringen worden verzonden, wie deze ontvangt en hoe ernstig de beveiligingsgebeurtenis \n" "moet zijn om een alarmering te verzenden.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse Notification:</b> \n" "Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without \n" @@ -1243,33 +1150,29 @@ "had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Meldingtypes</b><br> <b>Samengevatte melding:</b> \n" -"Samengevatte melding vat het totale aantal systeemgebeurtenissen samen " -"zonder \n" +"Samengevatte melding vat het totale aantal systeemgebeurtenissen samen zonder \n" "details. <br>Bijvoorbeeld:<br> <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com heeft \n" "10 beveiligingsgebeurtenissen gehad sinds Don 12 okt 11:10:00 2009</tt></p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays \n" "the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of \n" "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" "<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Samenvattingmelding:</b> De Samenvattingmelding toont \n" -"de gelogde AppArmor beveiligingsgebeurtenissen en geeft een lijst met de " -"aantallen \n" +"de gelogde AppArmor beveiligingsgebeurtenissen en geeft een lijst met de aantallen \n" "individuele gevallen, inclusief de laatste datum van voorkomen. \n" "<br>Bijvoorbeeld:<br> <tt>AppArmor: TOESTAAN van toegang tot het doen van \n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 keer, de laatste op Zat 9 okt 16:05:54 " -"2008.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 keer, de laatste op Zat 9 okt 16:05:54 2008.</tt>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b>Verbose Notification:</b> The Verbose notification displays \n" "unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time \n" @@ -1279,16 +1182,13 @@ "and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Uitgebreide melding:</b> De Uitgebreide melding toont \n" -"niet gemodificeerde, gelogde AppArmor beveiligingsgebeurtenissen. Het " -"vertelt u alle keren \n" -"dat er een gebeurtenis optrad en schrijft een nieuwe regel in de uitgebreide " -"log. Deze \n" -"beveiligingsgebeurtenissen bevatten de datum en tijd van de gebeurtenis, " -"zowel \n" +"niet gemodificeerde, gelogde AppArmor beveiligingsgebeurtenissen. Het vertelt u alle keren \n" +"dat er een gebeurtenis optrad en schrijft een nieuwe regel in de uitgebreide log. Deze \n" +"beveiligingsgebeurtenissen bevatten de datum en tijd van de gebeurtenis, zowel \n" "toegestane toegang tot in het applicatie profiel als afgewezen toegang \n" "en het type bestandstoegang dat is toegestaan of afgewezen.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p>Verbose Notification also reports several messages that \n" "the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br>\n" @@ -1297,13 +1197,12 @@ "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Uitgebreide melding rapporteert ook een aantal berichten die \n" -"door het logprof-hulpmiddel gebruikt worden om profielen te interpreteren. " -"<br>Bijvoorbeeld:<br>\n" +"door het logprof-hulpmiddel gebruikt worden om profielen te interpreteren. <br>Bijvoorbeeld:<br>\n" "<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITTING r access to \n" "/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n" "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<li> For each notification type that you would like \n" "enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would \n" @@ -1317,7 +1216,7 @@ "keuzelijst, dan krijgt u een dagelijkse melding van \n" "beveiligingsgebeurtenissen, als deze er zijn.</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<li> Enter the email address of those who should receive \n" "the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications.If there is no local \n" @@ -1329,13 +1228,11 @@ "<li> Voer het e-mailadres in van hen die een beknopte, samenvatting \n" "of uitgebreide melding zou moeten ontvangen. Als er geen lokale \n" "SMTP-server is geconfigureerd om e-mails te verzenden vanaf deze host \n" -"naar het ingevoerde domein , voor bijvoorbeeld <i><gebruiker>@localhost \n" -"in en activeer <i><gebruiker></i> om systeem e-mail te ontvangen, als dat " -"niet \n" +"naar het ingevoerde domein , voor bijvoorbeeld <i><gebruiker>@localhost</i> \n" +"in en activeer <i><gebruiker></i> om systeem e-mail te ontvangen, als dat niet \n" "een root gebruiker is. </li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<li>Select the lowest <b>severity level</b> for which a notification \n" "should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications \n" @@ -1345,17 +1242,13 @@ "occur." msgstr "" "<li>Selecteer het laagste <b>beveiligingsniveau</b> waarvoor een melding \n" -"zou moeten worden gezonden. Beveiligingsgebeurtenissen worden gelogd en de " -"meldingen \n" -"worden gezonden op het moment aangegeven door het interval waarbij " -"gebeurtenissen \n" -"gelijk zijn of groter dan het geselecteerde beveiligingsniveau. Als het " -"interval \n" -"1 dag is, wordt de melding dagelijks verzonden, als er een " -"beveiligingsgebeurtenis plaats \n" +"zou moeten worden gezonden. Beveiligingsgebeurtenissen worden gelogd en de meldingen \n" +"worden gezonden op het moment aangegeven door het interval waarbij gebeurtenissen \n" +"gelijk zijn of groter dan het geselecteerde beveiligingsniveau. Als het interval \n" +"1 dag is, wordt de melding dagelijks verzonden, als er een beveiligingsgebeurtenis plaats \n" "vond." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<b>Severity Levels:</b> These are numbered 1 through 10, \n" "10 being the most severe security incident. The <b>severity.db</b> \n" @@ -1366,54 +1259,47 @@ msgstr "" "<b>Beveiligingsniveau:</b> Dit zijn nummers 1 tot 10, \n" "10 is het hoogste beveiligingsniveauincident. Het <b>severity.db</b> \n" -"bestand definieert het beveiligingsniveau van potentiële " -"beveiligingsgebeurtenissen. \n" +"bestand definieert het beveiligingsniveau van potentiële beveiligingsgebeurtenissen. \n" "De beveiligingsniveaus worden bepaald door de belangrijkheid van \n" -"verschillende beveiligingsgebeurtenisen, zoals bepaalde toegang tot " -"resources \n" +"verschillende beveiligingsgebeurtenisen, zoals bepaalde toegang tot resources \n" "of geweigerde services.</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number." +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Selecteer <b>Voeg onbekende beveiligingsgebeurtenissen in</b> als \n" "u gebeurtenissen wilt invoegen die geen nummer van ernst hebben.</li>" -#. ---------------------------- -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 +#. ---------------------------- +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 msgid "<b>AppArmor Profiling Wizard</b><br>" msgstr "<b>AppArmor-profielwizard</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Deze wizard laat items zien die zijn gegenereerd door de AppArmor " -"toegangscontrolemodule. \n" +"Deze wizard laat items zien die zijn gegenereerd door de AppArmor toegangscontrolemodule. \n" "U kunt hoog geoptimaliseerde en robuuste beveiligingsprofielen aanmaken \n" "door de suggesties te gebruiken die door AppArmor worden gemaakt." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources \n" "or define execute permission for entries. Questions \n" "that display were logged during the normal application \n" "execution test previously performed. <br>" msgstr "" -"AppArmor suggereert dat u toegang toestaat of weigert tot specifieke " -"resources \n" +"AppArmor suggereert dat u toegang toestaat of weigert tot specifieke resources \n" "of toestemming tot uitvoeren definieert voor items. Deze vragen \n" -"worden gesteld aan de hand van zaken die werden gelogd tijdens de normale " -"uitvoering \n" +"worden gesteld aan de hand van zaken die werden gelogd tijdens de normale uitvoering \n" "van de test van de applicatie die eerder werd uitgevoerd. <br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "The following help text describes the detail of the security profile \n" "syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may \n" @@ -1422,64 +1308,58 @@ "Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step \n" "instructions. <br><br>" msgstr "" -"De volgende hulptekst beschrijft in detail de syntax van het " -"beveiligingsprofiel \n" -"dat door AppArmor wordt gebruikt. <br><br>In elk stadium kunt u het " -"profiel \n" +"De volgende hulptekst beschrijft in detail de syntax van het beveiligingsprofiel \n" +"dat door AppArmor wordt gebruikt. <br><br>In elk stadium kunt u het profiel \n" "aanpassen door het gesuggereerde aan te passen. \n" "Dit overzicht assisteert u in het kiezen van uw opties. Kijk in de \n" "Novell AppArmor Administration Guide voor stap-voor-stap \n" "instructies. <br><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:125 msgid "<b>Access Modes</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Toegangsmodi</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" -msgstr "" -"Een modus voor toestemming voor bestandstoegang bestaat uit een combinatie " -"van de volgende zes modi:" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "Een modus voor toestemming voor bestandstoegang bestaat uit een combinatie van de volgende zes modi:" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" msgstr "<li>r - lezen</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:130 msgid "<li>w - write</li>" msgstr "<li>w - schrijven</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:131 msgid "<li>m - mmap PROT_EXEC</li>" msgstr "<li>m - mmap PROT_EXEC</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:132 msgid "<li>px - discrete profile execute</li>" msgstr "<li>px - discreet profiel uitvoeren</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:133 msgid "<li>ux - unconfined execute</li>" msgstr "<li>ux - onbeperkt uitvoeren</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:134 msgid "<li>ix - inherit execute</li>" msgstr "<li>ix - overnemen uitvoeren</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:135 msgid "<li>l - link</li>" msgstr "<li>l - koppeling</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:136 msgid "<b>Details for Access Modes</b>" msgstr "<b>Details voor toegangsmodi</b>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:137 msgid "<b>Read mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Leesmodus</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "Allows the program to have read access to the\n" "resource. Read access is required for shell scripts\n" @@ -1495,11 +1375,11 @@ "gehangen mag worden. (ptrace(2) wordt gebruikt door hulpmiddelen zoals\n" "strace(1), ltrace(1), en gdb(1).)" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:146 msgid "<b>Write mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Schrijfmodus</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Allows the program to have write access to the\n" "resource. Files must have this permission if they are\n" @@ -1509,11 +1389,11 @@ "recourse. Bestanden moeten deze toestemming hebben als ze\n" "ge'unlinked' worden (verwijderd)." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:152 msgid "<b>Mmap PROT_EXEC mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Mmap PROT_EXEC modus</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Allows the program to call mmap with PROT_EXEC on the\n" "resource." @@ -1521,11 +1401,11 @@ "Staat het programma toe om mmap op te roepen met PROT_EXEC op de\n" "resource." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:154 msgid "<b>Unconfined execute mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Uitvoeringsmodus niet-ingesloten</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Allows the program to execute the resource without any\n" "AppArmor profile being applied to the executed\n" @@ -1539,7 +1419,7 @@ "Gaat niet samen met uitvoeringsitems Overgenomen en\n" "Discreet profiel." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n" "be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n" @@ -1559,11 +1439,11 @@ "opgelegd. Voor meer informatie over wat beperkt betekent zie de\n" "apparmor(7) pagina." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:172 msgid "<b>Discrete Profile execute mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Uitvoeringsmodus Discreet profiel</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "This mode requires that a discrete security profile is\n" "defined for a resource executed at a AppArmor domain\n" @@ -1577,11 +1457,11 @@ "gedefinieerd dan wordt de toegang geweigerd. Gaat niet samen\n" "met uitvoeringsitems Overgenomen en Onbeperkt profiel." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:180 msgid "<b>Link mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Koppelingmodus</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "Allows the program to be able to create and remove a\n" "link with this name (including symlinks). When a link\n" @@ -1599,11 +1479,11 @@ "koppelingstoegang hoeft te hebben). Koppelingstoegang is nodig\n" "voor het verwijderen van een koppeling." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:190 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:190 msgid "<b>Globbing</b>" msgstr "<b>Globbing</b>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "File resources may be specified with a globbing syntax\n" "similar to that used by popular shells, such as csh(1),\n" @@ -1613,49 +1493,35 @@ "overeenkomend met die wordt gebruikt door populaire shells, zoals csh(1),\n" "bash(1), zsh(1)." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>*</b> kan worden vervangen door elk aantal tekens, behalve '/'<li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 +msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgstr "<li><b>*</b> kan worden vervangen door elk aantal tekens, behalve '/'<li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>**</b> kan vervangen worden door elk aantal tekens, inclusief '/'" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 +msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>**</b> kan vervangen worden door elk aantal tekens, inclusief '/'</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 msgid "<li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>" msgstr "<li><b>?</b> kan vervangen worden door elk teken behalve '/'</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>[abc]</b> zal vervangen worden door het enkele teken a, b, of c</li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 +msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>[abc]</b> zal vervangen worden door het enkele teken a, b, of c</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>[a-c]</b> zal vervangen worden door het enkele teken a, b, of c</li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 +msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>[a-c]</b> zal vervangen worden door het enkele teken a, b, of c</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> zal uitbreiden tot een regel overeenkomend met ab en een " -"regel overeenkomend met cd</li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 +msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> zal uitbreiden tot een regel overeenkomend met ab en een regel overeenkomend met cd</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "<b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>" msgstr "<b>Clean Exec - voor schoongemaakte uitvoering</b>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:215 msgid "" "The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" "execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" @@ -1671,8 +1537,8 @@ "schoonmaken van de omgeving of 'u' gedurende het profileringsproces.\n" "De variabelen zijn:" -#. Globalz -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:55 +#. Globalz +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:55 msgid "" "<b>Capability Selection</b>.\n" "<br>Select desired capabilities for this profile. \n" @@ -1682,118 +1548,116 @@ "<br>Selecteer de gewenste functies voor dit profiel. \n" "Selecteer een functienaam als u informatie wilt weergeven over de functie." -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Capabilities enabled for the profile" msgstr "Ingeschakelde functies voor het profiel" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Capabilities" msgstr "Functies" -#. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:179 +#. We'll need this often - cache it +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:179 msgid "All" msgstr "Alles" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Network Family" msgstr "Netwerkfamilie" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Socket Type" msgstr "Sockettype" -#. Popup the Edit Profile Entry dialog -#. return a map containing PERM and FILE -#. for the updated permissions and filename -#. for the profile entry -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:292 +#. Popup the Edit Profile Entry dialog +#. return a map containing PERM and FILE +#. for the updated permissions and filename +#. for the profile entry +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:292 msgid "Profile Entry for " msgstr "Profiel-item voor " -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Enter or Modify Filename" msgstr "Bestandsnaam invoeren of wijzigen" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:298 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bladeren" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:306 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:306 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permissies" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Read" msgstr "Lezen" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:315 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Write" msgstr "Schrijven" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Link" msgstr "Koppeling" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:325 msgid "Append" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Lock" msgstr "Vergrendelen" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:335 msgid "MMap PROT_EXEC" msgstr "MMap PROT_EXEC" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Execute" msgstr "Uitvoeren" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Inherit" msgstr "Overnemen" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Profile" msgstr "Profiel" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Profile Clean Exec" msgstr "Profiel Clean Exec" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Unconstrained" msgstr "Onbeperkt" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:365 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Unconstrained Clean Exec" msgstr "Onbegrensd clean exec" -#. Popup a dialog to let a user browse for a file -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:542 +#. Popup a dialog to let a user browse for a file +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Directory selecteren" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:545 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Bestand selecteren" -#. Update table values -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 +#. Update table values +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined." -msgstr "" -"Item zal niet worden toegevoegd. Naam van het item of de rechten zijn niet " -"gedefinieerd." +msgstr "Item zal niet worden toegevoegd. Naam van het item of de rechten zijn niet gedefinieerd." -#. Prompts the user for a hatname -#. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] -#. returns true (hat entered) -#. false (user aborted) -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:849 +#. Prompts the user for a hatname +#. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] +#. returns true (hat entered) +#. false (user aborted) +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:849 msgid "" "Enter the name of the Hat that you would like \n" "to add to the profile\n" @@ -1801,16 +1665,16 @@ "Geef de naam op van de Hat die u wilt \n" "toevoegen aan het profiel\n" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:859 msgid "&Hat name to add" msgstr "De toe te voegen &Hat naam" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:865 msgid "&Create Hat" msgstr "&Hat maken" -#. Check for no application entry in the dialog -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:881 +#. Check for no application entry in the dialog +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:881 msgid "" "You have not given a name for the hat you want to add.\n" "Please \n" @@ -1818,30 +1682,20 @@ msgstr "" "U hebt geen naam opgegeven voor de Hat die u wilt toevoegen.\n" "Geef \n" -"een naam op om een nieuwe Hat te maken of klik op Afbreken om deze wizard te " -"annuleren." +"een naam op om een nieuwe Hat te maken of klik op Afbreken om deze wizard te annuleren." -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"Het profiel bevat al een Hat met de opgegeven naam. Voer een andere naam in " -"of klik op Afbreken om deze wizard te annuleren." +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "Het profiel bevat al een Hat met de opgegeven naam. Voer een andere naam in of klik op Afbreken om deze wizard te annuleren." -#. FIXME: format these texts better -#. help text -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "" -"<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bekijk en wijzig de inhoud van een individueel profiel. Voor bestaande " -"items kunt u op de toegangsrechten klikken om een wijzigingsdialoog te " -"openen.</p>" +#. FIXME: format these texts better +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 +msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bekijk en wijzig de inhoud van een individueel profiel. Voor bestaande items kunt u op de toegangsrechten klikken om een wijzigingsdialoog te openen.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 msgid "" "<p><b>Permission Definitions:</b><br><code> r - read <br> \n" "w -write<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - file locking<br>\n" @@ -1850,205 +1704,169 @@ "U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Definities toegangsrechten:</b><br><code> r - lezen <br> \n" -"w - schrijven<br>l - koppeling<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - " -"bestandsvergrendeling<br>\n" -"a - achteraan toevoegen<br>x - uitvoeren<br> i - overnemen<br> p - discreet " -"profiel<br>\n" +"w - schrijven<br>l - koppeling<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - bestandsvergrendeling<br>\n" +"a - achteraan toevoegen<br>x - uitvoeren<br> i - overnemen<br> p - discreet profiel<br>\n" "P - discreet profiel <br> (*schoon uitvoeren)<br> u - onbeperkt<br> \n" "U -onbeperkt<br> (*schoon uitvoeren)</code><p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Item toevoegen:</b><br>Selecteer in de vervolgkeuzelijst het type bron " -"dat u wilt toevoegen.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 +msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Item toevoegen:</b><br>Selecteer in de vervolgkeuzelijst het type bron dat u wilt toevoegen.</p>" -#. help text - part x1 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 +#. help text - part x1 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<p><ul><li><b>Bestand</b><br>Een bestandsitem aan dit profiel toevoegen.</li>" +msgstr "<p><ul><li><b>Bestand</b><br>Een bestandsitem aan dit profiel toevoegen.</li>" -#. help text - part x2 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 +#. help text - part x2 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>Directory</b><br>Een directoryitem aan dit profiel toevoegen.</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Een directoryitem aan dit profiel toevoegen.</li>" -#. help text - part x3 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 +#. help text - part x3 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" msgstr "<li><b>Functie</b><br>Een functie-item aan dit profiel toevoegen.</li>" -#. help text - part x4 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 +#. help text - part x4 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li><b>Include</b><br>Een include-item aan dit profiel toevoegen. Deze " -"optie \n" -"voegt tijdens het laden de inhoud van het profielitem van een ander bestand " -"in dit profiel in.</li>" +"<li><b>Include</b><br>Een include-item aan dit profiel toevoegen. Deze optie \n" +"voegt tijdens het laden de inhoud van het profielitem van een ander bestand in dit profiel in.</li>" -#. help text - part x5 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 +#. help text - part x5 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" "<li><b>Netwerkitem</b><br>Een netwerkregelitem aan dit profiel toevoegen. \n" -"Met deze optie kunt u netwerktoegangprivileges specificeren voor het " -"profiel. \n" +"Met deze optie kunt u netwerktoegangprivileges specificeren voor het profiel. \n" "U kunt een netwerkadresfamilie en sockettype opgeven.</li>" -#. help text - part x6 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 +#. help text - part x6 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n" "aware</b> application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Een subprofiel voor dit profiel toevoegen - een Hat " -"genaamd. Deze\n" -"optie is analoog aan het handmatig aanmaken van een nieuw profiel en kan " -"alleen tijdens\n" -"de uitvoering worden geselecteerd wanneer hierom wordt gevraagd door een " -"<b>changehat\n" +"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Een subprofiel voor dit profiel toevoegen - een Hat genaamd. Deze\n" +"optie is analoog aan het handmatig aanmaken van een nieuw profiel en kan alleen tijdens\n" +"de uitvoering worden geselecteerd wanneer hierom wordt gevraagd door een <b>changehat\n" "aware</b>-toepassing. \n" -"Raadpleeg <b>man changehat</b> op uw systeem of de gebruikershandleiding van " -"Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"Raadpleeg <b>man changehat</b> op uw systeem of de gebruikershandleiding van Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" -#. help text - part x7 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 +#. help text - part x7 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 msgid "</ul></p><p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>Edit the selected entry.</p>" -msgstr "" -"</ul></p><p>